<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/">
  <channel>
    <atom:link href="https://feeds.megaphone.fm/PMO2793223125" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/>
    <title>IfG Events</title>
    <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/</link>
    <language>en</language>
    <copyright>Institute for Government</copyright>
    <description>The Labour government has a huge majority in parliament – but Keir Starmer’s administration is also facing an incredibly complex set of policy challenges. So how can the prime minister and his team turn around public service performance? What can chancellor Rachel Reeves do to get the economy growing again? What will mission-driven government actually mean in practice? Who should be making the key decisions in Westminster – and beyond? And what will the appointment of a new cabinet secretary mean for the future direction of the civil service?
From reforming how the centre of government works to the battle for the future of the civil service, from making a success of levelling up to achieve net zero goals, IfG EVENTS stimulate fresh thinking and share ideas about how government works – and how it could work better.</description>
    <image>
      <url>https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/986836ea-3272-11ec-8af8-8f1a01cf74d1/image/ifg-events-square-FINAL.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress</url>
      <title>IfG Events</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:subtitle>Live talks, debates and interviews from the worlds of policy and power</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
    <itunes:summary>The Labour government has a huge majority in parliament – but Keir Starmer’s administration is also facing an incredibly complex set of policy challenges. So how can the prime minister and his team turn around public service performance? What can chancellor Rachel Reeves do to get the economy growing again? What will mission-driven government actually mean in practice? Who should be making the key decisions in Westminster – and beyond? And what will the appointment of a new cabinet secretary mean for the future direction of the civil service?
From reforming how the centre of government works to the battle for the future of the civil service, from making a success of levelling up to achieve net zero goals, IfG EVENTS stimulate fresh thinking and share ideas about how government works – and how it could work better.</itunes:summary>
    <content:encoded>
      <![CDATA[<p>The Labour government has a huge majority in parliament – but Keir Starmer’s administration is also facing an incredibly complex set of policy challenges. So how can the prime minister and his team turn around public service performance? What can chancellor Rachel Reeves do to get the economy growing again? What will mission-driven government actually mean in practice? Who should be making the key decisions in Westminster – and beyond? And what will the appointment of a new cabinet secretary mean for the future direction of the civil service?</p><p>From reforming how the centre of government works to the battle for the future of the civil service, from making a success of levelling up to achieve net zero goals, IfG EVENTS stimulate fresh thinking and share ideas about how government works – and how it could work better.</p>]]>
    </content:encoded>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Podmasters</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>info@podmasters.co.uk</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/986836ea-3272-11ec-8af8-8f1a01cf74d1/image/ifg-events-square-FINAL.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
    <itunes:category text="Government">
    </itunes:category>
    <item>
      <title>A state rewired? Civil service digital transformation, data, and artificial intelligence</title>
      <description>The second webinar in our three-part series focusing on the findings of Whitehall Monitor 2026.


The webinar featured:


  
Heloise Dunlop, Researcher at the Institute for Government and co-author of Whitehall Monitor 2026

  
Becky Noble, Public Services AI Lead at PA Consulting 

  
Jack Worlidge, Senior Researcher at the IfG and co-author of Whitehall Monitor 2026


The event was chaired by Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the IfG and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2026.

Whitehall Monitor 2026, the IfG’s annual data-led assessment of the size, shape and performance of the civil service, examines how the workforce changed in 2025.

We would like to thank PA Consulting for kindly supporting this event.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 13:43:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The second webinar in our three-part series focusing on the findings of Whitehall Monitor 2026.


The webinar featured:


  
Heloise Dunlop, Researcher at the Institute for Government and co-author of Whitehall Monitor 2026

  
Becky Noble, Public Services AI Lead at PA Consulting 

  
Jack Worlidge, Senior Researcher at the IfG and co-author of Whitehall Monitor 2026


The event was chaired by Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the IfG and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2026.

Whitehall Monitor 2026, the IfG’s annual data-led assessment of the size, shape and performance of the civil service, examines how the workforce changed in 2025.

We would like to thank PA Consulting for kindly supporting this event.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The second webinar in our three-part series focusing on the findings of Whitehall Monitor 2026.
</p>
<p>The webinar featured:</p>
<ul>
  <li>
<strong>Heloise Dunlop</strong>, Researcher at the Institute for Government and co-author of Whitehall Monitor 2026</li>
  <li>
<strong>Becky Noble</strong>, Public Services AI Lead at PA Consulting </li>
  <li>
<strong>Jack Worlidge</strong>, Senior Researcher at the IfG and co-author of Whitehall Monitor 2026</li>
</ul>
<p>The event was chaired by <strong>Hannah Keenan</strong>, Associate Director at the IfG and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2026.</p>
<p>Whitehall Monitor 2026, the IfG’s annual data-led assessment of the size, shape and performance of the civil service, examines how the workforce changed in 2025.</p>
<p><em>We would like to thank PA Consulting for kindly supporting this event.</em>
</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2813</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[eb0c2484-3807-11f1-a5c1-ab01e787b5bf]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2984297958.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A state rewired? Civil service size, shape, and turnover</title>
      <description>Our first webinar in a three-part series focused on the findings of Whitehall Monitor 2026.

The first Whitehall Monitor webinar – kicking off a three-part series exploring the IfG’s annual flagship report on the civil service – looked at the context in which much needed strategic workforce planning should be taking place: how the size and shape of the civil service has changed in the past year, against a backdrop of multiple exit schemes and a complex recruitment landscape.

The webinar featured:


  Heloise Dunlop, Researcher at the Institute for Government and co-author of Whitehall Monitor 2026

  Daniel Howes, Research Assistant at the IfG and co-author of Whitehall Monitor 2026

  Liz Tolcher, Associate Partner – Skills &amp; Workforce Transformation Expert at PA Consulting


The event was chaired by Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the IfG and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2026.

Whitehall Monitor 2026, the IfG’s annual data-led assessment of the size, shape and performance of the civil service, examines how the workforce changed in 2025.

We would like to thank PA Consulting for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 14:11:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Our first webinar in a three-part series focused on the findings of Whitehall Monitor 2026.

The first Whitehall Monitor webinar – kicking off a three-part series exploring the IfG’s annual flagship report on the civil service – looked at the context in which much needed strategic workforce planning should be taking place: how the size and shape of the civil service has changed in the past year, against a backdrop of multiple exit schemes and a complex recruitment landscape.

The webinar featured:


  Heloise Dunlop, Researcher at the Institute for Government and co-author of Whitehall Monitor 2026

  Daniel Howes, Research Assistant at the IfG and co-author of Whitehall Monitor 2026

  Liz Tolcher, Associate Partner – Skills &amp; Workforce Transformation Expert at PA Consulting


The event was chaired by Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the IfG and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2026.

Whitehall Monitor 2026, the IfG’s annual data-led assessment of the size, shape and performance of the civil service, examines how the workforce changed in 2025.

We would like to thank PA Consulting for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Our first webinar in a three-part series focused on the findings of Whitehall Monitor 2026.</p>
<p>The first Whitehall Monitor webinar – kicking off a three-part series exploring the IfG’s annual flagship report on the civil service – looked at the context in which much needed strategic workforce planning should be taking place: how the size and shape of the civil service has changed in the past year, against a backdrop of multiple exit schemes and a complex recruitment landscape.</p>
<p>The webinar featured:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Heloise Dunlop, Researcher at the Institute for Government and co-author of Whitehall Monitor 2026</li>
  <li>Daniel Howes, Research Assistant at the IfG and co-author of Whitehall Monitor 2026</li>
  <li>Liz Tolcher, Associate Partner – Skills &amp; Workforce Transformation Expert at PA Consulting</li>
</ul>
<p>The event was chaired by Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the IfG and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2026.</p>
<p>Whitehall Monitor 2026, the IfG’s annual data-led assessment of the size, shape and performance of the civil service, examines how the workforce changed in 2025.</p>
<p>We would like to thank PA Consulting for kindly supporting this event.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2762</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bae255b6-328b-11f1-9e28-e39761804e57]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7984520165.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Malcolm Offord, Lord Offord of Garvel, Leader of Reform UK Scotland</title>
      <description>With just a few weeks remaining before May’s Scottish parliament election, Malcolm Offord, Leader of Reform UK in Scotland, joined us to discuss the state of devolution, Scotland’s economy and public services, and the future of Scotland.

With Reform UK predicted to win a sizeable number of seats in Scotland for the first time, this webinar saw Malcolm Offord set out his policies and plans for Scotland, and discussed how Reform UK would govern if in a position of power at Holyrood. He was in conversation with Institute for Government Programme Director Akash Paun, and answered questions submitted by the online audience.

This event is part of a series the Institute for Government is holding with political leaders from Scotland and Wales.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 17:56:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>With just a few weeks remaining before May’s Scottish parliament election, Malcolm Offord, Leader of Reform UK in Scotland, joined us to discuss the state of devolution, Scotland’s economy and public services, and the future of Scotland.

With Reform UK predicted to win a sizeable number of seats in Scotland for the first time, this webinar saw Malcolm Offord set out his policies and plans for Scotland, and discussed how Reform UK would govern if in a position of power at Holyrood. He was in conversation with Institute for Government Programme Director Akash Paun, and answered questions submitted by the online audience.

This event is part of a series the Institute for Government is holding with political leaders from Scotland and Wales.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>With just a few weeks remaining before May’s Scottish parliament election, Malcolm Offord, Leader of Reform UK in Scotland, joined us to discuss the state of devolution, Scotland’s economy and public services, and the future of Scotland.</p>
<p>With Reform UK predicted to win a sizeable number of seats in Scotland for the first time, this webinar saw Malcolm Offord set out his policies and plans for Scotland, and discussed how Reform UK would govern if in a position of power at Holyrood. He was in conversation with Institute for Government Programme Director Akash Paun, and answered questions submitted by the online audience.</p>
<p>This event is part of a series the Institute for Government is holding with political leaders from Scotland and Wales.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2829</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6fb2a4fa-2161-11f1-8979-d3e010778c87]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8534979367.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IfG DevoLab #4: How can mayors increase the supply of affordable homes?</title>
      <description>The IfG DevoLab is dedicated to exploring the innovations enabled by devolution, learning from the results, and sharing the lessons so that places can take better decisions about how to use devolved powers and budgets.  

On 25 February, in Manchester, we held our fourth IfG DevoLab event, where three speakers set out how the powers and profile of mayors are being used to increase the supply of affordable homes within their regions.

The three case studies presented at IfG DevoLab #4 were:


  ‘Increasing the supply of affordable homes in the West of England’, by Stephen Peacock, Chief Executive of the West of England Combined Authority

  ‘From housing growth to good growth - experiences delivering housing growth in Greater Manchester’, by Andrew McIntosh, Director of Sustainable Growth &amp; Infrastructure at Greater Manchester Combined Authority  

  ‘Supporting regions to increase the supply of affordable homes’, by Jackie Rigby, Assistant Director - Place, Partnerships and Capacity at Homes England


The three speakers were joined by Ben Denton, Head of Strategic Growth – Affordable Housing at L&amp;G, for a broader discussion of the benefits of devolution and mayoral leadership for this agenda, how mayors can support the government make progress toward its challenging house-building targets, and how further devolution could help accelerate the supply of affordable homes.  

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

Insights from this discussion will inform a published policy briefing containing the three case studies and a synthesis of key lessons.



The Institute for Government would like to thank L&amp;G for its support of this event and for its wider support of the IfG DevoLab series. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2026 12:51:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The IfG DevoLab is dedicated to exploring the innovations enabled by devolution, learning from the results, and sharing the lessons so that places can take better decisions about how to use devolved powers and budgets.  

On 25 February, in Manchester, we held our fourth IfG DevoLab event, where three speakers set out how the powers and profile of mayors are being used to increase the supply of affordable homes within their regions.

The three case studies presented at IfG DevoLab #4 were:


  ‘Increasing the supply of affordable homes in the West of England’, by Stephen Peacock, Chief Executive of the West of England Combined Authority

  ‘From housing growth to good growth - experiences delivering housing growth in Greater Manchester’, by Andrew McIntosh, Director of Sustainable Growth &amp; Infrastructure at Greater Manchester Combined Authority  

  ‘Supporting regions to increase the supply of affordable homes’, by Jackie Rigby, Assistant Director - Place, Partnerships and Capacity at Homes England


The three speakers were joined by Ben Denton, Head of Strategic Growth – Affordable Housing at L&amp;G, for a broader discussion of the benefits of devolution and mayoral leadership for this agenda, how mayors can support the government make progress toward its challenging house-building targets, and how further devolution could help accelerate the supply of affordable homes.  

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

Insights from this discussion will inform a published policy briefing containing the three case studies and a synthesis of key lessons.



The Institute for Government would like to thank L&amp;G for its support of this event and for its wider support of the IfG DevoLab series. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The IfG DevoLab is dedicated to exploring the innovations enabled by devolution, learning from the results, and sharing the lessons so that places can take better decisions about how to use devolved powers and budgets.  </p>
<p>On 25 February, in Manchester, we held our fourth IfG DevoLab event, where three speakers set out how the powers and profile of mayors are being used to increase the supply of affordable homes within their regions.</p>
<p>The three case studies presented at IfG DevoLab #4 were:</p>
<ul>
  <li>‘Increasing the supply of affordable homes in the West of England’, by Stephen Peacock, Chief Executive of the West of England Combined Authority</li>
  <li>‘From housing growth to good growth - experiences delivering housing growth in Greater Manchester’, by Andrew McIntosh, Director of Sustainable Growth &amp; Infrastructure at Greater Manchester Combined Authority  </li>
  <li>‘Supporting regions to increase the supply of affordable homes’, by Jackie Rigby, Assistant Director - Place, Partnerships and Capacity at Homes England</li>
</ul>
<p>The three speakers were joined by Ben Denton, Head of Strategic Growth – Affordable Housing at L&amp;G, for a broader discussion of the benefits of devolution and mayoral leadership for this agenda, how mayors can support the government make progress toward its challenging house-building targets, and how further devolution could help accelerate the supply of affordable homes.  </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p>Insights from this discussion will inform a published policy briefing containing the three case studies and a synthesis of key lessons.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>The Institute for Government would like to thank L&amp;G for its support of this event and for its wider support of the IfG DevoLab series. </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>5532</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[be8044be-16ff-11f1-b1a9-bbc9bc930d10]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1986906312.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Rhun ap Iorwerth MS, Leader of Plaid Cymru</title>
      <description>This event took place two months before the people of Wales cast their votes in the seventh election to Senedd Cymru (the Welsh parliament) since it was established in 1999. The polls suggest that Plaid is on track to overturn Labour’s century-long dominance of Welsh politics to become the largest party in the Senedd for the first time, opening the path to Rhun ap Iorwerth becoming Wales’s next first minister.

Watch our event recording to hear the Plaid leader deliver a short speech on how he would govern as first minister, followed by a conversation with Akash Paun, Programme Director for Devolution at the Institute for Government, and a Q&amp;A with the live and online audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Mar 2026 15:01:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This event took place two months before the people of Wales cast their votes in the seventh election to Senedd Cymru (the Welsh parliament) since it was established in 1999. The polls suggest that Plaid is on track to overturn Labour’s century-long dominance of Welsh politics to become the largest party in the Senedd for the first time, opening the path to Rhun ap Iorwerth becoming Wales’s next first minister.

Watch our event recording to hear the Plaid leader deliver a short speech on how he would govern as first minister, followed by a conversation with Akash Paun, Programme Director for Devolution at the Institute for Government, and a Q&amp;A with the live and online audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This event took place two months before the people of Wales cast their votes in the seventh election to Senedd Cymru (the Welsh parliament) since it was established in 1999. The polls suggest that Plaid is on track to overturn Labour’s century-long dominance of Welsh politics to become the largest party in the Senedd for the first time, opening the path to Rhun ap Iorwerth becoming Wales’s next first minister.</p>
<p>Watch our event recording to hear the Plaid leader deliver a short speech on how he would govern as first minister, followed by a conversation with Akash Paun, Programme Director for Devolution at the Institute for Government, and a Q&amp;A with the live and online audience.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3901</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a3355530-1648-11f1-9d1a-eb6fe6b09b4c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8830399314.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How should ministers decide the size and shape of new unitary authorities?</title>
      <description>The government’s ambitious local government reorganisation (LGR) programme will replace all county and district councils with a single tier of unitary local government. Local authorities have submitted their preferred geographies to central government – but with reportedly 70 submissions across 21 two-tier areas, there is little consensus on the ideal footprints of future unitary authorities.  

Government is consulting the public and stakeholders, but ultimately it will fall to ministers to make these decisions – requiring potentially contentious judgements. Some local authorities favour fewer, larger geographies that offer greater efficiencies, others smaller councils that keep decision making closer to local communities. Final decisions will create winners and losers, and some outgoing authorities may resist the outcome.  

So how will these decisions shape the success of incoming unitary authorities? What weighting should ministers give to competing LGR criteria? How can ministers balance consistency of decisions with the need to tailor decisions for local areas? How can the government do this transparently?

To answer these questions and more, this IfG event – the first in a new Making a Success of Local Government Reorganisation series – brought together an expert panel, including:  


  Councillor Kay Mason Billig, Leader of Norfolk County Council

  Joanne Brown, Partner, Public Sector Audit at Grant Thornton UK LLP 

  Dr Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.

  Councillor Bella Sankey, Leader of Brighton and Hove City Council (joining remotely)


This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

The Institute for Government would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for their support of this event, the first in a series on how to make a success of local government reorganisation (LGR).
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2026 16:50:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government’s ambitious local government reorganisation (LGR) programme will replace all county and district councils with a single tier of unitary local government. Local authorities have submitted their preferred geographies to central government – but with reportedly 70 submissions across 21 two-tier areas, there is little consensus on the ideal footprints of future unitary authorities.  

Government is consulting the public and stakeholders, but ultimately it will fall to ministers to make these decisions – requiring potentially contentious judgements. Some local authorities favour fewer, larger geographies that offer greater efficiencies, others smaller councils that keep decision making closer to local communities. Final decisions will create winners and losers, and some outgoing authorities may resist the outcome.  

So how will these decisions shape the success of incoming unitary authorities? What weighting should ministers give to competing LGR criteria? How can ministers balance consistency of decisions with the need to tailor decisions for local areas? How can the government do this transparently?

To answer these questions and more, this IfG event – the first in a new Making a Success of Local Government Reorganisation series – brought together an expert panel, including:  


  Councillor Kay Mason Billig, Leader of Norfolk County Council

  Joanne Brown, Partner, Public Sector Audit at Grant Thornton UK LLP 

  Dr Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.

  Councillor Bella Sankey, Leader of Brighton and Hove City Council (joining remotely)


This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

The Institute for Government would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for their support of this event, the first in a series on how to make a success of local government reorganisation (LGR).
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government’s ambitious local government reorganisation (LGR) programme will replace all county and district councils with a single tier of unitary local government. Local authorities have submitted their preferred geographies to central government – but with reportedly 70 submissions across 21 two-tier areas, there is little consensus on the ideal footprints of future unitary authorities.  </p>
<p>Government is consulting the public and stakeholders, but ultimately it will fall to ministers to make these decisions – requiring potentially contentious judgements. Some local authorities favour fewer, larger geographies that offer greater efficiencies, others smaller councils that keep decision making closer to local communities. Final decisions will create winners and losers, and some outgoing authorities may resist the outcome.  </p>
<p>So how will these decisions shape the success of incoming unitary authorities? What weighting should ministers give to competing LGR criteria? How can ministers balance consistency of decisions with the need to tailor decisions for local areas? How can the government do this transparently?</p>
<p>To answer these questions and more, this IfG event – the first in a new Making a Success of Local Government Reorganisation series – brought together an expert panel, including:  </p>
<ul>
  <li>Councillor Kay Mason Billig, Leader of Norfolk County Council</li>
  <li>Joanne Brown, Partner, Public Sector Audit at Grant Thornton UK LLP </li>
  <li>Dr Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.</li>
  <li>Councillor Bella Sankey, Leader of Brighton and Hove City Council (joining remotely)</li>
</ul>
<p>This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p>The Institute for Government would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for their support of this event, the first in a series on how to make a success of local government reorganisation (LGR).</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3558</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[43f92082-1333-11f1-b46b-2f449fbddc8a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5412762567.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the government make a success of the abolition of NHS England?</title>
      <description>On 13 March 2025, Keir Starmer announced the abolition of NHS England, the arm’s-length body responsible for overseeing, planning, funding and delivering the health service – with its functions to be merged back into the Department of Health and Social Care. Work on the transition is underway but key decisions are still to be made.

What are the risks and opportunities associated with abolishing NHS England? How much progress has been made to date? What can be learnt from previous structural changes to the NHS and other parts of government? How can the government get the reform process right?

To answer these questions and more, this webinar from the IfG and the Nuffield Trust brought together an expert panel featuring:


  
Mark Dayan, Policy Analyst and Head of Public Affairs at the Nuffield Trust

  
Stuart Hoddinott, Associate Director at the Institute for Government

  
Sarah Reed, Senior Fellow at the Nuffield Trust


The webinar was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This webinar was kindly supported by the Nuffield Trust.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jan 2026 16:32:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>On 13 March 2025, Keir Starmer announced the abolition of NHS England, the arm’s-length body responsible for overseeing, planning, funding and delivering the health service – with its functions to be merged back into the Department of Health and Social Care. Work on the transition is underway but key decisions are still to be made.

What are the risks and opportunities associated with abolishing NHS England? How much progress has been made to date? What can be learnt from previous structural changes to the NHS and other parts of government? How can the government get the reform process right?

To answer these questions and more, this webinar from the IfG and the Nuffield Trust brought together an expert panel featuring:


  
Mark Dayan, Policy Analyst and Head of Public Affairs at the Nuffield Trust

  
Stuart Hoddinott, Associate Director at the Institute for Government

  
Sarah Reed, Senior Fellow at the Nuffield Trust


The webinar was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This webinar was kindly supported by the Nuffield Trust.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>On 13 March 2025, Keir Starmer announced the abolition of NHS England, the arm’s-length body responsible for overseeing, planning, funding and delivering the health service – with its functions to be merged back into the Department of Health and Social Care. Work on the transition is underway but key decisions are still to be made.</p>
<p>What are the risks and opportunities associated with abolishing NHS England? How much progress has been made to date? What can be learnt from previous structural changes to the NHS and other parts of government? How can the government get the reform process right?</p>
<p>To answer these questions and more, this webinar from the IfG and the Nuffield Trust brought together an expert panel featuring:</p>
<ul>
  <li>
<strong>Mark Dayan</strong>, Policy Analyst and Head of Public Affairs at the Nuffield Trust</li>
  <li>
<strong>Stuart Hoddinott</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government</li>
  <li>
<strong>Sarah Reed</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Nuffield Trust</li>
</ul>
<p>The webinar was chaired by <strong>Nick Davies</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p>This webinar was kindly supported by the Nuffield Trust.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3582</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0d144178-fd30-11f0-b89b-27252bdc8985]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8726550494.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Eluned Morgan MS, First Minister of Wales</title>
      <description>In 2024, Eluned Morgan MS became the sixth first minister of Wales – and the first woman to hold the role – since the dawn of devolution in 1999. She now leads Welsh Labour into the 2026 Senedd election, which will be held under a new electoral system, and at which Labour faces a double challenge from the rise of Plaid Cymru and Reform.

On 22 January, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Eluned Morgan to discuss how devolution to Wales has evolved since 1999, her priorities as First Minister, how the Labour governments in Cardiff and Westminster can cooperate on shared goals, and Welsh Labour’s vision for Wales’s constitutional future.

The first minister was in conversation with Akash Paun, Programme Director of Devolution at the Institute for Government, followed by a Q&amp;A with the live and online audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Jan 2026 15:44:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In 2024, Eluned Morgan MS became the sixth first minister of Wales – and the first woman to hold the role – since the dawn of devolution in 1999. She now leads Welsh Labour into the 2026 Senedd election, which will be held under a new electoral system, and at which Labour faces a double challenge from the rise of Plaid Cymru and Reform.

On 22 January, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Eluned Morgan to discuss how devolution to Wales has evolved since 1999, her priorities as First Minister, how the Labour governments in Cardiff and Westminster can cooperate on shared goals, and Welsh Labour’s vision for Wales’s constitutional future.

The first minister was in conversation with Akash Paun, Programme Director of Devolution at the Institute for Government, followed by a Q&amp;A with the live and online audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In 2024, Eluned Morgan MS became the sixth first minister of Wales – and the first woman to hold the role – since the dawn of devolution in 1999. She now leads Welsh Labour into the 2026 Senedd election, which will be held under a new electoral system, and at which Labour faces a double challenge from the rise of Plaid Cymru and Reform.</p>
<p>On 22 January, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Eluned Morgan to discuss how devolution to Wales has evolved since 1999, her priorities as First Minister, how the Labour governments in Cardiff and Westminster can cooperate on shared goals, and Welsh Labour’s vision for Wales’s constitutional future.</p>
<p>The first minister was in conversation with Akash Paun, Programme Director of Devolution at the Institute for Government, followed by a Q&amp;A with the live and online audience.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3678</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3eb6052c-f7a9-11f0-87a8-fb4862b2504e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2457440238.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Move fast and fix things: Modernising Whitehall to deliver for Britain</title>
      <description>Following the publication of Whitehall Monitor 2026, the Institute for Government’s annual data-led analysis of the state of the UK civil service, the IfG was delighted to welcome Rt Hon Darren Jones MP, Chief Secretary to the Prime Minister, to set out why he thinks the status quo isn’t working and update on the government’s efforts to renew the state. He announced his plans to shake up Whitehall and hardwire innovation into government so that it can keep pace with a changing world and grasp the opportunities of the future. 

The Chief Secretary to the Prime Minister was introduced by Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jan 2026 11:49:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Following the publication of Whitehall Monitor 2026, the Institute for Government’s annual data-led analysis of the state of the UK civil service, the IfG was delighted to welcome Rt Hon Darren Jones MP, Chief Secretary to the Prime Minister, to set out why he thinks the status quo isn’t working and update on the government’s efforts to renew the state. He announced his plans to shake up Whitehall and hardwire innovation into government so that it can keep pace with a changing world and grasp the opportunities of the future. 

The Chief Secretary to the Prime Minister was introduced by Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Following the publication of Whitehall Monitor 2026, the Institute for Government’s annual data-led analysis of the state of the UK civil service, the IfG was delighted to welcome Rt Hon Darren Jones MP, Chief Secretary to the Prime Minister, to set out why he thinks the status quo isn’t working and update on the government’s efforts to renew the state. He announced his plans to shake up Whitehall and hardwire innovation into government so that it can keep pace with a changing world and grasp the opportunities of the future. </p>
<p>The Chief Secretary to the Prime Minister was introduced by Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2772</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[30df240a-f6bf-11f0-ab6b-db18242387ef]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8354696885.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What does Trump mean for relations between the UK and Europe, and the rest of the world?</title>
      <description>Trump’s second term has been markedly different from his first and has already brought with it the most radical shift in US foreign policy since the Second World War. 2026 has seen Trump ramping up action and rhetoric on multiple fronts with even greater pressure on UK and European leaders to respond.

What do the next three years hold for relations between the UK, US and EU?  Are current tactics and strategies working for the UK and Europe or do leaders need to change course? Will the prime minister finally be forced to choose between Washington and Brussels?

On the first anniversary of Trump’s 2025 inauguration, the Institute for Government and UK In a Changing Europe are delighted to invite you to a panel to discuss these and other questions, with:


  
Sir Simon Fraser, Chair of Flint Global, Chair of Chatham House and former Permanent Under-Secretary, Foreign and Commonwealth Office, 2010-15

  
Fiona Hill, Chancellor of Durham University, Senior Fellow at Brookings Institution and former Presidential Adviser on Foreign Affairs

  
Professor Anand Menon, Director of UK in a Changing Europe


This event will be chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank UK in a Changing Europe for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jan 2026 09:05:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Trump’s second term has been markedly different from his first and has already brought with it the most radical shift in US foreign policy since the Second World War. 2026 has seen Trump ramping up action and rhetoric on multiple fronts with even greater pressure on UK and European leaders to respond.

What do the next three years hold for relations between the UK, US and EU?  Are current tactics and strategies working for the UK and Europe or do leaders need to change course? Will the prime minister finally be forced to choose between Washington and Brussels?

On the first anniversary of Trump’s 2025 inauguration, the Institute for Government and UK In a Changing Europe are delighted to invite you to a panel to discuss these and other questions, with:


  
Sir Simon Fraser, Chair of Flint Global, Chair of Chatham House and former Permanent Under-Secretary, Foreign and Commonwealth Office, 2010-15

  
Fiona Hill, Chancellor of Durham University, Senior Fellow at Brookings Institution and former Presidential Adviser on Foreign Affairs

  
Professor Anand Menon, Director of UK in a Changing Europe


This event will be chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank UK in a Changing Europe for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Trump’s second term has been markedly different from his first and has already brought with it the most radical shift in US foreign policy since the Second World War. 2026 has seen Trump ramping up action and rhetoric on multiple fronts with even greater pressure on UK and European leaders to respond.</p>
<p>What do the next three years hold for relations between the UK, US and EU?  Are current tactics and strategies working for the UK and Europe or do leaders need to change course? Will the prime minister finally be forced to choose between Washington and Brussels?</p>
<p>On the first anniversary of Trump’s 2025 inauguration, the Institute for Government and UK In a Changing Europe are delighted to invite you to a panel to discuss these and other questions, with:</p>
<ul>
  <li>
<strong>Sir Simon Fraser</strong>, Chair of Flint Global, Chair of Chatham House and former Permanent Under-Secretary, Foreign and Commonwealth Office, 2010-15</li>
  <li>
<strong>Fiona Hill</strong>, Chancellor of Durham University, Senior Fellow at Brookings Institution and former Presidential Adviser on Foreign Affairs</li>
  <li>
<strong>Professor Anand Menon</strong>, Director of UK in a Changing Europe</li>
</ul>
<p>This event will be chaired by <strong>Dr Hannah White</strong>, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p>
<p><em>We would like to thank UK in a Changing Europe for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4473</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[689326d8-f6a8-11f0-8747-47e0d6f39ce3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2298423182.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can changes to NHS structures help deliver the 10 Year Health Plan?</title>
      <description>The government is making major changes to the structure of the NHS. NHS England is being abolished, with its functions merged into the Department of Health and Social Care (DHSC). At the same time, the number of Integrated Care Boards (ICBs) is set to be reduced, with many expected to merge. Changes proposed by the 10 Year Health Plan, including contracts for single and multi-neighbourhood providers, will also create changes in local delivery structures.

How can the government ensure that the new national structure works effectively? Should any current NHSE functions remain independent of DHSC? How should the reformed DHSC work regionally, and with ICBs, strategic authorities and trusts? How can the government make a success of the emerging ICB structure? How should local delivery structures be reformed?

To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:


  Dr Penelope Dash, Chair of NHS England

  Dame Patricia Hewitt, former Secretary of State for Health and author of the Hewitt Review of ICSs

  Samantha Jones, Permanent Secretary at the Department of Health and Social Care

  Johan Kahlström, President and Managing Director, UK and Ireland at Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK


This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jan 2026 17:11:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government is making major changes to the structure of the NHS. NHS England is being abolished, with its functions merged into the Department of Health and Social Care (DHSC). At the same time, the number of Integrated Care Boards (ICBs) is set to be reduced, with many expected to merge. Changes proposed by the 10 Year Health Plan, including contracts for single and multi-neighbourhood providers, will also create changes in local delivery structures.

How can the government ensure that the new national structure works effectively? Should any current NHSE functions remain independent of DHSC? How should the reformed DHSC work regionally, and with ICBs, strategic authorities and trusts? How can the government make a success of the emerging ICB structure? How should local delivery structures be reformed?

To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:


  Dr Penelope Dash, Chair of NHS England

  Dame Patricia Hewitt, former Secretary of State for Health and author of the Hewitt Review of ICSs

  Samantha Jones, Permanent Secretary at the Department of Health and Social Care

  Johan Kahlström, President and Managing Director, UK and Ireland at Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK


This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government is making major changes to the structure of the NHS. NHS England is being abolished, with its functions merged into the Department of Health and Social Care (DHSC). At the same time, the number of Integrated Care Boards (ICBs) is set to be reduced, with many expected to merge. Changes proposed by the 10 Year Health Plan, including contracts for single and multi-neighbourhood providers, will also create changes in local delivery structures.</p>
<p>How can the government ensure that the new national structure works effectively? Should any current NHSE functions remain independent of DHSC? How should the reformed DHSC work regionally, and with ICBs, strategic authorities and trusts? How can the government make a success of the emerging ICB structure? How should local delivery structures be reformed?</p>
<p>To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Dr Penelope Dash, Chair of NHS England</li>
  <li>Dame Patricia Hewitt, former Secretary of State for Health and author of the Hewitt Review of ICSs</li>
  <li>Samantha Jones, Permanent Secretary at the Department of Health and Social Care</li>
  <li>Johan Kahlström, President and Managing Director, UK and Ireland at Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK</li>
</ul>
<p>This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p><em>We would like to thank Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3597</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0d1b6066-f623-11f0-ac30-c7e8b48dcb4e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4285935880.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A keynote speech by Rt Hon Sir Mel Stride MP / Closing remarks Government 2026</title>
      <description>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.

The shadow chancellor delivered a speech, followed by a conversation with Alex Thomas, Executive Director for Impact and Influence at the Institute for Government.

Followed by closing remarks from Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 17:30:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.

The shadow chancellor delivered a speech, followed by a conversation with Alex Thomas, Executive Director for Impact and Influence at the Institute for Government.

Followed by closing remarks from Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.</p>
<p>The shadow chancellor delivered a speech, followed by a conversation with Alex Thomas, Executive Director for Impact and Influence at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p>Followed by closing remarks from Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p>
<p>We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event. </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2806</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[539dbb84-f154-11f0-9e71-fbdfbb643336]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2396771446.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The view from the IfG: Government in 2026</title>
      <description>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.

Political journalist Carolyn Quinn, former presenter of the BBC’s Westminster Hour, was in conversation with four IfG programme directors to discuss their vital work on policy making, public services, ministers and public bodies – and their verdict on the government’s performance.


  Nick Davies, Programme Director (Public Services) at the Institute for Government

  Nehal Davison, Programme Director (Policy making) at the Institute for Government

  Tim Durrant, Programme Director (Ministers) at the Institute for Government

  Matthew Gill, Programme Director (Public Bodies) at the Institute for Government


We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 17:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.

Political journalist Carolyn Quinn, former presenter of the BBC’s Westminster Hour, was in conversation with four IfG programme directors to discuss their vital work on policy making, public services, ministers and public bodies – and their verdict on the government’s performance.


  Nick Davies, Programme Director (Public Services) at the Institute for Government

  Nehal Davison, Programme Director (Policy making) at the Institute for Government

  Tim Durrant, Programme Director (Ministers) at the Institute for Government

  Matthew Gill, Programme Director (Public Bodies) at the Institute for Government


We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.</p>
<p>Political journalist Carolyn Quinn, former presenter of the BBC’s Westminster Hour, was in conversation with four IfG programme directors to discuss their vital work on policy making, public services, ministers and public bodies – and their verdict on the government’s performance.</p>
<ul>
  <li>Nick Davies, Programme Director (Public Services) at the Institute for Government</li>
  <li>Nehal Davison, Programme Director (Policy making) at the Institute for Government</li>
  <li>Tim Durrant, Programme Director (Ministers) at the Institute for Government</li>
  <li>Matthew Gill, Programme Director (Public Bodies) at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul>
<p><em>We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2855</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c95b311e-f152-11f0-b42a-0bda57dfb685]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9667209396.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Rt Hon Darren Jones MP, Chief Secretary to the Prime Minister</title>
      <description>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.


The Chief Secretary to the Prime Minister discussed why his role spanning both No10 and the Cabinet Office was created and the need to modernise public services. Speaking with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government, he set out the changes being made to the centre of Whitehall to enable the government to drive action more quickly in 2026.

We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 16:30:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.


The Chief Secretary to the Prime Minister discussed why his role spanning both No10 and the Cabinet Office was created and the need to modernise public services. Speaking with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government, he set out the changes being made to the centre of Whitehall to enable the government to drive action more quickly in 2026.

We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.</p>
<p>
The Chief Secretary to the Prime Minister discussed why his role spanning both No10 and the Cabinet Office was created and the need to modernise public services. Speaking with <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/hannah-white"><strong>Dr</strong> <strong>Hannah White</strong></a>, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government, he set out the changes being made to the centre of Whitehall to enable the government to drive action more quickly in 2026.</p>
<p><em>We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2600</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3dd6a5d8-f152-11f0-a46b-6f0d44cf89f5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9736510325.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Elections 2026: How could votes in England, Scotland and Wales reshape British politics?</title>
      <description>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.

A preview of the issues at stake in the hugely significant elections taking place across the UK in May 2026.


  Kezia Dugdale, former Leader of the Scottish Labour Party and Associate Director of the Centre for Public Policy

  Guto Harri, broadcaster and former No.10 Director of Communications

  Akash Paun, Programme Director (Devolution) at the Institute for Government

  Luke Tryl, Director of More in Common


This session was chaired by Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 15:45:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.

A preview of the issues at stake in the hugely significant elections taking place across the UK in May 2026.


  Kezia Dugdale, former Leader of the Scottish Labour Party and Associate Director of the Centre for Public Policy

  Guto Harri, broadcaster and former No.10 Director of Communications

  Akash Paun, Programme Director (Devolution) at the Institute for Government

  Luke Tryl, Director of More in Common


This session was chaired by Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.</p>
<p>A preview of the issues at stake in the hugely significant elections taking place across the UK in May 2026.</p>
<ul>
  <li>Kezia Dugdale, former Leader of the Scottish Labour Party and Associate Director of the Centre for Public Policy</li>
  <li>Guto Harri, broadcaster and former No.10 Director of Communications</li>
  <li>Akash Paun, Programme Director (Devolution) at the Institute for Government</li>
  <li>Luke Tryl, Director of More in Common</li>
</ul>
<p>This session was chaired by Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p>We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3635</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9e24acec-f151-11f0-8fb5-ab4b81320a68]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5253235305.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rewiring the state: Is the government making any progress?</title>
      <description>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.

Drawing on brand new IfG research, this panel gave its verdict on the government's attempts to reform the civil service.

Whitehall Monitor 2026 presentation from Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.

Followed by a panel discussion featuring:


  Rt Hon Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester (joining virtually)

  Lord Michael Gove, Editor of The Spectator and former government minister

  Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the Institute for Government

  Rowena Mason, Whitehall Editor at The Guardian


This session was chaired by Alex Thomas, Executive Director for Impact and Influence at the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 15:10:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.

Drawing on brand new IfG research, this panel gave its verdict on the government's attempts to reform the civil service.

Whitehall Monitor 2026 presentation from Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.

Followed by a panel discussion featuring:


  Rt Hon Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester (joining virtually)

  Lord Michael Gove, Editor of The Spectator and former government minister

  Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the Institute for Government

  Rowena Mason, Whitehall Editor at The Guardian


This session was chaired by Alex Thomas, Executive Director for Impact and Influence at the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.</p>
<p>Drawing on brand new IfG research, this panel gave its verdict on the government's attempts to reform the civil service.</p>
<p>Whitehall Monitor 2026 presentation from Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p>Followed by a panel discussion featuring:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Rt Hon Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester (joining virtually)</li>
  <li>Lord Michael Gove, Editor of The Spectator and former government minister</li>
  <li>Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the Institute for Government</li>
  <li>Rowena Mason, Whitehall Editor at The Guardian</li>
</ul>
<p>This session was chaired by Alex Thomas, Executive Director for Impact and Influence at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p><em>We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3951</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[effa6a68-f14f-11f0-bd41-d334d873ea5c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6608603630.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is the centre of government built to deliver?</title>
      <description>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.



An expert panel explored how well No.10 and the Treasury work together to deliver the government's economic priorities.


  Rt Hon Ed Balls, broadcaster, presenter of Political Currency, and former Education Secretary

  Kelly Beaver MBE, Chief Executive of Ipsos in the UK and Ireland

  Baroness Ayesha Hazarika, broadcaster and former political adviser


This session was chaired by Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and former No.10 Adviser.

We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 14:30:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.



An expert panel explored how well No.10 and the Treasury work together to deliver the government's economic priorities.


  Rt Hon Ed Balls, broadcaster, presenter of Political Currency, and former Education Secretary

  Kelly Beaver MBE, Chief Executive of Ipsos in the UK and Ireland

  Baroness Ayesha Hazarika, broadcaster and former political adviser


This session was chaired by Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and former No.10 Adviser.

We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>An expert panel explored how well No.10 and the Treasury work together to deliver the government's economic priorities.</p>
<ul>
  <li>Rt Hon Ed Balls, broadcaster, presenter of Political Currency, and former Education Secretary</li>
  <li>Kelly Beaver MBE, Chief Executive of Ipsos in the UK and Ireland</li>
  <li>Baroness Ayesha Hazarika, broadcaster and former political adviser</li>
</ul>
<p>This session was chaired by Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and former No.10 Adviser.</p>
<p><em>We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3512</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[be4e76e4-f14f-11f0-9a40-ebd54c38f5b0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5222126094.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Louise Casey, Baroness Casey of Blackstock DBE CB</title>
      <description>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.

Baroness Louise Casey, the government's Lead Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Independent Commission into Adult Social Care, discused her work across the public sector with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.



We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 14:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/96d02548-f14c-11f0-b717-8f4f0aaca6ed/image/3c75ba2264fc1eca01e21b1a6125f5e3.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.

Baroness Louise Casey, the government's Lead Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Independent Commission into Adult Social Care, discused her work across the public sector with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.



We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.</p>
<p>Baroness Louise Casey, the government's Lead Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Independent Commission into Adult Social Care, discused her work across the public sector with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p><em>We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event. </em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2926</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[96d02548-f14c-11f0-b717-8f4f0aaca6ed]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9083107157.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Government 2026 Welcome and keynote speech by Rt Hon Wes Streeting MP</title>
      <description>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.

Opening remarks from


  Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government

  Phillip Woolley, Partner, Head of Consulting at Grant Thornton UK LLP


Followed by a keynote speech by Rt Hon Wes Streeting MP, Secretary of State for Health and Social Care

The Secretary of State for Health and Social Care delivered a speech, followed by a conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 13:23:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/495c00ca-f14c-11f0-8809-cb399363732e/image/3c75ba2264fc1eca01e21b1a6125f5e3.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.

Opening remarks from


  Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government

  Phillip Woolley, Partner, Head of Consulting at Grant Thornton UK LLP


Followed by a keynote speech by Rt Hon Wes Streeting MP, Secretary of State for Health and Social Care

The Secretary of State for Health and Social Care delivered a speech, followed by a conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This event was part of Government 2026, the IfG's annual conference.</p>
<p>Opening remarks from</p>
<ul>
  <li>Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government</li>
  <li>Phillip Woolley, Partner, Head of Consulting at Grant Thornton UK LLP</li>
</ul>
<p>Followed by a keynote speech by Rt Hon Wes Streeting MP, Secretary of State for Health and Social Care</p>
<p>The Secretary of State for Health and Social Care delivered a speech, followed by a conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p>
<p><em>We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for supporting this event. </em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2595</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[495c00ca-f14c-11f0-8809-cb399363732e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1815684266.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Devolving growth: What are the challenges and opportunities for new strategic authorities?</title>
      <description>The government’s ‘devolution revolution’ in England will see newly-created strategic authorities given greater powers to shape local economic policy through designing and delivering strategies on skills, housing, infrastructure, and transport. This will equip mayors to drive growth, raise living standards and improve services in their areas, while mayoral-led authorities are also expected to influence national economic policy through statutory local growth plans.

So how can new authorities – some of which will work across new geographies – develop a well-evidenced and coherent economic strategies? How can places at different stages of development approach this challenge? What role can local businesses, universities, and civil society play in shaping these plans? And how can they best be engaged?

Drawing on new IfG research, supported by the University of Surrey, which uses UK and international best practice to set out the development lifecycle of a local economic strategy, this event brough together an expert panel to explore how new strategic authorities can deliver local economic growth.


  Professor Lisa Collins, Pro Vice Chancellor, Research and Innovation at the University of Surrey

  Dr Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

  Tom Walker, Interim CEO at Greater Essex Combined County Authority

  Mayor Claire Ward, Mayor of the East Midlands


The event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. This was followed by a Q&amp;A session and an opportunity to network over lunch with fellow attendees. 

We would like to thank the University of Surrey for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Dec 2025 07:30:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/96823498-d06b-11f0-b899-d3ac88f17fe5/image/3c75ba2264fc1eca01e21b1a6125f5e3.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government’s ‘devolution revolution’ in England will see newly-created strategic authorities given greater powers to shape local economic policy through designing and delivering strategies on skills, housing, infrastructure, and transport. This will equip mayors to drive growth, raise living standards and improve services in their areas, while mayoral-led authorities are also expected to influence national economic policy through statutory local growth plans.

So how can new authorities – some of which will work across new geographies – develop a well-evidenced and coherent economic strategies? How can places at different stages of development approach this challenge? What role can local businesses, universities, and civil society play in shaping these plans? And how can they best be engaged?

Drawing on new IfG research, supported by the University of Surrey, which uses UK and international best practice to set out the development lifecycle of a local economic strategy, this event brough together an expert panel to explore how new strategic authorities can deliver local economic growth.


  Professor Lisa Collins, Pro Vice Chancellor, Research and Innovation at the University of Surrey

  Dr Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

  Tom Walker, Interim CEO at Greater Essex Combined County Authority

  Mayor Claire Ward, Mayor of the East Midlands


The event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. This was followed by a Q&amp;A session and an opportunity to network over lunch with fellow attendees. 

We would like to thank the University of Surrey for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government’s ‘devolution revolution’ in England will see newly-created strategic authorities given greater powers to shape local economic policy through designing and delivering strategies on skills, housing, infrastructure, and transport. This will equip mayors to drive growth, raise living standards and improve services in their areas, while mayoral-led authorities are also expected to influence national economic policy through statutory local growth plans.</p>
<p>So how can new authorities – some of which will work across new geographies – develop a well-evidenced and coherent economic strategies? How can places at different stages of development approach this challenge? What role can local businesses, universities, and civil society play in shaping these plans? And how can they best be engaged?</p>
<p>Drawing on new IfG research, supported by the University of Surrey, which uses UK and international best practice to set out the development lifecycle of a local economic strategy, this event brough together an expert panel to explore how new strategic authorities can deliver local economic growth.</p>
<ul>
  <li>Professor Lisa Collins, Pro Vice Chancellor, Research and Innovation at the University of Surrey</li>
  <li>Dr Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
  <li>Tom Walker, Interim CEO at Greater Essex Combined County Authority</li>
  <li>Mayor Claire Ward, Mayor of the East Midlands</li>
</ul>
<p>The event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. This was followed by a Q&amp;A session and an opportunity to network over lunch with fellow attendees. </p>
<p><em>We would like to thank the University of Surrey for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3898</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[96823498-d06b-11f0-b899-d3ac88f17fe5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5949682372.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are public inquiries a good way for government to learn lessons?</title>
      <description>On 20 November, the UK Covid-19 Inquiry published its second report – four and a half years after the inquiry was first announced by Boris Johnson. This report – which follows July’s report on resilience and preparedness – focuses on political and administrative decision making in the UK government during the pandemic, including from the perspectives of Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland.

What does this report reveal about how government operated during the pandemic? What are its lessons for how future governments approach crisis management and preparedness? What has the Covid Inquiry taught us about the need for reforming how inquiries are run? And how should the government approach this challenge?

To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:

Vimbai Dzimwasha, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Dr Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Katie Lines, Senior Research Fellow at the Bingham Centre for the Rule of Law

Jim Reed, Health Reporter at the BBC

The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Dec 2025 15:38:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/2fc0ed56-d05e-11f0-b67a-f75fffb397d0/image/3c75ba2264fc1eca01e21b1a6125f5e3.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>On 20 November, the UK Covid-19 Inquiry published its second report – four and a half years after the inquiry was first announced by Boris Johnson. This report – which follows July’s report on resilience and preparedness – focuses on political and administrative decision making in the UK government during the pandemic, including from the perspectives of Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland.

What does this report reveal about how government operated during the pandemic? What are its lessons for how future governments approach crisis management and preparedness? What has the Covid Inquiry taught us about the need for reforming how inquiries are run? And how should the government approach this challenge?

To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:

Vimbai Dzimwasha, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Dr Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Katie Lines, Senior Research Fellow at the Bingham Centre for the Rule of Law

Jim Reed, Health Reporter at the BBC

The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>On 20 November, the UK Covid-19 Inquiry published its second report – four and a half years after the inquiry was first announced by Boris Johnson. This report – which follows July’s report on resilience and preparedness – focuses on political and administrative decision making in the UK government during the pandemic, including from the perspectives of Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland.</p>
<p>What does this report reveal about how government operated during the pandemic? What are its lessons for how future governments approach crisis management and preparedness? What has the Covid Inquiry taught us about the need for reforming how inquiries are run? And how should the government approach this challenge?</p>
<p>To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:</p>
<p>Vimbai Dzimwasha, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Dr Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Katie Lines, Senior Research Fellow at the Bingham Centre for the Rule of Law</p>
<p>Jim Reed, Health Reporter at the BBC</p>
<p>The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3779</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2fc0ed56-d05e-11f0-b67a-f75fffb397d0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6044094241.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Covid Inquiry: What does Module II say about government decision making and political governance?</title>
      <description>On 20 November 2025, the UK Covid-19 Inquiry will publish its second report. This module focuses on political and administrative decision making during the pandemic, examining how key decisions were made across government, and civil service performance. This report will also include perspectives from Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland.

In a rapid reaction webinar the following day, our expert IfG panel unpacked the report’s findings and explored their implications for future governance:


  Tim Durrant, Programme Director for the IfG Ministers work programme

  Stuart Hoddinott, Associate Director at the IfG

  Akash Paun, Programme Director for the IfG Devolution work programme

  Alex Thomas, Programme Director for the IfG Civil Service work programme


The webinar was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Nov 2025 11:18:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3e955b66-c927-11f0-92ea-a7282c1bcf29/image/3c75ba2264fc1eca01e21b1a6125f5e3.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>On 20 November 2025, the UK Covid-19 Inquiry will publish its second report. This module focuses on political and administrative decision making during the pandemic, examining how key decisions were made across government, and civil service performance. This report will also include perspectives from Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland.

In a rapid reaction webinar the following day, our expert IfG panel unpacked the report’s findings and explored their implications for future governance:


  Tim Durrant, Programme Director for the IfG Ministers work programme

  Stuart Hoddinott, Associate Director at the IfG

  Akash Paun, Programme Director for the IfG Devolution work programme

  Alex Thomas, Programme Director for the IfG Civil Service work programme


The webinar was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>On 20 November 2025, the UK Covid-19 Inquiry will publish its second report. This module focuses on political and administrative decision making during the pandemic, examining how key decisions were made across government, and civil service performance. This report will also include perspectives from Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland.</p>
<p>In a rapid reaction webinar the following day, our expert IfG panel unpacked the report’s findings and explored their implications for future governance:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Tim Durrant, Programme Director for the IfG Ministers work programme</li>
  <li>Stuart Hoddinott, Associate Director at the IfG</li>
  <li>Akash Paun, Programme Director for the IfG Devolution work programme</li>
  <li>Alex Thomas, Programme Director for the IfG Civil Service work programme</li>
</ul>
<p>The webinar was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3709</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3e955b66-c927-11f0-92ea-a7282c1bcf29]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2606229999.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The UK-EU ‘reset': Six months on</title>
      <description>At May’s UK-EU summit, Keir Starmer and European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen unveiled a new Common Understanding between the EU and the UK.

The government hailed a new “deal” with the EU which included an agreement on fisheries and a joint commitment to negotiate a ‘youth experience scheme’, as well as new arrangements for agriculture, emissions trading,  energy cooperation and defence.  Many of these changes will involve the UK accepting dynamic alignment, with its potential role in “decision-shaping” to be defined.

Six months on, how much progress has been made? Have new stumbling blocks emerged? And now the government has started to highlight the economic consequences of Brexit, will it start to seek an even closer relationship? 

To explore these questions and more, we were joined by our expert panel:


  
Baroness Ashton, former High Representative of the EU for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy and member of House of Lords and European Affairs Committee

  
Professor Anand Menon, Director of UK in a Changing Europe

  
Calum Miller MP, Liberal Democrat Spokesperson (Foreign Affairs)

  
Sir Ivan Rogers, former UK Permanent Representative to the EU


The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank UK in a Changing Europe for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Nov 2025 06:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/2ecee708-c60a-11f0-9b5f-479ecbdf8224/image/3c75ba2264fc1eca01e21b1a6125f5e3.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>At May’s UK-EU summit, Keir Starmer and European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen unveiled a new Common Understanding between the EU and the UK.

The government hailed a new “deal” with the EU which included an agreement on fisheries and a joint commitment to negotiate a ‘youth experience scheme’, as well as new arrangements for agriculture, emissions trading,  energy cooperation and defence.  Many of these changes will involve the UK accepting dynamic alignment, with its potential role in “decision-shaping” to be defined.

Six months on, how much progress has been made? Have new stumbling blocks emerged? And now the government has started to highlight the economic consequences of Brexit, will it start to seek an even closer relationship? 

To explore these questions and more, we were joined by our expert panel:


  
Baroness Ashton, former High Representative of the EU for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy and member of House of Lords and European Affairs Committee

  
Professor Anand Menon, Director of UK in a Changing Europe

  
Calum Miller MP, Liberal Democrat Spokesperson (Foreign Affairs)

  
Sir Ivan Rogers, former UK Permanent Representative to the EU


The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank UK in a Changing Europe for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>At May’s UK-EU summit, Keir Starmer and European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen unveiled a new <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/comment/keir-starmers-uk-eu-reset">Common Understanding between the EU and the UK</a>.</p>
<p>The government hailed a new “deal” with the EU which included an agreement on fisheries and a joint commitment to negotiate a ‘youth experience scheme’, as well as new arrangements for agriculture, emissions trading,  energy cooperation and defence.  Many of these changes will involve the UK accepting dynamic alignment, with its potential role in “decision-shaping” to be defined.</p>
<p>Six months on, how much progress has been made? Have new stumbling blocks emerged? And now the government has started to highlight the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/comment/five-years-brexit">economic consequences of Brexit,</a> will it start to seek an even closer relationship? </p>
<p>To explore these questions and more, we were joined by our expert panel:</p>
<ul>
  <li>
<strong>Baroness Ashton</strong>, former High Representative of the EU for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy and member of House of Lords and European Affairs Committee</li>
  <li>
<strong>Professor Anand Menon</strong>, Director of UK in a Changing Europe</li>
  <li>
<strong>Calum Miller MP</strong>, Liberal Democrat Spokesperson (Foreign Affairs)</li>
  <li>
<strong>Sir Ivan Rogers</strong>, former UK Permanent Representative to the EU</li>
</ul>
<p>The event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/jill-rutter"><strong>Jill Rutter</strong></a>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p><em>We would like to thank UK in a Changing Europe for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4749</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2ecee708-c60a-11f0-9b5f-479ecbdf8224]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3899151920.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How successfully have Labour run public services?</title>
      <description>Poor public service performance was a key reason for Labour’s victory in the 2024 election. Following the new government’s first multi-year spending review and a major reshuffle, this event brough together a panel of experts to discuss how successfully Labour has managed public services since coming to office.  

This event brought together a panel of experts to discuss these key questions:


  What was Labour’s public service inheritance?

  How much progress has the government made on public services since the election?  

  What impact with the spending review have on public service performance?

  What are the biggest public service challenges that need to be addressed over the rest of the parliament?

  What are the implications for the budget?


As the Institute for Government published the latest edition of Performance Tracker, written in partnership with the Nuffield Foundation, which featured new analysis on the performance of public services, Amber Dellar, Stuart Hoddinott and Cassia Rowland, presented the key findings. They were joined by Stephen Bush, associate editor and columnist at the Financial Times.

This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by Mark Franks at the Nuffield Foundation.  

This event was kindly supported by the Nuffield Foundation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Nov 2025 11:21:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/0ac47ab4-c603-11f0-83b8-4343bcfe7821/image/3c75ba2264fc1eca01e21b1a6125f5e3.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Poor public service performance was a key reason for Labour’s victory in the 2024 election. Following the new government’s first multi-year spending review and a major reshuffle, this event brough together a panel of experts to discuss how successfully Labour has managed public services since coming to office.  

This event brought together a panel of experts to discuss these key questions:


  What was Labour’s public service inheritance?

  How much progress has the government made on public services since the election?  

  What impact with the spending review have on public service performance?

  What are the biggest public service challenges that need to be addressed over the rest of the parliament?

  What are the implications for the budget?


As the Institute for Government published the latest edition of Performance Tracker, written in partnership with the Nuffield Foundation, which featured new analysis on the performance of public services, Amber Dellar, Stuart Hoddinott and Cassia Rowland, presented the key findings. They were joined by Stephen Bush, associate editor and columnist at the Financial Times.

This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by Mark Franks at the Nuffield Foundation.  

This event was kindly supported by the Nuffield Foundation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Poor public service performance was a key reason for Labour’s victory in the 2024 election. Following the new government’s first <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/comment/spending-review-2025">multi-year spending review</a> and a <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/live-blog/starmer-reshuffle-september-2025">major reshuffle</a>, this event brough together a panel of experts to discuss how successfully Labour has managed <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/our-work/topics/public-services">public services</a> since coming to office.  </p>
<p>This event brought together a panel of experts to discuss these key questions:</p>
<ul>
  <li>What was Labour’s public service inheritance?</li>
  <li>How much progress has the government made on public services since the election?  </li>
  <li>What impact with the spending review have on public service performance?</li>
  <li>What are the biggest public service challenges that need to be addressed over the rest of the parliament?</li>
  <li>What are the implications for the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/autumn-budget-2025">budget</a>?</li>
</ul>
<p>As the Institute for Government published the latest edition of <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/public-services-performance-tracker-2025"><em>Performance Tracker</em></a>, written in partnership with the Nuffield Foundation, which featured new analysis on the performance of public services, <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/amber-dellar"><strong>Amber Dellar</strong></a>, <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/stuart-hoddinott"><strong>Stuart Hoddinott</strong></a> and <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/cassia-rowland"><strong>Cassia Rowland</strong></a>, presented the key findings. They were joined by <strong>Stephen Bush</strong>, associate editor and columnist at the Financial Times.</p>
<p>This event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/nick-davies"><strong>Nick Davies</strong>,</a> Programme Director at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by <strong>Mark Franks</strong> at the Nuffield Foundation.  </p>
<p><em>This event was kindly supported by the Nuffield Foundation.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3580</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0ac47ab4-c603-11f0-83b8-4343bcfe7821]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7740742893.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How should the government successfully implement and enhance devolution across the North of England?</title>
      <description>This event was part of the IfG's Labour Party Conference programme.


Speakers: 


  
Katherine Fairclough, Chief Executive of Liverpool City Region Combined Authority

  
Cllr Susan Hinchcliffe, Leader of Council &amp; Corporate Portfolio Holder at City of Bradford Metropolitan District Council

  
Sue Jarvis, Co-Director at Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place

  
Dr Henry Kippin, Chief Executive of North East Combined Authority


This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This event was held in partnership with the Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place at the University of Liverpool and Liverpool City Region Combined Authority.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Nov 2025 10:19:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/711d6bc6-c5fa-11f0-84cf-e3b460afbb79/image/3c75ba2264fc1eca01e21b1a6125f5e3.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This event was part of the IfG's Labour Party Conference programme.


Speakers: 


  
Katherine Fairclough, Chief Executive of Liverpool City Region Combined Authority

  
Cllr Susan Hinchcliffe, Leader of Council &amp; Corporate Portfolio Holder at City of Bradford Metropolitan District Council

  
Sue Jarvis, Co-Director at Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place

  
Dr Henry Kippin, Chief Executive of North East Combined Authority


This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This event was held in partnership with the Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place at the University of Liverpool and Liverpool City Region Combined Authority.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This event was part of the IfG's Labour Party Conference programme.
</p>
<p>Speakers: </p>
<ul>
  <li>
<strong>Katherine Fairclough</strong>, Chief Executive of Liverpool City Region Combined Authority</li>
  <li>
<strong>Cllr Susan Hinchcliffe</strong>, Leader of Council &amp; Corporate Portfolio Holder at City of Bradford Metropolitan District Council</li>
  <li>
<strong>Sue Jarvis</strong>, Co-Director at Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place</li>
  <li>
<strong>Dr Henry Kippin</strong>, Chief Executive of North East Combined Authority</li>
</ul>
<p>This event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/akash-paun"><strong>Akash Paun</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p><em>This event was held in partnership with the Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place at the University of Liverpool and Liverpool City Region Combined Authority.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3777</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[711d6bc6-c5fa-11f0-84cf-e3b460afbb79]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2328772153.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the government deliver its “prevention first” approach to healthcare?</title>
      <description>This event was part of the IfG's Labour Party Conference programme.

Speakers:


  
Dr Jo Bibby, Director of Health at Health Foundation

  
Stuart Hoddinott, Associate Director at the Institute for Government

  
Nick Meade, Chief Executive of Genetic Alliance UK

  
Rob Thomas, Head of Public Affairs, UK and Ireland at Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK 


This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This event was held in partnership with Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Nov 2025 10:17:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/1c9e1fa0-c5fa-11f0-be38-13e8d836fbff/image/3c75ba2264fc1eca01e21b1a6125f5e3.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This event was part of the IfG's Labour Party Conference programme.

Speakers:


  
Dr Jo Bibby, Director of Health at Health Foundation

  
Stuart Hoddinott, Associate Director at the Institute for Government

  
Nick Meade, Chief Executive of Genetic Alliance UK

  
Rob Thomas, Head of Public Affairs, UK and Ireland at Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK 


This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This event was held in partnership with Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This event was part of the IfG's Labour Party Conference programme.</p>
<p>Speakers:</p>
<ul>
  <li>
<strong>Dr Jo Bibby</strong>, Director of Health at Health Foundation</li>
  <li>
<strong>Stuart Hoddinott</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government</li>
  <li>
<strong>Nick Meade</strong>, Chief Executive of Genetic Alliance UK</li>
  <li>
<strong>Rob Thomas</strong>, Head of Public Affairs, UK and Ireland at Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK<br> </li>
</ul>
<p>This event was chaired by<a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/nick-davies"><strong> Nick Davies</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p><em>This event was held in partnership with Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK. </em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3623</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1c9e1fa0-c5fa-11f0-be38-13e8d836fbff]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9234108855.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can changes to NHS technology help deliver the 10 Year Health Plan?</title>
      <description>Better use of technology, the transition from analogue to digital, and greater innovation are at the heart of the 10 Year Health Plan. This includes plans to make the NHS app a gateway to the entire NHS, integrate AI into clinical pathways, create a new Health Data Research Service, make genomic sequencing at birth universal, utilise wearable technology in treatments as standard, and to improve uptake and adoption of medicines.

What are the potential benefits of greater use of technology and innovation in the NHS? Are there any risks associated with this? How deliverable is the 10 Year Health Plan’s vision for the use of technology and innovation in the NHS? What are the barriers to greater adoption of technology and innovation more broadly? And how can these be overcome? How can investment in technology and innovation be protected and prioritised?  

To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:


  
Matthew Chisambi, Director of Imperial College Health Partners

  
Johan Kahlström, President and Managing Director, UK and Ireland at Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK

  
Sam Roberts, Chief Executive of the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence


This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Nov 2025 09:40:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/9a38ef22-c49b-11f0-80ce-fbf12def9977/image/3c75ba2264fc1eca01e21b1a6125f5e3.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Better use of technology, the transition from analogue to digital, and greater innovation are at the heart of the 10 Year Health Plan. This includes plans to make the NHS app a gateway to the entire NHS, integrate AI into clinical pathways, create a new Health Data Research Service, make genomic sequencing at birth universal, utilise wearable technology in treatments as standard, and to improve uptake and adoption of medicines.

What are the potential benefits of greater use of technology and innovation in the NHS? Are there any risks associated with this? How deliverable is the 10 Year Health Plan’s vision for the use of technology and innovation in the NHS? What are the barriers to greater adoption of technology and innovation more broadly? And how can these be overcome? How can investment in technology and innovation be protected and prioritised?  

To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:


  
Matthew Chisambi, Director of Imperial College Health Partners

  
Johan Kahlström, President and Managing Director, UK and Ireland at Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK

  
Sam Roberts, Chief Executive of the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence


This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Better use of technology, the transition from analogue to digital, and greater innovation are at the heart of the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/comment/nhs-10-year-plan">10 Year Health Plan</a>. This includes plans to make the NHS app a gateway to the entire NHS, integrate AI into clinical pathways, create a new Health Data Research Service, make genomic sequencing at birth universal, utilise wearable technology in treatments as standard, and to improve uptake and adoption of medicines.</p>
<p>What are the potential benefits of greater use of technology and innovation in the NHS? Are there any risks associated with this? How deliverable is the 10 Year Health Plan’s vision for the use of technology and innovation in the NHS? What are the barriers to greater adoption of technology and innovation more broadly? And how can these be overcome? How can investment in technology and innovation be protected and prioritised?  </p>
<p>To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:</p>
<ul>
  <li>
<strong>Matthew Chisambi</strong>, Director of Imperial College Health Partners</li>
  <li>
<strong>Johan Kahlström</strong>, President and Managing Director, UK and Ireland at Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK</li>
  <li>
<strong>Sam Roberts</strong>,<strong> </strong>Chief Executive of the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence</li>
</ul>
<p>This event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/nick-davies"><strong>Nick Davies</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p><em>We would like to thank Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3494</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9a38ef22-c49b-11f0-80ce-fbf12def9977]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4511797064.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The government's digital ID plan: Why now and what for?</title>
      <description>Keir Starmer has announced plans for a new digital ID scheme to combat illegal working and make it easier for people to use vital government services like applying for a driving licence and accessing tax records. The government has said that digital ID will be mandatory for right to work checks by the end of this parliament.

But critics argue that government has not made a clear case for digital ID, and warn that building a secure, reliable and trusted form of digital identity will be a monumental challenge to implement.

So what problem – and for whom – would digital ID solve? Are the government’s ambitions realistic? Is the right data and security infrastructure in place?  And what could this mean for digitally excluded groups?  

To discuss these questions and more, we will be joined by an expert panel including: 


  
Rachel Coldicutt, Founder and Executive Director of Careful Industries

  
Matthew Feeney, Advocacy Manager at Big Brother Watch

  
David Normington, former Permanent Secretary at the Home Office

  
Morgan Wild, Chief Policy Adviser at Labour Together and author of “Britcard: a progressive digital identity for Britain”


The event will be chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 


Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Nov 2025 16:42:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Keir Starmer has announced plans for a new digital ID scheme to combat illegal working and make it easier for people to use vital government services like applying for a driving licence and accessing tax records. The government has said that digital ID will be mandatory for right to work checks by the end of this parliament.

But critics argue that government has not made a clear case for digital ID, and warn that building a secure, reliable and trusted form of digital identity will be a monumental challenge to implement.

So what problem – and for whom – would digital ID solve? Are the government’s ambitions realistic? Is the right data and security infrastructure in place?  And what could this mean for digitally excluded groups?  

To discuss these questions and more, we will be joined by an expert panel including: 


  
Rachel Coldicutt, Founder and Executive Director of Careful Industries

  
Matthew Feeney, Advocacy Manager at Big Brother Watch

  
David Normington, former Permanent Secretary at the Home Office

  
Morgan Wild, Chief Policy Adviser at Labour Together and author of “Britcard: a progressive digital identity for Britain”


The event will be chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 


Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Keir Starmer has announced plans for a new <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/digital-id-cards"><strong>digital ID</strong></a> scheme to combat illegal working and make it easier for people to use vital government services like applying for a driving licence and accessing tax records. The government has said that digital ID will be mandatory for right to work checks by the end of this parliament.</p>
<p>But critics argue that government has not made a clear case for digital ID, and warn that building a secure, reliable and trusted form of digital identity will be a monumental challenge to implement.</p>
<p>So what problem – and for whom – would digital ID solve? Are the government’s ambitions realistic? Is the right data and security infrastructure in place?  And what could this mean for digitally excluded groups?  </p>
<p>To discuss these questions and more, we will be joined by an expert panel including: </p>
<ul>
  <li>
<strong>Rachel Coldicutt</strong>, Founder and Executive Director of Careful Industries</li>
  <li>
<strong>Matthew Feeney</strong>, Advocacy Manager at Big Brother Watch</li>
  <li>
<strong>David Normington</strong>, former Permanent Secretary at the Home Office</li>
  <li>
<strong>Morgan Wild</strong>, Chief Policy Adviser at Labour Together and author of “Britcard: a progressive digital identity for Britain”</li>
</ul>
<p>The event will be chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/tim-durrant"><strong>Tim Durrant</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 

</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3707</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6fd04102-c49d-11f0-9c4a-6771a3622715]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6202285155.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the fast stream deliver more for the civil service?</title>
      <description>The fast stream, the civil service’s flagship talent development programme, has recently seen a record number of applications and reclaimed the top spot in the Times Higher Education graduate scheme ranking.

But exclusive Institute for Government research reveals that the programme still faces significant challenges, including early exits from the scheme, variable quality of postings and fast streamers struggling to find roles upon scheme completion.

What should the fast stream’s role be in the wider civil service recruitment ecosystem? What can the government do to ensure that the fast stream delivers more for the civil service? What can the civil service learn from other sectors? And what should future fast stream reform efforts focus on? 

To explore these questions, the IfG was delighted to be joined for a panel discussion on the future of the fast stream by: 


  
Robert Eagleton, National Officer for the Fast Stream at the FDA Union

  
Rachel Hopcroft CBE, Chief Corporate Affairs Officer at NatWest Group

  
Sonia Pawson, Director of HR at West Yorkshire Fire and Rescue Service and former Head of Fast Stream


The conversation started with a presentation of key IfG research findings by Teodor Grama, author of Changing course: How to reform the civil service fast stream. 

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

00:00 Introduction

02:16 Presentation on report key findings

10:29 Discussion

33:54 Q&amp;A from the audience
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Nov 2025 16:29:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/1b552b2e-c46b-11f0-992b-bbcf118b3ea9/image/3c75ba2264fc1eca01e21b1a6125f5e3.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The fast stream, the civil service’s flagship talent development programme, has recently seen a record number of applications and reclaimed the top spot in the Times Higher Education graduate scheme ranking.

But exclusive Institute for Government research reveals that the programme still faces significant challenges, including early exits from the scheme, variable quality of postings and fast streamers struggling to find roles upon scheme completion.

What should the fast stream’s role be in the wider civil service recruitment ecosystem? What can the government do to ensure that the fast stream delivers more for the civil service? What can the civil service learn from other sectors? And what should future fast stream reform efforts focus on? 

To explore these questions, the IfG was delighted to be joined for a panel discussion on the future of the fast stream by: 


  
Robert Eagleton, National Officer for the Fast Stream at the FDA Union

  
Rachel Hopcroft CBE, Chief Corporate Affairs Officer at NatWest Group

  
Sonia Pawson, Director of HR at West Yorkshire Fire and Rescue Service and former Head of Fast Stream


The conversation started with a presentation of key IfG research findings by Teodor Grama, author of Changing course: How to reform the civil service fast stream. 

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

00:00 Introduction

02:16 Presentation on report key findings

10:29 Discussion

33:54 Q&amp;A from the audience
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/civil-service-fast-stream">fast stream</a>, the civil service’s flagship talent development programme, has recently seen a record number of applications and reclaimed the top spot in the Times Higher Education graduate scheme ranking.</p>
<p>But exclusive <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/civil-service-fast-stream-reform">Institute for Government research</a> reveals that the programme still faces significant challenges, including early exits from the scheme, variable quality of postings and fast streamers struggling to find roles upon scheme completion.</p>
<p>What should the fast stream’s role be in the wider civil service recruitment ecosystem? What can the government do to ensure that the fast stream delivers more for the civil service? What can the civil service learn from other sectors? And what should future fast stream reform efforts focus on? </p>
<p>To explore these questions, the IfG was delighted to be joined for a panel discussion on the future of the fast stream by: </p>
<ul>
  <li>
<strong>Robert Eagleton</strong>, National Officer for the Fast Stream at the FDA Union</li>
  <li>
<strong>Rachel Hopcroft CBE</strong>, Chief Corporate Affairs Officer at NatWest Group</li>
  <li>
<strong>Sonia Pawson</strong>, Director of HR at West Yorkshire Fire and Rescue Service and former Head of Fast Stream</li>
</ul>
<p>The conversation started with a presentation of key IfG research findings by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/teodor-grama"><strong>Teodor Grama</strong></a>, author of <em>Changing course: How to reform the civil service fast stream. </em></p>
<p>The event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/alex-thomas"><strong>Alex Thomas</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p>00:00 Introduction</p>
<p>02:16 Presentation on report key findings</p>
<p>10:29 Discussion</p>
<p>33:54 Q&amp;A from the audience</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3587</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1b552b2e-c46b-11f0-992b-bbcf118b3ea9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3853392726.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IfG DevoLab #3: How devolution can improve transport connectivity</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/event/devolab-3-devolution-transport-connectivity</link>
      <description>The IfG DevoLab is a new initiative from the Institute for Government dedicated to exploring the innovations enabled by devolution, learning from the results, and sharing the lessons so that places can take better decisions about how to use devolved powers and budgets.  

On  6th November, the IfG hosted its third IfG DevoLab event in Leeds, at which speakers from three regions set out how the powers and profile of mayors are being used to improve transport connectivity within and between their regions. 

The three case studies presented at IfG DevoLab #3 were:


  ‘Improving transport connectivity in West Yorkshire’, by Councillor Susan Hinchcliffe, Leader of Bradford City Council and Chair of the West Yorkshire Transport Committee

  ‘Connecting Liverpool City Region through Merseyrail’, by Huw Jenkins, Lead Officer - Transport Policy at Liverpool City Region Combined Authority

  ‘Mayoral partnerships with Great British Railways’ by Richard Crabtree, Head of Mayoral Partnerships at Shadow Great British Railways 


The three speakers were joined by Tom Bridges, UK Government Business Leader at Arup, for a broader discussion of how devolution can improve transport connectivity, how the government can support innovation and learning, and whether there is a case for further devolution in this area.

This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government. 

Insights from this discussion will inform a published policy briefing containing the three case studies and a synthesis of key lessons.

We would like to thank Arup for kindly supporting this event.

We are also grateful to our strategic partner L&amp;G for its wider support of the IfG DevoLab series. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Nov 2025 15:50:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/31a39f2e-be4d-11f0-860e-8b865381068b/image/3c75ba2264fc1eca01e21b1a6125f5e3.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The IfG DevoLab is a new initiative from the Institute for Government dedicated to exploring the innovations enabled by devolution, learning from the results, and sharing the lessons so that places can take better decisions about how to use devolved powers and budgets.  

On  6th November, the IfG hosted its third IfG DevoLab event in Leeds, at which speakers from three regions set out how the powers and profile of mayors are being used to improve transport connectivity within and between their regions. 

The three case studies presented at IfG DevoLab #3 were:


  ‘Improving transport connectivity in West Yorkshire’, by Councillor Susan Hinchcliffe, Leader of Bradford City Council and Chair of the West Yorkshire Transport Committee

  ‘Connecting Liverpool City Region through Merseyrail’, by Huw Jenkins, Lead Officer - Transport Policy at Liverpool City Region Combined Authority

  ‘Mayoral partnerships with Great British Railways’ by Richard Crabtree, Head of Mayoral Partnerships at Shadow Great British Railways 


The three speakers were joined by Tom Bridges, UK Government Business Leader at Arup, for a broader discussion of how devolution can improve transport connectivity, how the government can support innovation and learning, and whether there is a case for further devolution in this area.

This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government. 

Insights from this discussion will inform a published policy briefing containing the three case studies and a synthesis of key lessons.

We would like to thank Arup for kindly supporting this event.

We are also grateful to our strategic partner L&amp;G for its wider support of the IfG DevoLab series. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/ifg-devolab">IfG DevoLab</a> is a new initiative from the Institute for Government dedicated to exploring the innovations enabled by devolution, learning from the results, and sharing the lessons so that places can take better decisions about how to use devolved powers and budgets.  </p>
<p>On  6th November,<strong> </strong>the IfG hosted its third IfG DevoLab event in Leeds, at which speakers from three regions set out how the powers and profile of mayors are being used to improve transport connectivity within and between their regions. </p>
<p>The three case studies presented at IfG DevoLab #3 were:</p>
<ul>
  <li>‘Improving transport connectivity in West Yorkshire’, by <strong>Councillor Susan Hinchcliffe</strong>, Leader of Bradford City Council and Chair of the West Yorkshire Transport Committee</li>
  <li>‘Connecting Liverpool City Region through Merseyrail’, by <strong>Huw Jenkins</strong>, Lead Officer - Transport Policy at Liverpool City Region Combined Authority</li>
  <li>‘Mayoral partnerships with Great British Railways’ by<strong> Richard Crabtree</strong>, Head of Mayoral Partnerships at Shadow Great British Railways </li>
</ul>
<p>The three speakers were joined by <strong>Tom</strong> <strong>Bridges</strong>, UK Government Business Leader at Arup, for a broader discussion of how devolution can improve transport connectivity, how the government can support innovation and learning, and whether there is a case for further devolution in this area.</p>
<p>This event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/jill-rutter"><strong>Jill Rutter</strong></a>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government. </p>
<p>Insights from this discussion will inform a published policy briefing containing the three case studies and a synthesis of key lessons.</p>
<p><em>We would like to thank</em><em><strong> Arup</strong></em><em> for kindly supporting this event.</em></p>
<p><em>We are also grateful to our strategic partner</em><em><strong> L&amp;G</strong></em><em> for its wider support of the IfG DevoLab series. </em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>5573</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[31a39f2e-be4d-11f0-860e-8b865381068b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9357463375.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leadership change in the civil service: How can new permanent secretaries deliver for government?</title>
      <description>As well as the election of a new government, the last year has seen the appointment of a new cabinet secretary and eight new permanent secretaries to lead departments.  

How will this new leadership cohort change the civil service? What should they prioritise as they get to grips with their new departments? And how can they build the most talented teams to deliver the government’s priorities?

To explore these questions, with a particular focus on the Civil Service Commission’s role in recruiting senior leaders and developing the talent pipeline, the IfG was delighted to be joined for a panel discussion on civil service leadership and change by:


  
Atul Devani, Civil Service Commissioner and entrepreneur

  
John-Paul Marks CB, First Permanent Secretary and Chief Executive of HM Revenue and Customs

  
Baroness Gisela Stuart, First Civil Service Commissioner 


Baroness Stuart spoke briefly to consider the opportunities and challenges for the civil service. She spoke to the Commission’s strategic priorities for 2025–27.  

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Nov 2025 11:01:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Leadership change in the civil service: How can new permanent secretaries deliver for government?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/f6ff9fa8-baff-11f0-bee9-1366cec79db1/image/3c75ba2264fc1eca01e21b1a6125f5e3.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>This event, featuring Baroness Stuart, explored the Civil Service Commission’s role in recruiting senior leaders and developing talent.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As well as the election of a new government, the last year has seen the appointment of a new cabinet secretary and eight new permanent secretaries to lead departments.  

How will this new leadership cohort change the civil service? What should they prioritise as they get to grips with their new departments? And how can they build the most talented teams to deliver the government’s priorities?

To explore these questions, with a particular focus on the Civil Service Commission’s role in recruiting senior leaders and developing the talent pipeline, the IfG was delighted to be joined for a panel discussion on civil service leadership and change by:


  
Atul Devani, Civil Service Commissioner and entrepreneur

  
John-Paul Marks CB, First Permanent Secretary and Chief Executive of HM Revenue and Customs

  
Baroness Gisela Stuart, First Civil Service Commissioner 


Baroness Stuart spoke briefly to consider the opportunities and challenges for the civil service. She spoke to the Commission’s strategic priorities for 2025–27.  

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As well as the election of a new government, the last year has seen the appointment of a new <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/cabinet-secretary">cabinet secretary</a> and eight new <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/permanent-secretaries">permanent secretaries</a> to lead departments.  </p>
<p>How will this new leadership cohort change the civil service? What should they prioritise as they get to grips with their new departments? And how can they build the most talented teams to deliver the government’s priorities?</p>
<p>To explore these questions, with a particular focus on the Civil Service Commission’s role in recruiting senior leaders and developing the talent pipeline, the IfG was delighted to be joined for a panel discussion on civil service leadership and change by:</p>
<ul>
  <li>
<strong>Atul Devani</strong>, Civil Service Commissioner and entrepreneur</li>
  <li>
<strong>John-Paul Marks CB</strong>, First Permanent Secretary and Chief Executive of HM Revenue and Customs</li>
  <li>
<strong>Baroness Gisela Stuart</strong>, First Civil Service Commissioner </li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Baroness Stuart </strong>spoke briefly to consider the opportunities and challenges for the civil service. She spoke to the Commission’s strategic priorities for 2025–27.  </p>
<p>The event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/alex-thomas"><strong>Alex Thomas</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3650</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f6ff9fa8-baff-11f0-bee9-1366cec79db1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7494236974.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Productivity Pitches #8: Spreading innovation across public services</title>
      <description>Productivity in public services has never been more important. Most services are struggling to return to pre-pandemic performance levels, and the new Labour government has indicated that spending will remain tight. Improvements in performance will likely come from frontline workers finding new, innovative ways of delivering services.  

So what can be done to improve productivity? By highlighting outstanding examples of innovation across public services, Productivity Pitches, a series of events hosted by the IfG, aims to share and support ways to improve performance levels.

This event was the eighth in the series and focused on innovation across public services.

Each speaker had 10 minutes to present their innovation, followed by 10 minutes of audience questions. The chair and a guest from The Productivity Institute – which kindly supported this event series – brought together the common themes from the pitches and discussed the lessons for improving productivity.

The speakers for this edition of Productivity Pitches were:


  
Aoife O'Higgins, Director of Evidence at Foundations, the What Works Centre for children and families explained how their work showing the efficacy of Family Group Conferencing (FGC) has led to the government legislating in the Children, Wellbeing and Schools Bill to mandate that councils offer parents a Family Group Decision Making meeting before referring a child to social services. This substantially expanded the use of FGCs.

  
Rhian Gladman and Gary Hughes on LGA’s peer challenge programme and transformation support. For its peer challenge programme, the LGA recruits senior local government officers and political leaders to act as peer reviewers. Following a meeting with the council that will be reviewed, a small team of peer reviewers is sent in to speak to people, assess processes and documents, and use their knowledge to provide peer-led feedback. For transformation support, the LGA matches peers with transformation experience with councils that need that specific advice.


The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. Joel Hoskins, Research Assistant at The Productivity Institute joined to the discuss common themes.

Productivity Pitches was kindly supported by The Productivity Institute.




Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Oct 2025 07:59:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Productivity in public services has never been more important. Most services are struggling to return to pre-pandemic performance levels, and the new Labour government has indicated that spending will remain tight. Improvements in performance will likely come from frontline workers finding new, innovative ways of delivering services.  

So what can be done to improve productivity? By highlighting outstanding examples of innovation across public services, Productivity Pitches, a series of events hosted by the IfG, aims to share and support ways to improve performance levels.

This event was the eighth in the series and focused on innovation across public services.

Each speaker had 10 minutes to present their innovation, followed by 10 minutes of audience questions. The chair and a guest from The Productivity Institute – which kindly supported this event series – brought together the common themes from the pitches and discussed the lessons for improving productivity.

The speakers for this edition of Productivity Pitches were:


  
Aoife O'Higgins, Director of Evidence at Foundations, the What Works Centre for children and families explained how their work showing the efficacy of Family Group Conferencing (FGC) has led to the government legislating in the Children, Wellbeing and Schools Bill to mandate that councils offer parents a Family Group Decision Making meeting before referring a child to social services. This substantially expanded the use of FGCs.

  
Rhian Gladman and Gary Hughes on LGA’s peer challenge programme and transformation support. For its peer challenge programme, the LGA recruits senior local government officers and political leaders to act as peer reviewers. Following a meeting with the council that will be reviewed, a small team of peer reviewers is sent in to speak to people, assess processes and documents, and use their knowledge to provide peer-led feedback. For transformation support, the LGA matches peers with transformation experience with councils that need that specific advice.


The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. Joel Hoskins, Research Assistant at The Productivity Institute joined to the discuss common themes.

Productivity Pitches was kindly supported by The Productivity Institute.




Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Productivity in <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/our-work/topics/public-services">public services</a> has never been more important. Most services are <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/fixing-public-services-labour-government">struggling to return to pre-pandemic performance levels</a>, and the new Labour government has indicated that spending will remain tight. Improvements in performance will likely come from frontline workers finding new, innovative ways of delivering services.  </p>
<p>So what can be done to improve productivity? By highlighting outstanding examples of innovation across public services, <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/productivity-pitches"><strong>Productivity Pitches</strong></a>, a series of events hosted by the IfG, aims to share and support ways to improve performance levels.</p>
<p>This event was the eighth in the series and focused on innovation across public services.</p>
<p>Each speaker had 10 minutes to present their innovation, followed by 10 minutes of audience questions. The chair and a guest from The Productivity Institute – which kindly supported this event series – brought together the common themes from the pitches and discussed the lessons for improving productivity.</p>
<p>The speakers for this edition of Productivity Pitches were:</p>
<ul>
  <li>
<strong>Aoife O'Higgins</strong>, Director of Evidence at Foundations, the What Works Centre for children and families explained how their work showing the efficacy of Family Group Conferencing (FGC) has led to the government legislating in the Children, Wellbeing and Schools Bill to mandate that councils offer parents a Family Group Decision Making meeting before referring a child to social services. This substantially expanded the use of FGCs.</li>
  <li>
<strong>Rhian Gladman</strong> and <strong>Gary Hughes</strong> on LGA’s peer challenge programme and transformation support. For its peer challenge programme, the LGA recruits senior local government officers and political leaders to act as peer reviewers. Following a meeting with the council that will be reviewed, a small team of peer reviewers is sent in to speak to people, assess processes and documents, and use their knowledge to provide peer-led feedback. For transformation support, the LGA matches peers with transformation experience with councils that need that specific advice.</li>
</ul>
<p>The event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/nick-davies"><strong>Nick Davies</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. <strong>Joel Hoskins</strong>, Research Assistant at The Productivity Institute joined to the discuss common themes.</p>
<p><em>Productivity Pitches was kindly supported by The Productivity Institute.</em></p>
<p><br>

</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3612</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b4115590-af71-11f0-85e2-6fca099fbf59]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4766479651.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IfG DevoLab #2: How can mayors and strategic authorities secure investment into regional economies?</title>
      <description>The IfG team headed to Birmingham to explore how mayors can secure and deliver private investment into their regions in pursuit of growth and regeneration.

The IfG DevoLab is a new initiative from the Institute for Government dedicated to exploring the innovations enabled by devolution, learning from the results, and sharing the lessons so that places can take better decisions about how to use devolved powers and budgets.  

IfG DevoLab #2 saw speakers from three regions – West Midlands, Greater Manchester, and the North East – set out how the powers and profile of mayors and the convening role of strategic authorities have been used to secure and deliver private investment for key regional strategic projects.


  ‘Investing in the West Midlands: The Birmingham Sports Quarter’, Jonathan Gibson, Interim Director of Strategy at the West Midlands Combined Authority

  ‘Investing in Greater Manchester: The Sister Innovation District, Robert Edwards, Deputy Director of Investment at the Greater Manchester Combined Authority

  ‘Investing in the North East’, Dr Henry Kippin, Chief Executive of the North East Combined Authority


The three presenters were joined on the panel by Julia Goldsworthy, Head of Social Impact Investment at L&amp;G, and former Director of Strategy at West Midlands Combined Authority, for a broader discussion on the benefits of devolution and mayoral leadership, the lessons less mature devolved regions can learn from those further along in the journey, and whether further devolution can accelerate growth.  

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by Hannah White, CEO of the Institute for Government. 

Insights from this discussion informed a published policy briefing containing the three case studies and a synthesis of key lessons.

The Institute for Government would like to thank L&amp;G for its support of this event and its wider support of the IfG DevoLab series.  




Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Oct 2025 18:01:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The IfG team headed to Birmingham to explore how mayors can secure and deliver private investment into their regions in pursuit of growth and regeneration.

The IfG DevoLab is a new initiative from the Institute for Government dedicated to exploring the innovations enabled by devolution, learning from the results, and sharing the lessons so that places can take better decisions about how to use devolved powers and budgets.  

IfG DevoLab #2 saw speakers from three regions – West Midlands, Greater Manchester, and the North East – set out how the powers and profile of mayors and the convening role of strategic authorities have been used to secure and deliver private investment for key regional strategic projects.


  ‘Investing in the West Midlands: The Birmingham Sports Quarter’, Jonathan Gibson, Interim Director of Strategy at the West Midlands Combined Authority

  ‘Investing in Greater Manchester: The Sister Innovation District, Robert Edwards, Deputy Director of Investment at the Greater Manchester Combined Authority

  ‘Investing in the North East’, Dr Henry Kippin, Chief Executive of the North East Combined Authority


The three presenters were joined on the panel by Julia Goldsworthy, Head of Social Impact Investment at L&amp;G, and former Director of Strategy at West Midlands Combined Authority, for a broader discussion on the benefits of devolution and mayoral leadership, the lessons less mature devolved regions can learn from those further along in the journey, and whether further devolution can accelerate growth.  

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by Hannah White, CEO of the Institute for Government. 

Insights from this discussion informed a published policy briefing containing the three case studies and a synthesis of key lessons.

The Institute for Government would like to thank L&amp;G for its support of this event and its wider support of the IfG DevoLab series.  




Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The IfG team headed to Birmingham to explore how mayors can secure and deliver private investment into their regions in pursuit of growth and regeneration.</p>
<p><br>The<a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/ifg-devolab"> IfG DevoLab</a> is a new initiative from the Institute for Government dedicated to exploring the innovations enabled by devolution, learning from the results, and sharing the lessons so that places can take better decisions about how to use devolved powers and budgets.  </p>
<p>IfG DevoLab #2 saw speakers from three regions – West Midlands, Greater Manchester, and the North East – set out how the powers and profile of mayors and the convening <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/devolution-strategic-authorities">role of strategic authorities</a> have been used to secure and deliver private investment for key regional strategic projects.</p>
<ul>
  <li>‘Investing in the West Midlands: The Birmingham Sports Quarter’, <strong>Jonathan Gibson</strong>, Interim Director of Strategy at the West Midlands Combined Authority</li>
  <li>‘Investing in Greater Manchester: The Sister Innovation District, <strong>Robert Edwards,</strong> Deputy Director of Investment at the Greater Manchester Combined Authority</li>
  <li>‘Investing in the North East’, <strong>Dr Henry Kippin</strong>, Chief Executive of the North East Combined Authority</li>
</ul>
<p>The three presenters were joined on the panel by <strong>Julia Goldsworthy</strong>, Head of Social Impact Investment at L&amp;G, and former Director of Strategy at West Midlands Combined Authority, for a broader discussion on the benefits of devolution and mayoral leadership, the lessons less mature devolved regions can learn from those further along in the journey, and whether further devolution can accelerate growth.  </p>
<p>This event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/akash-paun"><strong>Akash Paun</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/hannah-white"><strong>Hannah White</strong></a>, CEO of the Institute for Government. </p>
<p>Insights from this discussion informed a published policy briefing containing the three case studies and a synthesis of key lessons.</p>
<p><em>The Institute for Government would like to thank </em><em><strong>L&amp;G</strong></em><em> for its support of this event and its wider support of the IfG DevoLab series.  </em></p>
<p><br>

</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>5551</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a3a6e344-af5a-11f0-b884-efd9794417cb]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7341424703.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Local government reorganisation and public service delivery: What are the options and challenges?</title>
      <description>The government’s major restructuring of local government will be a formidable challenge for local officials and political leaders in 164 district councils across 21 English county areas and 19 small neighbouring unitary authorities. For local government reorganisation to truly act as a catalyst for local public service reform, as envisaged by central government, services currently delivered by outgoing district councils – like waste collection and housing – will need to be merged and delivered from day one of the new unitary authorities’ existence.

 

This means harmonising service provision, staff terms and conditions, establishing new management structures and resolving issues such as incompatible ICT systems, culture clashes between teams and overcome incompatible business processes.

 

What are the challenges and options facing local district council leaders? How long does it take to merge these services? What are the risks and opportunities? What have been the greatest barriers to successful transformation in earlier rounds of local government reorganisation? And what structures and service delivery options are available to the new unitary authorities?

 

To answer these questions and more, this IfG event brought together an expert panel, including:

 


  Professor John Denham, Research Fellow and Director of the Centre for English Identity and Politics at the University of Southampton

  Liz Elliott, Deputy Chief Executive – Transformation at Harborough District Council

  Justin Galliford, Chief Executive at Norse Group

  Rachel Joyce, Assistant Chief Executive – Local Engagement at North Yorkshire Council


 

The event was chaired by Dr Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.

 

We would like to thank Norse Group for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Oct 2025 14:22:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>373</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government’s major restructuring of local government will be a formidable challenge for local officials and political leaders in 164 district councils across 21 English county areas and 19 small neighbouring unitary authorities. For local government reorganisation to truly act as a catalyst for local public service reform, as envisaged by central government, services currently delivered by outgoing district councils – like waste collection and housing – will need to be merged and delivered from day one of the new unitary authorities’ existence.

 

This means harmonising service provision, staff terms and conditions, establishing new management structures and resolving issues such as incompatible ICT systems, culture clashes between teams and overcome incompatible business processes.

 

What are the challenges and options facing local district council leaders? How long does it take to merge these services? What are the risks and opportunities? What have been the greatest barriers to successful transformation in earlier rounds of local government reorganisation? And what structures and service delivery options are available to the new unitary authorities?

 

To answer these questions and more, this IfG event brought together an expert panel, including:

 


  Professor John Denham, Research Fellow and Director of the Centre for English Identity and Politics at the University of Southampton

  Liz Elliott, Deputy Chief Executive – Transformation at Harborough District Council

  Justin Galliford, Chief Executive at Norse Group

  Rachel Joyce, Assistant Chief Executive – Local Engagement at North Yorkshire Council


 

The event was chaired by Dr Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.

 

We would like to thank Norse Group for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government’s major restructuring of local government will be a formidable challenge for local officials and political leaders in 164 district councils across 21 English county areas and 19 small neighbouring unitary authorities. For local government reorganisation to truly act as a catalyst for local public service reform, as envisaged by central government, services currently delivered by outgoing district councils – like waste collection and housing – will need to be merged and delivered from day one of the new unitary authorities’ existence.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This means harmonising service provision, staff terms and conditions, establishing new management structures and resolving issues such as incompatible ICT systems, culture clashes between teams and overcome incompatible business processes.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>What are the challenges and options facing local district council leaders? How long does it take to merge these services? What are the risks and opportunities? What have been the greatest barriers to successful transformation in earlier rounds of local government reorganisation? And what structures and service delivery options are available to the new unitary authorities?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>To answer these questions and more, this IfG event brought together an expert panel, including:</p>
<p> </p>
<ul>
  <li>Professor John Denham, Research Fellow and Director of the Centre for English Identity and Politics at the University of Southampton</li>
  <li>Liz Elliott, Deputy Chief Executive – Transformation at Harborough District Council</li>
  <li>Justin Galliford, Chief Executive at Norse Group</li>
  <li>Rachel Joyce, Assistant Chief Executive – Local Engagement at North Yorkshire Council</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p>The event was chaired by Dr Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>We would like to thank Norse Group for kindly supporting this event.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3901</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b2fd7226-ab64-11f0-9e88-6b3be80d41d5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4019121881.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can changes to NHS incentives help deliver the 10 Year Health Plan?  </title>
      <description>The government’s ambitious vision for the health system can only be delivered by changing the behaviour of thousands of different organisations and hundreds of thousands of people working across health and care. To do this, the 10 Year Health Plan proposes some major changes to how funding flows through the system and how providers and individuals are held to account. This includes multi-year budgets, patient feedback linked payments, best practice tariffs, performance related pay for leaders, league tables for providers but fewer overall targets, and earned autonomy for high performers.

 

How will changes to financial flows help deliver the government’s health priorities? What impact will the 10 Year Health Plan have on allocation of resources between different parts of the NHS? And will the new accountability regime incentivise the right behaviours and ways of working?

 

To discuss these questions and more, we  were joined by an expert panel including:


  Thomas Cawston, Corporate Affairs Lead at Novartis UK

  Anita Charlesworth, Senior Economic Adviser at the Health Foundation and acting chair of North-West London NHS Integrated Care Board

  Sally Gainsbury, Senior Policy Analyst at Nuffield Trust

  Hardev Virdee, Group Chief Finance Officer at Barts Health NHS Trust




This event was chaired by Stuart Hoddinott, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.

 

We would like to thank Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Oct 2025 14:25:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>372</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government’s ambitious vision for the health system can only be delivered by changing the behaviour of thousands of different organisations and hundreds of thousands of people working across health and care. To do this, the 10 Year Health Plan proposes some major changes to how funding flows through the system and how providers and individuals are held to account. This includes multi-year budgets, patient feedback linked payments, best practice tariffs, performance related pay for leaders, league tables for providers but fewer overall targets, and earned autonomy for high performers.

 

How will changes to financial flows help deliver the government’s health priorities? What impact will the 10 Year Health Plan have on allocation of resources between different parts of the NHS? And will the new accountability regime incentivise the right behaviours and ways of working?

 

To discuss these questions and more, we  were joined by an expert panel including:


  Thomas Cawston, Corporate Affairs Lead at Novartis UK

  Anita Charlesworth, Senior Economic Adviser at the Health Foundation and acting chair of North-West London NHS Integrated Care Board

  Sally Gainsbury, Senior Policy Analyst at Nuffield Trust

  Hardev Virdee, Group Chief Finance Officer at Barts Health NHS Trust




This event was chaired by Stuart Hoddinott, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.

 

We would like to thank Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government’s ambitious vision for the health system can only be delivered by changing the behaviour of thousands of different organisations and hundreds of thousands of people working across health and care. To do this, the 10 Year Health Plan proposes some major changes to how funding flows through the system and how providers and individuals are held to account. This includes multi-year budgets, patient feedback linked payments, best practice tariffs, performance related pay for leaders, league tables for providers but fewer overall targets, and earned autonomy for high performers.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>How will changes to financial flows help deliver the government’s health priorities? What impact will the 10 Year Health Plan have on allocation of resources between different parts of the NHS? And will the new accountability regime incentivise the right behaviours and ways of working?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>To discuss these questions and more, we  were joined by an expert panel including:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Thomas Cawston, Corporate Affairs Lead at Novartis UK</li>
  <li>Anita Charlesworth, Senior Economic Adviser at the Health Foundation and acting chair of North-West London NHS Integrated Care Board</li>
  <li>Sally Gainsbury, Senior Policy Analyst at Nuffield Trust</li>
  <li>Hardev Virdee, Group Chief Finance Officer at Barts Health NHS Trust</li>
</ul>
<p><br></p>
<p>This event was chaired by Stuart Hoddinott, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>We would like to thank Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK for kindly supporting this event.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3860</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e6debeb6-aa9b-11f0-b61c-ff7be5365584]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3498589280.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What is the Conservative route to fiscal sustainability?</title>
      <description>Speakers:


  Richard Fuller MP, Shadow Chief Secretary to the Treasury

  Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government

  Ryan Shorthouse, Executive Chair at Bright Blue

  Trinh Tu, Managing Director, Public Affairs at Ipsos UK


 

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>371</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers:


  Richard Fuller MP, Shadow Chief Secretary to the Treasury

  Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government

  Ryan Shorthouse, Executive Chair at Bright Blue

  Trinh Tu, Managing Director, Public Affairs at Ipsos UK


 

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Speakers:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Richard Fuller MP, Shadow Chief Secretary to the Treasury</li>
  <li>Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government</li>
  <li>Ryan Shorthouse, Executive Chair at Bright Blue</li>
  <li>Trinh Tu, Managing Director, Public Affairs at Ipsos UK</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3682</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[13642b3c-a8d1-11f0-9910-afde1ffd2a79]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6392275267.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> How should devolution across the North of England be successfully implemented and enhanced?</title>
      <description>Speakers:


  David Simmonds MP, Shadow Minister for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities

  Dr Tom Arnold, Research Associate at the Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place

  Cllr Abi Brown OBE, Deputy Leader of the Local Government Association Conservative Group

  Helen Gbormittah, Regional Director, North West at the Confederation of British Industry (CBI)


 

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place at the University of Liverpool.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Oct 2025 07:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>370</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers:


  David Simmonds MP, Shadow Minister for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities

  Dr Tom Arnold, Research Associate at the Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place

  Cllr Abi Brown OBE, Deputy Leader of the Local Government Association Conservative Group

  Helen Gbormittah, Regional Director, North West at the Confederation of British Industry (CBI)


 

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place at the University of Liverpool.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Speakers:</p>
<ul>
  <li>David Simmonds MP, Shadow Minister for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities</li>
  <li>Dr Tom Arnold, Research Associate at the Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place</li>
  <li>Cllr Abi Brown OBE, Deputy Leader of the Local Government Association Conservative Group</li>
  <li>Helen Gbormittah, Regional Director, North West at the Confederation of British Industry (CBI)</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><em>This event was held in partnership with the Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place at the University of Liverpool.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3716</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[850b28b8-a8d0-11f0-b8c6-377739308556]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9274005240.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How should governments rewire the state to get things done?</title>
      <description>Speakers:


  Rt Hon Jesse Norman MP, Shadow Leader of the House of Commons

  Caroline Elsom, Head of Reshaping The State at Onward

  Eve Norridge, Head of Research at Onward

  Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government


 

This event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Onward.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 15:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>369</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers:


  Rt Hon Jesse Norman MP, Shadow Leader of the House of Commons

  Caroline Elsom, Head of Reshaping The State at Onward

  Eve Norridge, Head of Research at Onward

  Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government


 

This event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Onward.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Speakers:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Rt Hon Jesse Norman MP, Shadow Leader of the House of Commons</li>
  <li>Caroline Elsom, Head of Reshaping The State at Onward</li>
  <li>Eve Norridge, Head of Research at Onward</li>
  <li>Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><em>This event was held in partnership with Onward.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3899</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[eaeead54-a8cf-11f0-99bc-4b95184a855c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8820687645.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can mayors improve skills and productivity to drive regional growth?  </title>
      <description>Speakers:


  Mayor Paul Bristow, Mayor of Cambridgeshire and Peterborough

  Professor Duncan Ivison, President and Vice-Chancellor of the University of Manchester

  Cllr Louise McKinlay, Deputy Leader and Cabinet Member for Communities, Economic Growth and Prosperity at Essex County Council


 

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Policy@Manchester - The University of Manchester.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>368</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers:


  Mayor Paul Bristow, Mayor of Cambridgeshire and Peterborough

  Professor Duncan Ivison, President and Vice-Chancellor of the University of Manchester

  Cllr Louise McKinlay, Deputy Leader and Cabinet Member for Communities, Economic Growth and Prosperity at Essex County Council


 

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Policy@Manchester - The University of Manchester.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Speakers:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Mayor Paul Bristow, Mayor of Cambridgeshire and Peterborough</li>
  <li>Professor Duncan Ivison, President and Vice-Chancellor of the University of Manchester</li>
  <li>Cllr Louise McKinlay, Deputy Leader and Cabinet Member for Communities, Economic Growth and Prosperity at Essex County Council</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><em>This event was held in partnership with Policy@Manchester - The University of Manchester.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3617</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f5130c72-a8ce-11f0-b15d-2311431e96f4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7989600745.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How should the Conservative Party rethink its vision for public services?</title>
      <description>Speaker:


  Baroness Barran MBE, Shadow Minister for Education

  Dr Kieran Mullan MP, Shadow Minister for Justice

  Cllr Abi Brown OBE, Deputy Leader of the Local Government Association Conservative Group


 

This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 07:21:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>367</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speaker:


  Baroness Barran MBE, Shadow Minister for Education

  Dr Kieran Mullan MP, Shadow Minister for Justice

  Cllr Abi Brown OBE, Deputy Leader of the Local Government Association Conservative Group


 

This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Speaker:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Baroness Barran MBE, Shadow Minister for Education</li>
  <li>Dr Kieran Mullan MP, Shadow Minister for Justice</li>
  <li>Cllr Abi Brown OBE, Deputy Leader of the Local Government Association Conservative Group</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3610</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[59fc81e6-a8ce-11f0-9f9f-9334811aaf4c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3915546973.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Industrial strategy, tariffs and global trade: Is the government's strategy working?</title>
      <description>Speakers:


  Rt Hon Lord Willetts, Chair of the Regulatory Innovation Office and former Minister for Universities and Science

  Helen Bower-Easton CBE, Director of Communications at the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA)

  Professor Nigel Brandon OBE, Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Professor of Sustainable Development in Energy at Imperial College London

  Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

  Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


 

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Imperial College London.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 07:16:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>366</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers:


  Rt Hon Lord Willetts, Chair of the Regulatory Innovation Office and former Minister for Universities and Science

  Helen Bower-Easton CBE, Director of Communications at the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA)

  Professor Nigel Brandon OBE, Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Professor of Sustainable Development in Energy at Imperial College London

  Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

  Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


 

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Imperial College London.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Speakers:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Rt Hon Lord Willetts, Chair of the Regulatory Innovation Office and former Minister for Universities and Science</li>
  <li>Helen Bower-Easton CBE, Director of Communications at the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA)</li>
  <li>Professor Nigel Brandon OBE, Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Professor of Sustainable Development in Energy at Imperial College London</li>
  <li>Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
  <li>Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><em>This event was held in partnership with Imperial College London.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3891</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c0785d92-a8cd-11f0-a33a-6f6bd937957a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5867014528.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should public sector pay and pensions be reformed?</title>
      <description>Speakers: 

 

Tim Leunig, Chief Econonist at Nesta

Dave Penman, General Secretary at the FDA

Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government

Paul Whiteman, General Secretary of the National Association of Head Teachers

 

This event was chaired by Ben Paxton, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the FDA.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>365</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers: 

 

Tim Leunig, Chief Econonist at Nesta

Dave Penman, General Secretary at the FDA

Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government

Paul Whiteman, General Secretary of the National Association of Head Teachers

 

This event was chaired by Ben Paxton, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the FDA.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br></p>
<p>Speakers: </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Tim Leunig, Chief Econonist at Nesta</p>
<p>Dave Penman, General Secretary at the FDA</p>
<p>Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Paul Whiteman, General Secretary of the National Association of Head Teachers</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Ben Paxton, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with the FDA.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3659</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[48736798-a061-11f0-8e33-8f947bb69923]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5056681918.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can local places maximise the benefits of devolution to drive economic growth?</title>
      <description>Speakers:

 

Maya Ellis MP, Member of the Housing, Communities and Local Government Select Committee

Mayor Steve Rotheram, Mayor of the Liverpool City Region

Professor Lisa Collins, Pro-Vice Chancellor, Research and Innovation at the University of Surrey

Dr Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

 

This event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the University of Surrey.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 Oct 2025 07:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>363</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers:

 

Maya Ellis MP, Member of the Housing, Communities and Local Government Select Committee

Mayor Steve Rotheram, Mayor of the Liverpool City Region

Professor Lisa Collins, Pro-Vice Chancellor, Research and Innovation at the University of Surrey

Dr Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

 

This event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the University of Surrey.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br></p>
<p>Speakers:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Maya Ellis MP, Member of the Housing, Communities and Local Government Select Committee</p>
<p>Mayor Steve Rotheram, Mayor of the Liverpool City Region</p>
<p>Professor Lisa Collins, Pro-Vice Chancellor, Research and Innovation at the University of Surrey</p>
<p>Dr Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with the University of Surrey.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3490</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cc8ead54-a060-11f0-b9ad-6b7d3845f1ea]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9761999575.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can technology support place-based public services?</title>
      <description>Speakers:

 

Rt Hon John Denham, former Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government

Cllr Susan Hinchcliffe, Leader of Council &amp; Corporate Portfolio Holder at City of Bradford Metropolitan District Council

Katie Johnston, Devolved and Local Government Lead at PwC UK

Jessica Studdert, Chief Executive of New Local 

 

This event was chaired by Stuart Hoddinott, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with PwC UK.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 04 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>362</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers:

 

Rt Hon John Denham, former Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government

Cllr Susan Hinchcliffe, Leader of Council &amp; Corporate Portfolio Holder at City of Bradford Metropolitan District Council

Katie Johnston, Devolved and Local Government Lead at PwC UK

Jessica Studdert, Chief Executive of New Local 

 

This event was chaired by Stuart Hoddinott, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with PwC UK.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Speakers:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Rt Hon John Denham, former Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government</p>
<p>Cllr Susan Hinchcliffe, Leader of Council &amp; Corporate Portfolio Holder at City of Bradford Metropolitan District Council</p>
<p>Katie Johnston, Devolved and Local Government Lead at PwC UK</p>
<p>Jessica Studdert, Chief Executive of New Local </p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Stuart Hoddinott, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with PwC UK.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3598</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9477126c-a060-11f0-83ac-831bf74b169a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7012672423.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can industrial strategy drive growth?</title>
      <description>Speakers:

 

Lisa Bungeroth, Director of Public Affairs at Imperial College London

Thomas Cawston, Corporate Affairs Lead at Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK

Louise Hellem, Chief Economist at the Confederation of British Industry (CBI)

Pranesh Narayanan, Senior Research Fellow at IPPR

Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

 

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Imperial College London.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 04 Oct 2025 07:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>361</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers:

 

Lisa Bungeroth, Director of Public Affairs at Imperial College London

Thomas Cawston, Corporate Affairs Lead at Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK

Louise Hellem, Chief Economist at the Confederation of British Industry (CBI)

Pranesh Narayanan, Senior Research Fellow at IPPR

Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

 

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Imperial College London.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Speakers:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Lisa Bungeroth, Director of Public Affairs at Imperial College London</p>
<p>Thomas Cawston, Corporate Affairs Lead at Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK</p>
<p>Louise Hellem, Chief Economist at the Confederation of British Industry (CBI)</p>
<p>Pranesh Narayanan, Senior Research Fellow at IPPR</p>
<p>Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with Imperial College London.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3787</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3a037528-a060-11f0-a50c-43a858d24388]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7579548886.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the government make its health reforms a success?</title>
      <description>Speakers:

 

Alex McIntyre MP, Member of the Health and Social Care Select Committee

Kevin McKenna MP, Officer of the All-Party Parliamentary Group for Health

Professor Nicola Ranger, General Secretary and Chief Executive of the Royal College of Nursing

Thea Stein, Chief Executive of the Nuffield Trust

 

This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the Royal College of Nursing.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Oct 2025 23:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>362</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers:

 

Alex McIntyre MP, Member of the Health and Social Care Select Committee

Kevin McKenna MP, Officer of the All-Party Parliamentary Group for Health

Professor Nicola Ranger, General Secretary and Chief Executive of the Royal College of Nursing

Thea Stein, Chief Executive of the Nuffield Trust

 

This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the Royal College of Nursing.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Speakers:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Alex McIntyre MP, Member of the Health and Social Care Select Committee</p>
<p>Kevin McKenna MP, Officer of the All-Party Parliamentary Group for Health</p>
<p>Professor Nicola Ranger, General Secretary and Chief Executive of the Royal College of Nursing</p>
<p>Thea Stein, Chief Executive of the Nuffield Trust</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with the Royal College of Nursing.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3652</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60491378-a060-11f0-9162-73e77e1c7bdd]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7732802819.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the government rebuild the criminal justice system?</title>
      <description>Speakers: 

 

Jake Richards MP, Parliamentary Under Secretary at the Ministry of Justice

Deputy Mayor Kate Green, Deputy Mayor for Safer and Stronger Communities, Greater Manchester

Clare Moody, Police and Crime Commissioner for Avon &amp; Somerset

Cassia Rowland, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Fiona Rutherford, Chief Executive of JUSTICE

 

This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with JUSTICE.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Oct 2025 16:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>361</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers: 

 

Jake Richards MP, Parliamentary Under Secretary at the Ministry of Justice

Deputy Mayor Kate Green, Deputy Mayor for Safer and Stronger Communities, Greater Manchester

Clare Moody, Police and Crime Commissioner for Avon &amp; Somerset

Cassia Rowland, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Fiona Rutherford, Chief Executive of JUSTICE

 

This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with JUSTICE.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Speakers: </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Jake Richards MP, Parliamentary Under Secretary at the Ministry of Justice</p>
<p>Deputy Mayor Kate Green, Deputy Mayor for Safer and Stronger Communities, Greater Manchester</p>
<p>Clare Moody, Police and Crime Commissioner for Avon &amp; Somerset</p>
<p>Cassia Rowland, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Fiona Rutherford, Chief Executive of JUSTICE</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with JUSTICE.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3576</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[88754788-9faa-11f0-9424-7b9ece9c6330]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6815227527.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How should the government successfully implement and enhance devolution across the North of England?</title>
      <description>Speakers: 

 

Katherine Fairclough, Chief Executive of Liverpool City Region Combined Authority

Cllr Susan Hinchcliffe, Leader of Council &amp; Corporate Portfolio Holder at City of Bradford Metropolitan District Council

Sue Jarvis, Co-Director at Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place

Dr Henry Kippin, Chief Executive of North East Combined Authority

 

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place at the University of Liverpool and Liverpool City Region Combined Authority.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>360</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers: 

 

Katherine Fairclough, Chief Executive of Liverpool City Region Combined Authority

Cllr Susan Hinchcliffe, Leader of Council &amp; Corporate Portfolio Holder at City of Bradford Metropolitan District Council

Sue Jarvis, Co-Director at Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place

Dr Henry Kippin, Chief Executive of North East Combined Authority

 

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place at the University of Liverpool and Liverpool City Region Combined Authority.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br></p>
<p>Speakers: </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Katherine Fairclough, Chief Executive of Liverpool City Region Combined Authority</p>
<p>Cllr Susan Hinchcliffe, Leader of Council &amp; Corporate Portfolio Holder at City of Bradford Metropolitan District Council</p>
<p>Sue Jarvis, Co-Director at Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place</p>
<p>Dr Henry Kippin, Chief Executive of North East Combined Authority</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with the Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place at the University of Liverpool and Liverpool City Region Combined Authority.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3777</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[464e9eae-9faa-11f0-9d3e-f3f389abb1ac]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9920710211.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can government use leadership and innovation to deliver for the public?</title>
      <description>Speakers:

 

Chris Ward MP, Parliamentary Secretary in the Cabinet Office

Kelly Beaver MBE, Chief Executive of Ipsos, UK and Ireland

Conrad Thompson, Public Sector Lead for Innovation at PA Consulting

Moira Wallace, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

 

This event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with PA Consulting.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Oct 2025 09:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>359</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers:

 

Chris Ward MP, Parliamentary Secretary in the Cabinet Office

Kelly Beaver MBE, Chief Executive of Ipsos, UK and Ireland

Conrad Thompson, Public Sector Lead for Innovation at PA Consulting

Moira Wallace, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

 

This event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with PA Consulting.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Speakers:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Chris Ward MP, Parliamentary Secretary in the Cabinet Office</p>
<p>Kelly Beaver MBE, Chief Executive of Ipsos, UK and Ireland</p>
<p>Conrad Thompson, Public Sector Lead for Innovation at PA Consulting</p>
<p>Moira Wallace, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with PA Consulting.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3581</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[21c01cc0-9faa-11f0-a628-9716e734f4f8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5267922826.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can mayors improve skills and productivity to drive regional growth?</title>
      <description>Speakers: 

 

Alison McGovern MP, Minister of State in the Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government

Professor Duncan Ivison, President and Vice-Chancellor of The University of Manchester

Bassam Mahfouz AM, Chair of Greater London Authority Oversight Committee

Deputy Mayor Nadine Peatfield, Deputy Mayor of East Midlands Combined Authority

Cllr Bella Sankey, Leader of Brighton &amp; Hove City Council

 

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Policy@Manchester - The University of Manchester.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Oct 2025 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>358</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers: 

 

Alison McGovern MP, Minister of State in the Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government

Professor Duncan Ivison, President and Vice-Chancellor of The University of Manchester

Bassam Mahfouz AM, Chair of Greater London Authority Oversight Committee

Deputy Mayor Nadine Peatfield, Deputy Mayor of East Midlands Combined Authority

Cllr Bella Sankey, Leader of Brighton &amp; Hove City Council

 

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Policy@Manchester - The University of Manchester.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Speakers: </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Alison McGovern MP, Minister of State in the Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government</p>
<p>Professor Duncan Ivison, President and Vice-Chancellor of The University of Manchester</p>
<p>Bassam Mahfouz AM, Chair of Greater London Authority Oversight Committee</p>
<p>Deputy Mayor Nadine Peatfield, Deputy Mayor of East Midlands Combined Authority</p>
<p>Cllr Bella Sankey, Leader of Brighton &amp; Hove City Council</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with Policy@Manchester - The University of Manchester.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3238</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fde0cfac-9fa9-11f0-886d-dfe24190780b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5342725150.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Political leadership and communities in times of crisis (reception)</title>
      <description>Speakers: 

 

Dan Jarvis MBE MP, Minister for Security at the Home Office and Minister of State at the Cabinet Office

Emma Hardy MP, Minister for Water and Flooding

Béatrice Butsana-Sita, Chief Executive at British Red Cross

Dr Hannah White OBE, Director &amp; CEO, at the Institute for Government

 

This event was held in partnership with the British Red Cross.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Oct 2025 18:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>357</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Speakers: 

 

Dan Jarvis MBE MP, Minister for Security at the Home Office and Minister of State at the Cabinet Office

Emma Hardy MP, Minister for Water and Flooding

Béatrice Butsana-Sita, Chief Executive at British Red Cross

Dr Hannah White OBE, Director &amp; CEO, at the Institute for Government

 

This event was held in partnership with the British Red Cross.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br></p>
<p>Speakers: </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Dan Jarvis MBE MP, Minister for Security at the Home Office and Minister of State at the Cabinet Office</p>
<p>Emma Hardy MP, Minister for Water and Flooding</p>
<p>Béatrice Butsana-Sita, Chief Executive at British Red Cross</p>
<p>Dr Hannah White OBE, Director &amp; CEO, at the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with the British Red Cross.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1594</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cfe2c6aa-9fa9-11f0-8fe4-13e629a1dba5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4659208817.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Labour’s clean power mission on track?</title>
      <description> Speakers: 

 

Michael Shanks MP, Minister for Energy at the Department for Energy Security and Net Zero

Sam Alvis, Associate Director for Environment, Energy Security and Nature at IPPR

Sam Peacock, Managing Director for Corporate Affairs, Regulation and Strategy at SSE

Dhara Vyas, Chief Executive Officer of Energy UK This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Energy UK and SSE.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Oct 2025 16:05:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>356</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary> Speakers: 

 

Michael Shanks MP, Minister for Energy at the Department for Energy Security and Net Zero

Sam Alvis, Associate Director for Environment, Energy Security and Nature at IPPR

Sam Peacock, Managing Director for Corporate Affairs, Regulation and Strategy at SSE

Dhara Vyas, Chief Executive Officer of Energy UK This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Energy UK and SSE.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p> Speakers: </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Michael Shanks MP, Minister for Energy at the Department for Energy Security and Net Zero</p>
<p>Sam Alvis, Associate Director for Environment, Energy Security and Nature at IPPR</p>
<p>Sam Peacock, Managing Director for Corporate Affairs, Regulation and Strategy at SSE</p>
<p>Dhara Vyas, Chief Executive Officer of Energy UK This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with Energy UK and SSE.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3509</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5bcd0686-9fa9-11f0-8166-2b3f3959dcc6]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5864454492.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How could the UK take a prevention-led approach to healthcare?</title>
      <description>The Liberal Democrat manifesto committed to keeping people out of hospital by investing in public health and early access to community services. Prevention is also central to the government’s plans for improving healthcare. But meaningfully shifting care from treatment to prevention is easier said than done. 

 

So how could the UK take a prevention-led approach to healthcare?

 

We discussed at the 2025 Liberal Democrat Party Conference in Bournemouth with an expert panel featuring:

 


  Andrew George MP, Member of the Health and Social Care Select Committee

  Jules Payne Chief Executive at HEART UK - The Cholesterol Charity

  Rob Thomas, Head of Public Affairs, UK and Ireland at Novartis UK


 

This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Novartis UK.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Oct 2025 10:23:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>355</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Liberal Democrat manifesto committed to keeping people out of hospital by investing in public health and early access to community services. Prevention is also central to the government’s plans for improving healthcare. But meaningfully shifting care from treatment to prevention is easier said than done. 

 

So how could the UK take a prevention-led approach to healthcare?

 

We discussed at the 2025 Liberal Democrat Party Conference in Bournemouth with an expert panel featuring:

 


  Andrew George MP, Member of the Health and Social Care Select Committee

  Jules Payne Chief Executive at HEART UK - The Cholesterol Charity

  Rob Thomas, Head of Public Affairs, UK and Ireland at Novartis UK


 

This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with Novartis UK.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Liberal Democrat manifesto committed to keeping people out of hospital by investing in public health and early access to community services. Prevention is also central to the government’s plans for improving healthcare. But meaningfully shifting care from treatment to prevention is easier said than done. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>So how could the UK take a prevention-led approach to healthcare?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>We discussed at the 2025 Liberal Democrat Party Conference in Bournemouth with an expert panel featuring:</p>
<p> </p>
<ul>
  <li>Andrew George MP, Member of the Health and Social Care Select Committee</li>
  <li>Jules Payne Chief Executive at HEART UK - The Cholesterol Charity</li>
  <li>Rob Thomas, Head of Public Affairs, UK and Ireland at Novartis UK</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with Novartis UK.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3733</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d10c99dc-9f79-11f0-842b-5729923b534a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9963386505.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can local places ensure devolution delivers economic growth?</title>
      <description>The government’s devolution plans are centred on devolving more powers out of Whitehall into the hands of the local leaders, and giving local places control of key policy areas like skills, transport, and housing. But questions remain about how this will work in practice.

 

At the 2025 Liberal Democrat Party Conference in Bournemouth we explored the key steps that local places need to take to develop an effective economic strategy.

 

Our speakers included:


  Baroness Pinnock, Liberal Democrat Lords Spokesperson on Housing, Communities and Local Government

  Professor Lisa Collins, Pro Vice-Chancellor for Research and Innovation at the University of Surrey

  Councillor Lorna Dupre, Deputy Leader of Cambridgeshire County Council

  Rebecca McKee Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government


 

This event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the University of Surrey.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Oct 2025 10:22:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>354</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government’s devolution plans are centred on devolving more powers out of Whitehall into the hands of the local leaders, and giving local places control of key policy areas like skills, transport, and housing. But questions remain about how this will work in practice.

 

At the 2025 Liberal Democrat Party Conference in Bournemouth we explored the key steps that local places need to take to develop an effective economic strategy.

 

Our speakers included:


  Baroness Pinnock, Liberal Democrat Lords Spokesperson on Housing, Communities and Local Government

  Professor Lisa Collins, Pro Vice-Chancellor for Research and Innovation at the University of Surrey

  Councillor Lorna Dupre, Deputy Leader of Cambridgeshire County Council

  Rebecca McKee Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government


 

This event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the University of Surrey.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government’s devolution plans are centred on devolving more powers out of Whitehall into the hands of the local leaders, and giving local places control of key policy areas like skills, transport, and housing. But questions remain about how this will work in practice.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>At the 2025 Liberal Democrat Party Conference in Bournemouth we explored the key steps that local places need to take to develop an effective economic strategy.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Our speakers included:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Baroness Pinnock, Liberal Democrat Lords Spokesperson on Housing, Communities and Local Government</li>
  <li>Professor Lisa Collins, Pro Vice-Chancellor for Research and Innovation at the University of Surrey</li>
  <li>Councillor Lorna Dupre, Deputy Leader of Cambridgeshire County Council</li>
  <li>Rebecca McKee Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with the University of Surrey.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3744</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ab23fa76-9f79-11f0-a7bb-43b15600db4f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1485455785.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Boosting trade and unlocking investment in an uncertain world</title>
      <description>President Trump’s return to the White House has reshaped the world trade order – posing risks, but also offering opportunities, for the UK.

 

What can be done to make the UK become a more attractive destination for foreign investment? How should the UK deal with the US - and approach its relationship with China? How can the government help UK businesses and will its new industrial and trade strategy help secure the UK’s economic future?

 

We discussed at the Liberal Democrat Conference in Bournemouth with an expert panel, featuring:

 


  Clive Jones MP, Liberal Democrat Spokesperson on Trade

  Helen Bower-Easton CBE, Director of Communications at the Financial Conduct Authority

  Joanna Cound, Global Head of Public Policy at BlackRock UK

  Chris Hayward, Policy Chairman at the City of London Corporation

  Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


 

This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the City of London Corporation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Oct 2025 10:19:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>353</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>President Trump’s return to the White House has reshaped the world trade order – posing risks, but also offering opportunities, for the UK.

 

What can be done to make the UK become a more attractive destination for foreign investment? How should the UK deal with the US - and approach its relationship with China? How can the government help UK businesses and will its new industrial and trade strategy help secure the UK’s economic future?

 

We discussed at the Liberal Democrat Conference in Bournemouth with an expert panel, featuring:

 


  Clive Jones MP, Liberal Democrat Spokesperson on Trade

  Helen Bower-Easton CBE, Director of Communications at the Financial Conduct Authority

  Joanna Cound, Global Head of Public Policy at BlackRock UK

  Chris Hayward, Policy Chairman at the City of London Corporation

  Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


 

This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with the City of London Corporation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>President Trump’s return to the White House has reshaped the world trade order – posing risks, but also offering opportunities, for the UK.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>What can be done to make the UK become a more attractive destination for foreign investment? How should the UK deal with the US - and approach its relationship with China? How can the government help UK businesses and will its new industrial and trade strategy help secure the UK’s economic future?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>We discussed at the Liberal Democrat Conference in Bournemouth with an expert panel, featuring:</p>
<p> </p>
<ul>
  <li>Clive Jones MP, Liberal Democrat Spokesperson on Trade</li>
  <li>Helen Bower-Easton CBE, Director of Communications at the Financial Conduct Authority</li>
  <li>Joanna Cound, Global Head of Public Policy at BlackRock UK</li>
  <li>Chris Hayward, Policy Chairman at the City of London Corporation</li>
  <li>Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with the City of London Corporation.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4092</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5062fb78-9f79-11f0-aa5a-1f21001c7f92]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1763496237.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sir Nick Clegg in conversation: Big tech, AI and political conflict</title>
      <description>The former deputy prime minister, in his only fringe event at this year’s Liberal Democrat conference, spoke to IfG director Hannah White about Keir Starmer’s Donald Trump strategy, Elon Musk’s interventions in British politics, the AI challenge, and how centre left parties can fight back against the rise of populism.

 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Sep 2025 16:47:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>352</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The former deputy prime minister, in his only fringe event at this year’s Liberal Democrat conference, spoke to IfG director Hannah White about Keir Starmer’s Donald Trump strategy, Elon Musk’s interventions in British politics, the AI challenge, and how centre left parties can fight back against the rise of populism.

 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The former deputy prime minister, in his only fringe event at this year’s Liberal Democrat conference, spoke to IfG director Hannah White about Keir Starmer’s Donald Trump strategy, Elon Musk’s interventions in British politics, the AI challenge, and how centre left parties can fight back against the rise of populism.</p>
<p> </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3800</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[298c42d4-9966-11f0-887b-9b250a260bad]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5793110620.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Navigating a Contested Age: Chiefly Reflections of Admiral Sir Tony Radakin</title>
      <description>With European nations now spending more on defence than America for the first time since the Second World War, Admiral Sir Tony Radakin explored how the end of the peace dividend is creating new dilemmas for the political class and what this means for the Whitehall machine.

 

In his first speech since stepping down as head of the armed forces, Admiral Sir Tony, who served four successive prime ministers, reflected on the advent of a third nuclear age, the race to artificial super intelligence and the requirement for grand national strategy to meet the demands of a new more dangerous era.

 

Following his speech, Admiral Sir Tony Radakin was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Sep 2025 11:25:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>351</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>With European nations now spending more on defence than America for the first time since the Second World War, Admiral Sir Tony Radakin explored how the end of the peace dividend is creating new dilemmas for the political class and what this means for the Whitehall machine.

 

In his first speech since stepping down as head of the armed forces, Admiral Sir Tony, who served four successive prime ministers, reflected on the advent of a third nuclear age, the race to artificial super intelligence and the requirement for grand national strategy to meet the demands of a new more dangerous era.

 

Following his speech, Admiral Sir Tony Radakin was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>With European nations now spending more on defence than America for the first time since the Second World War, Admiral Sir Tony Radakin explored how the end of the peace dividend is creating new dilemmas for the political class and what this means for the Whitehall machine.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>In his first speech since stepping down as head of the armed forces, Admiral Sir Tony, who served four successive prime ministers, reflected on the advent of a third nuclear age, the race to artificial super intelligence and the requirement for grand national strategy to meet the demands of a new more dangerous era.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Following his speech, Admiral Sir Tony Radakin was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4190</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c2ed5d6a-9226-11f0-98d9-a3e1c6e2b7ff]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9031872847.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Delivering the government’s economic growth mission: What is the role of the industrial strategy?</title>
      <description>The industrial strategy has emerged after a long gestation, with June’s white paper containing an exhaustive list of policy commitments intended to deliver Labour’s promise to “lay the foundation for a decade of growth”, create hundreds of thousands of clean energy jobs, ensure that every region thrives, and put Britain “at the forefront of the technological revolution”.

 

The strategy identifies 37 different ‘Frontier Industries’ within the eight growth sectors already set out in the green paper from October 2024, with these sectors treated as enablers of productivity to other parts of the economy – not just as vehicles of growth in themselves. So how can this ambitious idea be delivered successfully? 

 

What combination of market and regulatory reforms can help to deliver this aim? What will be the role of public sector financial institutions like the National Wealth Fund and British Business Bank? What is the role for private finance? Is the government’s push to encourage more pension fund investment in British industry welcome or risky? And with the industrial strategy containing so many goals, industries and policy instruments, has the government taken on more than it can realistically deliver?  

 

To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:

 

Sam Lister, Director General for Industrial Strategy at the Department for Business and Trade

Paul Nightingale, Professor of Strategy at the University of Sussex

Karen Northey, Corporate Affairs Director at the Investment Association

Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was kindly supported by the Investment Association.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Sep 2025 18:41:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The industrial strategy has emerged after a long gestation, with June’s white paper containing an exhaustive list of policy commitments intended to deliver Labour’s promise to “lay the foundation for a decade of growth”, create hundreds of thousands of clean energy jobs, ensure that every region thrives, and put Britain “at the forefront of the technological revolution”.

 

The strategy identifies 37 different ‘Frontier Industries’ within the eight growth sectors already set out in the green paper from October 2024, with these sectors treated as enablers of productivity to other parts of the economy – not just as vehicles of growth in themselves. So how can this ambitious idea be delivered successfully? 

 

What combination of market and regulatory reforms can help to deliver this aim? What will be the role of public sector financial institutions like the National Wealth Fund and British Business Bank? What is the role for private finance? Is the government’s push to encourage more pension fund investment in British industry welcome or risky? And with the industrial strategy containing so many goals, industries and policy instruments, has the government taken on more than it can realistically deliver?  

 

To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:

 

Sam Lister, Director General for Industrial Strategy at the Department for Business and Trade

Paul Nightingale, Professor of Strategy at the University of Sussex

Karen Northey, Corporate Affairs Director at the Investment Association

Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was kindly supported by the Investment Association.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The industrial strategy has emerged after a long gestation, with June’s white paper containing an exhaustive list of policy commitments intended to deliver Labour’s promise to “lay the foundation for a decade of growth”, create hundreds of thousands of clean energy jobs, ensure that every region thrives, and put Britain “at the forefront of the technological revolution”.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The strategy identifies 37 different ‘Frontier Industries’ within the eight growth sectors already set out in the green paper from October 2024, with these sectors treated as enablers of productivity to other parts of the economy – not just as vehicles of growth in themselves. So how can this ambitious idea be delivered successfully? </p>
<p> </p>
<p>What combination of market and regulatory reforms can help to deliver this aim? What will be the role of public sector financial institutions like the National Wealth Fund and British Business Bank? What is the role for private finance? Is the government’s push to encourage more pension fund investment in British industry welcome or risky? And with the industrial strategy containing so many goals, industries and policy instruments, has the government taken on more than it can realistically deliver?  </p>
<p> </p>
<p>To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Sam Lister, Director General for Industrial Strategy at the Department for Business and Trade</p>
<p>Paul Nightingale, Professor of Strategy at the University of Sussex</p>
<p>Karen Northey, Corporate Affairs Director at the Investment Association</p>
<p>Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was kindly supported by the Investment Association.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3861</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1019556a-9008-11f0-990a-03e4da41ba1c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7534324340.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From protest to power: How can Reform's locally elected leaders govern effectively?</title>
      <description>At this year’s local elections, the Reform Party secured outright majorities in 10 local authorities and won two metro mayor contests.

 

As its local leaders make the transition from opposition to government, what skills will they need to be successful? What are the trade-offs they will have to make? How should they design and deliver policy? And how should they work with the Labour government in Westminster to deliver for voters locally?

 

Speakers: 

 

Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government (chair)

Cllr Linden Kemkaran, Leader of Kent County Council &amp; County Councillor for Maidstone Southeast

Akash Paun, Programme Director (Devolution) at the Institute for Government

Gawain Towler, former Head of Press for Reform UK

 

This event was an IfG fringe event held at the Reform UK Party Conference 2025 in Birmingham.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Sep 2025 15:18:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>350</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>At this year’s local elections, the Reform Party secured outright majorities in 10 local authorities and won two metro mayor contests.

 

As its local leaders make the transition from opposition to government, what skills will they need to be successful? What are the trade-offs they will have to make? How should they design and deliver policy? And how should they work with the Labour government in Westminster to deliver for voters locally?

 

Speakers: 

 

Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government (chair)

Cllr Linden Kemkaran, Leader of Kent County Council &amp; County Councillor for Maidstone Southeast

Akash Paun, Programme Director (Devolution) at the Institute for Government

Gawain Towler, former Head of Press for Reform UK

 

This event was an IfG fringe event held at the Reform UK Party Conference 2025 in Birmingham.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>At this year’s local elections, the Reform Party secured outright majorities in 10 local authorities and won two metro mayor contests.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>As its local leaders make the transition from opposition to government, what skills will they need to be successful? What are the trade-offs they will have to make? How should they design and deliver policy? And how should they work with the Labour government in Westminster to deliver for voters locally?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Speakers: </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government (chair)</p>
<p>Cllr Linden Kemkaran, Leader of Kent County Council &amp; County Councillor for Maidstone Southeast</p>
<p>Akash Paun, Programme Director (Devolution) at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Gawain Towler, former Head of Press for Reform UK</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was an IfG fringe event held at the Reform UK Party Conference 2025 in Birmingham.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3825</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[68bcebf6-8e59-11f0-9544-c3b8f8eeebce]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3316563272.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Freedom of Information Act at 25: What next for freedom of information?</title>
      <description>The Freedom of Information (FoI) Act – which was passed 25 years ago and came into force five years later – created a legal right for citizens to request information from public authorities. This was a radical shift in the government's approach to information and a significant step towards a more open culture of government.

FoI was designed to generate more transparency and to tackle perceived secrecy in government, and it has been a vital tool for journalists, researchers and private citizens alike. However, some politicians have been critical of the burden that FoI requests create, and there are outstanding questions about how the FoI system can be more effective.

With FoI requests more than tripling since it was introduced in 2005, this IfG event assessed the state of FoI on its double anniversary – and explored, through a series of proposals and an expert panel discussion, how the system can be improved. 

To pitch their proposals for the future of Freedom of Information, the IfG was joined by


  
Jenna Corderoy, Investigative reporter at Democracy for Sale


  
Dr Louise Crow, Chief Executive of mySociety

  
Dr Ben Worthy, Lecturer at Birkbeck University


And to discuss the proposals and the FoI system more broadly:


  
John Edwards, Information Commissioner

  
Lord Charlie Falconer, Secretary for Constitutional Affairs and Lord Chancellor (2003–07)

  
Lynn Wyeth, Executive Board Member of the Campaign for Freedom of Information, and Executive Board Member of The National Association of Data Protection and Freedom of Information Officers (NADPO) 


The event was chaired by Gavin Freeguard, Associate of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Sep 2025 08:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Freedom of Information (FoI) Act – which was passed 25 years ago and came into force five years later – created a legal right for citizens to request information from public authorities. This was a radical shift in the government's approach to information and a significant step towards a more open culture of government.

FoI was designed to generate more transparency and to tackle perceived secrecy in government, and it has been a vital tool for journalists, researchers and private citizens alike. However, some politicians have been critical of the burden that FoI requests create, and there are outstanding questions about how the FoI system can be more effective.

With FoI requests more than tripling since it was introduced in 2005, this IfG event assessed the state of FoI on its double anniversary – and explored, through a series of proposals and an expert panel discussion, how the system can be improved. 

To pitch their proposals for the future of Freedom of Information, the IfG was joined by


  
Jenna Corderoy, Investigative reporter at Democracy for Sale


  
Dr Louise Crow, Chief Executive of mySociety

  
Dr Ben Worthy, Lecturer at Birkbeck University


And to discuss the proposals and the FoI system more broadly:


  
John Edwards, Information Commissioner

  
Lord Charlie Falconer, Secretary for Constitutional Affairs and Lord Chancellor (2003–07)

  
Lynn Wyeth, Executive Board Member of the Campaign for Freedom of Information, and Executive Board Member of The National Association of Data Protection and Freedom of Information Officers (NADPO) 


The event was chaired by Gavin Freeguard, Associate of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/freedom-information">Freedom of Information</a> (FoI) Act – which was passed 25 years ago and came into force five years later – created a legal right for citizens to request information from public authorities. This was a radical shift in the government's approach to information and a significant step towards a more open culture of government.</p>
<p>FoI was designed to generate more <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/benefits-transparency">transparency</a> and to tackle perceived secrecy in government, and it has been a vital tool for journalists, researchers and private citizens alike. However, some politicians have been critical of the burden that FoI requests create, and there are outstanding questions about how the FoI system can be more effective.</p>
<p>With FoI requests more than tripling since it was introduced in 2005, this IfG event assessed the state of FoI on its double anniversary – and explored, through a series of proposals and an expert panel discussion, how the system can be improved. </p>
<p>To pitch their proposals for the future of Freedom of Information, the IfG was joined by</p>
<ul>
  <li>
<strong>Jenna Corderoy</strong>, Investigative reporter at <em>Democracy for Sale</em>
</li>
  <li>
<strong>Dr Louise Crow</strong>, Chief Executive of mySociety</li>
  <li>
<strong>Dr Ben Worthy</strong>, Lecturer at Birkbeck University</li>
</ul>
<p>And to discuss the proposals and the FoI system more broadly:</p>
<ul>
  <li>
<strong>John Edwards</strong>, Information Commissioner</li>
  <li>
<strong>Lord Charlie Falconer</strong>, Secretary for Constitutional Affairs and Lord Chancellor (2003–07)</li>
  <li>
<strong>Lynn Wyeth</strong>, Executive Board Member of the Campaign for Freedom of Information, and Executive Board Member of The National Association of Data Protection and Freedom of Information Officers (NADPO) </li>
</ul>
<p>The event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/gavin-freeguard"><strong>Gavin Freeguard</strong></a>, Associate of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>5421</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8ec592ce-89a6-11f0-bd00-d73c53051ae1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4449951142.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How will Keir Starmer’s No10 reset work?</title>
      <description>The prime minister has made some big changes in No10. Darren Jones moves from the Treasury to take on the newly-created job of chief secretary to the prime minister. A new executive director of communications has been recruited. Minouche Shafik has been appointed as the PM’s economics adviser. And other eye-catching job changes are taking place.

 

So what does this all say about how Keir Starmer wants to govern? How will Darren Jones’s role dovetail with chief of staff Morgan McSweeney and Cabinet Office minister Pat McFadden? Will these changes really equip the centre of government for a “relentless focus on delivery”? And what Institute for Government recommendations should Starmer now adopt as he weighs up further changes to the centre?

 

Alex Thomas, Hannah Keenan, Gemma Tetlow and Hannah White explain all in this expert Institute for Briefing.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Sep 2025 15:40:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The prime minister has made some big changes in No10. Darren Jones moves from the Treasury to take on the newly-created job of chief secretary to the prime minister. A new executive director of communications has been recruited. Minouche Shafik has been appointed as the PM’s economics adviser. And other eye-catching job changes are taking place.

 

So what does this all say about how Keir Starmer wants to govern? How will Darren Jones’s role dovetail with chief of staff Morgan McSweeney and Cabinet Office minister Pat McFadden? Will these changes really equip the centre of government for a “relentless focus on delivery”? And what Institute for Government recommendations should Starmer now adopt as he weighs up further changes to the centre?

 

Alex Thomas, Hannah Keenan, Gemma Tetlow and Hannah White explain all in this expert Institute for Briefing.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The prime minister has made some big changes in No10. Darren Jones moves from the Treasury to take on the newly-created job of chief secretary to the prime minister. A new executive director of communications has been recruited. Minouche Shafik has been appointed as the PM’s economics adviser. And other eye-catching job changes are taking place.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>So what does this all say about how Keir Starmer wants to govern? How will Darren Jones’s role dovetail with chief of staff Morgan McSweeney and Cabinet Office minister Pat McFadden? Will these changes really equip the centre of government for a “relentless focus on delivery”? And what Institute for Government recommendations should Starmer now adopt as he weighs up further changes to the centre?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Alex Thomas, Hannah Keenan, Gemma Tetlow and Hannah White explain all in this expert Institute for Briefing.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3181</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[705e7e46-89a5-11f0-808b-93e6a3aab6f9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8496929022.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IfG DevoLab #1: How devolution can address health inequalities</title>
      <description>The IfG DevoLab is a new Institute for Government initiative dedicated to exploring the innovations enabled by devolution, learning from the results, and sharing the lessons so that places can take better decisions about how to use devolved powers and budgets.  

 

The first ever IfG DevoLab event saw speakers from three regions set out how the powers and profile of mayors are being used to address health inequalities in their regions.

 

The three case studies being presented at IfG DevoLab #1 were:

 

‘Beds for Babies: Safe Space to Sleep’, by Andy Gates, Director of Development, Collaboration and Culture at the South Yorkshire Mayoral Combined Authority

‘Taking a health in all policies approach’, by Vicky Hobart, Director of Public Health at the Greater London Authority Group.

‘Working Well’, by Thomas Britton, Principal – Contracted Employment Provision at the Greater Manchester Combined Authority.

The three speakers were joined by Peter Babudu, Executive Director of Impact on Urban Health, for a broader discussion of how devolution can improve health outcomes, how the government can support innovation and learning, and whether there is a case for further devolution in this area.

 

This event, which took place in London and could also be joined online, was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

Insights from this event informed a published policy briefing containing the three case studies and the key lessons for mayors and local leaders.

 

This event was kindly supported by Impact on Urban Health.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Aug 2025 00:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The IfG DevoLab is a new Institute for Government initiative dedicated to exploring the innovations enabled by devolution, learning from the results, and sharing the lessons so that places can take better decisions about how to use devolved powers and budgets.  

 

The first ever IfG DevoLab event saw speakers from three regions set out how the powers and profile of mayors are being used to address health inequalities in their regions.

 

The three case studies being presented at IfG DevoLab #1 were:

 

‘Beds for Babies: Safe Space to Sleep’, by Andy Gates, Director of Development, Collaboration and Culture at the South Yorkshire Mayoral Combined Authority

‘Taking a health in all policies approach’, by Vicky Hobart, Director of Public Health at the Greater London Authority Group.

‘Working Well’, by Thomas Britton, Principal – Contracted Employment Provision at the Greater Manchester Combined Authority.

The three speakers were joined by Peter Babudu, Executive Director of Impact on Urban Health, for a broader discussion of how devolution can improve health outcomes, how the government can support innovation and learning, and whether there is a case for further devolution in this area.

 

This event, which took place in London and could also be joined online, was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

Insights from this event informed a published policy briefing containing the three case studies and the key lessons for mayors and local leaders.

 

This event was kindly supported by Impact on Urban Health.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The IfG DevoLab is a new Institute for Government initiative dedicated to exploring the innovations enabled by devolution, learning from the results, and sharing the lessons so that places can take better decisions about how to use devolved powers and budgets.  </p>
<p> </p>
<p>The first ever IfG DevoLab event saw speakers from three regions set out how the powers and profile of mayors are being used to address health inequalities in their regions.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The three case studies being presented at IfG DevoLab #1 were:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>‘Beds for Babies: Safe Space to Sleep’, by Andy Gates, Director of Development, Collaboration and Culture at the South Yorkshire Mayoral Combined Authority</p>
<p>‘Taking a health in all policies approach’, by Vicky Hobart, Director of Public Health at the Greater London Authority Group.</p>
<p>‘Working Well’, by Thomas Britton, Principal – Contracted Employment Provision at the Greater Manchester Combined Authority.</p>
<p>The three speakers were joined by Peter Babudu, Executive Director of Impact on Urban Health, for a broader discussion of how devolution can improve health outcomes, how the government can support innovation and learning, and whether there is a case for further devolution in this area.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event, which took place in London and could also be joined online, was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Insights from this event informed a published policy briefing containing the three case studies and the key lessons for mayors and local leaders.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was kindly supported by Impact on Urban Health.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4473</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[341c7b64-718f-11f0-8e92-1f01a0fba5ae]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2060486957.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Spads under Starmer: How can Labour’s special advisers do the job well?</title>
      <description>Special advisers are a vital part of the glue that helps make government work effectively, and since July 2024 more than 100 spads have been appointed by Keir Starmer and his ministers. As well as experiencing the day-to-day challenges that come with one of the most intense jobs in Westminster, the new cohort has also faced ministerial churn, parliamentary rebellion and a change of No.10 chiefs of staff.

 

So how can special advisers be most effective in government? What are the challenges they face, and how can they deal with them? And how is the current cohort of spads faring in their difficult, and misunderstood, roles? 

 

To discuss how the spads of today (and tomorrow) can do the job well we were joined by:

 

Gabriel Pogrund, Whitehall Editor at the Sunday Times and co-author of Get In: The Inside Story of Labour Under Starmer

Salma Shah, Special Adviser to Sajid Javid (2014–19)

Sam White, Special Adviser to Alistair Darling (2004–10) and Chief of Staff to Keir Starmer (2021–22); Chair of Foundations: the national what works centre for children and families

 

The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Jul 2025 09:44:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Special advisers are a vital part of the glue that helps make government work effectively, and since July 2024 more than 100 spads have been appointed by Keir Starmer and his ministers. As well as experiencing the day-to-day challenges that come with one of the most intense jobs in Westminster, the new cohort has also faced ministerial churn, parliamentary rebellion and a change of No.10 chiefs of staff.

 

So how can special advisers be most effective in government? What are the challenges they face, and how can they deal with them? And how is the current cohort of spads faring in their difficult, and misunderstood, roles? 

 

To discuss how the spads of today (and tomorrow) can do the job well we were joined by:

 

Gabriel Pogrund, Whitehall Editor at the Sunday Times and co-author of Get In: The Inside Story of Labour Under Starmer

Salma Shah, Special Adviser to Sajid Javid (2014–19)

Sam White, Special Adviser to Alistair Darling (2004–10) and Chief of Staff to Keir Starmer (2021–22); Chair of Foundations: the national what works centre for children and families

 

The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Special advisers are a vital part of the glue that helps make government work effectively, and since July 2024 more than 100 spads have been appointed by Keir Starmer and his ministers. As well as experiencing the day-to-day challenges that come with one of the most intense jobs in Westminster, the new cohort has also faced ministerial churn, parliamentary rebellion and a change of No.10 chiefs of staff.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>So how can special advisers be most effective in government? What are the challenges they face, and how can they deal with them? And how is the current cohort of spads faring in their difficult, and misunderstood, roles? </p>
<p> </p>
<p>To discuss how the spads of today (and tomorrow) can do the job well we were joined by:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Gabriel Pogrund, Whitehall Editor at the Sunday Times and co-author of Get In: The Inside Story of Labour Under Starmer</p>
<p>Salma Shah, Special Adviser to Sajid Javid (2014–19)</p>
<p>Sam White, Special Adviser to Alistair Darling (2004–10) and Chief of Staff to Keir Starmer (2021–22); Chair of Foundations: the national what works centre for children and families</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3731</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[04e4282a-693c-11f0-84b7-3360fd02b930]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6623083214.mp3?updated=1753436995" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inside Trump’s America: In conversation with Tim Ryan</title>
      <description>What is driving Donald Trump’s America – and what lessons might the rise of the MAGA movement, and the Democrats’ defeat in the 2024 US presidential election, hold for Keir Starmer and the Labour Party?

 

Tim Ryan, a former Democrat nominee for President, served in the US House of Representatives for Ohio for over two decades. He ran for President in 2020 and then the US Senate from Ohio in 2022, an election won by JD Vance – the future US Vice President.

 

On Monday 14 July, Tim Ryan joined Anushka Asthana, Channel 4’s US Editor, at the Institute of Government, to share his experiences of US politics – and what other countries can learn from the rise and return of President Trump. What lies behind the dissatisfaction in US voters that saw Trump return to the White House? How can the Democrats build a vote-winning agenda? And what was it like to face JD Vance – and how influential is the Vice President on Trump’s America?

 

This event was introduced by IfG Director and CEO Dr Hannah White.

 

Tim Ryan, the former representative for Ohio, was in London with PPI to champion the Campaign for Working Americans – the Progressive Policy Institute (PPI) mission to develop ideas and policy proposals to help the US Democratic Party reconnect with working Americans. Ryan represented Ohio in the US Congress from 2003–23, and ran for the Senate in Ohio in 2022, an election JD Vance won and went on to become US Vice President. 

 

Anushka Asthana joined Channel 4 News in June 2025 as US Editor. She previously worked at ITV News, where she had been Deputy Political Editor since 2021 and co-presented Peston since 2018. Prior to joining ITV, Anushka was joint Political Editor of The Guardian, having worked for Sky, The Times, and The Observer. In 2024, her book, Taken As Red, was published as one of the first accounts of Labour's dramatic election win, with the updated paperback published in June 2025 on Labour’s first year in government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jul 2025 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>What is driving Donald Trump’s America – and what lessons might the rise of the MAGA movement, and the Democrats’ defeat in the 2024 US presidential election, hold for Keir Starmer and the Labour Party?

 

Tim Ryan, a former Democrat nominee for President, served in the US House of Representatives for Ohio for over two decades. He ran for President in 2020 and then the US Senate from Ohio in 2022, an election won by JD Vance – the future US Vice President.

 

On Monday 14 July, Tim Ryan joined Anushka Asthana, Channel 4’s US Editor, at the Institute of Government, to share his experiences of US politics – and what other countries can learn from the rise and return of President Trump. What lies behind the dissatisfaction in US voters that saw Trump return to the White House? How can the Democrats build a vote-winning agenda? And what was it like to face JD Vance – and how influential is the Vice President on Trump’s America?

 

This event was introduced by IfG Director and CEO Dr Hannah White.

 

Tim Ryan, the former representative for Ohio, was in London with PPI to champion the Campaign for Working Americans – the Progressive Policy Institute (PPI) mission to develop ideas and policy proposals to help the US Democratic Party reconnect with working Americans. Ryan represented Ohio in the US Congress from 2003–23, and ran for the Senate in Ohio in 2022, an election JD Vance won and went on to become US Vice President. 

 

Anushka Asthana joined Channel 4 News in June 2025 as US Editor. She previously worked at ITV News, where she had been Deputy Political Editor since 2021 and co-presented Peston since 2018. Prior to joining ITV, Anushka was joint Political Editor of The Guardian, having worked for Sky, The Times, and The Observer. In 2024, her book, Taken As Red, was published as one of the first accounts of Labour's dramatic election win, with the updated paperback published in June 2025 on Labour’s first year in government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What is driving Donald Trump’s America – and what lessons might the rise of the MAGA movement, and the Democrats’ defeat in the 2024 US presidential election, hold for Keir Starmer and the Labour Party?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Tim Ryan, a former Democrat nominee for President, served in the US House of Representatives for Ohio for over two decades. He ran for President in 2020 and then the US Senate from Ohio in 2022, an election won by JD Vance – the future US Vice President.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>On Monday 14 July, Tim Ryan joined Anushka Asthana, Channel 4’s US Editor, at the Institute of Government, to share his experiences of US politics – and what other countries can learn from the rise and return of President Trump. What lies behind the dissatisfaction in US voters that saw Trump return to the White House? How can the Democrats build a vote-winning agenda? And what was it like to face JD Vance – and how influential is the Vice President on Trump’s America?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was introduced by IfG Director and CEO Dr Hannah White.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Tim Ryan, the former representative for Ohio, was in London with PPI to champion the Campaign for Working Americans – the Progressive Policy Institute (PPI) mission to develop ideas and policy proposals to help the US Democratic Party reconnect with working Americans. Ryan represented Ohio in the US Congress from 2003–23, and ran for the Senate in Ohio in 2022, an election JD Vance won and went on to become US Vice President. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Anushka Asthana joined Channel 4 News in June 2025 as US Editor. She previously worked at ITV News, where she had been Deputy Political Editor since 2021 and co-presented Peston since 2018. Prior to joining ITV, Anushka was joint Political Editor of The Guardian, having worked for Sky, The Times, and The Observer. In 2024, her book, Taken As Red, was published as one of the first accounts of Labour's dramatic election win, with the updated paperback published in June 2025 on Labour’s first year in government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3949</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f4f9413c-6622-11f0-b83d-5f4e51a5f824]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8137146479.mp3?updated=1753096378" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Labour’s first year in power: Is this still a mission-driven government?</title>
      <description>Labour fought the 2024 general election on a manifesto which promised “a new way of doing government” – one built on the concept of mission-driven government. But how much has this government’s decisions, trade-offs and policy priorities really been shaped by its five missions? And how far have they been able to make progress on their priorities in the first year?

 

To mark the first year of Keir Starmer becoming prime minister, the Institute for Government and the Institute for Fiscal Studies hosted a joint event to explore what progress the government has made and whether Starmer’s government is really doing things differently to its predecessors.

 

Are the government’s missions realistic or do they lack ambition? Have Rachel Reeves’ tax and spending choices supported or hindered mission delivery? What did the spending review reveal about the government’s priorities? How could government be better structured – and decisions made – in a way that is more mission-driven? And one year on since the general election, can the government really say it is governing in a “new way”?

 

To explore these questions and more, the IfG and IFS brought together an expert panel featuring:

 

Stephen Bush, Associate Editor and columnist at the Financial Times

Helen Miller, Director of the Institute for Fiscal Studies

Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government

 

The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Jul 2025 11:09:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Labour fought the 2024 general election on a manifesto which promised “a new way of doing government” – one built on the concept of mission-driven government. But how much has this government’s decisions, trade-offs and policy priorities really been shaped by its five missions? And how far have they been able to make progress on their priorities in the first year?

 

To mark the first year of Keir Starmer becoming prime minister, the Institute for Government and the Institute for Fiscal Studies hosted a joint event to explore what progress the government has made and whether Starmer’s government is really doing things differently to its predecessors.

 

Are the government’s missions realistic or do they lack ambition? Have Rachel Reeves’ tax and spending choices supported or hindered mission delivery? What did the spending review reveal about the government’s priorities? How could government be better structured – and decisions made – in a way that is more mission-driven? And one year on since the general election, can the government really say it is governing in a “new way”?

 

To explore these questions and more, the IfG and IFS brought together an expert panel featuring:

 

Stephen Bush, Associate Editor and columnist at the Financial Times

Helen Miller, Director of the Institute for Fiscal Studies

Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government

 

The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Labour fought the 2024 general election on a manifesto which promised “a new way of doing government” – one built on the concept of mission-driven government. But how much has this government’s decisions, trade-offs and policy priorities really been shaped by its five missions? And how far have they been able to make progress on their priorities in the first year?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>To mark the first year of Keir Starmer becoming prime minister, the Institute for Government and the Institute for Fiscal Studies hosted a joint event to explore what progress the government has made and whether Starmer’s government is really doing things differently to its predecessors.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Are the government’s missions realistic or do they lack ambition? Have Rachel Reeves’ tax and spending choices supported or hindered mission delivery? What did the spending review reveal about the government’s priorities? How could government be better structured – and decisions made – in a way that is more mission-driven? And one year on since the general election, can the government really say it is governing in a “new way”?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>To explore these questions and more, the IfG and IFS brought together an expert panel featuring:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Stephen Bush, Associate Editor and columnist at the Financial Times</p>
<p>Helen Miller, Director of the Institute for Fiscal Studies</p>
<p>Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3958</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2889ad02-6623-11f0-be54-33f9eee34d3d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2230424915.mp3?updated=1753096465" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Speech: Marie Goldman MP, Liberal Democrat shadow leader of the House of Commons</title>
      <description>Chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jun 2025 15:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2541</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[949da922-4dd1-11f0-b2b9-e388caf1322c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6072669576.mp3?updated=1750422599" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shaping the standards debate: interactive discussions  </title>
      <description>To reflect on the topics raised during the conference, the IfG and CSPL convened small group discussions to talk through more specific questions: 

 

What are the emerging threats and opportunities in the standards landscape? 

How do politics and partisanship affect the way standards are perceived?

What does ethical public service leadership look like?

 

Those joining online were able to take part in a webinar discussion on the same topics. A panel of IfG and CSPL staff will report back on the themes raised in the discussions. 

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?

 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jun 2025 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>To reflect on the topics raised during the conference, the IfG and CSPL convened small group discussions to talk through more specific questions: 

 

What are the emerging threats and opportunities in the standards landscape? 

How do politics and partisanship affect the way standards are perceived?

What does ethical public service leadership look like?

 

Those joining online were able to take part in a webinar discussion on the same topics. A panel of IfG and CSPL staff will report back on the themes raised in the discussions. 

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?

 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>To reflect on the topics raised during the conference, the IfG and CSPL convened small group discussions to talk through more specific questions: </p>
<p> </p>
<p>What are the emerging threats and opportunities in the standards landscape? </p>
<p>How do politics and partisanship affect the way standards are perceived?</p>
<p>What does ethical public service leadership look like?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Those joining online were able to take part in a webinar discussion on the same topics. A panel of IfG and CSPL staff will report back on the themes raised in the discussions. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?</p>
<p> </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1659</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[66c3c3c4-4dd1-11f0-937f-df1314bae5bd]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6924318797.mp3?updated=1750422522" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can frontline officials uphold high standards of behaviour?</title>
      <description>Many of the public’s interactions with the state are with frontline officials in health and social care, policing and local government. How much do the Nolan principles resonate with those delivering public services? How can frontline officials be supported to make ethical decisions? And how can frontline organisations prevent failures, and rebuild public trust where they occur?

 

Speakers:

 

Neil Basu, former Assistant Commissioner, Metropolitan Police

Helen Buckingham, Chair of National Voices

Amerdeep Somal, Local Government and Social Care Ombudsman

 

This session was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Jun 2025 15:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Many of the public’s interactions with the state are with frontline officials in health and social care, policing and local government. How much do the Nolan principles resonate with those delivering public services? How can frontline officials be supported to make ethical decisions? And how can frontline organisations prevent failures, and rebuild public trust where they occur?

 

Speakers:

 

Neil Basu, former Assistant Commissioner, Metropolitan Police

Helen Buckingham, Chair of National Voices

Amerdeep Somal, Local Government and Social Care Ombudsman

 

This session was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Many of the public’s interactions with the state are with frontline officials in health and social care, policing and local government. How much do the Nolan principles resonate with those delivering public services? How can frontline officials be supported to make ethical decisions? And how can frontline organisations prevent failures, and rebuild public trust where they occur?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Speakers:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Neil Basu, former Assistant Commissioner, Metropolitan Police</p>
<p>Helen Buckingham, Chair of National Voices</p>
<p>Amerdeep Somal, Local Government and Social Care Ombudsman</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This session was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3525</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3dc4ce78-4dd1-11f0-9012-37b437e24fef]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6057471442.mp3?updated=1750422453" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keynote speech: Rt Hon Nick Thomas-Symonds MP, Minister for the Cabinet Office</title>
      <description>Chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Jun 2025 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p>This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1301</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f71d4838-4dd0-11f0-9085-cfb82444ca18]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8569157891.mp3?updated=1750422334" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Speech: Alberto Costa MP, Chair of the Committee on Standards</title>
      <description>Chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Jun 2025 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1961</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[97479fbc-4dd0-11f0-92be-cfedb58e7e4f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3352628144.mp3?updated=1750422174" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can politicians demonstrate ethical leadership?  </title>
      <description>After 30 years of the Nolan Principles, ethical scandals – from partygate to freebiegate – are still a regular feature of UK political life and public trust in politicians remains low. What role do politicians play in leading by example? How should politicians in Westminster, devolved and local governments demonstrate their commitment to the Nolan Principles? How can they show ethical leadership within their organisations? And what does upholding standards look like in different political and governmental contexts?

 

Speakers:

 

Paula Barker MP, member of the Commons Select Committee on Standards

Roger Gough, former leader of Kent County Council  

Dr Melissa McCullough, Commissioner for Standards, NI Assembly

Dave Penman, General Secretary, FDA

 

This session was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Jun 2025 18:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>After 30 years of the Nolan Principles, ethical scandals – from partygate to freebiegate – are still a regular feature of UK political life and public trust in politicians remains low. What role do politicians play in leading by example? How should politicians in Westminster, devolved and local governments demonstrate their commitment to the Nolan Principles? How can they show ethical leadership within their organisations? And what does upholding standards look like in different political and governmental contexts?

 

Speakers:

 

Paula Barker MP, member of the Commons Select Committee on Standards

Roger Gough, former leader of Kent County Council  

Dr Melissa McCullough, Commissioner for Standards, NI Assembly

Dave Penman, General Secretary, FDA

 

This session was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br></p>
<p>After 30 years of the Nolan Principles, ethical scandals – from partygate to freebiegate – are still a regular feature of UK political life and public trust in politicians remains low. What role do politicians play in leading by example? How should politicians in Westminster, devolved and local governments demonstrate their commitment to the Nolan Principles? How can they show ethical leadership within their organisations? And what does upholding standards look like in different political and governmental contexts?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Speakers:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Paula Barker MP, member of the Commons Select Committee on Standards</p>
<p>Roger Gough, former leader of Kent County Council  </p>
<p>Dr Melissa McCullough, Commissioner for Standards, NI Assembly</p>
<p>Dave Penman, General Secretary, FDA</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This session was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3371</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6dd4d078-4dd0-11f0-9e58-1b064809f1cb]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3247838339.mp3?updated=1750422104" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Welcome and keynote speech by Rt Hon Sir John Major KG CH</title>
      <description>To mark the 30th anniversary of the Nolan Principles, and to explore how ethical standards can be upheld in the future, the IfG brought together a series of expert panels and keynote speakers – including former prime minister the Rt Hon Sir John Major KG CH – for a thought-provoking and stimulating one-day conference.

 

Introduction from Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the IfG, and Doug Chalmers, Chair of the Committee on Standards in Public Life.

 

Chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the IfG.

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?

 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Jun 2025 12:13:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>To mark the 30th anniversary of the Nolan Principles, and to explore how ethical standards can be upheld in the future, the IfG brought together a series of expert panels and keynote speakers – including former prime minister the Rt Hon Sir John Major KG CH – for a thought-provoking and stimulating one-day conference.

 

Introduction from Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the IfG, and Doug Chalmers, Chair of the Committee on Standards in Public Life.

 

Chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the IfG.

 

This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?

 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>To mark the 30th anniversary of the Nolan Principles, and to explore how ethical standards can be upheld in the future, the IfG brought together a series of expert panels and keynote speakers – including former prime minister the Rt Hon Sir John Major KG CH – for a thought-provoking and stimulating one-day conference.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Introduction from Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the IfG, and Doug Chalmers, Chair of the Committee on Standards in Public Life.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the IfG.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was part of the IfG’s conference, The Nolan Principles at 30: What does the future hold for standards in public life?</p>
<p> </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4640</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[08e57db6-4dd0-11f0-a057-f3b0ed4ac525]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9218355024.mp3?updated=1750421935" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to succeed as a minister</title>
      <description>Rumours of a cabinet reshuffle are never far away in Westminster. So how should Keir Starmer approach the delicate task of choosing his top team? The prime minister has to strike a balance between ministers’ performance, party management and the government’s policy agenda, while being a minister is a job like no other – there are no regular performance reviews, clear handovers or annual appraisals.

 

So how can ministers succeed in government and reach the cabinet table? What skills do they need at each rung of the ministerial ladder? How can backbench MPs prepare to become a minister? And how does the prime minister make decisions about who should serve in government?

 

To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:

 

Kitty Donaldson, Chief Political Commentator at the i Paper

Rt Hon Lucy Frazer KC, former Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport

Rt Hon James Purnell, CEO of Flint Global and former Secretary of State for Work and Pensions

 

The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Jun 2025 14:46:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Rumours of a cabinet reshuffle are never far away in Westminster. So how should Keir Starmer approach the delicate task of choosing his top team? The prime minister has to strike a balance between ministers’ performance, party management and the government’s policy agenda, while being a minister is a job like no other – there are no regular performance reviews, clear handovers or annual appraisals.

 

So how can ministers succeed in government and reach the cabinet table? What skills do they need at each rung of the ministerial ladder? How can backbench MPs prepare to become a minister? And how does the prime minister make decisions about who should serve in government?

 

To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:

 

Kitty Donaldson, Chief Political Commentator at the i Paper

Rt Hon Lucy Frazer KC, former Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport

Rt Hon James Purnell, CEO of Flint Global and former Secretary of State for Work and Pensions

 

The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Rumours of a cabinet reshuffle are never far away in Westminster. So how should Keir Starmer approach the delicate task of choosing his top team? The prime minister has to strike a balance between ministers’ performance, party management and the government’s policy agenda, while being a minister is a job like no other – there are no regular performance reviews, clear handovers or annual appraisals.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>So how can ministers succeed in government and reach the cabinet table? What skills do they need at each rung of the ministerial ladder? How can backbench MPs prepare to become a minister? And how does the prime minister make decisions about who should serve in government?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Kitty Donaldson, Chief Political Commentator at the i Paper</p>
<p>Rt Hon Lucy Frazer KC, former Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport</p>
<p>Rt Hon James Purnell, CEO of Flint Global and former Secretary of State for Work and Pensions</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3918</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c2b7d9d6-4ac0-11f0-9372-1f11571fdd3f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6556926958.mp3?updated=1750085542" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What can the government do to improve how the NHS spends money?</title>
      <description>After a decade of tight funding settlements and the Covid-19 pandemic, Wes Streeting is the latest health secretary trying to improve NHS productivity. But what can the government do to ensure the NHS spends its budget – due to be more than £200bn in 2025/26 – more effectively?

 

This event, held in partnership with the Health Foundation, explored what the NHS can do to improve productivity – which is vital to improve the quality of services for patients, ensure the NHS is financially sustainable and provide value for money for taxpayers.  

 

What improvements in productivity and health outcomes can technology really deliver? What lessons are there from previous governments’ attempts to make efficiency savings? What options does Streeting really have to drive through reforms? What effect – if any – will the abolition of NHS England and cuts to integrated care boards’ budgets have on driving productivity to improve performance?

 

To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:

 

Helen Buckingham, Chair of Trustees at National Voices

Anita Charlesworth, Senior Economic Advisor at the Health Foundation

Caroline Clarke, Regional Director of the NHS in London

Rachel Sylvester, Political Editor at the Observer

 

The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with The Health Foundation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jun 2025 09:16:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>After a decade of tight funding settlements and the Covid-19 pandemic, Wes Streeting is the latest health secretary trying to improve NHS productivity. But what can the government do to ensure the NHS spends its budget – due to be more than £200bn in 2025/26 – more effectively?

 

This event, held in partnership with the Health Foundation, explored what the NHS can do to improve productivity – which is vital to improve the quality of services for patients, ensure the NHS is financially sustainable and provide value for money for taxpayers.  

 

What improvements in productivity and health outcomes can technology really deliver? What lessons are there from previous governments’ attempts to make efficiency savings? What options does Streeting really have to drive through reforms? What effect – if any – will the abolition of NHS England and cuts to integrated care boards’ budgets have on driving productivity to improve performance?

 

To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:

 

Helen Buckingham, Chair of Trustees at National Voices

Anita Charlesworth, Senior Economic Advisor at the Health Foundation

Caroline Clarke, Regional Director of the NHS in London

Rachel Sylvester, Political Editor at the Observer

 

The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

 

This event was held in partnership with The Health Foundation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>After a decade of tight funding settlements and the Covid-19 pandemic, Wes Streeting is the latest health secretary trying to improve NHS productivity. But what can the government do to ensure the NHS spends its budget – due to be more than £200bn in 2025/26 – more effectively?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event, held in partnership with the Health Foundation, explored what the NHS can do to improve productivity – which is vital to improve the quality of services for patients, ensure the NHS is financially sustainable and provide value for money for taxpayers.  </p>
<p> </p>
<p>What improvements in productivity and health outcomes can technology really deliver? What lessons are there from previous governments’ attempts to make efficiency savings? What options does Streeting really have to drive through reforms? What effect – if any – will the abolition of NHS England and cuts to integrated care boards’ budgets have on driving productivity to improve performance?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Helen Buckingham, Chair of Trustees at National Voices</p>
<p>Anita Charlesworth, Senior Economic Advisor at the Health Foundation</p>
<p>Caroline Clarke, Regional Director of the NHS in London</p>
<p>Rachel Sylvester, Political Editor at the Observer</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was held in partnership with The Health Foundation.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3610</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6e87a0c2-405b-11f0-b4cb-f374f44ba201]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9170131317.mp3?updated=1748942509" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Effective urban leadership: What are the international lessons for England’s mayors?</title>
      <description>As part of its devolution agenda, the government is deepening and extending the mayoral model across England. Fourteen regional mayors are now in office, holding powers over transport, skills, housing and planning, economic growth and more. The government eventually wants every region of England to be led by a mayor.

 

But what are the characteristics of effective mayoral leadership? How should existing and new mayors use their powers and their platform to bring benefits to their regions? And what lessons can England’s mayors learn from international experience?

 

We held a discussion of these themes, informed by insights from the Bloomberg Center for Cities at Harvard University and its director, Professor Jorrit de Jong, who was in conversation with Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government, and Akash Paun, Programme Director for Devolution.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 May 2025 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As part of its devolution agenda, the government is deepening and extending the mayoral model across England. Fourteen regional mayors are now in office, holding powers over transport, skills, housing and planning, economic growth and more. The government eventually wants every region of England to be led by a mayor.

 

But what are the characteristics of effective mayoral leadership? How should existing and new mayors use their powers and their platform to bring benefits to their regions? And what lessons can England’s mayors learn from international experience?

 

We held a discussion of these themes, informed by insights from the Bloomberg Center for Cities at Harvard University and its director, Professor Jorrit de Jong, who was in conversation with Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government, and Akash Paun, Programme Director for Devolution.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As part of its devolution agenda, the government is deepening and extending the mayoral model across England. Fourteen regional mayors are now in office, holding powers over transport, skills, housing and planning, economic growth and more. The government eventually wants every region of England to be led by a mayor.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>But what are the characteristics of effective mayoral leadership? How should existing and new mayors use their powers and their platform to bring benefits to their regions? And what lessons can England’s mayors learn from international experience?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>We held a discussion of these themes, informed by insights from the Bloomberg Center for Cities at Harvard University and its director, Professor Jorrit de Jong, who was in conversation with Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government, and Akash Paun, Programme Director for Devolution.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4027</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bc25d466-36e2-11f0-91ea-d7c42a8a0580]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6084234600.mp3?updated=1747901090" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How does the electoral system need to change before 2029?</title>
      <description>Labour’s 2024 manifesto set out a number of big changes aimed at strengthening democratic participation, such as improving voter registration, addressing inconsistencies in voter ID rules and extending the franchise to 16 and 17 year olds.

 

Twenty-five years after the introduction of the UK’s political finance regime, and a billion pounds of donations later, the manifesto also committed to “strengthening the rules around donations to political parties” – something that has become more pressing as high-profile actors flirt with introducing significant sums of money into the UK’s party funding system.

 

So what difference would these proposed changes make to the UK electoral system? Can they reignite voter confidence and engagement in the democratic process? What are the lessons learnt from the 2024 general election about turnout, the voter ID requirement, and candidate abuse and intimidation? And what should the government prioritise to ensure the electoral system is ready for the next general election in 2029 and able to address growing threats?

 

To reflect on last summer’s election and to discuss how the government’s plans will affect the way elections work, we were joined by an expert panel:

 

Lewis Baston, Political journalist and author

 

Matteo Bergamini, Founder and CEO of Shout Out UK

 

Professor Jane Green, Co-Director of the British Election Study

 

John Pullinger, Chair of the Electoral Commission

 

The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 May 2025 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Labour’s 2024 manifesto set out a number of big changes aimed at strengthening democratic participation, such as improving voter registration, addressing inconsistencies in voter ID rules and extending the franchise to 16 and 17 year olds.

 

Twenty-five years after the introduction of the UK’s political finance regime, and a billion pounds of donations later, the manifesto also committed to “strengthening the rules around donations to political parties” – something that has become more pressing as high-profile actors flirt with introducing significant sums of money into the UK’s party funding system.

 

So what difference would these proposed changes make to the UK electoral system? Can they reignite voter confidence and engagement in the democratic process? What are the lessons learnt from the 2024 general election about turnout, the voter ID requirement, and candidate abuse and intimidation? And what should the government prioritise to ensure the electoral system is ready for the next general election in 2029 and able to address growing threats?

 

To reflect on last summer’s election and to discuss how the government’s plans will affect the way elections work, we were joined by an expert panel:

 

Lewis Baston, Political journalist and author

 

Matteo Bergamini, Founder and CEO of Shout Out UK

 

Professor Jane Green, Co-Director of the British Election Study

 

John Pullinger, Chair of the Electoral Commission

 

The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Labour’s 2024 manifesto set out a number of big changes aimed at strengthening democratic participation, such as improving voter registration, addressing inconsistencies in voter ID rules and extending the franchise to 16 and 17 year olds.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Twenty-five years after the introduction of the UK’s political finance regime, and a billion pounds of donations later, the manifesto also committed to “strengthening the rules around donations to political parties” – something that has become more pressing as high-profile actors flirt with introducing significant sums of money into the UK’s party funding system.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>So what difference would these proposed changes make to the UK electoral system? Can they reignite voter confidence and engagement in the democratic process? What are the lessons learnt from the 2024 general election about turnout, the voter ID requirement, and candidate abuse and intimidation? And what should the government prioritise to ensure the electoral system is ready for the next general election in 2029 and able to address growing threats?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>To reflect on last summer’s election and to discuss how the government’s plans will affect the way elections work, we were joined by an expert panel:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Lewis Baston, Political journalist and author</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Matteo Bergamini, Founder and CEO of Shout Out UK</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Professor Jane Green, Co-Director of the British Election Study</p>
<p> </p>
<p>John Pullinger, Chair of the Electoral Commission</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3887</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0597a194-34c0-11f0-b035-4b48d27c1424]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4216319392.mp3?updated=1749638149" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Nick Clegg</title>
      <description>The former deputy prime minister set out what this and future governments can learn from the 2010–15 coalition government.

 

To mark the 15th anniversary of the creation of the Conservative–Liberal Democrat coalition in 2010, the IfG was pleased to welcome the Rt Hon Sir Nick Clegg to reflect on the 2010-15 government and the lessons for today’s politics.

 

Following his speech, Sir Nick was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government, and took part in an audience Q&amp;A.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The former deputy prime minister set out what this and future governments can learn from the 2010–15 coalition government.

 

To mark the 15th anniversary of the creation of the Conservative–Liberal Democrat coalition in 2010, the IfG was pleased to welcome the Rt Hon Sir Nick Clegg to reflect on the 2010-15 government and the lessons for today’s politics.

 

Following his speech, Sir Nick was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government, and took part in an audience Q&amp;A.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The former deputy prime minister set out what this and future governments can learn from the 2010–15 coalition government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>To mark the 15th anniversary of the creation of the Conservative–Liberal Democrat coalition in 2010, the IfG was pleased to welcome the Rt Hon Sir Nick Clegg to reflect on the 2010-15 government and the lessons for today’s politics.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Following his speech, Sir Nick was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government, and took part in an audience Q&amp;A.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3757</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e63497d2-358a-11f0-afc8-b3cd66250773]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9510489788.mp3?updated=1747753414" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Book launch: ‘Exploring Parliament’</title>
      <description>This event marked official launch of the second edition of Exploring Parliament, a new book which brings together academic insights with real-world perspectives to bring parliament to life for readers. The book’s 73 authors – leading academic experts and parliamentary practitioners – offer an unrivalled insider’s guide to the UK parliament, providing an accessible yet in-depth exploration of how parliament works, its key functions, and the realities of law-making and scrutiny in the UK.

 

Who are the key players in parliament? How is parliament organised and run? How is the government held to account? How are laws made? And what challenges does parliament face in the future? To explore these questions and more, we were joined by the editors of Exploring Parliament – who made opening remarks, reflecting on the book’s unique approach, and a panel of the book’s authors who discussed their chapters and insights.

 

This was followed by a Q&amp;A session. Panellists included:

 

Professor Nicholas Allen, Professor of Politics at Royal Holloway, University of London

Dr Sean Haughey, Senior Lecturer at the University of Liverpool

Chloe Mawson, Clerk Assistant at the House of Lords

Dr Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Margaret McKinnon, Director Member and Members’ Staff Services Team at the House of Commons

Professor Meg Russell, Director of the Constitution Unit at University College London (UCL)

The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

 

Introductory remarks were also delivered by the editors Professor Cristina Leston Bandeira, Dr Louise Thompson and Dr Alexandra Meakin.

 

We would like to thank the Study of Parliament Group for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 May 2025 14:48:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This event marked official launch of the second edition of Exploring Parliament, a new book which brings together academic insights with real-world perspectives to bring parliament to life for readers. The book’s 73 authors – leading academic experts and parliamentary practitioners – offer an unrivalled insider’s guide to the UK parliament, providing an accessible yet in-depth exploration of how parliament works, its key functions, and the realities of law-making and scrutiny in the UK.

 

Who are the key players in parliament? How is parliament organised and run? How is the government held to account? How are laws made? And what challenges does parliament face in the future? To explore these questions and more, we were joined by the editors of Exploring Parliament – who made opening remarks, reflecting on the book’s unique approach, and a panel of the book’s authors who discussed their chapters and insights.

 

This was followed by a Q&amp;A session. Panellists included:

 

Professor Nicholas Allen, Professor of Politics at Royal Holloway, University of London

Dr Sean Haughey, Senior Lecturer at the University of Liverpool

Chloe Mawson, Clerk Assistant at the House of Lords

Dr Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Margaret McKinnon, Director Member and Members’ Staff Services Team at the House of Commons

Professor Meg Russell, Director of the Constitution Unit at University College London (UCL)

The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

 

Introductory remarks were also delivered by the editors Professor Cristina Leston Bandeira, Dr Louise Thompson and Dr Alexandra Meakin.

 

We would like to thank the Study of Parliament Group for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This event marked official launch of the second edition of Exploring Parliament, a new book which brings together academic insights with real-world perspectives to bring parliament to life for readers. The book’s 73 authors – leading academic experts and parliamentary practitioners – offer an unrivalled insider’s guide to the UK parliament, providing an accessible yet in-depth exploration of how parliament works, its key functions, and the realities of law-making and scrutiny in the UK.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Who are the key players in parliament? How is parliament organised and run? How is the government held to account? How are laws made? And what challenges does parliament face in the future? To explore these questions and more, we were joined by the editors of Exploring Parliament – who made opening remarks, reflecting on the book’s unique approach, and a panel of the book’s authors who discussed their chapters and insights.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This was followed by a Q&amp;A session. Panellists included:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Professor Nicholas Allen, Professor of Politics at Royal Holloway, University of London</p>
<p>Dr Sean Haughey, Senior Lecturer at the University of Liverpool</p>
<p>Chloe Mawson, Clerk Assistant at the House of Lords</p>
<p>Dr Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Margaret McKinnon, Director Member and Members’ Staff Services Team at the House of Commons</p>
<p>Professor Meg Russell, Director of the Constitution Unit at University College London (UCL)</p>
<p>The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Introductory remarks were also delivered by the editors Professor Cristina Leston Bandeira, Dr Louise Thompson and Dr Alexandra Meakin.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>We would like to thank the Study of Parliament Group for kindly supporting this event.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3511</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[51efdfac-34c0-11f0-8d12-c7702b2e2974]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6584814215.mp3?updated=1747666427" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Trump challenge: What is a better way to reform government than copying Elon Musk and DOGE?</title>
      <description>In contrast to the halting approach to reform from the current UK government, Donald Trump and Elon Musk have moved fast to slash staff and programmes. That has led some of those frustrated with the slow pace of government reform in the UK and elsewhere to see DOGE as a model for radical reformers. 

 

But what are the actual benefits – and costs – of the Trump administration approach? Is there anything to be learnt from DOGE, or is the whole approach misconceived? And what is the better, feasible model for reformers who want to deliver change at rapid pace while avoiding the DOGE template?  

 

To explore these questions and more, the IfG was pleased to bring together an expert panel featuring:

 

Munira Mirza, former Director of the No.10 Policy Unit

Don Moynihan, Professor of Public Policy, Ford School of Public Policy at the University of Michigan

Jeni Tennison, founder and Executive Director of Connected by Data

Alex Thomas, Civil Service Programme Director at the Institute for Government

 

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 May 2025 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In contrast to the halting approach to reform from the current UK government, Donald Trump and Elon Musk have moved fast to slash staff and programmes. That has led some of those frustrated with the slow pace of government reform in the UK and elsewhere to see DOGE as a model for radical reformers. 

 

But what are the actual benefits – and costs – of the Trump administration approach? Is there anything to be learnt from DOGE, or is the whole approach misconceived? And what is the better, feasible model for reformers who want to deliver change at rapid pace while avoiding the DOGE template?  

 

To explore these questions and more, the IfG was pleased to bring together an expert panel featuring:

 

Munira Mirza, former Director of the No.10 Policy Unit

Don Moynihan, Professor of Public Policy, Ford School of Public Policy at the University of Michigan

Jeni Tennison, founder and Executive Director of Connected by Data

Alex Thomas, Civil Service Programme Director at the Institute for Government

 

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In contrast to the halting approach to reform from the current UK government, Donald Trump and Elon Musk have moved fast to slash staff and programmes. That has led some of those frustrated with the slow pace of government reform in the UK and elsewhere to see DOGE as a model for radical reformers. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>But what are the actual benefits – and costs – of the Trump administration approach? Is there anything to be learnt from DOGE, or is the whole approach misconceived? And what is the better, feasible model for reformers who want to deliver change at rapid pace while avoiding the DOGE template?  </p>
<p> </p>
<p>To explore these questions and more, the IfG was pleased to bring together an expert panel featuring:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Munira Mirza, former Director of the No.10 Policy Unit</p>
<p>Don Moynihan, Professor of Public Policy, Ford School of Public Policy at the University of Michigan</p>
<p>Jeni Tennison, founder and Executive Director of Connected by Data</p>
<p>Alex Thomas, Civil Service Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3805</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c313b5dc-30dd-11f0-8be8-eb3860147d8e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4136724968.mp3?updated=1747239247" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rewiring the state - Part 2</title>
      <description>This special event considered the recommendations of the Institute’s 2024 Commission on the Centre of Government in light of our analysis of the Labour government’s first year in office and the prime minister’s agenda to reform public services and rewire the state.

 

The Chair of the Institute, Lord Sainsbury of Turville, spoke on government reform and the civil service – offering his valedictory reflections as he steps down from the role this summer. Lord Sainsbury’s speech was followed by a presentation of the Institute’s key recommendations on civil service reform, discussion with a panel of senior IfG staff and incoming IfG Chair Sir Ian Cheshire, and audience questions.

 

This important event highlighted the relevance of the Institute’s existing research to the government’s vital reform agenda and previewed our future research plans.

 

Part 1 includes:

Welcome and opening remarks

Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government

 

Speech

Lord Sainsbury of Turville, Chairman of the Board at the Institute for Government

 

Q&amp;A

Lord Sainsbury of Turville, Chairman of the Board at the Institute for Government

Sir Ian Cheshire, Deputy Chair of the Board at the Institute for Government

 

Part 2 includes:

Presentation

Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government 

 

Panel discussion

Sir Jonathan Jones KCB KC (Hon), Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

Alex Thomas, Programme Director for the civil service at the Institute for Government

Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government

 

This panel was chaired by Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 May 2025 15:57:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This special event considered the recommendations of the Institute’s 2024 Commission on the Centre of Government in light of our analysis of the Labour government’s first year in office and the prime minister’s agenda to reform public services and rewire the state.

 

The Chair of the Institute, Lord Sainsbury of Turville, spoke on government reform and the civil service – offering his valedictory reflections as he steps down from the role this summer. Lord Sainsbury’s speech was followed by a presentation of the Institute’s key recommendations on civil service reform, discussion with a panel of senior IfG staff and incoming IfG Chair Sir Ian Cheshire, and audience questions.

 

This important event highlighted the relevance of the Institute’s existing research to the government’s vital reform agenda and previewed our future research plans.

 

Part 1 includes:

Welcome and opening remarks

Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government

 

Speech

Lord Sainsbury of Turville, Chairman of the Board at the Institute for Government

 

Q&amp;A

Lord Sainsbury of Turville, Chairman of the Board at the Institute for Government

Sir Ian Cheshire, Deputy Chair of the Board at the Institute for Government

 

Part 2 includes:

Presentation

Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government 

 

Panel discussion

Sir Jonathan Jones KCB KC (Hon), Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

Alex Thomas, Programme Director for the civil service at the Institute for Government

Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government

 

This panel was chaired by Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This special event considered the recommendations of the Institute’s 2024 Commission on the Centre of Government in light of our analysis of the Labour government’s first year in office and the prime minister’s agenda to reform public services and rewire the state.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The Chair of the Institute, Lord Sainsbury of Turville, spoke on government reform and the civil service – offering his valedictory reflections as he steps down from the role this summer. Lord Sainsbury’s speech was followed by a presentation of the Institute’s key recommendations on civil service reform, discussion with a panel of senior IfG staff and incoming IfG Chair Sir Ian Cheshire, and audience questions.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This important event highlighted the relevance of the Institute’s existing research to the government’s vital reform agenda and previewed our future research plans.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Part 1 includes:</p>
<p><strong>Welcome and opening remarks</strong></p>
<p>Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Speech</strong></p>
<p>Lord Sainsbury of Turville, Chairman of the Board at the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Q&amp;A</strong></p>
<p>Lord Sainsbury of Turville, Chairman of the Board at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Sir Ian Cheshire, Deputy Chair of the Board at the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Part 2 includes:</p>
<p><strong>Presentation</strong></p>
<p>Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government </p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Panel discussion</strong></p>
<p>Sir Jonathan Jones KCB KC (Hon), Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Alex Thomas, Programme Director for the civil service at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This panel was chaired by Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p>
<p> </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4156</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[318c548a-30dc-11f0-ae3e-e7549a531c5c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8636439388.mp3?updated=1747238573" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rewiring the state - Part 1</title>
      <description>This special event considered the recommendations of the Institute’s 2024 Commission on the Centre of Government in light of our analysis of the Labour government’s first year in office and the prime minister’s agenda to reform public services and rewire the state.

 

The Chair of the Institute, Lord Sainsbury of Turville, spoke on government reform and the civil service – offering his valedictory reflections as he steps down from the role this summer. Lord Sainsbury’s speech was followed by a presentation of the Institute’s key recommendations on civil service reform, discussion with a panel of senior IfG staff and incoming IfG Chair Sir Ian Cheshire, and audience questions.

 

This important event highlighted the relevance of the Institute’s existing research to the government’s vital reform agenda and previewed our future research plans.

 

Part 1 includes:

Welcome and opening remarks

Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government

 

Speech

Lord Sainsbury of Turville, Chairman of the Board at the Institute for Government

 

Q&amp;A

Lord Sainsbury of Turville, Chairman of the Board at the Institute for Government

Sir Ian Cheshire, Deputy Chair of the Board at the Institute for Government

 

Part 2 includes:

Presentation

Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government 

 

Panel discussion

Sir Jonathan Jones KCB KC (Hon), Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

Alex Thomas, Programme Director for the civil service at the Institute for Government

Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government

 

This panel was chaired by Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 May 2025 15:47:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This special event considered the recommendations of the Institute’s 2024 Commission on the Centre of Government in light of our analysis of the Labour government’s first year in office and the prime minister’s agenda to reform public services and rewire the state.

 

The Chair of the Institute, Lord Sainsbury of Turville, spoke on government reform and the civil service – offering his valedictory reflections as he steps down from the role this summer. Lord Sainsbury’s speech was followed by a presentation of the Institute’s key recommendations on civil service reform, discussion with a panel of senior IfG staff and incoming IfG Chair Sir Ian Cheshire, and audience questions.

 

This important event highlighted the relevance of the Institute’s existing research to the government’s vital reform agenda and previewed our future research plans.

 

Part 1 includes:

Welcome and opening remarks

Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government

 

Speech

Lord Sainsbury of Turville, Chairman of the Board at the Institute for Government

 

Q&amp;A

Lord Sainsbury of Turville, Chairman of the Board at the Institute for Government

Sir Ian Cheshire, Deputy Chair of the Board at the Institute for Government

 

Part 2 includes:

Presentation

Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government 

 

Panel discussion

Sir Jonathan Jones KCB KC (Hon), Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

Alex Thomas, Programme Director for the civil service at the Institute for Government

Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government

 

This panel was chaired by Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This special event considered the recommendations of the Institute’s 2024 Commission on the Centre of Government in light of our analysis of the Labour government’s first year in office and the prime minister’s agenda to reform public services and rewire the state.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The Chair of the Institute, Lord Sainsbury of Turville, spoke on government reform and the civil service – offering his valedictory reflections as he steps down from the role this summer. Lord Sainsbury’s speech was followed by a presentation of the Institute’s key recommendations on civil service reform, discussion with a panel of senior IfG staff and incoming IfG Chair Sir Ian Cheshire, and audience questions.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This important event highlighted the relevance of the Institute’s existing research to the government’s vital reform agenda and previewed our future research plans.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Part 1 includes:</p>
<p><strong>Welcome and opening remarks</strong></p>
<p>Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Speech</strong></p>
<p>Lord Sainsbury of Turville, Chairman of the Board at the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Q&amp;A</strong></p>
<p>Lord Sainsbury of Turville, Chairman of the Board at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Sir Ian Cheshire, Deputy Chair of the Board at the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Part 2 includes:</p>
<p><strong>Presentation</strong></p>
<p>Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government </p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Panel discussion</strong></p>
<p>Sir Jonathan Jones KCB KC (Hon), Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Alex Thomas, Programme Director for the civil service at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This panel was chaired by Dr Hannah White OBE, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2776</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b53ac73c-30da-11f0-b2b8-fb3b701f0558]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6810846919.mp3?updated=1747237936" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From disaster to completion: What can government learn from the Universal Credit story?</title>
      <description>Almost 15 years on from the coalition government’s white paper Universal Credit: Welfare that Works, the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) has finally concluded that its overhaul of the benefits systems is nearly complete. A few thousand people are yet to be transferred from tax credits, income support and Jobseeker’s Allowance, and a rather larger numbers are still on Employment and Support Allowance, but the DWP is confident of completion by the end of the year. The Universal Credit programme board has been closed down and the department plans to publish its version of “lessons learned” from a programme that was meant to have taken seven years from the white paper but will have taken 15.

 

So what can this and future governments learn from the delivery of this major reform programme? How was the Universal Credit project turned around from near disaster in 2013?  And, as it nears completion, what is the impact of Universal Credit?

 

To explore these questions and more, the IfG was delighted to bring together an expert panel featuring:

 

Neil Couling, the Senior Responsible Owner for Universal Credit for a decade until March this year

Tom Loosemore, Co-founder of Public Digital and Co-author of Nesta’s report on how to transform government services

Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

Tom Waters, Associate Director of the Institute for Fiscal Studies

 

The event was chaired by Nicholas Timmins, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and author of the IfG’s 2016 report Universal Credit: From Disaster to Recovery?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 May 2025 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Almost 15 years on from the coalition government’s white paper Universal Credit: Welfare that Works, the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) has finally concluded that its overhaul of the benefits systems is nearly complete. A few thousand people are yet to be transferred from tax credits, income support and Jobseeker’s Allowance, and a rather larger numbers are still on Employment and Support Allowance, but the DWP is confident of completion by the end of the year. The Universal Credit programme board has been closed down and the department plans to publish its version of “lessons learned” from a programme that was meant to have taken seven years from the white paper but will have taken 15.

 

So what can this and future governments learn from the delivery of this major reform programme? How was the Universal Credit project turned around from near disaster in 2013?  And, as it nears completion, what is the impact of Universal Credit?

 

To explore these questions and more, the IfG was delighted to bring together an expert panel featuring:

 

Neil Couling, the Senior Responsible Owner for Universal Credit for a decade until March this year

Tom Loosemore, Co-founder of Public Digital and Co-author of Nesta’s report on how to transform government services

Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

Tom Waters, Associate Director of the Institute for Fiscal Studies

 

The event was chaired by Nicholas Timmins, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and author of the IfG’s 2016 report Universal Credit: From Disaster to Recovery?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Almost 15 years on from the coalition government’s white paper Universal Credit: Welfare that Works, the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) has finally concluded that its overhaul of the benefits systems is nearly complete. A few thousand people are yet to be transferred from tax credits, income support and Jobseeker’s Allowance, and a rather larger numbers are still on Employment and Support Allowance, but the DWP is confident of completion by the end of the year. The Universal Credit programme board has been closed down and the department plans to publish its version of “lessons learned” from a programme that was meant to have taken seven years from the white paper but will have taken 15.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>So what can this and future governments learn from the delivery of this major reform programme? How was the Universal Credit project turned around from near disaster in 2013?  And, as it nears completion, what is the impact of Universal Credit?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>To explore these questions and more, the IfG was delighted to bring together an expert panel featuring:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Neil Couling, the Senior Responsible Owner for Universal Credit for a decade until March this year</p>
<p>Tom Loosemore, Co-founder of Public Digital and Co-author of Nesta’s report on how to transform government services</p>
<p>Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Tom Waters, Associate Director of the Institute for Fiscal Studies</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The event was chaired by Nicholas Timmins, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and author of the IfG’s 2016 report Universal Credit: From Disaster to Recovery?</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3940</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8f9f3dc6-2cbd-11f0-9475-a3c803139af9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2282517493.mp3?updated=1746785612" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can government be transformed?  </title>
      <description>Keir Starmer has said that “nothing less than the complete re-wiring of the British state” is needed for the public sector – and in particular the civil service – to deliver the government’s agenda. So what should this transformation look like – and how can it be made to last?

 

As the government’s former lead Non-Executive Director, Michael Jary CBE worked closely with the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster, the Cabinet Secretary, the Civil Service Chief Operating Officer, as well as other senior civil servants across government, and has an unparalleled view on what works in Whitehall – and beyond – and what needs to change. In a speech at the IfG, he set out his views on what needs to change – and how this change can be embedded throughout the civil service – before taking part in a panel conversation.

 

Alongside Michael, we were be joined by:

Josie Cluer, Partner, People Advisory Services at Ernst &amp; Young LLP

Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Rt Hon Sir Jeremy Quin, former Paymaster General and Minister for the Cabinet Office

 

The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 10 May 2025 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Keir Starmer has said that “nothing less than the complete re-wiring of the British state” is needed for the public sector – and in particular the civil service – to deliver the government’s agenda. So what should this transformation look like – and how can it be made to last?

 

As the government’s former lead Non-Executive Director, Michael Jary CBE worked closely with the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster, the Cabinet Secretary, the Civil Service Chief Operating Officer, as well as other senior civil servants across government, and has an unparalleled view on what works in Whitehall – and beyond – and what needs to change. In a speech at the IfG, he set out his views on what needs to change – and how this change can be embedded throughout the civil service – before taking part in a panel conversation.

 

Alongside Michael, we were be joined by:

Josie Cluer, Partner, People Advisory Services at Ernst &amp; Young LLP

Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Rt Hon Sir Jeremy Quin, former Paymaster General and Minister for the Cabinet Office

 

The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Keir Starmer has said that “nothing less than the complete re-wiring of the British state” is needed for the public sector – and in particular the civil service – to deliver the government’s agenda. So what should this transformation look like – and how can it be made to last?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>As the government’s former lead Non-Executive Director, Michael Jary CBE worked closely with the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster, the Cabinet Secretary, the Civil Service Chief Operating Officer, as well as other senior civil servants across government, and has an unparalleled view on what works in Whitehall – and beyond – and what needs to change. In a speech at the IfG, he set out his views on what needs to change – and how this change can be embedded throughout the civil service – before taking part in a panel conversation.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Alongside Michael, we were be joined by:</p>
<p>Josie Cluer, Partner, People Advisory Services at Ernst &amp; Young LLP</p>
<p>Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Rt Hon Sir Jeremy Quin, former Paymaster General and Minister for the Cabinet Office</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3785</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[14021788-2cbd-11f0-a889-b33424f668c1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2812112894.mp3?updated=1746785405" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What do the 2025 mayoral and local election results mean for Keir Starmer’s government?</title>
      <description>Elections were held across England on 1 May, with votes cast for four regional mayors, in 24 of England’s 317 councils and to decide the new MP for Runcorn and Helsby. So who are England’s newly-elected mayors and what might they do with the power they wield? What impact will the elections have on the Labour government's devolution agenda? And what happens next with its plans to reorganise local government across England? 

 

To explore these questions and more, the IfG was delighted to bring together an expert panel featuring:

 

Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Sarah Routley, Research Assistant at the Institute for Government

 

The webinar was chaired by Akash Paun, Devolution Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 May 2025 10:03:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Elections were held across England on 1 May, with votes cast for four regional mayors, in 24 of England’s 317 councils and to decide the new MP for Runcorn and Helsby. So who are England’s newly-elected mayors and what might they do with the power they wield? What impact will the elections have on the Labour government's devolution agenda? And what happens next with its plans to reorganise local government across England? 

 

To explore these questions and more, the IfG was delighted to bring together an expert panel featuring:

 

Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Sarah Routley, Research Assistant at the Institute for Government

 

The webinar was chaired by Akash Paun, Devolution Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Elections were held across England on 1 May, with votes cast for four regional mayors, in 24 of England’s 317 councils and to decide the new MP for Runcorn and Helsby. So who are England’s newly-elected mayors and what might they do with the power they wield? What impact will the elections have on the Labour government's devolution agenda? And what happens next with its plans to reorganise local government across England? </p>
<p> </p>
<p>To explore these questions and more, the IfG was delighted to bring together an expert panel featuring:</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p>
<p>Sarah Routley, Research Assistant at the Institute for Government</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The webinar was chaired by Akash Paun, Devolution Programme Director at the Institute for Government. </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3630</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d6fa076a-2cbc-11f0-91e3-2ba973f451de]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4314102747.mp3?updated=1746785302" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Productivity Pitches #6: What can central government do to improve productivity in public services?</title>
      <description>Productivity in public services has never been more important. Most services are struggling to return to pre-pandemic performance levels, and the new Labour government has indicated that spending will remain tight. Improvements in performance will likely come from frontline workers finding new, innovative ways of delivering services. 

 

So what can be done to improve productivity? By highlighting outstanding examples of innovation across public services, Productivity Pitches, a series of events hosted by the IfG, aims to share and support ways to improve performance levels.

 

This event was the sixth in the series and focused on central government.

 

Each speaker had 10 minutes to present their innovation, followed by 10 minutes of audience questions. The chair and a guest from The Productivity Institute – which is kindly supporting this event series – brought together the common themes from the pitches and discussed the lessons for improving productivity.

 

The speakers for this edition of Productivity Pitches were: 

 

Brice Dassy and Dominic Lague on how the Infrastructure and Projects Authority (IPA) has recently started using the Cabinet Office-developed Government Reporting Integration Platform (GRIP) to simplify and speed up the data collection and sharing process for major projects, providing ministers with more timely and relevant information than under the previous system.

Neil Lloyd on The National Underground Asset Register (NUAR), the first centralised record of all assets that are buried under the ground. When fully implemented, the NUAR will save a range of government agencies time and money when carrying out vital road works and other construction projects.

Freya Pinks and Laurie Thraves on the launch of The National Situation Centre (SitCen), which was established to collate up to date data and information in one place. Their dashboards allow policy makers to assess risk and respond quickly in the case of a national emergency or crisis. (This presentation is not included in the recording above)

The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government. Institute for Government. Bart van Ark, the Managing Director of The Productivity Institute, joined the discussion of common themes.

 

Productivity Pitches is kindly supported by The Productivity Institute.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2025 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Productivity in public services has never been more important. Most services are struggling to return to pre-pandemic performance levels, and the new Labour government has indicated that spending will remain tight. Improvements in performance will likely come from frontline workers finding new, innovative ways of delivering services. 

 

So what can be done to improve productivity? By highlighting outstanding examples of innovation across public services, Productivity Pitches, a series of events hosted by the IfG, aims to share and support ways to improve performance levels.

 

This event was the sixth in the series and focused on central government.

 

Each speaker had 10 minutes to present their innovation, followed by 10 minutes of audience questions. The chair and a guest from The Productivity Institute – which is kindly supporting this event series – brought together the common themes from the pitches and discussed the lessons for improving productivity.

 

The speakers for this edition of Productivity Pitches were: 

 

Brice Dassy and Dominic Lague on how the Infrastructure and Projects Authority (IPA) has recently started using the Cabinet Office-developed Government Reporting Integration Platform (GRIP) to simplify and speed up the data collection and sharing process for major projects, providing ministers with more timely and relevant information than under the previous system.

Neil Lloyd on The National Underground Asset Register (NUAR), the first centralised record of all assets that are buried under the ground. When fully implemented, the NUAR will save a range of government agencies time and money when carrying out vital road works and other construction projects.

Freya Pinks and Laurie Thraves on the launch of The National Situation Centre (SitCen), which was established to collate up to date data and information in one place. Their dashboards allow policy makers to assess risk and respond quickly in the case of a national emergency or crisis. (This presentation is not included in the recording above)

The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government. Institute for Government. Bart van Ark, the Managing Director of The Productivity Institute, joined the discussion of common themes.

 

Productivity Pitches is kindly supported by The Productivity Institute.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Productivity in public services has never been more important. Most services are struggling to return to pre-pandemic performance levels, and the new Labour government has indicated that spending will remain tight. Improvements in performance will likely come from frontline workers finding new, innovative ways of delivering services. </p>
<p> </p>
<p>So what can be done to improve productivity? By highlighting outstanding examples of innovation across public services, Productivity Pitches, a series of events hosted by the IfG, aims to share and support ways to improve performance levels.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>This event was the sixth in the series and focused on central government.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Each speaker had 10 minutes to present their innovation, followed by 10 minutes of audience questions. The chair and a guest from The Productivity Institute – which is kindly supporting this event series – brought together the common themes from the pitches and discussed the lessons for improving productivity.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>The speakers for this edition of Productivity Pitches were: </p>
<p> </p>
<p>Brice Dassy and Dominic Lague on how the Infrastructure and Projects Authority (IPA) has recently started using the Cabinet Office-developed Government Reporting Integration Platform (GRIP) to simplify and speed up the data collection and sharing process for major projects, providing ministers with more timely and relevant information than under the previous system.</p>
<p>Neil Lloyd on The National Underground Asset Register (NUAR), the first centralised record of all assets that are buried under the ground. When fully implemented, the NUAR will save a range of government agencies time and money when carrying out vital road works and other construction projects.</p>
<p>Freya Pinks and Laurie Thraves on the launch of The National Situation Centre (SitCen), which was established to collate up to date data and information in one place. Their dashboards allow policy makers to assess risk and respond quickly in the case of a national emergency or crisis. (This presentation is not included in the recording above)</p>
<p>The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government. Institute for Government. Bart van Ark, the Managing Director of The Productivity Institute, joined the discussion of common themes.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Productivity Pitches is kindly supported by The Productivity Institute.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3167</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[20300b80-25b7-11f0-a857-2fcebd526d4a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7485601397.mp3?updated=1746013190" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A keynote speech by Darren Jones MP, Chief Secretary to the Treasury</title>
      <description>The IfG was delighted to welcome Rt Hon Darren Jones MP, Chief Secretary to the Treasury, to set out how smarter decision-making methods in government can reduce waste and deliver for the taxpayer.

 

In a speech at the IfG, Darren Jones set out his plans to reform government financial systems to achieve better strategic financial decision making going forward. This comes after the prime minister last week announced plans to reshape the way the British state delivers and serves working people by becoming more tech-driven, productive, agile and mission focused.

 

Darren Jones was then in conversation with IfG Chief Economist Gemma Tetlow and took part in an audience Q&amp;A. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Apr 2025 11:33:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The IfG was delighted to welcome Rt Hon Darren Jones MP, Chief Secretary to the Treasury, to set out how smarter decision-making methods in government can reduce waste and deliver for the taxpayer.

 

In a speech at the IfG, Darren Jones set out his plans to reform government financial systems to achieve better strategic financial decision making going forward. This comes after the prime minister last week announced plans to reshape the way the British state delivers and serves working people by becoming more tech-driven, productive, agile and mission focused.

 

Darren Jones was then in conversation with IfG Chief Economist Gemma Tetlow and took part in an audience Q&amp;A. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The IfG was delighted to welcome Rt Hon Darren Jones MP, Chief Secretary to the Treasury, to set out how smarter decision-making methods in government can reduce waste and deliver for the taxpayer.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>In a speech at the IfG, Darren Jones set out his plans to reform government financial systems to achieve better strategic financial decision making going forward. This comes after the prime minister last week announced plans to reshape the way the British state delivers and serves working people by becoming more tech-driven, productive, agile and mission focused.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Darren Jones was then in conversation with IfG Chief Economist Gemma Tetlow and took part in an audience Q&amp;A. </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1090</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f45bd804-25b6-11f0-a3c3-3b09c356d720]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6716470192.mp3?updated=1746013137" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What is Keir Starmer’s new plan for government reform?</title>
      <description>This Institute for Government webinar brought instant expert analysis of the prime minister’s plans to radically overhaul the British state.
 
Ahead of his speech, Keir Starmer told officials he wants to unshackle them from bureaucracy to stop their talent being "constrained”, and to create an “agile, mission-focused and more productive” civil service.
 
But planned job cuts across the civil service and a clampdown on quangos and regulators have seen the government’s reform blueprint dubbed “Operation Chainsaw” – echoing Elon Musk’s DOGE plans for reforming the US government.
 
So what is in the PM’s plan? What will it mean for delivering Labour’s missions and its milestones? What should civil servants expect in the coming weeks and months? And how can Whitehall leaders best put the government’s reform agenda into action?
 
To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:
 
Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Dr Matthew Gill, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the Institute for Government
The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Apr 2025 14:34:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This Institute for Government webinar brought instant expert analysis of the prime minister’s plans to radically overhaul the British state.
 
Ahead of his speech, Keir Starmer told officials he wants to unshackle them from bureaucracy to stop their talent being "constrained”, and to create an “agile, mission-focused and more productive” civil service.
 
But planned job cuts across the civil service and a clampdown on quangos and regulators have seen the government’s reform blueprint dubbed “Operation Chainsaw” – echoing Elon Musk’s DOGE plans for reforming the US government.
 
So what is in the PM’s plan? What will it mean for delivering Labour’s missions and its milestones? What should civil servants expect in the coming weeks and months? And how can Whitehall leaders best put the government’s reform agenda into action?
 
To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:
 
Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Dr Matthew Gill, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the Institute for Government
The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This Institute for Government webinar brought instant expert analysis of the prime minister’s plans to radically overhaul the British state.</p><p> </p><p>Ahead of his speech, Keir Starmer told officials he wants to unshackle them from bureaucracy to stop their talent being "constrained”, and to create an “agile, mission-focused and more productive” civil service.</p><p> </p><p>But planned job cuts across the civil service and a clampdown on quangos and regulators have seen the government’s reform blueprint dubbed “Operation Chainsaw” – echoing Elon Musk’s DOGE plans for reforming the US government.</p><p> </p><p>So what is in the PM’s plan? What will it mean for delivering Labour’s missions and its milestones? What should civil servants expect in the coming weeks and months? And how can Whitehall leaders best put the government’s reform agenda into action?</p><p> </p><p>To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:</p><p> </p><p>Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p>Dr Matthew Gill, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p>Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the Institute for Government</p><p>The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3548</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[26876a64-1b99-11f0-95da-a73c46b31f3b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4453082691.mp3?updated=1744900805" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Government reviews: Dither and delay, or route to reform?</title>
      <description>Keir Starmer commissioned a number of high-profile reviews into difficult policy areas on taking office, but the prime minister seems to have become more sceptical about their value in recent weeks.
 
At this event, to mark the launch of a new IfG report on lessons from past policy reviews, a panel of former reviewers and commissioners of reviews explored when reviews can lead to real change – and what needs to be done to ensure they succeed.  
 
When is it the right time to launch a review? How should ministers best set up, work with and respond to reviews? And has the prime minister changed his view of reviews – and, if so, why?
 
Discussing these questions, and more, were: 
 
Rt Hon Ed Balls, former Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families and Special Adviser at HM Treasury (and commissioner of several reviews)
Dame Carol Black, leader of multiple past reviews, including: the Review of Drugs (2021), Drug and Alcohol Addiction, and Obesity: effects on employment outcomes review (2016), Health at Work Review (2011) and Working for a Healthier Tomorrow Review (2008)
Dame Tracey Crouch, former Minister for Sport and Civil Society and Chair of the Fan-led Review of Football Governance (2021)
Sir Howard Davies, Chair of the Airports Commission (2012–15)
 
The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 05 Apr 2025 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Keir Starmer commissioned a number of high-profile reviews into difficult policy areas on taking office, but the prime minister seems to have become more sceptical about their value in recent weeks.
 
At this event, to mark the launch of a new IfG report on lessons from past policy reviews, a panel of former reviewers and commissioners of reviews explored when reviews can lead to real change – and what needs to be done to ensure they succeed.  
 
When is it the right time to launch a review? How should ministers best set up, work with and respond to reviews? And has the prime minister changed his view of reviews – and, if so, why?
 
Discussing these questions, and more, were: 
 
Rt Hon Ed Balls, former Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families and Special Adviser at HM Treasury (and commissioner of several reviews)
Dame Carol Black, leader of multiple past reviews, including: the Review of Drugs (2021), Drug and Alcohol Addiction, and Obesity: effects on employment outcomes review (2016), Health at Work Review (2011) and Working for a Healthier Tomorrow Review (2008)
Dame Tracey Crouch, former Minister for Sport and Civil Society and Chair of the Fan-led Review of Football Governance (2021)
Sir Howard Davies, Chair of the Airports Commission (2012–15)
 
The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Keir Starmer commissioned a number of high-profile reviews into difficult policy areas on taking office, but the prime minister seems to have become more sceptical about their value in recent weeks.</p><p> </p><p>At this event, to mark the launch of a new IfG report on lessons from past policy reviews, a panel of former reviewers and commissioners of reviews explored when reviews can lead to real change – and what needs to be done to ensure they succeed.  </p><p> </p><p>When is it the right time to launch a review? How should ministers best set up, work with and respond to reviews? And has the prime minister changed his view of reviews – and, if so, why?</p><p> </p><p>Discussing these questions, and more, were: </p><p> </p><p>Rt Hon Ed Balls, former Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families and Special Adviser at HM Treasury (and commissioner of several reviews)</p><p>Dame Carol Black, leader of multiple past reviews, including: the Review of Drugs (2021), Drug and Alcohol Addiction, and Obesity: effects on employment outcomes review (2016), Health at Work Review (2011) and Working for a Healthier Tomorrow Review (2008)</p><p>Dame Tracey Crouch, former Minister for Sport and Civil Society and Chair of the Fan-led Review of Football Governance (2021)</p><p>Sir Howard Davies, Chair of the Airports Commission (2012–15)</p><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3997</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c690e722-1137-11f0-acb9-cfe914cb10aa]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6845784866.mp3?updated=1743759470" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A keynote speech by Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester</title>
      <description>The IfG was pleased to welcome Rt Hon Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester, who delivered a keynote speech on how the Greater Manchester Combined Authority (GMCA) plans to use its expanding powers and spending freedoms.
 
From April 2025, Greater Manchester will be funded by a new ‘integrated settlement’ that gives the mayor and other local leaders far greater control of spending in areas such as transport, skills, employment and housing. In his speech, Andy Burnham set out his vision for how these powers should be used to drive growth and improve outcomes for people across the region, and what further powers should be devolved.
 
Andy Burnham was then in conversation with IfG Devolution Programme Director Akash Paun and took questions from the media and public audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Apr 2025 16:16:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>308</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The IfG was pleased to welcome Rt Hon Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester, who delivered a keynote speech on how the Greater Manchester Combined Authority (GMCA) plans to use its expanding powers and spending freedoms.
 
From April 2025, Greater Manchester will be funded by a new ‘integrated settlement’ that gives the mayor and other local leaders far greater control of spending in areas such as transport, skills, employment and housing. In his speech, Andy Burnham set out his vision for how these powers should be used to drive growth and improve outcomes for people across the region, and what further powers should be devolved.
 
Andy Burnham was then in conversation with IfG Devolution Programme Director Akash Paun and took questions from the media and public audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The IfG was pleased to welcome Rt Hon Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester, who delivered a keynote speech on how the Greater Manchester Combined Authority (GMCA) plans to use its expanding powers and spending freedoms.</p><p> </p><p>From April 2025, Greater Manchester will be funded by a new ‘integrated settlement’ that gives the mayor and other local leaders far greater control of spending in areas such as transport, skills, employment and housing. In his speech, Andy Burnham set out his vision for how these powers should be used to drive growth and improve outcomes for people across the region, and what further powers should be devolved.</p><p> </p><p>Andy Burnham was then in conversation with IfG Devolution Programme Director Akash Paun and took questions from the media and public audience.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4978</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[01ca144e-10a7-11f0-aa64-bff6330e6735]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2052683588.mp3?updated=1743697294" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What lessons can government learn from the insourcing of probation services?</title>
      <description>The new public sector Probation Service was created in 2021 to unify the outsourced management of low- and medium-risk offenders with the public sector management of high-risk offenders.
 
While the initial transition went well, four years on probation still faces deep structural challenges – as do other public services. The government is committed to public service reform and a ‘mission-driven’ approach, but it is not yet clear what this will look like.
 
So what can the government learn about improving public service reform from probation insourcing? What are the implications for Labour’s strategic review of probation governance? And what comes next for the probation service?
 
To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:
 
Professor Harry Annison, Co-Investigator of Rehabilitating Probation Research Project, and Professor of Criminal Justice at Southampton Law School
Helen Berresford, Director of External Engagement at Nacro
Sam Freedman, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
Martin Jones CBE, HM Chief Inspector of Probation
 
The event was chaired by Cassia Rowland, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
 
This event was kindly supported by Rehabilitating Probation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 22 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The new public sector Probation Service was created in 2021 to unify the outsourced management of low- and medium-risk offenders with the public sector management of high-risk offenders.
 
While the initial transition went well, four years on probation still faces deep structural challenges – as do other public services. The government is committed to public service reform and a ‘mission-driven’ approach, but it is not yet clear what this will look like.
 
So what can the government learn about improving public service reform from probation insourcing? What are the implications for Labour’s strategic review of probation governance? And what comes next for the probation service?
 
To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:
 
Professor Harry Annison, Co-Investigator of Rehabilitating Probation Research Project, and Professor of Criminal Justice at Southampton Law School
Helen Berresford, Director of External Engagement at Nacro
Sam Freedman, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
Martin Jones CBE, HM Chief Inspector of Probation
 
The event was chaired by Cassia Rowland, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
 
This event was kindly supported by Rehabilitating Probation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new public sector Probation Service was created in 2021 to unify the outsourced management of low- and medium-risk offenders with the public sector management of high-risk offenders.</p><p> </p><p>While the initial transition went well, four years on probation still faces deep structural challenges – as do other public services. The government is committed to public service reform and a ‘mission-driven’ approach, but it is not yet clear what this will look like.</p><p> </p><p>So what can the government learn about improving public service reform from probation insourcing? What are the implications for Labour’s strategic review of probation governance? And what comes next for the probation service?</p><p> </p><p>To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:</p><p> </p><p>Professor Harry Annison, Co-Investigator of Rehabilitating Probation Research Project, and Professor of Criminal Justice at Southampton Law School</p><p>Helen Berresford, Director of External Engagement at Nacro</p><p>Sam Freedman, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p><p>Martin Jones CBE, HM Chief Inspector of Probation</p><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Cassia Rowland, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>This event was kindly supported by Rehabilitating Probation.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3664</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[93e95056-04e5-11f0-88cf-8bbf12ed23ed]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9430899212.mp3?updated=1742404753" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The state of the civil service: location, grade, pay and morale  </title>
      <description>Whitehall Monitor 2025 – the Institute for Government’s flagship annual report on the civil service – found that high staff turnover, confused workforce planning, slipping morale and uncompetitive pay will hinder its ability to deliver Labour’s missions, even with an increased headcount and a relentless pressure for greater efficiency and productivity
 
Keir Starmer and Cabinet Office minister Pat McFadden have shown a welcome enthusiasm for Whitehall reform – including a commitment to a “test and learn” mindset and “mission boards” – but little will change until long-running civil service challenges, like excessive staff turnover and falling morale, are resolved.
 
This webinar – the third in a three-part series focusing on the report’s findings – examined the relationship between civil service pay and the shift in grade structure since 2010, as well as trends in officials’ morale.
 
The webinar featured:
 
Teodor Grama, Research Assistant at the Institute for Government
Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the Institute for Government
Jack Worlidge, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2025
 
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Whitehall Monitor 2025 – the Institute for Government’s flagship annual report on the civil service – found that high staff turnover, confused workforce planning, slipping morale and uncompetitive pay will hinder its ability to deliver Labour’s missions, even with an increased headcount and a relentless pressure for greater efficiency and productivity
 
Keir Starmer and Cabinet Office minister Pat McFadden have shown a welcome enthusiasm for Whitehall reform – including a commitment to a “test and learn” mindset and “mission boards” – but little will change until long-running civil service challenges, like excessive staff turnover and falling morale, are resolved.
 
This webinar – the third in a three-part series focusing on the report’s findings – examined the relationship between civil service pay and the shift in grade structure since 2010, as well as trends in officials’ morale.
 
The webinar featured:
 
Teodor Grama, Research Assistant at the Institute for Government
Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the Institute for Government
Jack Worlidge, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2025
 
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br></p><p>Whitehall Monitor 2025 – the Institute for Government’s flagship annual report on the civil service – found that high staff turnover, confused workforce planning, slipping morale and uncompetitive pay will hinder its ability to deliver Labour’s missions, even with an increased headcount and a relentless pressure for greater efficiency and productivity</p><p> </p><p>Keir Starmer and Cabinet Office minister Pat McFadden have shown a welcome enthusiasm for Whitehall reform – including a commitment to a “test and learn” mindset and “mission boards” – but little will change until long-running civil service challenges, like excessive staff turnover and falling morale, are resolved.</p><p> </p><p>This webinar – the third in a three-part series focusing on the report’s findings – examined the relationship between civil service pay and the shift in grade structure since 2010, as well as trends in officials’ morale.</p><p> </p><p>The webinar featured:</p><p> </p><p>Teodor Grama, Research Assistant at the Institute for Government</p><p>Hannah Keenan, Associate Director at the Institute for Government</p><p>Jack Worlidge, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2025</p><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2721</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4aa032e8-04e5-11f0-a504-ab9f7b1e9351]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5961223311.mp3?updated=1742404630" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IWD &amp; Modernising Parliament: Lucy Powell in conversation with Hannah White</title>
      <description>This special event to mark International Women’s Day, saw Lucy Powell, Leader of the House of Commons, discuss the modernisation of Parliament and how the Modernisation Committee can help make the House more accessible, effective and inclusive. 
 
Lucy Powell has served as the MP for Manchester Central since 2012 and became Leader of the House after the 2024 election. In this role, she represents the government in Parliament and Parliament in government. She is also a member of the House of Commons Commission, which oversees the administration of the House, and chairs the Modernisation Committee.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Mar 2025 09:55:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This special event to mark International Women’s Day, saw Lucy Powell, Leader of the House of Commons, discuss the modernisation of Parliament and how the Modernisation Committee can help make the House more accessible, effective and inclusive. 
 
Lucy Powell has served as the MP for Manchester Central since 2012 and became Leader of the House after the 2024 election. In this role, she represents the government in Parliament and Parliament in government. She is also a member of the House of Commons Commission, which oversees the administration of the House, and chairs the Modernisation Committee.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This special event to mark International Women’s Day, saw Lucy Powell, Leader of the House of Commons, discuss the modernisation of Parliament and how the Modernisation Committee can help make the House more accessible, effective and inclusive. </p><p> </p><p>Lucy Powell has served as the MP for Manchester Central since 2012 and became Leader of the House after the 2024 election. In this role, she represents the government in Parliament and Parliament in government. She is also a member of the House of Commons Commission, which oversees the administration of the House, and chairs the Modernisation Committee.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2918</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[53027fda-0180-11f0-aef2-2fbdfeca9a96]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4787722044.mp3?updated=1742032828" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The state of the civil service: recruitment and turnover</title>
      <description>Whitehall Monitor 2025 – the Institute for Government’s flagship annual report on the civil service – found that high staff turnover, confused workforce planning, slipping morale and uncompetitive pay will hinder its ability to deliver Labour’s missions, even with an increasing headcount and a relentless pressure for greater efficiency and productivity
 
Keir Starmer and Cabinet Office minister Pat McFadden have shown a welcome enthusiasm for Whitehall reform – including a commitment to a “test and learn” mindset and “mission boards” – but little will change until long-running civil service challenges, like excessive staff turnover and falling morale, are resolved.
 
This webinar – the second in a three-part series focusing on the report’s findings – examined civil service recruitment practices and discuss what is driving the staff turnover levels across Whitehall.
 
The webinar featured:
 
Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Liz Tolcher, Workforce Transformation Expert at PA Consulting
Jack Worlidge, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2025
 
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
 
We would like to thank PA Consulting for supporting both this event and Whitehall Monitor 2025.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Mar 2025 16:52:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Whitehall Monitor 2025 – the Institute for Government’s flagship annual report on the civil service – found that high staff turnover, confused workforce planning, slipping morale and uncompetitive pay will hinder its ability to deliver Labour’s missions, even with an increasing headcount and a relentless pressure for greater efficiency and productivity
 
Keir Starmer and Cabinet Office minister Pat McFadden have shown a welcome enthusiasm for Whitehall reform – including a commitment to a “test and learn” mindset and “mission boards” – but little will change until long-running civil service challenges, like excessive staff turnover and falling morale, are resolved.
 
This webinar – the second in a three-part series focusing on the report’s findings – examined civil service recruitment practices and discuss what is driving the staff turnover levels across Whitehall.
 
The webinar featured:
 
Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Liz Tolcher, Workforce Transformation Expert at PA Consulting
Jack Worlidge, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2025
 
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
 
We would like to thank PA Consulting for supporting both this event and Whitehall Monitor 2025.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Whitehall Monitor 2025 – the Institute for Government’s flagship annual report on the civil service – found that high staff turnover, confused workforce planning, slipping morale and uncompetitive pay will hinder its ability to deliver Labour’s missions, even with an increasing headcount and a relentless pressure for greater efficiency and productivity</p><p> </p><p>Keir Starmer and Cabinet Office minister Pat McFadden have shown a welcome enthusiasm for Whitehall reform – including a commitment to a “test and learn” mindset and “mission boards” – but little will change until long-running civil service challenges, like excessive staff turnover and falling morale, are resolved.</p><p> </p><p>This webinar – the second in a three-part series focusing on the report’s findings – examined civil service recruitment practices and discuss what is driving the staff turnover levels across Whitehall.</p><p> </p><p>The webinar featured:</p><p> </p><p>Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p>Liz Tolcher, Workforce Transformation Expert at PA Consulting</p><p>Jack Worlidge, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2025</p><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>We would like to thank PA Consulting for supporting both this event and Whitehall Monitor 2025.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2851</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6f6864fc-ff62-11ef-9d99-271451ec965a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3342035303.mp3?updated=1741798672" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the government support mayoral combined authorities to deliver economic growth?</title>
      <description>The Labour government wants mayoral combined authorities (MCAs) to play a leading role in delivering faster economic growth – so what can ministers do to help MCAs achieve success in this mission?  
 
With an expanding set of devolved transport, skills, housing and planning powers, MCAs are well-placed to drive regional growth – but success is not a given. To capitalise on their potential, MCAs need effective decision-making structures, sufficient institutional capacity, and strong accountability mechanisms.
 
The government’s devolution white paper sets out proposals to reform the capacity, accountability, and decision-making processes of MCAs, but do these reforms go far enough? What are the potential risks? And what more can the government do to support MCAs to succeed?
 
To answer these questions, we were joined by:
 
Amy Harhoff, Chief Executive of the East Midlands Combined County Authority
Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
Jim McMahon MP, Minister for Local Government and English Devolution
Laura Shoaf, Chief Executive of the West Midlands Combined Authority
 
This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 
 
Introductory remarks were also be delivered by Robert Breedon, Partner and Co-leader of Government Sector at Gowling WLG.
 
We would like to thank Gowling WLG for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>308</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Labour government wants mayoral combined authorities (MCAs) to play a leading role in delivering faster economic growth – so what can ministers do to help MCAs achieve success in this mission?  
 
With an expanding set of devolved transport, skills, housing and planning powers, MCAs are well-placed to drive regional growth – but success is not a given. To capitalise on their potential, MCAs need effective decision-making structures, sufficient institutional capacity, and strong accountability mechanisms.
 
The government’s devolution white paper sets out proposals to reform the capacity, accountability, and decision-making processes of MCAs, but do these reforms go far enough? What are the potential risks? And what more can the government do to support MCAs to succeed?
 
To answer these questions, we were joined by:
 
Amy Harhoff, Chief Executive of the East Midlands Combined County Authority
Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
Jim McMahon MP, Minister for Local Government and English Devolution
Laura Shoaf, Chief Executive of the West Midlands Combined Authority
 
This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 
 
Introductory remarks were also be delivered by Robert Breedon, Partner and Co-leader of Government Sector at Gowling WLG.
 
We would like to thank Gowling WLG for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Labour government wants mayoral combined authorities (MCAs) to play a leading role in delivering faster economic growth – so what can ministers do to help MCAs achieve success in this mission?  </p><p> </p><p>With an expanding set of devolved transport, skills, housing and planning powers, MCAs are well-placed to drive regional growth – but success is not a given. To capitalise on their potential, MCAs need effective decision-making structures, sufficient institutional capacity, and strong accountability mechanisms.</p><p> </p><p>The government’s devolution white paper sets out proposals to reform the capacity, accountability, and decision-making processes of MCAs, but do these reforms go far enough? What are the potential risks? And what more can the government do to support MCAs to succeed?</p><p> </p><p>To answer these questions, we were joined by:</p><p> </p><p>Amy Harhoff, Chief Executive of the East Midlands Combined County Authority</p><p>Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p>Jim McMahon MP, Minister for Local Government and English Devolution</p><p>Laura Shoaf, Chief Executive of the West Midlands Combined Authority</p><p> </p><p>This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. </p><p> </p><p>Introductory remarks were also be delivered by Robert Breedon, Partner and Co-leader of Government Sector at Gowling WLG.</p><p> </p><p>We would like to thank Gowling WLG for kindly supporting this event.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3737</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b17ba07e-fea5-11ef-ab94-27543766151f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4993623323.mp3?updated=1741717628" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The state of the civil service: size and shape</title>
      <description>Whitehall Monitor 2025 – the Institute for Government’s flagship annual report on the civil service – found that high staff turnover, confused workforce planning, slipping morale and uncompetitive pay will hinder its ability to deliver Labour’s missions, even with an increased headcount and a relentless pressure for greater efficiency and productivity
 
Keir Starmer and Cabinet Office minister Pat McFadden have shown a welcome enthusiasm for Whitehall reform – including a commitment to a “test and learn” mindset and “mission boards” – but little will change until long-running civil service challenges, like excessive staff turnover and falling morale, are resolved.
 
This webinar – the first in a three-part series focusing on Whitehall Monitor’s findings – examined the size and shape of the civil service, including the growth of Whitehall departments since 2016 and the changing structure and composition of the workforce.
 
The webinar featured:
 
Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Liz Tolcher, Workforce Transformation Expert at PA Consulting
Jack Worlidge, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2025
 
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
 
We would like to thank PA Consulting for supporting both this event and Whitehall Monitor 2025.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Mar 2025 11:43:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>306</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Whitehall Monitor 2025 – the Institute for Government’s flagship annual report on the civil service – found that high staff turnover, confused workforce planning, slipping morale and uncompetitive pay will hinder its ability to deliver Labour’s missions, even with an increased headcount and a relentless pressure for greater efficiency and productivity
 
Keir Starmer and Cabinet Office minister Pat McFadden have shown a welcome enthusiasm for Whitehall reform – including a commitment to a “test and learn” mindset and “mission boards” – but little will change until long-running civil service challenges, like excessive staff turnover and falling morale, are resolved.
 
This webinar – the first in a three-part series focusing on Whitehall Monitor’s findings – examined the size and shape of the civil service, including the growth of Whitehall departments since 2016 and the changing structure and composition of the workforce.
 
The webinar featured:
 
Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Liz Tolcher, Workforce Transformation Expert at PA Consulting
Jack Worlidge, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2025
 
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
 
We would like to thank PA Consulting for supporting both this event and Whitehall Monitor 2025.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Whitehall Monitor 2025 – the Institute for Government’s flagship annual report on the civil service – found that high staff turnover, confused workforce planning, slipping morale and uncompetitive pay will hinder its ability to deliver Labour’s missions, even with an increased headcount and a relentless pressure for greater efficiency and productivity</p><p> </p><p>Keir Starmer and Cabinet Office minister Pat McFadden have shown a welcome enthusiasm for Whitehall reform – including a commitment to a “test and learn” mindset and “mission boards” – but little will change until long-running civil service challenges, like excessive staff turnover and falling morale, are resolved.</p><p> </p><p>This webinar – the first in a three-part series focusing on Whitehall Monitor’s findings – examined the size and shape of the civil service, including the growth of Whitehall departments since 2016 and the changing structure and composition of the workforce.</p><p> </p><p>The webinar featured:</p><p> </p><p>Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p>Liz Tolcher, Workforce Transformation Expert at PA Consulting</p><p>Jack Worlidge, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government and lead author of Whitehall Monitor 2025</p><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>We would like to thank PA Consulting for supporting both this event and Whitehall Monitor 2025.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2979</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[915daca4-fb4b-11ef-a752-534ad71c1d66]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1324170416.mp3?updated=1741349066" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the government help boost growth in the science-based industries?</title>
      <description>As part of its mission to make the UK the fastest-growing economy in the G7, the government has embarked upon a new industrial strategy. Science and innovation feature prominently, with life sciences identified as holding “enormous potential to drive economic growth and productivity” in the decades ahead. So how can this potential be fulfilled?
 
The next few months present a window of opportunity for the business sector, expert organisations and government to work together to devise a long-lasting industrial approach. The Institute for Government is convening a panel of experts to discuss how the government can deliver on its science and industrial strategy objectives.
 
So what can be done to ensure the new industrial strategy can endure when others have not? Where has science and technology helped drive UK economic growth? What should be the balance between directing science and technology explicitly towards driving UK economic growth versus other objectives like boosting health? And what can the UK learn from other countries? 
 
We were joined by:
 

Johan Kahlström, President &amp; Managing Director UK &amp; Ireland at Novartis Pharmaceuticals

Lord Vallance, Minister of State for Science, Research and Innovation

Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

Amanda Wolthuizen, Vice-President (Strategic Engagement) and Chief of Staff to the President at Imperial College London

 
The event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
 
This event was kindly supported by Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>305</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As part of its mission to make the UK the fastest-growing economy in the G7, the government has embarked upon a new industrial strategy. Science and innovation feature prominently, with life sciences identified as holding “enormous potential to drive economic growth and productivity” in the decades ahead. So how can this potential be fulfilled?
 
The next few months present a window of opportunity for the business sector, expert organisations and government to work together to devise a long-lasting industrial approach. The Institute for Government is convening a panel of experts to discuss how the government can deliver on its science and industrial strategy objectives.
 
So what can be done to ensure the new industrial strategy can endure when others have not? Where has science and technology helped drive UK economic growth? What should be the balance between directing science and technology explicitly towards driving UK economic growth versus other objectives like boosting health? And what can the UK learn from other countries? 
 
We were joined by:
 

Johan Kahlström, President &amp; Managing Director UK &amp; Ireland at Novartis Pharmaceuticals

Lord Vallance, Minister of State for Science, Research and Innovation

Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

Amanda Wolthuizen, Vice-President (Strategic Engagement) and Chief of Staff to the President at Imperial College London

 
The event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
 
This event was kindly supported by Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As part of its mission to make the UK the fastest-growing economy in the G7, the government has embarked upon a new industrial strategy. Science and innovation feature prominently, with life sciences identified as holding “enormous potential to drive economic growth and productivity” in the decades ahead. So how can this potential be fulfilled?</p><p> </p><p>The next few months present a window of opportunity for the business sector, expert organisations and government to work together to devise a long-lasting industrial approach. The Institute for Government is convening a panel of experts to discuss how the government can deliver on its science and industrial strategy objectives.</p><p> </p><p>So what can be done to ensure the new industrial strategy can endure when others have not? Where has science and technology helped drive UK economic growth? What should be the balance between directing science and technology explicitly towards driving UK economic growth versus other objectives like boosting health? And what can the UK learn from other countries? </p><p> </p><p>We were joined by:</p><p> </p><ul>
<li>Johan Kahlström, President &amp; Managing Director UK &amp; Ireland at Novartis Pharmaceuticals</li>
<li>Lord Vallance, Minister of State for Science, Research and Innovation</li>
<li>Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>Amanda Wolthuizen, Vice-President (Strategic Engagement) and Chief of Staff to the President at Imperial College London</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>This event was kindly supported by Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3496</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[14d87b2c-f9d0-11ef-92dd-6f8436912bdc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9201154402.mp3?updated=1741186078" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to make a success of local government reorganisation</title>
      <description>With an aim of delivering ‘simpler, more sustainable local government structures, alongside a transfer of power out of Westminster through devolution’, the government has formally invited proposals for local government reorganisation from all two-tier and small neighbouring unitary authorities in England.
 
Delivering this ambitious agenda will be complex, time-consuming and challenging as local authorities continue to deliver services against a backdrop of financial sustainability and workforce pressures.
 
So what are the benefits and risks of moving from two-tier to unitary local government? What does past experience teach us about how to successfully reorganise local government? What level of support from the government is needed to aid areas undergoing change? And how might reorganisation help to achieve the government’s devolution ambitions?
 
To answer these questions and more, this IfG event brought together an expert panel, including: 
 

Eve Roodhouse, Director of Strategy and Policy at the Local Government Association

Becky Shaw, Chief Executive of East Sussex County Council

Adrian Smith, Chief Executive of Nottinghamshire County Council

Phillip Woolley, Partner, Head of Public Sector Consulting at Grant Thornton UK LLP

 
The event was chaired by Dr Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government. 
 
We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Mar 2025 14:40:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to make a success of local government reorganisation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>304</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>With an aim of delivering ‘simpler, more sustainable local government structures, alongside a transfer of power out of Westminster through devolution’, the government has formally invited proposals for local government reorganisation from all two-tier and small neighbouring unitary authorities in England.
 
Delivering this ambitious agenda will be complex, time-consuming and challenging as local authorities continue to deliver services against a backdrop of financial sustainability and workforce pressures.
 
So what are the benefits and risks of moving from two-tier to unitary local government? What does past experience teach us about how to successfully reorganise local government? What level of support from the government is needed to aid areas undergoing change? And how might reorganisation help to achieve the government’s devolution ambitions?
 
To answer these questions and more, this IfG event brought together an expert panel, including: 
 

Eve Roodhouse, Director of Strategy and Policy at the Local Government Association

Becky Shaw, Chief Executive of East Sussex County Council

Adrian Smith, Chief Executive of Nottinghamshire County Council

Phillip Woolley, Partner, Head of Public Sector Consulting at Grant Thornton UK LLP

 
The event was chaired by Dr Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government. 
 
We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>With an aim of delivering ‘simpler, more sustainable local government structures, alongside a transfer of power out of Westminster through devolution’, the government has formally invited proposals for local government reorganisation from all two-tier and small neighbouring unitary authorities in England.</p><p> </p><p>Delivering this ambitious agenda will be complex, time-consuming and challenging as local authorities continue to deliver services against a backdrop of financial sustainability and workforce pressures.</p><p> </p><p>So what are the benefits and risks of moving from two-tier to unitary local government? What does past experience teach us about how to successfully reorganise local government? What level of support from the government is needed to aid areas undergoing change? And how might reorganisation help to achieve the government’s devolution ambitions?</p><p> </p><p>To answer these questions and more, this IfG event brought together an expert panel, including: </p><p> </p><ul>
<li>Eve Roodhouse, Director of Strategy and Policy at the Local Government Association</li>
<li>Becky Shaw, Chief Executive of East Sussex County Council</li>
<li>Adrian Smith, Chief Executive of Nottinghamshire County Council</li>
<li>Phillip Woolley, Partner, Head of Public Sector Consulting at Grant Thornton UK LLP</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Dr Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government. </p><p> </p><p>We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK LLP for kindly supporting this event.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3482</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bb0225bc-f9cf-11ef-a51a-2bebac5cd92e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3782889379.mp3?updated=1741185907" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to legislate for the duty of candour?</title>
      <description>Keir Starmer has promised to introduce legislation to parliament – before this April’s anniversary of the Hillsborough football stadium disaster – that would extend a statutory duty of candour to public authorities and officials.
 
Starmer hopes that the new Hillsborough law, which will require government organisations and officials to be truthful and to proactively co-operate with investigations and inquiries, will “address the unacceptable defensive culture prevalent across too much of the public sector” exposed in the Infected Blood, Post Office Horizon and too many other inquiries.
 
But how widely will the duty be applied? How can it work alongside other statutory duties such as in the civil service code? What lessons can be taken from the legal duty of candour that has existed, with mixed effect, in the NHS for over 10 years?
 
To discuss these outstanding questions about the scope and remit of the proposed legislation, and explore how this new duty of candour could help embed a culture of transparency from SW1 to the frontline, we were joined by an expert panel:
 

Sir Robert Francis KC, Interim Chair of the Infected Blood Compensation Authority

Liz Gardiner, CEO of Protect

Pete Weatherby KC, Director of Hillsborough Law Now Campaign

 
The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2025 17:22:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to legislate for the duty of candour?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>303</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Keir Starmer has promised to introduce legislation to parliament – before this April’s anniversary of the Hillsborough football stadium disaster – that would extend a statutory duty of candour to public authorities and officials.
 
Starmer hopes that the new Hillsborough law, which will require government organisations and officials to be truthful and to proactively co-operate with investigations and inquiries, will “address the unacceptable defensive culture prevalent across too much of the public sector” exposed in the Infected Blood, Post Office Horizon and too many other inquiries.
 
But how widely will the duty be applied? How can it work alongside other statutory duties such as in the civil service code? What lessons can be taken from the legal duty of candour that has existed, with mixed effect, in the NHS for over 10 years?
 
To discuss these outstanding questions about the scope and remit of the proposed legislation, and explore how this new duty of candour could help embed a culture of transparency from SW1 to the frontline, we were joined by an expert panel:
 

Sir Robert Francis KC, Interim Chair of the Infected Blood Compensation Authority

Liz Gardiner, CEO of Protect

Pete Weatherby KC, Director of Hillsborough Law Now Campaign

 
The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Keir Starmer has promised to introduce legislation to parliament – before this April’s anniversary of the Hillsborough football stadium disaster – that would extend a statutory duty of candour to public authorities and officials.</p><p> </p><p>Starmer hopes that the new Hillsborough law, which will require government organisations and officials to be truthful and to proactively co-operate with investigations and inquiries, will “address the unacceptable defensive culture prevalent across too much of the public sector” exposed in the Infected Blood, Post Office Horizon and too many other inquiries.</p><p> </p><p>But how widely will the duty be applied? How can it work alongside other statutory duties such as in the civil service code? What lessons can be taken from the legal duty of candour that has existed, with mixed effect, in the NHS for over 10 years?</p><p> </p><p>To discuss these outstanding questions about the scope and remit of the proposed legislation, and explore how this new duty of candour could help embed a culture of transparency from SW1 to the frontline, we were joined by an expert panel:</p><p> </p><ul>
<li>Sir Robert Francis KC, Interim Chair of the Infected Blood Compensation Authority</li>
<li>Liz Gardiner, CEO of Protect</li>
<li>Pete Weatherby KC, Director of Hillsborough Law Now Campaign</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3682</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2600ba6a-f39d-11ef-b9fc-83e1e70aef50]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7698082785.mp3?updated=1740504476" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The future of the Civil Service Policy Profession: The end of the generalist?</title>
      <description>Tamara Finkelstein, Permanent Secretary at the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) and Head of the UK Civil Service Policy Profession, is clear that generalist skills are essential but questions whether it is time to move away from generalists as roles sitting outside of professions.
Tamara set out current plans for the Policy Profession, which provides a professional home and career anchor for former generalists, and how it is providing a framework for building and improving skills. This was followed by a discussion about how to build the skills they need and how to embed professional expertise in the policy-making process.
For this discussion we were delighted to be joined by:


Tamara Finkelstein, Permanent Secretary at Defra and Head of the Civil Service Policy Profession


Aaron Maniam, Fellow of Practice and Director, Digital Transformation Education at the Blavatnik School of Government


Lord Vallance, Minister of State for Science, Research and Innovation

The panel was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Feb 2025 17:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The future of the Civil Service Policy Profession: The end of the generalist?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>302</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Tamara Finkelstein, Permanent Secretary at the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) and Head of the UK Civil Service Policy Profession, is clear that generalist skills are essential but questions whether it is time to move away from generalists as roles sitting outside of professions.
Tamara set out current plans for the Policy Profession, which provides a professional home and career anchor for former generalists, and how it is providing a framework for building and improving skills. This was followed by a discussion about how to build the skills they need and how to embed professional expertise in the policy-making process.
For this discussion we were delighted to be joined by:


Tamara Finkelstein, Permanent Secretary at Defra and Head of the Civil Service Policy Profession


Aaron Maniam, Fellow of Practice and Director, Digital Transformation Education at the Blavatnik School of Government


Lord Vallance, Minister of State for Science, Research and Innovation

The panel was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tamara Finkelstein, Permanent Secretary at the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) and Head of the UK Civil Service Policy Profession, is clear that generalist skills are essential but questions whether it is time to move away from generalists as roles sitting outside of professions.</p><p>Tamara set out current plans for the Policy Profession, which provides a professional home and career anchor for former generalists, and how it is providing a framework for building and improving skills. This was followed by a discussion about how to build the skills they need and how to embed professional expertise in the policy-making process.</p><p>For this discussion we were delighted to be joined by:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Tamara Finkelstein</strong>, Permanent Secretary at Defra and Head of the Civil Service Policy Profession</li>
<li>
<strong>Aaron Maniam</strong>, Fellow of Practice and Director, Digital Transformation Education at the Blavatnik School of Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Lord Vallance</strong>, Minister of State for Science, Research and Innovation</li>
</ul><p>The panel was chaired by <strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3658</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2bbaf9f0-e54e-11ef-9d17-934f54f43630]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4001791930.mp3?updated=1738931238" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the government accelerate its clean power mission?</title>
      <description>Decarbonising the power system by 2030 and accelerating to net zero is one of Labour's five key missions. But this extremely ambitious target means moving much faster than the previous government managed. So how much progress has the Labour government already made, and what more could it do to speed up delivery?
The government’s first weeks in office saw it remove restrictions on onshore wind farms and put GB Energy and the National Wealth Fund into motion. So what impact have these actions had? What other steps could the government take to accelerate its missions? 
And with controversial announcements such as a third runway at Heathrow, what are the potential pitfalls to look out for, both to achieving the clean power mission and then accelerating to net zero?
To answer these questions and more, this IfG event brought together an expert panel, including:


Rosa Hodgkin, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government


Fintan Slye, CEO of the National Energy System Operator


Chris Stark, Head of Mission Control for Clean Power 2030


Dhara Vyas, CEO of Energy UK

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Feb 2025 12:17:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can the government accelerate its clean power mission?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>301</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Decarbonising the power system by 2030 and accelerating to net zero is one of Labour's five key missions. But this extremely ambitious target means moving much faster than the previous government managed. So how much progress has the Labour government already made, and what more could it do to speed up delivery?
The government’s first weeks in office saw it remove restrictions on onshore wind farms and put GB Energy and the National Wealth Fund into motion. So what impact have these actions had? What other steps could the government take to accelerate its missions? 
And with controversial announcements such as a third runway at Heathrow, what are the potential pitfalls to look out for, both to achieving the clean power mission and then accelerating to net zero?
To answer these questions and more, this IfG event brought together an expert panel, including:


Rosa Hodgkin, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government


Fintan Slye, CEO of the National Energy System Operator


Chris Stark, Head of Mission Control for Clean Power 2030


Dhara Vyas, CEO of Energy UK

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Decarbonising the power system by 2030 and accelerating to net zero is one of Labour's five key missions. But this extremely ambitious target means moving much faster than the previous government managed. So how much progress has the Labour government already made, and what more could it do to speed up delivery?</p><p>The government’s first weeks in office saw it remove restrictions on onshore wind farms and put GB Energy and the National Wealth Fund into motion. So what impact have these actions had? What other steps could the government take to accelerate its missions? </p><p>And with controversial announcements such as a third runway at Heathrow, what are the potential pitfalls to look out for, both to achieving the clean power mission and then accelerating to net zero?</p><p>To answer these questions and more, this IfG event brought together an expert panel, including:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Rosa Hodgkin</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Fintan Slye</strong>, CEO of the National Energy System Operator</li>
<li>
<strong>Chris Stark</strong>, Head of Mission Control for Clean Power 2030</li>
<li>
<strong>Dhara Vyas</strong>, CEO of Energy UK</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4225</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8c48ae94-e54d-11ef-ab85-eb6f706a3029]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5235891769.mp3?updated=1738930970" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rewiring the civil service: What can the UK learn from the rest of the world?</title>
      <description>As Sir Chris Wormald starts his new job as cabinet secretary, two panels – one from Singapore – brought together civil service leaders from other countries to explore how they approached the job and what the UK could learn from their experiences.
 
Speaking at the IfG: 


Pamela Dow, Chief Operating Officer at Civic Future and a former UK civil servant


Leslie Evans, Permanent Secretary to the Scottish Government 2015-2021


Martin Fraser, Ambassador of Ireland to the UK, Secretary General of the Department of the Taoiseach 2011–22

 
Chaired by Alex Thomas, IfG programme director
 
And with an expert panel at the Global Government Summit in Singapore: 
 


Heather Baggott, Deputy Public Service Commissioner, Public Service Commission, New Zealand


Siobhan Benita, Global Government Forum Chair


Lord Gus O’Donnell, UK Cabinet Secretary 2005-2011


Taimar Peterkop, Secretary of State, Government Office, Estonia


Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2025 11:39:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Rewiring the civil service: What can the UK learn from the rest of the world?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>300</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As Sir Chris Wormald starts his new job as cabinet secretary, two panels – one from Singapore – brought together civil service leaders from other countries to explore how they approached the job and what the UK could learn from their experiences.
 
Speaking at the IfG: 


Pamela Dow, Chief Operating Officer at Civic Future and a former UK civil servant


Leslie Evans, Permanent Secretary to the Scottish Government 2015-2021


Martin Fraser, Ambassador of Ireland to the UK, Secretary General of the Department of the Taoiseach 2011–22

 
Chaired by Alex Thomas, IfG programme director
 
And with an expert panel at the Global Government Summit in Singapore: 
 


Heather Baggott, Deputy Public Service Commissioner, Public Service Commission, New Zealand


Siobhan Benita, Global Government Forum Chair


Lord Gus O’Donnell, UK Cabinet Secretary 2005-2011


Taimar Peterkop, Secretary of State, Government Office, Estonia


Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Sir Chris Wormald starts his new job as cabinet secretary, two panels – one from Singapore – brought together civil service leaders from other countries to explore how they approached the job and what the UK could learn from their experiences.</p><p> </p><p>Speaking at the IfG: </p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Pamela Dow</strong>, Chief Operating Officer at Civic Future and a former UK civil servant</li>
<li>
<strong>Leslie Evans</strong>, Permanent Secretary to the Scottish Government 2015-2021</li>
<li>
<strong>Martin Fraser</strong>,<strong> </strong>Ambassador of Ireland to the UK, Secretary General of the Department of the Taoiseach 2011–22</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>Chaired by Alex Thomas, IfG programme director</p><p> </p><p>And with an expert panel at the Global Government Summit in Singapore: </p><p> </p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Heather Baggott</strong>, Deputy Public Service Commissioner, Public Service Commission, New Zealand</li>
<li>
<strong>Siobhan Benita</strong>,<strong> </strong>Global Government Forum Chair</li>
<li>
<strong>Lord Gus O’Donnell</strong>, UK Cabinet Secretary 2005-2011</li>
<li>
<strong>Taimar Peterkop</strong>, Secretary of State, Government Office, Estonia</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4388</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bac32b54-e2ec-11ef-84f9-e71dcd9ae325]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6947886516.mp3?updated=1738669505" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The devolution revolution: What next for England’s mayors?</title>
      <description>Two of England’s elected mayors join an expert panel to explore how well mayors are working with central government – and what powers they need.
Ben Houchen, Mayor of Tees Valley
Claire Ward, Mayor of the East Midlands
Chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 26 Jan 2025 09:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The devolution revolution: What next for England’s mayors?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>299</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Two of England’s elected mayors join an expert panel to explore how well mayors are working with central government – and what powers they need.
Ben Houchen, Mayor of Tees Valley
Claire Ward, Mayor of the East Midlands
Chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Two of England’s elected mayors join an expert panel to explore how well mayors are working with central government – and what powers they need.</p><p><strong>Ben Houchen</strong>, Mayor of Tees Valley</p><p><strong>Claire Ward</strong>, Mayor of the East Midlands</p><p>Chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/akash-paun"><strong>Akash Paun</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2818</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[96e1883e-d98c-11ef-99eb-cf6beeb5f243]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4478080333.mp3?updated=1737638653" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to fix local government?</title>
      <description>Local government has faced huge financial pressures, leaving residents across England struggling to access services. Featuring presentations from council leaders, this panel explored what can be done to turn around performance. 
 
Presentations from:
Jenny Rowlands, Chief Executive of Camden Council
Claire Taylor, Chief Operating Officer, Sheffield City Council
 
Panel:
Hilary Cottam, author, innovator and change maker and Honorary Professor at the Institute of Innovation and Public Purpose at UCL
Florence Eshalomi MP, Chair of the Housing, Communities and Local Government Select Committee
Jim McMahon MP, Minister of State (Minister for Local Government and English Devolution)
Chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Jan 2025 17:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to fix local government?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>298</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Local government has faced huge financial pressures, leaving residents across England struggling to access services. Featuring presentations from council leaders, this panel explored what can be done to turn around performance. 
 
Presentations from:
Jenny Rowlands, Chief Executive of Camden Council
Claire Taylor, Chief Operating Officer, Sheffield City Council
 
Panel:
Hilary Cottam, author, innovator and change maker and Honorary Professor at the Institute of Innovation and Public Purpose at UCL
Florence Eshalomi MP, Chair of the Housing, Communities and Local Government Select Committee
Jim McMahon MP, Minister of State (Minister for Local Government and English Devolution)
Chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Local government has faced huge financial pressures, leaving residents across England struggling to access services. Featuring presentations from council leaders, this panel explored what can be done to turn around performance.<strong> </strong></p><p> </p><p>Presentations from:</p><p>Jenny Rowlands, Chief Executive of Camden Council</p><p>Claire Taylor, Chief Operating Officer, Sheffield City Council</p><p> </p><p>Panel:</p><p>Hilary Cottam, author, innovator and change maker and Honorary Professor at the Institute of Innovation and Public Purpose at UCL</p><p>Florence Eshalomi MP, Chair of the Housing, Communities and Local Government Select Committee</p><p>Jim McMahon MP, Minister of State (Minister for Local Government and English Devolution)</p><p>Chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/nick-davies">Nick Davies</a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3365</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[71d68860-d98b-11ef-b941-0748653891c8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5652990147.mp3?updated=1737638161" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to embed a mission-led approach in the spending review </title>
      <description>As the spending review approaches, IfG experts – along with senior fellow Sam Freedman – explored how the government can best use its missions – and milestones – to shape its spending choices.
Nehal Davison, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Cassia Rowland, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
Chaired by Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Jan 2025 09:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to embed a mission-led approach in the spending review </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>297</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As the spending review approaches, IfG experts – along with senior fellow Sam Freedman – explored how the government can best use its missions – and milestones – to shape its spending choices.
Nehal Davison, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Cassia Rowland, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
Chaired by Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As the spending review approaches, IfG experts – along with senior fellow Sam Freedman – explored how the government can best use its missions – and milestones – to shape its spending choices.</p><p><a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/nehal-davison"><strong>Nehal Davison</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p><a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/cassia-rowland"><strong>Cassia Rowland</strong></a>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p><a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/giles-wilkes"><strong>Giles Wilkes</strong></a>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p><p>Chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/gemma-tetlow"><strong>Gemma Tetlow</strong></a>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government. </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2568</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[24242064-d98b-11ef-a34b-6b2d162bbb05]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5480068756.mp3?updated=1737638031" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Daisy Cooper MP: A keynote speech by the Liberal Democrat deputy leader</title>
      <description>No other party leader enjoyed themselves as much as Ed Davey did during the 2024 general election campaign. Rollercoasters, paddleboards, slides – the list goes on. 
And then general election night was full of cheer for the Lib Dems too – with the party winning a record number of seats and reclaiming its status as Westminster’s third biggest party. 
But how can those 72 MPs actually have an impact on a government with a huge majority? And how can the Lib Dems use parliament to scrutinise legislation and shape policy?  
Deputy Lib Dem leader Daisy Cooper’s speech was followed by a Q&amp;A with IfG deputy director Emma Norris
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Jan 2025 17:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Daisy Cooper MP: A keynote speech by the Liberal Democrat deputy leader</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>296</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>No other party leader enjoyed themselves as much as Ed Davey did during the 2024 general election campaign. Rollercoasters, paddleboards, slides – the list goes on. 
And then general election night was full of cheer for the Lib Dems too – with the party winning a record number of seats and reclaiming its status as Westminster’s third biggest party. 
But how can those 72 MPs actually have an impact on a government with a huge majority? And how can the Lib Dems use parliament to scrutinise legislation and shape policy?  
Deputy Lib Dem leader Daisy Cooper’s speech was followed by a Q&amp;A with IfG deputy director Emma Norris
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>No other party leader enjoyed themselves as much as Ed Davey did during the 2024 general election campaign. Rollercoasters, paddleboards, slides – the list goes on. </p><p>And then general election night was full of cheer for the Lib Dems too – with the party winning a record number of seats and reclaiming its status as Westminster’s third biggest party. </p><p>But how can those 72 MPs actually have an impact on a government with a huge majority? And how can the Lib Dems use parliament to scrutinise legislation and shape policy?  </p><p>Deputy Lib Dem leader Daisy Cooper’s speech was followed by a Q&amp;A with IfG deputy director Emma Norris</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2248</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f67b3422-d98a-11ef-9ca8-93c0036a1adf]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8526132450.mp3?updated=1737637934" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alex Burghart MP: In conversation with the shadow Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster</title>
      <description>How have the Conservative party adapted to opposition? What lessons has it taken from its 14 years in power – and its big defeat at the general election? And what is it thinking about the way government should work – and could work better? Shadow chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster Alex Burghart was in conversation with Hannah White.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Jan 2025 09:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Alex Burghart MP: In conversation with the shadow Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>295</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>How have the Conservative party adapted to opposition? What lessons has it taken from its 14 years in power – and its big defeat at the general election? And what is it thinking about the way government should work – and could work better? Shadow chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster Alex Burghart was in conversation with Hannah White.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How have the Conservative party adapted to opposition? What lessons has it taken from its 14 years in power – and its big defeat at the general election? And what is it thinking about the way government should work – and could work better? Shadow chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster Alex Burghart was in conversation with Hannah White.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2140</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[95d49eba-d98a-11ef-a7f0-0f86ae76dd62]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5541580153.mp3?updated=1737637792" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Six months on: How is the Labour government performing?</title>
      <description>An exclusive poll for the IfG has revealed just how people are thinking about this Labour government, how optimistic they are about Keir Starmer’s policies working, and what issues are giving them most concern. So what does this all say about how the government has performed since taking office and what challenges and opportunities might the year ahead hold?
 
Joe Twyman, Director of Deltapoll
Claire Ainsley, Director of the Project on Center-Left Renewal at the Progressive Policy Institute
Anushka Asthana, Deputy Political Editor at ITV News
Dr Danny Sriskandarajah, Chief Executive of the New Economics Foundation
Chaired by IfG deputy director Emma Norris
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jan 2025 17:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Six months on: How is the Labour government performing?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>294</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>An exclusive poll for the IfG has revealed just how people are thinking about this Labour government, how optimistic they are about Keir Starmer’s policies working, and what issues are giving them most concern. So what does this all say about how the government has performed since taking office and what challenges and opportunities might the year ahead hold?
 
Joe Twyman, Director of Deltapoll
Claire Ainsley, Director of the Project on Center-Left Renewal at the Progressive Policy Institute
Anushka Asthana, Deputy Political Editor at ITV News
Dr Danny Sriskandarajah, Chief Executive of the New Economics Foundation
Chaired by IfG deputy director Emma Norris
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>An exclusive poll for the IfG has revealed just how people are thinking about this Labour government, how optimistic they are about Keir Starmer’s policies working, and what issues are giving them most concern. So what does this all say about how the government has performed since taking office and what challenges and opportunities might the year ahead hold?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Joe Twyman</strong>, Director of Deltapoll</p><p><strong>Claire Ainsley</strong>, Director of the Project on Center-Left Renewal at the Progressive Policy Institute</p><p><strong>Anushka Asthana</strong>, Deputy Political Editor at ITV News</p><p><strong>Dr Danny Sriskandarajah</strong>, Chief Executive of the New Economics Foundation</p><p>Chaired by IfG deputy director Emma Norris</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2861</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3e756d0c-d98a-11ef-a598-434391dd2ef1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9721345567.mp3?updated=1737637645" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>US Election: The night after President Trump’s inauguration</title>
      <description>The world was watching as Donald Trump returned to the White House. So what clues did his inauguration speech give us about his plans for the presidency? How should Keir Starmer handle this most unpredictable of leaders? And how might British politics be shaped decisions and statemens made in Washington?
 
Mark Landler (New York Times’ London Bureau Chief)
Dr Leslie Vinjamuri (Director of the US and Americas programme at Chatham House)
Chaired by IfG programme director Catherine Haddon
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jan 2025 12:59:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>US Election: The night after President Trump’s inauguration</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>293</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The world was watching as Donald Trump returned to the White House. So what clues did his inauguration speech give us about his plans for the presidency? How should Keir Starmer handle this most unpredictable of leaders? And how might British politics be shaped decisions and statemens made in Washington?
 
Mark Landler (New York Times’ London Bureau Chief)
Dr Leslie Vinjamuri (Director of the US and Americas programme at Chatham House)
Chaired by IfG programme director Catherine Haddon
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The world was watching as Donald Trump returned to the White House. So what clues did his inauguration speech give us about his plans for the presidency? How should Keir Starmer handle this most unpredictable of leaders? And how might British politics be shaped decisions and statemens made in Washington?</p><p> </p><p>Mark Landler (New York Times’ London Bureau Chief)</p><p>Dr <strong>Leslie Vinjamuri</strong> (Director of the US and Americas programme at Chatham House)</p><p>Chaired by IfG programme director Catherine Haddon</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1897</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e065e35e-d989-11ef-987b-73c65c6ceb3b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1825650746.mp3?updated=1737637468" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What does Labour’s devolution white paper mean for England?</title>
      <description>The government’s devolution white paper – published on 16 December – sets out the detail of Labour’s promised ‘devolution revolution’. Ministers plan to further empower England’s existing 12 metro mayors, to extend devolution to the whole of England, and to reorganise local government. 
 
But what exactly will the white paper commit the government to do? Which powers will be devolved, to where? How will mayors be involved in delivering the government’s growth, energy and public service missions? How will the proposed reforms to local government work? And what challenges lie ahead for the government in implementing this ambitious
agenda?
 
The Institute for Government’s online expert briefing on 18 December discussed the answers to these questions and more.
 
The panel:


Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government


Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government


Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government


Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government


Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2024 13:43:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What does Labour’s devolution white paper mean for England?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>292</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government’s devolution white paper – published on 16 December – sets out the detail of Labour’s promised ‘devolution revolution’. Ministers plan to further empower England’s existing 12 metro mayors, to extend devolution to the whole of England, and to reorganise local government. 
 
But what exactly will the white paper commit the government to do? Which powers will be devolved, to where? How will mayors be involved in delivering the government’s growth, energy and public service missions? How will the proposed reforms to local government work? And what challenges lie ahead for the government in implementing this ambitious
agenda?
 
The Institute for Government’s online expert briefing on 18 December discussed the answers to these questions and more.
 
The panel:


Matthew Fright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government


Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government


Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government


Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government


Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government’s devolution white paper – published on 16 December – sets out the detail of Labour’s promised ‘devolution revolution’. Ministers plan to further empower England’s existing 12 metro mayors, to <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/completing-devolution-map-england">extend devolution to the whole of England</a>, and to reorganise local government. </p><p> </p><p>But what exactly will the white paper commit the government to do? Which powers will be devolved, to where? How will mayors be involved in delivering the government’s growth, energy and public service missions? How will the proposed reforms to local government work? And what challenges lie ahead for the government in implementing this ambitious</p><p>agenda?</p><p> </p><p>The Institute for Government’s online expert briefing on 18 December discussed the answers to these questions and more.</p><p> </p><p>The panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/matthew-fright"><strong>Matthew Fright</strong></a>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/rebecca-mckee"><strong>Rebecca McKee</strong></a>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/akash-paun"><strong>Akash Paun</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/thomas-pope"><strong>Thomas Pope</strong></a>, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3633</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3cf69fa0-be0f-11ef-ae22-17cc5c0aea4f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6890048896.mp3?updated=1734616134" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Cat Little, Civil Service Chief Operating Officer</title>
      <description>The government has set out its intention to support the civil service with the necessary tools to deliver for the public. As the IfG has argued, reforms to improve the capability of the civil service are needed – particularly in a tight fiscal situation where efficient and effective government is essential. We believe there are a variety of areas for attention. These include reducing staff churn, improving external recruitment, and seizing the opportunities of new technology.
 
How is the civil service planning to address these questions while supporting the government’s agenda and delivering the prime minister’s promise to build a ‘government of service’? How can issues, like pay and lower morale, be addressed? And what will the civil service look like in 2030?
 
We were delighted to host Cat Little, Civil Service Chief Operating Officer and Cabinet Office Permanent Secretary, to discuss these questions and more. She was in conversation with IfG Director and CEO Dr Hannah White. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Dec 2024 15:03:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Cat Little, Civil Service Chief Operating Officer</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>291</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government has set out its intention to support the civil service with the necessary tools to deliver for the public. As the IfG has argued, reforms to improve the capability of the civil service are needed – particularly in a tight fiscal situation where efficient and effective government is essential. We believe there are a variety of areas for attention. These include reducing staff churn, improving external recruitment, and seizing the opportunities of new technology.
 
How is the civil service planning to address these questions while supporting the government’s agenda and delivering the prime minister’s promise to build a ‘government of service’? How can issues, like pay and lower morale, be addressed? And what will the civil service look like in 2030?
 
We were delighted to host Cat Little, Civil Service Chief Operating Officer and Cabinet Office Permanent Secretary, to discuss these questions and more. She was in conversation with IfG Director and CEO Dr Hannah White. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government has set out its intention to support the civil service with the necessary tools to deliver for the public. As the IfG has argued, <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/ways-improve-civil-service">reforms to improve the capability of the civil service</a> are needed – particularly in a tight fiscal situation where efficient and effective government is essential. We believe there are a variety of areas for attention. These include reducing <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/staff-turnover-civil-service">staff churn</a>, improving <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/event/civil-service-external-recruitment">external recruitment</a>, and seizing the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/whitehall-monitor-2024">opportunities of new technology</a>.</p><p> </p><p>How is the civil service planning to address these questions while supporting the government’s agenda and delivering the prime minister’s promise to build a ‘government of service’? How can issues, like pay and lower morale, be addressed? And what will the civil service look like in 2030?</p><p> </p><p>We were delighted to host <strong>Cat Little</strong>, Civil Service Chief Operating Officer and Cabinet Office Permanent Secretary, to discuss these questions and more. She was in conversation with IfG Director and CEO <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/hannah-white"><strong>Dr Hannah White</strong></a>. </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3463</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1fb97bf6-b31a-11ef-b398-7372efb3d63f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7073569896.mp3?updated=1733411326" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What next for standards in public life?</title>
      <description>Thirty years ago, following a series of high-profile political scandals, John Major set up the Committee on Standards in Public Life (CSPL) to advise him – and future prime ministers – on ethics and behaviour. So has the CSPL been a success – and what might come next for standards in public life?
Over the last three decades the committee has been an influential voice on the standards expected of people in public office, including setting out the seven principles of public life that apply to politicians, public officials and frontline staff and the establishment of standards regulators including the parliamentary commissioner and the Electoral Commission.
However, recent scandals like ‘partygate’ and controversies over the acceptance of gifts, alongside reports from the infected blood and Grenfell inquiries, demonstrate that work on embedding transparency and ethical behaviour remains unfinished.
How can the committee respond to challenges posed by increased use of AI in the public sector? What more could be done to build greater trust in politicians and public services? And what difference could the Labour government’s planned Ethics and Integrity Commission make?
To answer these questions, and more, we were joined by:
• Doug Chalmers CB DSO OBE, Chair of the Committee on Standards in Public Life
• Pippa Crerar, Political Editor at The Guardian
• Daniel Greenberg CB, Parliamentary Commissioner for Standards
• Dame Glenys Stacey, Chair of the Office for Environmental Protection
The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Nov 2024 12:30:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What next for standards in public life?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>290</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Thirty years ago, following a series of high-profile political scandals, John Major set up the Committee on Standards in Public Life (CSPL) to advise him – and future prime ministers – on ethics and behaviour. So has the CSPL been a success – and what might come next for standards in public life?
Over the last three decades the committee has been an influential voice on the standards expected of people in public office, including setting out the seven principles of public life that apply to politicians, public officials and frontline staff and the establishment of standards regulators including the parliamentary commissioner and the Electoral Commission.
However, recent scandals like ‘partygate’ and controversies over the acceptance of gifts, alongside reports from the infected blood and Grenfell inquiries, demonstrate that work on embedding transparency and ethical behaviour remains unfinished.
How can the committee respond to challenges posed by increased use of AI in the public sector? What more could be done to build greater trust in politicians and public services? And what difference could the Labour government’s planned Ethics and Integrity Commission make?
To answer these questions, and more, we were joined by:
• Doug Chalmers CB DSO OBE, Chair of the Committee on Standards in Public Life
• Pippa Crerar, Political Editor at The Guardian
• Daniel Greenberg CB, Parliamentary Commissioner for Standards
• Dame Glenys Stacey, Chair of the Office for Environmental Protection
The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Thirty years ago, following a series of high-profile political scandals, John Major set up the <strong>Committee on Standards in Public Life</strong> (CSPL) to advise him – and future prime ministers – on ethics and behaviour. So has the CSPL been a success – and what might come next for standards in public life?</p><p>Over the last three decades the committee has been an influential voice on the standards expected of people in public office, including setting out the seven principles of public life that apply to politicians, public officials and frontline staff and the establishment of standards regulators including the parliamentary commissioner and the Electoral Commission.</p><p>However, recent scandals like ‘partygate’ and controversies over the acceptance of gifts, alongside reports from the infected blood and Grenfell inquiries, demonstrate that work on embedding transparency and ethical behaviour remains unfinished.</p><p>How can the committee respond to challenges posed by increased use of AI in the public sector? What more could be done to build greater trust in politicians and public services? And what difference could the Labour government’s planned Ethics and Integrity Commission make?</p><p>To answer these questions, and more, we were joined by:</p><p>• <strong>Doug Chalmers</strong> <strong>CB DSO OBE</strong>, Chair of the Committee on Standards in Public Life</p><p>• <strong>Pippa Crerar</strong>, Political Editor at <em>The Guardian</em></p><p>• <strong>Daniel Greenberg</strong> <strong>CB</strong>, Parliamentary Commissioner for Standards</p><p>• <strong>Dame Glenys Stacey</strong>, Chair of the Office for Environmental Protection</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3717</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b9cbfa10-a826-11ef-9c26-e7f4a19a2872]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6388695702.mp3?updated=1732207281" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Kate Forbes MSP, Deputy First Minister of Scotland</title>
      <description>The Institute for Government was pleased to welcome Kate Forbes MSP, Deputy First Minister (DFM) of Scotland and Cabinet Secretary for Economy and Gaelic, for an 'in conversation' event on 18 November 2024.
The DFM reflected on the 10th anniversary of the Scottish independence referendum and the 25th anniversary of Scottish devolution. She also discussed the state of Scotland's economy and public services in light of the UK budget, and the Scottish government's policy and legislative agenda.
The DFM was in conversation with Akash Paun, Programme Director for Devolution, which was followed by Q&amp;A with the live and online audience.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2024 16:28:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Kate Forbes MSP, Deputy First Minister of Scotland</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>289</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government was pleased to welcome Kate Forbes MSP, Deputy First Minister (DFM) of Scotland and Cabinet Secretary for Economy and Gaelic, for an 'in conversation' event on 18 November 2024.
The DFM reflected on the 10th anniversary of the Scottish independence referendum and the 25th anniversary of Scottish devolution. She also discussed the state of Scotland's economy and public services in light of the UK budget, and the Scottish government's policy and legislative agenda.
The DFM was in conversation with Akash Paun, Programme Director for Devolution, which was followed by Q&amp;A with the live and online audience.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government was pleased to welcome <strong>Kate Forbes MSP</strong>, Deputy First Minister (DFM) of Scotland and Cabinet Secretary for Economy and Gaelic, for an 'in conversation' event on 18 November 2024.</p><p>The DFM reflected on the 10th anniversary of the Scottish independence referendum and the 25th anniversary of Scottish devolution. She also discussed the state of Scotland's economy and public services in light of the UK budget, and the Scottish government's policy and legislative agenda.</p><p>The DFM was in conversation with <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Programme Director for Devolution, which was followed by Q&amp;A with the live and online audience.</p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3680</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[afe7e424-a825-11ef-bfd1-e7908bee154a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3050682295.mp3?updated=1732206830" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What role can prevention play in boosting public service productivity?</title>
      <description>The new government has put prevention at the heart of public service reform plans. So what difference could this approach make? By intervening sooner, problems may not escalate, become embedded, or arise in the first place – meaning preventative services could be a major contributor to public sector productivity.
 
With spending likely to be tight over the coming years, the theory behind an "invest to save" scheme is clear – but in practice it has been hard to implement, and cashable savings have often proved elusive.
 
This event brought together a panel of experts to discuss:
 

Is it realistic to expect preventative programmes to deliver cashable savings?

How quickly could a shift towards a more preventative approach improve public service productivity?

What are the respective roles of the centre of government, departments, and frontline services in delivering this shift and realising productivity improvements?

How can additional investments be made in prevention when acute demand is high and spending tight?

 
To discuss these questions and more, our panel included:
 

Dr Thomas Waite, Deputy Chief Medical Officer

Cllr Gillian Ford, Deputy Leader of Havering Council, Cabinet Member for Adults and Health

Daniel Sperrin, Partner at Newton

Moira Wallace, former Permanent Secretary

 
The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
 
We would like to thank Newton for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2024 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What role can prevention play in boosting public service productivity?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>288</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The new government has put prevention at the heart of public service reform plans. So what difference could this approach make? By intervening sooner, problems may not escalate, become embedded, or arise in the first place – meaning preventative services could be a major contributor to public sector productivity.
 
With spending likely to be tight over the coming years, the theory behind an "invest to save" scheme is clear – but in practice it has been hard to implement, and cashable savings have often proved elusive.
 
This event brought together a panel of experts to discuss:
 

Is it realistic to expect preventative programmes to deliver cashable savings?

How quickly could a shift towards a more preventative approach improve public service productivity?

What are the respective roles of the centre of government, departments, and frontline services in delivering this shift and realising productivity improvements?

How can additional investments be made in prevention when acute demand is high and spending tight?

 
To discuss these questions and more, our panel included:
 

Dr Thomas Waite, Deputy Chief Medical Officer

Cllr Gillian Ford, Deputy Leader of Havering Council, Cabinet Member for Adults and Health

Daniel Sperrin, Partner at Newton

Moira Wallace, former Permanent Secretary

 
The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
 
We would like to thank Newton for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new government has put prevention at the heart of public service reform plans. So what difference could this approach make? By intervening sooner, problems may not escalate, become embedded, or arise in the first place – meaning preventative services could be a major contributor to public sector productivity.</p><p> </p><p>With spending likely to be tight over the coming years, the theory behind an "invest to save" scheme is clear – but in practice it has been hard to implement, and cashable savings have often proved elusive.</p><p> </p><p>This event brought together a panel of experts to discuss:</p><p> </p><ul>
<li>Is it realistic to expect preventative programmes to deliver cashable savings?</li>
<li>How quickly could a shift towards a more preventative approach improve public service productivity?</li>
<li>What are the respective roles of the centre of government, departments, and frontline services in delivering this shift and realising productivity improvements?</li>
<li>How can additional investments be made in prevention when acute demand is high and spending tight?</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>To discuss these questions and more, our panel included:</p><p> </p><ul>
<li>Dr Thomas Waite, Deputy Chief Medical Officer</li>
<li>Cllr Gillian Ford, Deputy Leader of Havering Council, Cabinet Member for Adults and Health</li>
<li>Daniel Sperrin, Partner at Newton</li>
<li>Moira Wallace, former Permanent Secretary</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>We would like to thank Newton for kindly supporting this event.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3763</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[37607f30-a662-11ef-9c85-d74ddb1d9c54]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5616881989.mp3?updated=1732012945" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What kind of reform does the NHS need?</title>
      <description>The Labour government has inherited an NHS in crisis. Pre-existing challenges of growing demand, an ageing population, and high levels of staff vacancies have been exacerbated by the pandemic, resulting in record backlogs and waiting times.
 
With substantial increases in hospital funding and staffing failing to turn performance round, the new government must help the NHS through the immediate crisis, set it on a sustainable long-term footing and consider the need for more fundamental reform.
 
Should the NHS focus more on preventing, rather than treating, illness? Could the NHS become more local? Are the new Integrated Care Systems working or should they be reformed? How successful have past NHS reforms been?
 
To answer these questions and more we were joined by an expert panel, including:

Paul Corrigan, Expert adviser at the Department of Health and Social Care

Penny Dash, Chair of NHS North West London Integrated Care Board

Rachel Wolf, Founding Partner at Public First

Thomas Cawston, Corporate Affairs Lead at Novartis UK

 
The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
 
This event was kindly supported by Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 10:30:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What kind of reform does the NHS need?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>287</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Labour government has inherited an NHS in crisis. Pre-existing challenges of growing demand, an ageing population, and high levels of staff vacancies have been exacerbated by the pandemic, resulting in record backlogs and waiting times.
 
With substantial increases in hospital funding and staffing failing to turn performance round, the new government must help the NHS through the immediate crisis, set it on a sustainable long-term footing and consider the need for more fundamental reform.
 
Should the NHS focus more on preventing, rather than treating, illness? Could the NHS become more local? Are the new Integrated Care Systems working or should they be reformed? How successful have past NHS reforms been?
 
To answer these questions and more we were joined by an expert panel, including:

Paul Corrigan, Expert adviser at the Department of Health and Social Care

Penny Dash, Chair of NHS North West London Integrated Care Board

Rachel Wolf, Founding Partner at Public First

Thomas Cawston, Corporate Affairs Lead at Novartis UK

 
The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
 
This event was kindly supported by Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Labour government has inherited an NHS in crisis. Pre-existing challenges of growing demand, an ageing population, and high levels of staff vacancies have been exacerbated by the pandemic, resulting in record backlogs and waiting times.</p><p> </p><p>With substantial increases in hospital funding and staffing failing to turn performance round, the new government must help the NHS through the immediate crisis, set it on a sustainable long-term footing and consider the need for more fundamental reform.</p><p> </p><p>Should the NHS focus more on preventing, rather than treating, illness? Could the NHS become more local? Are the new Integrated Care Systems working or should they be reformed? How successful have past NHS reforms been?</p><p> </p><p>To answer these questions and more we were joined by an expert panel, including:</p><ul>
<li>Paul Corrigan, Expert adviser at the Department of Health and Social Care</li>
<li>Penny Dash, Chair of NHS North West London Integrated Care Board</li>
<li>Rachel Wolf, Founding Partner at Public First</li>
<li>Thomas Cawston, Corporate Affairs Lead at Novartis UK</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>This event was kindly supported by Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3622</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5b13968e-a661-11ef-aec8-9383a33ae395]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3950678631.mp3?updated=1732012575" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Lord Blunkett</title>
      <description>David Blunkett was one of the most reforming ministers of the New Labour government. The former home secretary, education secretary and work and pensions secretary has led major government departments, attempted to drive through public service reform, and seen what prime ministers need to do to drive through change. So what does he make of Keir Starmer’s plans for reform? How does he rate this Labour government’s efforts so far? And what are his lessons – and warnings – for the prime ministers and his team?
 
Lord Blunkett explored all these questions and more in a fascinating ‘in conversation’ event with Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Nov 2024 17:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Lord Blunkett</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>286</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>David Blunkett was one of the most reforming ministers of the New Labour government. The former home secretary, education secretary and work and pensions secretary has led major government departments, attempted to drive through public service reform, and seen what prime ministers need to do to drive through change. So what does he make of Keir Starmer’s plans for reform? How does he rate this Labour government’s efforts so far? And what are his lessons – and warnings – for the prime ministers and his team?
 
Lord Blunkett explored all these questions and more in a fascinating ‘in conversation’ event with Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>David Blunkett was one of the most reforming ministers of the New Labour government. The former home secretary, education secretary and work and pensions secretary has led major government departments, attempted to drive through public service reform, and seen what prime ministers need to do to drive through change. So what does he make of Keir Starmer’s plans for reform? How does he rate this Labour government’s efforts so far? And what are his lessons – and warnings – for the prime ministers and his team?</p><p> </p><p>Lord Blunkett explored all these questions and more in a fascinating ‘in conversation’ event with <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/emma-norris"><strong>Emma Norris</strong></a>, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2826</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ddaa9544-a1d8-11ef-93f7-ab4259a993ae]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1566906594.mp3?updated=1731514128" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Funding public services: What do spending plans mean for performance?</title>
      <description>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Nov 2024 09:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Funding public services: What do spending plans mean for performance?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>285</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3693</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9e51c426-a1d8-11ef-aadb-eb6ac12f0ce7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4370744675.mp3?updated=1731514042" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A view from the opposition: What should the Conservative Party’s vision for public services be?</title>
      <description>Dissatisfaction with public services was a key reason for the Conservative defeat in the general election. How can the new party leader and frontbench regain public trust for running public services? What are the key elements of a distinctive Conservative vision for public services? How should the Conservative Party balance demands for higher public service spending and lower taxation? 


Steve Brine, former Chair of Health and Social Care Committee


Rt Hon David Gauke, former Secretary of State for Justice


Rt Hon Baroness Nicky Morgan, former Secretary of State for Education

This session was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Nov 2024 17:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>A view from the opposition: What should the Conservative Party’s vision for public services be?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>284</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Dissatisfaction with public services was a key reason for the Conservative defeat in the general election. How can the new party leader and frontbench regain public trust for running public services? What are the key elements of a distinctive Conservative vision for public services? How should the Conservative Party balance demands for higher public service spending and lower taxation? 


Steve Brine, former Chair of Health and Social Care Committee


Rt Hon David Gauke, former Secretary of State for Justice


Rt Hon Baroness Nicky Morgan, former Secretary of State for Education

This session was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Dissatisfaction with public services was a key reason for the Conservative defeat in the general election. How can the new party leader and frontbench regain public trust for running public services? What are the key elements of a distinctive Conservative vision for public services? How should the Conservative Party balance demands for higher public service spending and lower taxation? </p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Steve Brine</strong>, former Chair of Health and Social Care Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon David Gauke</strong>,<strong> </strong>former Secretary of State for Justice</li>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Baroness Nicky Morgan</strong>,<strong> </strong>former Secretary of State for Education</li>
</ul><p>This session was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/nick-davies"><strong>Nick Davies</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3590</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[43502edc-a1d8-11ef-8ebe-e72ff556c18f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8560070136.mp3?updated=1731513869" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The criminal justice system: Is there a way to fix it?</title>
      <description>The new government faces an extremely challenging inheritance in the criminal justice system. How can trust in the police and charging rates be improved? How can criminal court backlogs be tackled? How can government improve conditions and capacity in prisons? How can individual criminal justice services work together more effectively? And does the new government have a plan to address these challenges?
 


Dr Karen Schucan Bird, Associate Professor at the UCL Social Research Institute


Penelope Gibbs, Director of Transform Justice 


Lord Timpson OBE, Minister of State for Prisons, Probation and Reducing Reoffending

 
This session was chaired by Cassia Rowland, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Nov 2024 09:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The criminal justice system: Is there a way to fix it?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>283</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The new government faces an extremely challenging inheritance in the criminal justice system. How can trust in the police and charging rates be improved? How can criminal court backlogs be tackled? How can government improve conditions and capacity in prisons? How can individual criminal justice services work together more effectively? And does the new government have a plan to address these challenges?
 


Dr Karen Schucan Bird, Associate Professor at the UCL Social Research Institute


Penelope Gibbs, Director of Transform Justice 


Lord Timpson OBE, Minister of State for Prisons, Probation and Reducing Reoffending

 
This session was chaired by Cassia Rowland, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new government faces an extremely challenging inheritance in the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/our-work/topics/public-services/criminal-justice">criminal justice</a> system. How can trust in the police and charging rates be improved? How can criminal court backlogs be tackled? How can government improve conditions and capacity in <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/crisis-prisons">prisons</a>? How can individual criminal justice services work together more effectively? And does the new government have a plan to <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/fixing-public-services-labour-government">address these challenges</a>?</p><p> </p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Dr Karen Schucan Bird,</strong> Associate Professor at the UCL Social Research Institute</li>
<li>
<strong>Penelope Gibbs</strong>, Director of Transform Justice </li>
<li>
<strong>Lord Timpson OBE</strong>, Minister of State for Prisons, Probation and Reducing Reoffending</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>This session was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/cassia-rowland"><strong>Cassia Rowland</strong></a>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3487</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0b96d70c-a1d8-11ef-887d-9bd6096a1373]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5198648835.mp3?updated=1731513776" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reform or repair? What next for health and social care?</title>
      <description>How can NHS backlogs be tackled and waiting times improved? What are the prospects for adult social care reform in this parliament? How can government ensure health and care services have sufficient workforces? Do health and care services have sufficient funding and is existing funding used effectively? To what extent can and should health services focus more on prevention? And to what extent do the government’s proposals address these challenges?
 


Dr Becks Fisher, Director of Research and Policy at Nuffield Trust


Professor Naomi Fulop, Professor of Health Care Organisation and Management at the UCL Institute of Epidemiology and Health Care 


Preet Gill MP, former Shadow Minister for Primary Care and Public Health


Dame Una O'Brien, former Permanent Secretary in the Department of Health 

 
This session was chaired by Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Nov 2024 15:56:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Reform or repair? What next for health and social care?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>282</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>How can NHS backlogs be tackled and waiting times improved? What are the prospects for adult social care reform in this parliament? How can government ensure health and care services have sufficient workforces? Do health and care services have sufficient funding and is existing funding used effectively? To what extent can and should health services focus more on prevention? And to what extent do the government’s proposals address these challenges?
 


Dr Becks Fisher, Director of Research and Policy at Nuffield Trust


Professor Naomi Fulop, Professor of Health Care Organisation and Management at the UCL Institute of Epidemiology and Health Care 


Preet Gill MP, former Shadow Minister for Primary Care and Public Health


Dame Una O'Brien, former Permanent Secretary in the Department of Health 

 
This session was chaired by Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How can <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/performance-tracker-2023/hospitals">NHS backlogs</a> be tackled and waiting times improved? What are the prospects for <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/performance-tracker-2023/adult-social-care">adult social care</a> reform in this parliament? How can government ensure health and care services have sufficient workforces? Do health and care services have sufficient funding and is existing funding used effectively? To what extent can and should health services focus more on prevention? And to what extent do the government’s proposals address these challenges?</p><p> </p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Dr Becks Fisher</strong>, Director of Research and Policy at Nuffield Trust</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Naomi Fulop</strong>, Professor of Health Care Organisation and Management at the UCL Institute of Epidemiology and Health Care </li>
<li>
<strong>Preet Gill MP</strong>, former Shadow Minister for Primary Care and Public Health</li>
<li>
<strong>Dame Una O'Brien</strong>, former Permanent Secretary in the Department of Health </li>
</ul><p> </p><p>This session was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/stuart-hoddinott"><strong>Stuart Hoddinott</strong></a>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3555</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d1e16806-a1d7-11ef-8c2f-a76ef0286628]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9672581698.mp3?updated=1731513700" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lessons from the rise and fall of the Department for International Development</title>
      <description>From its creation in 1997 to its merger with the Foreign Office in 2020, the Department for International Development (DfID) managed nearly £200 billion in total and played a global leadership role in reducing poverty. While DfID also had to deal with high-profile failures and public criticism, sustained political support from Labour, coalition and Conservative governments helped the department to achieve a record of delivery during its 23-year existence.
 
A new book, The Rise and Fall of the Department for International Development, will be published in October. Sir Mark Lowcock, the book's co-author with Ranil Dissanayake, joined an expert panel at the Institute for Government to discuss what we can learn from DfID's history, with a particular focus on building the institution, how to maintain civil service capability, targeting resources and developing ways to measure value for money – with essential lessons for the new Labour government and what other departments can learn from DfID's focus on delivery.
 
Joining Sir Mark Lowcock on the panel were:
 
Sarah Champion MP, Chair of the International Development Select Committee
Andrew Mitchell MP, Shadow Foreign Secretary and former Secretary of State for International Development
 
The panel was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 16:46:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Lessons from the rise and fall of the Department for International Development</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>281</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>From its creation in 1997 to its merger with the Foreign Office in 2020, the Department for International Development (DfID) managed nearly £200 billion in total and played a global leadership role in reducing poverty. While DfID also had to deal with high-profile failures and public criticism, sustained political support from Labour, coalition and Conservative governments helped the department to achieve a record of delivery during its 23-year existence.
 
A new book, The Rise and Fall of the Department for International Development, will be published in October. Sir Mark Lowcock, the book's co-author with Ranil Dissanayake, joined an expert panel at the Institute for Government to discuss what we can learn from DfID's history, with a particular focus on building the institution, how to maintain civil service capability, targeting resources and developing ways to measure value for money – with essential lessons for the new Labour government and what other departments can learn from DfID's focus on delivery.
 
Joining Sir Mark Lowcock on the panel were:
 
Sarah Champion MP, Chair of the International Development Select Committee
Andrew Mitchell MP, Shadow Foreign Secretary and former Secretary of State for International Development
 
The panel was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>From its creation in 1997 to its merger with the Foreign Office in 2020, the Department for International Development (DfID) managed nearly £200 billion in total and played a global leadership role in reducing poverty. While DfID also had to deal with high-profile failures and public criticism, sustained political support from Labour, coalition and Conservative governments helped the department to achieve a record of delivery during its 23-year existence.</p><p> </p><p>A new book, The Rise and Fall of the Department for International Development, will be published in October. Sir Mark Lowcock, the book's co-author with Ranil Dissanayake, joined an expert panel at the Institute for Government to discuss what we can learn from DfID's history, with a particular focus on building the institution, how to maintain civil service capability, targeting resources and developing ways to measure value for money – with essential lessons for the new Labour government and what other departments can learn from DfID's focus on delivery.</p><p> </p><p>Joining Sir Mark Lowcock on the panel were:</p><p> </p><p>Sarah Champion MP, Chair of the International Development Select Committee</p><p>Andrew Mitchell MP, Shadow Foreign Secretary and former Secretary of State for International Development</p><p> </p><p>The panel was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3797</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7a0352b6-9615-11ef-900d-9f12568cfc1e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9967663415.mp3?updated=1730220746" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the government effectively roll out EV charging infrastructure?</title>
      <description>The government has promised to restore the target to phase out the sale of new petrol and diesel vehicles by 2030. The zero emission vehicle (ZEV) mandate also requires that 80% of new cars and 70% of new vans sold in Great Britain will have to be zero emission by 2030. However, car makers have expressed concerns about their ability to hit these targets without further support, and the sale of electric vehicles (EVs) is lagging behind the government target. So what are the barriers to EV uptake?
 
Charging infrastructure is one reason consumers hesitate to make the switch, with a lack of on-street charging, bottlenecks with motorway charging, as well as concerns about price differential and different rates of VAT for on- and off-street parking. More also needs to be done to ensure the electricity network can cope with demand, and that charge points can be easily and cheaply connected to the grid.
 
So what could be done to accelerate the rollout of EV charging infrastructure? How does the new government plan to address these challenges? And where in the country are these problems most acute?
 
To discuss these questions and more, our panel included:
 
Lilian Greenwood MP, Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State (Minister for Future of Roads)
Rosa Hodgkin, Researcher at the Institute for Government
Ian Howells, Executive Vice President of Honda Motor Europe
Bharat Pathania, Head of New Technologies at Midlands Connect
 
This event was chaired by Nehal Davison, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
 
We would like to thank Honda for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Oct 2024 11:04:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can the government effectively roll out EV charging infrastructure?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>280</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government has promised to restore the target to phase out the sale of new petrol and diesel vehicles by 2030. The zero emission vehicle (ZEV) mandate also requires that 80% of new cars and 70% of new vans sold in Great Britain will have to be zero emission by 2030. However, car makers have expressed concerns about their ability to hit these targets without further support, and the sale of electric vehicles (EVs) is lagging behind the government target. So what are the barriers to EV uptake?
 
Charging infrastructure is one reason consumers hesitate to make the switch, with a lack of on-street charging, bottlenecks with motorway charging, as well as concerns about price differential and different rates of VAT for on- and off-street parking. More also needs to be done to ensure the electricity network can cope with demand, and that charge points can be easily and cheaply connected to the grid.
 
So what could be done to accelerate the rollout of EV charging infrastructure? How does the new government plan to address these challenges? And where in the country are these problems most acute?
 
To discuss these questions and more, our panel included:
 
Lilian Greenwood MP, Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State (Minister for Future of Roads)
Rosa Hodgkin, Researcher at the Institute for Government
Ian Howells, Executive Vice President of Honda Motor Europe
Bharat Pathania, Head of New Technologies at Midlands Connect
 
This event was chaired by Nehal Davison, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
 
We would like to thank Honda for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government has promised to restore the target to phase out the sale of new petrol and diesel vehicles by 2030. The zero emission vehicle (ZEV) mandate also requires that 80% of new cars and 70% of new vans sold in Great Britain will have to be zero emission by 2030. However, car makers have expressed concerns about their ability to hit these targets without further support, and the sale of electric vehicles (EVs) is lagging behind the government target. So what are the barriers to EV uptake?</p><p> </p><p>Charging infrastructure is one reason consumers hesitate to make the switch, with a lack of on-street charging, bottlenecks with motorway charging, as well as concerns about price differential and different rates of VAT for on- and off-street parking. More also needs to be done to ensure the electricity network can cope with demand, and that charge points can be easily and cheaply connected to the grid.</p><p> </p><p>So what could be done to accelerate the rollout of EV charging infrastructure? How does the new government plan to address these challenges? And where in the country are these problems most acute?</p><p> </p><p>To discuss these questions and more, our panel included:</p><p> </p><p>Lilian Greenwood MP, Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State (Minister for Future of Roads)</p><p>Rosa Hodgkin, Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p>Ian Howells, Executive Vice President of Honda Motor Europe</p><p>Bharat Pathania, Head of New Technologies at Midlands Connect</p><p> </p><p>This event was chaired by Nehal Davison, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>We would like to thank Honda for kindly supporting this event.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3546</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a3299380-912e-11ef-9172-d7121c1d6028]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4670276776.mp3?updated=1729681797" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wes Streeting MP in conversation with Hannah White</title>
      <description>Wes Streeting, the health secretary, joined IfG director Hannah White for fascinating and wide-ranging discussion on his role and priorities, the challenges facing the health service, and how the government plans to turn around performance levels in the NHS.
 
This joint IfG/New Statesman event was recorded at the Labour party conference in Liverpool.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Oct 2024 11:48:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Wes Streeting MP in conversation with Hannah White</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>279</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Wes Streeting, the health secretary, joined IfG director Hannah White for fascinating and wide-ranging discussion on his role and priorities, the challenges facing the health service, and how the government plans to turn around performance levels in the NHS.
 
This joint IfG/New Statesman event was recorded at the Labour party conference in Liverpool.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Wes Streeting, the health secretary, joined IfG director Hannah White for fascinating and wide-ranging discussion on his role and priorities, the challenges facing the health service, and how the government plans to turn around performance levels in the NHS.</p><p> </p><p>This joint IfG/New Statesman event was recorded at the Labour party conference in Liverpool.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3002</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[df562328-8d46-11ef-8c09-1bacabd34bca]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3560510805.mp3?updated=1729252401" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can Keir Starmer ensure the centre of government works for the country?</title>
      <description>Labour’s first 100 days in power have been marked by reports of conflict, dysfunction and delay at the centre of government. Sue Gray’s short tenure as Keir Starmer’s chief of staff has come to an end, with the prime minister choosing to reset his No.10 team just months after Labour won the general election.
 
What reforms are needed to radically improve the centre of UK government? What does Morgan McSweeney – Starmer’s new chief of staff – need to do to make No.10 work for the prime minister and deliver for the country? What lessons should Starmer take from the way former PMs ran their centres of government – and from those who tried to reset their No.10?
 
To answer these questions and more were:


Tom Baldwin, author of Keir Starmer: The Biography and Labour’s Director of Communications (2010–15)


Theo Bertram, Director of the Social Market Foundation and a former Special Adviser in No.10


Henry Newman, former Special Adviser at the Cabinet Office and in No.10 


Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government and Chair of the Commission on the Centre of Government

 
The panel was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2024 09:47:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can Keir Starmer ensure the centre of government works for the country?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>278</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Labour’s first 100 days in power have been marked by reports of conflict, dysfunction and delay at the centre of government. Sue Gray’s short tenure as Keir Starmer’s chief of staff has come to an end, with the prime minister choosing to reset his No.10 team just months after Labour won the general election.
 
What reforms are needed to radically improve the centre of UK government? What does Morgan McSweeney – Starmer’s new chief of staff – need to do to make No.10 work for the prime minister and deliver for the country? What lessons should Starmer take from the way former PMs ran their centres of government – and from those who tried to reset their No.10?
 
To answer these questions and more were:


Tom Baldwin, author of Keir Starmer: The Biography and Labour’s Director of Communications (2010–15)


Theo Bertram, Director of the Social Market Foundation and a former Special Adviser in No.10


Henry Newman, former Special Adviser at the Cabinet Office and in No.10 


Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government and Chair of the Commission on the Centre of Government

 
The panel was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Labour’s first 100 days in power have been marked by reports of conflict, dysfunction and delay at the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/comment/sue-gray-fix-centre-government">centre of government</a>. Sue Gray’s short tenure as Keir Starmer’s chief of staff has come to an end, with the prime minister choosing to reset his No.10 team just months after Labour won the general election.</p><p> </p><p>What reforms are needed to radically <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/power-with-purpose-centre-commission">improve the centre of UK government</a>? What does Morgan McSweeney – Starmer’s new chief of staff – need to do to make No.10 work for the prime minister and deliver for the country? What lessons should Starmer take from the way former PMs ran their centres of government – and from those who tried to reset their No.10?</p><p> </p><p>To answer these questions and more were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Tom Baldwin</strong>, author of <em>Keir Starmer: The Biography</em> and Labour’s Director of Communications (2010–15)</li>
<li>
<strong>Theo Bertram</strong>, Director of the Social Market Foundation and a former Special Adviser in No.10</li>
<li>
<strong>Henry Newman</strong>, former Special Adviser at the Cabinet Office and in No.10 </li>
<li>
<strong>Hannah White</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government and Chair of the Commission on the Centre of Government</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>The panel was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3835</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d095c5c6-8c6c-11ef-bd70-6f860f38d0f6]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1749986287.mp3?updated=1729158746" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What next for the Conservative Party's approach to energy and net zero?</title>
      <description>Theresa May’s government set the UK’s net zero target and thhe UK has made significant progress in decarbonising its power supply under successive Conservative governments. However, the last parliament saw concerns raised by Conservative MPs about the potential costs of net zero. and the issue becoming increasingly politicised. In the context of Labour’s ambitious plans for clean power by 2030, how could the new Conservative opposition approach energy policy and net zero and constructively challenge the new Labour government on its plans? 

Rt Hon Claire Coutinho MP, Shadow Secretary of State for Energy Security and Net Zero

Sam Hall, Director of the Conservative Environment Network

Rosa Hodgkin, Researcher at the Institute for Government

Professor Karl Whittle, Professor of Zero Carbon and Nuclear Energy at the University of Liverpool

This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with The Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place, University of Liverpool.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Oct 2024 16:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What next for the Conservative Party's approach to energy and net zero?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>277</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Theresa May’s government set the UK’s net zero target and thhe UK has made significant progress in decarbonising its power supply under successive Conservative governments. However, the last parliament saw concerns raised by Conservative MPs about the potential costs of net zero. and the issue becoming increasingly politicised. In the context of Labour’s ambitious plans for clean power by 2030, how could the new Conservative opposition approach energy policy and net zero and constructively challenge the new Labour government on its plans? 

Rt Hon Claire Coutinho MP, Shadow Secretary of State for Energy Security and Net Zero

Sam Hall, Director of the Conservative Environment Network

Rosa Hodgkin, Researcher at the Institute for Government

Professor Karl Whittle, Professor of Zero Carbon and Nuclear Energy at the University of Liverpool

This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with The Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place, University of Liverpool.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Theresa May’s government set the UK’s net zero target and th<u>h</u>e UK has made significant progress in decarbonising its power supply under successive Conservative governments. However, the last parliament saw concerns raised by Conservative MPs about the potential costs of net zero<u>.</u> and the issue becoming increasingly politicised. In the context of Labour’s ambitious plans for clean power by 2030, how could the new Conservative opposition approach energy policy and net zero and constructively challenge the new Labour government on its plans? </p><p><br></p><p>Rt Hon Claire Coutinho MP, Shadow Secretary of State for Energy Security and Net Zero</p><p><br></p><p>Sam Hall, Director of the Conservative Environment Network</p><p><br></p><p>Rosa Hodgkin, Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>Professor Karl Whittle, Professor of Zero Carbon and Nuclear Energy at the University of Liverpool</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with The Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place, University of Liverpool.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3529</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4f692358-84ce-11ef-b3e3-3b7429c48e49]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7672920834.mp3?updated=1728558690" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading from the centre: How can prime ministers better deliver long-term policy objectives?</title>
      <description>From David Cameron to Rishi Sunak, prime ministers have been frustrated by policy resource and political energy being spent on reactive decisions rather than dedicated to resolving the chronic problems facing government. So, what can be done differently? This event explored how prime ministers can lead better from the centre and deliver manifesto promises that address issues over the course of the next parliament and beyond.  

Rt Hon John Glen MP, Shadow Paymaster General

The Lord Norton of Louth, Conservative Peer and Professor of Government at the University of Hull

Kartina Tahir Thomson, President of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries

Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Leading from the centre: How can prime ministers better deliver long-term policy objectives?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>276</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>From David Cameron to Rishi Sunak, prime ministers have been frustrated by policy resource and political energy being spent on reactive decisions rather than dedicated to resolving the chronic problems facing government. So, what can be done differently? This event explored how prime ministers can lead better from the centre and deliver manifesto promises that address issues over the course of the next parliament and beyond.  

Rt Hon John Glen MP, Shadow Paymaster General

The Lord Norton of Louth, Conservative Peer and Professor of Government at the University of Hull

Kartina Tahir Thomson, President of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries

Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>From David Cameron to Rishi Sunak, prime ministers have been frustrated by policy resource and political energy being spent on reactive decisions rather than dedicated to resolving the chronic problems facing government. So, what can be done differently? This event explored how prime ministers can lead better from the centre and deliver manifesto promises that address issues over the course of the next parliament and beyond.  </p><p><br></p><p>Rt Hon John Glen MP, Shadow Paymaster General</p><p><br></p><p>The Lord Norton of Louth, Conservative Peer and Professor of Government at the University of Hull</p><p><br></p><p>Kartina Tahir Thomson, President of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries</p><p><br></p><p>Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3719</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[23c39f08-84ce-11ef-b00e-9be7a742101b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5644999433.mp3?updated=1728320937" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the Conservative Party learn from its failures to deliver in government?</title>
      <description>After 14 years in power, the Conservative party suffered a historic defeat at the 2024 general election. With the party now in opposition and set to choose its next leader, what lessons should the Conservatives take from their time in government? Did the party fail to deliver on key pledges – and, if so, why? Which parts of government worked well under the last Conservative government – and which did not? Where did the electorate feel let down by the Conservative party and why? Which departments delivered – and how could future Conservative ministers best learn from these experiences?
Speakers:

Rt Hon Damian Green, former First Secretary of State and Minister for the Cabinet Office

Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

Joe Twyman, Co-Founder and Director of Deltapoll

Henry Newman, former Special Adviser at No10 and the Cabinet Office

This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2024 16:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can the Conservative Party learn from its failures to deliver in government?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>275</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>After 14 years in power, the Conservative party suffered a historic defeat at the 2024 general election. With the party now in opposition and set to choose its next leader, what lessons should the Conservatives take from their time in government? Did the party fail to deliver on key pledges – and, if so, why? Which parts of government worked well under the last Conservative government – and which did not? Where did the electorate feel let down by the Conservative party and why? Which departments delivered – and how could future Conservative ministers best learn from these experiences?
Speakers:

Rt Hon Damian Green, former First Secretary of State and Minister for the Cabinet Office

Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

Joe Twyman, Co-Founder and Director of Deltapoll

Henry Newman, former Special Adviser at No10 and the Cabinet Office

This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>After 14 years in power, the Conservative party suffered a historic defeat at the 2024 general election. With the party now in opposition and set to choose its next leader, what lessons should the Conservatives take from their time in government? Did the party fail to deliver on key pledges – and, if so, why? Which parts of government worked well under the last Conservative government – and which did not? Where did the electorate feel let down by the Conservative party and why? Which departments delivered – and how could future Conservative ministers best learn from these experiences?</p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Rt Hon Damian Green, former First Secretary of State and Minister for the Cabinet Office</p><p><br></p><p>Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>Joe Twyman, Co-Founder and Director of Deltapoll</p><p><br></p><p>Henry Newman, former Special Adviser at No10 and the Cabinet Office</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3819</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f094dc5a-84cd-11ef-83bf-d7d2dcaad99c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9827483894.mp3?updated=1728320852" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improving public service productivity: Can we have better services for less money?</title>
      <description>A combination of poor public service performance and tight funding for the foreseeable future means boosting productivity – which fell both during and after the pandemic – will remain high on the agenda. The last Conservative government launched a Public Sector Productivity Programme in June 2023 , but what would a future Conservative government do to fix these issues? And how realistic is the hope of delivering better services for less?

Baroness Neville-Rolfe, former Cabinet Office and Treasury minister

Dan Butler, Head of Government Affairs at Google Cloud UK

Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Professor Mark Thompson, Professor of Digital Economy at the University of Exeter

This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Google Cloud UK and the University of Exeter.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Improving public service productivity: Can we have better services for less money?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>274</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>A combination of poor public service performance and tight funding for the foreseeable future means boosting productivity – which fell both during and after the pandemic – will remain high on the agenda. The last Conservative government launched a Public Sector Productivity Programme in June 2023 , but what would a future Conservative government do to fix these issues? And how realistic is the hope of delivering better services for less?

Baroness Neville-Rolfe, former Cabinet Office and Treasury minister

Dan Butler, Head of Government Affairs at Google Cloud UK

Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Professor Mark Thompson, Professor of Digital Economy at the University of Exeter

This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Google Cloud UK and the University of Exeter.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>A combination of poor public service performance and tight funding for the foreseeable future means boosting productivity – which fell both during and after the pandemic – will remain high on the agenda. The last Conservative government launched a Public Sector Productivity Programme in June 2023 , but what would a future Conservative government do to fix these issues? And how realistic is the hope of delivering better services for less?</p><p><br></p><p>Baroness Neville-Rolfe, former Cabinet Office and Treasury minister</p><p><br></p><p>Dan Butler, Head of Government Affairs at Google Cloud UK</p><p><br></p><p>Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>Professor Mark Thompson, Professor of Digital Economy at the University of Exeter</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with Google Cloud UK and the University of Exeter.</p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3712</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1c9f949e-84cd-11ef-a102-7faa5544a3e5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3815333467.mp3?updated=1728320496" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How would a Conservative government reduce demand for public services?</title>
      <description>Years of low but volatile capital spending have left public services across the country struggling with crumbling buildings and poor-quality IT and equipment. But public finances are tight, meaning that government will need to get better value from its spending – not just rely on spending more. There is a role for both national and local government in making sure that capital budgets are spent well – so what would a Conservative government do?
Speakers:

Steve Brine, former Chair of the Health and Social Care Select Committee

Polly Curtis, Chief Executive of Demos

Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Sam Rowlands MS, Welsh Shadow Minister for Health

This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Oct 2024 16:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How would a Conservative government reduce demand for public services?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>273</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Years of low but volatile capital spending have left public services across the country struggling with crumbling buildings and poor-quality IT and equipment. But public finances are tight, meaning that government will need to get better value from its spending – not just rely on spending more. There is a role for both national and local government in making sure that capital budgets are spent well – so what would a Conservative government do?
Speakers:

Steve Brine, former Chair of the Health and Social Care Select Committee

Polly Curtis, Chief Executive of Demos

Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

Sam Rowlands MS, Welsh Shadow Minister for Health

This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Years of low but volatile capital spending have left public services across the country struggling with crumbling buildings and poor-quality IT and equipment. But public finances are tight, meaning that government will need to get better value from its spending – not just rely on spending more. There is a role for both national and local government in making sure that capital budgets are spent well – so what would a Conservative government do?</p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Steve Brine, former Chair of the Health and Social Care Select Committee</p><p><br></p><p>Polly Curtis, Chief Executive of Demos</p><p><br></p><p>Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>Sam Rowlands MS, Welsh Shadow Minister for Health</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3544</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c74e624c-84ca-11ef-b255-ab0e0d88dc90]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5316647104.mp3?updated=1728319494" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What is the Conservative vision for devolution across England?</title>
      <description>The Conservative government made substantial progress between 2019 and 2024 in devolving power to metro mayors in places including Greater Manchester and the West Midlands. Devolution was a core part of the Johnson and Sunak governments’ levelling up strategy, but was this approach a success? This panel discussed the successes and failures of devolution and consider the Conservative case for further empowerment of local leaders across England.
 
Speakers:

Councillor Anne Handley, Leader of East Riding of Yorkshire Council

Professor Richard Jones, Vice-President for Regional Innovation and Civic Engagement at The University of Manchester

Councillor Tim Oliver OBE, Leader of Surrey County Council and Chairman of the County Councils Network

Laura Shoaf, Chief Executive of the
West Midlands Combined Authority

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Policy@Manchester.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What is the Conservative vision for devolution across England?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>272</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Conservative government made substantial progress between 2019 and 2024 in devolving power to metro mayors in places including Greater Manchester and the West Midlands. Devolution was a core part of the Johnson and Sunak governments’ levelling up strategy, but was this approach a success? This panel discussed the successes and failures of devolution and consider the Conservative case for further empowerment of local leaders across England.
 
Speakers:

Councillor Anne Handley, Leader of East Riding of Yorkshire Council

Professor Richard Jones, Vice-President for Regional Innovation and Civic Engagement at The University of Manchester

Councillor Tim Oliver OBE, Leader of Surrey County Council and Chairman of the County Councils Network

Laura Shoaf, Chief Executive of the
West Midlands Combined Authority

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Policy@Manchester.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Conservative government made substantial progress between 2019 and 2024 in devolving power to metro mayors in places including Greater Manchester and the West Midlands. Devolution was a core part of the Johnson and Sunak governments’ levelling up strategy, but was this approach a success? This panel discussed the successes and failures of devolution and consider the Conservative case for further empowerment of local leaders across England.</p><p> </p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Councillor Anne Handley, Leader of East Riding of Yorkshire Council</p><p><br></p><p>Professor Richard Jones, Vice-President for Regional Innovation and Civic Engagement at The University of Manchester</p><p><br></p><p>Councillor Tim Oliver OBE, Leader of Surrey County Council and Chairman of the County Councils Network</p><p><br></p><p>Laura Shoaf, Chief Executive of the</p><p>West Midlands Combined Authority</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with Policy@Manchester.</p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3747</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8789703e-84ca-11ef-b038-975b394b3b27]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5159212655.mp3?updated=1728319387" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the Conservatives build on the last government's unsung industrial strategy?</title>
      <description>While the last Conservative government did not use the term ‘industrial strategy’, it nonetheless effectively operated one. Former chancellor Jeremy Hunt set out five “growth sectors” he wanted to support to drive through the government’s priorities, and funded an Advanced Manufacturing Plan, published a Battery Strategy, and set out plans and resources for aerospace, automotives, offshore wind and more. The government’s post-Brexit reforms to state aid gave UK ministers the ability to set the rules and deploy state subsidy in a more nimble and targeted way, while the Vaccines Taskforce set a precedent for decisive government support of a vital industry, advertising to the world the UK’s excellence in Life Sciences.
 
But at the same time, Rishi Sunak’s Conservative government was reticent of talking about any kind of industrial strategy, unlike some previous Conservative leaders. This event discussed what the Conservatives should learn from recent experience of industrial policy.  Key questions will include:
 
 
Speakers:

Andrew Griffith MP, Shadow Secretary of State for Science, Innovation and Technology

Professor Nigel Brandon OBE, Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Professor of Sustainable Development in Energy at Imperial College London

Rain Newton-Smith, Chief Executive of the Confederation of British Industry (CBI)

Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Imperial College London.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2024 16:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can the Conservatives build on the last government's unsung industrial strategy?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>271</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>While the last Conservative government did not use the term ‘industrial strategy’, it nonetheless effectively operated one. Former chancellor Jeremy Hunt set out five “growth sectors” he wanted to support to drive through the government’s priorities, and funded an Advanced Manufacturing Plan, published a Battery Strategy, and set out plans and resources for aerospace, automotives, offshore wind and more. The government’s post-Brexit reforms to state aid gave UK ministers the ability to set the rules and deploy state subsidy in a more nimble and targeted way, while the Vaccines Taskforce set a precedent for decisive government support of a vital industry, advertising to the world the UK’s excellence in Life Sciences.
 
But at the same time, Rishi Sunak’s Conservative government was reticent of talking about any kind of industrial strategy, unlike some previous Conservative leaders. This event discussed what the Conservatives should learn from recent experience of industrial policy.  Key questions will include:
 
 
Speakers:

Andrew Griffith MP, Shadow Secretary of State for Science, Innovation and Technology

Professor Nigel Brandon OBE, Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Professor of Sustainable Development in Energy at Imperial College London

Rain Newton-Smith, Chief Executive of the Confederation of British Industry (CBI)

Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Imperial College London.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>While the last Conservative government did not use the term ‘industrial strategy’, it nonetheless effectively operated one. Former chancellor Jeremy Hunt set out five “growth sectors” he wanted to support to drive through the government’s priorities, and funded an Advanced Manufacturing Plan, published a Battery Strategy, and set out plans and resources for aerospace, automotives, offshore wind and more. The government’s post-Brexit reforms to state aid gave UK ministers the ability to set the rules and deploy state subsidy in a more nimble and targeted way, while the Vaccines Taskforce set a precedent for decisive government support of a vital industry, advertising to the world the UK’s excellence in Life Sciences.</p><p> </p><p>But at the same time, Rishi Sunak’s Conservative government was reticent of talking about any kind of industrial strategy, unlike some previous Conservative leaders. This event discussed what the Conservatives should learn from recent experience of industrial policy.  Key questions will include:</p><p><strong> </strong></p><p><strong> </strong></p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Andrew Griffith MP, Shadow Secretary of State for Science, Innovation and Technology</p><p><br></p><p>Professor Nigel Brandon OBE, Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Professor of Sustainable Development in Energy at Imperial College London</p><p><br></p><p>Rain Newton-Smith, Chief Executive of the Confederation of British Industry (CBI)</p><p><br></p><p>Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with Imperial College London.</p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3822</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2e982f88-84ca-11ef-8f78-f3c6ca260471]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3020310872.mp3?updated=1728319238" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>After the pandemic: How can confidence in public procurement be restored?</title>
      <description>Procurement accounts for around a third of all government expenditure – but in recent years it has been hit by a number of negative headlines. Issues with purchasing PPE in the pandemic, and more recently the Post Office scandal, have led to questions about how to hold government and suppliers to account when things go wrong. The soon to be implemented Procurement Act includes measures to improve accountability, but it is unclear how effective these will be. This event explored what the government can do to strengthen accountability.

Katy Balls, Deputy Political Editor at The Spectator

Daniel Bruce, Chief Executive of Transparency International UK

Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Joe Powell MP, Chair of APPG on Anti-Corruption and Responsible Tax and Member of Parliament for Kensington and Bayswater

This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Transparency International UK.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>After the pandemic: How can confidence in public procurement be restored?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>270</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Procurement accounts for around a third of all government expenditure – but in recent years it has been hit by a number of negative headlines. Issues with purchasing PPE in the pandemic, and more recently the Post Office scandal, have led to questions about how to hold government and suppliers to account when things go wrong. The soon to be implemented Procurement Act includes measures to improve accountability, but it is unclear how effective these will be. This event explored what the government can do to strengthen accountability.

Katy Balls, Deputy Political Editor at The Spectator

Daniel Bruce, Chief Executive of Transparency International UK

Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Joe Powell MP, Chair of APPG on Anti-Corruption and Responsible Tax and Member of Parliament for Kensington and Bayswater

This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Transparency International UK.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Procurement accounts for around a third of all government expenditure – but in recent years it has been hit by a number of negative headlines. Issues with purchasing PPE in the pandemic, and more recently the Post Office scandal, have led to questions about how to hold government and suppliers to account when things go wrong. The soon to be implemented Procurement Act includes measures to improve accountability, but it is unclear how effective these will be. This event explored what the government can do to strengthen accountability.</p><p><br></p><p>Katy Balls, Deputy Political Editor at The Spectator</p><p><br></p><p>Daniel Bruce, Chief Executive of Transparency International UK</p><p><br></p><p>Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>Joe Powell MP, Chair of APPG on Anti-Corruption and Responsible Tax and Member of Parliament for Kensington and Bayswater</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with Transparency International UK.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3494</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d86a486c-84c9-11ef-b633-3fb66c89fe4e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4491283494.mp3?updated=1728319093" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AI in the public sector: How can government achieve the greatest impact?</title>
      <description>The government sees AI as an engine of innovation and productivity, including within government itself. But when faced with constrained public finances and a profusion of ways to use AI, where should government focus to achieve results? Could faster progress be made? 
This event brought together politicians and civil society representatives to discuss how government can and should make the best use of AI. It also considered how the potential risks might be anticipated and addressed, as well as how the government can maintain public trust as technological change occurs. 
 
Speakers:

Kate Bell, Assistant General Secretary of the Trades Union Congress

Alwin Magimay, Global Head of AI at PA Consulting

Gaia Marcus, Director of the Ada Lovelace Institute

Gordon McKee MP, Member of Parliament for Glasgow South

This event was chaired by Dr Matthew Gill, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with PA Consulting.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Oct 2024 16:30:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>AI in the public sector: How can government achieve the greatest impact?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>269</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government sees AI as an engine of innovation and productivity, including within government itself. But when faced with constrained public finances and a profusion of ways to use AI, where should government focus to achieve results? Could faster progress be made? 
This event brought together politicians and civil society representatives to discuss how government can and should make the best use of AI. It also considered how the potential risks might be anticipated and addressed, as well as how the government can maintain public trust as technological change occurs. 
 
Speakers:

Kate Bell, Assistant General Secretary of the Trades Union Congress

Alwin Magimay, Global Head of AI at PA Consulting

Gaia Marcus, Director of the Ada Lovelace Institute

Gordon McKee MP, Member of Parliament for Glasgow South

This event was chaired by Dr Matthew Gill, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with PA Consulting.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government sees AI as an engine of innovation and productivity, including within government itself. But when faced with constrained public finances and a profusion of ways to use AI, where should government focus to achieve results? Could faster progress be made? </p><p>This event brought together politicians and civil society representatives to discuss how government can and should make the best use of AI. It also considered how the potential risks might be anticipated and addressed, as well as how the government can maintain public trust as technological change occurs. </p><p><strong> </strong></p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Kate Bell, Assistant General Secretary of the Trades Union Congress</p><p><br></p><p>Alwin Magimay, Global Head of AI at PA Consulting</p><p><br></p><p>Gaia Marcus, Director of the Ada Lovelace Institute</p><p><br></p><p>Gordon McKee MP, Member of Parliament for Glasgow South</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Dr Matthew Gill, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with PA Consulting.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3620</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[86f3b7f2-84c9-11ef-b570-8f6d117d25f8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3374097866.mp3?updated=1728318957" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improving public service productivity: Can we have better services for less money?</title>
      <description>The Labour government has set ambitious public service objectives. But with poor performance across many services and limited scope to substantially increase funding, improving public sector productivity will be critical. However, public service productivity fell both during and after the pandemic. And many of the drivers of poor productivity, such as underinvestment in capital, have been a problem for decades. This event explored what can the new Labour government do to fix these issues - and whether better services can really be delivered for less.
 
Speakers:

Georgia Gould MP, Parliamentary Secretary (Cabinet Office)

Dan Butler, Head of Government Affairs at Google Cloud UK

Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Professor Mark Thompson, Professor of Digital Economy at the University of Exeter

This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Google Cloud UK and the University of Exeter.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 06 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Improving public service productivity: Can we have better services for less money?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>268</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Labour government has set ambitious public service objectives. But with poor performance across many services and limited scope to substantially increase funding, improving public sector productivity will be critical. However, public service productivity fell both during and after the pandemic. And many of the drivers of poor productivity, such as underinvestment in capital, have been a problem for decades. This event explored what can the new Labour government do to fix these issues - and whether better services can really be delivered for less.
 
Speakers:

Georgia Gould MP, Parliamentary Secretary (Cabinet Office)

Dan Butler, Head of Government Affairs at Google Cloud UK

Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Professor Mark Thompson, Professor of Digital Economy at the University of Exeter

This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Google Cloud UK and the University of Exeter.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Labour government has set ambitious public service objectives. But with poor performance across many services and limited scope to substantially increase funding, improving public sector productivity will be critical. However, public service productivity fell both during and after the pandemic. And many of the drivers of poor productivity, such as underinvestment in capital, have been a problem for decades. This event explored what can the new Labour government do to fix these issues - and whether better services can really be delivered for less.</p><p><strong> </strong></p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Georgia Gould MP, Parliamentary Secretary (Cabinet Office)</p><p><br></p><p>Dan Butler, Head of Government Affairs at Google Cloud UK</p><p><br></p><p>Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>Professor Mark Thompson, Professor of Digital Economy at the University of Exeter</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with Google Cloud UK and the University of Exeter.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3765</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f8061244-80c0-11ef-aff7-4bafdc186dd9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8143561079.mp3?updated=1727875496" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Prevention-led public services: Can the government make its rhetoric a reality?</title>
      <description>The Labour party has put prevention at the centre of its plans for public services, with the new government’s public spending audit signaling greater ‘investment in prevention’. But while governments of all stripes have called for more focus on prevention, they have often found it hard to deliver. In recent years, funding of public services has increasingly shifted away from preventative interventions towards acute ones. With public spending set to remain tight for the coming years, this event explored what can the Labour government do to tip the balance towards prevention?.
 
Speakers:

Andrew Gwynne MP, Parliamentary Under-Secretary (Department of Health and Social Care)

Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Dr Jennifer Dixon DBE, Chief Executive of The Health Foundation

Paul Kissack, Group Chief Executive of Joseph Rowntree Foundation

This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with The Health Foundation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 05 Oct 2024 16:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Prevention-led public services: Can the government make its rhetoric a reality?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>267</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Labour party has put prevention at the centre of its plans for public services, with the new government’s public spending audit signaling greater ‘investment in prevention’. But while governments of all stripes have called for more focus on prevention, they have often found it hard to deliver. In recent years, funding of public services has increasingly shifted away from preventative interventions towards acute ones. With public spending set to remain tight for the coming years, this event explored what can the Labour government do to tip the balance towards prevention?.
 
Speakers:

Andrew Gwynne MP, Parliamentary Under-Secretary (Department of Health and Social Care)

Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Dr Jennifer Dixon DBE, Chief Executive of The Health Foundation

Paul Kissack, Group Chief Executive of Joseph Rowntree Foundation

This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with The Health Foundation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Labour party has put prevention at the centre of its plans for public services, with the new government’s public spending audit signaling greater ‘investment in prevention’. But while governments of all stripes have called for more focus on prevention, they have often found it hard to deliver. In recent years, funding of public services has increasingly shifted away from preventative interventions towards acute ones. With public spending set to remain tight for the coming years, this event explored what can the Labour government do to tip the balance towards prevention?.</p><p><strong> </strong></p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Andrew Gwynne MP, Parliamentary Under-Secretary (Department of Health and Social Care)</p><p><br></p><p>Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>Dr Jennifer Dixon DBE, Chief Executive of The Health Foundation</p><p><br></p><p>Paul Kissack, Group Chief Executive of Joseph Rowntree Foundation</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with The Health Foundation.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3663</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[00de2542-80c0-11ef-8fef-f3eaa7fdf15f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1269639748.mp3?updated=1727875082" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can government spending decisions deliver Labour’s missions?</title>
      <description>Through allocating almost half of national income, often over multiple years, spending reviews are the key vehicle through which a government can set its overarching strategy in motion. However, the approach taken in recent years has been ineffective. It has often failed to provide adequate certainty, incentivise cross-government cooperation, make the most effective use of evidence, and successfully identify opportunities for improving long-term productivity. This event explore how a new Labour government can reinvigorate the process so that it can deliver on an ambitious set of cross-cutting missions? 
 
Speakers:

Dame Meg Hillier MP, Chair of the Treasury Select Committee

Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government

Tom Sasse, Britain Public Policy Editor at The Economist

Moira Wallace, former Permanent Secretary

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with the Association for Project Management.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 05 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can government spending decisions deliver Labour’s missions?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>266</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Through allocating almost half of national income, often over multiple years, spending reviews are the key vehicle through which a government can set its overarching strategy in motion. However, the approach taken in recent years has been ineffective. It has often failed to provide adequate certainty, incentivise cross-government cooperation, make the most effective use of evidence, and successfully identify opportunities for improving long-term productivity. This event explore how a new Labour government can reinvigorate the process so that it can deliver on an ambitious set of cross-cutting missions? 
 
Speakers:

Dame Meg Hillier MP, Chair of the Treasury Select Committee

Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government

Tom Sasse, Britain Public Policy Editor at The Economist

Moira Wallace, former Permanent Secretary

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with the Association for Project Management.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Through allocating almost half of national income, often over multiple years, spending reviews are the key vehicle through which a government can set its overarching strategy in motion. However, the approach taken in recent years has been ineffective. It has often failed to provide adequate certainty, incentivise cross-government cooperation, make the most effective use of evidence, and successfully identify opportunities for improving long-term productivity. This event explore how a new Labour government can reinvigorate the process so that it can deliver on an ambitious set of cross-cutting missions? </p><p> </p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Dame Meg Hillier MP, Chair of the Treasury Select Committee</p><p><br></p><p>Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>Tom Sasse, Britain Public Policy Editor at The Economist</p><p><br></p><p>Moira Wallace, former Permanent Secretary</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with the Association for Project Management.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3770</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b76a71a4-80bf-11ef-880f-171a5c5956c9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1532331660.mp3?updated=1727874939" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can a Labour government ensure it invests well in public services?</title>
      <description>Many of the government’s objectives, including improving the performance of public services, will rely on good investment. But current plans imply investment spending plans will be tight. This event explored how the Labour government can ensure it invests well in public services. 
 
Speakers:

Rt Hon Darren Jones MP, Chief Secretary to the Treasury

Anita Charlesworth, Director of Research and the REAL Centre (Research and Economic Analysis for the Long term) at the Health Foundation

Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government

Phillip Woolley, Partner at Grant Thornton UK LLP

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Grant Thornton UK LLP.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Oct 2024 16:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can a Labour government ensure it invests well in public services?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>265</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Many of the government’s objectives, including improving the performance of public services, will rely on good investment. But current plans imply investment spending plans will be tight. This event explored how the Labour government can ensure it invests well in public services. 
 
Speakers:

Rt Hon Darren Jones MP, Chief Secretary to the Treasury

Anita Charlesworth, Director of Research and the REAL Centre (Research and Economic Analysis for the Long term) at the Health Foundation

Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government

Phillip Woolley, Partner at Grant Thornton UK LLP

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Grant Thornton UK LLP.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Many of the government’s objectives, including improving the performance of public services, will rely on good investment. But current plans imply investment spending plans will be tight. This event explored how the Labour government can ensure it invests well in public services. </p><p><strong> </strong></p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Rt Hon Darren Jones MP, Chief Secretary to the Treasury</p><p><br></p><p>Anita Charlesworth, Director of Research and the REAL Centre (Research and Economic Analysis for the Long term) at the Health Foundation</p><p><br></p><p>Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>Phillip Woolley, Partner at Grant Thornton UK LLP</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with Grant Thornton UK LLP.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3605</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[65e201b2-80bf-11ef-a2f5-2b5cfd39b62e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5430664823.mp3?updated=1727874803" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can Labour reset standards in public life and improve trust in our politics?</title>
      <description>After a series of awkward stories over gifts and donations, how can Labour reassert its credentials around upholding public standards - and avoid standards issues distracting from its wider agenda for government? 
 
This event will explore how key reforms such as the creation of the long-promised Ethics and Integrity Commission and establishment of the Modernisation Committee will work and what else needs to be done to restore trust in politics.
 
Speakers:

Rt Hon Lucy Powell MP, Leader of the House of Commons

Stephen Bush, Associate Editor and Columnist at the Financial Times

Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Duncan Hames, Director of Policy and Programmes at Transparency International UK

Dr Susan Hawley, Executive Director of Spotlight on Corruption

This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Spotlight on Corruption, Transparency International UK, and the UK Anti-Corruption Coalition.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can Labour reset standards in public life and improve trust in our politics?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>264</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>After a series of awkward stories over gifts and donations, how can Labour reassert its credentials around upholding public standards - and avoid standards issues distracting from its wider agenda for government? 
 
This event will explore how key reforms such as the creation of the long-promised Ethics and Integrity Commission and establishment of the Modernisation Committee will work and what else needs to be done to restore trust in politics.
 
Speakers:

Rt Hon Lucy Powell MP, Leader of the House of Commons

Stephen Bush, Associate Editor and Columnist at the Financial Times

Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Duncan Hames, Director of Policy and Programmes at Transparency International UK

Dr Susan Hawley, Executive Director of Spotlight on Corruption

This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Spotlight on Corruption, Transparency International UK, and the UK Anti-Corruption Coalition.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>After a series of awkward stories over gifts and donations, how can Labour reassert its credentials around upholding public standards - and avoid standards issues distracting from its wider agenda for government? </p><p> </p><p>This event will explore how key reforms such as the creation of the long-promised Ethics and Integrity Commission and establishment of the Modernisation Committee will work and what else needs to be done to restore trust in politics.</p><p> </p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Rt Hon Lucy Powell MP, Leader of the House of Commons</p><p><br></p><p>Stephen Bush, Associate Editor and Columnist at the Financial Times</p><p><br></p><p>Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>Duncan Hames, Director of Policy and Programmes at Transparency International UK</p><p><br></p><p>Dr Susan Hawley, Executive Director of Spotlight on Corruption</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with Spotlight on Corruption, Transparency International UK, and the UK Anti-Corruption Coalition.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3804</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[082867aa-80bf-11ef-9706-934ed8621217]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7649546452.mp3?updated=1727874645" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the Labour government achieve its clean power aims and accelerate to net zero?</title>
      <description>Decarbonising the power system by 2030 and accelerating to net zero is one of Labour's five missions. But achieving this goal means moving faster than the previous government and overcoming barriers like the availability of skilled workers while engaging with distributional questions to ensure a just transition. Building on recent IfG research, this event looked at what the new government has done so far - and what other actions it could take to accelerate delivery while avoiding any unintended consequences for the wider transition to net zero. 
 
Mete Coban MBE, Deputy Mayor for Environment and Energy at Greater London Authority

Clem Cowton, Director of External Affairs at Octopus Energy

Ed Cox, Executive Director for Strategy, Economy &amp; Net Zero at West Midlands Combined Authority

Rosa Hodgkin, Researcher at the Institute for Government

Professor Karl Whittle, Professor of Zero Carbon and Nuclear Energy at the University of Liverpool

This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with The Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place, University of Liverpool.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2024 16:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can the Labour government achieve its clean power aims and accelerate to net zero?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>263</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Decarbonising the power system by 2030 and accelerating to net zero is one of Labour's five missions. But achieving this goal means moving faster than the previous government and overcoming barriers like the availability of skilled workers while engaging with distributional questions to ensure a just transition. Building on recent IfG research, this event looked at what the new government has done so far - and what other actions it could take to accelerate delivery while avoiding any unintended consequences for the wider transition to net zero. 
 
Mete Coban MBE, Deputy Mayor for Environment and Energy at Greater London Authority

Clem Cowton, Director of External Affairs at Octopus Energy

Ed Cox, Executive Director for Strategy, Economy &amp; Net Zero at West Midlands Combined Authority

Rosa Hodgkin, Researcher at the Institute for Government

Professor Karl Whittle, Professor of Zero Carbon and Nuclear Energy at the University of Liverpool

This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with The Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place, University of Liverpool.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Decarbonising the power system by 2030 and accelerating to net zero is one of Labour's five missions. But achieving this goal means moving faster than the previous government and overcoming barriers like the availability of skilled workers while engaging with distributional questions to ensure a just transition. Building on recent IfG research, this event looked at what the new government has done so far - and what other actions it could take to accelerate delivery while avoiding any unintended consequences for the wider transition to net zero. </p><p> </p><p>Mete Coban MBE, Deputy Mayor for Environment and Energy at Greater London Authority</p><p><br></p><p>Clem Cowton, Director of External Affairs at Octopus Energy</p><p><br></p><p>Ed Cox, Executive Director for Strategy, Economy &amp; Net Zero at West Midlands Combined Authority</p><p><br></p><p>Rosa Hodgkin, Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>Professor Karl Whittle, Professor of Zero Carbon and Nuclear Energy at the University of Liverpool</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with The Heseltine Institute for Public Policy, Practice and Place, University of Liverpool.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3687</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9ff6098a-80be-11ef-bced-3315863ce229]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3464510804.mp3?updated=1727874490" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the government make a success of its mission-led approach?</title>
      <description>What needs to be done to embed Labour's missions-led approach into the way that government works? How should No.10, the Cabinet Office and the Treasury be reformed to help deliver long term policy objectives? What is the role of ministers in mission-led government? And how can mission-led government mean more than a few new committees in Whitehall – and instead, help the centre to address long term chronic problems, make government more open and encourage collaboration?
 
Speakers:

Josh Simons MP, Member of Parliament for Makerfield and former Director of Labour Together

Clare Moriarty, former Permanent Secretary and Chief Executive of Citizens Advice

Kartina Tahir Thomson, President of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries

Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can the government make a success of its mission-led approach?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>262</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>What needs to be done to embed Labour's missions-led approach into the way that government works? How should No.10, the Cabinet Office and the Treasury be reformed to help deliver long term policy objectives? What is the role of ministers in mission-led government? And how can mission-led government mean more than a few new committees in Whitehall – and instead, help the centre to address long term chronic problems, make government more open and encourage collaboration?
 
Speakers:

Josh Simons MP, Member of Parliament for Makerfield and former Director of Labour Together

Clare Moriarty, former Permanent Secretary and Chief Executive of Citizens Advice

Kartina Tahir Thomson, President of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries

Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What needs to be done to embed Labour's missions-led approach into the way that government works? How should No.10, the Cabinet Office and the Treasury be reformed to help deliver long term policy objectives? What is the role of ministers in mission-led government? And how can mission-led government mean more than a few new committees in Whitehall – and instead, help the centre to address long term chronic problems, make government more open and encourage collaboration?</p><p> </p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Josh Simons MP, Member of Parliament for Makerfield and former Director of Labour Together</p><p><br></p><p>Clare Moriarty, former Permanent Secretary and Chief Executive of Citizens Advice</p><p><br></p><p>Kartina Tahir Thomson, President of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries</p><p><br></p><p>Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3458</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2d57500a-80be-11ef-a5fd-0ff0ff851c50]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5050622506.mp3?updated=1727874278" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can metro mayors help Labour achieve its missions for government</title>
      <description>With Labour winning the 2024 election on a pledge to widen and deepen devolution across England, this event discussed how and why the government should make a reality of this commitment. The panel considered the role that metro mayors and local government can play in helping Labour to achieve its economic missions, which specific powers should be devolved, and how institutions such as universities can themselves contribute to the government’s industrial strategy.
 
Speakers:

Jim McMahon MP, Minister of State (Housing, Communities and Local Government)

Kim McGuinness, Mayor of the North East

Professor Richard Jones, Vice-President for Regional Innovation and Civic Engagement at The University of Manchester

Jen Williams, Northern England Correspondent at the Financial Times

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Policy@Manchester.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Oct 2024 16:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can metro mayors help Labour achieve its missions for government</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>261</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>With Labour winning the 2024 election on a pledge to widen and deepen devolution across England, this event discussed how and why the government should make a reality of this commitment. The panel considered the role that metro mayors and local government can play in helping Labour to achieve its economic missions, which specific powers should be devolved, and how institutions such as universities can themselves contribute to the government’s industrial strategy.
 
Speakers:

Jim McMahon MP, Minister of State (Housing, Communities and Local Government)

Kim McGuinness, Mayor of the North East

Professor Richard Jones, Vice-President for Regional Innovation and Civic Engagement at The University of Manchester

Jen Williams, Northern England Correspondent at the Financial Times

This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Policy@Manchester.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>With Labour winning the 2024 election on a pledge to widen and deepen devolution across England, this event discussed how and why the government should make a reality of this commitment. The panel considered the role that metro mayors and local government can play in helping Labour to achieve its economic missions, which specific powers should be devolved, and how institutions such as universities can themselves contribute to the government’s industrial strategy.</p><p> </p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Jim McMahon MP, Minister of State (Housing, Communities and Local Government)</p><p><br></p><p>Kim McGuinness, Mayor of the North East</p><p><br></p><p>Professor Richard Jones, Vice-President for Regional Innovation and Civic Engagement at The University of Manchester</p><p><br></p><p>Jen Williams, Northern England Correspondent at the Financial Times</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with Policy@Manchester.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3398</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0d1c62e2-80b6-11ef-a681-fbf6d0d12d4c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4850700076.mp3?updated=1727870787" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can R&amp;D ensure the new industrial strategy creates growth?</title>
      <description>Labour has inherited an economy that has struggled with low growth and weak productivity for most of the past 15 years. The government has proposed a new industrial strategy, sometimes called ‘securonomics’, which it says will help to deliver high-tech industries, boost lagging regions and support UK companies to be global champions in growth sectors. And it plans to establish a new Industrial Strategy Council to ensure the kind of long-term commitment to the agenda that has too often been missing. This event discussed what this council should do to help deliver Labour’s aspirations for economic renewal.  
 
Speakers:

Lord Patrick Vallance, Minister of State for Science, Research and Innovation

Peter Foster, Public Policy Editor at the Financial Times

Professor Mary Ryan, Vice-Provost (Research and Enterprise) at Imperial College London

Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Imperial College London.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Oct 2024 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can R&amp;D ensure the new industrial strategy creates growth?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>260</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Labour has inherited an economy that has struggled with low growth and weak productivity for most of the past 15 years. The government has proposed a new industrial strategy, sometimes called ‘securonomics’, which it says will help to deliver high-tech industries, boost lagging regions and support UK companies to be global champions in growth sectors. And it plans to establish a new Industrial Strategy Council to ensure the kind of long-term commitment to the agenda that has too often been missing. This event discussed what this council should do to help deliver Labour’s aspirations for economic renewal.  
 
Speakers:

Lord Patrick Vallance, Minister of State for Science, Research and Innovation

Peter Foster, Public Policy Editor at the Financial Times

Professor Mary Ryan, Vice-Provost (Research and Enterprise) at Imperial College London

Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Imperial College London.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Labour has inherited an economy that has struggled with low growth and weak productivity for most of the past 15 years. The government has proposed a new industrial strategy, sometimes called ‘securonomics’, which it says will help to deliver high-tech industries, boost lagging regions and support UK companies to be global champions in growth sectors. And it plans to establish a new Industrial Strategy Council to ensure the kind of long-term commitment to the agenda that has too often been missing. This event discussed what this council should do to help deliver Labour’s aspirations for economic renewal.  </p><p><strong> </strong></p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Lord Patrick Vallance, Minister of State for Science, Research and Innovation</p><p><br></p><p>Peter Foster, Public Policy Editor at the Financial Times</p><p><br></p><p>Professor Mary Ryan, Vice-Provost (Research and Enterprise) at Imperial College London</p><p><br></p><p>Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with Imperial College London.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3914</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[03de5b32-8001-11ef-b8ae-1b72a81c9e76]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7730491594.mp3?updated=1727793033" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the Liberal Democrats deliver a fair deal for housing?</title>
      <description>Britain’s housing market is unfair. House prices are over eight times average earnings. Social housebuilding rates have sharply declined, and homelessness is high. How can the Liberal Democrats ensure the government delivers the sustainable and affordable housing Britain needs?

Speakers:

Lee Dillon MP, Member of Parliament for Newbury

Max Wilkinson MP, Member of Parliament for Cheltenham

Anna Clarke, Director of Policy and Public Affairs at The Housing Forum

Sophie Metcalfe, Researcher at the Institute for Government

Tristan Robinson, Director of External Affairs and Social Value at Thakeham

This event was chaired by Nehal Davison, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Thakeham.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2024 14:24:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can the Liberal Democrats deliver a fair deal for housing?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>259</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Britain’s housing market is unfair. House prices are over eight times average earnings. Social housebuilding rates have sharply declined, and homelessness is high. How can the Liberal Democrats ensure the government delivers the sustainable and affordable housing Britain needs?

Speakers:

Lee Dillon MP, Member of Parliament for Newbury

Max Wilkinson MP, Member of Parliament for Cheltenham

Anna Clarke, Director of Policy and Public Affairs at The Housing Forum

Sophie Metcalfe, Researcher at the Institute for Government

Tristan Robinson, Director of External Affairs and Social Value at Thakeham

This event was chaired by Nehal Davison, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

This event was in partnership with Thakeham.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Britain’s housing market is unfair. House prices are over eight times average earnings. Social housebuilding rates have sharply declined, and homelessness is high. How can the Liberal Democrats ensure the government delivers the sustainable and affordable housing Britain needs?</p><p><br></p><p>Speakers:</p><p><br></p><p>Lee Dillon MP, Member of Parliament for Newbury</p><p><br></p><p>Max Wilkinson MP, Member of Parliament for Cheltenham</p><p><br></p><p>Anna Clarke, Director of Policy and Public Affairs at The Housing Forum</p><p><br></p><p>Sophie Metcalfe, Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>Tristan Robinson, Director of External Affairs and Social Value at Thakeham</p><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Nehal Davison, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>This event was in partnership with Thakeham.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3835</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e4926904-7fff-11ef-b09c-f7dd1858763d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8398263575.mp3?updated=1727792551" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How should government use AI?</title>
      <description>Civil servants are already using AI for a variety of purposes, from summarising and analysing data to drafting correspondence. The new Labour government sees AI as a route to greater productivity and growth, both within government and beyond.
 
Bringing together the themes of two private roundtables hosted by the Institute for Government in partnership with Scott Logic, this public event explored the use of AI in policy and communications, and for civil service effectiveness. 
 
How are public servants making use of AI in their work?
How should government’s own use of AI inform its broader approach to AI’s development and regulation?
And how can government distinguish between panic, hype and useful applications of AI and other emerging technologies?
To discuss these questions and more, this event brought together an expert panel featuring:
 
Duncan Brown, Head of Software Engineering at the Incubator for AI
Matthew Gill, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Jess McEvoy, Principal Consultant at Scott Logic
Jeni Tennison, Founder and Executive Director of Connected by Data
 
The event was chaired by Gavin Freeguard, Associate at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Sep 2024 15:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How should government use AI?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>258</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Civil servants are already using AI for a variety of purposes, from summarising and analysing data to drafting correspondence. The new Labour government sees AI as a route to greater productivity and growth, both within government and beyond.
 
Bringing together the themes of two private roundtables hosted by the Institute for Government in partnership with Scott Logic, this public event explored the use of AI in policy and communications, and for civil service effectiveness. 
 
How are public servants making use of AI in their work?
How should government’s own use of AI inform its broader approach to AI’s development and regulation?
And how can government distinguish between panic, hype and useful applications of AI and other emerging technologies?
To discuss these questions and more, this event brought together an expert panel featuring:
 
Duncan Brown, Head of Software Engineering at the Incubator for AI
Matthew Gill, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Jess McEvoy, Principal Consultant at Scott Logic
Jeni Tennison, Founder and Executive Director of Connected by Data
 
The event was chaired by Gavin Freeguard, Associate at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Civil servants are already using AI for a variety of purposes, from summarising and analysing data to drafting correspondence. The new Labour government sees AI as a route to greater productivity and growth, both within government and beyond.</p><p> </p><p>Bringing together the themes of two private roundtables hosted by the Institute for Government in partnership with Scott Logic, this public event explored the use of AI in policy and communications, and for civil service effectiveness. </p><p> </p><p>How are public servants making use of AI in their work?</p><p>How should government’s own use of AI inform its broader approach to AI’s development and regulation?</p><p>And how can government distinguish between panic, hype and useful applications of AI and other emerging technologies?</p><p>To discuss these questions and more, this event brought together an expert panel featuring:</p><p> </p><p>Duncan Brown, Head of Software Engineering at the Incubator for AI</p><p>Matthew Gill, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p>Jess McEvoy, Principal Consultant at Scott Logic</p><p>Jeni Tennison, Founder and Executive Director of Connected by Data</p><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Gavin Freeguard, Associate at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3967</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[608e25ce-710b-11ef-aa5f-2fcad4264a48]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5066155285.mp3?updated=1726148236" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Outside influence: How to build external voices into the centre of government</title>
      <description>The biggest challenges UK government faces, from tackling low economic growth to addressing regional inequalities, adapting to climate change and transforming public service performance, will need to be addressed by harnessing the insight and expertise of people from outside government itself. So what can be done to bring more external expertise into the heart of government? 
 
This event will explore a core conclusion of the IfG Commission on the Centre of Government – that external voices need to be more embedded in decision making in No.10, the Cabinet Office and the Treasury.
 
The Commission's final report concluded that successive governments had failed to do enough to systemically recruit talented people from outside government and use their skills and insight.
 
We reflected on the Commission’s recommendations and discuss how to improve decision making by amplifying expert voices from outside government.
 
The panel were:
 
Baroness Diana Barran, former Minister for Civil Society
Sir Ian Cheshire, Chair of Channel 4 and former government lead non-executive director
Neil Heslop, Chief Executive of the Charities Aid Foundation
Dame Helen Stephenson, former Chief Executive of the Charity Commission for England and Wales
 
The panel will be chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
 
This event is supported by a grant from Charities Aid Foundation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2024 16:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Outside influence: How to build external voices into the centre of government</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>257</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The biggest challenges UK government faces, from tackling low economic growth to addressing regional inequalities, adapting to climate change and transforming public service performance, will need to be addressed by harnessing the insight and expertise of people from outside government itself. So what can be done to bring more external expertise into the heart of government? 
 
This event will explore a core conclusion of the IfG Commission on the Centre of Government – that external voices need to be more embedded in decision making in No.10, the Cabinet Office and the Treasury.
 
The Commission's final report concluded that successive governments had failed to do enough to systemically recruit talented people from outside government and use their skills and insight.
 
We reflected on the Commission’s recommendations and discuss how to improve decision making by amplifying expert voices from outside government.
 
The panel were:
 
Baroness Diana Barran, former Minister for Civil Society
Sir Ian Cheshire, Chair of Channel 4 and former government lead non-executive director
Neil Heslop, Chief Executive of the Charities Aid Foundation
Dame Helen Stephenson, former Chief Executive of the Charity Commission for England and Wales
 
The panel will be chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
 
This event is supported by a grant from Charities Aid Foundation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The biggest challenges UK government faces, from tackling low economic growth to addressing regional inequalities, adapting to climate change and transforming public service performance, will need to be addressed by harnessing the insight and expertise of people from outside government itself. So what can be done to bring more external expertise into the heart of government? </p><p> </p><p>This event will explore a core conclusion of the IfG Commission on the Centre of Government – that external voices need to be more embedded in decision making in No.10, the Cabinet Office and the Treasury.</p><p> </p><p>The Commission's final report concluded that successive governments had failed to do enough to systemically recruit talented people from outside government and use their skills and insight.</p><p> </p><p>We reflected on the Commission’s recommendations and discuss how to improve decision making by amplifying expert voices from outside government.</p><p> </p><p>The panel were:</p><p> </p><p>Baroness Diana Barran, former Minister for Civil Society</p><p>Sir Ian Cheshire, Chair of Channel 4 and former government lead non-executive director</p><p>Neil Heslop, Chief Executive of the Charities Aid Foundation</p><p>Dame Helen Stephenson, former Chief Executive of the Charity Commission for England and Wales</p><p> </p><p>The panel will be chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>This event is supported by a grant from Charities Aid Foundation.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3585</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[257f1ad2-7102-11ef-9005-ab3b0ce5469f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6312031759.mp3?updated=1726144271" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What does the Procurement Act mean for public bodies and suppliers?</title>
      <description>The government’s approach to procurement is entering a new era. Significant reforms to the UK's post-Brexit procurement legislation, set out in the Procurement Act, will redefine how public sector organisations acquire goods, services, and human resources as new rules and opportunities emerge. So with almost £400bn a year spent on public procurement, how ready are public bodies and suppliers for the Procurement Act’s profound implications?
 
Drawing on IfG's extensive research and analysis on government procurement and outsourcing, this event convened a panel of experts to explore the following key questions:
 
What are the main changes that will be implemented under the new Procurement Act?
How prepared are public bodies and suppliers for these changes?
What impact will the changes have on procurement practice?
What are the key risks and opportunities for public bodies and suppliers?
We were joined by an expert panel, including:
 
Lindsay Maguire, Deputy Director for Procurement Reform Implementation at the Cabinet Office
Andy Milner, Chief Executive Officer of Amey
Peter Schofield, Head of Integrated Commissioning and Procurement at Manchester City Council
Laura Wisdom, Partner at Burges Salmon
 
The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
 
This event is kindly supported by Burges Salmon.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2024 11:54:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What does the Procurement Act mean for public bodies and suppliers?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>256</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government’s approach to procurement is entering a new era. Significant reforms to the UK's post-Brexit procurement legislation, set out in the Procurement Act, will redefine how public sector organisations acquire goods, services, and human resources as new rules and opportunities emerge. So with almost £400bn a year spent on public procurement, how ready are public bodies and suppliers for the Procurement Act’s profound implications?
 
Drawing on IfG's extensive research and analysis on government procurement and outsourcing, this event convened a panel of experts to explore the following key questions:
 
What are the main changes that will be implemented under the new Procurement Act?
How prepared are public bodies and suppliers for these changes?
What impact will the changes have on procurement practice?
What are the key risks and opportunities for public bodies and suppliers?
We were joined by an expert panel, including:
 
Lindsay Maguire, Deputy Director for Procurement Reform Implementation at the Cabinet Office
Andy Milner, Chief Executive Officer of Amey
Peter Schofield, Head of Integrated Commissioning and Procurement at Manchester City Council
Laura Wisdom, Partner at Burges Salmon
 
The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
 
This event is kindly supported by Burges Salmon.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government’s approach to procurement is entering a new era. Significant reforms to the UK's post-Brexit procurement legislation, set out in the Procurement Act, will redefine how public sector organisations acquire goods, services, and human resources as new rules and opportunities emerge. So with almost £400bn a year spent on public procurement, how ready are public bodies and suppliers for the Procurement Act’s profound implications?</p><p> </p><p>Drawing on IfG's extensive research and analysis on government procurement and outsourcing, this event convened a panel of experts to explore the following key questions:</p><p> </p><p>What are the main changes that will be implemented under the new Procurement Act?</p><p>How prepared are public bodies and suppliers for these changes?</p><p>What impact will the changes have on procurement practice?</p><p>What are the key risks and opportunities for public bodies and suppliers?</p><p>We were joined by an expert panel, including:</p><p> </p><p>Lindsay Maguire, Deputy Director for Procurement Reform Implementation at the Cabinet Office</p><p>Andy Milner, Chief Executive Officer of Amey</p><p>Peter Schofield, Head of Integrated Commissioning and Procurement at Manchester City Council</p><p>Laura Wisdom, Partner at Burges Salmon</p><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>This event is kindly supported by Burges Salmon.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3728</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bad12080-70fd-11ef-9a6f-5b2949fd9a7a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3298977057.mp3?updated=1726142354" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can public spending do better at improving wellbeing?</title>
      <description>Spending reviews, which decide how at least half a trillion pounds of annual public spending should be allocated across different public services, are one of the most consequential processes in government. The new government has announced a new review, to conclude in Spring 2025, that will determine departmental budgets for much of the current parliament. But how should ministers choose how to prioritise for spending? Should more money be spent on roads, skills, or police? What is the best way to judge the costs and benefits of each decision?
 
A new report from the London School of Economics, Value for Money calls for a radical change in policy making. It argues that policies should be judged using a cost-benefit analysis which includes a comprehensive valuation of their effects on wellbeing. The report argues that, judged this way, therapies for mental health and guaranteed apprenticeships give much better value for money than most new roads.
 
To discuss this topic, we were joined by a panel, including:
 
Professor Lord Richard Layard, Co-Director of the Community Wellbeing Programme at the Centre for Economic Performance, London School of Economics and co-author of Value for Money
Lord Gus O’Donnell, former Cabinet Secretary
Amanda Rowlatt, former Chief Economist at the Department for Transport, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills, and Department for Work and Pensions
Conrad Smewing, Director General of Public Spending in His Majesty's Treasury and Joint-Head of the Government Finance Function
 
The panel was chaired by Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Sep 2024 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can public spending do better at improving wellbeing?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>255</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Spending reviews, which decide how at least half a trillion pounds of annual public spending should be allocated across different public services, are one of the most consequential processes in government. The new government has announced a new review, to conclude in Spring 2025, that will determine departmental budgets for much of the current parliament. But how should ministers choose how to prioritise for spending? Should more money be spent on roads, skills, or police? What is the best way to judge the costs and benefits of each decision?
 
A new report from the London School of Economics, Value for Money calls for a radical change in policy making. It argues that policies should be judged using a cost-benefit analysis which includes a comprehensive valuation of their effects on wellbeing. The report argues that, judged this way, therapies for mental health and guaranteed apprenticeships give much better value for money than most new roads.
 
To discuss this topic, we were joined by a panel, including:
 
Professor Lord Richard Layard, Co-Director of the Community Wellbeing Programme at the Centre for Economic Performance, London School of Economics and co-author of Value for Money
Lord Gus O’Donnell, former Cabinet Secretary
Amanda Rowlatt, former Chief Economist at the Department for Transport, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills, and Department for Work and Pensions
Conrad Smewing, Director General of Public Spending in His Majesty's Treasury and Joint-Head of the Government Finance Function
 
The panel was chaired by Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Spending reviews, which decide how at least half a trillion pounds of annual public spending should be allocated across different public services, are one of the most consequential processes in government. The new government has announced a new review, to conclude in Spring 2025, that will determine departmental budgets for much of the current parliament. But how should ministers choose how to prioritise for spending? Should more money be spent on roads, skills, or police? What is the best way to judge the costs and benefits of each decision?</p><p> </p><p>A new report from the London School of Economics, Value for Money calls for a radical change in policy making. It argues that policies should be judged using a cost-benefit analysis which includes a comprehensive valuation of their effects on wellbeing. The report argues that, judged this way, therapies for mental health and guaranteed apprenticeships give much better value for money than most new roads.</p><p> </p><p>To discuss this topic, we were joined by a panel, including:</p><p> </p><p><strong>Professor Lord Richard Layard</strong>, Co-Director of the Community Wellbeing Programme at the Centre for Economic Performance, London School of Economics and co-author of Value for Money</p><p><strong>Lord Gus O’Donnell,</strong> former Cabinet Secretary</p><p><strong>Amanda Rowlatt</strong>, former Chief Economist at the Department for Transport, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills, and Department for Work and Pensions</p><p><strong>Conrad Smewing</strong>, Director General of Public Spending in His Majesty's Treasury and Joint-Head of the Government Finance Function</p><p> </p><p>The panel was chaired by <strong>Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3665</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[80ef959e-6a0f-11ef-b529-f328dd5b83dc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6064527170.mp3?updated=1725380350" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Parliament returns: What next for British politics?</title>
      <description>The Labour government will have been in power for nearly two months by the time parliament returns on 2 September. We have already seen a King’s Speech, a major statement on the public finances, an overhaul of the planning system, big plans for clean power – and more. So what have we learned since Keir Starmer became prime minister – and what comes next for government and British politics?
 
Ministers – and opposition MPs – are braced for busy couple of months ahead. What legislation is coming down the track in parliament? How significant is Rachel Reeves’ upcoming budget? Is there more clarity about mission-led government and how the prime minister wants his No.10 to work? How is the Conservative Party leadership contest progressing? And how significant will the party conference season be for Keir Starmer, Rishi Sunak and Ed Davey?
 
To discuss these questions and more, this Institute for Government webinar brought together an expert panel featuring:
 
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow the Institute for Government
Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
 
The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Sep 2024 14:18:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Parliament returns: What next for British politics?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>254</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Labour government will have been in power for nearly two months by the time parliament returns on 2 September. We have already seen a King’s Speech, a major statement on the public finances, an overhaul of the planning system, big plans for clean power – and more. So what have we learned since Keir Starmer became prime minister – and what comes next for government and British politics?
 
Ministers – and opposition MPs – are braced for busy couple of months ahead. What legislation is coming down the track in parliament? How significant is Rachel Reeves’ upcoming budget? Is there more clarity about mission-led government and how the prime minister wants his No.10 to work? How is the Conservative Party leadership contest progressing? And how significant will the party conference season be for Keir Starmer, Rishi Sunak and Ed Davey?
 
To discuss these questions and more, this Institute for Government webinar brought together an expert panel featuring:
 
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow the Institute for Government
Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
 
The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Labour government will have been in power for nearly two months by the time parliament returns on 2 September. We have already seen a King’s Speech, a major statement on the public finances, an overhaul of the planning system, big plans for clean power – and more. So what have we learned since Keir Starmer became prime minister – and what comes next for government and British politics?</p><p> </p><p>Ministers – and opposition MPs – are braced for busy couple of months ahead. What legislation is coming down the track in parliament? How significant is Rachel Reeves’ upcoming budget? Is there more clarity about mission-led government and how the prime minister wants his No.10 to work? How is the Conservative Party leadership contest progressing? And how significant will the party conference season be for Keir Starmer, Rishi Sunak and Ed Davey?</p><p> </p><p>To discuss these questions and more, this Institute for Government webinar brought together an expert panel featuring:</p><p> </p><p>Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow the Institute for Government</p><p>Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p>Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3502</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2cf5ee86-6936-11ef-8b00-7ba970af93d4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7780631300.mp3?updated=1725287009" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What should the Labour government’s public service priorities be?</title>
      <description>A daunting public services to-do list awaits Keir Starmer and his newly elected Labour government. Most services are performing worse than on the eve of the pandemic and substantially worse than in 2010, but future funding is set to be tight. Ministers will need to make best use of existing budgets and carefully choose targets for any additional investment.
So what are the most pressing public services issues facing the new government? What will happen to service performance if Labour sticks to existing spending plans? How can services be improved without substantial spending increases? And where should any extra funding be prioritised?
To discuss these questions, and a new Institute for Government and Nuffield Foundation report on the topic, this event brought together an expert panel featuring:


Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government


Sam Freedman, Author of Failed State: Why Nothing Works and How We Fix It


Patricia Hewitt, Chair of Norfolk &amp; Waveney NHS and former Secretary of State for Health

The event was chaired by Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Aug 2024 11:30:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What should the Labour government’s public service priorities be?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>253</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>A daunting public services to-do list awaits Keir Starmer and his newly elected Labour government. Most services are performing worse than on the eve of the pandemic and substantially worse than in 2010, but future funding is set to be tight. Ministers will need to make best use of existing budgets and carefully choose targets for any additional investment.
So what are the most pressing public services issues facing the new government? What will happen to service performance if Labour sticks to existing spending plans? How can services be improved without substantial spending increases? And where should any extra funding be prioritised?
To discuss these questions, and a new Institute for Government and Nuffield Foundation report on the topic, this event brought together an expert panel featuring:


Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government


Sam Freedman, Author of Failed State: Why Nothing Works and How We Fix It


Patricia Hewitt, Chair of Norfolk &amp; Waveney NHS and former Secretary of State for Health

The event was chaired by Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>A daunting public services to-do list awaits Keir Starmer and his newly elected Labour government. Most services are performing worse than on the eve of the pandemic and substantially worse than in 2010, but future funding is set to be tight. Ministers will need to make best use of existing budgets and carefully choose targets for any additional investment.</p><p>So what are the most pressing public services issues facing the new government? What will happen to service performance if Labour sticks to existing spending plans? How can services be improved without substantial spending increases? And where should any extra funding be prioritised?</p><p>To discuss these questions, and a new Institute for Government and Nuffield Foundation report on the topic, this event brought together an expert panel featuring:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Nick Davies</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Sam Freedman</strong>, Author of Failed State: Why Nothing Works and How We Fix It</li>
<li>
<strong>Patricia Hewitt</strong>, Chair of Norfolk &amp; Waveney NHS and former Secretary of State for Health</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3468</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[99a0e52a-562d-11ef-a899-7f16035c0a9f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7633105979.mp3?updated=1723194253" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Labour’s public spending inheritance: What is Rachel Reeves’ plan?</title>
      <description>The chancellor has set out her audit of public spending to MPs. Revealing what she calls a multi-billion pound “black hole” in the government finances, Rachel Reeves has vowed “to fix the mess we inherited” from the Conservative government.
So do these sums add up and what do they mean for public services? Should this inheritance come as a surprise to Labour and what does it mean for the party’s manifesto pledges? And what is Rachel Reeves’ plan – which could involve tax rises or spending cuts – for dealing with the problem?
To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:


Olly Bartrum, Senior Economist at the Institute for Government


Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government


Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government

The webinar was chaired by Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Aug 2024 08:56:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Labour’s public spending inheritance: What is Rachel Reeves’ plan?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>252</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The chancellor has set out her audit of public spending to MPs. Revealing what she calls a multi-billion pound “black hole” in the government finances, Rachel Reeves has vowed “to fix the mess we inherited” from the Conservative government.
So do these sums add up and what do they mean for public services? Should this inheritance come as a surprise to Labour and what does it mean for the party’s manifesto pledges? And what is Rachel Reeves’ plan – which could involve tax rises or spending cuts – for dealing with the problem?
To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:


Olly Bartrum, Senior Economist at the Institute for Government


Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government


Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government

The webinar was chaired by Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The chancellor has set out her audit of public spending to MPs. Revealing what she calls a multi-billion pound “black hole” in the government finances, Rachel Reeves has vowed “to fix the mess we inherited” from the Conservative government.</p><p>So do these sums add up and what do they mean for public services? Should this inheritance come as a surprise to Labour and what does it mean for the party’s manifesto pledges? And what is Rachel Reeves’ plan – which could involve tax rises or spending cuts – for dealing with the problem?</p><p>To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Olly Bartrum</strong>, Senior Economist at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Nick Davies</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p>The webinar was chaired by <strong>Hannah White</strong>, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3679</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[57394fe2-562d-11ef-8963-f736856efa70]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4312483551.mp3?updated=1723194122" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the government rethink the approach to public services capital spending?</title>
      <description>Since 2010 the UK’s capital spending on prisons, hospitals and schools has been consistently lower than many other countries – leading to crumbling buildings, creaking IT and a lack of equipment. But the size of the budgets is only part of the problem – these budgets have also been badly spent.
This will continue to hamper public service performance unless the new government takes a new approach to capital spending. So what could it do differently to achieve better outcomes? How can ministers, select committees, the Treasury, and other central government departments rethink their approach? And what steps could be taken in the next multi-year spending review?
The event began with a short presentation from Thomas Pope, outlining the main findings of a recent IfG and Grant Thornton report on this topic, Capital spending in public services: Fixing how the government invests in the NHS, schools and prisons.
To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:
• Wayne Butcher, Director at Grant Thornton UK
• Anita Charlesworth, Director of Research at the Health Foundation
• Sir Jon Coles, Group Chief Executive of United Learning and former Director General for Schools at the Department for Education
• Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
The panel was chaired by Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2024 10:11:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can the government rethink the approach to public services capital spending?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>251</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Since 2010 the UK’s capital spending on prisons, hospitals and schools has been consistently lower than many other countries – leading to crumbling buildings, creaking IT and a lack of equipment. But the size of the budgets is only part of the problem – these budgets have also been badly spent.
This will continue to hamper public service performance unless the new government takes a new approach to capital spending. So what could it do differently to achieve better outcomes? How can ministers, select committees, the Treasury, and other central government departments rethink their approach? And what steps could be taken in the next multi-year spending review?
The event began with a short presentation from Thomas Pope, outlining the main findings of a recent IfG and Grant Thornton report on this topic, Capital spending in public services: Fixing how the government invests in the NHS, schools and prisons.
To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:
• Wayne Butcher, Director at Grant Thornton UK
• Anita Charlesworth, Director of Research at the Health Foundation
• Sir Jon Coles, Group Chief Executive of United Learning and former Director General for Schools at the Department for Education
• Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
The panel was chaired by Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
We would like to thank Grant Thornton UK for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Since 2010 the UK’s capital spending on prisons, hospitals and schools has been consistently lower than many other countries – leading to crumbling buildings, creaking IT and a lack of equipment. But the size of the budgets is only part of the problem – these budgets have also been badly spent.</p><p>This will continue to hamper public service performance unless the new government takes a new approach to capital spending. So what could it do differently to achieve better outcomes? How can ministers, select committees, the Treasury, and other central government departments rethink their approach? And what steps could be taken in the next multi-year spending review?</p><p>The event began with a short presentation from Thomas Pope, outlining the main findings of a recent IfG and Grant Thornton report on this topic, Capital spending in public services: Fixing how the government invests in the NHS, schools and prisons.</p><p>To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:</p><p>• <strong>Wayne Butcher</strong>, Director at Grant Thornton UK</p><p>• <strong>Anita Charlesworth</strong>, Director of Research at the Health Foundation</p><p>• <strong>Sir Jon Coles</strong>, Group Chief Executive of United Learning and former Director General for Schools at the Department for Education</p><p>• <strong>Thomas Pope</strong>, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p>The panel was chaired by <strong>Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p><em>We would like to thank </em><a href="https://www.grantthornton.co.uk/"><em>Grant Thornton UK</em></a><em> for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4069</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f02f917a-48db-11ef-b348-37d7c47ef381]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9520969241.mp3?updated=1721729794" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The King’s Speech: What does it reveal about Keir Starmer’s priorities for government?</title>
      <description>The King’s Speech set out Sir Keir Starmer’s legislative agenda for government and revealed his priorities for the parliamentary session. Following the State Opening of Parliament, the IfG expert team – with guest Chris White, who for half a decade was responsible for managing and planning the last government’s legislative programme – explored what the King’s Speech reveals about Keir Starmer’s plans for government.
Presented by Hannah White, with Alex Thomas, Jill Rutter and Chris White. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2024 09:09:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The King’s Speech: What does it reveal about Keir Starmer’s priorities for government?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>250</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The King’s Speech set out Sir Keir Starmer’s legislative agenda for government and revealed his priorities for the parliamentary session. Following the State Opening of Parliament, the IfG expert team – with guest Chris White, who for half a decade was responsible for managing and planning the last government’s legislative programme – explored what the King’s Speech reveals about Keir Starmer’s plans for government.
Presented by Hannah White, with Alex Thomas, Jill Rutter and Chris White. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The King’s Speech set out Sir Keir Starmer’s legislative agenda for government and revealed his priorities for the parliamentary session. Following the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/what-happens-beginning-new-parliament">State Opening of Parliament</a>, the IfG expert team – with guest <strong>Chris White</strong>, who for half a decade was responsible for managing and planning the last government’s legislative programme – explored what the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/kings-speech">King’s Speech</a> reveals about <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/comment/keir-starmers-fresh-start">Keir Starmer’s plans for government</a>.</p><p><em>Presented by </em><strong><em>Hannah White</em></strong><em>, with </em><strong><em>Alex Thomas</em></strong><em>, </em><strong><em>Jill Rutter</em></strong><em> and </em><strong><em>Chris White</em></strong><em>. </em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3431</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60c6d006-44e5-11ef-93cc-1f0b953fb777]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3368137483.mp3?updated=1721294044" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can new ministers be supported to succeed in government?</title>
      <description>A general election brings the appointment of a whole host of new ministers, and on day one in government they begin a job like no other.
Former shadow ministers may be familiar with their new policy portfolio, but ministerial life is very different to opposition. The switch from leading a small team to heading up departments with hundreds or thousands of civil servants, and from issuing press releases to making life-changing policy decisions, happens overnight.
But ministers too often overlook how they can move beyond ‘on the job’ learning and get the most out of their ministerial careers. So how can ministers get the support they need to succeed in government? What benefits are there in investing in professional development? What skills do ministers and other executives need to be effective leaders? And what support is available to ministers seeking to develop their skills in government?
To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:


Rt Hon Baroness Armstrong of Hill Top, former Chief Whip


Dr Paul Chapman, Senior Fellow at Saïd Business School, University of Oxford


Rt Hon Chloe Smith, former Secretary of State for Science, Innovation and Technology


Ruth Turner, Senior Director at the Forward Institute and former Director of Government Relations in the Prime Minister’s Office

The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2024 15:20:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can new ministers be supported to succeed in government?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>249</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>A general election brings the appointment of a whole host of new ministers, and on day one in government they begin a job like no other.
Former shadow ministers may be familiar with their new policy portfolio, but ministerial life is very different to opposition. The switch from leading a small team to heading up departments with hundreds or thousands of civil servants, and from issuing press releases to making life-changing policy decisions, happens overnight.
But ministers too often overlook how they can move beyond ‘on the job’ learning and get the most out of their ministerial careers. So how can ministers get the support they need to succeed in government? What benefits are there in investing in professional development? What skills do ministers and other executives need to be effective leaders? And what support is available to ministers seeking to develop their skills in government?
To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:


Rt Hon Baroness Armstrong of Hill Top, former Chief Whip


Dr Paul Chapman, Senior Fellow at Saïd Business School, University of Oxford


Rt Hon Chloe Smith, former Secretary of State for Science, Innovation and Technology


Ruth Turner, Senior Director at the Forward Institute and former Director of Government Relations in the Prime Minister’s Office

The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>A general election brings the appointment of a whole host of new ministers, and on day one in government they begin a job like no other.</p><p>Former shadow ministers may be familiar with their new policy portfolio, but ministerial life is very different to opposition. The switch from leading a small team to heading up departments with hundreds or thousands of civil servants, and from issuing press releases to making life-changing policy decisions, happens overnight.</p><p>But ministers too often overlook how they can move beyond ‘on the job’ learning and get the most out of their ministerial careers. So how can ministers get the support they need to succeed in government? What benefits are there in investing in professional development? What skills do ministers and other executives need to be effective leaders? And what support is available to ministers seeking to develop their skills in government?</p><p>To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel, including:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Baroness Armstrong of Hill To</strong>p, former Chief Whip</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Paul Chapman</strong>, Senior Fellow at Saïd Business School, University of Oxford</li>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Chloe Smith</strong>, former Secretary of State for Science, Innovation and Technology</li>
<li>
<strong>Ruth Turner</strong>, Senior Director at the Forward Institute and former Director of Government Relations in the Prime Minister’s Office</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3878</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[28b2c590-3f99-11ef-8b3a-936889202da0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3287994507.mp3?updated=1720711552" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keir Starmer’s plan for government: How will it work</title>
      <description>Keir Starmer used his first speech as prime minister to declare that the “work of change begins immediately”. But how will the Labour government approach the complex policy challenges that it has inherited? And how will it start making progress on new promises? 
From freeing up space in crowded prisons to turning around struggling public services, delivering clean energy and kickstarting economic growth, the government’s to-do list is daunting. Labour has promised to “change how Britain is governed” in order to deliver its aims in government – but how will this work in practice? What does Labour’s ‘mission-led’ approach mean for the way government operates? How will central government work with locally elected mayors? And what do Keir Starmer’s cabinet appointments – and the way he has structured his centre of government – tell us about how his plan for government will work?
The FT’s Jen Williams joined us to discuss Keir Starmer’s first week as prime minister and what it tells us about how he intends to govern Britain.
Chaired by Hannah White with Joe Owen and Emma Norris.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2024 10:51:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Keir Starmer’s plan for government: How will it work</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>248</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Keir Starmer used his first speech as prime minister to declare that the “work of change begins immediately”. But how will the Labour government approach the complex policy challenges that it has inherited? And how will it start making progress on new promises? 
From freeing up space in crowded prisons to turning around struggling public services, delivering clean energy and kickstarting economic growth, the government’s to-do list is daunting. Labour has promised to “change how Britain is governed” in order to deliver its aims in government – but how will this work in practice? What does Labour’s ‘mission-led’ approach mean for the way government operates? How will central government work with locally elected mayors? And what do Keir Starmer’s cabinet appointments – and the way he has structured his centre of government – tell us about how his plan for government will work?
The FT’s Jen Williams joined us to discuss Keir Starmer’s first week as prime minister and what it tells us about how he intends to govern Britain.
Chaired by Hannah White with Joe Owen and Emma Norris.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Keir Starmer used his first speech as prime minister to declare that the “work of change begins immediately”. But how will the Labour government approach the complex policy challenges that it has inherited? And how will it start making progress on new promises? </p><p>From freeing up space in <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/crisis-prisons">crowded prisons</a> to turning around struggling <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/general-election-2024-precarious-state/public-services">public services</a>, delivering <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/clean-power-2030-labour">clean energy</a> and kickstarting economic growth, the government’s to-do list is daunting. Labour has promised to “change how Britain is governed” in order to deliver its aims in government – but how will this work in practice? What does Labour’s ‘<a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/mission-driven-government-labour">mission-led</a>’ approach mean for the way government operates? How will central government work with <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/metro-mayors-and-2024-mayoral-election">locally elected mayors</a>? And what do Keir Starmer’s cabinet appointments – and the way he has structured his <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/power-with-purpose-centre-commission">centre of government</a> – tell us about how his plan for government will work?</p><p>The FT’s <strong>Jen Williams</strong> joined us to discuss Keir Starmer’s <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/what-will-government-need-do-first-few-weeks-after-election">first week as prime minister</a> and what it tells us about how he intends to govern Britain.</p><p>Chaired by <strong>Hannah White </strong>with<strong> Joe Owen </strong>and<strong> Emma Norris</strong>.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3748</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8ee67e0e-3f73-11ef-b1cb-4786d308e591]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4774014153.mp3?updated=1720695403" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>General election 2024: What happens on day one for a new government?</title>
      <description>This Friday will be day one in government for the winner of the general election. But there will be no chance for anyone to catch their breath after a gruelling campaign. The job begins at once.
So what should civil servants be braced to expect as ministers are appointed to their new roles? How can special advisers best prepare for that frenetic first 24 hours? And what actually awaits a prime minister as they step through that famous No10 door?
The IfG goes behind the scenes of the first day in government after a general election – and reveals what civil servants, officials and ministers can expect to happen next.
Salma Shah, former Government special adviser (2014-2019)
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the IfG
Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the IfG
Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the IfG (Chair)
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2024 11:29:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>General election 2024: What happens on day one for a new government?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>247</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This Friday will be day one in government for the winner of the general election. But there will be no chance for anyone to catch their breath after a gruelling campaign. The job begins at once.
So what should civil servants be braced to expect as ministers are appointed to their new roles? How can special advisers best prepare for that frenetic first 24 hours? And what actually awaits a prime minister as they step through that famous No10 door?
The IfG goes behind the scenes of the first day in government after a general election – and reveals what civil servants, officials and ministers can expect to happen next.
Salma Shah, former Government special adviser (2014-2019)
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the IfG
Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the IfG
Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the IfG (Chair)
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This Friday will be day one in government for the winner of the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/general-election">general election</a>. But there will be no chance for anyone to catch their breath after a gruelling campaign. The job begins at once.</p><p>So what should civil servants be braced to expect as ministers are appointed to their new roles? How can special advisers best prepare for that frenetic first 24 hours? And what actually awaits a prime minister as they step through that famous No10 door?</p><p>The IfG goes behind the scenes of the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/new-prime-minister-first-72-hours-general-election">first day in government</a> after a general election – and reveals what civil servants, officials and ministers can expect to happen next.</p><p><strong>Salma Shah</strong>, former Government special adviser (2014-2019)</p><p><a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/jill-rutter">Jill Rutter</a>, Senior Fellow at the IfG</p><p><a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/alex-thomas">Alex Thomas</a>, Programme Director at the IfG</p><p><a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/emma-norris">Emma Norris</a>, Deputy Director at the IfG (Chair)</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3744</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bf96bcba-39f8-11ef-8a82-336f3f55be87]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1000974061.mp3?updated=1720092902" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> General election 2024: What is in the Labour manifesto?</title>
      <description>Manifesto launches are a significant moment in any general election campaign, and Thursday’s publication of Labour’s manifesto is a big chance for Keir Starmer to set out how his party would govern if it wins the general election on 4 July.
So how plausible are the manifesto’s plans? What are the big dividing lines with the Conservatives? How would a Labour government pay for public services? And what does the manifesto tell us about the priorities of a Labour government after 14 years in opposition?
In this General Election 2024 webinar, the Institute for Government gives an expert briefing on what is in the Labour manifesto – and what it would mean for government.
Panellists included:
Sam Freedman, author of Failed State
Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government
Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government (chair)
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2024 13:55:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title> General election 2024: What is in the Labour manifesto?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>246</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Manifesto launches are a significant moment in any general election campaign, and Thursday’s publication of Labour’s manifesto is a big chance for Keir Starmer to set out how his party would govern if it wins the general election on 4 July.
So how plausible are the manifesto’s plans? What are the big dividing lines with the Conservatives? How would a Labour government pay for public services? And what does the manifesto tell us about the priorities of a Labour government after 14 years in opposition?
In this General Election 2024 webinar, the Institute for Government gives an expert briefing on what is in the Labour manifesto – and what it would mean for government.
Panellists included:
Sam Freedman, author of Failed State
Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government
Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government (chair)
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Manifesto launches are a significant moment in any general election campaign, and Thursday’s publication of Labour’s manifesto is a big chance for Keir Starmer to set out how his party would govern if it wins the general election on 4 July.</p><p>So how plausible are the manifesto’s plans? What are the big dividing lines with the Conservatives? How would a Labour government pay for public services? And what does the manifesto tell us about the priorities of a Labour government after 14 years in opposition?</p><p>In this General Election 2024 webinar, the Institute for Government gives an expert briefing on what is in the Labour manifesto – and what it would mean for government.</p><p>Panellists included:</p><p>Sam Freedman, author of Failed State</p><p>Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p>Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government</p><p>Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government (chair)</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2823</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[46527b30-2e42-11ef-aa78-3f86e8ad8236]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9050571358.mp3?updated=1718805066" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>General election 2024: What is in the Conservative manifesto?</title>
      <description>Manifesto launches are a significant moment in any general election campaign, and Tuesday’s publication of the Conservative manifesto is a big opportunity for Rishi Sunak’s party to set out its vision for government if it wins the general election on 4 July.
So what are the flagship policies? Do the tax and spending numbers add up? How plausible and credible are the manifesto’s plans? And, after 14 years of power, how much of a break is this manifesto from previous Conservative policies and priorities?
In this general election 2024 webinar, the Institute for Government gives you an essential expert briefing on what is in the Conservative manifesto – and what it would mean for government.
Panellists included:


Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government


Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government (chair)


Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2024 16:46:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>General election 2024: What is in the Conservative manifesto?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>245</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Manifesto launches are a significant moment in any general election campaign, and Tuesday’s publication of the Conservative manifesto is a big opportunity for Rishi Sunak’s party to set out its vision for government if it wins the general election on 4 July.
So what are the flagship policies? Do the tax and spending numbers add up? How plausible and credible are the manifesto’s plans? And, after 14 years of power, how much of a break is this manifesto from previous Conservative policies and priorities?
In this general election 2024 webinar, the Institute for Government gives you an essential expert briefing on what is in the Conservative manifesto – and what it would mean for government.
Panellists included:


Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government


Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


Dr Hannah White, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government (chair)


Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Manifesto launches are a significant moment in any general election campaign, and Tuesday’s publication of the Conservative manifesto is a big opportunity for Rishi Sunak’s party to set out its vision for government if it wins the general election on 4 July.</p><p>So what are the flagship policies? Do the tax and spending numbers add up? How plausible and credible are the manifesto’s plans? And, after 14 years of power, how much of a break is this manifesto from previous Conservative policies and priorities?</p><p>In this general election 2024 webinar, the Institute for Government gives you an essential expert briefing on what is in the Conservative manifesto – and what it would mean for government.</p><p>Panellists included:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Nick Davies</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Giles Wilkes</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Hannah White</strong>, Director and CEO of the Institute for Government (chair)</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2643</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1eb5496c-2812-11ef-a940-3f3abb38d35d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9530410128.mp3?updated=1718124677" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What should civil servants do during the general election campaign?</title>
      <description>With attention focused on politicians, and politicians focused on winning votes, a general election campaign is an unusual time for civil servants. Their top priority remains serving the government of the day, but they must also prepare for a potential transition of power, and be ready to work with whoever forms the next government. 
Civil service activity is also restricted during the formal ‘pre-election period’, with civil service impartiality protected by government guidance and measures to stop public funds being used for campaigning purposes. So how should civil servants navigate this period of heightened political sensitivity? How does the work of the civil service change in the campaign? And what can civil servants do to prepare for a potential transition of power?
Ahead of the general election on 4 July, this IfG webinar explored all these questions and more, and asked what lessons can be learned from previous election campaigns and past transitions of power.
To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by:


Sir David Bell KCB DL, Vice-Chancellor of the University of Sunderland and former Permanent Secretary


Catherine Haddon, Programme Director at the Institute for Government


Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government and former senior civil servant

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow, Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jun 2024 14:26:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What should civil servants do during the general election campaign?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>244</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>With attention focused on politicians, and politicians focused on winning votes, a general election campaign is an unusual time for civil servants. Their top priority remains serving the government of the day, but they must also prepare for a potential transition of power, and be ready to work with whoever forms the next government. 
Civil service activity is also restricted during the formal ‘pre-election period’, with civil service impartiality protected by government guidance and measures to stop public funds being used for campaigning purposes. So how should civil servants navigate this period of heightened political sensitivity? How does the work of the civil service change in the campaign? And what can civil servants do to prepare for a potential transition of power?
Ahead of the general election on 4 July, this IfG webinar explored all these questions and more, and asked what lessons can be learned from previous election campaigns and past transitions of power.
To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by:


Sir David Bell KCB DL, Vice-Chancellor of the University of Sunderland and former Permanent Secretary


Catherine Haddon, Programme Director at the Institute for Government


Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government and former senior civil servant

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow, Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>With attention focused on politicians, and politicians focused on winning votes, a general election campaign is an unusual time for civil servants. Their top priority remains serving the government of the day, but they must also prepare for a potential transition of power, and be ready to work with whoever forms the next government. </p><p>Civil service activity is also restricted during the formal ‘pre-election period’, with civil service impartiality protected by government guidance and measures to stop public funds being used for campaigning purposes. So how should civil servants navigate this period of heightened political sensitivity? How does the work of the civil service change in the campaign? And what can civil servants do to prepare for a potential transition of power?</p><p>Ahead of the general election on 4 July, this IfG webinar explored all these questions and more, and asked what lessons can be learned from previous election campaigns and past transitions of power.</p><p>To discuss these questions and more, we were joined by:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sir David Bell</strong> KCB DL, Vice-Chancellor of the University of Sunderland and former Permanent Secretary</li>
<li>
<strong>Catherine Haddon</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government and former senior civil servant</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow, Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3616</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[799ccc02-2735-11ef-bd8f-f3a515c5dba7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6603880698.mp3?updated=1718029911" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keynote speech: Rt Hon David Lammy MP, Shadow Secretary of State for Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Affairs</title>
      <description>The Rt Hon David Lammy MP set out how a foreign policy lens of ‘progressive realism’ might affect the practice of diplomacy, should Labour win the election.
The discussion covered the evolution of the Foreign Office as an institution, under both Labour and Conservative governments. It focused in particular on the balance between traditional diplomatic activity and the new demands created by climate change, global health challenges and the regulation of emerging technologies.  
The Shadow Foreign Secretary also explored the convergence between domestic economic and foreign policy and its implications for how Labour's mission-driven approach would shape how Whitehall works on international issues.
Following his speech, David Lammy was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, and took questions from the audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 May 2024 13:15:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Keynote speech: Rt Hon David Lammy MP, Shadow Secretary of State for Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Affairs</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>233</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Rt Hon David Lammy MP set out how a foreign policy lens of ‘progressive realism’ might affect the practice of diplomacy, should Labour win the election.
The discussion covered the evolution of the Foreign Office as an institution, under both Labour and Conservative governments. It focused in particular on the balance between traditional diplomatic activity and the new demands created by climate change, global health challenges and the regulation of emerging technologies.  
The Shadow Foreign Secretary also explored the convergence between domestic economic and foreign policy and its implications for how Labour's mission-driven approach would shape how Whitehall works on international issues.
Following his speech, David Lammy was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, and took questions from the audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Rt Hon <strong>David Lammy MP</strong> set out how a foreign policy lens of ‘progressive realism’ might affect the practice of diplomacy, should Labour win the election.</p><p>The discussion covered the evolution of the Foreign Office as an institution, under both Labour and Conservative governments. It focused in particular on the balance between traditional diplomatic activity and the new demands created by climate change, global health challenges and the regulation of emerging technologies.  </p><p>The Shadow Foreign Secretary also explored the convergence between domestic economic and foreign policy and its implications for how Labour's mission-driven approach would shape how Whitehall works on international issues.</p><p>Following his speech, David Lammy was in conversation with <strong>Dr Hannah White</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government, and took questions from the audience.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3767</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[96c22d76-144e-11ef-8606-d37a450d2631]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7781358311.mp3?updated=1715951625" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keynote speech: Lucy Powell MP, Shadow Leader of the Commons</title>
      <description>The Institute for Government welcomed Lucy Powell MP, the Shadow Leader of the Commons, to give a keynote speech on how a Labour government would approach parliament, the legislative process, and the role of MPs.
With Westminster hit by a series of scandals in recent years, what can be done to restore parliament's image? How can the legislative process be improved? And how would Labour, if elected, approach the way that MPs work in parliament?
Following her speech, Lucy Powell was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government. She then took part in an audience Q&amp;A.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2024 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Keynote speech: Lucy Powell MP, Shadow Leader of the Commons</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>232</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government welcomed Lucy Powell MP, the Shadow Leader of the Commons, to give a keynote speech on how a Labour government would approach parliament, the legislative process, and the role of MPs.
With Westminster hit by a series of scandals in recent years, what can be done to restore parliament's image? How can the legislative process be improved? And how would Labour, if elected, approach the way that MPs work in parliament?
Following her speech, Lucy Powell was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government. She then took part in an audience Q&amp;A.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government welcomed Lucy Powell MP, the Shadow Leader of the Commons, to give a keynote speech on how a Labour government would approach parliament, the legislative process, and the role of MPs.</p><p>With Westminster hit by a series of scandals in recent years, what can be done to restore parliament's image? How can the legislative process be improved? And how would Labour, if elected, approach the way that MPs work in parliament?</p><p>Following her speech, Lucy Powell was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government. She then took part in an audience Q&amp;A.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3638</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[de65f8e6-120b-11ef-85fb-4ff612c0b425]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR4495270791.mp3?updated=1715703066" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>General election: What makes a successful communications strategy?</title>
      <description>From attacking opposition policies to rebutting opposition attacks, selling key messages to voters and shaping media narratives, general election campaigns can be won or lost on the success of a communications strategy.
So how do the parties design and deliver their approach to the media, or to communicating beyond the media? How different are the approaches needed for print, broadcast and online? Are the challenges different for the Conservatives and Labour? What are the key moments and potential turning points in a campaign? And what happens when an unexpected event, gaffe or story threatens to derail a general election campaign?
To examine how Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer are communicating with the electorate as the general election approaches, and to explore the lessons of previous campaigns, the Institute for Government brought together people who have led communications strategies for government and the opposition, and shaped election coverage for national broadcasters and newspapers.
 
Anushka Asthana, Deputy Political Editor at ITV News
Lee Cain, Downing Street Director of Communications (2019–20)
James Schneider, Head of Strategic Communications for the Labour Party (2016–20)
Katy Searle, Head of BBC Westminster (2017–20) and Executive Editor of BBC Politics (2020–22)
 
The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2024 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>General election: What makes a successful communications strategy?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>231</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>From attacking opposition policies to rebutting opposition attacks, selling key messages to voters and shaping media narratives, general election campaigns can be won or lost on the success of a communications strategy.
So how do the parties design and deliver their approach to the media, or to communicating beyond the media? How different are the approaches needed for print, broadcast and online? Are the challenges different for the Conservatives and Labour? What are the key moments and potential turning points in a campaign? And what happens when an unexpected event, gaffe or story threatens to derail a general election campaign?
To examine how Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer are communicating with the electorate as the general election approaches, and to explore the lessons of previous campaigns, the Institute for Government brought together people who have led communications strategies for government and the opposition, and shaped election coverage for national broadcasters and newspapers.
 
Anushka Asthana, Deputy Political Editor at ITV News
Lee Cain, Downing Street Director of Communications (2019–20)
James Schneider, Head of Strategic Communications for the Labour Party (2016–20)
Katy Searle, Head of BBC Westminster (2017–20) and Executive Editor of BBC Politics (2020–22)
 
The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>From attacking opposition policies to rebutting opposition attacks, selling key messages to voters and shaping media narratives, general election campaigns can be won or lost on the success of a communications strategy.</p><p>So how do the parties design and deliver their approach to the media, or to communicating beyond the media? How different are the approaches needed for print, broadcast and online? Are the challenges different for the Conservatives and Labour? What are the key moments and potential turning points in a campaign? And what happens when an unexpected event, gaffe or story threatens to derail a general election campaign?</p><p>To examine how Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer are communicating with the electorate as the general election approaches, and to explore the lessons of previous campaigns, the Institute for Government brought together people who have led communications strategies for government and the opposition, and shaped election coverage for national broadcasters and newspapers.</p><p> </p><p>Anushka Asthana, Deputy Political Editor at ITV News</p><p>Lee Cain, Downing Street Director of Communications (2019–20)</p><p>James Schneider, Head of Strategic Communications for the Labour Party (2016–20)</p><p>Katy Searle, Head of BBC Westminster (2017–20) and Executive Editor of BBC Politics (2020–22)</p><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4143</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[05689686-111e-11ef-8f6a-27ad4506dc8a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR6717542311.mp3?updated=1715600911" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bringing in the best: How can the civil service recruit and retain top talent?</title>
      <description>The success of the civil service has always depended on the recruitment and retention of exceptional individuals – and this means bringing in talented outsiders with particular skills and capabilities.
It is 170 years since the Northcote-Trevelyan report argued that people “of the highest abilities should be selected for the highest posts” in Whitehall, while the government’s most recent reform plan, the 2021 Declaration on Government Reform, argued that more external recruits were needed. So, who are the officials at the very top of the civil service – and is enough being done to recruit the best outside talent?
Why would the civil service benefit from bringing in more outsiders? Does civil service culture make it difficult to thrive as an external recruit? What sort of skills does the civil service need from expert outsiders? And what progress has been made since the Declaration on Government Reform was published?
To discuss these questions, this event featured three permanent secretaries who have all spent time working in the private sector as well for the civil service:

Gareth Davies, Permanent Secretary of the Department for Business and Trade
Cat Little, Permanent Secretary of the Cabinet Office
Sarah Munby, Permanent Secretary of the Department for Science, Innovation and Technology
Jordan Urban, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2024 11:33:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Bringing in the best: How can the civil service recruit and retain top talent?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>230</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The success of the civil service has always depended on the recruitment and retention of exceptional individuals – and this means bringing in talented outsiders with particular skills and capabilities.
It is 170 years since the Northcote-Trevelyan report argued that people “of the highest abilities should be selected for the highest posts” in Whitehall, while the government’s most recent reform plan, the 2021 Declaration on Government Reform, argued that more external recruits were needed. So, who are the officials at the very top of the civil service – and is enough being done to recruit the best outside talent?
Why would the civil service benefit from bringing in more outsiders? Does civil service culture make it difficult to thrive as an external recruit? What sort of skills does the civil service need from expert outsiders? And what progress has been made since the Declaration on Government Reform was published?
To discuss these questions, this event featured three permanent secretaries who have all spent time working in the private sector as well for the civil service:

Gareth Davies, Permanent Secretary of the Department for Business and Trade
Cat Little, Permanent Secretary of the Cabinet Office
Sarah Munby, Permanent Secretary of the Department for Science, Innovation and Technology
Jordan Urban, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The success of the civil service has always depended on the recruitment and retention of exceptional individuals – and this means bringing in talented outsiders with particular skills and capabilities.</p><p>It is 170 years since the Northcote-Trevelyan report argued that people “of the highest abilities should be selected for the highest posts” in Whitehall, while the government’s most recent reform plan, the 2021 Declaration on Government Reform, argued that more external recruits were needed. So, who are the officials at the very top of the civil service – and is enough being done to recruit the best outside talent?</p><p>Why would the civil service benefit from bringing in more outsiders? Does civil service culture make it difficult to thrive as an external recruit? What sort of skills does the civil service need from expert outsiders? And what progress has been made since the Declaration on Government Reform was published?</p><p>To discuss these questions, this event featured three permanent secretaries who have all spent time working in the private sector as well for the civil service:</p><p><br></p><p>Gareth Davies, Permanent Secretary of the Department for Business and Trade</p><p>Cat Little, Permanent Secretary of the Cabinet Office</p><p>Sarah Munby, Permanent Secretary of the Department for Science, Innovation and Technology</p><p>Jordan Urban, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><p>The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3646</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[aef40688-111c-11ef-9eee-1b7f0420e9fd]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3002948034.mp3?updated=1715600338" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Local and mayoral elections 2024: Why they matter and what to look out for</title>
      <description>On Thursday 2 May 2024, voters across England and Wales will head to the polls in a major set of local and mayoral elections. The highest-profile contests will be the election of 10 influential metro mayors – including in Greater London and across the north and the midlands. Together these leaders will be responsible for over £25bn of public spending and will play a vital role in shaping the fortunes of the places they represent.
Thousands of councillors in over 100 local areas across England are also up for election, with the successful candidates taking responsibility for key public services at a time of acute financial pressures across local government. Voters will also elect 37 police and crime commissioners and the 25 members of the London Assembly.
These elections are far more important than just providing a straw in the wind for the general election to come. To discuss why these elections matter and what to expect, the Institute for Government hosted a public event with expert panellists including: 
• Sarah Calkin, Editor of the Local Government Chronicle 
• Sir John Curtice, Professor of Politics at Strathclyde University and Senior Research Fellow at the National Centre for Social Research
• Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2024 10:39:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Local and mayoral elections 2024: Why they matter and what to look out for</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>229</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>On Thursday 2 May 2024, voters across England and Wales will head to the polls in a major set of local and mayoral elections. The highest-profile contests will be the election of 10 influential metro mayors – including in Greater London and across the north and the midlands. Together these leaders will be responsible for over £25bn of public spending and will play a vital role in shaping the fortunes of the places they represent.
Thousands of councillors in over 100 local areas across England are also up for election, with the successful candidates taking responsibility for key public services at a time of acute financial pressures across local government. Voters will also elect 37 police and crime commissioners and the 25 members of the London Assembly.
These elections are far more important than just providing a straw in the wind for the general election to come. To discuss why these elections matter and what to expect, the Institute for Government hosted a public event with expert panellists including: 
• Sarah Calkin, Editor of the Local Government Chronicle 
• Sir John Curtice, Professor of Politics at Strathclyde University and Senior Research Fellow at the National Centre for Social Research
• Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>On Thursday 2 May 2024, voters across England and Wales will head to the polls in a major set of local and mayoral elections. The highest-profile contests will be the election of 10 influential metro mayors – including in Greater London and across the north and the midlands. Together these leaders will be responsible for over £25bn of public spending and will play a vital role in shaping the fortunes of the places they represent.</p><p>Thousands of councillors in over 100 local areas across England are also up for election, with the successful candidates taking responsibility for key public services at a time of acute financial pressures across local government. Voters will also elect 37 police and crime commissioners and the 25 members of the London Assembly.</p><p>These elections are far more important than just providing a straw in the wind for the general election to come. To discuss why these elections matter and what to expect, the Institute for Government hosted a public event with expert panellists including: </p><p>• <strong>Sarah Calkin</strong>, Editor of the Local Government Chronicle </p><p>• <strong>Sir John Curtice</strong>, Professor of Politics at Strathclyde University and Senior Research Fellow at the National Centre for Social Research</p><p>• <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Emma Norris</strong>, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3653</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[37c13b80-0870-11ef-afac-43c2e673f37e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1207691190.mp3?updated=1714646654" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>General election: How can the parties improve ethical standards in government?</title>
      <description>Trust in government and politicians continues to fall, and this parliament has seen many ethical scandals, from partygate to bullying. Over the last few years, various organisations including the IfG have called for major reforms to the way ethical standards are upheld in public life, but the government has only made piecemeal changes. 
Labour has criticised the Conservatives for their performance on this issue, but has recently been less vocal on the topic. With an election due in the coming months, will the political parties make ethical standards an issue during the campaign?  
To discuss the IfG’s proposals on rebuilding trust in public life, how things can be improved, and why this topic matters ahead of the election, we were pleased to welcome a great panel: 
• Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
• Rt Hon Nick Thomas-Symonds MP, Shadow Minister Without Portfolio (Cabinet Office) and Labour MP for Torfaen
• Esther Webber, Senior UK Correspondent at Politico
• Rt Hon Sir Jeremy Wright MP, Conservative MP for Kenilworth and Southam and former Attorney General
The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 May 2024 11:30:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>General election: How can the parties improve ethical standards in government?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>228</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Trust in government and politicians continues to fall, and this parliament has seen many ethical scandals, from partygate to bullying. Over the last few years, various organisations including the IfG have called for major reforms to the way ethical standards are upheld in public life, but the government has only made piecemeal changes. 
Labour has criticised the Conservatives for their performance on this issue, but has recently been less vocal on the topic. With an election due in the coming months, will the political parties make ethical standards an issue during the campaign?  
To discuss the IfG’s proposals on rebuilding trust in public life, how things can be improved, and why this topic matters ahead of the election, we were pleased to welcome a great panel: 
• Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
• Rt Hon Nick Thomas-Symonds MP, Shadow Minister Without Portfolio (Cabinet Office) and Labour MP for Torfaen
• Esther Webber, Senior UK Correspondent at Politico
• Rt Hon Sir Jeremy Wright MP, Conservative MP for Kenilworth and Southam and former Attorney General
The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Trust in government and politicians continues to fall, and this parliament has seen many ethical scandals, from partygate to bullying. Over the last few years, various organisations including the IfG have called for major reforms to the way ethical standards are upheld in public life, but the government has only made piecemeal changes. </p><p>Labour has criticised the Conservatives for their performance on this issue, but has recently been less vocal on the topic. With an election due in the coming months, will the political parties make ethical standards an issue during the campaign?  </p><p>To discuss the IfG’s proposals on rebuilding trust in public life, how things can be improved, and why this topic matters ahead of the election, we were pleased to welcome a great panel: </p><p>• <strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p>• <strong>Rt Hon Nick Thomas-Symonds MP</strong>, Shadow Minister Without Portfolio (Cabinet Office) and Labour MP for Torfaen</p><p>• <strong>Esther Webber</strong>, Senior UK Correspondent at Politico</p><p>• <strong>Rt Hon Sir Jeremy Wright MP</strong>, Conservative MP for Kenilworth and Southam and former Attorney General</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Hannah White</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4437</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[730772d2-06e4-11ef-ba79-e7bf0bbb158f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5657017836.mp3?updated=1714476673" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>General election: What role does polling play in shaping political strategy?</title>
      <description>Less than a year out from a general election, the significance of opinion polls in shaping public perception and political strategy is increasingly prominent. Political pundits, parties, journalists and members of the public look to opinion polls to give them a picture of what people are thinking about parties and politicians, their priorities and concerns, and how they might vote. Crucially, public opinion will inform political parties’ election strategies and the public’s voting decisions.
But with multiple companies publishing a range of different polls, it can be a confusing landscape. To interpret polling results, understanding the methodologies behind opinion polls, including sampling, margin of error and the all-important question framing, is more important than ever. And for those trying to understand party strategies, it is essential to understand the role polling plays.
To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:
• Kelly Beaver MBE, Chief Executive of Ipsos in the UK and Ireland
• Christabel Cooper, Director of Research at Labour Together
• Rob Ford, Senior Fellow at UK in a Changing Europe
• Tom Lubbock, Founding Partner of JL Partners
The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 11:23:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>General election: What role does polling play in shaping political strategy?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>227</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Less than a year out from a general election, the significance of opinion polls in shaping public perception and political strategy is increasingly prominent. Political pundits, parties, journalists and members of the public look to opinion polls to give them a picture of what people are thinking about parties and politicians, their priorities and concerns, and how they might vote. Crucially, public opinion will inform political parties’ election strategies and the public’s voting decisions.
But with multiple companies publishing a range of different polls, it can be a confusing landscape. To interpret polling results, understanding the methodologies behind opinion polls, including sampling, margin of error and the all-important question framing, is more important than ever. And for those trying to understand party strategies, it is essential to understand the role polling plays.
To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:
• Kelly Beaver MBE, Chief Executive of Ipsos in the UK and Ireland
• Christabel Cooper, Director of Research at Labour Together
• Rob Ford, Senior Fellow at UK in a Changing Europe
• Tom Lubbock, Founding Partner of JL Partners
The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Less than a year out from a general election, the significance of opinion polls in shaping public perception and political strategy is increasingly prominent. Political pundits, parties, journalists and members of the public look to opinion polls to give them a picture of what people are thinking about parties and politicians, their priorities and concerns, and how they might vote. Crucially, public opinion will inform political parties’ election strategies and the public’s voting decisions.</p><p>But with multiple companies publishing a range of different polls, it can be a confusing landscape. To interpret polling results, understanding the methodologies behind opinion polls, including sampling, margin of error and the all-important question framing, is more important than ever. And for those trying to understand party strategies, it is essential to understand the role polling plays.</p><p>To explore these questions and more, we were joined by an expert panel including:</p><p>• <strong>Kelly Beaver MBE</strong>, Chief Executive of Ipsos in the UK and Ireland</p><p>• <strong>Christabel Cooper</strong>, Director of Research at Labour Together</p><p>• <strong>Rob Ford</strong>, Senior Fellow at UK in a Changing Europe</p><p>• <strong>Tom Lubbock</strong>, Founding Partner of JL Partners</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3860</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0d279c4e-06e4-11ef-8474-6fbe580f0070]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9104332996.mp3?updated=1714476503" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>General Election: How big a threat is AI and disinformation to elections in 2024?</title>
      <description>AI-generated ‘deepfake’ audio clips of both London mayor Sadiq Khan and leader of the opposition Sir Keir Starmer have circulated on social media. A faked robocall impersonating Joe Biden was sent to voters before a primary election. The number of AI-enhanced images of politicians is increasing.
In a year when over two billion people in more than 50 countries will vote in elections, the use of AI technology – more widely accessible than ever – and disinformation could have a major impact on trust and integrity.
So what can be done to tackle this growing problem? What can political parties, government, media companies and civil society do to mitigate the risks of AI and ensure electoral integrity? And what steps can be taken ahead the elections of 2024 and then in the longer term.
We were joined by an expert panel, including:
• Professor Joe Burton, Professor of International Security in the Department of Politics, Philosophy and Religion at Lancaster University
• Louise Edwards, Director of Regulation and Digital Transformation at the Electoral Commission
• Chris Morris, Chief Executive of Full Fact
• Simon Staffell, Director of Government Affairs at Microsoft
The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Lancaster University for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>General Election: How big a threat is AI and disinformation to elections in 2024?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>226</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>AI-generated ‘deepfake’ audio clips of both London mayor Sadiq Khan and leader of the opposition Sir Keir Starmer have circulated on social media. A faked robocall impersonating Joe Biden was sent to voters before a primary election. The number of AI-enhanced images of politicians is increasing.
In a year when over two billion people in more than 50 countries will vote in elections, the use of AI technology – more widely accessible than ever – and disinformation could have a major impact on trust and integrity.
So what can be done to tackle this growing problem? What can political parties, government, media companies and civil society do to mitigate the risks of AI and ensure electoral integrity? And what steps can be taken ahead the elections of 2024 and then in the longer term.
We were joined by an expert panel, including:
• Professor Joe Burton, Professor of International Security in the Department of Politics, Philosophy and Religion at Lancaster University
• Louise Edwards, Director of Regulation and Digital Transformation at the Electoral Commission
• Chris Morris, Chief Executive of Full Fact
• Simon Staffell, Director of Government Affairs at Microsoft
The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

We would like to thank Lancaster University for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>AI-generated ‘deepfake’ audio clips of both London mayor Sadiq Khan and leader of the opposition Sir Keir Starmer have circulated on social media. A faked robocall impersonating Joe Biden was sent to voters before a primary election. The number of AI-enhanced images of politicians is increasing.</p><p>In a year when over two billion people in more than 50 countries will vote in elections, the use of AI technology – more widely accessible than ever – and disinformation could have a major impact on trust and integrity.</p><p>So what can be done to tackle this growing problem? What can political parties, government, media companies and civil society do to mitigate the risks of AI and ensure electoral integrity? And what steps can be taken ahead the elections of 2024 and then in the longer term.</p><p>We were joined by an expert panel, including:</p><p><strong>• Professor Joe Burton</strong>, Professor of International Security in the Department of Politics, Philosophy and Religion at Lancaster University</p><p><strong>• Louise Edwards</strong>, Director of Regulation and Digital Transformation at the Electoral Commission</p><p><strong>• Chris Morris</strong>, Chief Executive of Full Fact</p><p><strong>• Simon Staffell</strong>, Director of Government Affairs at Microsoft</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>We would like to thank Lancaster University for kindly supporting this event.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4232</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[59a87aea-ec61-11ee-ac84-e74fda53f620]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2350437542.mp3?updated=1711561637" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keynote speech: Lord McFall of Alcluith, Lord Speaker</title>
      <description>The question of how to reform the House of Lords dominates discussions about the upper house, with less attention focused on its day-to-day activities. Since his election as Lord Speaker in 2021, Lord McFall of Alcluith has sought to champion its important role of revising legislation and advising the government, while ensuring the Lords remains on the path of modernisation.
Lord McFall has focused on parliamentary outreach and prioritised communicating the value of the House of Lords externally, bringing the devolved parliaments and Westminster closer. He has also worked with schools and universities, and launched a podcast, to demystify the upper house. 
What are public perceptions of the upper chamber and how have they changed? How has the Lords changed its ways of working? What kinds of links does it have with the devolved parliaments? And what might all of this mean for discussions about reform of the Lords?
Lord McFall addressed these questions and more in a keynote speech at the Institute for Government, before taking part in a discussion with the IfG’s Director Dr Hannah White and an audience Q&amp;A.
Follow us on X (formerly known as Twitter) @IfGEvents and join the conversation using #lordspeaker.
Lord McFall of Alcluith became Lord Speaker in 2021, having served as senior deputy speaker for five years. He entered the Lords in 2010 after spending 23 years in the Commons as Labour MP for Dumbarton and later West Dumbartonshire. There, he served as a minister in the Northern Ireland Office, a government whip, and chaired the Treasury Select Committee between 2001 and 2010, including during the global financial crisis. Before entering politics, Lord McFall worked for over a decade as a teacher.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Mar 2024 17:38:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Keynote speech: Lord McFall of Alcluith, Lord Speaker</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>225</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The question of how to reform the House of Lords dominates discussions about the upper house, with less attention focused on its day-to-day activities. Since his election as Lord Speaker in 2021, Lord McFall of Alcluith has sought to champion its important role of revising legislation and advising the government, while ensuring the Lords remains on the path of modernisation.
Lord McFall has focused on parliamentary outreach and prioritised communicating the value of the House of Lords externally, bringing the devolved parliaments and Westminster closer. He has also worked with schools and universities, and launched a podcast, to demystify the upper house. 
What are public perceptions of the upper chamber and how have they changed? How has the Lords changed its ways of working? What kinds of links does it have with the devolved parliaments? And what might all of this mean for discussions about reform of the Lords?
Lord McFall addressed these questions and more in a keynote speech at the Institute for Government, before taking part in a discussion with the IfG’s Director Dr Hannah White and an audience Q&amp;A.
Follow us on X (formerly known as Twitter) @IfGEvents and join the conversation using #lordspeaker.
Lord McFall of Alcluith became Lord Speaker in 2021, having served as senior deputy speaker for five years. He entered the Lords in 2010 after spending 23 years in the Commons as Labour MP for Dumbarton and later West Dumbartonshire. There, he served as a minister in the Northern Ireland Office, a government whip, and chaired the Treasury Select Committee between 2001 and 2010, including during the global financial crisis. Before entering politics, Lord McFall worked for over a decade as a teacher.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The question of how to reform the House of Lords dominates discussions about the upper house, with less attention focused on its day-to-day activities. Since his election as Lord Speaker in 2021, <strong>Lord McFall of Alcluith</strong> has sought to champion its important role of revising legislation and advising the government, while ensuring the Lords remains on the path of modernisation.</p><p>Lord McFall has focused on parliamentary outreach and prioritised communicating the value of the House of Lords externally, bringing the devolved parliaments and Westminster closer. He has also worked with schools and universities, and launched a podcast, to demystify the upper house. </p><p>What are public perceptions of the upper chamber and how have they changed? How has the Lords changed its ways of working? What kinds of links does it have with the devolved parliaments? And what might all of this mean for discussions about reform of the Lords?</p><p>Lord McFall addressed these questions and more in a keynote speech at the Institute for Government, before taking part in a discussion with the IfG’s Director Dr Hannah White and an audience Q&amp;A.</p><p>Follow us on X (formerly known as Twitter) @IfGEvents and join the conversation using #lordspeaker.</p><p><strong><em>Lord McFall of Alcluith</em></strong><em> became Lord Speaker in 2021, having served as senior deputy speaker for five years. He entered the Lords in 2010 after spending 23 years in the Commons as Labour MP for Dumbarton and later West Dumbartonshire. There, he served as a minister in the Northern Ireland Office, a government whip, and chaired the Treasury Select Committee between 2001 and 2010, including during the global financial crisis. Before entering politics, Lord McFall worked for over a decade as a teacher.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4161</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c562e3d4-ec60-11ee-9600-b35365a07355]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2414685074.mp3?updated=1711561388" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does the Treasury wield too much power over government?</title>
      <description>The Treasury is perhaps the most powerful department in Whitehall. Its ownership of public spending means it has direct control over the money available to the rest of government, while the Treasury’s responsibility for tax policy gives it enormous influence over the finances of households and businesses.
But criticism of the department’s influence on government policy is almost as old as the institution itself, with frequent complaints about the “dead hand of the Treasury” or attacks on the department’s “orthodoxy”.
However, a recent IfG report found many of the fiercest criticisms to be overblown: many simply represent a dislike of a budget constraint. The department plays an important function in effectively managing public spending and guarding against financial disorder. It has also consistently been a champion of economic growth, though there is debate about how that is managed against its responsibility for managing government spending. While the department has clear strengths, there are clearly problems with how it functions. The Treasury often takes a short-term approach, is frequently accused of micromanaging other departments, and wields excessive influence over government policy relative to the rest of the centre.
So how can these problems be addressed? How much are they due to the relative weakness of other departments or the incentives facing Treasury ministers? And just what impact does the Treasury have on government policy making?
Our expert panel exploring these issues and more featured:
• James Bowler CB, Permanent Secretary of HM Treasury
• Anita Charlesworth, Director of Research at the Health Foundation and former Director of Public Spending at HM Treasury
• David Gauke, former Chief Secretary to the Treasury, Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Work and Pensions
• Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and co-author of Treasury orthodoxy, and former No 10 special adviser for industrial strategy
The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Mar 2024 17:32:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Does the Treasury wield too much power over government?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>224</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Treasury is perhaps the most powerful department in Whitehall. Its ownership of public spending means it has direct control over the money available to the rest of government, while the Treasury’s responsibility for tax policy gives it enormous influence over the finances of households and businesses.
But criticism of the department’s influence on government policy is almost as old as the institution itself, with frequent complaints about the “dead hand of the Treasury” or attacks on the department’s “orthodoxy”.
However, a recent IfG report found many of the fiercest criticisms to be overblown: many simply represent a dislike of a budget constraint. The department plays an important function in effectively managing public spending and guarding against financial disorder. It has also consistently been a champion of economic growth, though there is debate about how that is managed against its responsibility for managing government spending. While the department has clear strengths, there are clearly problems with how it functions. The Treasury often takes a short-term approach, is frequently accused of micromanaging other departments, and wields excessive influence over government policy relative to the rest of the centre.
So how can these problems be addressed? How much are they due to the relative weakness of other departments or the incentives facing Treasury ministers? And just what impact does the Treasury have on government policy making?
Our expert panel exploring these issues and more featured:
• James Bowler CB, Permanent Secretary of HM Treasury
• Anita Charlesworth, Director of Research at the Health Foundation and former Director of Public Spending at HM Treasury
• David Gauke, former Chief Secretary to the Treasury, Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Work and Pensions
• Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and co-author of Treasury orthodoxy, and former No 10 special adviser for industrial strategy
The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Treasury is perhaps the most powerful department in Whitehall. Its ownership of public spending means it has direct control over the money available to the rest of government, while the Treasury’s responsibility for tax policy gives it enormous influence over the finances of households and businesses.</p><p>But criticism of the department’s influence on government policy is almost as old as the institution itself, with frequent complaints about the “dead hand of the Treasury” or attacks on the department’s “orthodoxy”.</p><p>However, a recent IfG report found many of the fiercest criticisms to be overblown: many simply represent a dislike of a budget constraint. The department plays an important function in effectively managing public spending and guarding against financial disorder. It has also consistently been a champion of economic growth, though there is debate about how that is managed against its responsibility for managing government spending. While the department has clear strengths, there are clearly problems with how it functions. The Treasury often takes a short-term approach, is frequently accused of micromanaging other departments, and wields excessive influence over government policy relative to the rest of the centre.</p><p>So how can these problems be addressed? How much are they due to the relative weakness of other departments or the incentives facing Treasury ministers? And just what impact does the Treasury have on government policy making?</p><p>Our expert panel exploring these issues and more featured:</p><p><strong>• James Bowler</strong> CB, Permanent Secretary of HM Treasury</p><p><strong>• Anita Charlesworth</strong>, Director of Research at the Health Foundation and former Director of Public Spending at HM Treasury</p><p><strong>• David Gauke</strong>, former Chief Secretary to the Treasury, Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Work and Pensions</p><p><strong>• Giles Wilkes</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and co-author of Treasury orthodoxy, and former No 10 special adviser for industrial strategy</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4643</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c19e7826-e86e-11ee-8fd2-c75bef49390f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR7774772416.mp3?updated=1711127589" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can government tackle fraud?</title>
      <description>Fraud is the UK’s most common crime. But despite 3.5 million incidents reported in 2022/23, 40% of all reported crimes, only one in a thousand results in a charge or summons. So why is there such a huge gap between preventing, detecting and prosecuting this crime – and what can be done to fix the problem?
A wide range of organisations have responsibility for tackling fraud, including the Home Office, National Crime Agency, Serious Fraud Office, City of London Police, Metropolitan Police Service, Financial Conduct Authority and the National Cyber Security Centre. However, there are problems with coordination, capacity and capability.
So what can government and others do to help prevent fraud? How can coordination among the various agencies responsible for tackling fraud be improved? And what steps could be taken to help increase detection and prosecution rates?
We were joined by an expert panel, including:
• Francesca Carlesi, CEO of Revolut UK
• Adrian Searle, Director of the National Economic Crime Centre
• Nick Stapleton, Co-Presenter of BBC Scam Interceptors
• Rt Hon Emily Thornberry MP, Shadow Attorney General
The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Mar 2024 17:06:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can government tackle fraud?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>223</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Fraud is the UK’s most common crime. But despite 3.5 million incidents reported in 2022/23, 40% of all reported crimes, only one in a thousand results in a charge or summons. So why is there such a huge gap between preventing, detecting and prosecuting this crime – and what can be done to fix the problem?
A wide range of organisations have responsibility for tackling fraud, including the Home Office, National Crime Agency, Serious Fraud Office, City of London Police, Metropolitan Police Service, Financial Conduct Authority and the National Cyber Security Centre. However, there are problems with coordination, capacity and capability.
So what can government and others do to help prevent fraud? How can coordination among the various agencies responsible for tackling fraud be improved? And what steps could be taken to help increase detection and prosecution rates?
We were joined by an expert panel, including:
• Francesca Carlesi, CEO of Revolut UK
• Adrian Searle, Director of the National Economic Crime Centre
• Nick Stapleton, Co-Presenter of BBC Scam Interceptors
• Rt Hon Emily Thornberry MP, Shadow Attorney General
The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Fraud is the UK’s most common crime. But despite 3.5 million incidents reported in 2022/23, 40% of all reported crimes, only one in a thousand results in a charge or summons. So why is there such a huge gap between preventing, detecting and prosecuting this crime – and what can be done to fix the problem?</p><p>A wide range of organisations have responsibility for tackling fraud, including the Home Office, National Crime Agency, Serious Fraud Office, City of London Police, Metropolitan Police Service, Financial Conduct Authority and the National Cyber Security Centre. However, there are problems with coordination, capacity and capability.</p><p>So what can government and others do to help prevent fraud? How can coordination among the various agencies responsible for tackling fraud be improved? And what steps could be taken to help increase detection and prosecution rates?</p><p>We were joined by an expert panel, including:</p><p><strong>• Francesca Carlesi</strong>, CEO of Revolut UK</p><p><strong>• Adrian Searle</strong>, Director of the National Economic Crime Centre</p><p><strong>• Nick Stapleton</strong>, Co-Presenter of BBC Scam Interceptors</p><p><strong>• Rt Hon Emily Thornberry MP</strong>, Shadow Attorney General</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Nick Davies</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3507</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7af9a116-e86e-11ee-9563-675ff54aa743]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR2652129330.mp3?updated=1711127471" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fixing the centre of government – with Sir John Major and Gordon Brown</title>
      <description>From tackling low economic growth to addressing regional inequalities, from adapting to climate change to transforming public service performance, UK government is facing substantial and urgent challenges. But without radical reform of the centre of government, whoever wins the next election will repeat the failures of previous administrations. The next prime minister must transform No.10, the Cabinet Office and the Treasury.
On Monday 11 March, The Rt Hon Sir John Major KG CH and The Rt Hon Gordon Brown spoke at the Institute for Government to launch the final report of the Commission on the Centre of Government. It sets out a plan – ambitious but deliverable – for reforming the centre of government.
Over the last year the IfG’s Centre Commission has been speaking to people who have worked at the heart of government in the UK and overseas, to devolved governments, industry and civil society leaders and community leaders. Our conclusion is that the centre of government is not equipped to meet the challenges of the 21st century. Fundamental change is needed – and it cannot wait.
The first part of the event featured opening speeches from Sir John Major and Gordon Brown. This was followed by panel discussion of the core recommendations of the report. For this discussion we were delighted to be joined by:
• Baroness (Louise) Casey, a Commissioner who supported the project, and a crossbench peer and former civil servant
• Lord (Gus) O'Donnell, former Cabinet Secretary and Head of the Civil Service
• Sir Anthony Seldon, Deputy Chair of the Commission on the Centre of Government.
The panel was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government and Chair of the Commission on the Centre of Government. This event was supported by a grant from Charities Aid Foundation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Mar 2024 14:06:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Fixing the centre of government – with Sir John Major and Gordon Brown</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>222</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>From tackling low economic growth to addressing regional inequalities, from adapting to climate change to transforming public service performance, UK government is facing substantial and urgent challenges. But without radical reform of the centre of government, whoever wins the next election will repeat the failures of previous administrations. The next prime minister must transform No.10, the Cabinet Office and the Treasury.
On Monday 11 March, The Rt Hon Sir John Major KG CH and The Rt Hon Gordon Brown spoke at the Institute for Government to launch the final report of the Commission on the Centre of Government. It sets out a plan – ambitious but deliverable – for reforming the centre of government.
Over the last year the IfG’s Centre Commission has been speaking to people who have worked at the heart of government in the UK and overseas, to devolved governments, industry and civil society leaders and community leaders. Our conclusion is that the centre of government is not equipped to meet the challenges of the 21st century. Fundamental change is needed – and it cannot wait.
The first part of the event featured opening speeches from Sir John Major and Gordon Brown. This was followed by panel discussion of the core recommendations of the report. For this discussion we were delighted to be joined by:
• Baroness (Louise) Casey, a Commissioner who supported the project, and a crossbench peer and former civil servant
• Lord (Gus) O'Donnell, former Cabinet Secretary and Head of the Civil Service
• Sir Anthony Seldon, Deputy Chair of the Commission on the Centre of Government.
The panel was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government and Chair of the Commission on the Centre of Government. This event was supported by a grant from Charities Aid Foundation.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>From tackling low economic growth to addressing regional inequalities, from adapting to climate change to transforming public service performance, UK government is facing substantial and urgent challenges. But without radical reform of the centre of government, whoever wins the next election will repeat the failures of previous administrations. The next prime minister must transform No.10, the Cabinet Office and the Treasury.</p><p>On Monday 11 March, The Rt Hon <strong>Sir John Major</strong> KG CH and The Rt Hon <strong>Gordon Brown</strong> spoke at the Institute for Government to launch the final report of the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/commission-centre-government">Commission on the Centre of Government</a>. It sets out a plan – ambitious but deliverable – for reforming the centre of government.</p><p>Over the last year the IfG’s Centre Commission has been speaking to people who have worked at the heart of government in the UK and overseas, to devolved governments, industry and civil society leaders and community leaders. Our conclusion is that the centre of government is not equipped to meet the challenges of the 21st century. Fundamental change is needed – and it cannot wait.</p><p>The first part of the event featured opening speeches from <strong>Sir John Major </strong>and<strong> Gordon Brown</strong>. This was followed by panel discussion of the core recommendations of the report. For this discussion we were delighted to be joined by:</p><p>• <strong>Baroness (Louise) Casey</strong>, a Commissioner who supported the project, and a crossbench peer and former civil servant</p><p>• <strong>Lord (Gus) O'Donnell</strong>, former Cabinet Secretary and Head of the Civil Service</p><p>• <strong>Sir Anthony Seldon</strong>, Deputy Chair of the Commission on the Centre of Government.</p><p>The panel was chaired by <strong>Dr Hannah White</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government and Chair of the Commission on the Centre of Government. This event was supported by a grant from Charities Aid Foundation.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>5118</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2c99858e-e136-11ee-9931-531952901275]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1555303137.mp3?updated=1710339111" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>General election: What makes a good manifesto?</title>
      <description>With the general election less than a year away, the Conservatives, Labour and all other political parties are drawing up their manifestos. Scrutinised by the media and voters, manifestos can shape debate, shift the polls, and play a major part in an election campaign – and shape what the winning part does in government.
While manifestos are described as a contract between a party and the people, the reality in government is often quite different. Pledges may prove difficult to deliver in practice, with unforeseen crises and the day-to-day challenges of governing seeing commitments fall by the wayside. In a coalition or minority government, parties may have to compromise.
So how do the parties develop and write their manifestos? What does a good manifesto actually look like? What are the questions that Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer will be considering when signing off on their manifestos? And just how important are manifestos during – and after – a general election campaign?
Joining us to discuss these questions and more were: 
• Andrew Fisher, former Executive Director of Policy for the Labour Party, and author of the 2017 and 2019 Labour manifestos 
• Robert Shrimsley, Chief UK Political Commentator and Executive Editor at the Financial Times
• Rachel Wolf, Founding Partner at Public First, and co-author of the 2019 Conservative manifesto
The event was chaired by Dr Catherine Haddon, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 14:56:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>General election: What makes a good manifesto?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>221</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>With the general election less than a year away, the Conservatives, Labour and all other political parties are drawing up their manifestos. Scrutinised by the media and voters, manifestos can shape debate, shift the polls, and play a major part in an election campaign – and shape what the winning part does in government.
While manifestos are described as a contract between a party and the people, the reality in government is often quite different. Pledges may prove difficult to deliver in practice, with unforeseen crises and the day-to-day challenges of governing seeing commitments fall by the wayside. In a coalition or minority government, parties may have to compromise.
So how do the parties develop and write their manifestos? What does a good manifesto actually look like? What are the questions that Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer will be considering when signing off on their manifestos? And just how important are manifestos during – and after – a general election campaign?
Joining us to discuss these questions and more were: 
• Andrew Fisher, former Executive Director of Policy for the Labour Party, and author of the 2017 and 2019 Labour manifestos 
• Robert Shrimsley, Chief UK Political Commentator and Executive Editor at the Financial Times
• Rachel Wolf, Founding Partner at Public First, and co-author of the 2019 Conservative manifesto
The event was chaired by Dr Catherine Haddon, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>With the general election less than a year away, the Conservatives, Labour and all other political parties are drawing up their <strong>manifestos</strong>. Scrutinised by the media and voters, manifestos can shape debate, shift the polls, and play a major part in an election campaign – and shape what the winning part does in government.</p><p>While manifestos are described as a contract between a party and the people, the reality in government is often quite different. Pledges may prove difficult to deliver in practice, with unforeseen crises and the day-to-day challenges of governing seeing commitments fall by the wayside. In a coalition or minority government, parties may have to compromise.</p><p>So how do the parties develop and write their manifestos? What does a good manifesto actually look like? What are the questions that Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer will be considering when signing off on their manifestos? And just how important are manifestos during – and after – a general election campaign?</p><p>Joining us to discuss these questions and more were: </p><p>• <strong>Andrew Fisher</strong>, former Executive Director of Policy for the Labour Party, and author of the 2017 and 2019 Labour manifestos </p><p>• <strong>Robert Shrimsley</strong>, Chief UK Political Commentator and Executive Editor at the Financial Times</p><p>• <strong>Rachel Wolf</strong>, Founding Partner at Public First, and co-author of the 2019 Conservative manifesto</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Catherine Haddon</strong>, Programme Director at the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/">Institute for Government</a>.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3463</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5a408828-d580-11ee-9b44-33326bf752f5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8547127088.mp3?updated=1709046075" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Rt Hon Thérèse Coffey MP</title>
      <description>Dr Thérèse Coffey served in government under every prime minister from David Cameron to Rishi Sunak, including four years as a member of the cabinet. She led the Department for Work and Pensions through the Covid pandemic, served as deputy prime minister and heath secretary under Liz Truss, and was made environment secretary by Rishi Sunak. She left government at the November 2023 reshuffle. 
Dr Coffey joined Tim Durrant, Programme Director for Ministers at the Institute for Government, to reflect on her government career and the challenges of ministerial life. What was it like serving under five different prime ministers? How did she approach running a large delivery-focused department during the pandemic? And are the pressures of ministerial office impacting too much on the lives of politicians?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Feb 2024 14:47:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Rt Hon Thérèse Coffey MP</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>220</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Dr Thérèse Coffey served in government under every prime minister from David Cameron to Rishi Sunak, including four years as a member of the cabinet. She led the Department for Work and Pensions through the Covid pandemic, served as deputy prime minister and heath secretary under Liz Truss, and was made environment secretary by Rishi Sunak. She left government at the November 2023 reshuffle. 
Dr Coffey joined Tim Durrant, Programme Director for Ministers at the Institute for Government, to reflect on her government career and the challenges of ministerial life. What was it like serving under five different prime ministers? How did she approach running a large delivery-focused department during the pandemic? And are the pressures of ministerial office impacting too much on the lives of politicians?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Dr Thérèse Coffey</strong> served in government under every prime minister from David Cameron to Rishi Sunak, including four years as a member of the cabinet. She led the Department for Work and Pensions through the Covid pandemic, served as deputy prime minister and heath secretary under Liz Truss, and was made environment secretary by Rishi Sunak. She left government at the November 2023 reshuffle. </p><p>Dr Coffey joined <strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Programme Director for Ministers at the Institute for Government, to reflect on her government career and the challenges of ministerial life. What was it like serving under five different prime ministers? How did she approach running a large delivery-focused department during the pandemic? And are the pressures of ministerial office impacting too much on the lives of politicians?</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3683</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1d2b39e0-d0c8-11ee-946d-6f7ec1a9fe24]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR3565069975.mp3?updated=1708527143" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Rt Hon Mark Drakeford MS, First Minister of Wales</title>
      <description>Devolution to Wales is almost 25 years old. Since the first Welsh assembly elections in 1999, the powers of the devolved institutions in Cardiff have been substantially expanded – with Welsh voters backing the historic transformation of the assembly into a law-making parliament in a 2011 referendum.  
A quarter of a century since devolution began, what are the potential next steps in Wales’s unfinished constitutional journey? Set up to address this very question, the cross-party Independent Commission on the Constitutional Future of Wales, established by the Welsh government, will publish its final report in January 2024 – a key moment in the debate on the future of Wales.
The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Rt Hon Mark Drakeford MS, the First Minister of Wales, to discuss the findings of the commission, his perspective on how devolution to Wales could be protected and strengthened, and how a future Labour government in Westminster should reform the constitution and improve relations with the devolved administrations.
Mark Drakeford was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, followed by Q&amp;A with the live and online audience. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Feb 2024 07:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Rt Hon Mark Drakeford MS, First Minister of Wales</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>219</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Devolution to Wales is almost 25 years old. Since the first Welsh assembly elections in 1999, the powers of the devolved institutions in Cardiff have been substantially expanded – with Welsh voters backing the historic transformation of the assembly into a law-making parliament in a 2011 referendum.  
A quarter of a century since devolution began, what are the potential next steps in Wales’s unfinished constitutional journey? Set up to address this very question, the cross-party Independent Commission on the Constitutional Future of Wales, established by the Welsh government, will publish its final report in January 2024 – a key moment in the debate on the future of Wales.
The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Rt Hon Mark Drakeford MS, the First Minister of Wales, to discuss the findings of the commission, his perspective on how devolution to Wales could be protected and strengthened, and how a future Labour government in Westminster should reform the constitution and improve relations with the devolved administrations.
Mark Drakeford was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, followed by Q&amp;A with the live and online audience. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Devolution to Wales is almost 25 years old. Since the first Welsh assembly elections in 1999, the powers of the devolved institutions in Cardiff have been substantially expanded – with Welsh voters backing the historic transformation of the assembly into a law-making parliament in a 2011 referendum.  </p><p>A quarter of a century since devolution began, what are the potential next steps in Wales’s unfinished constitutional journey? Set up to address this very question, the cross-party Independent Commission on the Constitutional Future of Wales, established by the Welsh government, will publish its final report in January 2024 – a key moment in the debate on the future of Wales.</p><p>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>Rt Hon Mark Drakeford MS</strong>, the First Minister of Wales, to discuss the findings of the commission, his perspective on how devolution to Wales could be protected and strengthened, and how a future Labour government in Westminster should reform the constitution and improve relations with the devolved administrations.</p><p>Mark Drakeford was in conversation with <strong>Dr Hannah White</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government, followed by Q&amp;A with the live and online audience. </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3582</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1da70a88-c1c9-11ee-8d44-87b2e1772e54]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8773573685.mp3?updated=1706878303" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>General election countdown: key challenges for government in 2024</title>
      <description>A wide-ranging discussion on the key issues facing government – and the economy – as a general election draws near. On the panel:
• Claire Ainsley, Director of the Project on Center-Left Renewal and former Executive Director of Policy to Keir Starmer
• Anita Boateng, Partner at Portland Communications and former Special Adviser for the Cabinet Office, MoJ and DWP
• Sam Freedman, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
• Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
• Joe Owen, Director of Impact at the Institute for Government (Chair)
This event was part of the Institute for Government’s Government 2024 annual conference.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 03 Feb 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>General election countdown: key challenges for government in 2024</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>218</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>A wide-ranging discussion on the key issues facing government – and the economy – as a general election draws near. On the panel:
• Claire Ainsley, Director of the Project on Center-Left Renewal and former Executive Director of Policy to Keir Starmer
• Anita Boateng, Partner at Portland Communications and former Special Adviser for the Cabinet Office, MoJ and DWP
• Sam Freedman, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
• Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
• Joe Owen, Director of Impact at the Institute for Government (Chair)
This event was part of the Institute for Government’s Government 2024 annual conference.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>A wide-ranging discussion on the key issues facing government – and the economy – as a general election draws near. On the panel:</p><p>• <strong>Claire Ainsley</strong>, Director of the Project on Center-Left Renewal and former Executive Director of Policy to Keir Starmer</p><p>• <strong>Anita Boateng</strong>, Partner at Portland Communications and former Special Adviser for the Cabinet Office, MoJ and DWP</p><p>• <strong>Sam Freedman</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p><p>• <strong>Giles Wilkes</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p><p>• <strong>Joe Owen</strong>, Director of Impact at the Institute for Government (Chair)</p><p>This event was part of the Institute for Government’s <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/event/government-2024-conference">Government 2024</a> annual conference.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3481</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9a020df4-c1c8-11ee-a5b0-e7317aaba975]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR1672895586.mp3?updated=1706878082" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ending the decline: how to fix public services</title>
      <description>Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, set out key findings from Performance Tracker – the IfG’s annual stocktake of nine key public services – ahead of a panel discussion on how public service performance can be turned around. On the panel:


Stephen Bush, Associate Editor and Columnist at the Financial Times


Councillor Georgia Gould, Leader of Camden Council


Rt Hon Kwasi Kwarteng MP, former Chancellor of the Exchequer


Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government (Chair)

This event was part of the Institute for Government’s Government 2024 annual conference.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Feb 2024 17:30:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Ending the decline: how to fix public services</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>217</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, set out key findings from Performance Tracker – the IfG’s annual stocktake of nine key public services – ahead of a panel discussion on how public service performance can be turned around. On the panel:


Stephen Bush, Associate Editor and Columnist at the Financial Times


Councillor Georgia Gould, Leader of Camden Council


Rt Hon Kwasi Kwarteng MP, former Chancellor of the Exchequer


Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government (Chair)

This event was part of the Institute for Government’s Government 2024 annual conference.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Stuart Hoddinott</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, set out key findings from Performance Tracker – the IfG’s annual stocktake of nine key public services – ahead of a panel discussion on how public service performance can be turned around. On the panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Stephen Bush</strong>, Associate Editor and Columnist at the Financial Times</li>
<li>
<strong>Councillor Georgia Gould</strong>, Leader of Camden Council</li>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Kwasi Kwarteng MP</strong>, former Chancellor of the Exchequer</li>
<li>
<strong>Nick Davies</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government (Chair)</li>
</ul><p>This event was part of the Institute for Government’s <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/event/government-2024-conference">Government 2024</a> annual conference.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3470</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6fb25474-c1c7-11ee-a021-07e396c4253a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR8131506213.mp3?updated=1706877582" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Government keynote speech: Rt Hon John Glen MP</title>
      <description>The IfG was delighted to welcome Rt Hon John Glen MP, Paymaster General and Minister for the Cabinet Office, for a keynote speech at Government 2024, the IfG’s annual conference with Grant Thornton UK LLP. This was followed by an in conversation with Dr Hannah White OBE, Director of the IfG.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Feb 2024 12:31:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Government keynote speech: Rt Hon John Glen MP</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>216</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The IfG was delighted to welcome Rt Hon John Glen MP, Paymaster General and Minister for the Cabinet Office, for a keynote speech at Government 2024, the IfG’s annual conference with Grant Thornton UK LLP. This was followed by an in conversation with Dr Hannah White OBE, Director of the IfG.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The IfG was delighted to welcome <strong>Rt Hon John Glen MP</strong>, Paymaster General and Minister for the Cabinet Office, for a keynote speech at Government 2024, the IfG’s annual conference with Grant Thornton UK LLP. This was followed by an in conversation with <strong>Dr Hannah White OBE</strong>, Director of the IfG.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3374</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fd469102-c1c6-11ee-9019-539d435ec148]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR9754775702.mp3?updated=1706877390" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>General election: How should an opposition prepare for government?</title>
      <description>The next general election is – at most – one year away. If Labour wins, there will, as is almost always the case in the UK, be an overnight transition of power. A party that has spent 14 years in opposition would be instantly thrown into government.
 
But having focused already limited resources on election campaigning, and often lacking the knowledge and experience of being in government, how can opposition parties prepare for an overnight transition? Which issues do they need to consider ahead of a possible election win? And what challenges might arise on that first day in power?
 
As the Institute’s research shows, proper preparation can make the difference between success and stagnation once in office. This event, the latest in the Institute for Government’s General Election programme, discussed a new IfG report – Preparing for government: How oppositions should ready themselves for power – which sets out how to prepare for a possible transition into government.
 
Joining us to the discuss the report and its findings was an expert panel, including:
 

Wes Ball, former Director of the Parliamentary Labour Party

Baroness Fall, former Deputy Chief of Staff to David Cameron

Dr Catherine Haddon, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Lord Macpherson, former Permanent Secretary at HM Treasury (2005–16)

 
The event was chaired by Joe Owen, Director of Impact at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jan 2024 15:48:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>215</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The next general election is – at most – one year away. If Labour wins, there will, as is almost always the case in the UK, be an overnight transition of power. A party that has spent 14 years in opposition would be instantly thrown into government.
 
But having focused already limited resources on election campaigning, and often lacking the knowledge and experience of being in government, how can opposition parties prepare for an overnight transition? Which issues do they need to consider ahead of a possible election win? And what challenges might arise on that first day in power?
 
As the Institute’s research shows, proper preparation can make the difference between success and stagnation once in office. This event, the latest in the Institute for Government’s General Election programme, discussed a new IfG report – Preparing for government: How oppositions should ready themselves for power – which sets out how to prepare for a possible transition into government.
 
Joining us to the discuss the report and its findings was an expert panel, including:
 

Wes Ball, former Director of the Parliamentary Labour Party

Baroness Fall, former Deputy Chief of Staff to David Cameron

Dr Catherine Haddon, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

Lord Macpherson, former Permanent Secretary at HM Treasury (2005–16)

 
The event was chaired by Joe Owen, Director of Impact at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The next general election is – at most – one year away. If Labour wins, there will, as is almost always the case in the UK, be an overnight transition of power. A party that has spent 14 years in opposition would be instantly thrown into government.</p><p> </p><p>But having focused already limited resources on election campaigning, and often lacking the knowledge and experience of being in government, how can opposition parties prepare for an overnight transition? Which issues do they need to consider ahead of a possible election win? And what challenges might arise on that first day in power?</p><p> </p><p>As the Institute’s research shows, proper preparation can make the difference between success and stagnation once in office. This event, the latest in the Institute for Government’s General Election programme, discussed a new IfG report – Preparing for government: How oppositions should ready themselves for power – which sets out how to prepare for a possible transition into government.</p><p> </p><p>Joining us to the discuss the report and its findings was an expert panel, including:</p><p> </p><ul>
<li>Wes Ball, former Director of the Parliamentary Labour Party</li>
<li>Baroness Fall, former Deputy Chief of Staff to David Cameron</li>
<li>Dr Catherine Haddon, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>Lord Macpherson, former Permanent Secretary at HM Treasury (2005–16)</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Joe Owen, Director of Impact at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3831</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[aa1bf962-afcf-11ee-923d-0b761ad2c229]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/NSR5307723956.mp3?updated=1704901995" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fixing Whitehall: Is the Maude review the right plan for government reform?</title>
      <description>Earlier this month Lord Maude, who served as Minister for the Cabinet Office from 2010-2015, published his Independent Review of Governance and Accountability in the Civil Service. The comprehensive review saw Maude speak to former and present civil service leaders, minister and ex-ministers, former Prime Ministers, and many civil servants. Maude concludes that “the arrangements for governance and accountability of the civil service are unclear, opaque and incomplete”, and that the centre of government has become "unwieldy, with confusion about where responsibilities lie."
So what is Lord Maude’s plan to fix these problems and how would his 57 recommendations work? Ministers have reacted coolly to Maude’s plan to split the Treasury and create an Office of Budget and Management, but is he right? What responsibilities should the Cabinet Secretary hold? And what can be done to ensure this review of the civil service succeeds when so many previous attempts have failed? 
To discuss these questions and more, Lord Maude joined us in conversation at the Institute for Government. The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Dec 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>214</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Earlier this month Lord Maude, who served as Minister for the Cabinet Office from 2010-2015, published his Independent Review of Governance and Accountability in the Civil Service. The comprehensive review saw Maude speak to former and present civil service leaders, minister and ex-ministers, former Prime Ministers, and many civil servants. Maude concludes that “the arrangements for governance and accountability of the civil service are unclear, opaque and incomplete”, and that the centre of government has become "unwieldy, with confusion about where responsibilities lie."
So what is Lord Maude’s plan to fix these problems and how would his 57 recommendations work? Ministers have reacted coolly to Maude’s plan to split the Treasury and create an Office of Budget and Management, but is he right? What responsibilities should the Cabinet Secretary hold? And what can be done to ensure this review of the civil service succeeds when so many previous attempts have failed? 
To discuss these questions and more, Lord Maude joined us in conversation at the Institute for Government. The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Earlier this month <strong>Lord Maude</strong>, who served as Minister for the Cabinet Office from 2010-2015, published his Independent Review of Governance and Accountability in the Civil Service. The comprehensive review saw Maude speak to former and present civil service leaders, minister and ex-ministers, former Prime Ministers, and many civil servants. Maude concludes that “the arrangements for governance and accountability of the civil service are unclear, opaque and incomplete”, and that the centre of government has become "unwieldy, with confusion about where responsibilities lie."</p><p>So what is Lord Maude’s plan to fix these problems and how would his 57 recommendations work? Ministers have reacted coolly to Maude’s plan to split the Treasury and create an Office of Budget and Management, but is he right? What responsibilities should the Cabinet Secretary hold? And what can be done to ensure this review of the civil service succeeds when so many previous attempts have failed? </p><p>To discuss these questions and more, Lord Maude joined us in conversation at the Institute for Government. The event was chaired by <strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3780</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e9a5f812-8f72-11ee-9ea0-abafb31ebb33]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6539711284.mp3?updated=1701343721" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What does the 2023 Autumn Statement mean for UK fiscal policy?</title>
      <description>After Rishi Sunak used the recent Conservative Party Conference to pitch himself as the ‘change’ candidate, the Autumn Statement on 22 November was Jeremy Hunt’s first opportunity to set out the government’s new tax and spending plans. But what the Prime Minister and Chancellor can offer will in part be shaped by the new economic and fiscal forecasts they were given by the Office for Budget Responsibility (OBR), the UK’s independent fiscal watchdog. 
So, what does the Autumn Statement reveal about this government’s approach to economic and fiscal policy? How has the economic and fiscal outlook changed since March and how might that shape the general election campaign? Does the government have any new plans to try to boost growth and household incomes? What do the government’s public spending plans look like – and are they plausible?
To explore these questions and more, our expert panel included: 
• Anoosh Chakelian, Britain Editor of the New Statesman
• Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
• Richard Hughes, Chair of the Office for Budget Responsibility
• Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government
The event was chaired by Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Nov 2023 11:21:55 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>213</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>After Rishi Sunak used the recent Conservative Party Conference to pitch himself as the ‘change’ candidate, the Autumn Statement on 22 November was Jeremy Hunt’s first opportunity to set out the government’s new tax and spending plans. But what the Prime Minister and Chancellor can offer will in part be shaped by the new economic and fiscal forecasts they were given by the Office for Budget Responsibility (OBR), the UK’s independent fiscal watchdog. 
So, what does the Autumn Statement reveal about this government’s approach to economic and fiscal policy? How has the economic and fiscal outlook changed since March and how might that shape the general election campaign? Does the government have any new plans to try to boost growth and household incomes? What do the government’s public spending plans look like – and are they plausible?
To explore these questions and more, our expert panel included: 
• Anoosh Chakelian, Britain Editor of the New Statesman
• Stuart Hoddinott, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
• Richard Hughes, Chair of the Office for Budget Responsibility
• Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government
The event was chaired by Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>After Rishi Sunak used the recent Conservative Party Conference to pitch himself as the ‘change’ candidate, the <strong>Autumn Statement</strong> on 22 November was Jeremy Hunt’s first opportunity to set out the government’s new tax and spending plans. But what the Prime Minister and Chancellor can offer will in part be shaped by the new economic and fiscal forecasts they were given by the Office for Budget Responsibility (OBR), the UK’s independent fiscal watchdog. </p><p>So, what does the Autumn Statement reveal about this government’s approach to economic and fiscal policy? How has the economic and fiscal outlook changed since March and how might that shape the general election campaign? Does the government have any new plans to try to boost growth and household incomes? What do the government’s public spending plans look like – and are they plausible?</p><p>To explore these questions and more, our expert panel included: </p><p>• <strong>Anoosh Chakelian</strong>, Britain Editor of the <em>New Statesman</em></p><p>• <strong>Stuart Hoddinott</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p>• <strong>Richard Hughes</strong>, Chair of the Office for Budget Responsibility</p><p>• <strong>Thomas Pope</strong>, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Hannah White</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3839</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b1618e30-8f72-11ee-ad82-bfa0f9dd4570]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6157906218.mp3?updated=1701343629" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Sir Mark Rowley, Commissioner of the Metropolitan Police Service</title>
      <description>High standards are crucial for maintaining public trust in the police – but in recent years the reputation of the Metropolitan Police has been damaged by a number of scandals.
Sir Mark Rowley was appointed as Met Commissioner in September 2022 with a mandate to bring in higher standards of policing, reduce crime rates, and deliver more trust in the Met Police. At this Institute for Government event, the Commissioner set out how he intends to achieve his priorities, including through changes to police structures, improved leadership, and the New Met for London plan.
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government. Following his brief opening remarks, the Commissioner took part in a Q&amp;A with the in-person and online audience.
 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Nov 2023 13:02:05 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>212</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>High standards are crucial for maintaining public trust in the police – but in recent years the reputation of the Metropolitan Police has been damaged by a number of scandals.
Sir Mark Rowley was appointed as Met Commissioner in September 2022 with a mandate to bring in higher standards of policing, reduce crime rates, and deliver more trust in the Met Police. At this Institute for Government event, the Commissioner set out how he intends to achieve his priorities, including through changes to police structures, improved leadership, and the New Met for London plan.
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government. Following his brief opening remarks, the Commissioner took part in a Q&amp;A with the in-person and online audience.
 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>High standards are crucial for maintaining public trust in the police – but in recent years the reputation of the Metropolitan Police has been damaged by a number of scandals.</p><p>Sir Mark Rowley was appointed as Met Commissioner in September 2022 with a mandate to bring in higher standards of policing, reduce crime rates, and deliver more trust in the Met Police. At this Institute for Government event, the Commissioner set out how he intends to achieve his priorities, including through changes to police structures, improved leadership, and the New Met for London plan.</p><p>The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government. Following his brief opening remarks, the Commissioner took part in a Q&amp;A with the in-person and online audience.</p><p> </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3453</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[789261aa-8938-11ee-bdd3-fbc7c1b9c68d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1535849577.mp3?updated=1700658913" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Autumn Statement 2023: pressures on public services</title>
      <description>Public services were hit hard by the pandemic, which exacerbated existing performance problems and pressures on staff. High inflation and widespread strikes have since caused further disruption.
Ahead of the Autumn Statement, this event brought together an expert panel to discuss:
• How does public service performance compare to pre-pandemic levels?
• How can the government recruit and retain sufficient staff to improve public service performance?
• What are the key public service challenges that will be faced by the winner of the next election?
As the Institute for Government and the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) publish the latest edition of Performance Tracker which features new analysis on the performance of public services, Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, presented the key findings. He was joined by Stephen Bush, Associate Editor and columnist at the Financial Times, and Baroness Morris, Chair of the Lords Public Services Committee.
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government, with opening remarks by Jeffrey Matsu, Chief Economist at CIPFA.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Nov 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>211</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Public services were hit hard by the pandemic, which exacerbated existing performance problems and pressures on staff. High inflation and widespread strikes have since caused further disruption.
Ahead of the Autumn Statement, this event brought together an expert panel to discuss:
• How does public service performance compare to pre-pandemic levels?
• How can the government recruit and retain sufficient staff to improve public service performance?
• What are the key public service challenges that will be faced by the winner of the next election?
As the Institute for Government and the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) publish the latest edition of Performance Tracker which features new analysis on the performance of public services, Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, presented the key findings. He was joined by Stephen Bush, Associate Editor and columnist at the Financial Times, and Baroness Morris, Chair of the Lords Public Services Committee.
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government, with opening remarks by Jeffrey Matsu, Chief Economist at CIPFA.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Public services were hit hard by the pandemic, which exacerbated existing performance problems and pressures on staff. High inflation and widespread strikes have since caused further disruption.</p><p>Ahead of the <strong>Autumn Statement</strong>, this event brought together an expert panel to discuss:</p><p>• How does public service performance compare to pre-pandemic levels?</p><p>• How can the government recruit and retain sufficient staff to improve public service performance?</p><p>• What are the key public service challenges that will be faced by the winner of the next election?</p><p>As the Institute for Government and the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) publish the latest edition of <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/our-work/trackers/performance-tracker">Performance Tracker</a> which features new analysis on the performance of public services, <strong>Nick Davies</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, presented the key findings. He was joined by <strong>Stephen Bush</strong>, Associate Editor and columnist at the Financial Times, and <strong>Baroness Morris</strong>, Chair of the Lords Public Services Committee.</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Emma Norris</strong>, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government, with opening remarks by Jeffrey Matsu, Chief Economist at CIPFA.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3627</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1da86944-83d7-11ee-9716-f3e01a280bbc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2681223853.mp3?updated=1700067344" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>General election: what change do we need?</title>
      <description>Rishi Sunak has until December 2024 to call an election. While the formal starting pistol has yet to be fired, and may not be for at least a year, the long campaign has already begun. Both Sunak and Starmer are presenting themselves as the change candidate and the person to fix a country that – they both argue – is struggling to find its way.
Kicking off the Institute's General Election programme, this event reflected on the opening pitches of the two main parties at their recent conferences. It will ask what change the country, government and political system needs, what change the voters want, and whether either party has a plan to deliver it.
Joining us were:
• Kelly Beaver, Chief Executive of Ipsos in the UK and Ireland
• Lord Mandelson, Chairman of Global Counsel and former minister in the Blair and Brown governments
• Kate McCann, Political Editor at Times Radio
• Lord Willetts, President of the Resolution Foundation and former minister in the Major and Cameron governments
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Nov 2023 16:48:05 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>210</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Rishi Sunak has until December 2024 to call an election. While the formal starting pistol has yet to be fired, and may not be for at least a year, the long campaign has already begun. Both Sunak and Starmer are presenting themselves as the change candidate and the person to fix a country that – they both argue – is struggling to find its way.
Kicking off the Institute's General Election programme, this event reflected on the opening pitches of the two main parties at their recent conferences. It will ask what change the country, government and political system needs, what change the voters want, and whether either party has a plan to deliver it.
Joining us were:
• Kelly Beaver, Chief Executive of Ipsos in the UK and Ireland
• Lord Mandelson, Chairman of Global Counsel and former minister in the Blair and Brown governments
• Kate McCann, Political Editor at Times Radio
• Lord Willetts, President of the Resolution Foundation and former minister in the Major and Cameron governments
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Rishi Sunak has until December 2024 to call an election. While the formal starting pistol has yet to be fired, and may not be for at least a year, the long campaign has already begun. Both Sunak and Starmer are presenting themselves as the change candidate and the person to fix a country that – they both argue – is struggling to find its way.</p><p>Kicking off the Institute's General Election programme, this event reflected on the opening pitches of the two main parties at their recent conferences. It will ask what change the country, government and political system needs, what change the voters want, and whether either party has a plan to deliver it.</p><p>Joining us were:</p><p>• <strong>Kelly Beaver</strong>, Chief Executive of Ipsos in the UK and Ireland</p><p>• <strong>Lord Mandelson</strong>, Chairman of Global Counsel and former minister in the Blair and Brown governments</p><p>• <strong>Kate McCann</strong>, Political Editor at Times Radio</p><p>• <strong>Lord Willetts</strong>, President of the Resolution Foundation and former minister in the Major and Cameron governments</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Emma Norris</strong>, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3803</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c684d9ae-83d6-11ee-b618-e366ea860d93]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6892418919.mp3?updated=1700067198" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Rachel Reeves MP: The Women Who Made Modern Economics</title>
      <description>To mark the publication of her new book, The Women Who Made Modern Economics, Rachel Reeves MP sat down with IfG's Chief Economist, Dr Gemma Tetlow.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2023 15:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>209</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>To mark the publication of her new book, The Women Who Made Modern Economics, Rachel Reeves MP sat down with IfG's Chief Economist, Dr Gemma Tetlow.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>To mark the publication of her new book, The Women Who Made Modern Economics, <strong>Rachel Reeves MP</strong> sat down with IfG's Chief Economist, Dr Gemma Tetlow.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1943</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[00eb08ec-741f-11ee-8bb5-1f02fd9b779b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9803766903.mp3?updated=1698339001" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Anas Sarwar MSP, Leader of the Scottish Labour Party</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/</link>
      <description>Twenty-five years after the Scotland Act established the devolved Scottish government and parliament, the future of devolution and Scotland’s place in the Union remain contentious issues. The SNP continues to advocate for Scottish independence. Meanwhile, the UK government has pursued a strategy of ‘muscular unionism’. Scottish Labour has called for a new approach, based on greater cooperation between UK and Scottish governments, and for stronger local government within Scotland. So what does Scotland’s constitutional future hold?
The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Anas Sarwar MSP, Leader of the Scottish Labour Party. How can Scottish devolution be strengthened? What might a future Labour government at Westminster mean for relations with Holyrood? And what is Sarwar’s vision for Scotland’s place in a reformed Union?
To discuss these questions and more, Anas Sarwar was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, followed by Q&amp;A with the live and online audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2023 09:25:16 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>208</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Twenty-five years after the Scotland Act established the devolved Scottish government and parliament, the future of devolution and Scotland’s place in the Union remain contentious issues. The SNP continues to advocate for Scottish independence. Meanwhile, the UK government has pursued a strategy of ‘muscular unionism’. Scottish Labour has called for a new approach, based on greater cooperation between UK and Scottish governments, and for stronger local government within Scotland. So what does Scotland’s constitutional future hold?
The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Anas Sarwar MSP, Leader of the Scottish Labour Party. How can Scottish devolution be strengthened? What might a future Labour government at Westminster mean for relations with Holyrood? And what is Sarwar’s vision for Scotland’s place in a reformed Union?
To discuss these questions and more, Anas Sarwar was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, followed by Q&amp;A with the live and online audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Twenty-five years after the Scotland Act established the devolved Scottish government and parliament, the future of devolution and Scotland’s place in the Union remain contentious issues. The SNP continues to advocate for Scottish independence. Meanwhile, the UK government has pursued a strategy of ‘muscular unionism’. Scottish Labour has called for a new approach, based on greater cooperation between UK and Scottish governments, and for stronger local government within Scotland. So what does Scotland’s constitutional future hold?</p><p>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>Anas Sarwar MSP, Leader of the Scottish Labour Party</strong>. How can Scottish devolution be strengthened? What might a future Labour government at Westminster mean for relations with Holyrood? And what is Sarwar’s vision for Scotland’s place in a reformed Union?</p><p>To discuss these questions and more, Anas Sarwar was in conversation with <strong>Dr Hannah White</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government, followed by Q&amp;A with the live and online audience.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3492</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b5173b44-73e1-11ee-a068-4f97d4395b9e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5215606918.mp3?updated=1698312675" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Upholding standards in public life: A keynote speech by Lord Evans</title>
      <description>Questions about standards in public life have dominated politics in recent years. As Chair of the independent Committee on Standards in Public Life since 2018, Lord Evans KCB DL has been at the heart of these debates, leading the committee’s work to define and uphold ethical standards across the public sector. 
 
As Lord Evans reaches the end of his five-year term, he joined the Institute for Government to reflect on the work of the committee and the UK’s approach to standards in public life more broadly. He discussed how the standards landscape has changed, the challenges he anticipates, and how he would like to see public standards strengthened in future. 
 
After his speech, Lord Evans was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government. There was an opportunity for questions from the audience. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2023 15:49:20 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>207</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Questions about standards in public life have dominated politics in recent years. As Chair of the independent Committee on Standards in Public Life since 2018, Lord Evans KCB DL has been at the heart of these debates, leading the committee’s work to define and uphold ethical standards across the public sector. 
 
As Lord Evans reaches the end of his five-year term, he joined the Institute for Government to reflect on the work of the committee and the UK’s approach to standards in public life more broadly. He discussed how the standards landscape has changed, the challenges he anticipates, and how he would like to see public standards strengthened in future. 
 
After his speech, Lord Evans was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government. There was an opportunity for questions from the audience. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Questions about standards in public life have dominated politics in recent years. As Chair of the independent Committee on Standards in Public Life since 2018, Lord Evans KCB DL has been at the heart of these debates, leading the committee’s work to define and uphold ethical standards across the public sector. </p><p> </p><p>As Lord Evans reaches the end of his five-year term, he joined the Institute for Government to reflect on the work of the committee and the UK’s approach to standards in public life more broadly. He discussed how the standards landscape has changed, the challenges he anticipates, and how he would like to see public standards strengthened in future. </p><p> </p><p>After his speech, Lord Evans was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government. There was an opportunity for questions from the audience. </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3657</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[af6569d0-6e98-11ee-b499-cf8f949df3c3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3859433120.mp3?updated=1697731556" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Rt Hon The Baroness Hale of Richmond, former President of the Supreme Court, in conversation </title>
      <description>Baroness Hale, former President of the Supreme Court, joins Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, and Professor Michael Kenny, Director of Bennett Institute for Public Policy, University of Cambridge, for an in conversation.
 
This event was part of the IfG and Bennett Institute's joint conference on the Future of the UK Constitution.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Oct 2023 09:16:58 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>206</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Baroness Hale, former President of the Supreme Court, joins Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, and Professor Michael Kenny, Director of Bennett Institute for Public Policy, University of Cambridge, for an in conversation.
 
This event was part of the IfG and Bennett Institute's joint conference on the Future of the UK Constitution.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Baroness Hale, former President of the Supreme Court, joins Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, and Professor Michael Kenny, Director of Bennett Institute for Public Policy, University of Cambridge, for an in conversation.</p><p> </p><p><em>This event was part of the IfG and Bennett Institute's joint conference on the Future of the UK Constitution.</em></p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3230</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ec4ce3a4-69c1-11ee-9f0c-7b0517e0e1d2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2042248324.mp3?updated=1697199512" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keynote speech: Rt Hon Liz Truss MP</title>
      <description>The Institute for Government welcomed Rt Hon Liz Truss MP to give a keynote speech on the economy.
 
A year since her government’s Growth Plan – the September 2022 ‘mini-budget’ – including a programme of tax cuts and supply side reforms, the former prime minister set out her vision for how the government could enable the UK to achieve faster economic growth.
 
Following her speech Liz Truss was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, the Director of the Institute for Government, before taking part in a Q&amp;A with an invited audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Sep 2023 11:27:41 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>205</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government welcomed Rt Hon Liz Truss MP to give a keynote speech on the economy.
 
A year since her government’s Growth Plan – the September 2022 ‘mini-budget’ – including a programme of tax cuts and supply side reforms, the former prime minister set out her vision for how the government could enable the UK to achieve faster economic growth.
 
Following her speech Liz Truss was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, the Director of the Institute for Government, before taking part in a Q&amp;A with an invited audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government welcomed Rt Hon Liz Truss MP to give a keynote speech on the economy.</p><p> </p><p>A year since her government’s Growth Plan – the September 2022 ‘mini-budget’ – including a programme of tax cuts and supply side reforms, the former prime minister set out her vision for how the government could enable the UK to achieve faster economic growth.</p><p> </p><p>Following her speech Liz Truss was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, the Director of the Institute for Government, before taking part in a Q&amp;A with an invited audience.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4853</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a0e287d4-57ab-11ee-bfb6-f79b5e13390b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO7336125962.mp3?updated=1695210816" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is the Darlington Economic Campus a blueprint for successful civil service relocation?</title>
      <description>The Darlington Economic Campus is rapidly establishing itself as the civil service’s flagship office outside of London – and has been described by chancellor Jeremy Hunt as moving “decision makers and advisers closer to the communities we serve.”
So how has the Darlington Economic Campus changed the way policy is made? What difference has it made to the local area and is it contributing to the levelling up agenda? What are the factors behind the campus’s success and should it be used as a blueprint for future relocations? And what are the next steps in the government’s plan to relocate the civil servants from London?
A recent IfG report has evaluated the impact of the Darlington Economic Campus on the civil service and the local area and set out recommendations for current and future relocations.
At this event, which was held in Darlington, there was a welcome from Nigel Robinson from PA Consulting, and a short presentation from Jordan Urban, the report’s lead author. Baroness Penn, Treasury Lords Minister, responded to the IfG's research.
An expert panel discussion followed, featuring:
• Jo Crellin, Director General, Trading Systems at the Department for Business and Trade
• Mike Hughes, Business and Commercial Editor at The Northern Echo
• Baroness Penn, Treasury Lords Minister
• Andrew Perkin, Business Growth and Investment Manager at Darlington Borough Council
• Beth Russell, Second Permanent Secretary to the Treasury
 
The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Aug 2023 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>204</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Darlington Economic Campus is rapidly establishing itself as the civil service’s flagship office outside of London – and has been described by chancellor Jeremy Hunt as moving “decision makers and advisers closer to the communities we serve.”
So how has the Darlington Economic Campus changed the way policy is made? What difference has it made to the local area and is it contributing to the levelling up agenda? What are the factors behind the campus’s success and should it be used as a blueprint for future relocations? And what are the next steps in the government’s plan to relocate the civil servants from London?
A recent IfG report has evaluated the impact of the Darlington Economic Campus on the civil service and the local area and set out recommendations for current and future relocations.
At this event, which was held in Darlington, there was a welcome from Nigel Robinson from PA Consulting, and a short presentation from Jordan Urban, the report’s lead author. Baroness Penn, Treasury Lords Minister, responded to the IfG's research.
An expert panel discussion followed, featuring:
• Jo Crellin, Director General, Trading Systems at the Department for Business and Trade
• Mike Hughes, Business and Commercial Editor at The Northern Echo
• Baroness Penn, Treasury Lords Minister
• Andrew Perkin, Business Growth and Investment Manager at Darlington Borough Council
• Beth Russell, Second Permanent Secretary to the Treasury
 
The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <strong>Darlington Economic Campus</strong> is rapidly establishing itself as the civil service’s flagship office outside of London – and has been described by chancellor Jeremy Hunt as moving “decision makers and advisers closer to the communities we serve.”</p><p>So how has the Darlington Economic Campus changed the way policy is made? What difference has it made to the local area and is it contributing to the levelling up agenda? What are the factors behind the campus’s success and should it be used as a blueprint for future relocations? And what are the next steps in the government’s plan to relocate the civil servants from London?</p><p>A recent IfG report has evaluated the impact of the Darlington Economic Campus on the civil service and the local area and set out recommendations for current and future relocations.</p><p>At this event, which was held in Darlington, there was a welcome from <strong>Nigel Robinson</strong> from PA Consulting, and a short presentation from <strong>Jordan Urban</strong>, the report’s lead author. Baroness Penn, Treasury Lords Minister, responded to the IfG's research.</p><p>An expert panel discussion followed, featuring:</p><p>• <strong>Jo Crellin</strong>, Director General, Trading Systems at the Department for Business and Trade</p><p>• <strong>Mike Hughes</strong>, Business and Commercial Editor at The Northern Echo</p><p>• <strong>Baroness Penn</strong>, Treasury Lords Minister</p><p>• <strong>Andrew Perkin</strong>, Business Growth and Investment Manager at Darlington Borough Council</p><p>• <strong>Beth Russell</strong>, Second Permanent Secretary to the Treasury</p><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4403</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[231fb66a-31ee-11ee-8c23-a30305a799ea]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO7295564281.mp3?updated=1691061269" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How should central government be organised to deliver levelling up?</title>
      <description>There has been no shortage of central government attempts to support regional development over past decades, but these have been insufficient to close the widening gaps in geographical disparities, with efforts lacking scale, coordination, data and effective oversight, and policies ultimately proving short lived. So what can be done to fix the problem?
The Levelling Up White Paper proposed several reforms to 'rewire Whitehall' to ensure the goverenment delivered more effective regional policy, including the creation of a Levelling Up Advisory Council (LUAC) – an expert group reporting to the levelling up secretary of state – to provide insight, challenge, and advice to the government on its design and delivery of the levelling up policy agenda. This event also considered how central government can best be organised to deliver effective long-term regional policy, whether the white paper’s reforms are the right ones, what difference structures like the Advisory Council make, and what else is needed.
So what progress has the government made on implementing the white paper proposals? What difference have the structures set out in the white paper made already and is the LUAC fulfilling the purpose it was set up for? What are the key challenges for a government when trying to deliver cross-cutting policy? And are the structures in place for cross-government working, between central and devolved governments, adequate to deliver regional policy effectively?
To discuss these questions and more, the Institute for Government brought together an expert panel.
• Andy Haldane, Chair of the Levelling Up Advisory Council and Chief Executive of the RSA
• Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
• Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
• Dr Hayaatun Sillem CBE, CEO of the Royal Academy of Engineering and member of the Levelling Up Advisory Council
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Aug 2023 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>203</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>There has been no shortage of central government attempts to support regional development over past decades, but these have been insufficient to close the widening gaps in geographical disparities, with efforts lacking scale, coordination, data and effective oversight, and policies ultimately proving short lived. So what can be done to fix the problem?
The Levelling Up White Paper proposed several reforms to 'rewire Whitehall' to ensure the goverenment delivered more effective regional policy, including the creation of a Levelling Up Advisory Council (LUAC) – an expert group reporting to the levelling up secretary of state – to provide insight, challenge, and advice to the government on its design and delivery of the levelling up policy agenda. This event also considered how central government can best be organised to deliver effective long-term regional policy, whether the white paper’s reforms are the right ones, what difference structures like the Advisory Council make, and what else is needed.
So what progress has the government made on implementing the white paper proposals? What difference have the structures set out in the white paper made already and is the LUAC fulfilling the purpose it was set up for? What are the key challenges for a government when trying to deliver cross-cutting policy? And are the structures in place for cross-government working, between central and devolved governments, adequate to deliver regional policy effectively?
To discuss these questions and more, the Institute for Government brought together an expert panel.
• Andy Haldane, Chair of the Levelling Up Advisory Council and Chief Executive of the RSA
• Rebecca McKee, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
• Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
• Dr Hayaatun Sillem CBE, CEO of the Royal Academy of Engineering and member of the Levelling Up Advisory Council
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>There has been no shortage of central government attempts to support regional development over past decades, but these have been insufficient to close the widening gaps in geographical disparities, with efforts lacking scale, coordination, data and effective oversight, and policies ultimately proving short lived. So what can be done to fix the problem?</p><p>The <strong>Levelling Up White Paper</strong> proposed several reforms to 'rewire Whitehall' to ensure the goverenment delivered more effective regional policy, including the creation of a Levelling Up Advisory Council (LUAC) – an expert group reporting to the levelling up secretary of state – to provide insight, challenge, and advice to the government on its design and delivery of the levelling up policy agenda. This event also considered how central government can best be organised to deliver effective long-term regional policy, whether the white paper’s reforms are the right ones, what difference structures like the Advisory Council make, and what else is needed.</p><p>So what progress has the government made on implementing the white paper proposals? What difference have the structures set out in the white paper made already and is the LUAC fulfilling the purpose it was set up for? What are the key challenges for a government when trying to deliver cross-cutting policy? And are the structures in place for cross-government working, between central and devolved governments, adequate to deliver regional policy effectively?</p><p>To discuss these questions and more, the Institute for Government brought together an expert panel.</p><p>• <strong>Andy Haldane</strong>, Chair of the Levelling Up Advisory Council and Chief Executive of the RSA</p><p>• <strong>Rebecca McKee</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p>• <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p><p>• <strong>Dr Hayaatun Sillem</strong> CBE, CEO of the Royal Academy of Engineering and member of the Levelling Up Advisory Council</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Emma Norris</strong>, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3681</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[df288ce8-31ed-11ee-aedd-9331a8b38acf]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO7354031718.mp3?updated=1691061121" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keynote speech: Angela Rayner MP, Labour’s Deputy Leader</title>
      <description>How to restore trust in politics by strengthening standards in public life has been in the spotlight in recent years. The Labour Party has proposed a new, independent Ethics and Integrity Commission to “stamp out corruption in government, strengthen the rules and ensure they are enforced.” 
 But how would that commission work in practice? If Labour forms the next government, what powers would the commission have to investigate alleged poor behaviour? How will it enforce its judgements? Who would sit on the commission and how will it work with government ministers? 
 To answer all these questions and set out her vision for how to make politics work better at a time of depleted trust, the Rt Hon Angela Rayner MP, Labour’s Deputy Leader and Shadow Chancellor for the Duchy of Lancaster, gave a keynote speech at the Institute for Government.
The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Following her speech, Angela Rayner took part in a Q&amp;A with the in-person and online audience
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Jul 2023 10:10:24 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>202</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>How to restore trust in politics by strengthening standards in public life has been in the spotlight in recent years. The Labour Party has proposed a new, independent Ethics and Integrity Commission to “stamp out corruption in government, strengthen the rules and ensure they are enforced.” 
 But how would that commission work in practice? If Labour forms the next government, what powers would the commission have to investigate alleged poor behaviour? How will it enforce its judgements? Who would sit on the commission and how will it work with government ministers? 
 To answer all these questions and set out her vision for how to make politics work better at a time of depleted trust, the Rt Hon Angela Rayner MP, Labour’s Deputy Leader and Shadow Chancellor for the Duchy of Lancaster, gave a keynote speech at the Institute for Government.
The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Following her speech, Angela Rayner took part in a Q&amp;A with the in-person and online audience
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How to restore trust in politics by strengthening standards in public life has been in the spotlight in recent years. The Labour Party has proposed a new, independent Ethics and Integrity Commission to “stamp out corruption in government, strengthen the rules and ensure they are enforced.” </p><p> But how would that commission work in practice? If Labour forms the next government, what powers would the commission have to investigate alleged poor behaviour? How will it enforce its judgements? Who would sit on the commission and how will it work with government ministers? </p><p> To answer all these questions and set out her vision for how to make politics work better at a time of depleted trust, the <strong>Rt Hon Angela Rayner MP</strong>, Labour’s Deputy Leader and Shadow Chancellor for the Duchy of Lancaster, gave a keynote speech at the Institute for Government.</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p>Following her speech, Angela Rayner took part in a Q&amp;A with the in-person and online audience</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3766</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f994276c-2302-11ee-8e99-d3ef400bdf09]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5148231910.mp3?updated=1689420918" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keynote speech: Rt Hon Victoria Prentis KC MP, Attorney General</title>
      <description>The rule of law is a fundamental principle of a constitutional democracy – but in recent years it has been the subject of much debate. What role should the rule of law play? What is the government’s commitment to the rule of law? And what part should public law play in solving political disputes? As Attorney General, Victoria Prentis KC MP acts at the intersection of politics and the law. She is Chief Legal Adviser to the Crown and advises the government on both domestic and international law. The Attorney General's Office oversees the Law Officers’ departments, which include the Crown Prosecution Service, the Serious Fraud Office, and the Government Legal Department, where the Attorney General was herself a government lawyer for 17 years before being elected as an MP.  
She gave a keynote speech at the Institute for Government. The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government. Following her speech, the Attorney General took part in a Q&amp;A with the in-person and online audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 11:47:15 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>201</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The rule of law is a fundamental principle of a constitutional democracy – but in recent years it has been the subject of much debate. What role should the rule of law play? What is the government’s commitment to the rule of law? And what part should public law play in solving political disputes? As Attorney General, Victoria Prentis KC MP acts at the intersection of politics and the law. She is Chief Legal Adviser to the Crown and advises the government on both domestic and international law. The Attorney General's Office oversees the Law Officers’ departments, which include the Crown Prosecution Service, the Serious Fraud Office, and the Government Legal Department, where the Attorney General was herself a government lawyer for 17 years before being elected as an MP.  
She gave a keynote speech at the Institute for Government. The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government. Following her speech, the Attorney General took part in a Q&amp;A with the in-person and online audience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The rule of law is a fundamental principle of a constitutional democracy – but in recent years it has been the subject of much debate. What role should the rule of law play? What is the government’s commitment to the rule of law? And what part should public law play in solving political disputes? As Attorney General, <strong>Victoria Prentis KC MP</strong> acts at the intersection of politics and the law. She is Chief Legal Adviser to the Crown and advises the government on both domestic and international law. The Attorney General's Office oversees the Law Officers’ departments, which include the Crown Prosecution Service, the Serious Fraud Office, and the Government Legal Department, where the Attorney General was herself a government lawyer for 17 years before being elected as an MP.  </p><p>She gave a keynote speech at the Institute for Government. The event was chaired by <strong>Emma Norris</strong>, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government. Following her speech, the Attorney General took part in a Q&amp;A with the in-person and online audience.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2647</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b8acd17e-1fe0-11ee-9d63-0f9d6e984a74]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8725944342.mp3?updated=1689076352" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IfG Net Zero Conference: Keynote speech by Rt Hon Ed Miliband MP</title>
      <description>Tackling climate change is one of the biggest challenges facing governments across the world. With both Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer pledging to hit ambitious emissions targets and make the UK a clean energy ‘superpower’, the net zero agenda will be a major issue at the next general election. So what needs to be done to switch the UK from being an economy powered by carbon to one that is near emissions free, and does the UK have a credible plan to hit its net zero targets?
To explore these critical questions, and examine what government needs to do to meet its climate objectives, the Institute for Government brought together leading politicians and experts from the UK and beyond for a special net zero conference. The morning focused on whether the UK government has the right policies in place to cut emissions. And in the afternoon we examined government’s role in supporting green industries, following major subsidies announced by the US and the EU.
At this session, the Rt Hon Ed Miliband MP, Shadow Secretary of State for Net Zero, joined Emma Norris, IfG Deputy Director, to discuss how a Labour government would do net zero differently.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jul 2023 15:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>200</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Tackling climate change is one of the biggest challenges facing governments across the world. With both Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer pledging to hit ambitious emissions targets and make the UK a clean energy ‘superpower’, the net zero agenda will be a major issue at the next general election. So what needs to be done to switch the UK from being an economy powered by carbon to one that is near emissions free, and does the UK have a credible plan to hit its net zero targets?
To explore these critical questions, and examine what government needs to do to meet its climate objectives, the Institute for Government brought together leading politicians and experts from the UK and beyond for a special net zero conference. The morning focused on whether the UK government has the right policies in place to cut emissions. And in the afternoon we examined government’s role in supporting green industries, following major subsidies announced by the US and the EU.
At this session, the Rt Hon Ed Miliband MP, Shadow Secretary of State for Net Zero, joined Emma Norris, IfG Deputy Director, to discuss how a Labour government would do net zero differently.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Tackling climate change</strong> is one of the biggest challenges facing governments across the world. With both Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer pledging to hit ambitious emissions targets and make the UK a clean energy ‘superpower’, the net zero agenda will be a major issue at the next general election. So what needs to be done to switch the UK from being an economy powered by carbon to one that is near emissions free, and does the UK have a credible plan to hit its net zero targets?</p><p>To explore these critical questions, and examine what government needs to do to meet its climate objectives, the Institute for Government brought together leading politicians and experts from the UK and beyond for a special <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/event/ifg-net-zero-conference"><strong>net zero conference</strong></a>. The morning focused on whether the UK government has the right policies in place to cut emissions. And in the afternoon we examined government’s role in supporting green industries, following major subsidies announced by the US and the EU.</p><p>At this session, the <strong>Rt Hon Ed Miliband MP</strong>, Shadow Secretary of State for Net Zero, joined <strong>Emma Norris</strong>, IfG Deputy Director, to discuss how a Labour government would do net zero differently.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2890</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d7217d2c-1bd9-11ee-961e-bfb918c647c7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6909484396.mp3?updated=1688633592" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IfG Net Zero Conference: Welcome and opening keynote speech by Rt Hon Chris Skidmore MP</title>
      <description>Tackling climate change is one of the biggest challenges facing governments across the world. With both Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer pledging to hit ambitious emissions targets and make the UK a clean energy ‘superpower’, the net zero agenda will be a major issue at the next general election. So what needs to be done to switch the UK from being an economy powered by carbon to one that is near emissions free, and does the UK have a credible plan to hit its net zero targets?
To explore these critical questions, and examine what government needs to do to meet its climate objectives, the Institute for Government brought together leading politicians and experts from the UK and beyond for a special net zero conference. The morning focused on whether the UK government has the right policies in place to cut emissions. And in the afternoon we examined government’s role in supporting green industries, following major subsidies announced by the US and the EU.
Following a welcome from IfG Director Dr Hannah White, the Rt Hon Chris Skidmore MP joined us to discuss his Independent Review of Net Zero and the government’s progress so far.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jul 2023 08:41:11 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>199</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Tackling climate change is one of the biggest challenges facing governments across the world. With both Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer pledging to hit ambitious emissions targets and make the UK a clean energy ‘superpower’, the net zero agenda will be a major issue at the next general election. So what needs to be done to switch the UK from being an economy powered by carbon to one that is near emissions free, and does the UK have a credible plan to hit its net zero targets?
To explore these critical questions, and examine what government needs to do to meet its climate objectives, the Institute for Government brought together leading politicians and experts from the UK and beyond for a special net zero conference. The morning focused on whether the UK government has the right policies in place to cut emissions. And in the afternoon we examined government’s role in supporting green industries, following major subsidies announced by the US and the EU.
Following a welcome from IfG Director Dr Hannah White, the Rt Hon Chris Skidmore MP joined us to discuss his Independent Review of Net Zero and the government’s progress so far.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Tackling climate change</strong> is one of the biggest challenges facing governments across the world. With both Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer pledging to hit ambitious emissions targets and make the UK a clean energy ‘superpower’, the net zero agenda will be a major issue at the next general election. So what needs to be done to switch the UK from being an economy powered by carbon to one that is near emissions free, and does the UK have a credible plan to hit its net zero targets?</p><p>To explore these critical questions, and examine what government needs to do to meet its climate objectives, the Institute for Government brought together leading politicians and experts from the UK and beyond for a special <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/event/ifg-net-zero-conference"><strong>net zero conference</strong></a>. The morning focused on whether the UK government has the right policies in place to cut emissions. And in the afternoon we examined government’s role in supporting green industries, following major subsidies announced by the US and the EU.</p><p>Following a welcome from IfG Director Dr Hannah White, the <strong>Rt Hon Chris Skidmore MP</strong> joined us to discuss his Independent Review of Net Zero and the government’s progress so far.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2827</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[055fc5e6-1bd9-11ee-b5a7-6f6af81d5b6f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6524791106.mp3?updated=1688633240" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with the Rt Hon Sajid Javid MP</title>
      <description>Over many years Sajid Javid held some of the most senior roles in British government, serving as a secretary of state in six different departments under three different prime ministers – including as Chancellor of the Exchequer and Home Secretary. Javid, who will stand down from parliament at the next election, is now a commissioner on the Institute for Government’s Centre Commission. At this ‘in conversation’ event he shared his experiences at the heart of government to evaluate the strengths and weaknesses at the centre and how they could be fixed. What are the biggest problems with the centre of government? What are the tensions between No.10 and the Treasury? How does the centre work with the rest of government? And how can the priorities of a prime minister best be delivered?
To discuss these questions and more, Sajid Javid was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, followed by a Q&amp;A.
The Institute for Government’s Commission on the Centre of Government is looking at why No.10, the Cabinet Office and HM Treasury do not always work as well as they should and what could be done to radically improve the centre of UK government.
The Centre Commission’s purpose is to produce concrete recommendations for a confident, proactive, coherently-structured centre of government equipped to meet the challenges and take the opportunities of the 21st century and deliver for the people of the UK. The Commission will report in February 2024.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Jul 2023 12:02:49 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>198</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Over many years Sajid Javid held some of the most senior roles in British government, serving as a secretary of state in six different departments under three different prime ministers – including as Chancellor of the Exchequer and Home Secretary. Javid, who will stand down from parliament at the next election, is now a commissioner on the Institute for Government’s Centre Commission. At this ‘in conversation’ event he shared his experiences at the heart of government to evaluate the strengths and weaknesses at the centre and how they could be fixed. What are the biggest problems with the centre of government? What are the tensions between No.10 and the Treasury? How does the centre work with the rest of government? And how can the priorities of a prime minister best be delivered?
To discuss these questions and more, Sajid Javid was in conversation with Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, followed by a Q&amp;A.
The Institute for Government’s Commission on the Centre of Government is looking at why No.10, the Cabinet Office and HM Treasury do not always work as well as they should and what could be done to radically improve the centre of UK government.
The Centre Commission’s purpose is to produce concrete recommendations for a confident, proactive, coherently-structured centre of government equipped to meet the challenges and take the opportunities of the 21st century and deliver for the people of the UK. The Commission will report in February 2024.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Over many years <strong>Sajid Javid</strong> held some of the most senior roles in British government, serving as a secretary of state in six different departments under three different prime ministers – including as Chancellor of the Exchequer and Home Secretary. Javid, who will stand down from parliament at the next election, is now a commissioner on the Institute for Government’s Centre Commission. At this ‘in conversation’ event he shared his experiences at the heart of government to evaluate the strengths and weaknesses at the centre and how they could be fixed. What are the biggest problems with the centre of government? What are the tensions between No.10 and the Treasury? How does the centre work with the rest of government? And how can the priorities of a prime minister best be delivered?</p><p>To discuss these questions and more, Sajid Javid was in conversation with <strong>Dr Hannah White</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government, followed by a Q&amp;A.</p><p><strong><em>The Institute for Government’s Commission on the Centre of Government</em></strong><em> is looking at why No.10, the Cabinet Office and HM Treasury do not always work as well as they should and what could be done to radically improve the centre of UK government.</em></p><p><em>The Centre Commission’s purpose is to produce concrete recommendations for a confident, proactive, coherently-structured centre of government equipped to meet the challenges and take the opportunities of the 21st century and deliver for the people of the UK. The Commission will report in February 2024.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2889</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ea7e27e8-1b2b-11ee-97d0-cba47a68e1cc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3268901100.mp3?updated=1688558893" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Rt Hon Chris Heaton-Harris MP, Secretary of State for Northern Ireland</title>
      <description>Northern Ireland has had no ministers since October. The DUP is refusing to re-enter into power-sharing arrangements in protest over the Northern Ireland protocol; despite the new Windsor Framework agreement, the party has still not returned to Stormont. The Secretary of State has had to set a budget for Northern Ireland, and civil servants are obliged to make difficult decisions to balance the books.
To discuss the ongoing governance challenges in Northern Ireland, reflect on the impact of the Windsor Framework, and set out the Northern Ireland Office’s approach to restoring power-sharing, Chris Heaton-Harris MP, the Northern Ireland Secretary, spoke at the Institute for Government.
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jun 2023 11:45:48 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>197</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Northern Ireland has had no ministers since October. The DUP is refusing to re-enter into power-sharing arrangements in protest over the Northern Ireland protocol; despite the new Windsor Framework agreement, the party has still not returned to Stormont. The Secretary of State has had to set a budget for Northern Ireland, and civil servants are obliged to make difficult decisions to balance the books.
To discuss the ongoing governance challenges in Northern Ireland, reflect on the impact of the Windsor Framework, and set out the Northern Ireland Office’s approach to restoring power-sharing, Chris Heaton-Harris MP, the Northern Ireland Secretary, spoke at the Institute for Government.
The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Northern Ireland has had no ministers since October. The DUP is refusing to re-enter into power-sharing arrangements in protest over the Northern Ireland protocol; despite the new Windsor Framework agreement, the party has still not returned to Stormont. The Secretary of State has had to set a budget for Northern Ireland, and civil servants are obliged to make difficult decisions to balance the books.</p><p>To discuss the ongoing governance challenges in Northern Ireland, reflect on the impact of the Windsor Framework, and set out the Northern Ireland Office’s approach to restoring power-sharing, <strong>Chris Heaton-Harris MP</strong>, the Northern Ireland Secretary, spoke at the Institute for Government.</p><p><em>The event was chaired by </em><strong><em>Emma Norris</em></strong><em>, Deputy Director at the Institute for Government.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3547</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4bb2476e-1029-11ee-991d-bfae73b75cbb]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1275559577.mp3?updated=1687348305" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How is WhatsApp changing government?</title>
      <description>With the government taking the Covid inquiry to court to protect WhatsApp messages, the use of WhatsApp is in the spotlight. It has become fundamental to the way Westminster and Whitehall works – but is this way of communicating good for government? 
It has been reported that key decisions during the pandemic were taken in WhatsApp groups – made up of the prime minister and a handful of advisers. While some messages have been leaked, much of the content may never see the light of day – particularly with some users setting their messages to ‘disappear’ within days or even hours. 
So is WhatsApp changing the way decisions are made or is it just the 21st century equivalent of an informal conversation in a corridor, a bar, or on a phone? What can be done to ensure decisions taken on WhatsApp are shared and scrutinised? And how much has changed in government since the app was first launched? 
To discuss all this and more, the Institute for Government brought together an expert panel: 
• Dr Alice Lilly, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
• Emily Walch, former special adviser to Vince Cable and Senior Counsel at Grayling 
• Matt Warman MP, former Minister of State in the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport
• Henry Zeffman, Associate Political Editor at The Times
This event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Jun 2023 12:16:50 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>196</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>With the government taking the Covid inquiry to court to protect WhatsApp messages, the use of WhatsApp is in the spotlight. It has become fundamental to the way Westminster and Whitehall works – but is this way of communicating good for government? 
It has been reported that key decisions during the pandemic were taken in WhatsApp groups – made up of the prime minister and a handful of advisers. While some messages have been leaked, much of the content may never see the light of day – particularly with some users setting their messages to ‘disappear’ within days or even hours. 
So is WhatsApp changing the way decisions are made or is it just the 21st century equivalent of an informal conversation in a corridor, a bar, or on a phone? What can be done to ensure decisions taken on WhatsApp are shared and scrutinised? And how much has changed in government since the app was first launched? 
To discuss all this and more, the Institute for Government brought together an expert panel: 
• Dr Alice Lilly, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
• Emily Walch, former special adviser to Vince Cable and Senior Counsel at Grayling 
• Matt Warman MP, former Minister of State in the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport
• Henry Zeffman, Associate Political Editor at The Times
This event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>With the government taking the Covid inquiry to court to protect <strong>WhatsApp messages</strong>, the use of WhatsApp is in the spotlight. It has become fundamental to the way Westminster and Whitehall works – but is this way of communicating good for government? </p><p>It has been reported that key decisions during the pandemic were taken in WhatsApp groups – made up of the prime minister and a handful of advisers. While some messages have been leaked, much of the content may never see the light of day – particularly with some users setting their messages to ‘disappear’ within days or even hours. </p><p>So is WhatsApp changing the way decisions are made or is it just the 21st century equivalent of an informal conversation in a corridor, a bar, or on a phone? What can be done to ensure decisions taken on WhatsApp are shared and scrutinised? And how much has changed in government since the app was first launched? </p><p>To discuss all this and more, the Institute for Government brought together an expert panel: </p><p>• Dr Alice Lilly, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p>• Emily Walch, former special adviser to Vince Cable and Senior Counsel at Grayling </p><p>• Matt Warman MP, former Minister of State in the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport</p><p>• Henry Zeffman, Associate Political Editor at The Times</p><p>This event was chaired by <strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3929</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b06f069e-0c3f-11ee-bfbd-1fe6f502d185]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4257523458.mp3?updated=1686918117" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What makes a successful special adviser?</title>
      <description>Special advisers ("SpAds") play a hugely important role in government, and successful ones are key to helping a minister achieve his or her priorities. The number of SpAds has more than doubled since 2010, but the job is not well understood by the public – or, in some cases, by special advisers themselves. So what do SpAds do on a day-to-day basis? How do they interact with ministers and the civil service? And what does it mean to be good at the job? 
Building on IfG research from 2020, this event will consider how the role has evolved over recent decades. What skills and capabilities are needed to be an effective SpAd? How should potential future SpAds approach the role? And how does the UK compare with other countries in the way its political advisers operate?  
To explore these questions, the IfG brought together an expert panel including:


Sonia Khan, Associate Director at Cicero and former special adviser to Philip Hammond and Sajid Javid


Jennifer Lees-Marshment, Associate Professor at the University of Auckland, focusing on the political adviser role in the UK, Canada, Australia and New Zealand


Liz Lloyd, former Chief of Staff to Nicola Sturgeon


Baroness Sally Morgan, former Director of Government Relations for Tony Blair and Chair of Ofsted 


The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jun 2023 12:02:18 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>195</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Special advisers ("SpAds") play a hugely important role in government, and successful ones are key to helping a minister achieve his or her priorities. The number of SpAds has more than doubled since 2010, but the job is not well understood by the public – or, in some cases, by special advisers themselves. So what do SpAds do on a day-to-day basis? How do they interact with ministers and the civil service? And what does it mean to be good at the job? 
Building on IfG research from 2020, this event will consider how the role has evolved over recent decades. What skills and capabilities are needed to be an effective SpAd? How should potential future SpAds approach the role? And how does the UK compare with other countries in the way its political advisers operate?  
To explore these questions, the IfG brought together an expert panel including:


Sonia Khan, Associate Director at Cicero and former special adviser to Philip Hammond and Sajid Javid


Jennifer Lees-Marshment, Associate Professor at the University of Auckland, focusing on the political adviser role in the UK, Canada, Australia and New Zealand


Liz Lloyd, former Chief of Staff to Nicola Sturgeon


Baroness Sally Morgan, former Director of Government Relations for Tony Blair and Chair of Ofsted 


The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Special advisers ("SpAds") play a hugely important role in government, and successful ones are key to helping a minister achieve his or her priorities. The number of SpAds has more than doubled since 2010, but the job is not well understood by the public – or, in some cases, by special advisers themselves. So what do SpAds do on a day-to-day basis? How do they interact with ministers and the civil service? And what does it mean to be good at the job? </p><p>Building on IfG research from 2020, this event will consider how the role has evolved over recent decades. What skills and capabilities are needed to be an effective SpAd? How should potential future SpAds approach the role? And how does the UK compare with other countries in the way its political advisers operate?  </p><p>To explore these questions, the IfG brought together an expert panel including:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sonia Khan</strong>, Associate Director at Cicero and former special adviser to Philip Hammond and Sajid Javid</li>
<li>
<strong>Jennifer Lees-Marshment</strong>, Associate Professor at the University of Auckland, focusing on the political adviser role in the UK, Canada, Australia and New Zealand</li>
<li>
<strong>Liz Lloyd</strong>, former Chief of Staff to Nicola Sturgeon</li>
<li>
<strong>Baroness Sally Morgan</strong>, former Director of Government Relations for Tony Blair and Chair of Ofsted </li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3565</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[80450b7e-0b74-11ee-a243-53f24b752bb6]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6323027943.mp3?updated=1686830849" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can different levels of government work together to deliver levelling up?</title>
      <description>The government’s Levelling Up the United Kingdom white paper contained ambitious proposals to deliver a devolution deal to every area of England that wants one by 2030, but the proliferation of regional authorities and directly elected mayors across England alongside different arrangements in the devolved nations can make co-operation and co-ordination difficult. This event will consider what structures and ways of working could help support cross-government action on levelling up.
How well have mayoral combined authorities (MCAs) worked with central government? Do mayoral combined authorities need a single point of contact in Whitehall or is it better to work directly with different departments? Have MCAs successfully encouraged cross-council working on levelling up? How can the UK government work more effectively with the devolved nations?
To explore these questions, the IfG brought together an expert panel including:


Councillor Bev Craig, Leader of Manchester City Council


Professor Francesca Gains, Professor of Public Policy at The University of Manchester


Dr Jack Newman, Research Associate at The Productivity Institute and the Department of Politics at The University of Manchester


Joe Rossiter, Policy and External Affairs Manager at the Institute of Welsh Affairs

The event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
Follow us on Twitter @ifgevents and join the conversation using #IfGlevellingup.
This event was kindly supported by Policy@Manchester, The University of Manchester's policy engagement unit.


Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Jun 2023 13:11:28 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>194</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government’s Levelling Up the United Kingdom white paper contained ambitious proposals to deliver a devolution deal to every area of England that wants one by 2030, but the proliferation of regional authorities and directly elected mayors across England alongside different arrangements in the devolved nations can make co-operation and co-ordination difficult. This event will consider what structures and ways of working could help support cross-government action on levelling up.
How well have mayoral combined authorities (MCAs) worked with central government? Do mayoral combined authorities need a single point of contact in Whitehall or is it better to work directly with different departments? Have MCAs successfully encouraged cross-council working on levelling up? How can the UK government work more effectively with the devolved nations?
To explore these questions, the IfG brought together an expert panel including:


Councillor Bev Craig, Leader of Manchester City Council


Professor Francesca Gains, Professor of Public Policy at The University of Manchester


Dr Jack Newman, Research Associate at The Productivity Institute and the Department of Politics at The University of Manchester


Joe Rossiter, Policy and External Affairs Manager at the Institute of Welsh Affairs

The event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
Follow us on Twitter @ifgevents and join the conversation using #IfGlevellingup.
This event was kindly supported by Policy@Manchester, The University of Manchester's policy engagement unit.


Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government’s <em>Levelling Up the United Kingdom </em>white paper contained ambitious proposals to deliver a devolution deal to every area of England that wants one by 2030, but the proliferation of <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/english-devolution">regional authorities and directly elected mayors across England</a> alongside different arrangements in the devolved nations can make co-operation and co-ordination difficult. This event will consider what structures and ways of working could help support cross-government action on <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/levelling-up">levelling up</a>.</p><p>How well have mayoral combined authorities (MCAs) worked with central government? Do mayoral combined authorities need a single point of contact in Whitehall or is it better to work directly with different departments? Have MCAs successfully encouraged cross-council working on levelling up? How can the UK government work more effectively with the devolved nations?</p><p>To explore these questions, the IfG brought together an expert panel including:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Councillor Bev Craig</strong>, Leader of Manchester City Council</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Francesca Gains</strong>, Professor of Public Policy at The University of Manchester</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Jack Newman</strong>, Research Associate at The Productivity Institute and the Department of Politics at The University of Manchester</li>
<li>
<strong>Joe Rossiter</strong>, Policy and External Affairs Manager at the Institute of Welsh Affairs</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/thomas-pope"><strong>Thomas Pope,</strong></a><strong> </strong>Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p>Follow us on Twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/ifgevents"><strong>@ifgevents</strong></a> and join the conversation using <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGlevellingup?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGlevellingup</strong></a>.</p><p><em>This event was kindly supported by Policy@Manchester, The University of Manchester's policy engagement unit.</em></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3809</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cb567bda-06d7-11ee-b313-9ba459389983]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1162560053.mp3?updated=1686323740" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can government deliver its priorities while preparing for future shocks?</title>
      <description>In recent years, government has had to contend with multiple crises, from the Covid pandemic to major increases in energy costs. Ministers and civil servants have often had to work in crisis mode – making major policy decisions at speed, rapidly deploying staff, and developing new systems. But the potential for further crises looms large, especially given continued international instability. And government is still dealing with the lingering effects of previous shocks, particularly Covid, on key public services. This means that government must be ready for future shocks, while managing the impact of previous ones – and it must do all of this while continuing to deliver on day-to-day priorities.
 
So how can government do this? What lessons should it learn from the experience of recent crises? Is it effectively identifying and managing risk, so that it stands ready to address future shocks? And what does government need to ensure that it can still make progress on its day-to-day priorities? 
 
To discuss these questions, the Institute for Government brought together:
 
Alex Chisholm, Chief Operating Officer for the Civil Service and Permanent Secretary for the Cabinet Office
Dame Meg Hillier MP, Chair of the Commons Public Accounts Committee, whose seventh Chair's Annual Report examining these themes was published the morning of 6 June.
 
This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jun 2023 09:35:17 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>193</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In recent years, government has had to contend with multiple crises, from the Covid pandemic to major increases in energy costs. Ministers and civil servants have often had to work in crisis mode – making major policy decisions at speed, rapidly deploying staff, and developing new systems. But the potential for further crises looms large, especially given continued international instability. And government is still dealing with the lingering effects of previous shocks, particularly Covid, on key public services. This means that government must be ready for future shocks, while managing the impact of previous ones – and it must do all of this while continuing to deliver on day-to-day priorities.
 
So how can government do this? What lessons should it learn from the experience of recent crises? Is it effectively identifying and managing risk, so that it stands ready to address future shocks? And what does government need to ensure that it can still make progress on its day-to-day priorities? 
 
To discuss these questions, the Institute for Government brought together:
 
Alex Chisholm, Chief Operating Officer for the Civil Service and Permanent Secretary for the Cabinet Office
Dame Meg Hillier MP, Chair of the Commons Public Accounts Committee, whose seventh Chair's Annual Report examining these themes was published the morning of 6 June.
 
This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In recent years, government has had to contend with multiple crises, from the Covid pandemic to major increases in energy costs. Ministers and civil servants have often had to work in crisis mode – making major policy decisions at speed, rapidly deploying staff, and developing new systems. But the potential for further crises looms large, especially given continued international instability. And government is still dealing with the lingering effects of previous shocks, particularly Covid, on key public services. This means that government must be ready for future shocks, while managing the impact of previous ones – and it must do all of this while continuing to deliver on day-to-day priorities.</p><p> </p><p>So how can government do this? What lessons should it learn from the experience of recent crises? Is it effectively identifying and managing risk, so that it stands ready to address future shocks? And what does government need to ensure that it can still make progress on its day-to-day priorities? </p><p> </p><p>To discuss these questions, the Institute for Government brought together:</p><p> </p><p>Alex Chisholm, Chief Operating Officer for the Civil Service and Permanent Secretary for the Cabinet Office</p><p>Dame Meg Hillier MP, Chair of the Commons Public Accounts Committee, whose seventh Chair's Annual Report examining these themes was published the morning of 6 June.</p><p> </p><p>This event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3211</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[eb771c0a-05e0-11ee-93b9-436d6081dd61]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1860980393.mp3?updated=1686217709" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Has civil service impartiality had its day?</title>
      <description>Has civil service impartiality had its day?
Recent events in government, including the circumstances following Dominic Raab’s resignation as justice secretary, have at least on the surface deepened a divide between ministers and officials – and civil service morale has dropped as the strained relationship between ministers and officials deteriorates.
With Raab complaining of “increasingly activist civil servants” and warning that it had become “almost impossible for ministers to deliver for the British people”, there have been increasing calls to give more powers to ministers to bring their political allies into Whitehall.
So has civil service impartiality had its day? Is it time to allow more political appointments into civil service roles? What would this mean for the civil service’s ability to give good advice and effectively implement government policy? What other changes would help the civil service recruit people with the skills and specialisms that ministers want and the public need? And what else can be done to restore the fractured relationship between ministers and officials?
To explore these questions, the IfG bought together an expert panel including:


George Eustice, Conservative MP and former Environment Secretary


Ayesha Hazarika, Times Radio presenter and a former civil servant and special adviser


Lord O’Donnell, former Cabinet Secretary


Rachel Wolf, Founding Partner at Public First, a former adviser at 10 Downing Street and co-author of the Conservative Party's 2019 election manifesto

This event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 May 2023 11:38:46 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>192</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Has civil service impartiality had its day?
Recent events in government, including the circumstances following Dominic Raab’s resignation as justice secretary, have at least on the surface deepened a divide between ministers and officials – and civil service morale has dropped as the strained relationship between ministers and officials deteriorates.
With Raab complaining of “increasingly activist civil servants” and warning that it had become “almost impossible for ministers to deliver for the British people”, there have been increasing calls to give more powers to ministers to bring their political allies into Whitehall.
So has civil service impartiality had its day? Is it time to allow more political appointments into civil service roles? What would this mean for the civil service’s ability to give good advice and effectively implement government policy? What other changes would help the civil service recruit people with the skills and specialisms that ministers want and the public need? And what else can be done to restore the fractured relationship between ministers and officials?
To explore these questions, the IfG bought together an expert panel including:


George Eustice, Conservative MP and former Environment Secretary


Ayesha Hazarika, Times Radio presenter and a former civil servant and special adviser


Lord O’Donnell, former Cabinet Secretary


Rachel Wolf, Founding Partner at Public First, a former adviser at 10 Downing Street and co-author of the Conservative Party's 2019 election manifesto

This event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Has civil service impartiality had its day?</strong></p><p>Recent events in government, including the circumstances following <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/comment/sunaks-response-raabs-resignation">Dominic Raab’s resignation</a> as justice secretary, have at least on the surface deepened a divide between ministers and officials – and civil service morale has dropped as the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/civil-service-ministerial-relations">strained relationship between ministers and officials</a> deteriorates.</p><p>With Raab complaining of “increasingly activist civil servants” and warning that it had become “almost impossible for ministers to deliver for the British people”, there have been increasing calls to give more powers to ministers to bring their political allies into Whitehall.</p><p>So has civil service impartiality had its day? Is it time to allow more <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/comment/civil-service-politicisation">political appointments into civil service roles</a>? What would this mean for the civil service’s ability to give good advice and effectively implement government policy? What other changes would help the civil service recruit people with the skills and specialisms that ministers want and the public need? And what else can be done to restore the fractured relationship between ministers and officials?</p><p>To explore these questions, the IfG bought together an expert panel including:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>George Eustice</strong>, Conservative MP and former Environment Secretary</li>
<li>
<strong>Ayesha Hazarika</strong>, Times Radio presenter and a former civil servant and special adviser</li>
<li>
<strong>Lord O’Donnell</strong>, former Cabinet Secretary</li>
<li>
<strong>Rachel Wolf, </strong>Founding Partner at Public First, a former adviser at 10 Downing Street and co-author of the Conservative Party's 2019 election manifesto</li>
</ul><p>This event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/alex-thomas"><strong>Alex Thomas</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3963</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b8cd5d32-faf0-11ed-8994-c7da710ba746]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5773687799.mp3?updated=1685015032" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can NHS procurement be improved?</title>
      <description>The NHS spends over £30bn a year through procurement, on critical clinical services, medicines, equipment, IT, building maintenance, catering and cleaning. But does it spend this money well? During the pandemic questions were raised about value for money and transparency.
 
With NHS England recently creating a new central commercial function to coordinate the work of the more than 4,000 staff working on NHS procurement and supply chain, how can the NHS make the most of its collective buying power and ensure money isn’t wasted? What lessons can be learned from NHS procurement during the pandemic? How can the NHS create more resilient supply chains? What role can procurement play in tackling health inequalities and the NHS’s commitment to reach net zero by 2045? And how can the NHS take advantage of the changes proposed in the Procurement Bill?
 
To answer these questions, the Institute for Government convened an expert panel including:
 
Jacqui Rock, Chief Commercial Officer at NHS England
David Hare, Chief Executive of the Independent Healthcare Providers Network
Patrick Parkin, Partner at Burges Salmon
Luella Trickett, Director, Value and Access at the Association of British HealthTech Industries
 
The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
 
We would like to thank Burges Salmon for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 May 2023 12:19:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>191</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The NHS spends over £30bn a year through procurement, on critical clinical services, medicines, equipment, IT, building maintenance, catering and cleaning. But does it spend this money well? During the pandemic questions were raised about value for money and transparency.
 
With NHS England recently creating a new central commercial function to coordinate the work of the more than 4,000 staff working on NHS procurement and supply chain, how can the NHS make the most of its collective buying power and ensure money isn’t wasted? What lessons can be learned from NHS procurement during the pandemic? How can the NHS create more resilient supply chains? What role can procurement play in tackling health inequalities and the NHS’s commitment to reach net zero by 2045? And how can the NHS take advantage of the changes proposed in the Procurement Bill?
 
To answer these questions, the Institute for Government convened an expert panel including:
 
Jacqui Rock, Chief Commercial Officer at NHS England
David Hare, Chief Executive of the Independent Healthcare Providers Network
Patrick Parkin, Partner at Burges Salmon
Luella Trickett, Director, Value and Access at the Association of British HealthTech Industries
 
The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
 
We would like to thank Burges Salmon for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The NHS spends over £30bn a year through procurement, on critical clinical services, medicines, equipment, IT, building maintenance, catering and cleaning. But does it spend this money well? During the pandemic questions were raised about value for money and transparency.</p><p> </p><p>With NHS England recently creating a new central commercial function to coordinate the work of the more than 4,000 staff working on NHS procurement and supply chain, how can the NHS make the most of its collective buying power and ensure money isn’t wasted? What lessons can be learned from NHS procurement during the pandemic? How can the NHS create more resilient supply chains? What role can procurement play in tackling health inequalities and the NHS’s commitment to reach net zero by 2045? And how can the NHS take advantage of the changes proposed in the Procurement Bill?</p><p> </p><p>To answer these questions, the Institute for Government convened an expert panel including:</p><p> </p><p>Jacqui Rock, Chief Commercial Officer at NHS England</p><p>David Hare, Chief Executive of the Independent Healthcare Providers Network</p><p>Patrick Parkin, Partner at Burges Salmon</p><p>Luella Trickett, Director, Value and Access at the Association of British HealthTech Industries</p><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>We would like to thank Burges Salmon for supporting this event.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3557</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[61f5e1a6-f577-11ed-9cbf-bffe23f165d4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2864032023.mp3?updated=1684413162" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Where next for levelling up?</title>
      <description>A commitment to level up the country was at the forefront of the Conservative Party’s 2019 manifesto, but how much progress can the government make on its flagship agenda with no more than 18 months remaining until the next general election? Is substantial progress on regional inequalities possible over the next few years given the broader economic circumstances? And should this and future administrations prioritise specific aspects of the agenda, such as skills? This event, which took place shortly after the 2023 local elections were held, assessed what comes next for levelling up.
To explore these questions and more, our expert panel included:


Debbie Abrahams MP, Member of Parliament for Oldham East and Saddleworth


Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester


Andy Westwood, Professor of Government Practice and Vice Dean of Humanities at The University of Manchester


Jennifer Williams, Northern England Correspondent at the Financial Times


The event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
This event was kindly supported by Policy@Manchester, The University of Manchester's policy engagement unit.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 17:02:47 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>190</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>A commitment to level up the country was at the forefront of the Conservative Party’s 2019 manifesto, but how much progress can the government make on its flagship agenda with no more than 18 months remaining until the next general election? Is substantial progress on regional inequalities possible over the next few years given the broader economic circumstances? And should this and future administrations prioritise specific aspects of the agenda, such as skills? This event, which took place shortly after the 2023 local elections were held, assessed what comes next for levelling up.
To explore these questions and more, our expert panel included:


Debbie Abrahams MP, Member of Parliament for Oldham East and Saddleworth


Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester


Andy Westwood, Professor of Government Practice and Vice Dean of Humanities at The University of Manchester


Jennifer Williams, Northern England Correspondent at the Financial Times


The event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
This event was kindly supported by Policy@Manchester, The University of Manchester's policy engagement unit.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>A commitment to level up the country was at the forefront of the Conservative Party’s 2019 manifesto, but how much progress can the government make on its flagship agenda with no more than 18 months remaining until the next general election? Is substantial progress on regional inequalities possible over the next few years given the broader economic circumstances? And should this and future administrations prioritise specific aspects of the agenda, such as skills? This event, which took place shortly after the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/local-elections-2023">2023 local elections</a> were held, assessed what comes next for <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/levelling-up">levelling up</a>.</p><p>To explore these questions and more, our expert panel included:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Debbie Abrahams MP</strong>, Member of Parliament for Oldham East and Saddleworth</li>
<li>
<strong>Andy Burnham</strong>, Mayor of Greater Manchester</li>
<li>
<strong>Andy Westwood</strong>, Professor of Government Practice and Vice Dean of Humanities at The University of Manchester</li>
<li>
<strong>Jennifer Williams</strong>, Northern England Correspondent at the <em>Financial Times</em>
</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/thomas-pope"><strong>Thomas Pope,</strong></a><strong> </strong>Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p><em>This event was kindly supported by Policy@Manchester, The University of Manchester's policy engagement unit.</em></p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3790</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8d40fa7a-f40b-11ed-9401-478a3ae1f785]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4630728934.mp3?updated=1684256897" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What lessons should the Treasury learn from the pandemic?</title>
      <description>HM Treasury – the UK’s economics and finance ministry – played a crucial role in the government’s response to the Covid pandemic. While the crisis was fundamentally one of public health, shutting down the country saw the government pay the wages of around a third of the workforce and spend billions supporting businesses. 
So how successful were the Treasury’s policies and how well did it work with the rest of government? What lessons should the Treasury learn from its pandemic response? How can the department be better prepared to handle future crises? And what can be done to improve how the Treasury operates in normal times?
This event presented and discussed the findings of a new report from the Institute for Government which examines how the Treasury implemented labour market and business finance support schemes, delivered an unprecedented amount of support to the country at incredible speed and under huge uncertainty, and worked with other government departments during the crisis. 
To explore these questions, the IfG brought together an expert panel including:


Rushanara Ali MP, Member of the Treasury Select Committee


Olly Bartrum, Senior Economist at the Institute for Government


Prof Sir Charles Bean, former member of the Budget Responsibility Committee at the Office for Budget Responsibility (2017–21)


Tracey Brown, Director of Sense about Science


Sir Charles Roxburgh, former Second Permanent Secretary of HM Treasury (2016–22)


The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
Follow us @IfGevents and get involved in the conversation using #IfGTreasury.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 May 2023 10:49:44 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>189</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>HM Treasury – the UK’s economics and finance ministry – played a crucial role in the government’s response to the Covid pandemic. While the crisis was fundamentally one of public health, shutting down the country saw the government pay the wages of around a third of the workforce and spend billions supporting businesses. 
So how successful were the Treasury’s policies and how well did it work with the rest of government? What lessons should the Treasury learn from its pandemic response? How can the department be better prepared to handle future crises? And what can be done to improve how the Treasury operates in normal times?
This event presented and discussed the findings of a new report from the Institute for Government which examines how the Treasury implemented labour market and business finance support schemes, delivered an unprecedented amount of support to the country at incredible speed and under huge uncertainty, and worked with other government departments during the crisis. 
To explore these questions, the IfG brought together an expert panel including:


Rushanara Ali MP, Member of the Treasury Select Committee


Olly Bartrum, Senior Economist at the Institute for Government


Prof Sir Charles Bean, former member of the Budget Responsibility Committee at the Office for Budget Responsibility (2017–21)


Tracey Brown, Director of Sense about Science


Sir Charles Roxburgh, former Second Permanent Secretary of HM Treasury (2016–22)


The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
Follow us @IfGevents and get involved in the conversation using #IfGTreasury.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>HM Treasury – the UK’s economics and finance ministry – played a crucial role in the government’s response to the Covid pandemic. While the crisis was fundamentally one of public health, shutting down the country saw the government pay the wages of around a third of the workforce and spend billions supporting businesses. </p><p>So how successful were the Treasury’s policies and how well did it work with the rest of government? What lessons should the Treasury learn from its pandemic response? How can the department be better prepared to handle future crises? And what can be done to improve how the Treasury operates in normal times?</p><p>This event presented and discussed the findings of <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publication/treasury-during-covid">a new report from the Institute for Government</a> which examines how the Treasury implemented labour market and business finance support schemes, delivered an unprecedented amount of support to the country at incredible speed and under huge uncertainty, and worked with other government departments during the crisis. </p><p>To explore these questions, the IfG brought together an expert panel including:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Rushanara Ali MP, </strong>Member of the Treasury Select Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Olly Bartrum</strong>, Senior Economist at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Prof Sir Charles Bean</strong>, former member of the Budget Responsibility Committee at the Office for Budget Responsibility (2017–21)</li>
<li>
<strong>Tracey Brown</strong>, Director of Sense about Science</li>
<li>
<strong>Sir Charles Roxburgh</strong>, former Second Permanent Secretary of HM Treasury (2016–22)</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>The event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/gemma-tetlow"><strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong></a>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p>Follow us <a href="https://twitter.com/ifgevents"><strong>@IfGevents</strong></a> and get involved in the conversation using <a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23IfGTreasury&amp;src=typed_query"><strong>#IfGTreasury</strong></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4308</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ea4784b8-f312-11ed-94d3-cb4472931a18]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5697232556.mp3?updated=1684150109" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keynote speech: Stephen Flynn MP, SNP Westminster Leader</title>
      <description>Institute for Government · Keynote speech: Stephen Flynn MP, SNP Westminster Leader
The SNP has a new leader and Scotland has a new first minister. So what does the election of Humza Yousaf mean for the Scottish government – and for the role that the SNP plays in Westminster? What does the future of the relationship between the Westminster and Holyrood governments look like and what opportunities are there for the two governments to work together? How will the SNP make the case for independence under new leadership?
To explore these questions, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Stephen Flynn, the SNP’s leader in Westminster, to give a keynote speech.
The event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Follow us @ifgevents and join the conversation using #IfGFlynn.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 May 2023 07:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>188</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Institute for Government · Keynote speech: Stephen Flynn MP, SNP Westminster Leader
The SNP has a new leader and Scotland has a new first minister. So what does the election of Humza Yousaf mean for the Scottish government – and for the role that the SNP plays in Westminster? What does the future of the relationship between the Westminster and Holyrood governments look like and what opportunities are there for the two governments to work together? How will the SNP make the case for independence under new leadership?
To explore these questions, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Stephen Flynn, the SNP’s leader in Westminster, to give a keynote speech.
The event was chaired by Akash Paun, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Follow us @ifgevents and join the conversation using #IfGFlynn.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://soundcloud.com/institute-for-government">Institute for Government</a> · <a href="https://soundcloud.com/institute-for-government/keynote-speech-stephen-flynn-mp-snp-westminster-leader">Keynote speech: Stephen Flynn MP, SNP Westminster Leader</a></p><p>The SNP has a new leader and Scotland has a new first minister. So what does the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/podcast/inside-briefing/someone-yousaf">election of Humza Yousaf mean for the Scottish governmen</a>t – and for the role that the SNP plays in Westminster? What does the future of the relationship between the Westminster and Holyrood governments look like and what opportunities are there for the two governments to work together? How will the SNP make the case for <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/scottish-independence">independence</a> under new leadership?</p><p>To explore these questions, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>Stephen Flynn</strong>, the SNP’s leader in Westminster, to give a keynote speech.</p><p>The event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/akash-paun"><strong>Akash Paun</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p>Follow us <a href="https://twitter.com/ifgevents"><strong>@ifgevents</strong></a> and join the conversation using <a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgflynn&amp;src=typed_query"><strong>#IfGFlynn</strong></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3792</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[96d4e02c-ef35-11ed-928e-8be573612669]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4769606703.mp3?updated=1683725197" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Sir Patrick Vallance, Government Chief Scientific Adviser</title>
      <description>We were delighted to welcome the Government Chief Scientific Adviser, Sir Patrick Vallance, to speak at the Institute for Government.
Appointed as the Government Chief Scientific Adviser (GCSA) in 2018, Sir Patrick has been responsible for providing advice on topics as varied as artificial intelligence, emerging pandemic diseases and climate change – and was a regular presence at No.10’s televised press conferences throughout the Covid crisis.
With his five-year fixed-term ending in the spring, Patrick looked back at his time as Government Chief Scientific Adviser and ahead to some of the science-related challenges facing government. How can the government make best use of scientific evidence? What more can be done to place science at the heart of government decision making?
The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, with an opening address from Patrick followed by a Q&amp;A.
Follow us @ifgevents and get involved in the conversation using #IfGscience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 May 2023 07:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>187</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We were delighted to welcome the Government Chief Scientific Adviser, Sir Patrick Vallance, to speak at the Institute for Government.
Appointed as the Government Chief Scientific Adviser (GCSA) in 2018, Sir Patrick has been responsible for providing advice on topics as varied as artificial intelligence, emerging pandemic diseases and climate change – and was a regular presence at No.10’s televised press conferences throughout the Covid crisis.
With his five-year fixed-term ending in the spring, Patrick looked back at his time as Government Chief Scientific Adviser and ahead to some of the science-related challenges facing government. How can the government make best use of scientific evidence? What more can be done to place science at the heart of government decision making?
The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, with an opening address from Patrick followed by a Q&amp;A.
Follow us @ifgevents and get involved in the conversation using #IfGscience.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We were delighted to welcome the Government Chief Scientific Adviser, <strong>Sir Patrick Vallance</strong>, to speak at the Institute for Government.</p><p>Appointed as the Government <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/article/explainer/government-chief-scientific-adviser">Chief Scientific Adviser</a> (GCSA) in 2018, Sir Patrick has been responsible for providing advice on topics as varied as artificial intelligence, emerging pandemic diseases and climate change – and was a regular presence at No.10’s televised press conferences throughout the Covid crisis.</p><p>With his five-year fixed-term ending in the spring, Patrick looked back at his time as Government Chief Scientific Adviser and ahead to some of the science-related challenges facing government. How can the government make best use of scientific evidence? What more can be done to place science at the heart of government decision making?</p><p>The event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/jill-rutter"><strong>Jill Rutter</strong></a>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, with an opening address from Patrick followed by a Q&amp;A.</p><p><strong>Follow us </strong><a href="https://twitter.com/ifgevents?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw"><strong>@ifgevents</strong></a><strong> and get involved in the conversation using </strong><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGScience?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGscience</strong></a><strong>.</strong></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3533</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7ed48c3e-ef35-11ed-98b2-7b04bf395472]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3474727283.mp3?updated=1683725156" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the government tackle obesity?</title>
      <description>This event explored why successive governments have failed to address rising obesity and what would be needed to tackle it.

Our panel explored why successive governments have failed to address rising obesity and what would be needed to tackle it. We discussed which policies work, how to build support for them and the role of government in leading change.

To explore these questions and more, our expert panel included:

Henry Dimbleby, founder of Leon, former government adviser and author of Ravenous: how to get ourselves and our planet into shape
Sophie Metcalfe, Researcher at the Institute for Government
Dr Dolly Theis, Visiting Researcher at the Cambridge University MRC Epidemiology Unit

The event was chaired by Tom Sasse, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.

Get more from the IfG:
►Register to our upcoming events: https://www.instituteforgovernment.or...
►Subscribe to our newsletter: https://bit.ly/3Wz9tQx
►Catch up on previous events at: https://www.instituteforgovernment.or...
►Listen to our podcast at: https://www.instituteforgovernment.or...

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 May 2023 13:18:50 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>186</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This event explored why successive governments have failed to address rising obesity and what would be needed to tackle it.

Our panel explored why successive governments have failed to address rising obesity and what would be needed to tackle it. We discussed which policies work, how to build support for them and the role of government in leading change.

To explore these questions and more, our expert panel included:

Henry Dimbleby, founder of Leon, former government adviser and author of Ravenous: how to get ourselves and our planet into shape
Sophie Metcalfe, Researcher at the Institute for Government
Dr Dolly Theis, Visiting Researcher at the Cambridge University MRC Epidemiology Unit

The event was chaired by Tom Sasse, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.

Get more from the IfG:
►Register to our upcoming events: https://www.instituteforgovernment.or...
►Subscribe to our newsletter: https://bit.ly/3Wz9tQx
►Catch up on previous events at: https://www.instituteforgovernment.or...
►Listen to our podcast at: https://www.instituteforgovernment.or...

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This event explored why successive governments have failed to address rising obesity and what would be needed to tackle it.</p><p><br></p><p>Our panel explored why successive governments have failed to address rising obesity and what would be needed to tackle it. We discussed which policies work, how to build support for them and the role of government in leading change.</p><p><br></p><p>To explore these questions and more, our expert panel included:</p><p><br></p><p>Henry Dimbleby, founder of Leon, former government adviser and author of Ravenous: how to get ourselves and our planet into shape</p><p>Sophie Metcalfe, Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p>Dr Dolly Theis, Visiting Researcher at the Cambridge University MRC Epidemiology Unit</p><p><br></p><p>The event was chaired by Tom Sasse, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>Get more from the IfG:</p><p>►Register to our upcoming events: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbDhwSVp4N3hvRksxQWZjRUpwd0w1TGNVRjZFZ3xBQ3Jtc0tubFpuMXR6ZGlqa003eTFob1dnckVmS3FXd2F2U0tpZTVqd3pkQ3NHRWJUQ2JNQWYtcmJ6WHpRUzhnN3dKSlE4Q3ZQZnNBV014dXNYb19qeWNWeFBpOEJ5TExPbUJ6YlFzaXNfNmN0VVpoMFBvZHJLdw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.instituteforgovernment.org.uk%2Fevents%2F&amp;v=z0FdWkCsNjY">https://www.instituteforgovernment.or...</a></p><p>►Subscribe to our newsletter: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbkViRzl6TlNJZnNnS3dvb1ltc0tuV2tWVjV3Z3xBQ3Jtc0ttUkhCQXNoa3Z0RDE5OUR0SVlRdEhJYnBvejQxRUhXM2FwbDNSRWsyOG16T0Z1VnpmZXBmNHZoWHBjVXo2Tk9DTzZjS0w0cThkQjhxV0VrY09EMnNMeXJKd2RGdUl2M2trcXlzOGZRX2swXzdvNGlpVQ&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fbit.ly%2F3Wz9tQx&amp;v=z0FdWkCsNjY">https://bit.ly/3Wz9tQx</a></p><p>►Catch up on previous events at: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqazY0X1FkZ1VpQTJTSDgzalZvMVJ4Y093dDlOZ3xBQ3Jtc0tuMUtSVnUxa1Z0aXdITnhDV2JkMUg5TE92TUk4cEFFWXpqSF9HajYtSV9ueGpGY1BSbVlLUzZkckkyMEtJMWpWazVCOU8yWUxfX0JYMU4xdFEtVVAtbmZ2UGpYUklSVlpQdFQ2TFlmNzhTS3VrN2J1cw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.instituteforgovernment.org.uk%2Fevents%2Fprevious&amp;v=z0FdWkCsNjY">https://www.instituteforgovernment.or...</a></p><p>►Listen to our podcast at: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbXdyS0RZZmV1TzJkV25TSUVsOHM4c0ZqRm1RQXxBQ3Jtc0trdnNnLVNFS00xSTRza0NjaWZFR2gwZU1YQWI1UUliRzFGbS1XU3lzcmxpZlpKYV9vbkxmQVZ1OEx6bnI3XzlJOWdmVWlYckRzX1dGc1prQk9zVGs5ZWRUdGxETlZOblRwcjEtVXl4WjhUQzVtRk4tNA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.instituteforgovernment.org.uk%2Fpodcast&amp;v=z0FdWkCsNjY">https://www.instituteforgovernment.or...</a></p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3710</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6868ce9c-ef35-11ed-a0a5-fbbad8fbbbe9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4086714074.mp3?updated=1683725119" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>(How) can the House of Lords be reformed?</title>
      <description>The House of Lords is back in the spotlight. Boris Johnson’s resignation honours have reignited debates about the appointment process and the ability of politicians to hand life peerages to their friends, supporters and donors. Key figures across Westminster have called for stronger independent oversight of the appointment process. Labour Leader Keir Starmer has gone further, committing to replacing the House of Lords with an elected chamber if he wins the next general election, informed by the work of former prime minister Gordon Brown’s constitutional commission.
However, as past governments have discovered, how to reform the second chamber is the cause of intense disagreement. Who should replace the current membership? What should be the role of a second chamber? What are the risks involved in embarking on major constitutional change – and are the knock-on impacts clearly understood?
This event – part of the IfG Bennett Institute Review of the UK Constitution – will explore current proposals for reforming the House of Lords, including the newly-published Brown review, and consider how reform could be achieved.
Matthew Hanney, former Special Adviser to Deputy Prime Minister Nick Clegg
Darren Hughes, Chief Executive of the Electoral Reform Society
Lord Norton of Louth, Conservative Peer and Professor of Government at the University of Hull
Sarah Sackman, Commissioner, Brown Commission, Labour candidate for Finchley and Golders Green

The was chaired by Jess Sargeant,Senior Researcher, Institute for Government.
#IfGLordsReform

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Dec 2022 11:33:47 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>185</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The House of Lords is back in the spotlight. Boris Johnson’s resignation honours have reignited debates about the appointment process and the ability of politicians to hand life peerages to their friends, supporters and donors. Key figures across Westminster have called for stronger independent oversight of the appointment process. Labour Leader Keir Starmer has gone further, committing to replacing the House of Lords with an elected chamber if he wins the next general election, informed by the work of former prime minister Gordon Brown’s constitutional commission.
However, as past governments have discovered, how to reform the second chamber is the cause of intense disagreement. Who should replace the current membership? What should be the role of a second chamber? What are the risks involved in embarking on major constitutional change – and are the knock-on impacts clearly understood?
This event – part of the IfG Bennett Institute Review of the UK Constitution – will explore current proposals for reforming the House of Lords, including the newly-published Brown review, and consider how reform could be achieved.
Matthew Hanney, former Special Adviser to Deputy Prime Minister Nick Clegg
Darren Hughes, Chief Executive of the Electoral Reform Society
Lord Norton of Louth, Conservative Peer and Professor of Government at the University of Hull
Sarah Sackman, Commissioner, Brown Commission, Labour candidate for Finchley and Golders Green

The was chaired by Jess Sargeant,Senior Researcher, Institute for Government.
#IfGLordsReform

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The House of Lords is back in the spotlight. Boris Johnson’s resignation honours have reignited debates about the appointment process and the ability of politicians to hand life peerages to their friends, supporters and donors. Key figures across Westminster have called for stronger independent oversight of the appointment process. Labour Leader Keir Starmer has gone further, committing to replacing the House of Lords with an elected chamber if he wins the next general election, informed by the work of former prime minister Gordon Brown’s constitutional commission.</p><p>However, as past governments have discovered, how to reform the second chamber is the cause of intense disagreement. Who should replace the current membership? What should be the role of a second chamber? What are the risks involved in embarking on major constitutional change – and are the knock-on impacts clearly understood?</p><p>This event – part of the IfG Bennett Institute Review of the UK Constitution – will explore current proposals for reforming the House of Lords, including the newly-published Brown review, and consider how reform could be achieved.</p><p>Matthew Hanney, former Special Adviser to Deputy Prime Minister Nick Clegg</p><p>Darren Hughes, Chief Executive of the Electoral Reform Society</p><p>Lord Norton of Louth, Conservative Peer and Professor of Government at the University of Hull</p><p>Sarah Sackman, Commissioner, Brown Commission, Labour candidate for Finchley and Golders Green</p><p><br></p><p>The was chaired by Jess Sargeant,Senior Researcher, Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://soundcloud.com/tags/IfGLordsReform">#IfGLordsReform</a></p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3496</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f475e682-7ba3-11ed-9cbe-439c149ed22d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2913832031.mp3?updated=1671018263" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Autumn statement 2022: What have we learnt about Hunt and Sunak’s fiscal plans?</title>
      <description>Following a turbulent two months in politics, policy and financial markets, on 17 November Jeremy Hunt presented the government’s autumn statement, alongside a new set of fiscal and economic forecasts from the Office for Budget Responsibility (OBR). The following day the IfG hosted an event to react to the chancellor’s statement.
We were delighted that to be joined by Ben Chu, Economics Editor at BBC Newsnight, and Richard Hughes, Chair of the OBR, to discuss:

What the new forecasts reveal about the outlook for the government, households and public services.

What choices has Rishi Sunak made to help restore fiscal sustainability and credibility? Has it worked and will the government be able to deliver it all?

What have the events of the past two months taught us about the importance and strength of the institutions at the heart of fiscal policy making – including the relationship between the OBR, the Treasury and ministers?


Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, and Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, will also join Richard to discuss the prime minister's fiscal plans drawing on the 2022 edition of the IfG and CIPFA Performance Tracker. Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, chaired the panel.
 
#IfGautumnstatement
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Nov 2022 14:16:01 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>184</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Following a turbulent two months in politics, policy and financial markets, on 17 November Jeremy Hunt presented the government’s autumn statement, alongside a new set of fiscal and economic forecasts from the Office for Budget Responsibility (OBR). The following day the IfG hosted an event to react to the chancellor’s statement.
We were delighted that to be joined by Ben Chu, Economics Editor at BBC Newsnight, and Richard Hughes, Chair of the OBR, to discuss:

What the new forecasts reveal about the outlook for the government, households and public services.

What choices has Rishi Sunak made to help restore fiscal sustainability and credibility? Has it worked and will the government be able to deliver it all?

What have the events of the past two months taught us about the importance and strength of the institutions at the heart of fiscal policy making – including the relationship between the OBR, the Treasury and ministers?


Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, and Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, will also join Richard to discuss the prime minister's fiscal plans drawing on the 2022 edition of the IfG and CIPFA Performance Tracker. Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, chaired the panel.
 
#IfGautumnstatement
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Following a turbulent two months in politics, policy and financial markets, on 17 November Jeremy Hunt presented the government’s autumn statement, alongside a new set of fiscal and economic forecasts from the Office for Budget Responsibility (OBR). The following day the IfG hosted an event to react to the chancellor’s statement.</p><p>We were delighted that to be joined by Ben Chu, Economics Editor at BBC Newsnight, and Richard Hughes, Chair of the OBR, to discuss:</p><ul>
<li>What the new forecasts reveal about the outlook for the government, households and public services.</li>
<li>What choices has Rishi Sunak made to help restore fiscal sustainability and credibility? Has it worked and will the government be able to deliver it all?</li>
<li>What have the events of the past two months taught us about the importance and strength of the institutions at the heart of fiscal policy making – including the relationship between the OBR, the Treasury and ministers?</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, and Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, will also join Richard to discuss the prime minister's fiscal plans drawing on the 2022 edition of the IfG and CIPFA Performance Tracker. Dr Hannah White, Director of the Institute for Government, chaired the panel.</p><p> </p><p>#IfGautumnstatement</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3765</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4a0191ce-69ab-11ed-8dba-e7656ec93240]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8113909859.mp3?updated=1669042292" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How should public appointments be reformed?</title>
      <description>The public appointments system struggles to appoint candidates in a timely and efficient way. It has been dogged by controversy in recent years, from media speculation over the appointment of new chairs of Ofcom and the BBC to delays at the Charity Commission and the Competition and Markets Authority. Politicians, officials, candidates and the public have expressed frustration with the process. The Institute for Government’s report, Reforming Public Appointments, proposes a package of reforms including clearer data on the causes of delays, fewer ministerial decision points, and an expansion of regulation to include more roles.
Our panel explored what the purpose of the public appointments system is, how well it is working now and what reforms might be needed:


Lord Jonathan Evans, Chair of the Committee on Standards in Public Life and former Director General of the UK Security Service


Baroness Simone Finn, Former Deputy Chief of Staff at Number 10


Sue Gray, Second Permanent Secretary at the Department for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities


Sir Bernard Jenkin MP, Chair of the Liaison Committee and former Chair of the Public Administration and Constitutional Affairs Committee


William Shawcross CVO, Commissioner for Public Appointments

This event was chaired by Dr Matthew Gill, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 
#IfGpublicappointments
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Nov 2022 11:53:54 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>183</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The public appointments system struggles to appoint candidates in a timely and efficient way. It has been dogged by controversy in recent years, from media speculation over the appointment of new chairs of Ofcom and the BBC to delays at the Charity Commission and the Competition and Markets Authority. Politicians, officials, candidates and the public have expressed frustration with the process. The Institute for Government’s report, Reforming Public Appointments, proposes a package of reforms including clearer data on the causes of delays, fewer ministerial decision points, and an expansion of regulation to include more roles.
Our panel explored what the purpose of the public appointments system is, how well it is working now and what reforms might be needed:


Lord Jonathan Evans, Chair of the Committee on Standards in Public Life and former Director General of the UK Security Service


Baroness Simone Finn, Former Deputy Chief of Staff at Number 10


Sue Gray, Second Permanent Secretary at the Department for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities


Sir Bernard Jenkin MP, Chair of the Liaison Committee and former Chair of the Public Administration and Constitutional Affairs Committee


William Shawcross CVO, Commissioner for Public Appointments

This event was chaired by Dr Matthew Gill, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 
#IfGpublicappointments
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The public appointments system struggles to appoint candidates in a timely and efficient way. It has been dogged by controversy in recent years, from media speculation over the appointment of new chairs of Ofcom and the BBC to delays at the Charity Commission and the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/competition-and-markets-authority">Competition and Markets Authority</a>. Politicians, officials, candidates and the public have expressed frustration with the process. The Institute for Government’s report, <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/reforming-public-appointments"><em>Reforming Public Appointments</em></a>, proposes a package of reforms including clearer data on the causes of delays, fewer ministerial decision points, and an expansion of regulation to include more roles.</p><p>Our panel explored what the purpose of the public appointments system is, how well it is working now and what reforms might be needed:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Lord Jonathan Evans</strong>, Chair of the Committee on Standards in Public Life and former Director General of the UK Security Service</li>
<li>
<strong>Baroness Simone Finn</strong>, Former Deputy Chief of Staff at Number 10</li>
<li>
<strong>Sue Gray</strong>, Second Permanent Secretary at the Department for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities</li>
<li>
<strong>Sir Bernard Jenkin MP,</strong> Chair of the Liaison Committee and former Chair of the Public Administration and Constitutional Affairs Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>William Shawcross CVO</strong>, Commissioner for Public Appointments</li>
</ul><p>This event was chaired by <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/matthew-gill"><strong>Dr Matthew Gill</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. </p><p>#IfGpublicappointments</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4590</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0d0013c4-5e96-11ed-9099-635f1df078db]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2313381479.mp3?updated=1667823799" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What works in government </title>
      <description>David Halpern, the ‘What Works’ National Adviser since 2013 and Chief Executive of the Behavioural Insights Team, has spent nearly a decade advising ministers and other leaders in government on using evidence to make better policy. As his term as national adviser comes to an end, he spoke at the Institute for Government to look back at the successes, failures and future prospects for doing ‘what works’ and how it should continue to inform government practice and policy.
Tamara Finkelstein, Permanent Secretary at the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs and head of the civil service policy profession, joined David to reflect on good policy making, with Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government chairing the event.
#IfGWhatWorks
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Oct 2022 17:35:44 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>182</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>David Halpern, the ‘What Works’ National Adviser since 2013 and Chief Executive of the Behavioural Insights Team, has spent nearly a decade advising ministers and other leaders in government on using evidence to make better policy. As his term as national adviser comes to an end, he spoke at the Institute for Government to look back at the successes, failures and future prospects for doing ‘what works’ and how it should continue to inform government practice and policy.
Tamara Finkelstein, Permanent Secretary at the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs and head of the civil service policy profession, joined David to reflect on good policy making, with Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government chairing the event.
#IfGWhatWorks
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>David Halpern</strong>, the ‘What Works’ National Adviser since 2013 and Chief Executive of the Behavioural Insights Team, has spent nearly a decade advising ministers and other leaders in government on using evidence to make better policy. As his term as national adviser comes to an end, he spoke at the Institute for Government to look back at the successes, failures and future prospects for doing ‘what works’ and how it should continue to inform government practice and policy.</p><p><strong>Tamara Finkelstein</strong>, Permanent Secretary at the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs and head of the civil service policy profession, joined David to reflect on good policy making, with <strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government chairing the event.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgwhatworks&amp;src=typed_query">#IfGWhatWorks</a></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3796</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[561e0de0-5946-11ed-9aa9-ebffdcb8cefa]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4587670018.mp3?updated=1667239831" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How not to run a government: the lessons from Liz Truss's first 40 days</title>
      <description>From u-turning on budgets to sacking chancellors, spooking the markets and seeing borrowing rates climb, it has been a dramatic, chaotic and, for many people, painful start to Liz Truss’s time as prime minister.
What mistakes were made in the transition between Boris Johnson’s No.10 and Truss’s administration? Why were Truss and Kwasi Kwarteng so quick to disregard the value of institutions and experience in government? How should a prime minister change course when things go wrong? And what can Jeremy Hunt do as the new chancellor to restore faith in this government’s handling of the economy?
As Truss attempts to calm the markets, the public and her party, the IfG’s new director Dr Hannah White brought together an expert IfG panel to examine where the prime minister went wrong and explore the lessons that should be learned from her first 40 days in No.10 for future incoming administrations.
With


Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government


Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

#IfGTruss
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Oct 2022 11:04:57 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>181</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>From u-turning on budgets to sacking chancellors, spooking the markets and seeing borrowing rates climb, it has been a dramatic, chaotic and, for many people, painful start to Liz Truss’s time as prime minister.
What mistakes were made in the transition between Boris Johnson’s No.10 and Truss’s administration? Why were Truss and Kwasi Kwarteng so quick to disregard the value of institutions and experience in government? How should a prime minister change course when things go wrong? And what can Jeremy Hunt do as the new chancellor to restore faith in this government’s handling of the economy?
As Truss attempts to calm the markets, the public and her party, the IfG’s new director Dr Hannah White brought together an expert IfG panel to examine where the prime minister went wrong and explore the lessons that should be learned from her first 40 days in No.10 for future incoming administrations.
With


Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government


Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government

#IfGTruss
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>From u-turning on budgets to sacking chancellors, spooking the markets and seeing borrowing rates climb, it has been a dramatic, chaotic and, for many people, painful start to Liz Truss’s time as prime minister.</p><p>What mistakes were made in the transition between Boris Johnson’s No.10 and Truss’s administration? Why were Truss and Kwasi Kwarteng so quick to <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/blog/kwarteng-truss-economic-institutions">disregard the value of institutions</a> and experience in government? How should a prime minister change course when things go wrong? And what can Jeremy Hunt do as the new chancellor to restore faith in this government’s handling of the economy?</p><p>As Truss attempts to calm the markets, the public and her party, the IfG’s new director <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/hannah-white"><strong>Dr Hannah White</strong></a> brought together an expert IfG panel to examine where the prime minister went wrong and explore the lessons that should be learned from her first 40 days in No.10 for future incoming administrations.</p><p>With</p><ul>
<li>
<a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/catherine-haddon"><strong>Dr Catherine Haddon</strong></a>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/jill-rutter"><strong>Jill Rutter</strong></a>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/gemma-tetlow"><strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong></a>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/person/alex-thomas"><strong>Alex Thomas</strong></a>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p>#IfGTruss</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3532</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[098a4ca6-5067-11ed-bac1-7be93b9c3a45]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6382926182.mp3?updated=1666264199" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unmasking our Leaders: in conversation with Michael Cockerell</title>
      <description>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Michael Cockerell, the BBC broadcaster and political journalist whose award-winning political documentaries have taken viewers behind the scenes of British politics for nearly half a century. He has interviewed a dozen prime ministers from Macmillan to Johnson, and made films about leading politicians including Roy Jenkins, Enoch Powell Denis Healey, Barbara Castle, Ken Clarke and Alan Clark.  
His documentary series have included the How to Be trilogy (How to Be Chancellor, How to Be Foreign Secretary and How to Be Home Secretary), The Great Offices of State and The Secret World of Whitehall.
In conversation with IfG Senior Fellow Dr Catherine Haddon, Michael Cockerell discussed his memoir, Unmasking our Leaders, and share the stories and secrets – including clips from a number of his documentaries – of the politicians that he has met and interviewed. And with a new prime minister moving into 10 Downing Street, this event will also explore the qualities that make – and sometimes break – our political leaders.
#IfGCockerell
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Sep 2022 11:49:16 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>180</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Michael Cockerell, the BBC broadcaster and political journalist whose award-winning political documentaries have taken viewers behind the scenes of British politics for nearly half a century. He has interviewed a dozen prime ministers from Macmillan to Johnson, and made films about leading politicians including Roy Jenkins, Enoch Powell Denis Healey, Barbara Castle, Ken Clarke and Alan Clark.  
His documentary series have included the How to Be trilogy (How to Be Chancellor, How to Be Foreign Secretary and How to Be Home Secretary), The Great Offices of State and The Secret World of Whitehall.
In conversation with IfG Senior Fellow Dr Catherine Haddon, Michael Cockerell discussed his memoir, Unmasking our Leaders, and share the stories and secrets – including clips from a number of his documentaries – of the politicians that he has met and interviewed. And with a new prime minister moving into 10 Downing Street, this event will also explore the qualities that make – and sometimes break – our political leaders.
#IfGCockerell
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>Michael Cockerell</strong>, the BBC broadcaster and political journalist whose award-winning political documentaries have taken viewers behind the scenes of British politics for nearly half a century. He has interviewed a dozen prime ministers from Macmillan to Johnson, and made films about leading politicians including Roy Jenkins, Enoch Powell Denis Healey, Barbara Castle, Ken Clarke and Alan Clark.  </p><p>His documentary series have included the <em>How to Be</em> trilogy (<em>How to Be Chancellor</em>, <em>How to Be Foreign Secretary</em> and <em>How to Be Home Secretary</em>),<em> The Great Offices of State</em> and <em>The Secret World of Whitehall</em>.</p><p>In conversation with IfG Senior Fellow <strong>Dr Catherine Haddon</strong>, Michael Cockerell discussed his memoir, <em>Unmasking our Leaders</em>, and share the stories and secrets – including clips from a number of his documentaries – of the politicians that he has met and interviewed. And with a new prime minister moving into 10 Downing Street, this event will also explore the qualities that make – and sometimes break – our political leaders.</p><p><strong>#IfGCockerell</strong></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3769</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e836e20c-3d93-11ed-b0ec-677f66c6e9be]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4794872766.mp3?updated=1664194398" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kwarteng Controversy!</title>
      <description>Chancellor Kwasi Kwarteng's tax-slashing plan for growth stunned MPs, commentators and economists alike on Friday - and sent the value of the pound plummeting. So just how big a gamble is his vision for the economy? Does his plan for easing the cost of energy crisis add up? And how long does Liz Truss have to convince voters that her policies will deliver growth? 

The IfG economics team of Tom Pope, Giles Wilkes and Olly Bartrum assembled to make sense of a huge day in Parliament. Presented by Hannah White.

This is a recording of a Twitter Spaces conversation 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Sep 2022 11:45:36 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>179</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Chancellor Kwasi Kwarteng's tax-slashing plan for growth stunned MPs, commentators and economists alike on Friday - and sent the value of the pound plummeting. So just how big a gamble is his vision for the economy? Does his plan for easing the cost of energy crisis add up? And how long does Liz Truss have to convince voters that her policies will deliver growth? 

The IfG economics team of Tom Pope, Giles Wilkes and Olly Bartrum assembled to make sense of a huge day in Parliament. Presented by Hannah White.

This is a recording of a Twitter Spaces conversation 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Chancellor Kwasi Kwarteng's tax-slashing plan for growth stunned MPs, commentators and economists alike on Friday - and sent the value of the pound plummeting. So just how big a gamble is his vision for the economy? Does his plan for easing the cost of energy crisis add up? And how long does Liz Truss have to convince voters that her policies will deliver growth? </p><p><br></p><p>The IfG economics team of Tom Pope, Giles Wilkes and Olly Bartrum assembled to make sense of a huge day in Parliament. Presented by Hannah White.</p><p><br></p><p><em>This is a recording of a Twitter Spaces conversation </em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2103</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b4984624-3d94-11ed-aef6-3361f1f727bc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9092017782.mp3?updated=1664194741" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Dame Dr Jenny Harries</title>
      <description>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Dame Dr Jenny Harries OBE, Chief Executive of the UK Health Security Agency.
After serving as the UK’s deputy Chief Medical Officer during the pandemic, Dr Harries took on leadership of the new UK Health Security Agency in April 2021. In conversation with Dr Matthew Gill, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, she discussed her vision for the UKHSA:

What role will it play in protecting the country from Covid and future pandemics?

What does Dr Harries see as the main challenges and priorities for the agency?

And how will Dr Harries’ time as Deputy Chief Medical Officer shape her approach to leading the UKHSA?

Jenny Harries is the inaugural Chief Executive of the UK Health Security Agency. She was previously the Deputy Chief Medical Officer for England. She has served on the Joint Committee for Vaccination and Immunisation (JCVI) and worked in a variety of public health roles in the UK and abroad.
#IfGHarries
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Jul 2022 09:29:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>178</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Dame Dr Jenny Harries OBE, Chief Executive of the UK Health Security Agency.
After serving as the UK’s deputy Chief Medical Officer during the pandemic, Dr Harries took on leadership of the new UK Health Security Agency in April 2021. In conversation with Dr Matthew Gill, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, she discussed her vision for the UKHSA:

What role will it play in protecting the country from Covid and future pandemics?

What does Dr Harries see as the main challenges and priorities for the agency?

And how will Dr Harries’ time as Deputy Chief Medical Officer shape her approach to leading the UKHSA?

Jenny Harries is the inaugural Chief Executive of the UK Health Security Agency. She was previously the Deputy Chief Medical Officer for England. She has served on the Joint Committee for Vaccination and Immunisation (JCVI) and worked in a variety of public health roles in the UK and abroad.
#IfGHarries
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>Dame</strong> <strong>Dr Jenny Harries OBE</strong>, Chief Executive of the UK Health Security Agency.</p><p>After serving as the UK’s deputy Chief Medical Officer during the pandemic, Dr Harries took on leadership of the new UK Health Security Agency in April 2021. In conversation with <strong>Dr Matthew Gill</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, she discussed her vision for the UKHSA:</p><ul>
<li>What role will it play in protecting the country from Covid and future pandemics?</li>
<li>What does Dr Harries see as the main challenges and priorities for the agency?</li>
<li>And how will Dr Harries’ time as Deputy Chief Medical Officer shape her approach to leading the UKHSA?</li>
</ul><p><em>Jenny Harries is the inaugural Chief Executive of the UK Health Security Agency. She was previously the Deputy Chief Medical Officer for England. She has served on the Joint Committee for Vaccination and Immunisation (JCVI) and worked in a variety of public health roles in the UK and abroad.</em></p><p>#IfGHarries</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3446</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a7ac19c2-0f22-11ed-93d3-23206fc52722]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8603262105.mp3?updated=1659088003" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What role should modelling play in a crisis?</title>
      <description>Modelling and forecasting played a prominent role in the way policies were designed and decisions were made during the coronavirus pandemic. But the government’s handling of the crisis raised questions about how modelling - epidemiological and economic – was used by ministers.
So how should models be produced and used within government? How should they be communicated to the public? And how well equipped are ministers and officials to understand and interpret modelling when making their decisions?.
This panel explored the role of modelling in the Covid pandemic, the lessons that ministers should learn, and how the UK should draw on modelling in future crises.


Ben Chu, Economics Editor for Newsnight


Professor Neil Ferguson, Director of the MRC Centre for Global Infectious Disease Analysis at Imperial College London


Richard Hughes, Chair of the Office for Budget Responsibility


Ruth Kelly, Chief Analyst at the National Audit Office.

The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGforecast
We would like to thank The Forum, Imperial College London’s policy engagement initiative for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jul 2022 09:15:56 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>177</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Modelling and forecasting played a prominent role in the way policies were designed and decisions were made during the coronavirus pandemic. But the government’s handling of the crisis raised questions about how modelling - epidemiological and economic – was used by ministers.
So how should models be produced and used within government? How should they be communicated to the public? And how well equipped are ministers and officials to understand and interpret modelling when making their decisions?.
This panel explored the role of modelling in the Covid pandemic, the lessons that ministers should learn, and how the UK should draw on modelling in future crises.


Ben Chu, Economics Editor for Newsnight


Professor Neil Ferguson, Director of the MRC Centre for Global Infectious Disease Analysis at Imperial College London


Richard Hughes, Chair of the Office for Budget Responsibility


Ruth Kelly, Chief Analyst at the National Audit Office.

The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGforecast
We would like to thank The Forum, Imperial College London’s policy engagement initiative for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Modelling and forecasting played a prominent role in the way policies were designed and decisions were made during the coronavirus pandemic. But the government’s handling of the crisis raised questions about how modelling - epidemiological and economic – was used by ministers.</p><p>So how should models be produced and used within government? How should they be communicated to the public? And how well equipped are ministers and officials to understand and interpret modelling when making their decisions?.</p><p>This panel explored the role of modelling in the Covid pandemic, the lessons that ministers should learn, and how the UK should draw on modelling in future crises.</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Ben Chu</strong>, Economics Editor for Newsnight</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Neil Ferguson</strong>, Director of the MRC Centre for Global Infectious Disease Analysis at Imperial College London</li>
<li>
<strong>Richard Hughes</strong>, Chair of the Office for Budget Responsibility</li>
<li>
<strong>Ruth Kelly</strong>, Chief Analyst at the National Audit Office.</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p>#IfGforecast</p><p><em>We would like to thank The Forum, Imperial College London’s policy engagement initiative for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3868</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[aff964d2-080f-11ed-a94c-133a2564838f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1439062859.mp3?updated=1658310199" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can government improve the UK's fiscal sustainability and resilience</title>
      <description>The Institute for Government was delighted to host an event with the Office for Budget Responsibility to discuss their new Fiscal Risks and Sustainability Report.
While the economic shocks of the Covid pandemic and Russia’s invasion of Ukraine have been huge, there are many other factors likely to change the shape of the UK state and the demands placed on it in future. Some – such as the ageing of the population and the shift towards net zero carbon emissions – can be anticipated; others – such as the impacts of unabated climate change and possible future geopolitical instability – are harder to predict with certainty.
This event opened with a short presentation by Richard Hughes, Chair of the OBR, on the main findings in the report followed by a panel discussion on the major challenges facing the UK and how the government can best prepare for these.
Our panel included:


Professor Malcolm Chalmers, Deputy Director-General of RUSI


Rosa Hodgkin, Researcher at the Institute for Government


Richard Hughes, Chair of the Office for Budget Responsibility


Professor Andrew Scott, Professor of Economics, London Business School.

The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGeconomy
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jul 2022 13:33:21 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>176</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government was delighted to host an event with the Office for Budget Responsibility to discuss their new Fiscal Risks and Sustainability Report.
While the economic shocks of the Covid pandemic and Russia’s invasion of Ukraine have been huge, there are many other factors likely to change the shape of the UK state and the demands placed on it in future. Some – such as the ageing of the population and the shift towards net zero carbon emissions – can be anticipated; others – such as the impacts of unabated climate change and possible future geopolitical instability – are harder to predict with certainty.
This event opened with a short presentation by Richard Hughes, Chair of the OBR, on the main findings in the report followed by a panel discussion on the major challenges facing the UK and how the government can best prepare for these.
Our panel included:


Professor Malcolm Chalmers, Deputy Director-General of RUSI


Rosa Hodgkin, Researcher at the Institute for Government


Richard Hughes, Chair of the Office for Budget Responsibility


Professor Andrew Scott, Professor of Economics, London Business School.

The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGeconomy
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government was delighted to host an event with the Office for Budget Responsibility to discuss their new Fiscal Risks and Sustainability Report.</p><p>While the economic shocks of the Covid pandemic and Russia’s invasion of Ukraine have been huge, there are many other factors likely to change the shape of the UK state and the demands placed on it in future. Some – such as the ageing of the population and the shift towards net zero carbon emissions – can be anticipated; others – such as the impacts of unabated climate change and possible future geopolitical instability – are harder to predict with certainty.</p><p>This event opened with a short presentation by <strong>Richard Hughes</strong>, Chair of the OBR, on the main findings in the report followed by a panel discussion on the major challenges facing the UK and how the government can best prepare for these.</p><p>Our panel included:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Professor Malcolm Chalmers</strong>, Deputy Director-General of RUSI</li>
<li>
<strong>Rosa Hodgkin</strong>, Researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Richard Hughes</strong>, Chair of the Office for Budget Responsibility</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Andrew Scott</strong>, Professor of Economics, London Business School.</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p>#IfGeconomy</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3779</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[68793bfa-037d-11ed-ad9c-af61a28820c1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8430444884.mp3?updated=1657807574" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How do ministers approach leadership in government?</title>
      <description>From housing to aviation, the digital economy to patient safety, ministers have a huge range of responsibilities. Yet little is known about how different ministers approach their roles and the reasons for these differences.
How do ministers make decisions? How do they work with the civil service and devise policy? And how do they manage their teams? Dr John Boswell and Dr Jessica Smith of the University of Southampton, drawing on the Institute for Government’s Ministers Reflect archive, have identified different patterns in the way ministers work and seek to lead the civil service - and the different approaches taken by men and women serving in ministerial roles.
To discuss their findings, and how this can help future ministers and civil servants:


Dr John Boswell, Associate Professor of Politics at the University of Southampton


Dr Jessica Smith, Lecturer in Politics at the University of Southampton


Margot James, former minister at DCMS and BEIS and MP for Stourbridge, 2010-19


Dame Una O’Brien, former permanent secretary, Department of Health

This event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGministers
We would like to thank the University of Southampton and the ESRC for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jul 2022 13:32:31 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>175</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>From housing to aviation, the digital economy to patient safety, ministers have a huge range of responsibilities. Yet little is known about how different ministers approach their roles and the reasons for these differences.
How do ministers make decisions? How do they work with the civil service and devise policy? And how do they manage their teams? Dr John Boswell and Dr Jessica Smith of the University of Southampton, drawing on the Institute for Government’s Ministers Reflect archive, have identified different patterns in the way ministers work and seek to lead the civil service - and the different approaches taken by men and women serving in ministerial roles.
To discuss their findings, and how this can help future ministers and civil servants:


Dr John Boswell, Associate Professor of Politics at the University of Southampton


Dr Jessica Smith, Lecturer in Politics at the University of Southampton


Margot James, former minister at DCMS and BEIS and MP for Stourbridge, 2010-19


Dame Una O’Brien, former permanent secretary, Department of Health

This event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGministers
We would like to thank the University of Southampton and the ESRC for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>From housing to aviation, the digital economy to patient safety, ministers have a huge range of responsibilities. Yet little is known about how different ministers approach their roles and the reasons for these differences.</p><p>How do ministers make decisions? How do they work with the civil service and devise policy? And how do they manage their teams? Dr John Boswell and Dr Jessica Smith of the University of Southampton, drawing on the Institute for Government’s Ministers Reflect archive, have identified different patterns in the way ministers work and seek to lead the civil service - and the different approaches taken by men and women serving in ministerial roles.</p><p>To discuss their findings, and how this can help future ministers and civil servants:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Dr John Boswell</strong>, Associate Professor of Politics at the University of Southampton</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Jessica Smith</strong>, Lecturer in Politics at the University of Southampton</li>
<li>
<strong>Margot James</strong>, former minister at DCMS and BEIS and MP for Stourbridge, 2010-19</li>
<li>
<strong>Dame Una O’Brien</strong>, former permanent secretary, Department of Health</li>
</ul><p>This event was chaired by <strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p>#IfGministers</p><p><em>We would like to thank the University of Southampton and the ESRC for supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3771</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[67434442-037d-11ed-8373-d30a165105c3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8217282750.mp3?updated=1657807571" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the services sector help levelling up across the UK?</title>
      <description>Ministers emphasise the need to create new manufacturing jobs. But from law and accountancy to retail and hospitality, the UK economy is predominantly services-based – with many high value services jobs concentrated in the South East.
So how can the services sector contribute to economic growth across the UK? What can the government do to help service sector clusters thrive outside London and the South East? And is the government getting the balance right between focusing on manufacturing and services?
To discuss these questions and more:


Bim Afolami MP for Hitchin and Harpenden


Bhavina Bharkhada, Head of Policy at Make UK


John Cooper, Partner, Public Law &amp; Regulation at Gowling WLG


Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGlevellingup
We would like to thank Gowling WLG for their support for this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jul 2022 13:31:13 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>174</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ministers emphasise the need to create new manufacturing jobs. But from law and accountancy to retail and hospitality, the UK economy is predominantly services-based – with many high value services jobs concentrated in the South East.
So how can the services sector contribute to economic growth across the UK? What can the government do to help service sector clusters thrive outside London and the South East? And is the government getting the balance right between focusing on manufacturing and services?
To discuss these questions and more:


Bim Afolami MP for Hitchin and Harpenden


Bhavina Bharkhada, Head of Policy at Make UK


John Cooper, Partner, Public Law &amp; Regulation at Gowling WLG


Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGlevellingup
We would like to thank Gowling WLG for their support for this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ministers emphasise the need to create new manufacturing jobs. But from law and accountancy to retail and hospitality, the UK economy is predominantly services-based – with many high value services jobs concentrated in the South East.</p><p>So how can the services sector contribute to economic growth across the UK? What can the government do to help service sector clusters thrive outside London and the South East? And is the government getting the balance right between focusing on manufacturing and services?</p><p>To discuss these questions and more:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Bim Afolami MP</strong> for Hitchin and Harpenden</li>
<li>
<strong>Bhavina Bharkhada</strong>, Head of Policy at Make UK</li>
<li>
<strong>John Cooper</strong>, Partner, Public Law &amp; Regulation at Gowling WLG</li>
<li>
<strong>Giles Wilkes</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Thomas Pope,</strong> Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p>#IfGlevellingup</p><p><em>We would like to thank Gowling WLG for their support for this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3717</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[66b1eb78-037d-11ed-a954-fb59185c4557]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4988198771.mp3?updated=1657807569" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The James Brokenshire lecture on public service: Delivered by the Rt Hon Theresa May MP</title>
      <description>James Brokenshire served in Theresa May’s cabinet between 2016 and 2019, first as Northern Ireland Secretary and then as Secretary of State for Housing, Communities and Local Government. In memory of James, who died in 2021, the former prime minister delivered a lecture at the Institute for Government reflecting on the theme of public service which was central to his life and career.
Following the lecture, Mrs May was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrokenshire
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Jul 2022 14:19:27 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>173</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>James Brokenshire served in Theresa May’s cabinet between 2016 and 2019, first as Northern Ireland Secretary and then as Secretary of State for Housing, Communities and Local Government. In memory of James, who died in 2021, the former prime minister delivered a lecture at the Institute for Government reflecting on the theme of public service which was central to his life and career.
Following the lecture, Mrs May was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrokenshire
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>James Brokenshire served in <strong>Theresa May</strong>’s cabinet between 2016 and 2019, first as Northern Ireland Secretary and then as Secretary of State for Housing, Communities and Local Government. In memory of James, who died in 2021, the former prime minister delivered a lecture at the Institute for Government reflecting on the theme of public service which was central to his life and career.</p><p>Following the lecture, Mrs May was in conversation with <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p>#IfGBrokenshire</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3622</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[dd67e94a-fe03-11ec-be99-b3080d414ac4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO7003498129.mp3?updated=1657205609" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IfG Live: The Procurement Bill: an expert briefing</title>
      <description>The government spends around £300bn a year – a third of all public expenditure – on procurement. Following the UK’s exit from the EU, the government has proposed major reforms to the rules governing public sector buying.  
The government says the new Procurement Bill will create a simpler and more transparent system which makes it easier for SMEs to win contracts and for the government to disqualify poorly performing suppliers.  
This event discussed the bill’s aims, challenges to achieving the government’s objectives and featured a presentation on the key measures contained in the bill from: 


Ed Green, Deputy Director, Commercial Policy - International and Reform at the Cabinet Office 


Lindsay Maguire, Head of Engagement for Procurement Reform at the Cabinet Office 

And responses from: 


Mark Leigh, Deputy Chief Commercial Officer at DWP


Laura Wisdom, Partner at Burges Salmon 

The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGoutsourcing 
This event was kindly supported by Burges Salmon.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2022 15:09:37 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>172</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government spends around £300bn a year – a third of all public expenditure – on procurement. Following the UK’s exit from the EU, the government has proposed major reforms to the rules governing public sector buying.  
The government says the new Procurement Bill will create a simpler and more transparent system which makes it easier for SMEs to win contracts and for the government to disqualify poorly performing suppliers.  
This event discussed the bill’s aims, challenges to achieving the government’s objectives and featured a presentation on the key measures contained in the bill from: 


Ed Green, Deputy Director, Commercial Policy - International and Reform at the Cabinet Office 


Lindsay Maguire, Head of Engagement for Procurement Reform at the Cabinet Office 

And responses from: 


Mark Leigh, Deputy Chief Commercial Officer at DWP


Laura Wisdom, Partner at Burges Salmon 

The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGoutsourcing 
This event was kindly supported by Burges Salmon.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government spends around £300bn a year – a third of all public expenditure – on procurement. Following the UK’s exit from the EU, the government has proposed major reforms to the rules governing public sector buying.  </p><p>The government says the new Procurement Bill will create a simpler and more transparent system which makes it easier for SMEs to win contracts and for the government to disqualify poorly performing suppliers.  </p><p>This event discussed the bill’s aims, challenges to achieving the government’s objectives and featured a presentation on the key measures contained in the bill from: </p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Ed Green</strong>, Deputy Director, Commercial Policy - International and Reform at the Cabinet Office </li>
<li>
<strong>Lindsay Maguire</strong>, Head of Engagement for Procurement Reform at the Cabinet Office </li>
</ul><p>And responses from: </p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Mark Leigh</strong>, Deputy Chief Commercial Officer at DWP</li>
<li>
<strong>Laura Wisdom</strong>, Partner at Burges Salmon </li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Nick Davies</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p>#IfGoutsourcing </p><p><em>This event was kindly supported by Burges Salmon.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3618</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c5e7fa7e-f950-11ec-833f-4fa8a07aa168]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9806035520.mp3?updated=1656688906" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the government make its green skills plan deliver for net zero?</title>
      <description>Equipping the UK workforce with the right skills will be critical to the success of the net zero transition, and the government has committed to reforming the skills system.
What should those skills, and reforms, look like? How can the government make sure that the right skills are available in the right place at the right time? And what can it do to ensure that the opportunities of net zero are shared fairly across the country?
Discussing these questions were:


Sam Alvis, Head of Economy at Green Alliance


Alyssa Gilbert, Director of Policy and Translation at the Grantham Institute for Climate Change and the Environment


Ian O'Donnell, Net Zero and Special Projects Lead at the Federation of Small Businesses


Tom Sasse, Associate Director of the Institute for Government. 

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGnetzero
We would like to thank The Forum, Imperial College London’s policy engagement initiative for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2022 15:06:52 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>171</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Equipping the UK workforce with the right skills will be critical to the success of the net zero transition, and the government has committed to reforming the skills system.
What should those skills, and reforms, look like? How can the government make sure that the right skills are available in the right place at the right time? And what can it do to ensure that the opportunities of net zero are shared fairly across the country?
Discussing these questions were:


Sam Alvis, Head of Economy at Green Alliance


Alyssa Gilbert, Director of Policy and Translation at the Grantham Institute for Climate Change and the Environment


Ian O'Donnell, Net Zero and Special Projects Lead at the Federation of Small Businesses


Tom Sasse, Associate Director of the Institute for Government. 

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGnetzero
We would like to thank The Forum, Imperial College London’s policy engagement initiative for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Equipping the UK workforce with the right skills will be critical to the success of the net zero transition, and the government has committed to reforming the skills system.</p><p>What should those skills, and reforms, look like? How can the government make sure that the right skills are available in the right place at the right time? And what can it do to ensure that the opportunities of net zero are shared fairly across the country?</p><p>Discussing these questions were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sam Alvis</strong>, Head of Economy at Green Alliance</li>
<li>
<strong>Alyssa Gilbert</strong>, Director of Policy and Translation at the Grantham Institute for Climate Change and the Environment</li>
<li>
<strong>Ian O'Donnell</strong>, Net Zero and Special Projects Lead at the Federation of Small Businesses</li>
<li>
<strong>Tom Sasse</strong>, Associate Director of the Institute for Government. </li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p>#IfGnetzero</p><p><em>We would like to thank The Forum, Imperial College London’s policy engagement initiative for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3679</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cd71e238-f94f-11ec-abd0-b36966cd9b73]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9034934932.mp3?updated=1656688469" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should the role of the Lord Chancellor be reformed?</title>
      <description>The role of the Lord Chancellor is to protect and uphold the rule of law and the independence of the judiciary. Yet the position is held by a cabinet minister: the secretary of state for justice.

This overlap between the independent judiciary and the political world, and the balance of power between parliament, government and the judiciary, is the source of much debate – and disagreement.

So what powers, if any, should a Lord Chancellor have over judicial appointments? Should the role go to someone with a legal background? What makes a good Lord Chancellor?

Sir Robert Buckland, who served as Lord Chancellor and secretary of state for justice until September 2021, opened this event with a short speech on his experiences in post and his proposals for how it can be reformed.

Responding to Sir Robert Buckland and joining the discussion:


Baroness Butler-Sloss, former judge and first female Lord Justice of Appeal


Sir Jonathan Jones, former treasury solicitor and head of the government legal department

The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Director of Research at the Institute for Government.

#IfGLordChancellor
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 16:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>170</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/7e95afec-f633-11ec-b6e7-7bb6a0441b3b/image/ifg-live-artwork-FINAL.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The role of the Lord Chancellor is to protect and uphold the rule of law and the independence of the judiciary. Yet the position is held by a cabinet minister: the secretary of state for justice.

This overlap between the independent judiciary and the political world, and the balance of power between parliament, government and the judiciary, is the source of much debate – and disagreement.

So what powers, if any, should a Lord Chancellor have over judicial appointments? Should the role go to someone with a legal background? What makes a good Lord Chancellor?

Sir Robert Buckland, who served as Lord Chancellor and secretary of state for justice until September 2021, opened this event with a short speech on his experiences in post and his proposals for how it can be reformed.

Responding to Sir Robert Buckland and joining the discussion:


Baroness Butler-Sloss, former judge and first female Lord Justice of Appeal


Sir Jonathan Jones, former treasury solicitor and head of the government legal department

The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Director of Research at the Institute for Government.

#IfGLordChancellor
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The role of the Lord Chancellor is to protect and uphold the rule of law and the independence of the judiciary. Yet the position is held by a cabinet minister: the secretary of state for justice.</p><p><br></p><p>This overlap between the independent judiciary and the political world, and the balance of power between parliament, government and the judiciary, is the source of much debate – and disagreement.</p><p><br></p><p>So what powers, if any, should a Lord Chancellor have over judicial appointments? Should the role go to someone with a legal background? What makes a good Lord Chancellor?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sir Robert Buckland</strong>, who served as Lord Chancellor and secretary of state for justice until September 2021, opened this event with a short speech on his experiences in post and his proposals for how it can be reformed.</p><p><br></p><p>Responding to Sir Robert Buckland and joining the discussion:</p><p><br></p><ul><li>
<strong>Baroness Butler-Sloss</strong>, former judge and first female Lord Justice of Appeal</li></ul><p><br></p><ul><li>
<strong>Sir Jonathan Jones</strong>, former treasury solicitor and head of the government legal department</li></ul><p><br></p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Emma Norris</strong>, Director of Research at the Institute for Government.</p><p><br></p><p>#IfGLordChancellor</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3716</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7e95afec-f633-11ec-b6e7-7bb6a0441b3b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4744740711.mp3?updated=1656346457" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester</title>
      <description>As part of a special series of events on devolution and levelling up, featuring local leaders from across England, the Institute for Government is delighted to be joined by Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester.
First elected in May 2017 and re-elected for a second term in May 2021, Andy Burnham discusses his role and priorities, the challenges of working with the UK government to level up the Greater Manchester region and what further powers he would like to see devolved in the promised ‘Trailblazer’ devolution deal being negotiated between Whitehall and local leaders in Greater Manchester.
Andy Burnham is in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and head of the Institute’s devolution research programme.
Andy Burnham was the MP for Leigh from 2001-17 and held a series of ministerial posts including Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport and Secretary of State for Health. In opposition after 2010, he served as shadow education, health and home secretary, before resigning his seat to become Mayor of Greater Manchester in 2017.
#IfGdevo
This event was kindly supported by Policy@Manchester, the University of Manchester's sector-leading policy engagement unit.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2022 15:22:02 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>169</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As part of a special series of events on devolution and levelling up, featuring local leaders from across England, the Institute for Government is delighted to be joined by Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester.
First elected in May 2017 and re-elected for a second term in May 2021, Andy Burnham discusses his role and priorities, the challenges of working with the UK government to level up the Greater Manchester region and what further powers he would like to see devolved in the promised ‘Trailblazer’ devolution deal being negotiated between Whitehall and local leaders in Greater Manchester.
Andy Burnham is in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and head of the Institute’s devolution research programme.
Andy Burnham was the MP for Leigh from 2001-17 and held a series of ministerial posts including Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport and Secretary of State for Health. In opposition after 2010, he served as shadow education, health and home secretary, before resigning his seat to become Mayor of Greater Manchester in 2017.
#IfGdevo
This event was kindly supported by Policy@Manchester, the University of Manchester's sector-leading policy engagement unit.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As part of a special series of events on devolution and levelling up, featuring local leaders from across England, the Institute for Government is delighted to be joined by <strong>Andy Burnham</strong>, Mayor of Greater Manchester.</p><p>First elected in May 2017 and re-elected for a second term in May 2021, Andy Burnham discusses his role and priorities, the challenges of working with the UK government to level up the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/devolution-greater-manchester">Greater Manchester region</a> and what further powers he would like to see devolved in the promised ‘Trailblazer’ devolution deal being negotiated between Whitehall and local leaders in Greater Manchester.</p><p>Andy Burnham is in conversation with <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and head of the Institute’s devolution research programme.</p><p><em>Andy Burnham was the MP for Leigh from 2001-17 and held a series of ministerial posts including Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport and Secretary of State for Health. In opposition after 2010, he served as shadow education, health and home secretary, before resigning his seat to become Mayor of Greater Manchester in 2017.</em></p><p><strong>#IfGdevo</strong></p><p><em>This event was kindly supported by </em><a href="https://www.policy.manchester.ac.uk/"><em>Policy@Manchester</em></a><em>, the University of Manchester's sector-leading policy engagement unit.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4274</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e82aa7a2-f62c-11ec-abf5-6b3ac0f75fb8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8677185886.mp3?updated=1656343628" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can the government meet levelling up expectations by the next general election?</title>
      <description>At the 2019 general election, the Conservative Party won votes in many places that had not traditionally voted Tory - with the promise to 'level up' the UK seen as a key factor.
A recent white paper finally set out the government’s plan to turn the levelling up slogan into reality, including 12 missions to be achieved by 2030. But with the general election due in no more than two years, will the government be able to demonstrate sufficient levelling up progress before voters return to the polls? Has it set its expectations too high? What do voters want to see from levelling up?
This event, held in the week after the local elections, asked what the public expects of levelling up and whether and how the government can deliver against public expectations before April 2024.
On our panel to discuss these issues:


Viki Cooke, Founding Partner at Britain Thinks


Andrew Lewer MP, Member of the Levelling Up, Housing and Communities Select Committee and Vice-President of the Local Government Association


Alex Norris MP, Shadow Minister for Levelling Up, Housing, Communities and Local Government


Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGlevellingup
We would like to thank Lloyds Banking Group for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 May 2022 10:06:50 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>168</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>At the 2019 general election, the Conservative Party won votes in many places that had not traditionally voted Tory - with the promise to 'level up' the UK seen as a key factor.
A recent white paper finally set out the government’s plan to turn the levelling up slogan into reality, including 12 missions to be achieved by 2030. But with the general election due in no more than two years, will the government be able to demonstrate sufficient levelling up progress before voters return to the polls? Has it set its expectations too high? What do voters want to see from levelling up?
This event, held in the week after the local elections, asked what the public expects of levelling up and whether and how the government can deliver against public expectations before April 2024.
On our panel to discuss these issues:


Viki Cooke, Founding Partner at Britain Thinks


Andrew Lewer MP, Member of the Levelling Up, Housing and Communities Select Committee and Vice-President of the Local Government Association


Alex Norris MP, Shadow Minister for Levelling Up, Housing, Communities and Local Government


Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.

The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGlevellingup
We would like to thank Lloyds Banking Group for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>At the 2019 general election, the Conservative Party won votes in many places that had not traditionally voted Tory - with the promise to 'level up' the UK seen as a key factor.</p><p>A recent white paper finally set out the government’s plan to turn the levelling up slogan into reality, including 12 missions to be achieved by 2030. But with the general election due in no more than two years, will the government be able to demonstrate sufficient levelling up progress before voters return to the polls? Has it set its expectations too high? What do voters want to see from levelling up?</p><p>This event, held in the week after the local elections, asked what the public expects of levelling up and whether and how the government can deliver against public expectations before April 2024.</p><p>On our panel to discuss these issues:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Viki Cooke</strong>, Founding Partner at Britain Thinks</li>
<li>
<strong>Andrew Lewer MP, </strong>Member of the Levelling Up, Housing and Communities Select Committee and Vice-President of the Local Government Association</li>
<li>
<strong>Alex Norris MP</strong>, Shadow Minister for Levelling Up, Housing, Communities and Local Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Thomas Pope</strong>, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGlevellingup?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGlevellingup</strong></a></p><p><em>We would like to thank Lloyds Banking Group for supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3956</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[654db94e-d694-11ec-aec8-ef1eed92f4c0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3701175439.mp3?updated=1652869638" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What's wrong with the House of Commons? Book launch with Dr Hannah White</title>
      <description>From attending parties during the Covid-19 lockdown to taking payment for lobbying, some MPs seem to think the rules they set for others should not apply to them. Their procedures are complex, they are far from representative of the UK population, and many appear detached from the lives led by their constituents.
So what can be done to reform the way the House of Commons works? How can MPs make their institution worthy of public trust? And what can parliamentarians do to restore their flagging reputation?
To mark the publication of her new book: Held in Contempt: What's wrong with the House of Commons? the IfG's deputy director, Dr Hannah White was joined by an expert panel, including The Rt Hon Karen Bradley MP, Member of Parliament for Staffordshire Moorlands, and Chris Cook from the Financial Times.
The event was chaired by IfG senior fellow, Dr Catherine Haddon.
#IfGCommons
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 May 2022 16:21:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>167</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>From attending parties during the Covid-19 lockdown to taking payment for lobbying, some MPs seem to think the rules they set for others should not apply to them. Their procedures are complex, they are far from representative of the UK population, and many appear detached from the lives led by their constituents.
So what can be done to reform the way the House of Commons works? How can MPs make their institution worthy of public trust? And what can parliamentarians do to restore their flagging reputation?
To mark the publication of her new book: Held in Contempt: What's wrong with the House of Commons? the IfG's deputy director, Dr Hannah White was joined by an expert panel, including The Rt Hon Karen Bradley MP, Member of Parliament for Staffordshire Moorlands, and Chris Cook from the Financial Times.
The event was chaired by IfG senior fellow, Dr Catherine Haddon.
#IfGCommons
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>From attending parties during the Covid-19 lockdown to taking payment for lobbying, some MPs seem to think the rules they set for others should not apply to them. Their procedures are complex, they are far from representative of the UK population, and many appear detached from the lives led by their constituents.</p><p>So what can be done to reform the way the House of Commons works? How can MPs make their institution worthy of public trust? And what can parliamentarians do to restore their flagging reputation?</p><p>To mark the publication of her new book: <em>Held in Contempt: What's wrong with the House of Commons?</em> the IfG's deputy director, <strong>Dr Hannah White</strong> was joined by an expert panel, including <strong>The Rt Hon Karen Bradley MP</strong>, Member of Parliament for Staffordshire Moorlands, and <strong>Chris Cook</strong> from the <em>Financial Times</em>.</p><p>The event was chaired by IfG senior fellow, <strong>Dr Catherine Haddon</strong>.</p><p>#IfGCommons</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3862</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[30ab0926-cfb4-11ec-ac34-93ec1f33de56]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4690835825.mp3?updated=1652869677" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The future of UK defence: In conversation with David Williams and Admiral Sir Tony Radakin</title>
      <description>After the long years of counter-insurgency operations in Iraq and Afghanistan, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine means the United Kingdom once again faces a conflict in Europe. At the same time, China is taking an increasingly assertive approach to Taiwan.
The government's response to this era of renewed global competition is the Integrated Review of Security, Defence, Development and Foreign Policy. One year on from its publication, the Institute for Government was delighted to host MoD Permanent Secretary David Williams alongside Chief of the Defence Staff Admiral Sir Tony Radakin to discuss their priorities for the Ministry of Defence and what reforms will ensure the civil service and armed forces are able to meet the threats the UK faces in the world.
The event was chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government
#IfGUKdefence
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Mar 2022 16:56:41 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>166</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>After the long years of counter-insurgency operations in Iraq and Afghanistan, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine means the United Kingdom once again faces a conflict in Europe. At the same time, China is taking an increasingly assertive approach to Taiwan.
The government's response to this era of renewed global competition is the Integrated Review of Security, Defence, Development and Foreign Policy. One year on from its publication, the Institute for Government was delighted to host MoD Permanent Secretary David Williams alongside Chief of the Defence Staff Admiral Sir Tony Radakin to discuss their priorities for the Ministry of Defence and what reforms will ensure the civil service and armed forces are able to meet the threats the UK faces in the world.
The event was chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government
#IfGUKdefence
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>After the long years of counter-insurgency operations in Iraq and Afghanistan, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine means the United Kingdom once again faces a conflict in Europe. At the same time, China is taking an increasingly assertive approach to Taiwan.</p><p>The government's response to this era of renewed global competition is the Integrated Review of Security, Defence, Development and Foreign Policy. One year on from its publication, the Institute for Government was delighted to host MoD Permanent Secretary <strong>David Williams</strong> alongside Chief of the Defence Staff Admiral <strong>Sir Tony Radakin</strong> to discuss their priorities for the Ministry of Defence and what reforms will ensure the civil service and armed forces are able to meet the threats the UK faces in the world.</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGUKdefence?src=hashtag_click">#IfGUKdefence</a></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3827</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7d7aa672-b113-11ec-9cde-5b3a2f780805]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2756660201.mp3?updated=1648746081" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> Levelling up: what is it and will it work?</title>
      <description>Boris Johnson has set 'levelling up' the UK as the mission for his government, but few in Whitehall or the country can explain exactly what it is, how it will be implemented and what success looks like.
Tackling regional inequalities lies at the heart of the Conservative Party's re-election hopes, but relies on the implementation of a complex series of policies across national and local government – so does the UK have the will and the money to see it through?
Following the release of the government's levelling up white paper, the Institute for Government welcomed Neil O'Brien, the minister for levelling up, to explore levelling up with Sebastian Payne, Whitehall Editor of the Financial Times and author of Broken Heartlands: A Journey Through Labour's Lost England.
The pair were in conversation with IfG director Bronwen Maddox, discussing Sebastian Payne's road trip through parts of England that voted Conservative for the first time in living memory and Neil O'Brien's work on producing the white paper and defining the policies that are the core mission of this government.
#IfGlevellingup
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Mar 2022 09:47:07 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>165</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>In conversation with Neil O'Brien and Sebastian Payne</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Boris Johnson has set 'levelling up' the UK as the mission for his government, but few in Whitehall or the country can explain exactly what it is, how it will be implemented and what success looks like.
Tackling regional inequalities lies at the heart of the Conservative Party's re-election hopes, but relies on the implementation of a complex series of policies across national and local government – so does the UK have the will and the money to see it through?
Following the release of the government's levelling up white paper, the Institute for Government welcomed Neil O'Brien, the minister for levelling up, to explore levelling up with Sebastian Payne, Whitehall Editor of the Financial Times and author of Broken Heartlands: A Journey Through Labour's Lost England.
The pair were in conversation with IfG director Bronwen Maddox, discussing Sebastian Payne's road trip through parts of England that voted Conservative for the first time in living memory and Neil O'Brien's work on producing the white paper and defining the policies that are the core mission of this government.
#IfGlevellingup
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Boris Johnson has set <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/levelling-up-ifg-view">'levelling up'</a> the UK as the mission for his government, but few in Whitehall or the country can explain exactly what it is, how it will be implemented and what success looks like.</p><p>Tackling regional inequalities lies at the heart of the Conservative Party's re-election hopes, but relies on the implementation of a complex series of policies across national and local government – so does the UK have the will and the money to see it through?</p><p>Following the release of the government's levelling up white paper, the Institute for Government welcomed <strong>Neil O'Brien</strong>, the minister for levelling up, to explore levelling up with<strong> Sebastian Payne</strong>, Whitehall Editor of the <em>Financial Times</em> and author of <em>Broken Heartlands: A Journey Through Labour's Lost England</em>.</p><p>The pair were in conversation with IfG director <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, discussing Sebastian Payne's road trip through parts of England that voted Conservative for the first time in living memory and Neil O'Brien's work on producing the white paper and defining the policies that are the core mission of this government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGlevellingup?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGlevellingup</strong></a></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3866</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[386cdd98-b00f-11ec-a5ef-d7a5fd82351a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2916419793.mp3?updated=1648634296" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the UK lead on green finance?</title>
      <description>COP26 highlighted the critical role business and finance will play in driving the transition to a net zero economy. Businesses made new net zero commitments; regulators discussed how to tighten scrutiny of those commitments; and policy makers announced plans to mandate the publication of climate-related risks to business.
So how can finance best help the transition to net zero? What can be done to prevent ‘greenwashing’ and build trust in businesses’ commitment to tackling climate change? And what does government need to do to support green business and finance?
With the UK set to continue to play a leading role on green finance, our panel discussed discuss how it can accelerate progress after COP26:


Sarah Breeden, Executive Director, Financial Stability Strategy at the Bank of England


Anthony Browne MP, member of the Treasury Committee


Maria Lombardo, Head of ESG Advisory Sustainable Finance at Standard Chartered Bank


Kuangyi Wei, Director, Risk &amp; Regulatory Strategy, UKI at Accenture

The event was chaired by Tom Sasse, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGnetzero
We would like to thank Accenture for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 14:21:17 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>164</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>COP26 highlighted the critical role business and finance will play in driving the transition to a net zero economy. Businesses made new net zero commitments; regulators discussed how to tighten scrutiny of those commitments; and policy makers announced plans to mandate the publication of climate-related risks to business.
So how can finance best help the transition to net zero? What can be done to prevent ‘greenwashing’ and build trust in businesses’ commitment to tackling climate change? And what does government need to do to support green business and finance?
With the UK set to continue to play a leading role on green finance, our panel discussed discuss how it can accelerate progress after COP26:


Sarah Breeden, Executive Director, Financial Stability Strategy at the Bank of England


Anthony Browne MP, member of the Treasury Committee


Maria Lombardo, Head of ESG Advisory Sustainable Finance at Standard Chartered Bank


Kuangyi Wei, Director, Risk &amp; Regulatory Strategy, UKI at Accenture

The event was chaired by Tom Sasse, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGnetzero
We would like to thank Accenture for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>COP26 highlighted the critical role business and finance will play in driving the transition to a net zero economy. Businesses made new net zero commitments; regulators discussed how to tighten scrutiny of those commitments; and policy makers announced plans to mandate the publication of climate-related risks to business.</p><p>So how can finance best help the transition to net zero? What can be done to prevent ‘greenwashing’ and build trust in businesses’ commitment to tackling climate change? And what does government need to do to support green business and finance?</p><p>With the UK set to continue to play a leading role on green finance, our panel discussed discuss how it can accelerate progress after COP26:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sarah Breeden</strong>, Executive Director, Financial Stability Strategy at the Bank of England</li>
<li>
<strong>Anthony Browne MP</strong>, member of the Treasury Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Maria Lombardo</strong>, Head of ESG Advisory Sustainable Finance at Standard Chartered Bank</li>
<li>
<strong>Kuangyi Wei</strong>, Director, Risk &amp; Regulatory Strategy, UKI at Accenture</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Tom Sasse</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><strong>#IfGnetzero</strong></p><p><em>We would like to thank Accenture for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3834</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0e4b6888-af6d-11ec-9934-8747acce4210]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO7160553675.mp3?updated=1648564646" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Tracy Brabin, Mayor of West Yorkshire</title>
      <description>As part of a special series of events on devolution and levelling up, featuring local leaders from across England, the Institute for Government was delighted to be joined by Tracy Brabin, Mayor of West Yorkshire and leader of the West Yorkshire Combined Authority.
After just under a year in office, Tracy Brabin discussed her role as mayor, working with the UK government to make levelling up a reality in West Yorkshire, and how she would like to see the powers of mayors evolve.
Tracy Brabin was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
This event was broadcast live from Leeds in front of an invited audience. There was an opportunity to put questions to the mayor from both the online and in-person audience.
Tracy Brabin was elected as MP for Batley and Spen in October 2016. She was appointed Shadow Minister for Early Years in 2017; Shadow Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport in January 2020 and Shadow Minister for Cultural Industries in April 2020. She was elected as the first Mayor of West Yorkshire in May 2021, at which point she was required to step down as MP.
#IfGdevo
We would like to thank Manchester Airports Group for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Mar 2022 15:30:35 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>162</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As part of a special series of events on devolution and levelling up, featuring local leaders from across England, the Institute for Government was delighted to be joined by Tracy Brabin, Mayor of West Yorkshire and leader of the West Yorkshire Combined Authority.
After just under a year in office, Tracy Brabin discussed her role as mayor, working with the UK government to make levelling up a reality in West Yorkshire, and how she would like to see the powers of mayors evolve.
Tracy Brabin was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
This event was broadcast live from Leeds in front of an invited audience. There was an opportunity to put questions to the mayor from both the online and in-person audience.
Tracy Brabin was elected as MP for Batley and Spen in October 2016. She was appointed Shadow Minister for Early Years in 2017; Shadow Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport in January 2020 and Shadow Minister for Cultural Industries in April 2020. She was elected as the first Mayor of West Yorkshire in May 2021, at which point she was required to step down as MP.
#IfGdevo
We would like to thank Manchester Airports Group for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As part of a special series of events on devolution and levelling up, featuring local leaders from across England, the Institute for Government was delighted to be joined by T<strong>racy Brabin</strong>, Mayor of West Yorkshire and leader of the West Yorkshire Combined Authority.</p><p>After just under a year in office, Tracy Brabin discussed her role as mayor, working with the UK government to make levelling up a reality in West Yorkshire, and how she would like to see the powers of mayors evolve.</p><p>Tracy Brabin was in conversation with <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p>This event was broadcast live from Leeds in front of an invited audience. There was an opportunity to put questions to the mayor from both the online and in-person audience.</p><p><em>Tracy Brabin was elected as MP for Batley and Spen in October 2016. She was appointed Shadow Minister for Early Years in 2017; Shadow Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport in January 2020 and Shadow Minister for Cultural Industries in April 2020. She was elected as the first Mayor of West Yorkshire in May 2021, at which point she was required to step down as MP.</em></p><p><strong>#IfGdevo</strong></p><p><em>We would like to thank Manchester Airports Group for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3735</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5b2e40e0-a544-11ec-ad3f-0f09702fa177]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO7489370573.mp3?updated=1647447655" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>One year on: what next for the Northern Ireland protocol?</title>
      <description>The future of the protocol on Ireland/Northern Ireland remains uncertain, a year after it came fully into force. The arrangements continue to be a major source of tension in the post-Brexit UK-EU relationship and within Northern Ireland, with the first minister citing the DUP’s objections to the protocol for his recent resignation. The ongoing uncertainty around the protocol is having a real impact on business and society. And with the May 2022 elections to the Northern Ireland assembly approaching and a question mark over Stormont’s future, the UK and the EU are under pressure to reach agreement on the future of the protocol.
What lessons are there from the protocol’s first year? Why does the protocol continue to be a source of tension in the UK-EU relationship and such a divisive issue in Northern Ireland? Are attitudes changing? Where are the sticking points, and where is the protocol working well? What challenges are coming down the track and where can compromise be found?
Set against the results of new polling from Queen’s University Belfast, this event explored what people in Northern Ireland think of the protocol, the challenges that the UK and the EU face in managing the protocol and its consequences in the long term, and how people from Northern Ireland can be involved in the effective governance of the protocol’s implementation.
Panel:


Professor Katy Hayward, Professor of Political Sociology, Queen’s University Belfast and Senior Fellow at UK in a Changing Europe


Professor David Phinnemore, Professor of European Politics at Queen’s University Belfast


Raoul Ruparel, former Special Adviser to Theresa May on Europe


Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrexit
We would like to thank Queen's University Belfast and the Economic and Social Research Council for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Mar 2022 12:23:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>161</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The future of the protocol on Ireland/Northern Ireland remains uncertain, a year after it came fully into force. The arrangements continue to be a major source of tension in the post-Brexit UK-EU relationship and within Northern Ireland, with the first minister citing the DUP’s objections to the protocol for his recent resignation. The ongoing uncertainty around the protocol is having a real impact on business and society. And with the May 2022 elections to the Northern Ireland assembly approaching and a question mark over Stormont’s future, the UK and the EU are under pressure to reach agreement on the future of the protocol.
What lessons are there from the protocol’s first year? Why does the protocol continue to be a source of tension in the UK-EU relationship and such a divisive issue in Northern Ireland? Are attitudes changing? Where are the sticking points, and where is the protocol working well? What challenges are coming down the track and where can compromise be found?
Set against the results of new polling from Queen’s University Belfast, this event explored what people in Northern Ireland think of the protocol, the challenges that the UK and the EU face in managing the protocol and its consequences in the long term, and how people from Northern Ireland can be involved in the effective governance of the protocol’s implementation.
Panel:


Professor Katy Hayward, Professor of Political Sociology, Queen’s University Belfast and Senior Fellow at UK in a Changing Europe


Professor David Phinnemore, Professor of European Politics at Queen’s University Belfast


Raoul Ruparel, former Special Adviser to Theresa May on Europe


Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrexit
We would like to thank Queen's University Belfast and the Economic and Social Research Council for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The future of the protocol on Ireland/Northern Ireland remains uncertain, a year after it came fully into force. The arrangements continue to be a major source of tension in the post-Brexit UK-EU relationship and within Northern Ireland, with the first minister citing the DUP’s objections to the protocol for his recent resignation. The ongoing uncertainty around the protocol is having a real impact on business and society. And with the May 2022 elections to the Northern Ireland assembly approaching and a question mark over Stormont’s future, the UK and the EU are under pressure to reach agreement on the future of the protocol.</p><p>What lessons are there from the protocol’s first year? Why does the protocol continue to be a source of tension in the UK-EU relationship and such a divisive issue in Northern Ireland? Are attitudes changing? Where are the sticking points, and where is the protocol working well? What challenges are coming down the track and where can compromise be found?</p><p>Set against the results of new polling from Queen’s University Belfast, this event explored what people in Northern Ireland think of the protocol, the challenges that the UK and the EU face in managing the protocol and its consequences in the long term, and how people from Northern Ireland can be involved in the effective governance of the protocol’s implementation.</p><p>Panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Professor Katy Hayward</strong>, Professor of Political Sociology, Queen’s University Belfast and Senior Fellow at UK in a Changing Europe</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor David Phinnemore</strong>, Professor of European Politics at Queen’s University Belfast</li>
<li>
<strong>Raoul Ruparel</strong>, former Special Adviser to Theresa May on Europe</li>
<li>
<strong>Jess Sargeant</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p>This event was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGBrexit?src=hashtag_click">#IfGBrexit</a></p><p><em>We would like to thank Queen's University Belfast and the Economic and Social Research Council for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3812</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2f550480-9af0-11ec-bb28-d308d1028274]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9173696225.mp3?updated=1646311992" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How has Covid-19 changed the way government works? Whitehall Monitor 2022 report launch</title>
      <description>The Institute for Government recently published the ninth edition of our annual Whitehall Monitor report on the government’s size, shape and performance.
This report launch explored what Whitehall Monitor 2022 reveals about the way the pandemic has changed how the government works and how the Covid-19 response will sit alongside ministers’ wider agenda for the second half of the parliament.
How has the Omicron variant complicated the government's attempts to move away from crisis management mode? What will increases to departmental spending mean for pandemic backlogs? And what do civil service staff cuts mean for government capability - including its ambitions for civil service reform?
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Matthew Holehouse, British political correspondent at The Economist



Charlotte Pickles, Director of Reform


Dame Glenys Stacey, Chair of the Office for Environmental Protection


William Wragg MP, Chair of the Public Administration and Constitutional Affairs Select Committee

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
There was a short presentation of the key findings from the report at the start of the event.
#IfGWM22
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Mar 2022 11:10:54 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>161</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government recently published the ninth edition of our annual Whitehall Monitor report on the government’s size, shape and performance.
This report launch explored what Whitehall Monitor 2022 reveals about the way the pandemic has changed how the government works and how the Covid-19 response will sit alongside ministers’ wider agenda for the second half of the parliament.
How has the Omicron variant complicated the government's attempts to move away from crisis management mode? What will increases to departmental spending mean for pandemic backlogs? And what do civil service staff cuts mean for government capability - including its ambitions for civil service reform?
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Matthew Holehouse, British political correspondent at The Economist



Charlotte Pickles, Director of Reform


Dame Glenys Stacey, Chair of the Office for Environmental Protection


William Wragg MP, Chair of the Public Administration and Constitutional Affairs Select Committee

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
There was a short presentation of the key findings from the report at the start of the event.
#IfGWM22
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government recently published the ninth edition of our annual Whitehall Monitor report on the government’s size, shape and performance.</p><p>This report launch explored what <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/whitehall-monitor-2022"><em>Whitehall Monitor 2022</em></a> reveals about the way the pandemic has changed how the government works and how the Covid-19 response will sit alongside ministers’ wider agenda for the second half of the parliament.</p><p>How has the Omicron variant complicated the government's attempts to move away from crisis management mode? What will increases to departmental spending mean for pandemic backlogs? And what do civil service staff cuts mean for government capability - including its ambitions for civil service reform?</p><p>On our panel to discuss these issues were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Matthew Holehouse</strong>, British political correspondent at <em>The Economist</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Charlotte Pickles</strong>, Director of Reform</li>
<li>
<strong>Dame Glenys Stacey</strong>, Chair of the Office for Environmental Protection</li>
<li>
<strong>William Wragg MP</strong>, Chair of the Public Administration and Constitutional Affairs Select Committee</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p>There was a short presentation of the key findings from the report at the start of the event.</p><p><strong>#IfGWM22</strong></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3601</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[89b4f084-9a1e-11ec-9ca7-4775c099e831]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6543994119.mp3?updated=1646221949" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Department for Education: can it respond to post-pandemic challenges?</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/</link>
      <description>The Department for Education’s Covid response has been widely criticised, with schools closing and reopening with little warning and many pupils adapting to remote learning. And now DfE faces a fresh set of challenges – from ‘levelling up’ educational opportunities to ensuring everyone has a better start in life by improving early education and childcare.
But does DfE have the capacity to meet education’s challenges in the post-pandemic world? How has academisation changed the role of the department? Does it have the capacity to improve the system? And does the department devote enough time to long-term challenges?
On our panel to discuss these questions:


Justine Greening, former Secretary of State for Education


Anne Longfield, former Children’s Commissioner for England


Jonathan Slater, former Permanent Secretary for the Department for Education


Rachel Sylvester, Political columnist at The Times



The event is chaired by Sam Freedman, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGeducation
We would like to thank edpol.net and the Foundation for Education Development (FED) for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Feb 2022 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>157</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Department for Education’s Covid response has been widely criticised, with schools closing and reopening with little warning and many pupils adapting to remote learning. And now DfE faces a fresh set of challenges – from ‘levelling up’ educational opportunities to ensuring everyone has a better start in life by improving early education and childcare.
But does DfE have the capacity to meet education’s challenges in the post-pandemic world? How has academisation changed the role of the department? Does it have the capacity to improve the system? And does the department devote enough time to long-term challenges?
On our panel to discuss these questions:


Justine Greening, former Secretary of State for Education


Anne Longfield, former Children’s Commissioner for England


Jonathan Slater, former Permanent Secretary for the Department for Education


Rachel Sylvester, Political columnist at The Times



The event is chaired by Sam Freedman, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGeducation
We would like to thank edpol.net and the Foundation for Education Development (FED) for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Department for Education’s Covid response has been widely criticised, with schools closing and reopening with little warning and many pupils adapting to remote learning. And now DfE faces a fresh set of challenges – from ‘levelling up’ educational opportunities to ensuring everyone has a better start in life by improving early education and childcare.</p><p>But does DfE have the capacity to meet education’s challenges in the post-pandemic world? How has academisation changed the role of the department? Does it have the capacity to improve the system? And does the department devote enough time to long-term challenges?</p><p>On our panel to discuss these questions:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Justine Greening</strong>, former Secretary of State for Education</li>
<li>
<strong>Anne Longfield</strong>, former Children’s Commissioner for England</li>
<li>
<strong>Jonathan Slater</strong>, former Permanent Secretary for the Department for Education</li>
<li>
<strong>Rachel Sylvester</strong>, Political columnist at <em>The Times</em>
</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>The event is chaired by <strong>Sam Freedman</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23IfGeducation&amp;src=typed_query&amp;f=top">#IfGeducation</a></p><p><em>We would like to thank </em><a href="http://edpol.net"><em>edpol.net</em></a><em> and the Foundation for Education Development (FED) for supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3562</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e6af26e0-8a99-11ec-9f3f-379ae3b685d7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4594421497.mp3?updated=1644515714" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Resignations and resets – Boris Johnson’s new No. 10</title>
      <description>Boris Johnson’s latest reset of 10 Downing Street kicked off in dramatic fashion last week with the announcement that four of his senior advisers were quitting – followed by the news that some familiar faces were coming in to save the day.
But with a new Chief of Staff, Director of Comms, Head of Policy, and Permanent Secretary, exactly how new is the new-look No.10? Can a change of staff save a Prime Minister? Can a ministerial Chief of Staff avoid competing with the Prime Minister? And how do the trials and tribulations of Johnson’s No10 compare with the experiences of those who worked there before?
This special edition dives into the organisation idiosyncrasies of No.10 and the confusing mix of roles that support the PM, and asks whether Johnson’s reset will make a difference.  Catherine Haddon presents, with the IfG’s Alex Thomas and guests Gavin Barwell, formerly Chief of Staff to Theresa May, and Kate Fall, who worked in No.10 as David Cameron’s deputy chief of staff.
Audio production by Candice McKenzie
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Feb 2022 14:59:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>157</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Boris Johnson’s latest reset of 10 Downing Street kicked off in dramatic fashion last week with the announcement that four of his senior advisers were quitting – followed by the news that some familiar faces were coming in to save the day.
But with a new Chief of Staff, Director of Comms, Head of Policy, and Permanent Secretary, exactly how new is the new-look No.10? Can a change of staff save a Prime Minister? Can a ministerial Chief of Staff avoid competing with the Prime Minister? And how do the trials and tribulations of Johnson’s No10 compare with the experiences of those who worked there before?
This special edition dives into the organisation idiosyncrasies of No.10 and the confusing mix of roles that support the PM, and asks whether Johnson’s reset will make a difference.  Catherine Haddon presents, with the IfG’s Alex Thomas and guests Gavin Barwell, formerly Chief of Staff to Theresa May, and Kate Fall, who worked in No.10 as David Cameron’s deputy chief of staff.
Audio production by Candice McKenzie
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Boris Johnson’s latest reset of 10 Downing Street kicked off in dramatic fashion last week with the announcement that four of his senior advisers were quitting – followed by the news that some familiar faces were coming in to save the day.</p><p>But with a new Chief of Staff, Director of Comms, Head of Policy, and Permanent Secretary, exactly how new is the new-look No.10? Can a change of staff save a Prime Minister? Can a ministerial Chief of Staff avoid <em>competing</em> with the Prime Minister? And how do the trials and tribulations of Johnson’s No10 compare with the experiences of those who worked there before?</p><p>This special edition dives into the organisation idiosyncrasies of No.10 and the confusing mix of roles that support the PM, and asks whether Johnson’s reset will make a difference.  <strong>Catherine Haddon</strong> presents, with the IfG’s <strong>Alex Thomas</strong> and guests <strong>Gavin Barwell</strong>, formerly Chief of Staff to Theresa May, and <strong>Kate Fall,</strong> who worked in No.10 as David Cameron’s deputy chief of staff.</p><p><strong><em>Audio production by Candice McKenzie</em></strong></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2588</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b2c176b4-8b4b-11ec-85b9-6b4732762795]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4123911475.mp3?updated=1644601555" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The UK Constitution: reform, reject or reinvigorate?</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/</link>
      <description>Institute for Government/Bennett Institute Review of the UK Constitution launch event. From Supreme Court interventions to accusations of ‘dead parliaments’, from the Brexit impact to the pandemic response, a tumultuous period in British politics has put the UK constitution under huge strain and undermined public faith in how the UK is governed.
Calls for change have come from all sides. Should the UK’s constitution be codified? Does parliament have enough power to hold the Government to account? Are the courts going too far in diluting government power? Does the role of the House of Lords and the monarchy need rethinking? Is devolution working – and do we need more of it? How do governments deal with the public and can trust be restored?
While the last five years have brought the Constitution’s sustainability into question, they have also created a real opportunity to reinvigorate UK democracy, restore trust in the political system and improve the way that government works. But without a clear vision for the future, the UK risks yet more constitutional confusion and conflict.
Over the next 18 months, the Institute for Government and the Bennett Institute of Public Policy at the University of Cambridge, backed by a distinguished advisory panel, will undertake an impartial, non-partisan review of the constitution before setting out recommendations for change for this and future governments to follow. This event launched this major joint project, exploring how well the UK constitution is working and the problems that now need to be addressed.
On the panel to discuss the UK constitution and the problems faced, were:


Dr Halima Begum, Chief Executive of the Runnymede Trust


The Rt Hon Robert Buckland QC, former Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Justice; current Member of Parliament for South Swindon


Professor Ciaran Martin, former Chief Executive of the National Cyber Security Centre; now Professor of Practice in the Management of Public Organisations at Blavatnik School of Government, Oxford University


Baroness Smith of Basildon, Shadow Leader of the House of Lords

This event is chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government. Professor Michael Kenny, Director of the Bennett Institute for Public Policy at the University of Cambridge, provided some opening remarks on the review.
#IfGBennettInst
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Feb 2022 17:42:59 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>156</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Institute for Government/Bennett Institute Review of the UK Constitution launch event. From Supreme Court interventions to accusations of ‘dead parliaments’, from the Brexit impact to the pandemic response, a tumultuous period in British politics has put the UK constitution under huge strain and undermined public faith in how the UK is governed.
Calls for change have come from all sides. Should the UK’s constitution be codified? Does parliament have enough power to hold the Government to account? Are the courts going too far in diluting government power? Does the role of the House of Lords and the monarchy need rethinking? Is devolution working – and do we need more of it? How do governments deal with the public and can trust be restored?
While the last five years have brought the Constitution’s sustainability into question, they have also created a real opportunity to reinvigorate UK democracy, restore trust in the political system and improve the way that government works. But without a clear vision for the future, the UK risks yet more constitutional confusion and conflict.
Over the next 18 months, the Institute for Government and the Bennett Institute of Public Policy at the University of Cambridge, backed by a distinguished advisory panel, will undertake an impartial, non-partisan review of the constitution before setting out recommendations for change for this and future governments to follow. This event launched this major joint project, exploring how well the UK constitution is working and the problems that now need to be addressed.
On the panel to discuss the UK constitution and the problems faced, were:


Dr Halima Begum, Chief Executive of the Runnymede Trust


The Rt Hon Robert Buckland QC, former Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Justice; current Member of Parliament for South Swindon


Professor Ciaran Martin, former Chief Executive of the National Cyber Security Centre; now Professor of Practice in the Management of Public Organisations at Blavatnik School of Government, Oxford University


Baroness Smith of Basildon, Shadow Leader of the House of Lords

This event is chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government. Professor Michael Kenny, Director of the Bennett Institute for Public Policy at the University of Cambridge, provided some opening remarks on the review.
#IfGBennettInst
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Institute for Government/Bennett Institute Review of the UK Constitution launch event. </strong>From Supreme Court interventions to accusations of ‘dead parliaments’, from the Brexit impact to the pandemic response, a tumultuous period in British politics has put the UK constitution under huge strain and undermined public faith in how the UK is governed.</p><p>Calls for change have come from all sides. Should the UK’s constitution be codified? Does parliament have enough power to hold the Government to account? Are the courts going too far in diluting government power? Does the role of the House of Lords and the monarchy need rethinking? Is devolution working – and do we need more of it? How do governments deal with the public and can trust be restored?</p><p>While the last five years have brought the Constitution’s sustainability into question, they have also created a real opportunity to reinvigorate UK democracy, restore trust in the political system and improve the way that government works. But without a clear vision for the future, the UK risks yet more constitutional confusion and conflict.</p><p>Over the next 18 months, the Institute for Government and the Bennett Institute of Public Policy at the University of Cambridge, backed by a distinguished advisory panel, will undertake an impartial, non-partisan review of the constitution before setting out recommendations for change for this and future governments to follow. This event launched this major joint project, exploring how well the UK constitution is working and the problems that now need to be addressed.</p><p>On the panel to discuss the UK constitution and the problems faced, were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Dr Halima Begum</strong>, Chief Executive of the Runnymede Trust</li>
<li>
<strong>The Rt Hon Robert Buckland QC</strong>, former Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Justice; current Member of Parliament for South Swindon</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Ciaran Martin</strong>, former Chief Executive of the National Cyber Security Centre; now Professor of Practice in the Management of Public Organisations at Blavatnik School of Government, Oxford University</li>
<li>
<strong>Baroness Smith of Basildon</strong>, Shadow Leader of the House of Lords</li>
</ul><p>This event is chaired by <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government. <strong>Professor Michael Kenny</strong>, Director of the Bennett Institute for Public Policy at the University of Cambridge, provided some opening remarks on the review.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGBennettInst?src=hashtag_click">#IfGBennettInst</a></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3495</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e78472b0-8a98-11ec-8136-df7d2f005690]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5241620590.mp3?updated=1644515286" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can government work with the private sector to help levelling up?</title>
      <description>The long-awaited government white paper on levelling up is due to be published in early 2022, but the government alone cannot pay for the policies needed to help the UK’s left-behind areas.
So what can ministers do to involve the private sector in shaping and delivering the levelling up agenda? What more can be done to unlock greater private sector investment? How can private investment deliver social as well as economic impact? What lessons can be drawn from previous public-private partnerships to deliver major infrastructure improvements?
To discuss these questions, the IfG was delighted to host an expert panel including:


Kevin Hollinrake MP, Co-Chair of the All-Party Parliamentary Group on Fair Business Banking and member of the House of Commons Treasury Select Committee


Stephen Muers, Chief Executive Officer at Big Society Capital


Sara Williams, CEO of the Staffordshire Chambers of Commerce


John Wrathmell, Director, Strategy, Research and Economy at the Greater Manchester Combined Authority.

The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGlevellingup
We would like to thank Big Society Capital for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Feb 2022 12:27:45 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>155</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The long-awaited government white paper on levelling up is due to be published in early 2022, but the government alone cannot pay for the policies needed to help the UK’s left-behind areas.
So what can ministers do to involve the private sector in shaping and delivering the levelling up agenda? What more can be done to unlock greater private sector investment? How can private investment deliver social as well as economic impact? What lessons can be drawn from previous public-private partnerships to deliver major infrastructure improvements?
To discuss these questions, the IfG was delighted to host an expert panel including:


Kevin Hollinrake MP, Co-Chair of the All-Party Parliamentary Group on Fair Business Banking and member of the House of Commons Treasury Select Committee


Stephen Muers, Chief Executive Officer at Big Society Capital


Sara Williams, CEO of the Staffordshire Chambers of Commerce


John Wrathmell, Director, Strategy, Research and Economy at the Greater Manchester Combined Authority.

The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGlevellingup
We would like to thank Big Society Capital for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The long-awaited government white paper on levelling up is due to be published in early 2022, but the government alone cannot pay for the policies needed to help the UK’s left-behind areas.</p><p>So what can ministers do to involve the private sector in shaping and delivering the levelling up agenda? What more can be done to unlock greater private sector investment? How can private investment deliver social as well as economic impact? What lessons can be drawn from previous public-private partnerships to deliver major infrastructure improvements?</p><p>To discuss these questions, the IfG was delighted to host an expert panel including:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Kevin Hollinrake MP</strong>, Co-Chair of the All-Party Parliamentary Group on Fair Business Banking and member of the House of Commons Treasury Select Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Stephen Muers</strong>, Chief Executive Officer at Big Society Capital</li>
<li>
<strong>Sara Williams</strong>, CEO of the Staffordshire Chambers of Commerce</li>
<li>
<strong>John Wrathmell</strong>, Director, Strategy, Research and Economy at the Greater Manchester Combined Authority.</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGlevellingup?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGlevellingup</strong></a></p><p><em>We would like to thank Big Society Capital for supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3648</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5c237324-85b6-11ec-b692-47a459a9296b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5226200940.mp3?updated=1643978182" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Will the Subsidy Control Bill make the UK's new state aid regime a Brexit success?</title>
      <description>The government's Subsidy Control Bill sets out how the UK will replace EU state aid rules, but will this deliver a post-Brexit dividend, and how will the UK's system change how subsidies are offered?
With the bill having passed through the House of Commons and set to be scrutinised in the House of Lords, this Institute for Government panel explored the opportunities – and risks – of setting up a bespoke post-Brexit state aid regime.
While leaving the EU allows the UK's system to focus domestic concerns and government priorities like reaching net zero, a poorly designed system could mean poor regulation of subsidies and creating legal uncertainty.
Will the new system provide the additional flexibility, freedom and certainty that the government has promised – or is it a recipe for confusion? And as the legislation is scrutinised in parliament, how can it be improved to ensure it delivers for UK governments, public bodies and businesses?
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Peter Foster, Public Policy Editor at the Financial Times



George Peretz QC, Barrister at Monckton Chambers


Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government


Rahat Siddique, Economist at the Confederation of British Industry

The event began with a short presentation by Thomas Pope, summarising the new system and presenting initial conclusions on its effectiveness.
The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGstateaid
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jan 2022 17:33:48 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>154</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government's Subsidy Control Bill sets out how the UK will replace EU state aid rules, but will this deliver a post-Brexit dividend, and how will the UK's system change how subsidies are offered?
With the bill having passed through the House of Commons and set to be scrutinised in the House of Lords, this Institute for Government panel explored the opportunities – and risks – of setting up a bespoke post-Brexit state aid regime.
While leaving the EU allows the UK's system to focus domestic concerns and government priorities like reaching net zero, a poorly designed system could mean poor regulation of subsidies and creating legal uncertainty.
Will the new system provide the additional flexibility, freedom and certainty that the government has promised – or is it a recipe for confusion? And as the legislation is scrutinised in parliament, how can it be improved to ensure it delivers for UK governments, public bodies and businesses?
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Peter Foster, Public Policy Editor at the Financial Times



George Peretz QC, Barrister at Monckton Chambers


Thomas Pope, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government


Rahat Siddique, Economist at the Confederation of British Industry

The event began with a short presentation by Thomas Pope, summarising the new system and presenting initial conclusions on its effectiveness.
The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGstateaid
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government's Subsidy Control Bill sets out how the UK will <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/taking-back-control-subsidies">replace EU state aid rules</a>, but will this deliver a post-Brexit dividend, and how will the UK's system change how subsidies are offered?</p><p>With the bill having passed through the House of Commons and set to be scrutinised in the House of Lords, this Institute for Government panel explored the opportunities – and risks – of setting up a bespoke post-Brexit state aid regime.</p><p>While leaving the EU allows the UK's system to focus domestic concerns and government priorities like reaching net zero, a poorly designed system could mean poor regulation of subsidies and creating legal uncertainty.</p><p>Will the new system provide the additional flexibility, freedom and certainty that the government has promised – or is it a recipe for confusion? And as the legislation is scrutinised in parliament, how can it be improved to ensure it delivers for UK governments, public bodies and businesses?</p><p>On our panel to discuss these issues were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Peter Foster</strong>, Public Policy Editor at the <em>Financial Times</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>George Peretz QC</strong>, Barrister at Monckton Chambers</li>
<li>
<strong>Thomas Pope</strong>, Deputy Chief Economist at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Rahat Siddique</strong>, Economist at the Confederation of British Industry</li>
</ul><p>The event began with a short presentation by Thomas Pope, summarising the new system and presenting initial conclusions on its effectiveness.</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p><strong>#IfGstateaid</strong></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3743</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5833f972-7950-11ec-81fc-c3b72a6e706b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8829208497.mp3?updated=1642614953" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Last Brexmas, I gave you my deal</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/</link>
      <description>Nearly a year on from the end of the Brexit transition period, Jill Rutter, James Kane, Jess Sargeant and Joe Marshall from the IfG’s Brexit team plus UK in a Changing Europe’s Professor Anand Menon look back at how the UK is adjusting to life outside the EU and what to look out for in the UK-EU relationship in the year ahead. The Northern Ireland Protocol, Anglo-French fishing disputes, the Brexit opportunities agenda and the UK’s post-Brexit trade deals are just some of the items on the festive menu in this special joint podcast between the Institute for Government and the UK in a Changing Europe.
Audio Production by Candice McKenzie
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Dec 2021 12:46:08 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>153</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>How is the UK is adjusting to life outside the EU? With Professor Anand Menon of UK in a Changing Europe</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Nearly a year on from the end of the Brexit transition period, Jill Rutter, James Kane, Jess Sargeant and Joe Marshall from the IfG’s Brexit team plus UK in a Changing Europe’s Professor Anand Menon look back at how the UK is adjusting to life outside the EU and what to look out for in the UK-EU relationship in the year ahead. The Northern Ireland Protocol, Anglo-French fishing disputes, the Brexit opportunities agenda and the UK’s post-Brexit trade deals are just some of the items on the festive menu in this special joint podcast between the Institute for Government and the UK in a Changing Europe.
Audio Production by Candice McKenzie
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Nearly a year on from the end of the Brexit transition period, <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, <strong>James Kane</strong>, <strong>Jess Sargeant</strong> and <strong>Joe Marshall</strong> from the IfG’s Brexit team plus <a href="https://ukandeu.ac.uk/">UK in a Changing Europe</a>’s <strong>Professor Anand Menon</strong> look back at how the UK is adjusting to life outside the EU and what to look out for in the UK-EU relationship in the year ahead. The Northern Ireland Protocol, Anglo-French fishing disputes, the Brexit opportunities agenda and the UK’s post-Brexit trade deals are just some of the items on the festive menu in this special joint podcast between the Institute for Government and the UK in a Changing Europe.</p><p><strong><em>Audio Production by Candice McKenzie</em></strong></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2884</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b68c410e-5dae-11ec-b697-43ac2bc2a77a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO7328325847.mp3?updated=1639576851" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can Boris Johnson's government deliver its priorities?</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/</link>
      <description>Two years ago, Boris Johnson was elected on a promise to ‘get Brexit done’ and ‘level up’ the UK. Then Covid-19 struck and dominated government time, energy and resources. But with the worst of the crisis now passed, and with the UK having left the EU, where will ministers turn their attention in the second half of the parliament – and is the Government well set up to deliver its priorities?
Is Brexit really ‘done’? Do the Government’s ‘net zero’ plans add up? Does more need to be done to support the post-pandemic economic recovery? And how will the Government turn its flagship ‘levelling up’ slogan into reality?
The Institute for Government welcomes the following expert panel to reveal the inner workings of government – and discuss whether Boris Johnson’s administration is well-placed to deliver its manifesto promises:


Kelly Beaver, Chief Executive of Ipsos MORI


Stephen Bush, Political Editor at the New Statesman



Dan Corry, Chief Executive of New Philanthropy Capital and former Head of the No.10 Policy Unit


Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

The event is chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
We would like to thank PA Consulting for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Dec 2021 18:14:52 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Can Boris Johnson's government deliver its priorities?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>152</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Two years ago, Boris Johnson was elected on a promise to ‘get Brexit done’ and ‘level up’ the UK. Then Covid-19 struck and dominated government time, energy and resources. But with the worst of the crisis now passed, and with the UK having left the EU, where will ministers turn their attention in the second half of the parliament – and is the Government well set up to deliver its priorities?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Two years ago, Boris Johnson was elected on a promise to ‘get Brexit done’ and ‘level up’ the UK. Then Covid-19 struck and dominated government time, energy and resources. But with the worst of the crisis now passed, and with the UK having left the EU, where will ministers turn their attention in the second half of the parliament – and is the Government well set up to deliver its priorities?
Is Brexit really ‘done’? Do the Government’s ‘net zero’ plans add up? Does more need to be done to support the post-pandemic economic recovery? And how will the Government turn its flagship ‘levelling up’ slogan into reality?
The Institute for Government welcomes the following expert panel to reveal the inner workings of government – and discuss whether Boris Johnson’s administration is well-placed to deliver its manifesto promises:


Kelly Beaver, Chief Executive of Ipsos MORI


Stephen Bush, Political Editor at the New Statesman



Dan Corry, Chief Executive of New Philanthropy Capital and former Head of the No.10 Policy Unit


Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.

The event is chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
We would like to thank PA Consulting for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Two years ago, Boris Johnson was elected on a promise to ‘get Brexit done’ and ‘level up’ the UK. Then Covid-19 struck and dominated government time, energy and resources. But with the worst of the crisis now passed, and with the UK having left the EU, where will ministers turn their attention in the second half of the parliament – and is the Government well set up to deliver its priorities?</p><p>Is Brexit really ‘done’? Do the Government’s ‘net zero’ plans add up? Does more need to be done to support the post-pandemic economic recovery? And how will the Government turn its flagship ‘levelling up’ slogan into reality?</p><p>The Institute for Government welcomes the following expert panel to reveal the inner workings of government – and discuss whether Boris Johnson’s administration is well-placed to deliver its manifesto promises:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Kelly Beaver</strong>, Chief Executive of Ipsos MORI</li>
<li>
<strong>Stephen Bush</strong>, Political Editor at the <em>New Statesman</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Dan Corry</strong>, Chief Executive of New Philanthropy Capital and former Head of the No.10 Policy Unit</li>
<li>
<strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</li>
</ul><p>The event is chaired by <strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><em>We would like to thank PA Consulting for supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3517</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2c0d1800-5c41-11ec-a94d-f32e67584256]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1029834096.mp3?updated=1639419852" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Afghanistan: what did 20 years achieve and what should the UK do now?</title>
      <description>The UK’s two decade-long campaign in Afghanistan ended this summer with the withdrawal of British troops and diplomatic personnel from Kabul. A mission that began with the overthrow of the Taliban ended with the Taliban returning to power.
What did the UK’s 20-year stay in Afghanistan accomplish? Should politicians or the military take the blame for its failures? And how should Afghans and the international community approach the next phase of Taliban rule?
To discuss these questions the Institute for Government is delighted to bring together:


Jack Straw, UK Foreign Secretary (2001–05)


Hasina Safi, Afghanistan's acting Minister for Women (May 2020 – August 2021)


Tobias Ellwood MP, Chair of the Commons Defence Select Committee

The discussion will be chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
#IfGAfghanistan
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Dec 2021 17:48:40 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>151</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The UK’s two decade-long campaign in Afghanistan ended this summer with the withdrawal of British troops and diplomatic personnel from Kabul. A mission that began with the overthrow of the Taliban ended with the Taliban returning to power.
What did the UK’s 20-year stay in Afghanistan accomplish? Should politicians or the military take the blame for its failures? And how should Afghans and the international community approach the next phase of Taliban rule?
To discuss these questions the Institute for Government is delighted to bring together:


Jack Straw, UK Foreign Secretary (2001–05)


Hasina Safi, Afghanistan's acting Minister for Women (May 2020 – August 2021)


Tobias Ellwood MP, Chair of the Commons Defence Select Committee

The discussion will be chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
#IfGAfghanistan
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The UK’s two decade-long campaign in Afghanistan ended this summer with the withdrawal of British troops and diplomatic personnel from Kabul. A mission that began with the overthrow of the Taliban ended with the Taliban returning to power.</p><p>What did the UK’s 20-year stay in Afghanistan accomplish? Should politicians or the military take the blame for its failures? And how should Afghans and the international community approach the next phase of Taliban rule?</p><p>To discuss these questions the Institute for Government is delighted to bring together:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Jack Straw</strong>, UK Foreign Secretary (2001–05)</li>
<li>
<strong>Hasina Safi</strong>, Afghanistan's acting Minister for Women (May 2020 – August 2021)</li>
<li>
<strong>Tobias Ellwood MP</strong>, Chair of the Commons Defence Select Committee</li>
</ul><p>The discussion will be chaired by <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGAfghanistan?src=hashtag_click">#IfGAfghanistan</a></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4006</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[611a72fc-59e1-11ec-a99d-07ea8f56c94d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6042870335.mp3?updated=1639158807" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can UK trade policy be made greener?</title>
      <description>Having introduced a legally binding target to achieve net zero by 2050 and with the Environment Act – designed to enforce UK environmental standards – now on the statute book, the UK government is proud of its green achievements. But does the UK’s post-Brexit independent trade policy live up to its domestic environmental commitments?
Earlier this year the UK agreed to omit references to temperature goals committed to in the Paris Agreement in order to secure a free trade agreement with Australia – an agreement which, on the government’s own analysis, will result in increased use of scarce natural resources and increased waste. So does the UK need to do more to position its environmental goals at the heart of its trade policy or would this hinder the UK’s ability to strike deals across the globe? Can trade policy help deliver positive gains for the environment? And should the UK government set out an overarching trade policy to bring consistency and coherence to its trade deals?
To answer these questions, and to explore what goals UK trade policy is – or ought to be – serving, the Institute for Government was delighted to bring together an expert panel including:


Sir Martin Donnelly, former Permanent Secretary for the Department for International Trade (DIT) and for the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills (now BEIS)


Dmitry Grozoubinski, Director of ExplainTrade


Anna Sands, Trade Policy Specialist at WWF UK


Chris Southworth, Secretary General of the International Chamber of Commerce

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGTrade
We would like to thank WWF UK for supporting this event.
 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Dec 2021 17:34:35 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>153</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Having introduced a legally binding target to achieve net zero by 2050 and with the Environment Act – designed to enforce UK environmental standards – now on the statute book, the UK government is proud of its green achievements. But does the UK’s post-Brexit independent trade policy live up to its domestic environmental commitments?
Earlier this year the UK agreed to omit references to temperature goals committed to in the Paris Agreement in order to secure a free trade agreement with Australia – an agreement which, on the government’s own analysis, will result in increased use of scarce natural resources and increased waste. So does the UK need to do more to position its environmental goals at the heart of its trade policy or would this hinder the UK’s ability to strike deals across the globe? Can trade policy help deliver positive gains for the environment? And should the UK government set out an overarching trade policy to bring consistency and coherence to its trade deals?
To answer these questions, and to explore what goals UK trade policy is – or ought to be – serving, the Institute for Government was delighted to bring together an expert panel including:


Sir Martin Donnelly, former Permanent Secretary for the Department for International Trade (DIT) and for the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills (now BEIS)


Dmitry Grozoubinski, Director of ExplainTrade


Anna Sands, Trade Policy Specialist at WWF UK


Chris Southworth, Secretary General of the International Chamber of Commerce

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGTrade
We would like to thank WWF UK for supporting this event.
 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Having introduced a legally binding target to achieve <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/net-zero">net zero</a> by 2050 and with the Environment Act – designed to enforce UK environmental standards – now on the statute book, the UK government is proud of its green achievements. But does the UK’s post-Brexit independent trade policy live up to its domestic environmental commitments?</p><p>Earlier this year the UK agreed to omit references to temperature goals committed to in the Paris Agreement in order to secure a free trade agreement with Australia – an agreement which, on the government’s own analysis, will result in increased use of scarce natural resources and increased waste. So does the UK need to do more to position its environmental goals at the heart of its trade policy or would this hinder the UK’s ability to strike deals across the globe? Can trade policy help deliver positive gains for the environment? And should the UK government set out an overarching trade policy to bring consistency and coherence to its trade deals?</p><p>To answer these questions, and to explore what goals UK trade policy is – or ought to be – serving, the Institute for Government was delighted to bring together an expert panel including:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sir Martin Donnelly, </strong>former Permanent Secretary for the Department for International Trade (DIT) and for the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills (now BEIS)</li>
<li>
<strong>Dmitry Grozoubinski, </strong>Director of ExplainTrade</li>
<li>
<strong>Anna Sands, </strong>Trade Policy Specialist at WWF UK</li>
<li>
<strong>Chris Southworth, </strong>Secretary General of the International Chamber of Commerce</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGTrade?src=hashtag_click">#IfGTrade</a></p><p><em>We would like to thank WWF UK for supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3699</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[45649824-59e3-11ec-97e3-f3466d015391]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3810071627.mp3?updated=1639159620" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with John Pullinger, Chair of the Electoral Commission</title>
      <description>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome John Pullinger, Chair of the Electoral Commission, who was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
With voter ID, political party funding, and the abuse of candidates all in the spotlight, is enough being done to inspire the confidence of voters, parties and politicians in the electoral system?
More than six months after becoming Chair of the Electoral Commission, John Pullinger discussed the challenges facing UK democracy and some of the changes voters might see in the months ahead. 
This in conversation event also explored issues relating to John Pullinger's previous role as National Statistician.
John Pullinger was appointed Chair of the Electoral Commission in May 2021. Until 2019, he was the UK’s National Statistician and Chief Executive of the UK Statistics Authority. He has served as President of the Royal Statistical Society, Chair of the United Nations Statistical Commission, and Librarian and Director General for Information Services at the House of Commons.
#IfGElections
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Dec 2021 17:34:34 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>152</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome John Pullinger, Chair of the Electoral Commission, who was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
With voter ID, political party funding, and the abuse of candidates all in the spotlight, is enough being done to inspire the confidence of voters, parties and politicians in the electoral system?
More than six months after becoming Chair of the Electoral Commission, John Pullinger discussed the challenges facing UK democracy and some of the changes voters might see in the months ahead. 
This in conversation event also explored issues relating to John Pullinger's previous role as National Statistician.
John Pullinger was appointed Chair of the Electoral Commission in May 2021. Until 2019, he was the UK’s National Statistician and Chief Executive of the UK Statistics Authority. He has served as President of the Royal Statistical Society, Chair of the United Nations Statistical Commission, and Librarian and Director General for Information Services at the House of Commons.
#IfGElections
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>John Pullinger</strong>, Chair of the Electoral Commission, who was in conversation with <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p>With voter ID, political party funding, and the abuse of candidates all in the spotlight, is enough being done to inspire the confidence of voters, parties and politicians in the electoral system?</p><p>More than six months after becoming Chair of the Electoral Commission, John Pullinger discussed the challenges facing UK democracy and some of the changes voters might see in the months ahead. </p><p>This in conversation event also explored issues relating to John Pullinger's previous role as National Statistician.</p><p><em>John Pullinger was appointed Chair of the Electoral Commission in May 2021. Until 2019, he was the UK’s National Statistician and Chief Executive of the UK Statistics Authority. He has served as President of the Royal Statistical Society, Chair of the United Nations Statistical Commission, and Librarian and Director General for Information Services at the House of Commons.</em></p><p><strong>#IfGElections</strong></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2748</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6250169a-59e1-11ec-bf0e-2b203c9b02f4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6807800969.mp3?updated=1639158809" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brexit and immigration: is taking back control helping the UK economy?</title>
      <description>Having 'taken back control’ of the UK border after Brexit, the government has ended free movement of people and introduced a new points-based immigration system.
But 10 months on, the UK labour market is under pressure, with a combination of Covid-19, Brexit, and other structural forces causing widespread shortages of workers.
To what extent has the new immigration regime contributed to these labour problems? Is the UK worse affected than other countries? Will there be longer-term benefits from the new immigration regime? Has Brexit made the UK more or less able to address labour market issues? And how is the government making the most of its new-found control?
To discuss these issues, we were joined by an expert panel:


Seema Farazi, Partner, Financial Services, Immigration and Brexit at EY


Madeleine Sumption, Director of the Migration Observatory


Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


Paul Wilson, Policy Director at the Federation of Small Businesses

The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrexit
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Dec 2021 18:12:32 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>150</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Having 'taken back control’ of the UK border after Brexit, the government has ended free movement of people and introduced a new points-based immigration system.
But 10 months on, the UK labour market is under pressure, with a combination of Covid-19, Brexit, and other structural forces causing widespread shortages of workers.
To what extent has the new immigration regime contributed to these labour problems? Is the UK worse affected than other countries? Will there be longer-term benefits from the new immigration regime? Has Brexit made the UK more or less able to address labour market issues? And how is the government making the most of its new-found control?
To discuss these issues, we were joined by an expert panel:


Seema Farazi, Partner, Financial Services, Immigration and Brexit at EY


Madeleine Sumption, Director of the Migration Observatory


Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


Paul Wilson, Policy Director at the Federation of Small Businesses

The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrexit
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Having 'taken back control’ of the UK border after Brexit, the government has ended free movement of people and introduced a new points-based immigration system.</p><p>But 10 months on, the UK labour market is under pressure, with a combination of Covid-19, Brexit, and other structural forces causing widespread shortages of workers.</p><p>To what extent has the new immigration regime contributed to these labour problems? Is the UK worse affected than other countries? Will there be longer-term benefits from the new immigration regime? Has Brexit made the UK more or less able to address labour market issues? And how is the government making the most of its new-found control?</p><p>To discuss these issues, we were joined by an expert panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Seema Farazi</strong>, Partner, Financial Services, Immigration and Brexit at EY</li>
<li>
<strong>Madeleine Sumption</strong>, Director of the Migration Observatory</li>
<li>
<strong>Giles Wilke</strong>s, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Paul Wilson</strong>, Policy Director at the Federation of Small Businesses</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click">#IfGBrexit</a></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3787</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ab4a8ad8-5789-11ec-a865-a325283386a9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8396843699.mp3?updated=1638901234" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What do we want from our MPs?</title>
      <description>What does it mean to be a member of parliament? What do people expect from their elected representatives? And how much have these expectations changed in recent years?
The row about MPs’ second jobs has triggered a discussion about what MPs are for and what their priorities should be. From representing constituents and dealing with casework to scrutinising government and improving legislation, MPs have many responsibilities.
So how should an MP divide his or her time? How has this changed over recent years? Should MPs be taking on extra paid work outside parliament? And what do constituents ultimately want from their representative?
To discuss these questions and more, the IfG brought together an expert panel:


Tim Bale, Professor of Politics at Queen Mary, University of London


Sir Peter Bottomley, Conservative MP for Worthing West


Ben Lake, Plaid Cymru MP for Ceredigion


Marie Le Conte, political journalist and author

This event was chaired by Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGParliament
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Dec 2021 18:12:32 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>149</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>What does it mean to be a member of parliament? What do people expect from their elected representatives? And how much have these expectations changed in recent years?
The row about MPs’ second jobs has triggered a discussion about what MPs are for and what their priorities should be. From representing constituents and dealing with casework to scrutinising government and improving legislation, MPs have many responsibilities.
So how should an MP divide his or her time? How has this changed over recent years? Should MPs be taking on extra paid work outside parliament? And what do constituents ultimately want from their representative?
To discuss these questions and more, the IfG brought together an expert panel:


Tim Bale, Professor of Politics at Queen Mary, University of London


Sir Peter Bottomley, Conservative MP for Worthing West


Ben Lake, Plaid Cymru MP for Ceredigion


Marie Le Conte, political journalist and author

This event was chaired by Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGParliament
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What does it mean to be a member of parliament? What do people expect from their elected representatives? And how much have these expectations changed in recent years?</p><p>The <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/mp-second-jobs">row about MPs’ second jobs</a> has triggered a discussion about what MPs are for and what their priorities should be. From representing constituents and dealing with casework to scrutinising government and improving legislation, MPs have many responsibilities.</p><p>So how should an MP divide his or her time? How has this changed over recent years? Should MPs be taking on extra paid work outside parliament? And what do constituents ultimately want from their representative?</p><p>To discuss these questions and more, the IfG brought together an expert panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Tim Bale</strong>, Professor of Politics at Queen Mary, University of London</li>
<li>
<strong>Sir Peter Bottomley</strong>, Conservative MP for Worthing West</li>
<li>
<strong>Ben Lake</strong>, Plaid Cymru MP for Ceredigion</li>
<li>
<strong>Marie Le Conte</strong>, political journalist and author</li>
</ul><p>This event was chaired by <strong>Dr Catherine Haddon</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><strong>#IfGParliament</strong></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3653</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8a83f974-5789-11ec-a87e-57ed0bda6fb8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2246592458.mp3?updated=1638901179" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Devolution and Scotland after the pandemic </title>
      <description>As part of our ongoing series of events on devolution and the Union, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome John Swinney MSP, the Deputy First Minister of Scotland.
What is the state of the relationship between the UK and Scottish governments? How well is devolution working for Scotland? What are the current tensions in the devolved settlement and how can they be resolved?
John Swinney, who is also Scotland’s cabinet minister for Covid recovery, gave a short speech before being in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, and programme lead for devolution.
John Swinney has been an MSP since 1999, and currently represents Perthshire North. From 1998 to 2000, he served as deputy leader of the SNP, and then as party leader between 2000 and 2004. He has previously served as Cabinet Secretary for Finance, Constitution and Economy, and as Cabinet Secretary for Education and Skills. He has been Deputy First Minister since 2014.
#IfGDevo
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Dec 2021 18:11:55 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>148</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>In conversation with John Swinney MSP, Deputy First Minister of Scotland</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As part of our ongoing series of events on devolution and the Union, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome John Swinney MSP, the Deputy First Minister of Scotland.
What is the state of the relationship between the UK and Scottish governments? How well is devolution working for Scotland? What are the current tensions in the devolved settlement and how can they be resolved?
John Swinney, who is also Scotland’s cabinet minister for Covid recovery, gave a short speech before being in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, and programme lead for devolution.
John Swinney has been an MSP since 1999, and currently represents Perthshire North. From 1998 to 2000, he served as deputy leader of the SNP, and then as party leader between 2000 and 2004. He has previously served as Cabinet Secretary for Finance, Constitution and Economy, and as Cabinet Secretary for Education and Skills. He has been Deputy First Minister since 2014.
#IfGDevo
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As part of our ongoing series of events on devolution and the Union, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>John Swinney MSP</strong>, the Deputy First Minister of Scotland.</p><p>What is the state of the relationship between the UK and Scottish governments? How well is devolution working for Scotland? What are the current tensions in the devolved settlement and how can they be resolved?</p><p>John Swinney, who is also Scotland’s cabinet minister for Covid recovery, gave a short speech before being in conversation with <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, and programme lead for devolution.</p><p><em>John Swinney has been an MSP since 1999, and currently represents Perthshire North. From 1998 to 2000, he served as deputy leader of the SNP, and then as party leader between 2000 and 2004. He has previously served as Cabinet Secretary for Finance, Constitution and Economy, and as Cabinet Secretary for Education and Skills. He has been Deputy First Minister since 2014.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGDevo?src=hashtag_click">#IfGDevo</a></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3692</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2e261918-4966-11ec-8cfc-2b5bb7981748]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5152863302.mp3?updated=1637346675" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Andy Street, Mayor of the West Midlands</title>
      <description>As part of our ongoing series of events on the future of devolution across the UK, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Andy Street, Mayor of the West Midlands and leader of the West Midlands Combined Authority.
Six months after his re-election to a second term in office, Andy Street – who was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government – discussed his role as a ‘metro mayor’, the constraints he faces in the role, and how metro mayors can help deliver the government’s levelling up and net zero objectives.
Andy Street started his career at the John Lewis Partnership in 1985 as a trainee at Brent Cross and rose to become the managing director in 2007. He resigned in order to stand for election, and was successfully elected in May 2017 as the Conservative Mayor of the West Midlands. He was subsequently re-elected to this position in May 2021.
#IfGDevo
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Dec 2021 18:10:04 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>147</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As part of our ongoing series of events on the future of devolution across the UK, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Andy Street, Mayor of the West Midlands and leader of the West Midlands Combined Authority.
Six months after his re-election to a second term in office, Andy Street – who was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government – discussed his role as a ‘metro mayor’, the constraints he faces in the role, and how metro mayors can help deliver the government’s levelling up and net zero objectives.
Andy Street started his career at the John Lewis Partnership in 1985 as a trainee at Brent Cross and rose to become the managing director in 2007. He resigned in order to stand for election, and was successfully elected in May 2017 as the Conservative Mayor of the West Midlands. He was subsequently re-elected to this position in May 2021.
#IfGDevo
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As part of our ongoing series of events on <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events/search?field_themes_tid=376&amp;combine=&amp;sort_bef_combine=field_event_date_value+DESC">the future of devolution across the UK</a>, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>Andy Street</strong>, Mayor of the West Midlands and leader of the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/devolution-west-midlands">West Midlands Combined Authority</a>.</p><p>Six months after his re-election to a second term in office, Andy Street – who was in conversation with <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government – discussed his role as a <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/metro-mayors">‘metro mayor’</a>, the constraints he faces in the role, and how metro mayors can help deliver the government’s levelling up and net zero objectives.</p><p><em>Andy Street started his career at the John Lewis Partnership in 1985 as a trainee at Brent Cross and rose to become the managing director in 2007. He resigned in order to stand for election, and was successfully elected in May 2017 as the Conservative Mayor of the West Midlands. He was subsequently re-elected to this position in May 2021.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGDevo?src=hashtag_click">#IfGDevo</a></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2745</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ee3a2a7e-4965-11ec-86c8-27081c1573a8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3784160339.mp3?updated=1637346568" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Information Commissioner Elizabeth Denham</title>
      <description>From targeted social media campaigns during elections to the introduction of the Covid-19 test and trace app, questions about our data – and how it is used – are at the heart of political decision making and debate.
With Elizabeth Denham’s five-year term as Information Commissioner ending on 31 October, this Institute for Government event looked back at her time in post – and look ahead to future challenges, and opportunities, for data use and protection.
In conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute of Government, Elizabeth Denham discussed the questions of freedom of information and transparency raised during the pandemic, how data can be shared responsibly and lead to digital transformation of public services, and how countries around the world can work together to meet digital threats.
Elizabeth Denham was appointed UK Information Commissioner in July 2016, having previously held the position of Information and Privacy Commissioner for British Columbia, Canada and Assistant Privacy Commissioner of Canada. She was awarded Commander of the Order of the British Empire (CBE) in Queen's New Year's Honours list in 2018.
#IfGDenham
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Nov 2021 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>146</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>From targeted social media campaigns during elections to the introduction of the Covid-19 test and trace app, questions about our data – and how it is used – are at the heart of political decision making and debate.
With Elizabeth Denham’s five-year term as Information Commissioner ending on 31 October, this Institute for Government event looked back at her time in post – and look ahead to future challenges, and opportunities, for data use and protection.
In conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute of Government, Elizabeth Denham discussed the questions of freedom of information and transparency raised during the pandemic, how data can be shared responsibly and lead to digital transformation of public services, and how countries around the world can work together to meet digital threats.
Elizabeth Denham was appointed UK Information Commissioner in July 2016, having previously held the position of Information and Privacy Commissioner for British Columbia, Canada and Assistant Privacy Commissioner of Canada. She was awarded Commander of the Order of the British Empire (CBE) in Queen's New Year's Honours list in 2018.
#IfGDenham
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>From targeted social media campaigns during elections to the introduction of the Covid-19 test and trace app, questions about our data – and how it is used – are at the heart of political decision making and debate.</p><p>With Elizabeth Denham’s five-year term as Information Commissioner ending on 31 October, this Institute for Government event looked back at her time in post – and look ahead to future challenges, and opportunities, for data use and protection.</p><p>In conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute of Government, Elizabeth Denham discussed the questions of freedom of information and transparency raised during the pandemic, how data can be shared responsibly and lead to digital transformation of public services, and how countries around the world can work together to meet digital threats.</p><p><em>Elizabeth Denham was appointed UK Information Commissioner in July 2016, having previously held the position of Information and Privacy Commissioner for British Columbia, Canada and Assistant Privacy Commissioner of Canada. She was awarded Commander of the Order of the British Empire (CBE) in Queen's New Year's Honours list in 2018.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGDenham?src=hashtag_click">#IfGDenham</a></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2765</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[70ecca96-3cc1-11ec-89fd-ff627982b6c7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1115311089.mp3?updated=1635956506" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does England need a national transport strategy?</title>
      <description>The Conservative Party’s 2019 manifesto promised an ambitious plan for connecting towns and cities by road and rail and supporting electric vehicles, cycling and walking. But what evidence will the government use to shape its transport strategy and how can it ensure the system is customer-focused? How has England’s transport network held up under the dual pressures of Brexit and the Covid-19 pandemic? And how can a transport strategy support net zero goals?
Following recent research from the Institute for Government and the Gatsby Foundation, which analysed the use of evidence in transport policy in the UK and compared it to four other countries, the IfG was delighted to bring together an expert panel to discuss whether England needs a single transport strategy, the challenges involved in putting such a strategy in place, and how the system can be resilient to shocks and crises whilst reducing carbon emissions and keeping the focus on user experience.
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Lord Adonis, former Secretary of State for Transport


Sue Kershaw, Managing Director for Transportation at Costain and APM President


Bridget Rosewell CBE, Commissioner on the National Infrastructure Commission


Martin Tugwell, Chief Executive at Transport for the North

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Follow @ifgevents
#IfGtransport 
We would like to thank Costain for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Nov 2021 10:42:26 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>145</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Conservative Party’s 2019 manifesto promised an ambitious plan for connecting towns and cities by road and rail and supporting electric vehicles, cycling and walking. But what evidence will the government use to shape its transport strategy and how can it ensure the system is customer-focused? How has England’s transport network held up under the dual pressures of Brexit and the Covid-19 pandemic? And how can a transport strategy support net zero goals?
Following recent research from the Institute for Government and the Gatsby Foundation, which analysed the use of evidence in transport policy in the UK and compared it to four other countries, the IfG was delighted to bring together an expert panel to discuss whether England needs a single transport strategy, the challenges involved in putting such a strategy in place, and how the system can be resilient to shocks and crises whilst reducing carbon emissions and keeping the focus on user experience.
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Lord Adonis, former Secretary of State for Transport


Sue Kershaw, Managing Director for Transportation at Costain and APM President


Bridget Rosewell CBE, Commissioner on the National Infrastructure Commission


Martin Tugwell, Chief Executive at Transport for the North

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Follow @ifgevents
#IfGtransport 
We would like to thank Costain for kindly supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Conservative Party’s 2019 manifesto promised an ambitious plan for connecting towns and cities by road and rail and supporting electric vehicles, cycling and walking. But what evidence will the government use to shape its transport strategy and how can it ensure the system is customer-focused? How has England’s transport network held up under the dual pressures of Brexit and the Covid-19 pandemic? And how can a transport strategy support net zero goals?</p><p>Following <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/transport-policy">recent research from the Institute for Government and the Gatsby Foundation</a>, which analysed the use of evidence in transport policy in the UK and compared it to four other countries, the IfG was delighted to bring together an expert panel to discuss whether England needs a single transport strategy, the challenges involved in putting such a strategy in place, and how the system can be resilient to shocks and crises whilst reducing carbon emissions and keeping the focus on user experience.</p><p>On our panel to discuss these issues were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Lord Adonis</strong>, former Secretary of State for Transport</li>
<li>
<strong>Sue Kershaw</strong>, Managing Director for Transportation at Costain and APM President</li>
<li>
<strong>Bridget Rosewell CBE</strong>, Commissioner on the National Infrastructure Commission</li>
<li>
<strong>Martin Tugwell</strong>, Chief Executive at Transport for the North</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/ifgevents">Follow @ifgevents</a></p><p>#IfGtransport </p><p><em>We would like to thank Costain for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3707</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ceb73272-3cb4-11ec-9eae-0b62a64621a2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4475311393.mp3?updated=1635951080" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Gavin Barwell</title>
      <description>As Theresa May’s chief of staff from 2017 to 2019, Gavin Barwell had a front row seat for the Brexit dramas, deals and deadlines that defined May’s premiership.
Brought into Number 10 after May lost her majority at the 2017 general election, Barwell battled alongside the former prime minister through meaningful votes, cabinet resignations and moments of high parliamentary drama.
But what exactly does a chief of staff do? What lessons should be learnt from May’s time in Number 10? And just how dysfunctional is the centre of power?
To mark the publication of Chief of Staff: Notes from Downing Street, Gavin Barwell was in conversation with the Institute for Government’s Dr Catherine Haddon.
#IFGBarwell
 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Oct 2021 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>144</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle> The inside story of a prime minister’s chief of staff</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As Theresa May’s chief of staff from 2017 to 2019, Gavin Barwell had a front row seat for the Brexit dramas, deals and deadlines that defined May’s premiership.
Brought into Number 10 after May lost her majority at the 2017 general election, Barwell battled alongside the former prime minister through meaningful votes, cabinet resignations and moments of high parliamentary drama.
But what exactly does a chief of staff do? What lessons should be learnt from May’s time in Number 10? And just how dysfunctional is the centre of power?
To mark the publication of Chief of Staff: Notes from Downing Street, Gavin Barwell was in conversation with the Institute for Government’s Dr Catherine Haddon.
#IFGBarwell
 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Theresa May’s chief of staff from 2017 to 2019, Gavin Barwell had a front row seat for the Brexit dramas, deals and deadlines that defined May’s premiership.</p><p>Brought into Number 10 after May lost her majority at the 2017 general election, Barwell battled alongside the former prime minister through meaningful votes, cabinet resignations and moments of high parliamentary drama.</p><p>But what exactly does a chief of staff do? What lessons should be learnt from May’s time in Number 10? And just how dysfunctional is the centre of power?</p><p>To mark the publication of <em>Chief of Staff: Notes from Downing Street</em>, <strong>Gavin Barwell </strong>was in conversation with the Institute for Government’s <strong>Dr Catherine Haddon</strong>.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/ifgbarwell?src=hashtag_click">#IFGBarwell</a></p><p> </p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2794</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5cd7fe76-365f-11ec-9c9a-b3e42362ae45]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5848288577.mp3?updated=1635256588" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with David Nabarro</title>
      <description>As the World Health Organization’s Special Envoy on Covid-19, Dr David Nabarro has played a leading role in the international response to the pandemic.
In conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government, he will discuss the international community’s handling of the crisis – from the initial outbreak in early 2020, to public health measures used to curb transmission, to current vaccination programmes.
As the international vaccine rollout continues, but with high numbers of Covid-19 cases across the world, Professor Nabarro will also set out how countries can best manage this phase of the pandemic – and what needs to be done to ensure we are better prepared in the future.
David Nabarro is co-director and chair of Global Health at Imperial College London’s Institute of Global Health Innovation and strategic director of 4SD. In March 2020 he was appointed Special Envoy of WHO Director-General on Covid-19. He has over 40 years of experience in international public health as a community-based practitioner, educator, public servant, director and diplomat. He was awarded Commander of the Order of the British Empire (CBE) for work on international public health in 1992.
#IfGNabarro
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 17:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>143</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As the World Health Organization’s Special Envoy on Covid-19, Dr David Nabarro has played a leading role in the international response to the pandemic.
In conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government, he will discuss the international community’s handling of the crisis – from the initial outbreak in early 2020, to public health measures used to curb transmission, to current vaccination programmes.
As the international vaccine rollout continues, but with high numbers of Covid-19 cases across the world, Professor Nabarro will also set out how countries can best manage this phase of the pandemic – and what needs to be done to ensure we are better prepared in the future.
David Nabarro is co-director and chair of Global Health at Imperial College London’s Institute of Global Health Innovation and strategic director of 4SD. In March 2020 he was appointed Special Envoy of WHO Director-General on Covid-19. He has over 40 years of experience in international public health as a community-based practitioner, educator, public servant, director and diplomat. He was awarded Commander of the Order of the British Empire (CBE) for work on international public health in 1992.
#IfGNabarro
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As the World Health Organization’s Special Envoy on Covid-19, <strong>Dr David Nabarro</strong> has played a leading role in the international response to the pandemic.</p><p>In conversation with <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government, he will discuss the international community’s handling of the crisis – from the initial outbreak in early 2020, to public health measures used to curb transmission, to current vaccination programmes.</p><p>As the international vaccine rollout continues, but with high numbers of Covid-19 cases across the world, Professor Nabarro will also set out how countries can best manage this phase of the pandemic – and what needs to be done to ensure we are better prepared in the future.</p><p><em>David Nabarro is co-director and chair of Global Health at Imperial College London’s Institute of Global Health Innovation and strategic director of 4SD. In March 2020 he was appointed Special Envoy of WHO Director-General on Covid-19. He has over 40 years of experience in international public health as a community-based practitioner, educator, public servant, director and diplomat. He was awarded Commander of the Order of the British Empire (CBE) for work on international public health in 1992.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGNabarro?src=hashtag_click">#IfGNabarro</a></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2802</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5cb4f9f8-365f-11ec-9c9a-1ff26d71780c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5500418621.mp3?updated=1635256067" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 2021 spending review: the pressures on public services after the pandemic</title>
      <description>With a week to go until Rishi Sunak sets out his multi-year spending review, the chancellor faces difficult decisions about how to fund public services.
The pandemic has hit services hard. Children have lost hours of learning, waiting times for court cases are longer, and a backlog for operations has built up.
So what spending choices must Sunak make? What is the pandemic’s impact on spending, staff, and service performance? And where might pressures intensify in the next three years?
As the Institute for Government and the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy launch the sixth edition of Performance Tracker – a data-driven analysis of the performance of key public services in England, including prisons, hospitals, schools, police and adult social care – its lead author Graham Atkins, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, presented the key findings.
To discuss, our panel included:


Justine Greening, former Secretary of State for Education and former Economic Secretary to the Treasury


Anoosh Chakelian, Britain Editor at the New Statesman



Mike Driver CB, President of the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA)

The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by Jeffrey Matsu, Chief Economist at CIPFA.
#PerformanceTracker
We would like to thank the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 13:21:28 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>142</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>With a week to go until Rishi Sunak sets out his multi-year spending review, the chancellor faces difficult decisions about how to fund public services.
The pandemic has hit services hard. Children have lost hours of learning, waiting times for court cases are longer, and a backlog for operations has built up.
So what spending choices must Sunak make? What is the pandemic’s impact on spending, staff, and service performance? And where might pressures intensify in the next three years?
As the Institute for Government and the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy launch the sixth edition of Performance Tracker – a data-driven analysis of the performance of key public services in England, including prisons, hospitals, schools, police and adult social care – its lead author Graham Atkins, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, presented the key findings.
To discuss, our panel included:


Justine Greening, former Secretary of State for Education and former Economic Secretary to the Treasury


Anoosh Chakelian, Britain Editor at the New Statesman



Mike Driver CB, President of the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA)

The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by Jeffrey Matsu, Chief Economist at CIPFA.
#PerformanceTracker
We would like to thank the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) for supporting this event.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>With a week to go until Rishi Sunak sets out his multi-year spending review, the chancellor faces difficult decisions about how to fund public services.</p><p>The pandemic has hit services hard. Children have lost hours of learning, waiting times for court cases are longer, and a backlog for operations has built up.</p><p>So what spending choices must Sunak make? What is the pandemic’s impact on spending, staff, and service performance? And where might pressures intensify in the next three years?</p><p>As the Institute for Government and the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy launch the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/performance-tracker-2021">sixth edition of <em>Performance Tracker</em></a> – a data-driven analysis of the performance of key public services in England, including prisons, hospitals, schools, police and adult social care – its lead author <strong>Graham Atkins</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, presented the key findings.</p><p>To discuss, our panel included:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Justine Greening</strong>, former Secretary of State for Education and former Economic Secretary to the Treasury</li>
<li>
<strong>Anoosh Chakelian</strong>, Britain Editor at the <em>New Statesman</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Mike Driver CB</strong>, President of the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA)</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by<strong> Dr Gemma Tetlow,</strong> Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by <strong>Jeffrey Matsu</strong>, Chief Economist at CIPFA.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/PerformanceTracker?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#PerformanceTracker</strong></a></p><p><em>We would like to thank the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) for supporting this event.</em></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3845</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ee0d0cee-335b-11ec-ad7d-1ffee7173d28]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3321296228.mp3?updated=1634923347" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Net Zero hots up</title>
      <description>With just over a week to go until COP26, the government has published three big climate reports. So what do we now know about the government’s strategy for hitting its net zero target? Does the plan stack up? Has the Treasury revealed how to pay for it? And were these documents worth the wait?
 
In a bonus IfG podcast, Tom Sasse is joined by Jill Rutter, Will McDowall and guest James Murray of Business Green to make sense of 2000 pages of net zero plans and pathways, targets and taxes.
 
Audio Production by Candice McKenzie
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Oct 2021 17:44:05 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>141</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>With just over a week to go until COP26, the government has published three big climate reports. So what do we now know about the government’s strategy for hitting its net zero target? Does the plan stack up? Has the Treasury revealed how to pay for it? And were these documents worth the wait?
 
In a bonus IfG podcast, Tom Sasse is joined by Jill Rutter, Will McDowall and guest James Murray of Business Green to make sense of 2000 pages of net zero plans and pathways, targets and taxes.
 
Audio Production by Candice McKenzie
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>With just over a week to go until COP26, the government has published three big climate reports. So what do we now know about the government’s strategy for hitting its net zero target? Does the plan stack up? Has the Treasury revealed how to pay for it? And were these documents worth the wait?</p><p> </p><p>In a bonus IfG podcast, <strong>Tom Sasse</strong> is joined by <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, <strong>Will McDowall</strong> and guest <strong>James Murray</strong> of Business Green to make sense of 2000 pages of net zero plans and pathways, targets and taxes.</p><p> </p><p>Audio Production by <strong>Candice McKenzie</strong></p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2504</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fd954caa-3359-11ec-a8c6-d7d22b7099dc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8551524336.mp3?updated=1634924977" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The view from Northern Ireland</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/the-view-from-northern-ireland</link>
      <description>It’s been a rocky year for Northern Ireland politics. Against a backdrop of worsening relationships, the Executive has had to cope with the pandemic, the protocol and the legacy of three years without Ministers.
 
The future of the Northern Ireland protocol hangs in the balance. The EU response to the UK’s proposals for major changes to the Withdrawal Agreement will be the start of an intense period of negotiations. The stakes are high with the UK governments threat to take unilateral measures on the protocol looms large, alongside the DUP’s threat to bring down the Northern Ireland Assembly.
 
Deal or no deal, the Northern Ireland Assembly is heading for an election in May 2022, if not before. This podcast will explore the view from Northern Ireland – can the UK and EU reach agreement before the end of the year? Will the Assembly survive until May? What are each parties’ prospects? What other challenges will the Executive be facing in the next six months?
 
To answer these questions the Institute for Government brought together an expert panel for a special IfG Live podcast.
 


Dr Clare Rice, researcher and writer on NI politics


Prof John Tonge, British and Irish politics professor at the University of Liverpool


Aoife Moore, Political Correspondent for the Irish Examiner


Alex Kane, Columnist and commentator

 
Presented by Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
 
Audio Production by Candice McKenzie

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Oct 2021 16:26:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The view from Northern Ireland</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>140</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/994476d2-3272-11ec-afe3-6365792af19f/image/ifgliveartworkfinal.jpeg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>It’s been a rocky year for Northern Ireland politics. Against a backdrop of worsening relationships, the Executive has had to cope with the pandemic, the protocol and the legacy of three years without Ministers.
 
The future of the Northern Ireland protocol hangs in the balance. The EU response to the UK’s proposals for major changes to the Withdrawal Agreement will be the start of an intense period of negotiations. The stakes are high with the UK governments threat to take unilateral measures on the protocol looms large, alongside the DUP’s threat to bring down the Northern Ireland Assembly.
 
Deal or no deal, the Northern Ireland Assembly is heading for an election in May 2022, if not before. This podcast will explore the view from Northern Ireland – can the UK and EU reach agreement before the end of the year? Will the Assembly survive until May? What are each parties’ prospects? What other challenges will the Executive be facing in the next six months?
 
To answer these questions the Institute for Government brought together an expert panel for a special IfG Live podcast.
 


Dr Clare Rice, researcher and writer on NI politics


Prof John Tonge, British and Irish politics professor at the University of Liverpool


Aoife Moore, Political Correspondent for the Irish Examiner


Alex Kane, Columnist and commentator

 
Presented by Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
 
Audio Production by Candice McKenzie

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It’s been a rocky year for Northern Ireland politics. Against a backdrop of worsening relationships, the Executive has had to cope with the pandemic, the protocol and the legacy of three years without Ministers.</p><p> </p><p>The future of the Northern Ireland protocol hangs in the balance. The EU response to the UK’s proposals for major changes to the Withdrawal Agreement will be the start of an intense period of negotiations. The stakes are high with the UK governments threat to take unilateral measures on the protocol looms large, alongside the DUP’s threat to bring down the Northern Ireland Assembly.</p><p> </p><p>Deal or no deal, the Northern Ireland Assembly is heading for an election in May 2022, if not before. This podcast will explore the view from Northern Ireland – can the UK and EU reach agreement before the end of the year? Will the Assembly survive until May? What are each parties’ prospects? What other challenges will the Executive be facing in the next six months?</p><p> </p><p>To answer these questions the Institute for Government brought together an expert panel for a special IfG Live podcast.</p><p> </p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Dr Clare Rice</strong>, researcher and writer on NI politics</li>
<li>
<strong>Prof John Tonge</strong>, British and Irish politics professor at the University of Liverpool</li>
<li>
<strong>Aoife Moore</strong>, Political Correspondent for the Irish Examiner</li>
<li>
<strong>Alex Kane</strong>, Columnist and commentator</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>Presented by <strong>Jess Sargeant</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p> </p><p>Audio Production by <strong>Candice McKenzie</strong></p><p><br></p><p>See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3329</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[61685a1e18d80300128df065]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3055372391.mp3?updated=1635255069" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Getting cities to net zero</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/getting-cities-to-net-zero</link>
      <description>Hitting the UK’s net zero target depends on the transformation of the UK’s cities. Many had already declared climate emergencies and set ambitious emissions targets before the pandemic, while big changes in the last 18 months – less commuting, more walking and cycling – have had big implications for urban areas.
But to help people permanently shift to low-carbon lifestyles requires local leaders to develop long-term approaches to infrastructure, taxes and regulations.
What needs to be done to ensure long-term transformation? Which pandemic-enforced changes should remain in place? How can cities and central government work together to make progress towards net zero?
On our panel to discuss these questions:


Baroness Blake of Leeds, Shadow Spokesperson for Housing, Communities and Local Government and former Leader of Leeds City Council


Professor Hayley Fowler, Professor of Climate Change Impacts in the School of Engineering at Newcastle University


Christopher Hammond, Network Membership Director, UK100


Steve Turner, Director, Devolved and Local Government at Connected Places Catapult

The event was chaired by Tom Sasse, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, with opening remarks by Giles Clifford, Partner at Gowling WLG.
#IfGnetzero
We would like to thank Gowling WLG for supporting this event.

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Oct 2021 16:17:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Getting cities to net zero</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>139</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/998ba368-3272-11ec-afe3-bf75abd0cfb7/image/ifgliveartworkfinal.jpeg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Hitting the UK’s net zero target depends on the transformation of the UK’s cities. Many had already declared climate emergencies and set ambitious emissions targets before the pandemic, while big changes in the last 18 months – less commuting, more walking and cycling – have had big implications for urban areas.
But to help people permanently shift to low-carbon lifestyles requires local leaders to develop long-term approaches to infrastructure, taxes and regulations.
What needs to be done to ensure long-term transformation? Which pandemic-enforced changes should remain in place? How can cities and central government work together to make progress towards net zero?
On our panel to discuss these questions:


Baroness Blake of Leeds, Shadow Spokesperson for Housing, Communities and Local Government and former Leader of Leeds City Council


Professor Hayley Fowler, Professor of Climate Change Impacts in the School of Engineering at Newcastle University


Christopher Hammond, Network Membership Director, UK100


Steve Turner, Director, Devolved and Local Government at Connected Places Catapult

The event was chaired by Tom Sasse, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, with opening remarks by Giles Clifford, Partner at Gowling WLG.
#IfGnetzero
We would like to thank Gowling WLG for supporting this event.

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hitting the UK’s net zero target depends on the transformation of the UK’s cities. Many had already declared climate emergencies and set ambitious emissions targets before the pandemic, while big changes in the last 18 months – less commuting, more walking and cycling – have had big implications for urban areas.</p><p>But to help people permanently shift to low-carbon lifestyles requires local leaders to develop long-term approaches to infrastructure, taxes and regulations.</p><p>What needs to be done to ensure long-term transformation? Which pandemic-enforced changes should remain in place? How can cities and central government work together to make progress towards net zero?</p><p>On our panel to discuss these questions:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Baroness Blake of Leeds, </strong>Shadow Spokesperson for Housing, Communities and Local Government and former Leader of Leeds City Council</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Hayley Fowler</strong>, Professor of Climate Change Impacts in the School of Engineering at Newcastle University</li>
<li>
<strong>Christopher Hammond</strong>, Network Membership Director, UK100</li>
<li>
<strong>Steve Turner, </strong>Director, Devolved and Local Government at Connected Places Catapult</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Tom Sasse</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, with opening remarks by <strong>Giles Clifford</strong>, Partner at Gowling WLG.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGNetZero?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGnetzero</strong></a></p><p><em>We would like to thank Gowling WLG for supporting this event.</em></p><p><br></p><p>See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3887</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6168583616ec580016edf65a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4581208414.mp3?updated=1635255267" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are government departmental boards working?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/are-government-departmental-boards-working</link>
      <description>Departmental boards were introduced to bring private sector oversight into central government departments. But how are people appointed as departmental non-executive directors? What experience do they bring? And what advice do they give to ministers?
A recent Institute for Government report exposed how the system lacks transparency and is inconsistently applied. Ministers can appoint non-executive directors without due process, and the influence of a department’s board depends on whether a minister chooses to engage with it or not.
So what can be done to make more use of board members’ expertise? What changes could help boards to improve departmental performance? What can be done to improve the transparency of board appointments?
To discuss these questions, the Institute for Government was delighted to bring together an expert panel:


Sue Langley, lead non-executive director for the Home Office and former interim government lead non-executive


Sir David Lidington, former Secretary of State for Justice, Leader of the House of Commons and Minister for the Cabinet Office


Dame Una O’Brien, former Permanent Secretary at the Department of Health


Miranda Curtis, Director at Liberty Global and former lead non-executive director for the Foreign and Commonwealth Office

The event was chaired by Dr Matthew Gill, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBoards

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Sep 2021 17:01:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Are government departmental boards working?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>138</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Departmental boards were introduced to bring private sector oversight into central government departments. But how are people appointed as departmental non-executive directors? What experience do they bring? And what advice do they give to ministers?
A recent Institute for Government report exposed how the system lacks transparency and is inconsistently applied. Ministers can appoint non-executive directors without due process, and the influence of a department’s board depends on whether a minister chooses to engage with it or not.
So what can be done to make more use of board members’ expertise? What changes could help boards to improve departmental performance? What can be done to improve the transparency of board appointments?
To discuss these questions, the Institute for Government was delighted to bring together an expert panel:


Sue Langley, lead non-executive director for the Home Office and former interim government lead non-executive


Sir David Lidington, former Secretary of State for Justice, Leader of the House of Commons and Minister for the Cabinet Office


Dame Una O’Brien, former Permanent Secretary at the Department of Health


Miranda Curtis, Director at Liberty Global and former lead non-executive director for the Foreign and Commonwealth Office

The event was chaired by Dr Matthew Gill, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBoards

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/government-departments-boards-and-non-executive-directors">Departmental boards</a> were introduced to bring private sector oversight into central government departments. But how are people appointed as departmental non-executive directors? What experience do they bring? And what advice do they give to ministers?</p><p>A recent Institute for Government report exposed how the system lacks transparency and is inconsistently applied. Ministers can appoint non-executive directors without due process, and the influence of a department’s board depends on whether a minister chooses to engage with it or not.</p><p>So what can be done to make more use of board members’ expertise? What changes could help boards to improve departmental performance? What can be done to improve the transparency of board appointments?</p><p>To discuss these questions, the Institute for Government was delighted to bring together an expert panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sue Langley</strong>, lead non-executive director for the Home Office and former interim government lead non-executive</li>
<li>
<strong>Sir David Lidington</strong>, former Secretary of State for Justice, Leader of the House of Commons and Minister for the Cabinet Office</li>
<li>
<strong>Dame Una O’Brien</strong>, former Permanent Secretary at the Department of Health</li>
<li>
<strong>Miranda Curtis</strong>, Director at Liberty Global and former lead non-executive director for the Foreign and Commonwealth Office</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Matthew Gill</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBoards?src=hashtag_click">#IfGBoards</a></p><p><br></p><p>See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3607</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6155ed658d6e810013218b05]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5585610045.mp3?updated=1635255278" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rail reform: making Great British Railways work for the next generation</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/rail-reform-making-great-british-railways-work-for-the-next-</link>
      <description>What is Great British Railways? How will it end rail industry fragmentation? And how can it deliver a rail network that works for customers, taxpayers, politicians, and the wider public?
The new organisation is at the heart of the William-Shapps Plan for Rail, which reported in May. Keith Williams, Chair of the Review, describes the British railway network as a “complex Rubik’s cube” and says Great British Railways should be a central ‘guiding mind’ in a reformed rail system.
This event explored how to make a reformed rail network work for Great Britain’s long-term post-pandemic future, drawing on lessons from previous attempts at reshaping the rail industry and experiences of setting up arms-length bodies elsewhere.
Our panel:


Keith Williams, independent Chair of the Williams Review


The Rt Hon. the Lord Darling of Roulanish, former Secretary of State for Transport and former Chancellor of the Exchequer


Maria Machancoses, CEO of Midlands Connect


Andy Bagnall, Director General of the Rail Delivery Group

The event was chaired by Dr Matthew Gill, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGRail
We are grateful to The Rail Delivery Group for their support with this event.

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Sep 2021 03:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Rail reform: making Great British Railways work for the next generation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>137</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>What is Great British Railways? How will it end rail industry fragmentation? And how can it deliver a rail network that works for customers, taxpayers, politicians, and the wider public?
The new organisation is at the heart of the William-Shapps Plan for Rail, which reported in May. Keith Williams, Chair of the Review, describes the British railway network as a “complex Rubik’s cube” and says Great British Railways should be a central ‘guiding mind’ in a reformed rail system.
This event explored how to make a reformed rail network work for Great Britain’s long-term post-pandemic future, drawing on lessons from previous attempts at reshaping the rail industry and experiences of setting up arms-length bodies elsewhere.
Our panel:


Keith Williams, independent Chair of the Williams Review


The Rt Hon. the Lord Darling of Roulanish, former Secretary of State for Transport and former Chancellor of the Exchequer


Maria Machancoses, CEO of Midlands Connect


Andy Bagnall, Director General of the Rail Delivery Group

The event was chaired by Dr Matthew Gill, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGRail
We are grateful to The Rail Delivery Group for their support with this event.

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What is Great British Railways? How will it end rail industry fragmentation? And how can it deliver a rail network that works for customers, taxpayers, politicians, and the wider public?</p><p>The new organisation is at the heart of the William-Shapps Plan for Rail, which reported in May. Keith Williams, Chair of the Review, describes the British railway network as a “complex Rubik’s cube” and says Great British Railways should be a central ‘guiding mind’ in a reformed rail system.</p><p>This event explored how to make a reformed rail network work for Great Britain’s long-term post-pandemic future, drawing on lessons from previous attempts at reshaping the rail industry and experiences of setting up arms-length bodies elsewhere.</p><p>Our panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Keith Williams</strong>, independent Chair of the Williams Review</li>
<li>
<strong>The Rt Hon. the Lord Darling of Roulanish</strong>, former Secretary of State for Transport and former Chancellor of the Exchequer</li>
<li>
<strong>Maria Machancoses</strong>, CEO of Midlands Connect</li>
<li>
<strong>Andy Bagnall</strong>, Director General of the Rail Delivery Group</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Matthew Gill</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGRail?src=hashtag_click">#IfGRail</a></p><p><em>We are grateful to The Rail Delivery Group for their support with this event.</em></p><p><br></p><p>See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3643</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[614b52b7beeabb001340b99b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8954787026.mp3?updated=1635255290" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Levelling up or catching up – what next for public services?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/levelling-up-or-catching-up-what-next-for-public-services</link>
      <description>The pandemic has hit public services hard, creating backlogs - from children missing out on school lessons, to cancelled hospital operations and unheard court cases – and leaving local authorities facing budget shortfalls.
But as the government focuses on post-pandemic economic recovery, its priority is to ‘level up’ parts of the country which have fallen behind in terms of economic growth, opportunity, and wellbeing. With limited resources, how can public services both address backlogs and ‘level up’? Has the pandemic made levelling up harder for public services? How, if at all, can public services contribute to levelling up? What should the government do to help them both catch-up and level-up?
To discuss these questions and more, the IfG was delighted to host an expert panel including:


Baroness Armstrong, Chair of the House of Lords Public Services Committee


Saffron Cordery, Deputy Chief Executive of NHS Providers


Georgina Cox, Partner at PA Consulting


Rachel Wolf, Founding Partner at Public First and former Education and Innovation Adviser to David Cameron.

The event was chaired by Graham Atkins, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGpublicservices
We would like to thank PA Consulting for kindly supporting this event.

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Sep 2021 15:57:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Levelling up or catching up – what next for public services?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>136</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The pandemic has hit public services hard, creating backlogs - from children missing out on school lessons, to cancelled hospital operations and unheard court cases – and leaving local authorities facing budget shortfalls.
But as the government focuses on post-pandemic economic recovery, its priority is to ‘level up’ parts of the country which have fallen behind in terms of economic growth, opportunity, and wellbeing. With limited resources, how can public services both address backlogs and ‘level up’? Has the pandemic made levelling up harder for public services? How, if at all, can public services contribute to levelling up? What should the government do to help them both catch-up and level-up?
To discuss these questions and more, the IfG was delighted to host an expert panel including:


Baroness Armstrong, Chair of the House of Lords Public Services Committee


Saffron Cordery, Deputy Chief Executive of NHS Providers


Georgina Cox, Partner at PA Consulting


Rachel Wolf, Founding Partner at Public First and former Education and Innovation Adviser to David Cameron.

The event was chaired by Graham Atkins, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGpublicservices
We would like to thank PA Consulting for kindly supporting this event.

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The pandemic has hit public services hard, creating backlogs - from children missing out on school lessons, to cancelled hospital operations and unheard court cases – and leaving local authorities facing budget shortfalls.</p><p>But as the government focuses on post-pandemic economic recovery, its priority is to ‘level up’ parts of the country which have fallen behind in terms of economic growth, opportunity, and wellbeing. With limited resources, how can public services both address backlogs and ‘level up’? Has the pandemic made levelling up harder for public services? How, if at all, can public services contribute to levelling up? What should the government do to help them both catch-up and level-up?</p><p>To discuss these questions and more, the IfG was delighted to host an expert panel including:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Baroness Armstrong</strong>, Chair of the House of Lords Public Services Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Saffron Cordery</strong>, Deputy Chief Executive of NHS Providers</li>
<li>
<strong>Georgina Cox</strong>, Partner at PA Consulting</li>
<li>
<strong>Rachel Wolf</strong>, Founding Partner at Public First and former Education and Innovation Adviser to David Cameron.</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Graham Atkins</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><strong>#IfGpublicservices</strong></p><p><em>We would like to thank PA Consulting for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p><br></p><p>See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3745</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[614b5285d7b9e1001391ecc2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8617923284.mp3?updated=1635255304" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hitting net zero: how the government can decarbonise homes</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/hitting-net-zero-how-the-government-can-decarbonise-homes</link>
      <description>Decarbonising homes will be among the most difficult elements of reaching net zero. Homes account for 15% of the UK’s total emissions, yet there has been little progress towards reducing these over the past decade. Confidence has been damaged by repeated U-turns and policy failures, including the Green Deal and the Green Homes Grant.
Achieving net zero by 2050 will require a huge national programme to deliver the infrastructure needed to reduce residential emissions – retrofitting homes, installing heat pumps and developing local heat networks. The government, businesses and consumers all have key roles to play. But how should the government approach policy making in this area? Will the long overdue Heat and Buildings Strategy be worth the wait and offer a clear plan? How can previous policy failures be learnt from? And how can we ensure the UK’s infrastructure is ready to support zero-emission homes?
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Lord Callanan, Minister for Business, Energy &amp; Corporate Responsibility at BEIS


Chris Burchell, Managing Director, Scottish and Southern Electricity Networks (SSEN) Distribution


Gillian Cooper, Head of Energy Policy at Citizens Advice


Guy Newey, Director of Strategy and Performance at the Energy Systems Catapult

This event was chaired by Marcus Shepheard, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
#IfGnetzero
We would like to thank Scottish and Southern Electricity Networks (SSEN) Distribution for supporting this event.

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Sep 2021 16:39:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Hitting net zero: how the government can decarbonise homes</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>135</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Decarbonising homes will be among the most difficult elements of reaching net zero. Homes account for 15% of the UK’s total emissions, yet there has been little progress towards reducing these over the past decade. Confidence has been damaged by repeated U-turns and policy failures, including the Green Deal and the Green Homes Grant.
Achieving net zero by 2050 will require a huge national programme to deliver the infrastructure needed to reduce residential emissions – retrofitting homes, installing heat pumps and developing local heat networks. The government, businesses and consumers all have key roles to play. But how should the government approach policy making in this area? Will the long overdue Heat and Buildings Strategy be worth the wait and offer a clear plan? How can previous policy failures be learnt from? And how can we ensure the UK’s infrastructure is ready to support zero-emission homes?
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Lord Callanan, Minister for Business, Energy &amp; Corporate Responsibility at BEIS


Chris Burchell, Managing Director, Scottish and Southern Electricity Networks (SSEN) Distribution


Gillian Cooper, Head of Energy Policy at Citizens Advice


Guy Newey, Director of Strategy and Performance at the Energy Systems Catapult

This event was chaired by Marcus Shepheard, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
#IfGnetzero
We would like to thank Scottish and Southern Electricity Networks (SSEN) Distribution for supporting this event.

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Decarbonising homes will be among the most difficult elements of reaching net zero. Homes account for 15% of the UK’s total emissions, yet there has been little progress towards reducing these over the past decade. Confidence has been damaged by repeated U-turns and policy failures, including the Green Deal and the Green Homes Grant.</p><p>Achieving net zero by 2050 will require a huge national programme to deliver the infrastructure needed to reduce residential emissions – retrofitting homes, installing heat pumps and developing local heat networks. The government, businesses and consumers all have key roles to play. But how should the government approach policy making in this area? Will the long overdue Heat and Buildings Strategy be worth the wait and offer a clear plan? How can previous policy failures be learnt from? And how can we ensure the UK’s infrastructure is ready to support zero-emission homes?</p><p>On our panel to discuss these issues were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Lord Callanan</strong>, Minister for Business, Energy &amp; Corporate Responsibility at BEIS</li>
<li>
<strong>Chris Burchell</strong>, Managing Director, Scottish and Southern Electricity Networks (SSEN) Distribution</li>
<li>
<strong>Gillian Cooper</strong>, Head of Energy Policy at Citizens Advice</li>
<li>
<strong>Guy Newey</strong>, Director of Strategy and Performance at the Energy Systems Catapult</li>
</ul><p>This event was chaired by <strong>Marcus Shepheard</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGNetZero?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGnetzero</strong></a></p><p><em>We would like to thank Scottish and Southern Electricity Networks (SSEN) Distribution for supporting this event.</em></p><p><br></p><p>See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3542</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6144c4b6b83b5b001291c7b8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4828882623.mp3?updated=1635255324" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Amanda Spielman, Ofsted Chief Inspector</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/in-conversation-with-amanda-spielman-ofsted-chief-inspector</link>
      <description>From closed schools to postponed exams, isolating teachers to bursting classroom bubbles, the last 18 months of education has been massively disrupted by the Covid-19 crisis. What can be done to help those students that have fallen behind? How can the gaps in attainment be bridged? And what lessons has lockdown taught us about education?
To discuss the challenges facing the education system in the next phase of the pandemic and Ofsted's role in the new academic year and beyond, Amanda Spielman, the Chief Inspector of Education, Children’s Services and Skills, was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
Amanda Spielman has been Ofsted Chief Inspector since January 2017. Between 2011 and 2016, she was chair of Ofqual, the qualifications regulator. From 2005 she was a founding member of the leadership team at the academy chain Ark Schools. Previously she worked at KPMG, Kleinwort Benson, Mercer Management Consulting and Nomura International.
#IfGOfsted
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Sep 2021 09:48:48 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Amanda Spielman, Ofsted Chief Inspector</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>134</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;From closed schools to postponed exams, isolating teachers to bursting classroom bubbles, the last 18 months of education has been massively disrupted by the Covid-19 crisis. What can be done to help those students that have fallen behind? How can the gaps in attainment be bridged? And what lessons has lockdown taught us about education?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To discuss the challenges facing the education system in the next phase of the pandemic and Ofsted's role in the new academic year and beyond,&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Amanda Spielman&lt;/strong&gt;, the Chief Inspector of Education, Children’s Services and Skills, was in conversation with&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Bronwen Maddox&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Amanda Spielman has been Ofsted Chief Inspector since January 2017. Between 2011 and 2016, she was chair of Ofqual, the qualifications regulator. From 2005 she was a founding member of the leadership team at the academy chain Ark Schools. Previously she worked at KPMG, Kleinwort Benson, Mercer Management Consulting and Nomura International.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgofsted&amp;amp;src=typed_query" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGOfsted&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>From closed schools to postponed exams, isolating teachers to bursting classroom bubbles, the last 18 months of education has been massively disrupted by the Covid-19 crisis. What can be done to help those students that have fallen behind? How can the gaps in attainment be bridged? And what lessons has lockdown taught us about education?
To discuss the challenges facing the education system in the next phase of the pandemic and Ofsted's role in the new academic year and beyond, Amanda Spielman, the Chief Inspector of Education, Children’s Services and Skills, was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
Amanda Spielman has been Ofsted Chief Inspector since January 2017. Between 2011 and 2016, she was chair of Ofqual, the qualifications regulator. From 2005 she was a founding member of the leadership team at the academy chain Ark Schools. Previously she worked at KPMG, Kleinwort Benson, Mercer Management Consulting and Nomura International.
#IfGOfsted
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>From closed schools to postponed exams, isolating teachers to bursting classroom bubbles, the last 18 months of education has been massively disrupted by the Covid-19 crisis. What can be done to help those students that have fallen behind? How can the gaps in attainment be bridged? And what lessons has lockdown taught us about education?</p><p>To discuss the challenges facing the education system in the next phase of the pandemic and Ofsted's role in the new academic year and beyond, <strong>Amanda Spielman</strong>, the Chief Inspector of Education, Children’s Services and Skills, was in conversation with <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><em>Amanda Spielman has been Ofsted Chief Inspector since January 2017. Between 2011 and 2016, she was chair of Ofqual, the qualifications regulator. From 2005 she was a founding member of the leadership team at the academy chain Ark Schools. Previously she worked at KPMG, Kleinwort Benson, Mercer Management Consulting and Nomura International.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgofsted&amp;src=typed_query"><strong>#IfGOfsted</strong></a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2858</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6141c1800a88270019e27fe7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9063147599.mp3?updated=1634823169" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The UK border: will supply chain problems get worse?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/the-uk-border-will-supply-chain-problems-get-worse</link>
      <description>From disrupted supply chains to a shortage of lorry drivers, Brexit and Covid have combined to cause major problems at the UK border. Nando’s, McDonald’s and the Co-op are just three of the firms to have been affected.
As pandemic-related travel problems continue, the true impact of post-Brexit border rules has yet to hit. Full border checks on EU imports to Great Britain will only come into effect later this year, while extensive controls on goods moving from Great Britain to Northern Ireland may be introduced in the autumn. Businesses and individuals are currently left in limbo as negotiations between the UK and EU continue over how the Northern Ireland protocol will operate long-term.
Will border disruption worsen as the year goes on? How ready are business and government for the introduction of new controls? Is the UK’s new immigration to blame for staffing issues? And what more can done to solve existing problems and prepare for further changes.
To discuss these issues, we were joined by an expert panel:


William Bain, Head of Trade Policy at the British Chambers of Commerce


Elly Darkin, Senior Associate at Global Counsel


Julian Jessop, Economics Fellow at the Institute of Economic Affairs


Ian Wright, Chief Executive of the Food and Drink Federation.

The event was chaired by Joe Marshall, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Sep 2021 16:46:26 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The UK border: will supply chain problems get worse?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>133</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;From disrupted supply chains to a shortage of lorry drivers, Brexit and Covid have combined to cause major problems at the UK border. Nando’s, McDonald’s and the Co-op are just three of the firms to have been affected.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;As pandemic-related travel problems continue, the true impact of post-Brexit border rules has yet to hit. Full border checks on EU imports to Great Britain will only come into effect later this year, while extensive controls on goods moving from Great Britain to Northern Ireland may be introduced in the autumn. Businesses and individuals are currently left in limbo as negotiations between the UK and EU continue over how the Northern Ireland protocol will operate long-term.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Will border disruption worsen as the year goes on? How ready are business and government for the introduction of new controls?&amp;nbsp;Is the UK’s new immigration to blame for staffing issues? And what more can done to solve existing problems and prepare for further changes.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To discuss these issues, we were joined by an expert panel:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;William Bain&lt;/strong&gt;, Head of Trade Policy at the&amp;nbsp;British Chambers of Commerce&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Elly Darkin&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Associate at Global Counsel&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Julian Jessop&lt;/strong&gt;, Economics Fellow at the&amp;nbsp;Institute of Economic Affairs&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ian Wright&lt;/strong&gt;, Chief Executive of the&amp;nbsp;Food and Drink Federation.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Joe Marshall&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGBrexit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>From disrupted supply chains to a shortage of lorry drivers, Brexit and Covid have combined to cause major problems at the UK border. Nando’s, McDonald’s and the Co-op are just three of the firms to have been affected.
As pandemic-related travel problems continue, the true impact of post-Brexit border rules has yet to hit. Full border checks on EU imports to Great Britain will only come into effect later this year, while extensive controls on goods moving from Great Britain to Northern Ireland may be introduced in the autumn. Businesses and individuals are currently left in limbo as negotiations between the UK and EU continue over how the Northern Ireland protocol will operate long-term.
Will border disruption worsen as the year goes on? How ready are business and government for the introduction of new controls? Is the UK’s new immigration to blame for staffing issues? And what more can done to solve existing problems and prepare for further changes.
To discuss these issues, we were joined by an expert panel:


William Bain, Head of Trade Policy at the British Chambers of Commerce


Elly Darkin, Senior Associate at Global Counsel


Julian Jessop, Economics Fellow at the Institute of Economic Affairs


Ian Wright, Chief Executive of the Food and Drink Federation.

The event was chaired by Joe Marshall, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>From disrupted supply chains to a shortage of lorry drivers, Brexit and Covid have combined to cause major problems at the UK border. Nando’s, McDonald’s and the Co-op are just three of the firms to have been affected.</p><p>As pandemic-related travel problems continue, the true impact of post-Brexit border rules has yet to hit. Full border checks on EU imports to Great Britain will only come into effect later this year, while extensive controls on goods moving from Great Britain to Northern Ireland may be introduced in the autumn. Businesses and individuals are currently left in limbo as negotiations between the UK and EU continue over how the Northern Ireland protocol will operate long-term.</p><p>Will border disruption worsen as the year goes on? How ready are business and government for the introduction of new controls? Is the UK’s new immigration to blame for staffing issues? And what more can done to solve existing problems and prepare for further changes.</p><p>To discuss these issues, we were joined by an expert panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>William Bain</strong>, Head of Trade Policy at the British Chambers of Commerce</li>
<li>
<strong>Elly Darkin</strong>, Senior Associate at Global Counsel</li>
<li>
<strong>Julian Jessop</strong>, Economics Fellow at the Institute of Economic Affairs</li>
<li>
<strong>Ian Wright</strong>, Chief Executive of the Food and Drink Federation.</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Joe Marshall</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGBrexit</strong></a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3634</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[613b8be6249f040012e05585]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4382135095.mp3?updated=1634823169" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Louise Casey </title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/in-conversation-with-louise-casey</link>
      <description>The pandemic has exposed weaknesses in the way Britain supports its poorest families – and also strengths. What should the government learn from the last 18 months and what opportunities for reform can it seize? The Second World War led to the Beveridge report and the creation of the welfare state and the NHS; can the pandemic also galvanise radical change?
An adviser to successive governments, most recently as the chair of the government’s Covid-19 rough sleeping taskforce, Baroness Casey is now calling for major reform in the way governments tackle hunger, rough sleeping and poverty.
She was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government
Baroness Casey has previously run the Rough Sleepers Unit, the Respect Task Force and the Troubled Families Unit. She also chaired this government’s Covid-19 rough sleeping taskforce.
#IfGCasey
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Sep 2021 16:00:06 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Louise Casey </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>132</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The pandemic has exposed weaknesses in the way Britain supports its poorest families – and also strengths. What should the government learn from the last 18 months and what opportunities for reform can it seize? The Second World War led to the Beveridge report and the creation of the welfare state and the NHS; can the pandemic also galvanise radical change?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;An adviser to successive governments, most recently as the chair of the government’s Covid-19 rough sleeping taskforce,&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Baroness Casey&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;is now calling for major reform in the way governments tackle hunger, rough sleeping and poverty.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;She was in conversation with&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Bronwen Maddox&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of the Institute for Government&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Baroness Casey has previously run the Rough Sleepers Unit, the Respect Task Force and the Troubled Families Unit. She also chaired this government’s Covid-19 rough sleeping taskforce.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGcasey?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGCasey&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The pandemic has exposed weaknesses in the way Britain supports its poorest families – and also strengths. What should the government learn from the last 18 months and what opportunities for reform can it seize? The Second World War led to the Beveridge report and the creation of the welfare state and the NHS; can the pandemic also galvanise radical change?
An adviser to successive governments, most recently as the chair of the government’s Covid-19 rough sleeping taskforce, Baroness Casey is now calling for major reform in the way governments tackle hunger, rough sleeping and poverty.
She was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government
Baroness Casey has previously run the Rough Sleepers Unit, the Respect Task Force and the Troubled Families Unit. She also chaired this government’s Covid-19 rough sleeping taskforce.
#IfGCasey
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The pandemic has exposed weaknesses in the way Britain supports its poorest families – and also strengths. What should the government learn from the last 18 months and what opportunities for reform can it seize? The Second World War led to the Beveridge report and the creation of the welfare state and the NHS; can the pandemic also galvanise radical change?</p><p>An adviser to successive governments, most recently as the chair of the government’s Covid-19 rough sleeping taskforce, <strong>Baroness Casey</strong> is now calling for major reform in the way governments tackle hunger, rough sleeping and poverty.</p><p>She was in conversation with <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government</p><p><em>Baroness Casey has previously run the Rough Sleepers Unit, the Respect Task Force and the Troubled Families Unit. She also chaired this government’s Covid-19 rough sleeping taskforce.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGcasey?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGCasey</strong></a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2746</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[613895899b66a600123e563d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5489953559.mp3?updated=1634823169" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Professor Neil Ferguson</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/in-conversation-with-professor-neil-ferguson</link>
      <description>As one of the UK’s top epidemiologists and the head of the influential modelling group at Imperial College London, Neil Ferguson has played a critical role in providing advice during the Covid-19 crisis, as well as previous crises including foot and mouth.
In conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government, Professor Ferguson discussed the lessons he has learned about advising government, the role of scientific modelling in informing decision making and how scientists should communicate with the public. He also assessed the latest Covid-19 data, and what measures may need to be taken in the weeks and months ahead.
Professor Neil Ferguson is head of the Department of Infectious Disease Epidemiology in the School of Public Health, Faculty of Medicine, Imperial College London.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Sep 2021 10:30:30 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Professor Neil Ferguson</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>131</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;As one of the UK’s top epidemiologists and the head of the influential modelling group at Imperial College London,&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Neil Ferguson&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;has played a critical role in providing advice during the Covid-19 crisis, as well as previous crises including foot and mouth.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;p&gt;In conversation with&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Bronwen Maddox&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of the Institute for Government, Professor Ferguson discussed the lessons he has learned about advising government, the role of scientific modelling in informing decision making and how scientists should communicate with the public. He also assessed the latest Covid-19 data, and what measures may need to be taken in the weeks and months ahead.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Professor Neil Ferguson is head of the Department of Infectious Disease Epidemiology in the School of Public Health, Faculty of Medicine, Imperial College London.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As one of the UK’s top epidemiologists and the head of the influential modelling group at Imperial College London, Neil Ferguson has played a critical role in providing advice during the Covid-19 crisis, as well as previous crises including foot and mouth.
In conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government, Professor Ferguson discussed the lessons he has learned about advising government, the role of scientific modelling in informing decision making and how scientists should communicate with the public. He also assessed the latest Covid-19 data, and what measures may need to be taken in the weeks and months ahead.
Professor Neil Ferguson is head of the Department of Infectious Disease Epidemiology in the School of Public Health, Faculty of Medicine, Imperial College London.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As one of the UK’s top epidemiologists and the head of the influential modelling group at Imperial College London, <strong>Neil Ferguson</strong> has played a critical role in providing advice during the Covid-19 crisis, as well as previous crises including foot and mouth.</p><br><p>In conversation with <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government, Professor Ferguson discussed the lessons he has learned about advising government, the role of scientific modelling in informing decision making and how scientists should communicate with the public. He also assessed the latest Covid-19 data, and what measures may need to be taken in the weeks and months ahead.</p><br><p><em>Professor Neil Ferguson is head of the Department of Infectious Disease Epidemiology in the School of Public Health, Faculty of Medicine, Imperial College London.</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3656</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[613890c79ee9260013d6c9bc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8682837234.mp3?updated=1634823169" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Climate: Can the UK be a global leader?</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Climate change is already devastating lives and livelihoods every year. With heatwaves, floods, wildfires and other extreme weather events becoming more common in the UK and around the world, all countries need to adapt and build resilience. So as the UK prepares to host COP26, the UK presidency has placed climate adaptation at the heart of its agenda.
COP26 is a huge opportunity for the UK. How can the UK government show leadership on climate adaptation, both internationally and domestically? How can countries provide support for people most vulnerable to the effects of climate change? What role can early warning systems play and how can this help inform approaches by policy makers and donors? And how can the UK both learn from other countries facing climate risks and share the lessons of its own experiences?
This panel event brings together experts from the UK and overseas to consider these and other questions:


Richard Blewitt, Executive Director International at British Red Cross


Rt Hon Baroness Brown, (Professor Dame Julia King), Chair of the Climate Change Adaptation Committee and Chair of the Carbon Trust


Dr Jane Strachan, Head of International Applied Science at the Met Office


H.E. Ms Saida Muna Tasneem, High Commissioner of Bangladesh to the UK

The event is chaired by Marcus Shepheard, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
#IfGClimate
We would like to thank the British Red Cross and the Met Office for kindly supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Aug 2021 09:51:34 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Climate: Can the UK be a global leader?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>130</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>A special panel in the run-up to COP26</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Climate change is already devastating lives and livelihoods every year. With heatwaves, floods, wildfires and other extreme weather events becoming more common in the UK and around the world, all countries need to adapt and build resilience. So as the UK prepares to host COP26, the UK presidency has placed climate adaptation at the heart of its agenda.
COP26 is a huge opportunity for the UK. How can the UK government show leadership on climate adaptation, both internationally and domestically? How can countries provide support for people most vulnerable to the effects of climate change? What role can early warning systems play and how can this help inform approaches by policy makers and donors? And how can the UK both learn from other countries facing climate risks and share the lessons of its own experiences?
This panel event brings together experts from the UK and overseas to consider these and other questions:


Richard Blewitt, Executive Director International at British Red Cross


Rt Hon Baroness Brown, (Professor Dame Julia King), Chair of the Climate Change Adaptation Committee and Chair of the Carbon Trust


Dr Jane Strachan, Head of International Applied Science at the Met Office


H.E. Ms Saida Muna Tasneem, High Commissioner of Bangladesh to the UK

The event is chaired by Marcus Shepheard, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
#IfGClimate
We would like to thank the British Red Cross and the Met Office for kindly supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Climate change is already devastating lives and livelihoods every year. With heatwaves, floods, wildfires and other extreme weather events becoming more common in the UK and around the world, all countries need to adapt and build resilience. So as the UK prepares to host COP26, the UK presidency has placed <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/adaptation-climate-change">climate adaptation</a> at the heart of its agenda.</p><p>COP26 is a huge opportunity for the UK. How can the UK government show leadership on climate adaptation, both internationally and domestically? How can countries provide support for people most vulnerable to the effects of climate change? What role can early warning systems play and how can this help inform approaches by policy makers and donors? And how can the UK both learn from other countries facing climate risks and share the lessons of its own experiences?</p><p>This panel event brings together experts from the UK and overseas to consider these and other questions:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Richard Blewitt</strong>, Executive Director International at British Red Cross</li>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Baroness Brown</strong>, (Professor Dame Julia King), Chair of the Climate Change Adaptation Committee and Chair of the Carbon Trust</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Jane Strachan,</strong> Head of International Applied Science at the Met Office</li>
<li>
<strong>H.E. Ms Saida Muna Tasneem</strong>, High Commissioner of Bangladesh to the UK</li>
</ul><p>The event is chaired by <strong>Marcus Shepheard</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgclimate&amp;src=typed_query"><strong>#IfGClimate</strong></a></p><p><em>We would like to thank the British Red Cross and the Met Office for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3532</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6110faa6b4f7cc001219fe34]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1626576201.mp3?updated=1634823170" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Parliament, trade and treaties</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/parliament-trade-and-treaties</link>
      <description>The Brexit negotiations demonstrated long-standing weaknesses in parliament’s ability to scrutinise trade negotiations and international treaties – with much of the May government’s time spent managing attempts by parliamentarians to enhance their role. In light of the government’s post-Brexit ambition to conclude new trade deals with countries around the world, this panel examined how parliament currently scrutinises international treaties and what more parliamentarians should do to ensure effective scrutiny.
To discuss these issues, we were joined by:


Jill Barrett, Associate Member 6 Pump Court, International Law Consultant and former Foreign Office legal adviser


Mark Garnier MP, Member of the House of Commons International Trade Committee and Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State in the Department of Trade, 2016–18


Professor Holger Hestermeyer, Professor of International and EU law at King’s College London


Alex Horne, Counsel at Hackett and Dabbs LLP and Special Adviser to the House of Lords International Agreements Committee

The event was chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jul 2021 16:53:37 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Parliament, trade and treaties</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>129</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The Brexit negotiations demonstrated long-standing weaknesses in parliament’s ability to scrutinise trade negotiations and international treaties – with much of the May government’s time spent managing attempts by parliamentarians to enhance their role. In light of the government’s post-Brexit ambition to conclude new trade deals with countries around the world, this panel examined how parliament currently scrutinises international treaties and what more parliamentarians should do to ensure effective scrutiny.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To discuss these issues, we were joined by:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Jill Barrett&lt;/strong&gt;, Associate Member 6 Pump Court, International Law Consultant and former Foreign Office legal adviser&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mark Garnier MP&lt;/strong&gt;, Member of the House of Commons International Trade Committee and Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State in the Department of Trade, 2016–18&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Professor Holger Hestermeyer&lt;/strong&gt;, Professor of International and EU law at King’s College London&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alex Horne&lt;/strong&gt;, Counsel at Hackett and Dabbs LLP and Special Adviser to the House of Lords International Agreements Committee&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Maddy Thimont Jack&lt;/strong&gt;, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Brexit negotiations demonstrated long-standing weaknesses in parliament’s ability to scrutinise trade negotiations and international treaties – with much of the May government’s time spent managing attempts by parliamentarians to enhance their role. In light of the government’s post-Brexit ambition to conclude new trade deals with countries around the world, this panel examined how parliament currently scrutinises international treaties and what more parliamentarians should do to ensure effective scrutiny.
To discuss these issues, we were joined by:


Jill Barrett, Associate Member 6 Pump Court, International Law Consultant and former Foreign Office legal adviser


Mark Garnier MP, Member of the House of Commons International Trade Committee and Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State in the Department of Trade, 2016–18


Professor Holger Hestermeyer, Professor of International and EU law at King’s College London


Alex Horne, Counsel at Hackett and Dabbs LLP and Special Adviser to the House of Lords International Agreements Committee

The event was chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Brexit negotiations demonstrated long-standing weaknesses in parliament’s ability to scrutinise trade negotiations and international treaties – with much of the May government’s time spent managing attempts by parliamentarians to enhance their role. In light of the government’s post-Brexit ambition to conclude new trade deals with countries around the world, this panel examined how parliament currently scrutinises international treaties and what more parliamentarians should do to ensure effective scrutiny.</p><p>To discuss these issues, we were joined by:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Jill Barrett</strong>, Associate Member 6 Pump Court, International Law Consultant and former Foreign Office legal adviser</li>
<li>
<strong>Mark Garnier MP</strong>, Member of the House of Commons International Trade Committee and Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State in the Department of Trade, 2016–18</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Holger Hestermeyer</strong>, Professor of International and EU law at King’s College London</li>
<li>
<strong>Alex Horne</strong>, Counsel at Hackett and Dabbs LLP and Special Adviser to the House of Lords International Agreements Committee</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Maddy Thimont Jack</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3813</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6102dd129e849800126225b9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5144424684.mp3?updated=1634823170" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating the Department for International Trade</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/creating-the-department-for-international-trade</link>
      <description>Membership of the EU meant that the UK had not had its own independent trade policy for more than 40 years. In one of her first acts as prime minister, Theresa May established the Department for International Trade to take on this function. This panel looked back at how department was established, how effective it has been in developing the UK’s skills and approach to international trade policy, and what more needs to be done to make the UK the big player in international trade it aspires to be.
To discuss these issues, we were joined by:


John Alty, Interim Permanent Secretary at the Department for International Trade


Dr Lorand Bartels, Reader in International Law at the University of Cambridge and Counsel at Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP


Sam Lowe, Senior Research Fellow at the Centre for European Reform


Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

#IfGtrade
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jul 2021 16:53:35 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Creating the Department for International Trade</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>128</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;Membership of the EU meant that the UK had not had its own independent trade policy for more than 40 years. In one of her first acts as prime minister, Theresa May established the Department for International Trade to take on this function. This panel looked back at how department was established, how effective it has been in developing the UK’s skills and approach to international trade policy, and what more needs to be done to make the UK the big player in international trade it aspires to be.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To discuss these issues, we were joined by:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;John Alty&lt;/strong&gt;, Interim Permanent Secretary at the Department for International Trade&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dr&amp;nbsp;Lorand Bartels,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;Reader in International Law at the University of Cambridge and Counsel at Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sam Lowe&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Research Fellow at the&amp;nbsp;Centre for European Reform&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Jill Rutter&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgtrade&amp;amp;src=typed_query" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGtrade&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Membership of the EU meant that the UK had not had its own independent trade policy for more than 40 years. In one of her first acts as prime minister, Theresa May established the Department for International Trade to take on this function. This panel looked back at how department was established, how effective it has been in developing the UK’s skills and approach to international trade policy, and what more needs to be done to make the UK the big player in international trade it aspires to be.
To discuss these issues, we were joined by:


John Alty, Interim Permanent Secretary at the Department for International Trade


Dr Lorand Bartels, Reader in International Law at the University of Cambridge and Counsel at Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP


Sam Lowe, Senior Research Fellow at the Centre for European Reform


Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

#IfGtrade
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Membership of the EU meant that the UK had not had its own independent trade policy for more than 40 years. In one of her first acts as prime minister, Theresa May established the Department for International Trade to take on this function. This panel looked back at how department was established, how effective it has been in developing the UK’s skills and approach to international trade policy, and what more needs to be done to make the UK the big player in international trade it aspires to be.</p><p>To discuss these issues, we were joined by:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>John Alty</strong>, Interim Permanent Secretary at the Department for International Trade</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Lorand Bartels, </strong>Reader in International Law at the University of Cambridge and Counsel at Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP</li>
<li>
<strong>Sam Lowe</strong>, Senior Research Fellow at the Centre for European Reform</li>
<li>
<strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgtrade&amp;src=typed_query"><strong>#IfGtrade</strong></a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3680</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6102dd10b3f0130013c8855b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4351281282.mp3?updated=1634823170" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> In conversation with Sir Jeremy Farrar, Director of Wellcome Trust</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/in-conversation-with-sir-jeremy-farrar-director-of-wellcome-</link>
      <description>Sir Jeremy Farrar has been at the heart of the global fight against Covid-19. As head of one the world’s most influential medical research charities and a leading member of SAGE, he has played a decisive role as complex decisions were taken to meet the rapidly-evolving threat of the pandemic.
Sir Jeremy discussed his new book, Spike – The Virus v The People: The Inside Story, with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government. The book, co- authored with the Financial Times science columnist, Anjana Ahuja, sets out his reflections on the extraordinary last 18 months and puts forward his ideas on how the world can be better prepared to tackle future threats.
#IfGFarrar
We would like to thank Wellcome Trust for kindly supporting this event, which follows a joint project on how policy makers should tackle Covid-19 over the long term.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jul 2021 16:17:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title> In conversation with Sir Jeremy Farrar, Director of Wellcome Trust</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>127</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sir Jeremy Farrar&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;has been at the heart of the global fight against Covid-19. As head of one the world’s most influential medical research charities and a leading member of&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/sage" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;SAGE&lt;/a&gt;, he has played a decisive role as complex decisions were taken to meet the rapidly-evolving threat of the pandemic.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sir Jeremy discussed his new book,&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Spike – The Virus v The People: The Inside Story&lt;/em&gt;, with&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Bronwen Maddox&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of the Institute for Government. The book, co- authored with the&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Financial Times&lt;/em&gt;&amp;nbsp;science columnist, Anjana Ahuja, sets out his reflections on the extraordinary last 18 months and puts forward his ideas on how the world can be better prepared to tackle future threats.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGFarrar&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;We would like to thank Wellcome Trust for kindly supporting this event, which follows&amp;nbsp;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/tackling-covid-long-term" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;em&gt;a joint project on how policy makers should tackle Covid-19 over the long term&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;em&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Sir Jeremy Farrar has been at the heart of the global fight against Covid-19. As head of one the world’s most influential medical research charities and a leading member of SAGE, he has played a decisive role as complex decisions were taken to meet the rapidly-evolving threat of the pandemic.
Sir Jeremy discussed his new book, Spike – The Virus v The People: The Inside Story, with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government. The book, co- authored with the Financial Times science columnist, Anjana Ahuja, sets out his reflections on the extraordinary last 18 months and puts forward his ideas on how the world can be better prepared to tackle future threats.
#IfGFarrar
We would like to thank Wellcome Trust for kindly supporting this event, which follows a joint project on how policy makers should tackle Covid-19 over the long term.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Sir Jeremy Farrar</strong> has been at the heart of the global fight against Covid-19. As head of one the world’s most influential medical research charities and a leading member of <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/sage">SAGE</a>, he has played a decisive role as complex decisions were taken to meet the rapidly-evolving threat of the pandemic.</p><p>Sir Jeremy discussed his new book, <em>Spike – The Virus v The People: The Inside Story</em>, with <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government. The book, co- authored with the <em>Financial Times</em> science columnist, Anjana Ahuja, sets out his reflections on the extraordinary last 18 months and puts forward his ideas on how the world can be better prepared to tackle future threats.</p><p><strong>#IfGFarrar</strong></p><p><em>We would like to thank Wellcome Trust for kindly supporting this event, which follows </em><a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/tackling-covid-long-term"><em>a joint project on how policy makers should tackle Covid-19 over the long term</em></a><em>.</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3543</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[610182fdef90b3001a60d3d3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4435334997.mp3?updated=1634823170" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reforming the Union: Mark Drakeford MS, First Minister of Wales</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/reforming-the-union-mark-drakeford-ms-first-minister-of-wale</link>
      <description>As part of a new series of events on the future of devolution and the Union, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome The Rt Hon Mark Drakeford, Welsh Labour leader and First Minister of Wales.
After setting out his vision for devolution and reforming the Union, based on the Welsh government paper, Reforming Our Union: Shared Governance in the UK 2nd Edition, the First Minister was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
The First Minister discussed the state of relations between Westminster and Cardiff, the scope for changes to the powers and funding of the Welsh government, the case for reform of the House of Lords, and what needs to be done to create a new culture of shared governance between UK and devolved administrations.
#IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 15:18:43 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Reforming the Union: Mark Drakeford MS, First Minister of Wales</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>126</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;As part of a new series of events on the future of devolution and the Union, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;The Rt Hon Mark Drakeford&lt;/strong&gt;, Welsh Labour leader and First Minister of Wales.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;After setting out his vision for devolution and reforming the Union, based on the Welsh government paper,&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Reforming Our Union: Shared Governance in the UK 2nd Edition&lt;/em&gt;, the First Minister was in conversation with&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Akash Paun&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The First Minister discussed the state of relations between Westminster and Cardiff, the scope for changes to the powers and funding of the Welsh government, the case for reform of the House of Lords, and what needs to be done to create a new culture of shared governance between UK and devolved administrations.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGdevo?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGDevo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As part of a new series of events on the future of devolution and the Union, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome The Rt Hon Mark Drakeford, Welsh Labour leader and First Minister of Wales.
After setting out his vision for devolution and reforming the Union, based on the Welsh government paper, Reforming Our Union: Shared Governance in the UK 2nd Edition, the First Minister was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
The First Minister discussed the state of relations between Westminster and Cardiff, the scope for changes to the powers and funding of the Welsh government, the case for reform of the House of Lords, and what needs to be done to create a new culture of shared governance between UK and devolved administrations.
#IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As part of a new series of events on the future of devolution and the Union, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>The Rt Hon Mark Drakeford</strong>, Welsh Labour leader and First Minister of Wales.</p><p>After setting out his vision for devolution and reforming the Union, based on the Welsh government paper, <em>Reforming Our Union: Shared Governance in the UK 2nd Edition</em>, the First Minister was in conversation with <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p>The First Minister discussed the state of relations between Westminster and Cardiff, the scope for changes to the powers and funding of the Welsh government, the case for reform of the House of Lords, and what needs to be done to create a new culture of shared governance between UK and devolved administrations.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGdevo?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGDevo</strong></a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3595</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60f6e9549d9919001aa8ba05]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4591865311.mp3?updated=1634823170" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does the UK have a trade strategy yet?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/does-the-uk-have-a-trade-strategy-yet</link>
      <description>In our report Taking back control of trade policy, the Institute argued that the government needed a clear trade strategy. So far, the government’s main goal appears to be to strike as many deals as it can. But recent disagreements in cabinet over whether to open UK markets to Australian agricultural produce, and whether UK farmers will be able to compete, suggest that the government is still struggling to make the necessary trade-offs. This panel examined whether the UK has a trade policy, and if so, what it hopes to achieve.
To discuss these issues, we were joined by:


Martin Bell, Deputy Director of Trade at the Scotch Whisky Association


Anna Isaac, Incoming Economics Editor at The Independent



Graham Stuart MP, Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State (Minister for Exports) at the Department for International Trade


Emily Thornberry MP, Shadow International Trade Secretary


Nick von Westenholz, Director of Trade and Business Strategy at the National Farmers Union

The event was chaired by James Kane, Associate at the Institute for Government.
#IfGtrade
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Jul 2021 18:02:02 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Does the UK have a trade strategy yet?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>125</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt; In our report&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/taking-back-control-trade-policy" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Taking back control of trade policy&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, the Institute argued that the government needed a clear trade strategy. So far, the government’s main goal appears to be to strike as many deals as it can. But recent disagreements in cabinet over whether to open UK markets to Australian agricultural produce, and whether UK farmers will be able to compete, suggest that the government is still struggling to make the necessary trade-offs. This panel examined whether the&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/blog/trade-strategy-options" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;UK has a trade policy&lt;/a&gt;, and if so, what it hopes to achieve.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To discuss these issues, we were joined by:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Martin Bell&lt;/strong&gt;, Deputy Director of Trade at the Scotch Whisky Association&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Anna Isaac&lt;/strong&gt;, Incoming Economics Editor at&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;The Independent&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Graham Stuart MP&lt;/strong&gt;, Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State (Minister for Exports) at the Department for International Trade&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Emily Thornberry MP&lt;/strong&gt;, Shadow International Trade Secretary&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nick von Westenholz&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of Trade and Business Strategy at the National Farmers Union&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;James Kane&lt;/strong&gt;, Associate&amp;nbsp;at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgtrade&amp;amp;src=typed_query" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGtrade&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In our report Taking back control of trade policy, the Institute argued that the government needed a clear trade strategy. So far, the government’s main goal appears to be to strike as many deals as it can. But recent disagreements in cabinet over whether to open UK markets to Australian agricultural produce, and whether UK farmers will be able to compete, suggest that the government is still struggling to make the necessary trade-offs. This panel examined whether the UK has a trade policy, and if so, what it hopes to achieve.
To discuss these issues, we were joined by:


Martin Bell, Deputy Director of Trade at the Scotch Whisky Association


Anna Isaac, Incoming Economics Editor at The Independent



Graham Stuart MP, Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State (Minister for Exports) at the Department for International Trade


Emily Thornberry MP, Shadow International Trade Secretary


Nick von Westenholz, Director of Trade and Business Strategy at the National Farmers Union

The event was chaired by James Kane, Associate at the Institute for Government.
#IfGtrade
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p> In our report <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/taking-back-control-trade-policy"><strong><em>Taking back control of trade policy</em></strong></a>, the Institute argued that the government needed a clear trade strategy. So far, the government’s main goal appears to be to strike as many deals as it can. But recent disagreements in cabinet over whether to open UK markets to Australian agricultural produce, and whether UK farmers will be able to compete, suggest that the government is still struggling to make the necessary trade-offs. This panel examined whether the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/blog/trade-strategy-options">UK has a trade policy</a>, and if so, what it hopes to achieve.</p><p>To discuss these issues, we were joined by:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Martin Bell</strong>, Deputy Director of Trade at the Scotch Whisky Association</li>
<li>
<strong>Anna Isaac</strong>, Incoming Economics Editor at <em>The Independent</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Graham Stuart MP</strong>, Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State (Minister for Exports) at the Department for International Trade</li>
<li>
<strong>Emily Thornberry MP</strong>, Shadow International Trade Secretary</li>
<li>
<strong>Nick von Westenholz</strong>, Director of Trade and Business Strategy at the National Farmers Union</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>James Kane</strong>, Associate at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgtrade&amp;src=typed_query"><strong>#IfGtrade</strong></a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4476</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60f1c99783c17a0015cfe8a1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9761422856.mp3?updated=1634823171" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the UK pay for Net Zero?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/how-can-the-uk-pay-for-net-zero</link>
      <description>The COP26 climate change summit in November is approaching fast – but where is the plan for the UK to meet its pledge to hit net zero by 2050 or to reduce emissions by 78% by 2035?
The government has yet to say what it will do – or who it expects to pay for the its plan to drive down emissions. How should costs be distributed between taxpayers, consumers and businesses? Where should the burden fall between current and future generations?
To debate how to pay for net zero and ensure the UK tackles climate change in a way that maintains public support, the Institute for Government brought together an expert panel for a special IfG Live podcast.
 


Bim Afolami, Conservative MP for Hitchin and Harpenden


Wera Hobhouse, Liberal Democrat MP for Bath


Paul Johnson, Director of the Institute for Fiscal Studies


James Meadway, Director of the Progressive Economy Forum

Presented by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
 
Audio Production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Jul 2021 16:28:46 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can the UK pay for Net Zero?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>124</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The COP26 climate change summit in November is approaching fast – but where is the plan for the&amp;nbsp;UK to meet its pledge to hit net zero by 2050 or to reduce emissions by 78% by 2035?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The government has yet to say what it will do – or who it expects to pay for the its plan to drive down emissions. How should costs be distributed between taxpayers, consumers and businesses?&amp;nbsp;Where should the burden fall between current and future generations?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To debate how to pay for net zero and ensure the UK tackles climate change in a way that maintains public support, the Institute for Government brought together an expert panel for a special IfG Live podcast.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bim Afolami&lt;/strong&gt;, Conservative MP for Hitchin and Harpenden&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Wera Hobhouse&lt;/strong&gt;, Liberal Democrat MP for Bath&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Paul Johnson&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of the Institute for Fiscal Studies&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;James Meadway&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of the Progressive Economy Forum&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;Presented by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Audio Production by Candice McKenzie&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The COP26 climate change summit in November is approaching fast – but where is the plan for the UK to meet its pledge to hit net zero by 2050 or to reduce emissions by 78% by 2035?
The government has yet to say what it will do – or who it expects to pay for the its plan to drive down emissions. How should costs be distributed between taxpayers, consumers and businesses? Where should the burden fall between current and future generations?
To debate how to pay for net zero and ensure the UK tackles climate change in a way that maintains public support, the Institute for Government brought together an expert panel for a special IfG Live podcast.
 


Bim Afolami, Conservative MP for Hitchin and Harpenden


Wera Hobhouse, Liberal Democrat MP for Bath


Paul Johnson, Director of the Institute for Fiscal Studies


James Meadway, Director of the Progressive Economy Forum

Presented by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
 
Audio Production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The COP26 climate change summit in November is approaching fast – but where is the plan for the UK to meet its pledge to hit net zero by 2050 or to reduce emissions by 78% by 2035?</p><p>The government has yet to say what it will do – or who it expects to pay for the its plan to drive down emissions. How should costs be distributed between taxpayers, consumers and businesses? Where should the burden fall between current and future generations?</p><p>To debate how to pay for net zero and ensure the UK tackles climate change in a way that maintains public support, the Institute for Government brought together an expert panel for a special IfG Live podcast.</p><p> </p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Bim Afolami</strong>, Conservative MP for Hitchin and Harpenden</li>
<li>
<strong>Wera Hobhouse</strong>, Liberal Democrat MP for Bath</li>
<li>
<strong>Paul Johnson</strong>, Director of the Institute for Fiscal Studies</li>
<li>
<strong>James Meadway</strong>, Director of the Progressive Economy Forum</li>
</ul><p>Presented by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p><p> </p><p>Audio Production by Candice McKenzie</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3111</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60f1b3bcb6888000131b814d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2028123337.mp3?updated=1634823171" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>‘Australian-style’ politics: what is the government learning from abroad?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/australian-style-politics-what-is-the-government-learning-fr</link>
      <description>The current government has close ties to Australia, with Australian campaign strategists such as Sir Lynton Crosby and Isaac Levido both having led successful election campaigns for the Conservatives in recent years, and the new trade deal between the UK and Australia agreed in principle in June 2021.
British politicians also like to point to Australia as an example of policy models to follow – from an ‘Australian-style’ immigration system to the prospect of an ‘Australian-style’ deal with the European Union.
This event brought together an expert panel to discuss why Australia has so captured the government’s imagination, what the UK is learning from Australia, whether the ‘Australia-style’ label glosses over important differences between the UK and Australia, and also whether there are any Australian policy successes that aren’t yet part of the political debate in the UK.
Our panel:


James Starkie, Founding Partner at 5654 &amp; Company and former Chief of Staff to Priti Patel


Marc Stears, Director of the Sydney Policy Lab and former Chief Speechwriter to the Labour Party


Laura Tingle, Journalist and Chief Political Correspondent at the Australian Broadcasting Corporation


John McTernan, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and former Director of Political Operations for Tony Blair and for Director of Communications for Julia Gillard

The was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGAus
We are grateful to Nous for their support with this event
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 17:03:50 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>‘Australian-style’ politics: what is the government learning from abroad?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>123</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The current government has close ties to Australia, with Australian campaign strategists such as Sir Lynton Crosby and Isaac Levido both having led successful election campaigns for the Conservatives in recent years, and the new trade deal between the UK and Australia agreed in principle in June 2021.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;British politicians also like to point to Australia as an example of policy models to follow – from an ‘Australian-style’ immigration system to the prospect of an ‘Australian-style’ deal with the European Union.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This event brought together an expert panel to discuss why Australia has so captured the government’s imagination, what the UK is learning from Australia, whether the ‘Australia-style’ label glosses over important differences between the UK and Australia, and also whether there are any Australian policy successes that aren’t yet part of the political debate in the UK.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Our panel:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;James Starkie&lt;/strong&gt;, Founding Partner at 5654 &amp;amp; Company and former Chief of Staff to Priti Patel&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Marc Stears&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of the Sydney Policy Lab and former Chief Speechwriter to the Labour Party&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Laura Tingle&lt;/strong&gt;, Journalist and Chief Political Correspondent at the Australian Broadcasting Corporation&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;John McTernan&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and&amp;nbsp;former Director of Political Operations for Tony Blair and for Director of Communications for Julia Gillard&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Jill Rutter&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGAus?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGAus&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;We are grateful to&amp;nbsp;Nous&amp;nbsp;for their support with this event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The current government has close ties to Australia, with Australian campaign strategists such as Sir Lynton Crosby and Isaac Levido both having led successful election campaigns for the Conservatives in recent years, and the new trade deal between the UK and Australia agreed in principle in June 2021.
British politicians also like to point to Australia as an example of policy models to follow – from an ‘Australian-style’ immigration system to the prospect of an ‘Australian-style’ deal with the European Union.
This event brought together an expert panel to discuss why Australia has so captured the government’s imagination, what the UK is learning from Australia, whether the ‘Australia-style’ label glosses over important differences between the UK and Australia, and also whether there are any Australian policy successes that aren’t yet part of the political debate in the UK.
Our panel:


James Starkie, Founding Partner at 5654 &amp; Company and former Chief of Staff to Priti Patel


Marc Stears, Director of the Sydney Policy Lab and former Chief Speechwriter to the Labour Party


Laura Tingle, Journalist and Chief Political Correspondent at the Australian Broadcasting Corporation


John McTernan, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and former Director of Political Operations for Tony Blair and for Director of Communications for Julia Gillard

The was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGAus
We are grateful to Nous for their support with this event
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The current government has close ties to Australia, with Australian campaign strategists such as Sir Lynton Crosby and Isaac Levido both having led successful election campaigns for the Conservatives in recent years, and the new trade deal between the UK and Australia agreed in principle in June 2021.</p><p>British politicians also like to point to Australia as an example of policy models to follow – from an ‘Australian-style’ immigration system to the prospect of an ‘Australian-style’ deal with the European Union.</p><p>This event brought together an expert panel to discuss why Australia has so captured the government’s imagination, what the UK is learning from Australia, whether the ‘Australia-style’ label glosses over important differences between the UK and Australia, and also whether there are any Australian policy successes that aren’t yet part of the political debate in the UK.</p><p>Our panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>James Starkie</strong>, Founding Partner at 5654 &amp; Company and former Chief of Staff to Priti Patel</li>
<li>
<strong>Marc Stears</strong>, Director of the Sydney Policy Lab and former Chief Speechwriter to the Labour Party</li>
<li>
<strong>Laura Tingle</strong>, Journalist and Chief Political Correspondent at the Australian Broadcasting Corporation</li>
<li>
<strong>John McTernan</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and former Director of Political Operations for Tony Blair and for Director of Communications for Julia Gillard</li>
</ul><p>The was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGAus?src=hashtag_click">#IfGAus</a></p><p><em>We are grateful to Nous for their support with this event</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3779</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60edc77a8c0c31001917c8fa]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO7492347058.mp3?updated=1634823171" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the UK be a force for good in the world?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/how-can-the-uk-be-a-force-for-good-in-the-world</link>
      <description>The G7 in Cornwall was a big opportunity for Boris Johnson to set out his vision for Global Britain. On the agenda was famine prevention, girls’ education, tackling climate change and, of course, recovering from the Covid-19 pandemic. But the summit also took place against the backdrop of criticism, at home and abroad, of the government’s decision to cut the UK’s foreign aid budget.
To assess how much the summit achieved and to discuss what needs to happen next for the UK to reach its global ambitions and priorities, and how it can be a force for global good, the Institute for Government was delighted to bring together the following expert panel:


Mike Adamson, Chief Executive of the British Red Cross


The Rt Hon Baroness Amos, Master of University College, Oxford and former UN Under-Secretary-General for Humanitarian Affairs and Emergency Relief Coordinator and former Secretary of State for International Development


Tobias Ellwood MP, Chair of the Defence Select Committee


Laila Johnson-Salami, Journalist at Arise TV and Founding Member of Feminist Coalition

The event was be chaired by Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGG7
We would like to thank British Red Cross for kindly supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 14:49:42 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can the UK be a force for good in the world?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>122</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The G7 in Cornwall was a big opportunity for Boris Johnson to set out his vision for Global Britain. On the agenda was famine prevention, girls’ education, tackling climate change and, of course, recovering from the Covid-19 pandemic. But the summit also took place against the backdrop of criticism, at home and abroad, of the government’s decision to cut the UK’s foreign aid budget.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To assess how much the summit achieved and to discuss what needs to happen next for the UK to reach its global ambitions and priorities, and how it can be a force for global good, the Institute for Government was delighted to bring together the following expert panel:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mike Adamson&lt;/strong&gt;, Chief Executive of the&amp;nbsp;British Red Cross&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The Rt Hon Baroness Amos&lt;/strong&gt;, Master of University College, Oxford and former UN Under-Secretary-General for Humanitarian Affairs and Emergency Relief Coordinator and former Secretary of State for International Development&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tobias Ellwood MP&lt;/strong&gt;, Chair of the Defence Select Committee&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Laila Johnson-Salami&lt;/strong&gt;, Journalist at Arise TV and Founding Member of Feminist Coalition&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was&amp;nbsp;be chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Tim Durrant&lt;/strong&gt;, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgg7&amp;amp;src=typed_query" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGG7&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;We would like to thank British Red Cross for kindly supporting this event.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The G7 in Cornwall was a big opportunity for Boris Johnson to set out his vision for Global Britain. On the agenda was famine prevention, girls’ education, tackling climate change and, of course, recovering from the Covid-19 pandemic. But the summit also took place against the backdrop of criticism, at home and abroad, of the government’s decision to cut the UK’s foreign aid budget.
To assess how much the summit achieved and to discuss what needs to happen next for the UK to reach its global ambitions and priorities, and how it can be a force for global good, the Institute for Government was delighted to bring together the following expert panel:


Mike Adamson, Chief Executive of the British Red Cross


The Rt Hon Baroness Amos, Master of University College, Oxford and former UN Under-Secretary-General for Humanitarian Affairs and Emergency Relief Coordinator and former Secretary of State for International Development


Tobias Ellwood MP, Chair of the Defence Select Committee


Laila Johnson-Salami, Journalist at Arise TV and Founding Member of Feminist Coalition

The event was be chaired by Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGG7
We would like to thank British Red Cross for kindly supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The G7 in Cornwall was a big opportunity for Boris Johnson to set out his vision for Global Britain. On the agenda was famine prevention, girls’ education, tackling climate change and, of course, recovering from the Covid-19 pandemic. But the summit also took place against the backdrop of criticism, at home and abroad, of the government’s decision to cut the UK’s foreign aid budget.</p><p>To assess how much the summit achieved and to discuss what needs to happen next for the UK to reach its global ambitions and priorities, and how it can be a force for global good, the Institute for Government was delighted to bring together the following expert panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Mike Adamson</strong>, Chief Executive of the British Red Cross</li>
<li>
<strong>The Rt Hon Baroness Amos</strong>, Master of University College, Oxford and former UN Under-Secretary-General for Humanitarian Affairs and Emergency Relief Coordinator and former Secretary of State for International Development</li>
<li>
<strong>Tobias Ellwood MP</strong>, Chair of the Defence Select Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Laila Johnson-Salami</strong>, Journalist at Arise TV and Founding Member of Feminist Coalition</li>
</ul><p>The event was be chaired by <strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgg7&amp;src=typed_query"><strong>#IfGG7</strong></a></p><p><em>We would like to thank British Red Cross for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3560</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60e46d86f2fb880012963750]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9321150265.mp3?updated=1634823171" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Taking back control of regulation</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/taking-back-control-of-regulation</link>
      <description>Announcing the UK–EU Trade and Cooperation Agreement, the prime minister declared that “we have taken back control of every jot and tittle of our regulation”. Regaining regulatory autonomy was a key UK objective in the negotiations. The question now is what the government wants to do with it.
There is no shortage of ideas about how the government could regulate differently outside the EU. The taskforce set up by the prime minister to identify post-Brexit opportunities has made much of the ability to change regulation to better reflect the needs of the UK economy and promote innovation, and recommended reform in areas like financial services and life sciences. The government is now launching a search to find a director for its Brexit Opportunities Unit to "develop a cross-government strategy for regulatory change, while driving policy development on new opportunities across Whitehall."
As our recent report, Taking back control of regulation, shows, doing things differently from the EU presents opportunities, but also brings potential costs and risks.
To discuss how the government should think about regulation after Brexit, we brought together a panel representing a range of views:


Bernardine Adkins, Partner, Head of EU, Trade and Competition at Gowling WLG


John Foster, Interim Director of Policy and Communications at the Confederation of British Industry


Joe Marshall, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government


Iain Martin, Columnist for The Times


The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrexit
We are grateful to Gowling WLG for their support with this event
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Jul 2021 15:00:07 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Taking back control of regulation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>121</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>How can the government make the most of its post-Brexit freedoms?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Announcing the UK–EU Trade and Cooperation Agreement, the prime minister declared that “we have taken back control of every jot and tittle of our regulation”. Regaining regulatory autonomy was a key UK objective in the negotiations. The question now is what the government wants to do with it.
There is no shortage of ideas about how the government could regulate differently outside the EU. The taskforce set up by the prime minister to identify post-Brexit opportunities has made much of the ability to change regulation to better reflect the needs of the UK economy and promote innovation, and recommended reform in areas like financial services and life sciences. The government is now launching a search to find a director for its Brexit Opportunities Unit to "develop a cross-government strategy for regulatory change, while driving policy development on new opportunities across Whitehall."
As our recent report, Taking back control of regulation, shows, doing things differently from the EU presents opportunities, but also brings potential costs and risks.
To discuss how the government should think about regulation after Brexit, we brought together a panel representing a range of views:


Bernardine Adkins, Partner, Head of EU, Trade and Competition at Gowling WLG


John Foster, Interim Director of Policy and Communications at the Confederation of British Industry


Joe Marshall, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government


Iain Martin, Columnist for The Times


The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrexit
We are grateful to Gowling WLG for their support with this event
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Announcing the UK–EU Trade and Cooperation Agreement, the prime minister declared that “we have taken back control of every jot and tittle of our regulation”. Regaining regulatory autonomy was a key UK objective in the negotiations. The question now is what the government wants to do with it.</p><p>There is no shortage of ideas about how the government could regulate differently outside the EU. The taskforce set up by the prime minister to identify post-Brexit opportunities has made much of the ability to change regulation to better reflect the needs of the UK economy and promote innovation, and recommended reform in areas like financial services and life sciences. The government is now launching a search to find a director for its Brexit Opportunities Unit to "develop a cross-government strategy for regulatory change, while driving policy development on new opportunities across Whitehall."</p><p>As our recent report, <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/taking-back-control-regulation"><em>Taking back control of regulation</em></a>, shows, doing things differently from the EU presents opportunities, but also brings potential costs and risks.</p><p>To discuss how the government should think about regulation after Brexit, we brought together a panel representing a range of views:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Bernardine Adkins</strong>, Partner, Head of EU, Trade and Competition at Gowling WLG</li>
<li>
<strong>John Foster</strong>, Interim Director of Policy and Communications at the Confederation of British Industry</li>
<li>
<strong>Joe Marshall</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Iain Martin</strong>, Columnist for <em>The Times</em>
</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutte</strong>r, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click">#IfGBrexit</a></p><p><em>We are grateful to Gowling WLG for their support with this event</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3789</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60ddd8783c0e5e0012074581]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5400986259.mp3?updated=1634823171" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Andy Haldane</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/in-conversation-with-andy-haldane</link>
      <description>On his final day as Chief Economist at the Bank of England, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Andy Haldane.
After seven years in this position, and as a member of the Bank's Monetary Policy Committee, he discussed with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the IfG, his more than 30 years at the Bank of England and reflect on some of the big economic events he has witnessed during that time and the lessons he draws from those experiences.
Read Andy Haldane's speech: Thirty years of hurt, never stopped me dreaming
#IfGEconomy
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Jul 2021 09:15:01 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Andy Haldane</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>120</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Bronwen Maddox speaks to the Chief Economist at the Bank of England</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>On his final day as Chief Economist at the Bank of England, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Andy Haldane.
After seven years in this position, and as a member of the Bank's Monetary Policy Committee, he discussed with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the IfG, his more than 30 years at the Bank of England and reflect on some of the big economic events he has witnessed during that time and the lessons he draws from those experiences.
Read Andy Haldane's speech: Thirty years of hurt, never stopped me dreaming
#IfGEconomy
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>On his final day as Chief Economist at the Bank of England, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>Andy Haldane</strong>.</p><p>After seven years in this position, and as a member of the Bank's Monetary Policy Committee, he discussed with<strong> Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the IfG, his more than 30 years at the Bank of England and reflect on some of the big economic events he has witnessed during that time and the lessons he draws from those experiences.</p><p><strong>Read Andy Haldane's speech: </strong><a href="https://www.bankofengland.co.uk/speech/2021/june/andy-haldane-speech-at-the-institute-for-government-on-the-changes-in-monetary-policy"><strong>Thirty years of hurt, never stopped me dreaming</strong></a></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGEconomy?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGEconomy</strong></a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2964</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60dd879518f92f0012a4e382]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3263265892.mp3?updated=1634823172" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can the government build a green recovery?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/how-can-the-government-build-a-green-recovery</link>
      <description>The prime minister says a "green recovery” will be at the heart of the UK's post-pandemic comeback. But his government has so far set out less ambitious measures than some other countries and it cancelled its flagship scheme, the Green Homes Grant, after six months due to low take up.
With the UK hosting the COP26 climate conference in November, this panel discussed what combination of policies, public and private investment and skills programmes will be needed to turn the government's vision of a green recovery into reality.
On our panel were:


Josh Buckland, Director at Flint Global and former Energy Adviser to the Secretary of State for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy


Sam Fankhauser, Professor of Climate Change Economics and Policy at the University of Oxford


Rosa Hodgkin, Researcher at the Institute for Government


Bridget Rosewell, Commissioner for the National Infrastructure Commission

Catherine McGuinness, Chair of the Policy and Resources Committee at the City of London Corporation, made the opening remarks.
The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGnetzero
We would like to thank the City of London Corporation for kindly supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Jun 2021 11:12:09 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can the government build a green recovery?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>119</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The prime minister says a "green recovery” will be at the heart of the UK's post-pandemic comeback. But his government has so far set out less ambitious measures than some other countries and it cancelled its flagship scheme, the&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/blog/treasury-should-not-axe-green-homes-grant" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;Green Homes Grant&lt;/a&gt;, after six months due to low take up.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;With the UK hosting the&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/net-zero" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;COP26 climate conference&lt;/a&gt;&amp;nbsp;in November, this panel discussed what combination of policies, public and private investment and skills programmes will be needed to turn the government's vision of a green recovery into reality.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On our panel were:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Josh Buckland&lt;/strong&gt;, Director at Flint Global and&amp;nbsp;former Energy Adviser to the Secretary of State&amp;nbsp;for Business, Energy and&amp;nbsp;Industrial Strategy&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sam Fankhauser&lt;/strong&gt;, Professor of Climate Change Economics and Policy at the University of Oxford&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rosa Hodgkin&lt;/strong&gt;, Researcher at the Institute for Government&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bridget Rosewell&lt;/strong&gt;, Commissioner for the National Infrastructure Commission&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Catherine McGuinness&lt;/strong&gt;, Chair of the Policy and Resources Committee at the City of London Corporation, made the opening remarks.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Dr Gemma Tetlow&lt;/strong&gt;, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgnetzero&amp;amp;src=typed_query" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGnetzero&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;We would like to thank the City of London Corporation for kindly supporting this event.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The prime minister says a "green recovery” will be at the heart of the UK's post-pandemic comeback. But his government has so far set out less ambitious measures than some other countries and it cancelled its flagship scheme, the Green Homes Grant, after six months due to low take up.
With the UK hosting the COP26 climate conference in November, this panel discussed what combination of policies, public and private investment and skills programmes will be needed to turn the government's vision of a green recovery into reality.
On our panel were:


Josh Buckland, Director at Flint Global and former Energy Adviser to the Secretary of State for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy


Sam Fankhauser, Professor of Climate Change Economics and Policy at the University of Oxford


Rosa Hodgkin, Researcher at the Institute for Government


Bridget Rosewell, Commissioner for the National Infrastructure Commission

Catherine McGuinness, Chair of the Policy and Resources Committee at the City of London Corporation, made the opening remarks.
The event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGnetzero
We would like to thank the City of London Corporation for kindly supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The prime minister says a "green recovery” will be at the heart of the UK's post-pandemic comeback. But his government has so far set out less ambitious measures than some other countries and it cancelled its flagship scheme, the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/blog/treasury-should-not-axe-green-homes-grant">Green Homes Grant</a>, after six months due to low take up.</p><p>With the UK hosting the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/net-zero">COP26 climate conference</a> in November, this panel discussed what combination of policies, public and private investment and skills programmes will be needed to turn the government's vision of a green recovery into reality.</p><p>On our panel were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Josh Buckland</strong>, Director at Flint Global and former Energy Adviser to the Secretary of State for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy</li>
<li>
<strong>Sam Fankhauser</strong>, Professor of Climate Change Economics and Policy at the University of Oxford</li>
<li>
<strong>Rosa Hodgkin</strong>, Researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Bridget Rosewell</strong>, Commissioner for the National Infrastructure Commission</li>
</ul><p><strong>Catherine McGuinness</strong>, Chair of the Policy and Resources Committee at the City of London Corporation, made the opening remarks.</p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgnetzero&amp;src=typed_query">#IfGnetzero</a></p><p><em>We would like to thank the City of London Corporation for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3833</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60dc518ca92bc10012a74408]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5826658415.mp3?updated=1634823172" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Brexit referendum – five years on</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/the-brexit-referendum-five-years-on</link>
      <description>The vote to leave the European Union on 23 June 2016 marked the start of a tumultuous period in British politics. The government was set on a collision course with parliament over what Brexit really meant. The civil service began to untangle 43 years of EU membership, building up new capabilities and preparing for new responsibilities. And the Brexit effect placed the United Kingdom under huge strain – with growing support for independence in Scotland and a new border in the Irish Sea.
What impact has the referendum had on the governance of the UK? Has control really returned to parliament, or to the government? And what does Brexit mean for the future of the union?
To mark five years since the end of the referendum, the Institute for Government brought together people who were either involved in, or had front-row seats to, this remarkable period in British politics.
On the panel were:


Katy Balls, Deputy Political Editor at The Spectator



Luke Graham, former MP for Ochil and South Perthshire, 2017-19, and former head of the Union Unit in No.10


Lord McDonald of Salford, former Permanent Under Secretary at the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, 2015-20


Lisa O’Carroll, Brexit Correspondent at The Guardian


The event was chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 15:41:38 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Brexit referendum – five years on</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>118</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The vote to leave the European Union&amp;nbsp;on&amp;nbsp;23 June 2016 marked the start of a tumultuous period in British politics. The government was set&amp;nbsp;on&amp;nbsp;a collision course with parliament over what Brexit really meant. The civil service began to untangle 43&amp;nbsp;years&amp;nbsp;of EU membership, building up new capabilities and preparing for new responsibilities. And the Brexit effect placed the United Kingdom under huge strain – with growing support for independence in Scotland and a new border in the Irish Sea.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;What impact has the referendum had&amp;nbsp;on&amp;nbsp;the governance of the UK? Has control really returned to parliament, or to the government? And what does Brexit mean for the future of the union?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To mark&amp;nbsp;five&amp;nbsp;years&amp;nbsp;since the end of the referendum, the Institute for Government brought together people who were either involved in, or had front-row seats to, this remarkable period in British politics.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On&amp;nbsp;the panel were:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Katy Balls&lt;/strong&gt;, Deputy Political Editor at&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;The Spectator&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Luke Graham&lt;/strong&gt;, former MP for Ochil and South Perthshire, 2017-19, and former head of the Union Unit in No.10&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lord McDonald of Salford&lt;/strong&gt;, former Permanent Under Secretary at the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, 2015-20&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lisa O’Carroll&lt;/strong&gt;, Brexit Correspondent at&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;The Guardian&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Maddy Thimont Jack&lt;/strong&gt;, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGBrexit&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The vote to leave the European Union on 23 June 2016 marked the start of a tumultuous period in British politics. The government was set on a collision course with parliament over what Brexit really meant. The civil service began to untangle 43 years of EU membership, building up new capabilities and preparing for new responsibilities. And the Brexit effect placed the United Kingdom under huge strain – with growing support for independence in Scotland and a new border in the Irish Sea.
What impact has the referendum had on the governance of the UK? Has control really returned to parliament, or to the government? And what does Brexit mean for the future of the union?
To mark five years since the end of the referendum, the Institute for Government brought together people who were either involved in, or had front-row seats to, this remarkable period in British politics.
On the panel were:


Katy Balls, Deputy Political Editor at The Spectator



Luke Graham, former MP for Ochil and South Perthshire, 2017-19, and former head of the Union Unit in No.10


Lord McDonald of Salford, former Permanent Under Secretary at the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, 2015-20


Lisa O’Carroll, Brexit Correspondent at The Guardian


The event was chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The vote to leave the European Union on 23 June 2016 marked the start of a tumultuous period in British politics. The government was set on a collision course with parliament over what Brexit really meant. The civil service began to untangle 43 years of EU membership, building up new capabilities and preparing for new responsibilities. And the Brexit effect placed the United Kingdom under huge strain – with growing support for independence in Scotland and a new border in the Irish Sea.</p><p>What impact has the referendum had on the governance of the UK? Has control really returned to parliament, or to the government? And what does Brexit mean for the future of the union?</p><p>To mark five years since the end of the referendum, the Institute for Government brought together people who were either involved in, or had front-row seats to, this remarkable period in British politics.</p><p>On the panel were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Katy Balls</strong>, Deputy Political Editor at <em>The Spectator</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Luke Graham</strong>, former MP for Ochil and South Perthshire, 2017-19, and former head of the Union Unit in No.10</li>
<li>
<strong>Lord McDonald of Salford</strong>, former Permanent Under Secretary at the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, 2015-20</li>
<li>
<strong>Lisa O’Carroll</strong>, Brexit Correspondent at <em>The Guardian</em>
</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Maddy Thimont Jack</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click">#IfGBrexit</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3656</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60d5f9338148f40012d838fc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2562512946.mp3?updated=1634823172" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Trip Down Brexit Memory Lane</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Join the Institute for Government Brexit team for a canter through the five years since the Referendum on the UK’s membership of the EU took place. Who was a better negotiator, Theresa May or Boris Johnson? Was the Civil Service ready for the task of delivering Brexit? Has Parliament recovered from all the rebellions and procedural high-jinks? And what will Brexit really mean for the future of the United Kingdom?
 
Join the IfG’s Jill Rutter, Maddy Thimont-Jack, Jess Sargeant and Joe Marshall – along with some intriguing predictions from the IfG audio archives – to get the Brexit podcast done. Presented by Sam Macrory
 
Audio Production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jun 2021 15:24:48 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>A Trip Down Brexit Memory Lane</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>117</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Five years since the Referendum, what have we learned?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Join the Institute for Government Brexit team for a canter through the five years since the Referendum on the UK’s membership of the EU took place. Who was a better negotiator, Theresa May or Boris Johnson? Was the Civil Service ready for the task of delivering Brexit? Has Parliament recovered from all the rebellions and procedural high-jinks? And what will Brexit really mean for the future of the United Kingdom?
 
Join the IfG’s Jill Rutter, Maddy Thimont-Jack, Jess Sargeant and Joe Marshall – along with some intriguing predictions from the IfG audio archives – to get the Brexit podcast done. Presented by Sam Macrory
 
Audio Production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Join the Institute for Government Brexit team for a canter through the five years since the Referendum on the UK’s membership of the EU took place. Who was a better negotiator, Theresa May or Boris Johnson? Was the Civil Service ready for the task of delivering Brexit? Has Parliament recovered from all the rebellions and procedural high-jinks? And what will Brexit really mean for the future of the United Kingdom?</p><p> </p><p>Join the IfG’s <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, <strong>Maddy Thimont-Jack</strong>, <strong>Jess Sargeant</strong> and <strong>Joe Marshall</strong> – along with some intriguing predictions from the IfG audio archives – to get the Brexit podcast done. <strong>Presented by Sam Macrory</strong></p><p> </p><p><em>Audio Production by Candice McKenzie</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3453</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60d4a3a2e251ac0019c4e849]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1257316059.mp3?updated=1634823172" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What does “levelling up” really mean?</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Since the 2019 General Election, “levelling up” has been the Government’s go-to slogan. The Queen’s Speech set out an ambition to “level up opportunities across all parts of the UK”, the Chancellor unveiled a levelling up fund, the PM appointed a levelling up adviser, and the promise to level up featured heavily during the recent Hartlepool by-election. But what does levelling up actually mean? How does the Government intend to turn this slogan into reality? How can voters judge the success – or not – of the levelling up agenda at the next election?
The Institute for Government is delighted to bring together an expert panel to discuss past efforts at distributing investment, creating job opportunities and increasing productivity, and to assess whether Boris Johnson’s levelling up agenda will see the Conservatives hold on to electoral gains in the so-called Red Wall constituencies.
On the panel are:


John Godfrey, Corporate Affairs Director at Legal &amp; General and former Head of Policy at No.10 (2016–17)


Lord Mandelson, Chairman of Global Counsel and former European Commissioner for Trade and MP for Hartlepool (1992–2004)


Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and former Special Adviser to Theresa May


Rachel Wolf, Founding Partner at Public First and former Education and Innovation Adviser to David Cameron

The event is chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
#IfGlevellingup
We would like to thank Legal &amp; General for kindly supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Jun 2021 10:54:57 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What does “levelling up” really mean?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>116</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Can the Government make its slogan a reality?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Since the 2019 General Election, “levelling up” has been the Government’s go-to slogan. The Queen’s Speech set out an ambition to “level up opportunities across all parts of the UK”, the Chancellor unveiled a levelling up fund, the PM appointed a levelling up adviser, and the promise to level up featured heavily during the recent Hartlepool by-election. But what does levelling up actually mean? How does the Government intend to turn this slogan into reality? How can voters judge the success – or not – of the levelling up agenda at the next election?
The Institute for Government is delighted to bring together an expert panel to discuss past efforts at distributing investment, creating job opportunities and increasing productivity, and to assess whether Boris Johnson’s levelling up agenda will see the Conservatives hold on to electoral gains in the so-called Red Wall constituencies.
On the panel are:


John Godfrey, Corporate Affairs Director at Legal &amp; General and former Head of Policy at No.10 (2016–17)


Lord Mandelson, Chairman of Global Counsel and former European Commissioner for Trade and MP for Hartlepool (1992–2004)


Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and former Special Adviser to Theresa May


Rachel Wolf, Founding Partner at Public First and former Education and Innovation Adviser to David Cameron

The event is chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
#IfGlevellingup
We would like to thank Legal &amp; General for kindly supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Since the 2019 General Election, “levelling up” has been the Government’s go-to slogan. The Queen’s Speech set out an ambition to “level up opportunities across all parts of the UK”, the Chancellor unveiled a levelling up fund, the PM appointed a levelling up adviser, and the promise to level up featured heavily during the recent Hartlepool by-election. <strong>But what does levelling up actually mean?</strong> How does the Government intend to turn this slogan into reality? How can voters judge the success – or not – of the levelling up agenda at the next election?</p><p>The Institute for Government is delighted to bring together an expert panel to discuss past efforts at distributing investment, creating job opportunities and increasing productivity, and to assess whether Boris Johnson’s levelling up agenda will see the Conservatives hold on to electoral gains in the so-called Red Wall constituencies.</p><p>On the panel are:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>John Godfrey</strong>, Corporate Affairs Director at Legal &amp; General and former Head of Policy at No.10 (2016–17)</li>
<li>
<strong>Lord Mandelson</strong>, Chairman of Global Counsel and former European Commissioner for Trade and MP for Hartlepool (1992–2004)</li>
<li>
<strong>Giles Wilkes</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government and former Special Adviser to Theresa May</li>
<li>
<strong>Rachel Wolf</strong>, Founding Partner at Public First and former Education and Innovation Adviser to David Cameron</li>
</ul><p>The event is chaired by <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><strong>#IfGlevellingup</strong></p><p><em>We would like to thank Legal &amp; General for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3803</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60d313027963c7001b0c02a1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4744001844.mp3?updated=1634823172" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can government level up the UK's health?</title>
      <link>http://instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>As the economy recovers from the pandemic, the government wants to ‘build back better’ and ‘level up’. Improving public health could play an important role in achieving these objectives. We are a less healthy nation than many of our European neighbours, and there are huge differences in health between more and less prosperous parts of the UK. This affects quality of life as well as how productively people can work.
How can public health policy form a part of the levelling up agenda? What is the appropriate role for government and businesses in promoting good public health? What interventions would make a difference and what incentives would help people to get healthier?
To discuss these questions and more, we are delighted to bring together an expert panel featuring:


Jo Bibby, Director of Health at the Health Foundation


Professor Sir Michael Marmot, Professor of Epidemiology at University College London, Director of the UCL Institute of Health Equity and Past President of the World Medical Association


Nigel Wilson, Group Chief Executive at Legal &amp; General


Tina Woods, Founder and CEO of Collider Health and CEO and co-founder of Longevity International

The event is chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
#IfGlevellingup
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 21:38:04 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can government level up the UK's health?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>115</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;As the economy recovers from the pandemic, the government wants to ‘build back better’ and ‘level up’. Improving public health could play an important role in achieving these objectives. We are a less healthy nation than many of our European neighbours, and there are huge differences in health between more and less prosperous parts of the UK. This affects quality of life as well as how productively people can work.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;How can public health policy form a part of the levelling up agenda? What is the appropriate role for government and businesses in promoting good public health? What interventions would make a difference and what incentives would help people to get healthier?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To discuss these questions and more, we are delighted to bring together an expert panel featuring:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Jo Bibby&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of Health at the Health Foundation&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Professor Sir Michael Marmot&lt;/strong&gt;, Professor of Epidemiology at University College London, Director of the UCL Institute of Health Equity and Past President of the World Medical Association&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nigel Wilson&lt;/strong&gt;, Group Chief Executive at Legal &amp;amp; General&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tina Woods&lt;/strong&gt;, Founder and CEO of Collider Health and CEO and co-founder of Longevity International&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event is chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Dr Gemma Tetlow&lt;/strong&gt;, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Bronwen Maddox&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;#IfGlevellingup&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As the economy recovers from the pandemic, the government wants to ‘build back better’ and ‘level up’. Improving public health could play an important role in achieving these objectives. We are a less healthy nation than many of our European neighbours, and there are huge differences in health between more and less prosperous parts of the UK. This affects quality of life as well as how productively people can work.
How can public health policy form a part of the levelling up agenda? What is the appropriate role for government and businesses in promoting good public health? What interventions would make a difference and what incentives would help people to get healthier?
To discuss these questions and more, we are delighted to bring together an expert panel featuring:


Jo Bibby, Director of Health at the Health Foundation


Professor Sir Michael Marmot, Professor of Epidemiology at University College London, Director of the UCL Institute of Health Equity and Past President of the World Medical Association


Nigel Wilson, Group Chief Executive at Legal &amp; General


Tina Woods, Founder and CEO of Collider Health and CEO and co-founder of Longevity International

The event is chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
#IfGlevellingup
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As the economy recovers from the pandemic, the government wants to ‘build back better’ and ‘level up’. Improving public health could play an important role in achieving these objectives. We are a less healthy nation than many of our European neighbours, and there are huge differences in health between more and less prosperous parts of the UK. This affects quality of life as well as how productively people can work.</p><p>How can public health policy form a part of the levelling up agenda? What is the appropriate role for government and businesses in promoting good public health? What interventions would make a difference and what incentives would help people to get healthier?</p><p>To discuss these questions and more, we are delighted to bring together an expert panel featuring:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Jo Bibby</strong>, Director of Health at the Health Foundation</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Sir Michael Marmot</strong>, Professor of Epidemiology at University College London, Director of the UCL Institute of Health Equity and Past President of the World Medical Association</li>
<li>
<strong>Nigel Wilson</strong>, Group Chief Executive at Legal &amp; General</li>
<li>
<strong>Tina Woods</strong>, Founder and CEO of Collider Health and CEO and co-founder of Longevity International</li>
</ul><p>The event is chaired by <strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p>#IfGlevellingup</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3705</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60d2583c3ef9af001ae06c70]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4906647824.mp3?updated=1634823172" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What does Global Britain mean?</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>The Institute for Government is delighted to bring together two of the UK’s most experienced former diplomats for a discussion on the future of Global Britain. Lord Ricketts has held the posts of permanent secretary to the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, National Security Adviser and UK Ambassador to France. Sir Peter Westmacott’s distinguished career has included stints as the UK’s Ambassador to the United States, France and Turkey. They discuss Britain’s foreign policy priorities and how they can be achieved, the many international challenges and dilemmas facing the UK, and what Global Britain really means – plus their newly published books: Hard Choices: What Britain Does Next by Peter Ricketts and They Call It Diplomacy: Forty Years Of Representing Britain Abroad by Peter Westmacott.
Peter Ricketts and Peter Westmacott are in conversation with the IfG's Director, Bronwen Maddox.
#IfGGlobalBritain
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Jun 2021 13:49:52 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What does Global Britain mean?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>114</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With Lord Ricketts and Sir Peter Westmacott</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government is delighted to bring together two of the UK’s most experienced former diplomats for a discussion on the future of Global Britain. Lord Ricketts has held the posts of permanent secretary to the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, National Security Adviser and UK Ambassador to France. Sir Peter Westmacott’s distinguished career has included stints as the UK’s Ambassador to the United States, France and Turkey. They discuss Britain’s foreign policy priorities and how they can be achieved, the many international challenges and dilemmas facing the UK, and what Global Britain really means – plus their newly published books: Hard Choices: What Britain Does Next by Peter Ricketts and They Call It Diplomacy: Forty Years Of Representing Britain Abroad by Peter Westmacott.
Peter Ricketts and Peter Westmacott are in conversation with the IfG's Director, Bronwen Maddox.
#IfGGlobalBritain
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government is delighted to bring together two of the UK’s most experienced former diplomats for a discussion on the future of Global Britain. <strong>Lord Ricketts</strong> has held the posts of permanent secretary to the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, National Security Adviser and UK Ambassador to France. <strong>Sir Peter Westmacott’s </strong>distinguished career has included stints as the UK’s Ambassador to the United States, France and Turkey. They discuss Britain’s foreign policy priorities and how they can be achieved, the many international challenges and dilemmas facing the UK, and what Global Britain really means – plus their newly published books: <em>Hard Choices: What Britain Does Next</em> by Peter Ricketts and <em>They Call It Diplomacy: Forty Years Of Representing Britain Abroad</em> by Peter Westmacott.</p><p>Peter Ricketts and Peter Westmacott are in conversation with the IfG's Director, <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>.</p><p><em>#IfGGlobalBritain</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3552</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60ca018089ab52001ac94074]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8242954106.mp3?updated=1634823173" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Civil Service reform: Gove changes everything?</title>
      <link>http://instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Michael Gove has unveiled a grandly-titled document called the “Declaration of Government Reform”. So what’s it all about? There’s a plan to move more than 20,000 civil servants out of London, but also plenty of detail on civil servants’ pay, performance, and accountability. Will the reforms make a difference? We’ve pressed the emergency podcast alarm, and dialled up guest Gus O’Donnell, the former cabinet secretary, to work out what it all means, and whether any of it will work.
With Alex Thomas, Cath Haddon, and Tim Durrant. Audio production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jun 2021 21:04:11 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Civil Service reform: Gove changes everything?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>113</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With special guest Gus O’Donnell</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Gove has unveiled a grandly-titled document called the “Declaration of Government Reform”. So what’s it all about? There’s a plan to move more than 20,000 civil servants out of London, but also plenty of detail on civil servants’ pay, performance, and accountability. Will the reforms make a difference? We’ve pressed the emergency podcast alarm, and dialled up guest Gus O’Donnell, the former cabinet secretary, to work out what it all means, and whether any of it will work.
With Alex Thomas, Cath Haddon, and Tim Durrant. Audio production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Michael Gove has unveiled a grandly-titled document called the “<strong>Declaration of Government Reform</strong>”. So what’s it all about? There’s a plan to move more than 20,000 civil servants out of London, but also plenty of detail on civil servants’ pay, performance, and accountability. Will the reforms make a difference? We’ve pressed the emergency podcast alarm, and dialled up guest <strong>Gus O’Donnell</strong>, the former cabinet secretary, to work out what it all means, and whether any of it will work.</p><p><em>With Alex Thomas, Cath Haddon, and Tim Durrant.</em><strong><em> Audio production by Candice McKenzie</em></strong></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2033</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60c902edf09c750019008393]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9200264139.mp3?updated=1634823173" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to run a successful Covid-19 inquiry</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/how-to-run-a-successful-covid-19-inquiry</link>
      <description>Boris Johnson has announced that a public inquiry into the government’s handling of the Covid-19 pandemic will start next year. Following the publication of our paper, which set out the case for an inquiry and how it should be run, this Institute for Government event discussed how the inquiry can succeed.
How can the inquiry ensure important issues aren't missed and findings are delivered in a reasonable time? What is the role of parliament and the public in shaping the purpose of the inquiry and ensuring that the government follows up on its findings? Who should lead the inquiry and what type of person should sit on its panel?
Discussing these questions were:


Sir Lawrence Freedman, Professor of War Studies at King’s College London and committee member for the Chilcot Inquiry


Sally Warren, Director of Policy at The King’s Fund


Sir Bernard Jenkin, Chair of the House of Commons Liaison Committee


Layla Moran, Chair of the All-Party Parliamentary Group on Coronavirus 

The event was chaired by Marcus Shepheard, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
#IfGCovidinquiry
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Jun 2021 19:45:22 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to run a successful Covid-19 inquiry</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>112</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;Boris Johnson has announced that a public inquiry into the government’s handling of the Covid-19 pandemic will start next year. Following the publication of&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/coronavirus-inquiry" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;our paper&lt;/a&gt;, which set out the case for an inquiry and how it should be run, this Institute for Government event discussed how the inquiry can succeed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;How can the inquiry ensure important issues aren't missed and findings are delivered in a reasonable time? What is the role of parliament and the public in shaping the purpose of the inquiry and ensuring that the government follows up on its findings? Who should lead the inquiry and what type of person should sit on its panel?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Discussing these questions were:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sir Lawrence Freedman&lt;/strong&gt;, Professor of War Studies at King’s College London and committee member for the Chilcot Inquiry&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sally Warren&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of Policy at The King’s Fund&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sir Bernard Jenkin&lt;/strong&gt;, Chair of the House of Commons Liaison Committee&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layla Moran&lt;/strong&gt;, Chair of the All-Party Parliamentary Group on Coronavirus&amp;nbsp;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was&amp;nbsp;chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Marcus Shepheard&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGCovidinquiry&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Boris Johnson has announced that a public inquiry into the government’s handling of the Covid-19 pandemic will start next year. Following the publication of our paper, which set out the case for an inquiry and how it should be run, this Institute for Government event discussed how the inquiry can succeed.
How can the inquiry ensure important issues aren't missed and findings are delivered in a reasonable time? What is the role of parliament and the public in shaping the purpose of the inquiry and ensuring that the government follows up on its findings? Who should lead the inquiry and what type of person should sit on its panel?
Discussing these questions were:


Sir Lawrence Freedman, Professor of War Studies at King’s College London and committee member for the Chilcot Inquiry


Sally Warren, Director of Policy at The King’s Fund


Sir Bernard Jenkin, Chair of the House of Commons Liaison Committee


Layla Moran, Chair of the All-Party Parliamentary Group on Coronavirus 

The event was chaired by Marcus Shepheard, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
#IfGCovidinquiry
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Boris Johnson has announced that a public inquiry into the government’s handling of the Covid-19 pandemic will start next year. Following the publication of <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/coronavirus-inquiry">our paper</a>, which set out the case for an inquiry and how it should be run, this Institute for Government event discussed how the inquiry can succeed.</p><p>How can the inquiry ensure important issues aren't missed and findings are delivered in a reasonable time? What is the role of parliament and the public in shaping the purpose of the inquiry and ensuring that the government follows up on its findings? Who should lead the inquiry and what type of person should sit on its panel?</p><p>Discussing these questions were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sir Lawrence Freedman</strong>, Professor of War Studies at King’s College London and committee member for the Chilcot Inquiry</li>
<li>
<strong>Sally Warren</strong>, Director of Policy at The King’s Fund</li>
<li>
<strong>Sir Bernard Jenkin</strong>, Chair of the House of Commons Liaison Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Layla Moran</strong>, Chair of the All-Party Parliamentary Group on Coronavirus </li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Marcus Shepheard</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.</p><p><strong>#IfGCovidinquiry</strong></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3512</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60c11a6024d6f60013f78ab2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8196776976.mp3?updated=1634823173" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Richard Haldane shaped modern Britain</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/how-richard-haldane-shaped-modern-britain</link>
      <description>The legacy of Richard, Viscount Haldane can be seen across modern Britain. But why has modern Britain forgotten the many and wide-ranging accomplishments of this philosopher-statesman?
The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome John Campbell, author of Haldane: The Forgotten Statesman Who Shaped Modern Britain, and Sir Anthony Seldon, historian and former Vice-Chancellor of the University of Buckingham, to discuss his life and legacy.
Richard Haldane created the Territorial Army and the British Expeditionary Force and was a key player in the formation of MI5, MI6, and the RAF. In academia, he played a big part in founding and developing the LSE, Imperial College, the ‘redbrick’ universities, and the Medical Research Council. His work in science and research with the University Grants Committee was catalytic in British university life, and his name is still frequently invoked in the "Haldane principle" – that the aims of research should be separate from government direction – although the principle and indeed the attribution to him are still hotly debated. A formidable lawyer and philosopher, who rose to be Lord Chancellor, he was the first incumbent of that office to advocate an independent Supreme Court.
In a conversation chaired by Bronwen Maddox, the Director of the Institute for Government, John Campbell and Sir Anthony Seldon discussed Haldane's influence on the past and present. John Campbell, who describes himself as a lifelong admirer of Haldane, is also co-founder and chair of Campbell Lutyens, an international private equity and infrastructure advisory house.
#IfGHaldaneprinciple
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 May 2021 13:08:32 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Richard Haldane shaped modern Britain</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>111</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The legacy of Richard, Viscount Haldane can be seen across modern Britain. But why has modern Britain forgotten the many and wide-ranging accomplishments of this philosopher-statesman?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;John Campbell,&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;author of&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Haldane: The Forgotten Statesman Who Shaped Modern Britain,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/em&gt;and&lt;strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;Sir Anthony Seldon&lt;/strong&gt;, historian and former Vice-Chancellor of the University of Buckingham, to discuss his life and legacy.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Richard Haldane created the Territorial Army and the British Expeditionary Force and was a key player in the formation of MI5, MI6, and the RAF. In academia, he played a big part in founding and developing the LSE, Imperial College, the ‘redbrick’ universities, and the Medical Research Council. His work in science and research with the University Grants Committee was catalytic in British university life, and his name is still frequently invoked in the "Haldane principle" – that the aims of research should be separate from government direction – although the principle and indeed the attribution to him are still hotly debated. A formidable lawyer and philosopher, who rose to be Lord Chancellor, he was the first incumbent of that office to advocate an independent Supreme Court.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In a conversation chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Bronwen Maddox&lt;/strong&gt;, the Director of the Institute for Government, John Campbell and Sir Anthony Seldon discussed Haldane's influence on the past and present. John Campbell, who describes himself as a lifelong admirer of Haldane, is also co-founder and chair of Campbell Lutyens, an international private equity and infrastructure advisory house.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGHaldaneprinciple?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGHaldaneprinciple&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The legacy of Richard, Viscount Haldane can be seen across modern Britain. But why has modern Britain forgotten the many and wide-ranging accomplishments of this philosopher-statesman?
The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome John Campbell, author of Haldane: The Forgotten Statesman Who Shaped Modern Britain, and Sir Anthony Seldon, historian and former Vice-Chancellor of the University of Buckingham, to discuss his life and legacy.
Richard Haldane created the Territorial Army and the British Expeditionary Force and was a key player in the formation of MI5, MI6, and the RAF. In academia, he played a big part in founding and developing the LSE, Imperial College, the ‘redbrick’ universities, and the Medical Research Council. His work in science and research with the University Grants Committee was catalytic in British university life, and his name is still frequently invoked in the "Haldane principle" – that the aims of research should be separate from government direction – although the principle and indeed the attribution to him are still hotly debated. A formidable lawyer and philosopher, who rose to be Lord Chancellor, he was the first incumbent of that office to advocate an independent Supreme Court.
In a conversation chaired by Bronwen Maddox, the Director of the Institute for Government, John Campbell and Sir Anthony Seldon discussed Haldane's influence on the past and present. John Campbell, who describes himself as a lifelong admirer of Haldane, is also co-founder and chair of Campbell Lutyens, an international private equity and infrastructure advisory house.
#IfGHaldaneprinciple
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The legacy of Richard, Viscount Haldane can be seen across modern Britain. But why has modern Britain forgotten the many and wide-ranging accomplishments of this philosopher-statesman?</p><p>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>John Campbell,</strong> author of <em>Haldane: The Forgotten Statesman Who Shaped Modern Britain, </em>and<strong> Sir Anthony Seldon</strong>, historian and former Vice-Chancellor of the University of Buckingham, to discuss his life and legacy.</p><p>Richard Haldane created the Territorial Army and the British Expeditionary Force and was a key player in the formation of MI5, MI6, and the RAF. In academia, he played a big part in founding and developing the LSE, Imperial College, the ‘redbrick’ universities, and the Medical Research Council. His work in science and research with the University Grants Committee was catalytic in British university life, and his name is still frequently invoked in the "Haldane principle" – that the aims of research should be separate from government direction – although the principle and indeed the attribution to him are still hotly debated. A formidable lawyer and philosopher, who rose to be Lord Chancellor, he was the first incumbent of that office to advocate an independent Supreme Court.</p><p>In a conversation chaired by <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, the Director of the Institute for Government, John Campbell and Sir Anthony Seldon discussed Haldane's influence on the past and present. John Campbell, who describes himself as a lifelong admirer of Haldane, is also co-founder and chair of Campbell Lutyens, an international private equity and infrastructure advisory house.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGHaldaneprinciple?src=hashtag_click">#IfGHaldaneprinciple</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3653</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60a50dd0b9651700192ddd28]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9189001308.mp3?updated=1634823173" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Protecting EU citizens’ rights after Brexit</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/protecting-eu-citizens-rights-after-brexit</link>
      <description>The future of EU citizens living in the UK was one of the big sticking points of the Brexit talks. In the 2019 Withdrawal Agreement, the UK agreed to establish an Independent Monitoring Authority to oversee the protections of the rights of EU citizens living in the UK before the end of the transition period.
What are the IMA’s priorities? What are its concerns? What progress has been made and what are the key challenges ahead?
Five months after the IMA’s launch, and with the 30 June deadline for EU citizens to register for settled, or pre-settled, status fast approaching, the IfG was pleased to welcome the new IMA chair and members of its senior team for a wide-ranging discussion on the IMA’s vital role.
Our panel


Sir Ashley Fox, Chair of the Independent Monitoring Authority


Kate Chamberlain, Chief Executive of the Independent Monitoring Authority


Pam Everett, Director of Operational Delivery at the Independent Monitoring Authority


Rhys Davies, General Counsel at the Independent Monitoring Authority 

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 May 2021 15:04:27 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Protecting EU citizens’ rights after Brexit</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>110</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The future of EU citizens living in the UK was one of the big sticking points of the Brexit talks. In the 2019 Withdrawal Agreement, the UK agreed to establish an Independent Monitoring Authority to oversee the protections of the rights of EU citizens living in the UK before the end of the transition period.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;What are the IMA’s priorities? What are its concerns? What progress has been made and what are the key challenges ahead?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Five months after the IMA’s launch, and with the 30 June deadline for EU citizens to register for settled, or pre-settled, status fast approaching, the IfG was pleased to welcome the new IMA chair and members of its senior team for a wide-ranging discussion on the IMA’s vital role.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Our panel&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sir Ashley Fox,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;Chair of the&amp;nbsp;Independent Monitoring Authority&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Kate Chamberlain,&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;Chief Executive of the&amp;nbsp;Independent Monitoring Authority&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pam Everett,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;Director of Operational Delivery at the Independent Monitoring Authority&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rhys Davies,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;General Counsel at the&amp;nbsp;Independent Monitoring Authority&amp;nbsp;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Jill Rutter&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGBrexit&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The future of EU citizens living in the UK was one of the big sticking points of the Brexit talks. In the 2019 Withdrawal Agreement, the UK agreed to establish an Independent Monitoring Authority to oversee the protections of the rights of EU citizens living in the UK before the end of the transition period.
What are the IMA’s priorities? What are its concerns? What progress has been made and what are the key challenges ahead?
Five months after the IMA’s launch, and with the 30 June deadline for EU citizens to register for settled, or pre-settled, status fast approaching, the IfG was pleased to welcome the new IMA chair and members of its senior team for a wide-ranging discussion on the IMA’s vital role.
Our panel


Sir Ashley Fox, Chair of the Independent Monitoring Authority


Kate Chamberlain, Chief Executive of the Independent Monitoring Authority


Pam Everett, Director of Operational Delivery at the Independent Monitoring Authority


Rhys Davies, General Counsel at the Independent Monitoring Authority 

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The future of EU citizens living in the UK was one of the big sticking points of the Brexit talks. In the 2019 Withdrawal Agreement, the UK agreed to establish an Independent Monitoring Authority to oversee the protections of the rights of EU citizens living in the UK before the end of the transition period.</p><p>What are the IMA’s priorities? What are its concerns? What progress has been made and what are the key challenges ahead?</p><p>Five months after the IMA’s launch, and with the 30 June deadline for EU citizens to register for settled, or pre-settled, status fast approaching, the IfG was pleased to welcome the new IMA chair and members of its senior team for a wide-ranging discussion on the IMA’s vital role.</p><p>Our panel</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sir Ashley Fox, </strong>Chair of the Independent Monitoring Authority</li>
<li>
<strong>Kate Chamberlain,</strong> Chief Executive of the Independent Monitoring Authority</li>
<li>
<strong>Pam Everett, </strong>Director of Operational Delivery at the Independent Monitoring Authority</li>
<li>
<strong>Rhys Davies, </strong>General Counsel at the Independent Monitoring Authority </li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click">#IfGBrexit</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3663</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[609e917b9881dd2a9c794b0f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5528146605.mp3?updated=1634823173" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 2021 elections: what happened and what happens next?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/the-2021-elections-what-happened-and-what-happens-next</link>
      <description>Crucial elections took place across the UK on 6 May. The result in Scotland could have huge consequences for the UK's future. The election in Wales is the most unpredictable since devolution. And across England, voters have elected the mayors of London and other English cities, 39 police and crime commissioners and several thousand councillors. The impact on the national political debate could be significant.
To make sense of the results and analyse what they mean, the Institute for Government held a special post-election expert discussion.
What will the votes mean for the major parties? How will the result in Scotland affect the independence question? What comes next in the devolution debate? And what will the mayors of the big English cities do with their powers?
Our panel:


Kieran Andrews, Scottish Political Editor at The Times



Professor Laura McAllister, Professor of Public Policy at the Wales Governance Centre, University of Cardiff


Professor Tony Travers, Professor in Practice in the Department of Government, London School of Economics


Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 May 2021 12:56:31 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 2021 elections: what happened and what happens next?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>109</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;Crucial elections took place across the UK on 6 May. The result in Scotland could have huge consequences for the UK's future. The&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/elections-2021-senedd-cymru" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;election in Wales&lt;/a&gt;&amp;nbsp;is the most unpredictable since devolution. And across England, voters have elected the&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/elections-2021-london-assembly" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;mayors of London&lt;/a&gt;&amp;nbsp;and&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/elections-2021-metro-mayors" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;other English cities&lt;/a&gt;,&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/elections-2021-police-crime-commissioners" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;39 police and crime commissioners&lt;/a&gt;&amp;nbsp;and several thousand&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/local-government" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;councillors&lt;/a&gt;. The impact on the national political debate could be significant.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To make sense of the results and analyse what they mean, the Institute for Government held a special post-election expert discussion.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;What will the votes mean for the major parties? How will the result in Scotland affect the independence question? What comes next in the devolution debate? And what will the mayors of the big English cities do with their powers?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Our panel:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Kieran Andrews,&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;Scottish Political Editor at&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;The Times&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Professor Laura McAllister,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;Professor of Public Policy at the Wales Governance Centre, University of Cardiff&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Professor Tony Travers&lt;/strong&gt;, Professor in Practice in the&amp;nbsp;Department of Government, London School of Economics&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Jess Sargeant&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Akash Paun&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGdevo?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGDevo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Crucial elections took place across the UK on 6 May. The result in Scotland could have huge consequences for the UK's future. The election in Wales is the most unpredictable since devolution. And across England, voters have elected the mayors of London and other English cities, 39 police and crime commissioners and several thousand councillors. The impact on the national political debate could be significant.
To make sense of the results and analyse what they mean, the Institute for Government held a special post-election expert discussion.
What will the votes mean for the major parties? How will the result in Scotland affect the independence question? What comes next in the devolution debate? And what will the mayors of the big English cities do with their powers?
Our panel:


Kieran Andrews, Scottish Political Editor at The Times



Professor Laura McAllister, Professor of Public Policy at the Wales Governance Centre, University of Cardiff


Professor Tony Travers, Professor in Practice in the Department of Government, London School of Economics


Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Crucial elections took place across the UK on 6 May. The result in Scotland could have huge consequences for the UK's future. The <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/elections-2021-senedd-cymru">election in Wales</a> is the most unpredictable since devolution. And across England, voters have elected the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/elections-2021-london-assembly">mayors of London</a> and <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/elections-2021-metro-mayors">other English cities</a>, <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/elections-2021-police-crime-commissioners">39 police and crime commissioners</a> and several thousand <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/local-government">councillors</a>. The impact on the national political debate could be significant.</p><p>To make sense of the results and analyse what they mean, the Institute for Government held a special post-election expert discussion.</p><p>What will the votes mean for the major parties? How will the result in Scotland affect the independence question? What comes next in the devolution debate? And what will the mayors of the big English cities do with their powers?</p><p>Our panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Kieran Andrews,</strong> Scottish Political Editor at <em>The Times</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Laura McAllister, </strong>Professor of Public Policy at the Wales Governance Centre, University of Cardiff</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Tony Travers</strong>, Professor in Practice in the Department of Government, London School of Economics</li>
<li>
<strong>Jess Sargeant</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGdevo?src=hashtag_click">#IfGDevo</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3658</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[609bd07fc264b9389a115add]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5660816904.mp3?updated=1634823173" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The future of UK digital government</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/the-future-of-uk-digital-government</link>
      <description>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome the three newly appointed leaders of data, digital and technology in government. Paul Willmott, Chair of the Central Digital and Data Office, Joanna Davinson, Executive Director of the Central Digital and Data Office, and Tom Read, Chief Executive Officer of the Government Digital Service, was in conversation with Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
The Central Data and Digital Office was established earlier this year, and its work will complement that of the Government Digital Service, which is approaching its tenth anniversary. The event explored Paul, Joanna and Tom’s visions for the next phase of digital delivery and transformation in government, and their respective priorities for the coming year.
#IfGdigital
The Institute for Government would like to thank Oracle for kindly supporting this event.​
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 May 2021 17:21:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The future of UK digital government</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>108</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome the three newly appointed leaders of data, digital and technology in government.&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Paul Willmott&lt;/strong&gt;, Chair of the Central Digital and Data Office,&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Joanna Davinson&lt;/strong&gt;, Executive Director of the Central Digital and Data Office, and&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Tom Read&lt;/strong&gt;, Chief Executive Officer of the Government Digital Service, was in conversation with&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Alex Thomas&lt;/strong&gt;, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Central Data and Digital Office was established earlier this year, and its work will complement that of the Government Digital Service, which is approaching its tenth anniversary. The event explored Paul, Joanna and Tom’s visions for the next phase of digital delivery and transformation in government, and their respective priorities for the coming year.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGdigital?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGdigital&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The Institute for Government would like to thank Oracle for kindly supporting this event.​&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome the three newly appointed leaders of data, digital and technology in government. Paul Willmott, Chair of the Central Digital and Data Office, Joanna Davinson, Executive Director of the Central Digital and Data Office, and Tom Read, Chief Executive Officer of the Government Digital Service, was in conversation with Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
The Central Data and Digital Office was established earlier this year, and its work will complement that of the Government Digital Service, which is approaching its tenth anniversary. The event explored Paul, Joanna and Tom’s visions for the next phase of digital delivery and transformation in government, and their respective priorities for the coming year.
#IfGdigital
The Institute for Government would like to thank Oracle for kindly supporting this event.​
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome the three newly appointed leaders of data, digital and technology in government. <strong>Paul Willmott</strong>, Chair of the Central Digital and Data Office, <strong>Joanna Davinson</strong>, Executive Director of the Central Digital and Data Office, and <strong>Tom Read</strong>, Chief Executive Officer of the Government Digital Service, was in conversation with <strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p>The Central Data and Digital Office was established earlier this year, and its work will complement that of the Government Digital Service, which is approaching its tenth anniversary. The event explored Paul, Joanna and Tom’s visions for the next phase of digital delivery and transformation in government, and their respective priorities for the coming year.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGdigital?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGdigital</strong></a></p><p><em>The Institute for Government would like to thank Oracle for kindly supporting this event.​</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3688</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[609576fd96965e712accd3b2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5738078231.mp3?updated=1634823174" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to respond to a crisis</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/how-to-respond-to-a-crisis</link>
      <description>The coronavirus crisis has seen many organisations from many sectors work together in their responses. These include government departments, local authorities, NHS trusts, police forces, charities and community groups. But while there are many examples of successful collaboration and coordination, it has varied substantially in different parts of the country, and across and between national and local government.
So what lessons can be learnt for future crises? Have some parts of national or local government responses worked more effectively than others? What is the cost of not getting this right? And what are the appropriate roles and responsibilities for different organisations in a crisis?
Our panel to discuss these issues were:


Mike Adamson, CEO of the British Red Cross


Saffron Cordery, Deputy Chief Executive of NHS Providers


Jacqui Smith, Chair of University Hospitals Birmingham and former Home Secretary


Robin Tuddenham, CEO of Calderdale Council and Co-Chair of West Yorkshire Prepared

The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGcrises
The Institute for Government would like to thank the British Red Cross for kindly supporting this event.​
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Apr 2021 12:20:32 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to respond to a crisis</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>107</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Lessons from the Covid pandemic</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The coronavirus crisis has seen many organisations from many sectors work together in their responses. These include government departments, local authorities, NHS trusts, police forces, charities and community groups. But while there are many examples of successful collaboration and coordination, it has varied substantially in different parts of the country, and across and between national and local government.
So what lessons can be learnt for future crises? Have some parts of national or local government responses worked more effectively than others? What is the cost of not getting this right? And what are the appropriate roles and responsibilities for different organisations in a crisis?
Our panel to discuss these issues were:


Mike Adamson, CEO of the British Red Cross


Saffron Cordery, Deputy Chief Executive of NHS Providers


Jacqui Smith, Chair of University Hospitals Birmingham and former Home Secretary


Robin Tuddenham, CEO of Calderdale Council and Co-Chair of West Yorkshire Prepared

The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGcrises
The Institute for Government would like to thank the British Red Cross for kindly supporting this event.​
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The coronavirus crisis has seen many organisations from many sectors work together in their responses. These include government departments, local authorities, NHS trusts, police forces, charities and community groups. But while there are many examples of successful collaboration and coordination, it has varied substantially in different parts of the country, and across and between national and local government.</p><p>So what lessons can be learnt for future crises? Have some parts of national or local government responses worked more effectively than others? What is the cost of not getting this right? And what are the appropriate roles and responsibilities for different organisations in a crisis?</p><p>Our panel to discuss these issues were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Mike Adamson</strong>, CEO of the British Red Cross</li>
<li>
<strong>Saffron Cordery</strong>, Deputy Chief Executive of NHS Providers</li>
<li>
<strong>Jacqui Smith</strong>, Chair of University Hospitals Birmingham and former Home Secretary</li>
<li>
<strong>Robin Tuddenham</strong>, CEO of Calderdale Council and Co-Chair of West Yorkshire Prepared</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Nick Davies</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGCrises?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGcrises</strong></a></p><p><em>The Institute for Government would like to thank the British Red Cross for kindly supporting this event.​</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3566</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[608bf610671d6f6296deeda2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2279731406.mp3?updated=1634823174" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ambassador João Vale de Almeida: in conversation with Bronwen Maddox</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/ambassador-joao-vale-de-almeida-in-conversation-with-bronwen</link>
      <description>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Ambassador João Vale de Almeida, the EU Ambassador to the UK.
The start of the post-Brexit relationship between the UK and the EU has been marked by tensions over vaccine distribution and the Northern Ireland protocol. But these are also issues where close co-operation is needed. How should the UK and the EU work together to implement the Trade and Cooperation Agreement and the Northern Ireland protocol? What are the other areas of shared interest ahead of the G7 summit and United Nations climate conference? What can be done to improve relations between the EU and the UK post-Brexit?
To discuss these questions and more, João Vale de Almeida was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
João Vale de Almeida previously served as the EU Ambassador to the United Nations 2015-19 and the EU Ambassador to the US 2010-14.
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Apr 2021 10:05:07 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Ambassador João Vale de Almeida: in conversation with Bronwen Maddox</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>106</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Ambassador João Vale de Almeida,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;the EU Ambassador to the UK.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The start of the post-Brexit relationship between the UK and the EU has been marked by tensions over vaccine distribution and the Northern Ireland protocol. But these are also issues where close co-operation is needed. How should the UK and the EU work together to implement the Trade and Cooperation Agreement and the Northern Ireland protocol? What are the other areas of shared interest ahead of the G7 summit and United Nations climate conference? What can be done to improve relations between the EU and the UK post-Brexit?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To discuss these questions and more, João Vale de Almeida was in conversation with&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Bronwen Maddox&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;João Vale de Almeida previously served as the EU Ambassador to the United Nations 2015-19 and the EU Ambassador to the US 2010-14.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGBrexit&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Ambassador João Vale de Almeida, the EU Ambassador to the UK.
The start of the post-Brexit relationship between the UK and the EU has been marked by tensions over vaccine distribution and the Northern Ireland protocol. But these are also issues where close co-operation is needed. How should the UK and the EU work together to implement the Trade and Cooperation Agreement and the Northern Ireland protocol? What are the other areas of shared interest ahead of the G7 summit and United Nations climate conference? What can be done to improve relations between the EU and the UK post-Brexit?
To discuss these questions and more, João Vale de Almeida was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
João Vale de Almeida previously served as the EU Ambassador to the United Nations 2015-19 and the EU Ambassador to the US 2010-14.
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>Ambassador João Vale de Almeida, </strong>the EU Ambassador to the UK.</p><p>The start of the post-Brexit relationship between the UK and the EU has been marked by tensions over vaccine distribution and the Northern Ireland protocol. But these are also issues where close co-operation is needed. How should the UK and the EU work together to implement the Trade and Cooperation Agreement and the Northern Ireland protocol? What are the other areas of shared interest ahead of the G7 summit and United Nations climate conference? What can be done to improve relations between the EU and the UK post-Brexit?</p><p>To discuss these questions and more, João Vale de Almeida was in conversation with <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><em>João Vale de Almeida previously served as the EU Ambassador to the United Nations 2015-19 and the EU Ambassador to the US 2010-14.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click">#IfGBrexit</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2789</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[608bd653dbfe832cc53e6f70]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5019824201.mp3?updated=1634823174" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Public services after the pandemic</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/public-services-after-the-pandemic</link>
      <description>From court hearings to GP appointments, education to social care, the coronavirus crisis has had a huge impact on the way public services are delivered. Years of innovation have taken place in a matter of months, with many of the most successful changes developed locally and by frontline staff.
So what can central government do to embed, support and successfully scale up these new approaches in public services delivery? What tools does Whitehall need to facilitate transformational change across the public sector and how can the public sector collaborate with other sectors to achieve a shared goal? What role can recent changes play in the recovery from the pandemic? And what lessons can be learnt from the way changes have been introduced in response to the pandemic?
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Lord Victor Adebowale, Chair of NHS Confederation


Dr Henry Kippin, Director of Economic Growth at North of Tyne Combined Authority


Kirsty McNeill, Executive Director of Policy, Advocacy and Campaigns at Save the Children


Chris Clements, Director at Social Finance

The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGpublicservices
We would like to thank Social Finance for kindly supporting this event. 

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Apr 2021 13:37:47 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Public services after the pandemic</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>104</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>How to scale up successful changes</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>From court hearings to GP appointments, education to social care, the coronavirus crisis has had a huge impact on the way public services are delivered. Years of innovation have taken place in a matter of months, with many of the most successful changes developed locally and by frontline staff.
So what can central government do to embed, support and successfully scale up these new approaches in public services delivery? What tools does Whitehall need to facilitate transformational change across the public sector and how can the public sector collaborate with other sectors to achieve a shared goal? What role can recent changes play in the recovery from the pandemic? And what lessons can be learnt from the way changes have been introduced in response to the pandemic?
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Lord Victor Adebowale, Chair of NHS Confederation


Dr Henry Kippin, Director of Economic Growth at North of Tyne Combined Authority


Kirsty McNeill, Executive Director of Policy, Advocacy and Campaigns at Save the Children


Chris Clements, Director at Social Finance

The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGpublicservices
We would like to thank Social Finance for kindly supporting this event. 

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>From court hearings to GP appointments, education to social care, the coronavirus crisis has had a huge impact on the way public services are delivered. Years of innovation have taken place in a matter of months, with many of the most successful changes developed locally and by frontline staff.</p><p>So what can central government do to embed, support and successfully scale up these new approaches in public services delivery? What tools does Whitehall need to facilitate transformational change across the public sector and how can the public sector collaborate with other sectors to achieve a shared goal? What role can recent changes play in the recovery from the pandemic? And what lessons can be learnt from the way changes have been introduced in response to the pandemic?</p><p>On our panel to discuss these issues were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Lord Victor Adebowale</strong>, Chair of NHS Confederation</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Henry Kippin</strong>, Director of Economic Growth at North of Tyne Combined Authority</li>
<li>
<strong>Kirsty McNeill</strong>, Executive Director of Policy, Advocacy and Campaigns at Save the Children</li>
<li>
<strong>Chris Clements</strong>, Director at Social Finance</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Nick Davies</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/ifgpublicservices?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGpublicservices</strong></a></p><p><em>We would like to thank </em><a href="https://www.socialfinance.org.uk/changing-lives-changing-systems"><em>Social Finance</em></a><em> for kindly supporting this event. </em></p><br><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3522</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6089652e6491a43ef675a89f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1337916098.mp3?updated=1634823174" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Parliament and the pandemic: the legacy of Covid-19</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/parliament-and-the-pandemic-the-legacy-of-covid-19</link>
      <description>The arrival of Covid-19 forced parliament to innovate rapidly and experiment with new ways of working. These had a dramatic impact on the way MPs and peers did their jobs – with implications for the effectiveness and inclusivity of our legislature. What innovations should be kept, what should be dropped and who should decide?
This event brought together an expert panel to discuss these important questions.


Tracey Crouch, MP for Chatham and Aylesford


Matthew Hamlyn, Strategic Director, Chamber Business Team at House of Commons


Philip Norton (Lord Norton of Louth), Professor of Government at the University of Hull and President of the Study of Parliament Group

The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White OBE, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
#IfGParliament
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Apr 2021 18:35:32 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Parliament and the pandemic: the legacy of Covid-19</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>103</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The arrival of Covid-19 forced parliament to innovate rapidly and experiment with new ways of working. These had a dramatic impact on the way MPs and peers did their jobs – with implications for the effectiveness and inclusivity of our legislature. What innovations should be kept, what should be dropped and who should decide?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This event brought together an expert panel to discuss these important questions.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tracey Crouch&lt;/strong&gt;, MP for Chatham and Aylesford&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Matthew Hamlyn&lt;/strong&gt;, Strategic Director, Chamber Business Team at&amp;nbsp;House of Commons&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Philip Norton&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;(Lord Norton of Louth), Professor of Government at the University of Hull and President of the Study of Parliament Group&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Dr Hannah White OBE&lt;/strong&gt;, Deputy&amp;nbsp;Director of the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGParliament?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGParliament&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The arrival of Covid-19 forced parliament to innovate rapidly and experiment with new ways of working. These had a dramatic impact on the way MPs and peers did their jobs – with implications for the effectiveness and inclusivity of our legislature. What innovations should be kept, what should be dropped and who should decide?
This event brought together an expert panel to discuss these important questions.


Tracey Crouch, MP for Chatham and Aylesford


Matthew Hamlyn, Strategic Director, Chamber Business Team at House of Commons


Philip Norton (Lord Norton of Louth), Professor of Government at the University of Hull and President of the Study of Parliament Group

The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White OBE, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
#IfGParliament
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The arrival of Covid-19 forced parliament to innovate rapidly and experiment with new ways of working. These had a dramatic impact on the way MPs and peers did their jobs – with implications for the effectiveness and inclusivity of our legislature. What innovations should be kept, what should be dropped and who should decide?</p><p>This event brought together an expert panel to discuss these important questions.</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Tracey Crouch</strong>, MP for Chatham and Aylesford</li>
<li>
<strong>Matthew Hamlyn</strong>, Strategic Director, Chamber Business Team at House of Commons</li>
<li>
<strong>Philip Norton</strong> (Lord Norton of Louth), Professor of Government at the University of Hull and President of the Study of Parliament Group</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Hannah White OBE</strong>, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGParliament?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGParliament</strong></a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3866</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60885974c298415460341fe2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3770873906.mp3?updated=1634823174" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IN CONVERSATION WITH SUZANNE HEYWOOD</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/in-conversation-with-suzanne-heywood</link>
      <description>Following the publication of What Does Jeremy Think?: Jeremy Heywood and the Making of Modern Britain, Lady Suzanne Heywood joins IfG director Bronwen Maddox for a fascinating discussion about the life and career of the former Cabinet Secretary.
Suzanne Heywood discusses her late husband’s experiences at the heart of government alongside four prime ministers, his views on the civil service, and how he navigated the uncharted territory of the Brexit referendum and its tumultuous fall-out. With the Greensill saga rocking British politics, she also discusses Jeremy Heywood’s thinking behind bringing Lex Greensill into government, and why he believed the private sector can play a vital role in improving the way government works.
 
Suzanne Heywood was married to Jeremy Heywood from 1997 until his death in 2018. She worked as a civil servant in the Treasury and for McKinsey and Company before joining Exor in 2016. The biography What does Jeremy Think?: Jeremy Heywood and the making of Modern Britain, began as a joint effort between Jeremy and Suzanne. It was published earlier this year.
Audio production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Apr 2021 08:08:26 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>IN CONVERSATION WITH SUZANNE HEYWOOD</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>102</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;Following the publication of&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;What Does Jeremy Think?: Jeremy Heywood and the Making of Modern Britain&lt;/em&gt;, Lady Suzanne Heywood joins IfG director Bronwen Maddox for a fascinating discussion about the life and career of the former Cabinet Secretary.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;p&gt;Suzanne Heywood discusses her late husband’s experiences at the heart of government alongside four prime ministers, his views on the civil service, and how he navigated the uncharted territory of the Brexit referendum and its tumultuous fall-out. With the Greensill saga rocking British politics, she also discusses Jeremy Heywood’s thinking behind bringing Lex Greensill into government, and why he believed the private sector can play a vital role in improving the way government works.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Suzanne Heywood was married to Jeremy Heywood from 1997 until his death in 2018. She worked as a civil servant in the Treasury and for McKinsey and Company before joining Exor in 2016. The biography&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;What does Jeremy Think?: Jeremy Heywood and the making of Modern Britain&lt;/em&gt;, began as a joint effort between Jeremy and Suzanne. It was published earlier this year.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;p&gt;Audio production by Candice McKenzie&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Following the publication of What Does Jeremy Think?: Jeremy Heywood and the Making of Modern Britain, Lady Suzanne Heywood joins IfG director Bronwen Maddox for a fascinating discussion about the life and career of the former Cabinet Secretary.
Suzanne Heywood discusses her late husband’s experiences at the heart of government alongside four prime ministers, his views on the civil service, and how he navigated the uncharted territory of the Brexit referendum and its tumultuous fall-out. With the Greensill saga rocking British politics, she also discusses Jeremy Heywood’s thinking behind bringing Lex Greensill into government, and why he believed the private sector can play a vital role in improving the way government works.
 
Suzanne Heywood was married to Jeremy Heywood from 1997 until his death in 2018. She worked as a civil servant in the Treasury and for McKinsey and Company before joining Exor in 2016. The biography What does Jeremy Think?: Jeremy Heywood and the making of Modern Britain, began as a joint effort between Jeremy and Suzanne. It was published earlier this year.
Audio production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Following the publication of <em>What Does Jeremy Think?: Jeremy Heywood and the Making of Modern Britain</em>, Lady Suzanne Heywood joins IfG director Bronwen Maddox for a fascinating discussion about the life and career of the former Cabinet Secretary.</p><br><p>Suzanne Heywood discusses her late husband’s experiences at the heart of government alongside four prime ministers, his views on the civil service, and how he navigated the uncharted territory of the Brexit referendum and its tumultuous fall-out. With the Greensill saga rocking British politics, she also discusses Jeremy Heywood’s thinking behind bringing Lex Greensill into government, and why he believed the private sector can play a vital role in improving the way government works.</p><p> </p><p>Suzanne Heywood was married to Jeremy Heywood from 1997 until his death in 2018. She worked as a civil servant in the Treasury and for McKinsey and Company before joining Exor in 2016. The biography <em>What does Jeremy Think?: Jeremy Heywood and the making of Modern Britain</em>, began as a joint effort between Jeremy and Suzanne. It was published earlier this year.</p><br><p>Audio production by Candice McKenzie</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2841</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6082807b562c177111a7368e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2892267505.mp3?updated=1634823175" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>HOW TO BE A PRIME MINISTER</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/how-to-be-a-prime-minister</link>
      <description>Three centuries have passed since Robert Walpole became the first prime minister of Great Britain. The context of government has changed enormously, but aspects of the role remain the same. Of the 55 people who held the post some achieved greatness, some struggled with circumstances, others failed dismally. 
 
So what is the key to being a successful prime minister? How does Boris Johnson compare to his predecessors? And does the job itself need a fundamental makeover?
 
A fascinating new IFG LIVE discussion looks back on 300 years of prime ministers, and explores the pressures and pitfalls of being at the top of the political greasy pole.
 
With
 


Iain Dale, broadcaster and author of The Prime Ministers


Francis Elliott, director of advocacy at engagebritain.org, former political editor of The Times and biographer of David Cameron


Rosa Prince, editor of The House Magazine and biographer of Theresa May


Anthony Seldon, author of The Impossible Office: The History of the British Prime Minister


 
Presented by Catherine Haddon
 
Audio production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 15:31:23 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>HOW TO BE A PRIME MINISTER</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>101</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;Three centuries have passed since Robert Walpole became the first prime minister of Great Britain. The context of government has changed enormously, but aspects of the role remain the same. Of the 55 people who held the post some achieved greatness, some struggled with circumstances, others failed dismally.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;So what is the key to being a successful prime minister? How does Boris Johnson compare to his predecessors? And does the job itself need a fundamental makeover?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A fascinating new IFG LIVE discussion looks back on 300 years of prime ministers, and explores the pressures and pitfalls of being at the top of the political greasy pole.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;With&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Iain Dale&lt;/strong&gt;, broadcaster and author of The Prime Ministers&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Francis Elliott&lt;/strong&gt;, director of advocacy at&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://engagebritain.org/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;engagebritain.org&lt;/a&gt;, former political editor of The Times and biographer of David Cameron&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rosa Prince&lt;/strong&gt;, editor of The House Magazine and biographer of Theresa May&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Anthony Seldon&lt;/strong&gt;, author of&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.cambridge.org/gb/academic/subjects/politics-international-relations/british-government-politics-and-policy/impossible-office-history-british-prime-minister?format=HB" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;The Impossible Office: The History of the British Prime Minister&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Presented by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Catherine Haddon&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Audio production by Candice McKenzie&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Three centuries have passed since Robert Walpole became the first prime minister of Great Britain. The context of government has changed enormously, but aspects of the role remain the same. Of the 55 people who held the post some achieved greatness, some struggled with circumstances, others failed dismally. 
 
So what is the key to being a successful prime minister? How does Boris Johnson compare to his predecessors? And does the job itself need a fundamental makeover?
 
A fascinating new IFG LIVE discussion looks back on 300 years of prime ministers, and explores the pressures and pitfalls of being at the top of the political greasy pole.
 
With
 


Iain Dale, broadcaster and author of The Prime Ministers


Francis Elliott, director of advocacy at engagebritain.org, former political editor of The Times and biographer of David Cameron


Rosa Prince, editor of The House Magazine and biographer of Theresa May


Anthony Seldon, author of The Impossible Office: The History of the British Prime Minister


 
Presented by Catherine Haddon
 
Audio production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Three centuries have passed since Robert Walpole became the first prime minister of Great Britain. The context of government has changed enormously, but aspects of the role remain the same. Of the 55 people who held the post some achieved greatness, some struggled with circumstances, others failed dismally. </p><p> </p><p>So what is the key to being a successful prime minister? How does Boris Johnson compare to his predecessors? And does the job itself need a fundamental makeover?</p><p> </p><p>A fascinating new IFG LIVE discussion looks back on 300 years of prime ministers, and explores the pressures and pitfalls of being at the top of the political greasy pole.</p><p> </p><p>With</p><p> </p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Iain Dale</strong>, broadcaster and author of The Prime Ministers</li>
<li>
<strong>Francis Elliott</strong>, director of advocacy at <a href="http://engagebritain.org/">engagebritain.org</a>, former political editor of The Times and biographer of David Cameron</li>
<li>
<strong>Rosa Prince</strong>, editor of The House Magazine and biographer of Theresa May</li>
<li>
<strong>Anthony Seldon</strong>, author of <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/gb/academic/subjects/politics-international-relations/british-government-politics-and-policy/impossible-office-history-british-prime-minister?format=HB">The Impossible Office: The History of the British Prime Minister</a>
</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>Presented by <strong>Catherine Haddon</strong></p><p> </p><p>Audio production by Candice McKenzie</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2986</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[607ef3cb983bb94d9ed5ed95]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3831608835.mp3?updated=1634823175" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Moving ministers: what makes a good reshuffle?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/moving-ministers-what-makes-a-good-reshuffle</link>
      <description>Boris Johnson’s priority was clear when he appointed his first cabinet in 2019: delivering Brexit. Now, months after the UK has left the Brexit transition period, and a year into a global pandemic, the prime minister is reportedly planning to reshuffle his ministerial team.
What should the prime minister be looking for as he plans to reshuffle his cabinet? What lessons can be learnt from previous reshuffles? Who might we see in the next cabinet? And what is it like being a minister during a reshuffle?
Our panel to discuss these questions:


Katy Balls, Deputy Political Editor at The Spectator



Salma Shah, former Special Adviser to Sajid Javid


Ben Riley-Smith, Political Editor at the Daily Telegraph



The Rt Hon Lord Young of Cookham, former Leader of the House of Commons and Chief Whip

The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGReshuffle
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Apr 2021 17:22:38 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Moving ministers: what makes a good reshuffle?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>100</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;Boris Johnson’s priority was clear when he appointed his first cabinet in 2019: delivering Brexit. Now, months after the UK has left the Brexit transition period, and a year into a global pandemic, the prime minister is reportedly planning to&amp;nbsp;reshuffle&amp;nbsp;his ministerial team.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;What should the prime minister be looking for as he plans to&amp;nbsp;reshuffle&amp;nbsp;his cabinet? What lessons can be learnt from previous&amp;nbsp;reshuffles? Who might we see in the next cabinet? And what is it like being a minister during a&amp;nbsp;reshuffle?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Our panel to discuss these questions:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Katy Balls&lt;/strong&gt;, Deputy Political Editor at&lt;em&gt;&amp;nbsp;The Spectator&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Salma Shah,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;former Special Adviser to Sajid Javid&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ben Riley-Smith,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;Political Editor at the&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Daily Telegraph&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The Rt Hon Lord Young of Cookham,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;former Leader of the House of Commons and Chief Whip&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Tim Durrant&lt;/strong&gt;, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGReshuffle&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Boris Johnson’s priority was clear when he appointed his first cabinet in 2019: delivering Brexit. Now, months after the UK has left the Brexit transition period, and a year into a global pandemic, the prime minister is reportedly planning to reshuffle his ministerial team.
What should the prime minister be looking for as he plans to reshuffle his cabinet? What lessons can be learnt from previous reshuffles? Who might we see in the next cabinet? And what is it like being a minister during a reshuffle?
Our panel to discuss these questions:


Katy Balls, Deputy Political Editor at The Spectator



Salma Shah, former Special Adviser to Sajid Javid


Ben Riley-Smith, Political Editor at the Daily Telegraph



The Rt Hon Lord Young of Cookham, former Leader of the House of Commons and Chief Whip

The event was chaired by Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGReshuffle
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Boris Johnson’s priority was clear when he appointed his first cabinet in 2019: delivering Brexit. Now, months after the UK has left the Brexit transition period, and a year into a global pandemic, the prime minister is reportedly planning to reshuffle his ministerial team.</p><p>What should the prime minister be looking for as he plans to reshuffle his cabinet? What lessons can be learnt from previous reshuffles? Who might we see in the next cabinet? And what is it like being a minister during a reshuffle?</p><p>Our panel to discuss these questions:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Katy Balls</strong>, Deputy Political Editor at<em> The Spectator</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Salma Shah, </strong>former Special Adviser to Sajid Javid</li>
<li>
<strong>Ben Riley-Smith, </strong>Political Editor at the <em>Daily Telegraph</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>The Rt Hon Lord Young of Cookham, </strong>former Leader of the House of Commons and Chief Whip</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><strong>#IfGReshuffle</strong></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3534</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6078765e2268eb2ffa15585a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5843509991.mp3?updated=1634823175" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Global Britain and the G7</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/global-britain-and-the-g7</link>
      <description>This is a crucial year for British foreign policy. The government has recently published its plans for ‘Global Britain’ in the Integrated Review for Security, Defence, Development and Foreign Policy. The UK holds the G7 presidency and, in June, the prime minister will host the leaders of the other G7 countries for a summit in Cornwall.
 
The government has promised that the UK’s departure from the EU will allow Global Britain to flourish. But what does the integrated review mean for the UK’s place in the world? What can the UK achieve during its G7 presidency? How should the prime minister approach the G7 summit?
 
The Institute for Government was delighted to bring together the following panel to discuss these issues:


Chernor Bah, Co-Founder and Co-CEO of Purposeful


Elizabeth Dibble, Chief Operating Officer at Carnegie Endowment for International Peace


Sir David Lidington, Chair of the Royal United Services Institute and former Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster and Minister of State for Europe

The event was chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government
#IfGG7
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Apr 2021 15:43:49 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Global Britain and the G7</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>99</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Making a success of the June summit</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is a crucial year for British foreign policy. The government has recently published its plans for ‘Global Britain’ in the Integrated Review for Security, Defence, Development and Foreign Policy. The UK holds the G7 presidency and, in June, the prime minister will host the leaders of the other G7 countries for a summit in Cornwall.
 
The government has promised that the UK’s departure from the EU will allow Global Britain to flourish. But what does the integrated review mean for the UK’s place in the world? What can the UK achieve during its G7 presidency? How should the prime minister approach the G7 summit?
 
The Institute for Government was delighted to bring together the following panel to discuss these issues:


Chernor Bah, Co-Founder and Co-CEO of Purposeful


Elizabeth Dibble, Chief Operating Officer at Carnegie Endowment for International Peace


Sir David Lidington, Chair of the Royal United Services Institute and former Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster and Minister of State for Europe

The event was chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government
#IfGG7
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This is a crucial year for British foreign policy. The government has recently published its plans for ‘Global Britain’ in the Integrated Review for Security, Defence, Development and Foreign Policy. The UK holds the G7 presidency and, in June, the prime minister will host the leaders of the other G7 countries for a summit in Cornwall.</p><p> </p><p>The government has promised that the UK’s departure from the EU will allow Global Britain to flourish. But what does the integrated review mean for the UK’s place in the world? What can the UK achieve during its G7 presidency? How should the prime minister approach the G7 summit?</p><p> </p><p>The Institute for Government was delighted to bring together the following panel to discuss these issues:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Chernor Bah</strong>, Co-Founder and Co-CEO of Purposeful</li>
<li>
<strong>Elizabeth Dibble</strong>, Chief Operating Officer at Carnegie Endowment for International Peace</li>
<li>
<strong>Sir David Lidington</strong>, Chair of the Royal United Services Institute and former Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster and Minister of State for Europe</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgg7&amp;src=typed_query"><strong>#IfGG7</strong></a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3560</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[606f24b77fc4cd2c99cdb517]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2550578440.mp3?updated=1634823175" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Andrew RT Davies MS</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/in-conversation-with-andrew-rt-davies-ms</link>
      <description>As part of a series of events we are holding in the run-up to the 2021 devolved and local elections, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Andrew RT Davies MS, Leader of the Welsh Conservative Group in the Senedd (Welsh Parliament).
Andrew Davies was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, to discuss Welsh devolution, the 2021 election, relations between Cardiff and Westminster, and the future of the Union.
Andrew RT Davies has been a Member of the Senedd since 2007. He was appointed Leader of the Welsh Conservatives in January 2021 having previously served as Leader from 2011 to 2018.
#IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Apr 2021 03:00:02 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Andrew RT Davies MS</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>98</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Akash Paun speaks to the leader of the Welsh Conservatives</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As part of a series of events we are holding in the run-up to the 2021 devolved and local elections, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Andrew RT Davies MS, Leader of the Welsh Conservative Group in the Senedd (Welsh Parliament).
Andrew Davies was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, to discuss Welsh devolution, the 2021 election, relations between Cardiff and Westminster, and the future of the Union.
Andrew RT Davies has been a Member of the Senedd since 2007. He was appointed Leader of the Welsh Conservatives in January 2021 having previously served as Leader from 2011 to 2018.
#IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As part of a series of events we are holding in the run-up to the 2021 devolved and local elections, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>Andrew RT Davies MS</strong>, Leader of the Welsh Conservative Group in the Senedd (Welsh Parliament).</p><p>Andrew Davies was in conversation with<strong> Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, to discuss Welsh devolution, the 2021 election, relations between Cardiff and Westminster, and the future of the Union.</p><p><em>Andrew RT Davies has been a Member of the Senedd since 2007. He was appointed Leader of the Welsh Conservatives in January 2021 having previously served as Leader from 2011 to 2018.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGdevo?src=hashtag_click">#IfGDevo</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2813</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[606662d7e635c039fdbb96ae]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8918249445.mp3?updated=1634823175" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brexit, Covid and British business</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/brexit-covid-and-british-business</link>
      <description>On the eve of his departure from the British Chambers of Commerce, Adam Marshall joins the IfG’s associate director Maddy Thimont Jack for a frank discussion about the challenges that Brexit and the coronavirus pandemic have posed for British business.
 
The outgoing BCC director general discusses his organisation’s attempts to navigate the EU referendum result, the impact of the Brexit deal and the end of the transition period, and sets out how government can support British businesses to make the most of opportunities now that the UK has left the EU.
 
Audio production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 09:28:04 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Brexit, Covid and British business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>97</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>In conversation with Dr Adam Marshall, outgoing Director General at British Chambers of Commerce</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>On the eve of his departure from the British Chambers of Commerce, Adam Marshall joins the IfG’s associate director Maddy Thimont Jack for a frank discussion about the challenges that Brexit and the coronavirus pandemic have posed for British business.
 
The outgoing BCC director general discusses his organisation’s attempts to navigate the EU referendum result, the impact of the Brexit deal and the end of the transition period, and sets out how government can support British businesses to make the most of opportunities now that the UK has left the EU.
 
Audio production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>On the eve of his departure from the British Chambers of Commerce, <strong>Adam Marshall</strong> joins the IfG’s associate director <strong>Maddy Thimont Jack </strong>for a frank discussion about the challenges that Brexit and the coronavirus pandemic have posed for British business.</p><p> </p><p>The outgoing BCC director general discusses his organisation’s attempts to navigate the EU referendum result, the impact of the Brexit deal and the end of the transition period, and sets out how government can support British businesses to make the most of opportunities now that the UK has left the EU.</p><p> </p><p>Audio production by Candice McKenzie</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2759</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[606592250a49f95b654f3bae]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5007659179.mp3?updated=1634823175" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The role of technology in reaching net zero</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/the-role-of-technology-in-reaching-net-zero</link>
      <description>Innovation is at the heart of the prime minister’s vision for net zero. Developing and deploying new and existing technologies effectively will be critical to progress in areas including in energy, transport, housing, industry and agriculture.
The government can point to successes, like offshore wind, but progress elsewhere has been frustrated by inconsistent R&amp;D investment, policy and regulation. It faces big choices about where and how to support green industries.
On our panel to discuss these questions were:


Georgia Berry, Director of Political Campaigns at OVO and former Special Adviser for Energy and Infrastructure in the No.10 Policy Unit


Dr Ajay Gambhir, Senior Research Fellow at the Grantham Institute – Climate Change and the Environment, Imperial College London


Juergen Maier, Chair of Digital Catapult and Vice Chair of the Northern Powerhouse Partnership

The event was chaired by Tom Sasse, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGnetzero
We would like to thank the Transition to Zero Pollution initiative at Imperial College London for their support in staging this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 16:14:12 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The role of technology in reaching net zero</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>96</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;Innovation is at the heart of the prime minister’s vision for&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/net-zero" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;net zero&lt;/a&gt;. Developing and deploying new and existing technologies effectively will be critical to progress in areas including in energy, transport, housing, industry and agriculture.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The government can point to successes, like offshore wind, but progress elsewhere has been frustrated by inconsistent R&amp;amp;D investment, policy and regulation. It faces big choices about where and how to support green industries.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On our panel to discuss these questions were:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Georgia Berry&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of Political Campaigns at OVO and former Special Adviser for Energy and Infrastructure in the No.10 Policy Unit&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dr Ajay Gambhir&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Research Fellow at the Grantham Institute – Climate Change and the Environment, Imperial College London&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Juergen Maier&lt;/strong&gt;, Chair of Digital Catapult and Vice Chair of the Northern Powerhouse Partnership&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Tom Sasse&lt;/strong&gt;, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGNetZero?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGnetzero&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;We would like to thank the Transition to Zero Pollution initiative at Imperial College London for their support in staging this event.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Innovation is at the heart of the prime minister’s vision for net zero. Developing and deploying new and existing technologies effectively will be critical to progress in areas including in energy, transport, housing, industry and agriculture.
The government can point to successes, like offshore wind, but progress elsewhere has been frustrated by inconsistent R&amp;D investment, policy and regulation. It faces big choices about where and how to support green industries.
On our panel to discuss these questions were:


Georgia Berry, Director of Political Campaigns at OVO and former Special Adviser for Energy and Infrastructure in the No.10 Policy Unit


Dr Ajay Gambhir, Senior Research Fellow at the Grantham Institute – Climate Change and the Environment, Imperial College London


Juergen Maier, Chair of Digital Catapult and Vice Chair of the Northern Powerhouse Partnership

The event was chaired by Tom Sasse, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGnetzero
We would like to thank the Transition to Zero Pollution initiative at Imperial College London for their support in staging this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Innovation is at the heart of the prime minister’s vision for <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/net-zero">net zero</a>. Developing and deploying new and existing technologies effectively will be critical to progress in areas including in energy, transport, housing, industry and agriculture.</p><p>The government can point to successes, like offshore wind, but progress elsewhere has been frustrated by inconsistent R&amp;D investment, policy and regulation. It faces big choices about where and how to support green industries.</p><p>On our panel to discuss these questions were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Georgia Berry</strong>, Director of Political Campaigns at OVO and former Special Adviser for Energy and Infrastructure in the No.10 Policy Unit</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Ajay Gambhir</strong>, Senior Research Fellow at the Grantham Institute – Climate Change and the Environment, Imperial College London</li>
<li>
<strong>Juergen Maier</strong>, Chair of Digital Catapult and Vice Chair of the Northern Powerhouse Partnership</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Tom Sasse</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGNetZero?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGnetzero</strong></a></p><p><em>We would like to thank the Transition to Zero Pollution initiative at Imperial College London for their support in staging this event.</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3793</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60634e55fe522365aed0b5bf]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4176865111.mp3?updated=1634823176" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Rebecca Evans MS</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/in-conversation-with-rebecca-evans-ms</link>
      <description>As part of our series of events in the run up to the 2021 devolved and local elections, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Rebecca Evans, Welsh Minister for Finance and Trefnydd (Leader of the House).
Rebecca Evans was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, about Welsh devolution, the 2021 election, relations between Cardiff and Westminster, and the future of the Union.
Rebecca Evans has been the Member of the Senedd for Gower since 2016, representing the Welsh Labour Party. She has served in a number of ministerial posts, including, since 2018, as Minister for Finance and Trefnydd (equivalent of the Leader of the House).
#IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Mar 2021 17:14:11 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Rebecca Evans MS</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>95</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>The IFG's Akash Paun speaks to the Welsh Minister for Finance</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As part of our series of events in the run up to the 2021 devolved and local elections, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Rebecca Evans, Welsh Minister for Finance and Trefnydd (Leader of the House).
Rebecca Evans was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, about Welsh devolution, the 2021 election, relations between Cardiff and Westminster, and the future of the Union.
Rebecca Evans has been the Member of the Senedd for Gower since 2016, representing the Welsh Labour Party. She has served in a number of ministerial posts, including, since 2018, as Minister for Finance and Trefnydd (equivalent of the Leader of the House).
#IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As part of our series of events in the run up to the 2021 devolved and local elections, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>Rebecca Evans</strong>, Welsh Minister for Finance and Trefnydd (Leader of the House).</p><p>Rebecca Evans was in conversation with <strong>Akash Paun,</strong> Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, about Welsh devolution, the 2021 election, relations between Cardiff and Westminster, and the future of the Union.</p><p><em>Rebecca Evans has been the Member of the Senedd for Gower since 2016, representing the Welsh Labour Party. She has served in a number of ministerial posts, including, since 2018, as Minister for Finance and Trefnydd (equivalent of the Leader of the House).</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGdevo?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGDevo</strong></a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2790</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[605e16641c790e3df3eb65d4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6400268508.mp3?updated=1634823176" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Industrial Strategy Council – annual report</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/industrial-strategy-council-annual-report</link>
      <description>The Industrial Strategy Council provided an update on progress in implementing the 2017 Industrial Strategy, and the lessons that the annual report contains for the government’s new Plan for Growth. It also considered the lessons learned for industrial policy from the development of Covid vaccines over the past year.
The panel included:


Andy Haldane, Chair of the Industrial Strategy Council


Dame Vivian Hunt, member of the Industrial Strategy Council and the Build Back Better Council


Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGEconomy
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Mar 2021 04:00:45 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Industrial Strategy Council – annual report</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>94</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The Industrial Strategy Council provided an update on progress in implementing the 2017 Industrial Strategy, and the lessons that the annual report contains for the government’s new&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/blog/rishi-sunak-plan-for-growth" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;Plan for Growth&lt;/a&gt;. It also considered the lessons learned for industrial policy from the development of Covid vaccines over the past year.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The panel included:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Andy Haldane&lt;/strong&gt;, Chair of the Industrial Strategy Council&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dame Vivian Hunt&lt;/strong&gt;, member of the Industrial Strategy Council and the Build Back Better Council&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Giles Wilkes&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;This event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Dr Gemma Tetlow&lt;/strong&gt;, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGEconomy?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGEconomy&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Industrial Strategy Council provided an update on progress in implementing the 2017 Industrial Strategy, and the lessons that the annual report contains for the government’s new Plan for Growth. It also considered the lessons learned for industrial policy from the development of Covid vaccines over the past year.
The panel included:


Andy Haldane, Chair of the Industrial Strategy Council


Dame Vivian Hunt, member of the Industrial Strategy Council and the Build Back Better Council


Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

This event was chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGEconomy
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Industrial Strategy Council provided an update on progress in implementing the 2017 Industrial Strategy, and the lessons that the annual report contains for the government’s new <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/blog/rishi-sunak-plan-for-growth">Plan for Growth</a>. It also considered the lessons learned for industrial policy from the development of Covid vaccines over the past year.</p><p>The panel included:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Andy Haldane</strong>, Chair of the Industrial Strategy Council</li>
<li>
<strong>Dame Vivian Hunt</strong>, member of the Industrial Strategy Council and the Build Back Better Council</li>
<li>
<strong>Giles Wilkes</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p>This event was chaired by <strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGEconomy?src=hashtag_click">#IfGEconomy</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3800</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[605b5eee576d143ae82245ae]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5839032688.mp3?updated=1634823176" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How can governments combat the spread of misinformation?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/how-can-governments-combat-the-spread-of-misinformation</link>
      <description>The Covid-19 pandemic has fuelled a parallel “infodemic” of harmful misinformation about the virus and vaccines. This has highlighted the wider challenge for governments of combating the spread of misleading content on the internet and social media platforms.
This Institute for Government event, held in partnership with the Arts and Humanities Research Council, explored the scale of the misinformation challenge facing the UK government and the policy approaches that government can take to address it.
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Damian Collins MP, former Chair of the House of Commons Digital, Culture, Media and Sport Committee


Professor Peter Knight, Professor of American Studies at the University of Manchester and Principal Investigator on the AHRC’s ‘Infodemic: Combatting Covid-19 conspiracy theories' project


Will Moy, Chief Executive of Full Fact


Marianna Spring, specialist BBC reporter covering disinformation and social media

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGInfodemic
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Mar 2021 17:00:57 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How can governments combat the spread of misinformation?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>93</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The Covid-19 pandemic has fuelled a parallel “infodemic” of harmful misinformation about the virus and vaccines. This has highlighted the wider challenge for governments of combating the spread of misleading content on the internet and social media platforms.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This Institute for Government event, held in partnership with the Arts and Humanities Research Council, explored&amp;nbsp;the scale of the misinformation challenge facing the UK government and the policy approaches that government can take to address it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On our panel to discuss these issues were:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Damian Collins MP&lt;/strong&gt;, former Chair of the House of Commons Digital, Culture, Media and Sport Committee&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Professor Peter Knight,&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;Professor of American Studies at the&amp;nbsp;University of Manchester and Principal Investigator on the AHRC’s ‘Infodemic: Combatting Covid-19 conspiracy theories' project&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Will Moy&lt;/strong&gt;, Chief Executive of&amp;nbsp;Full Fact&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Marianna Spring&lt;/strong&gt;, specialist BBC reporter covering disinformation and social media&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Jill Rutter&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23IfGInfodemic&amp;amp;src=typed_query" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGInfodemic&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Covid-19 pandemic has fuelled a parallel “infodemic” of harmful misinformation about the virus and vaccines. This has highlighted the wider challenge for governments of combating the spread of misleading content on the internet and social media platforms.
This Institute for Government event, held in partnership with the Arts and Humanities Research Council, explored the scale of the misinformation challenge facing the UK government and the policy approaches that government can take to address it.
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Damian Collins MP, former Chair of the House of Commons Digital, Culture, Media and Sport Committee


Professor Peter Knight, Professor of American Studies at the University of Manchester and Principal Investigator on the AHRC’s ‘Infodemic: Combatting Covid-19 conspiracy theories' project


Will Moy, Chief Executive of Full Fact


Marianna Spring, specialist BBC reporter covering disinformation and social media

The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGInfodemic
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Covid-19 pandemic has fuelled a parallel “infodemic” of harmful misinformation about the virus and vaccines. This has highlighted the wider challenge for governments of combating the spread of misleading content on the internet and social media platforms.</p><p>This Institute for Government event, held in partnership with the Arts and Humanities Research Council, explored the scale of the misinformation challenge facing the UK government and the policy approaches that government can take to address it.</p><p>On our panel to discuss these issues were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Damian Collins MP</strong>, former Chair of the House of Commons Digital, Culture, Media and Sport Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Peter Knight,</strong> Professor of American Studies at the University of Manchester and Principal Investigator on the AHRC’s ‘Infodemic: Combatting Covid-19 conspiracy theories' project</li>
<li>
<strong>Will Moy</strong>, Chief Executive of Full Fact</li>
<li>
<strong>Marianna Spring</strong>, specialist BBC reporter covering disinformation and social media</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23IfGInfodemic&amp;src=typed_query">#IfGInfodemic</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3595</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[605b5eea104bda0768cf7f9c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9826992679.mp3?updated=1634823176" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IfG Internship Programme: Insights, highlights, and reflections</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/ifg-internship-programme-insights-highlights-and-reflections</link>
      <description>The Institute for Government regularly runs a paid internship programme. Our interns work with our staff to contribute to our mission of improving the effectiveness of government in the UK, and often go on to interesting roles in central and local government, Parliament, the private and voluntary sectors, other think tanks and postgraduate research. Applications are now open for our 2021/22 programme, starting in September.
In this edition of IfG LIVE, Dr Nicola Blacklaws who manages the Institute’s recruitment process, is in conversation with our 2020/21 interns about what it’s like to work at IfG. They discuss some of their highlights (including waiting for a Brexit deal over the Christmas holidays and working on our Ministers Reflect archive), reflect on joining the Institute during the coronavirus pandemic, and share thoughts on how the internship experience has informed what they decided to do next. All this, plus an introduction from Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, and lead on intern recruitment.
Audio production by Candice McKenzie
#IfGIntern
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 21 Mar 2021 04:00:16 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>IfG Internship Programme: Insights, highlights, and reflections</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>92</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The Institute for Government regularly runs a paid internship programme.&amp;nbsp;Our interns work with our staff to contribute to our mission of improving the effectiveness of government in the UK, and often go on to interesting roles in central and local government, Parliament, the private and voluntary sectors, other think tanks and postgraduate research. Applications are now open for our 2021/22 programme, starting in September.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In this edition of IfG LIVE, Dr Nicola Blacklaws who manages the Institute’s recruitment process, is in conversation with our 2020/21 interns about what it’s like to work at IfG. They discuss some of their highlights (including waiting for a Brexit deal over the Christmas holidays and working on our&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Ministers Reflect&amp;nbsp;&lt;/em&gt;archive), reflect on joining the Institute during the coronavirus pandemic, and share thoughts on how the internship experience has informed what they decided to do next. All this, plus an introduction from Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, and lead on intern recruitment.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Audio production by Candice McKenzie&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;#IfGIntern&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government regularly runs a paid internship programme. Our interns work with our staff to contribute to our mission of improving the effectiveness of government in the UK, and often go on to interesting roles in central and local government, Parliament, the private and voluntary sectors, other think tanks and postgraduate research. Applications are now open for our 2021/22 programme, starting in September.
In this edition of IfG LIVE, Dr Nicola Blacklaws who manages the Institute’s recruitment process, is in conversation with our 2020/21 interns about what it’s like to work at IfG. They discuss some of their highlights (including waiting for a Brexit deal over the Christmas holidays and working on our Ministers Reflect archive), reflect on joining the Institute during the coronavirus pandemic, and share thoughts on how the internship experience has informed what they decided to do next. All this, plus an introduction from Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, and lead on intern recruitment.
Audio production by Candice McKenzie
#IfGIntern
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government regularly runs a paid internship programme. Our interns work with our staff to contribute to our mission of improving the effectiveness of government in the UK, and often go on to interesting roles in central and local government, Parliament, the private and voluntary sectors, other think tanks and postgraduate research. Applications are now open for our 2021/22 programme, starting in September.</p><p>In this edition of IfG LIVE, Dr Nicola Blacklaws who manages the Institute’s recruitment process, is in conversation with our 2020/21 interns about what it’s like to work at IfG. They discuss some of their highlights (including waiting for a Brexit deal over the Christmas holidays and working on our <em>Ministers Reflect </em>archive), reflect on joining the Institute during the coronavirus pandemic, and share thoughts on how the internship experience has informed what they decided to do next. All this, plus an introduction from Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, and lead on intern recruitment.</p><p>Audio production by Candice McKenzie</p><p>#IfGIntern</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2452</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6054e8635acb9977dfde86e4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5616455364.mp3?updated=1634823176" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Procurement after Brexit</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/procurement-after-brexit</link>
      <description>Lord Agnew, Minister of State at the Cabinet Office, made a keynote speech on the government’s proposals for post-Brexit rules on public sector procurement of goods, works and services. These include major changes to how contracts are awarded, transparency, review mechanisms and more.
The speech was followed by a panel discussion on the opportunities and trade-offs of different approaches, what we can learn from other countries, and how new regulations can be implemented. In addition to Lord Agnew, the panel featured:


Robert Breedon, Partner at Gowling WLG


Sally Guyer, Global CEO of World Commerce and Contracting

The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGoutsourcing
The Institute for Government is grateful to Gowling WLG for their support in staging this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 20 Mar 2021 16:15:06 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Procurement after Brexit</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>91</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>A keynote speech by Cabinet Office minister Lord Agnew</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Lord Agnew, Minister of State at the Cabinet Office, made a keynote speech on the government’s proposals for post-Brexit rules on public sector procurement of goods, works and services. These include major changes to how contracts are awarded, transparency, review mechanisms and more.
The speech was followed by a panel discussion on the opportunities and trade-offs of different approaches, what we can learn from other countries, and how new regulations can be implemented. In addition to Lord Agnew, the panel featured:


Robert Breedon, Partner at Gowling WLG


Sally Guyer, Global CEO of World Commerce and Contracting

The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGoutsourcing
The Institute for Government is grateful to Gowling WLG for their support in staging this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Lord Agnew</strong>, Minister of State at the Cabinet Office, made a keynote speech on the government’s proposals for post-Brexit rules on public sector procurement of goods, works and services. These include major changes to how contracts are awarded, transparency, review mechanisms and more.</p><p>The speech was followed by a panel discussion on the opportunities and trade-offs of different approaches, what we can learn from other countries, and how new regulations can be implemented. In addition to Lord Agnew, the panel featured:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Robert Breedon</strong>, Partner at Gowling WLG</li>
<li>
<strong>Sally Guyer</strong>, Global CEO of World Commerce and Contracting</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Nick Davies</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/ifgoutsourcing?src=hashtag_click">#IfGoutsourcing</a></p><p><em>The Institute for Government is grateful to Gowling WLG for their support in staging this event.</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3544</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6054e00d0cde6777fd53f44a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8139047517.mp3?updated=1634823177" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Rt Hon Jesse Norman MP</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/in-conversation-with-rt-hon-jesse-norman-mp</link>
      <description>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome the Rt Hon Jesse Norman MP, Financial Secretary to the Treasury. Following the publication of the National Infrastructure Strategy, this event explored the government’s plans to “transform” the UK’s infrastructure networks to drive the country’s post-pandemic recovery, make progress to reaching the net zero emissions target in 2050 and contribute to ‘levelling up’ the country.
Jesse Norman was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
Jesse Norman has been the Financial Secretary to the Treasury since May 2019. Before that he was Minister of State at the Department for Transport from November 2018 to May 2019 and Parliamentary Under Secretary of State at the Department for Transport from June 2017 to November 2018. He has been the MP for Hereford and South Herefordshire since 2010 and is the author of books on Adam Smith and Edmund Burke.
#IfGInfrastructure
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Mar 2021 17:07:22 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Rt Hon Jesse Norman MP</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>89</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Bronwen Maddox speaks to the Financial Secretary to the Treasury</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome the Rt Hon Jesse Norman MP, Financial Secretary to the Treasury. Following the publication of the National Infrastructure Strategy, this event explored the government’s plans to “transform” the UK’s infrastructure networks to drive the country’s post-pandemic recovery, make progress to reaching the net zero emissions target in 2050 and contribute to ‘levelling up’ the country.
Jesse Norman was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
Jesse Norman has been the Financial Secretary to the Treasury since May 2019. Before that he was Minister of State at the Department for Transport from November 2018 to May 2019 and Parliamentary Under Secretary of State at the Department for Transport from June 2017 to November 2018. He has been the MP for Hereford and South Herefordshire since 2010 and is the author of books on Adam Smith and Edmund Burke.
#IfGInfrastructure
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome the <strong>Rt Hon Jesse Norman MP</strong>, Financial Secretary to the Treasury. Following the publication of the National Infrastructure Strategy, this event explored the government’s plans to “transform” the UK’s infrastructure networks to drive the country’s post-pandemic recovery, make progress to reaching the net zero emissions target in 2050 and contribute to ‘levelling up’ the country.</p><p>Jesse Norman was in conversation with <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><em>Jesse Norman has been the Financial Secretary to the Treasury since May 2019. Before that he was Minister of State at the Department for Transport from November 2018 to May 2019 and Parliamentary Under Secretary of State at the Department for Transport from June 2017 to November 2018. He has been the MP for Hereford and South Herefordshire since 2010 and is the author of books on Adam Smith and Edmund Burke.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGInfrastructure?src=hashtag_click">#IfGInfrastructure</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3375</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6054da4ae48bc835d404e270]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3456346168.mp3?updated=1634823177" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Science after coronavirus</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/science-after-coronavirus</link>
      <description>Scientists around the world have played a central role in the last year, informing policy makers and the public throughout the pandemic. Under pressure they have adapted new ways of working, while the creation and deployment of vaccines could have far-reaching consequences for global scientific collaboration. At this event, we will discuss the early lessons the science community should draw from the crisis.
On the panel to discuss these issues will be:


Dr Rupert Lewis, Chief Science Policy Officer at The Royal Society


Professor Peter Openshaw, Professor Experimental Medicine at Imperial College London (and Vice-chair of NERVTAG)


Dr Beth Thompson, Head of UK &amp; EU Policy and Advocacy at Wellcome Trust

The event will be chaired by Tom Sasse, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGscience
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Mar 2021 16:35:11 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Science after coronavirus</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>88</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;Scientists around the world have played a central role in the last year, informing policy makers and the public throughout the pandemic. Under pressure they have adapted new ways of working, while the creation and deployment of vaccines could have far-reaching consequences for global scientific collaboration. At this event, we will discuss the early lessons the science community should draw from the crisis.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the panel to discuss these issues will be:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dr Rupert Lewis&lt;/strong&gt;, Chief Science Policy Officer at&amp;nbsp;The Royal Society&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Professor Peter Openshaw,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;Professor Experimental Medicine at&amp;nbsp;Imperial College London&amp;nbsp;(and Vice-chair of NERVTAG)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dr Beth Thompson&lt;/strong&gt;, Head of UK &amp;amp; EU Policy and Advocacy at&amp;nbsp;Wellcome Trust&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event will be chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Tom Sasse&lt;/strong&gt;, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGScience?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGscience&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Scientists around the world have played a central role in the last year, informing policy makers and the public throughout the pandemic. Under pressure they have adapted new ways of working, while the creation and deployment of vaccines could have far-reaching consequences for global scientific collaboration. At this event, we will discuss the early lessons the science community should draw from the crisis.
On the panel to discuss these issues will be:


Dr Rupert Lewis, Chief Science Policy Officer at The Royal Society


Professor Peter Openshaw, Professor Experimental Medicine at Imperial College London (and Vice-chair of NERVTAG)


Dr Beth Thompson, Head of UK &amp; EU Policy and Advocacy at Wellcome Trust

The event will be chaired by Tom Sasse, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGscience
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Scientists around the world have played a central role in the last year, informing policy makers and the public throughout the pandemic. Under pressure they have adapted new ways of working, while the creation and deployment of vaccines could have far-reaching consequences for global scientific collaboration. At this event, we will discuss the early lessons the science community should draw from the crisis.</p><p>On the panel to discuss these issues will be:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Dr Rupert Lewis</strong>, Chief Science Policy Officer at The Royal Society</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Peter Openshaw, </strong>Professor Experimental Medicine at Imperial College London (and Vice-chair of NERVTAG)</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Beth Thompson</strong>, Head of UK &amp; EU Policy and Advocacy at Wellcome Trust</li>
</ul><p>The event will be chaired by <strong>Tom Sasse</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGScience?src=hashtag_click">#IfGscience</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3807</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6054d2bf4e14f90f2545c133]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8108040131.mp3?updated=1634823177" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tax policy in the real world</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/tax-policy-in-the-real-world</link>
      <description>Tax touches on almost every area of our lives. It is vital for raising revenues to pay for public services and benefits. Incentives in the tax system also influence behaviour – sometimes deliberately, sometimes as a result of poor policy design, other times as an unavoidable side effect.
As the threat of Covid wanes and as the UK establishes its economic direction outside the EU, the government will face important questions about the future of the tax system – including how to ensure it raises the necessary revenues as well as providing the right incentives. But tax is a particularly contentious area of policy where many previous governments have struggled to make progress.
This event brought together former chancellors to discuss their experiences of tax policy making, the problems they faced and how they made progress
Our panel


The Rt Hon. the Lord Lamont of Lerwick, former Chancellor of the Exchequer (1990–93)


The Rt Hon. the Lord Darling of Roulanish, former Chancellor of the Exchequer (2007–10)


The Rt Hon. George Osborne CH, former Chancellor of the Exchequer (2010–16)

The event was chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government, with an introduction by Matt Ellis, Managing Partner for Tax at Deloitte UK.
This event was kindly supported by Deloitte LLP.
#IfGChancellor
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Mar 2021 17:05:17 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Tax policy in the real world</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>87</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>In conversation with former chancellors</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Tax touches on almost every area of our lives. It is vital for raising revenues to pay for public services and benefits. Incentives in the tax system also influence behaviour – sometimes deliberately, sometimes as a result of poor policy design, other times as an unavoidable side effect.
As the threat of Covid wanes and as the UK establishes its economic direction outside the EU, the government will face important questions about the future of the tax system – including how to ensure it raises the necessary revenues as well as providing the right incentives. But tax is a particularly contentious area of policy where many previous governments have struggled to make progress.
This event brought together former chancellors to discuss their experiences of tax policy making, the problems they faced and how they made progress
Our panel


The Rt Hon. the Lord Lamont of Lerwick, former Chancellor of the Exchequer (1990–93)


The Rt Hon. the Lord Darling of Roulanish, former Chancellor of the Exchequer (2007–10)


The Rt Hon. George Osborne CH, former Chancellor of the Exchequer (2010–16)

The event was chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government, with an introduction by Matt Ellis, Managing Partner for Tax at Deloitte UK.
This event was kindly supported by Deloitte LLP.
#IfGChancellor
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tax touches on almost every area of our lives. It is vital for raising revenues to pay for public services and benefits. Incentives in the tax system also influence behaviour – sometimes deliberately, sometimes as a result of poor policy design, other times as an unavoidable side effect.</p><p>As the threat of Covid wanes and as the UK establishes its economic direction outside the EU, the government will face important questions about the future of the tax system – including how to ensure it raises the necessary revenues as well as providing the right incentives. But tax is a particularly contentious area of policy where many previous governments have struggled to make progress.</p><p>This event brought together former chancellors to discuss their experiences of tax policy making, the problems they faced and how they made progress</p><p>Our panel</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>The Rt Hon. the Lord Lamont of Lerwick</strong>, former Chancellor of the Exchequer (1990–93)</li>
<li>
<strong>The Rt Hon. the Lord Darling of Roulanish</strong>, former Chancellor of the Exchequer (2007–10)</li>
<li>
<strong>The Rt Hon. George Osborne CH,</strong> former Chancellor of the Exchequer (2010–16)</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government, with an introduction by <strong>Matt Ellis, </strong>Managing Partner for Tax at Deloitte UK.</p><p><em>This event was kindly supported by Deloitte LLP.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGChancellor?src=hashtag_click">#IfGChancellor</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3702</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[604b9f4eb8fd93249a3be4e2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8348044435.mp3?updated=1634823177" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to build on the success of the vaccine rollout</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/how-to-build-on-the-success-of-the-vaccine-rollout</link>
      <description>The UK's vaccine rollout has made a good start. This panel discussed the reasons behind the early success and explore the questions the government faces – around prioritisation, the threat of variants and vaccine diplomacy – as it extends the rollout. It also explored the long-term lessons of the vaccine programme, and how the UK should capitalise on its life sciences expertise.
On the panel to discuss these questions were:


George Freeman, MP for Mid Norfolk and former Minister for Life Sciences


Tom Chivers, Author and Science Editor at Unherd



Dr Rebecca Fisher, GP and Senior Policy Fellow at The Health Foundation


Professor Robin Shattock, Chair in Mucosal Infection and Immunity and Covid-19 vaccine lead at Imperial College London

The event was chaired by Tom Sasse, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
We would like to thank The Forum – Imperial College London for kindly supporting this event.
#IfGvaccine
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Mar 2021 04:00:10 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to build on the success of the vaccine rollout</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>86</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/coronavirus-vaccine-rollout" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;UK's&amp;nbsp;vaccine&amp;nbsp;rollout&lt;/a&gt;&amp;nbsp;has made a good start. This panel discussed the reasons behind the early success and explore the questions the government faces – around prioritisation, the threat of variants and&amp;nbsp;vaccine&amp;nbsp;diplomacy – as it extends the rollout. It also explored the long-term lessons of the&amp;nbsp;vaccine&amp;nbsp;programme, and how the UK should capitalise on its life sciences expertise.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the panel to discuss these questions were:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;George Freeman,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;MP for Mid Norfolk and former Minister for Life Sciences&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tom Chivers,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;Author and Science Editor at&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Unherd&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dr Rebecca Fisher,&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;GP and Senior Policy Fellow at The Health Foundation&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Professor Robin Shattock,&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;Chair in Mucosal Infection and Immunity and Covid-19&amp;nbsp;vaccine&amp;nbsp;lead at Imperial College London&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Tom Sasse&lt;/strong&gt;, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;We would like to thank The Forum – Imperial College London for kindly supporting this event.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgvaccine&amp;amp;src=typed_query" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGvaccine&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The UK's vaccine rollout has made a good start. This panel discussed the reasons behind the early success and explore the questions the government faces – around prioritisation, the threat of variants and vaccine diplomacy – as it extends the rollout. It also explored the long-term lessons of the vaccine programme, and how the UK should capitalise on its life sciences expertise.
On the panel to discuss these questions were:


George Freeman, MP for Mid Norfolk and former Minister for Life Sciences


Tom Chivers, Author and Science Editor at Unherd



Dr Rebecca Fisher, GP and Senior Policy Fellow at The Health Foundation


Professor Robin Shattock, Chair in Mucosal Infection and Immunity and Covid-19 vaccine lead at Imperial College London

The event was chaired by Tom Sasse, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
We would like to thank The Forum – Imperial College London for kindly supporting this event.
#IfGvaccine
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/coronavirus-vaccine-rollout">UK's vaccine rollout</a> has made a good start. This panel discussed the reasons behind the early success and explore the questions the government faces – around prioritisation, the threat of variants and vaccine diplomacy – as it extends the rollout. It also explored the long-term lessons of the vaccine programme, and how the UK should capitalise on its life sciences expertise.</p><p>On the panel to discuss these questions were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>George Freeman, </strong>MP for Mid Norfolk and former Minister for Life Sciences</li>
<li>
<strong>Tom Chivers, </strong>Author and Science Editor at <em>Unherd</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Rebecca Fisher,</strong> GP and Senior Policy Fellow at The Health Foundation</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Robin Shattock,</strong> Chair in Mucosal Infection and Immunity and Covid-19 vaccine lead at Imperial College London</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Tom Sasse</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><em>We would like to thank The Forum – Imperial College London for kindly supporting this event.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgvaccine&amp;src=typed_query">#IfGvaccine</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3845</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6047b132ab595b1649d9fece]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6620745475.mp3?updated=1634823177" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Andy Burnham</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/in-conversation-with-andy-burnham</link>
      <description>As part of our series of events covering the 2021 elections for the devolved regions, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome The Rt Hon Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester since 2017.
Seeking re-election on 6 May, Andy Burnham reflected on his first term as mayor, on the outlook for the Greater Manchester region and on how he would like to see the powers and responsibilities of 'metro mayors' develop.
Andy Burnham was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government. 
Andy Burnham has been Mayor of Greater Manchester since May 2017. Previously he served in the government of Prime Minister Gordon Brown as Chief Secretary to the Treasury, Culture Secretary, Health Secretary and Shadow Home Secretary. He was MP for Leigh from 2001–17.
#IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Mar 2021 17:31:07 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Andy Burnham</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>85</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>The IFG speaks to the Mayor of Greater Manchester</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As part of our series of events covering the 2021 elections for the devolved regions, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome The Rt Hon Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester since 2017.
Seeking re-election on 6 May, Andy Burnham reflected on his first term as mayor, on the outlook for the Greater Manchester region and on how he would like to see the powers and responsibilities of 'metro mayors' develop.
Andy Burnham was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government. 
Andy Burnham has been Mayor of Greater Manchester since May 2017. Previously he served in the government of Prime Minister Gordon Brown as Chief Secretary to the Treasury, Culture Secretary, Health Secretary and Shadow Home Secretary. He was MP for Leigh from 2001–17.
#IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As part of our series of events covering the 2021 elections for the devolved regions, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>The Rt Hon Andy Burnham</strong>, Mayor of Greater Manchester since 2017.</p><p>Seeking re-election on 6 May, Andy Burnham reflected on his first term as mayor, on the outlook for the Greater Manchester region and on how he would like to see the powers and responsibilities of 'metro mayors' develop.</p><p>Andy Burnham was in conversation with <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government. </p><p><em>Andy Burnham has been Mayor of Greater Manchester since May 2017. Previously he served in the government of Prime Minister Gordon Brown as Chief Secretary to the Treasury, Culture Secretary, Health Secretary and Shadow Home Secretary. He was MP for Leigh from 2001–17.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGdevo?src=hashtag_click">#IfGDevo</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2747</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6047b0dcd5569a0eefa96e53]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5490898312.mp3?updated=1634823177" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Conversation with Adam Price MS, Leader of Plaid Cymru</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/in-conversation-with-adam-price-ms-leader-of-plaid-cymru</link>
      <description>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Adam Price MS as part of our series of events with leading politicians from across the UK in the run up to the devolved and local elections of May 2021.
The leader of Plaid Cymru – the party of Wales – discussed the state of the Union, the upcoming election, and how devolution might evolve over the coming years.
He was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government. 
Adam Price has been the Member of the Welsh parliament for Carmarthen East and Dinefwr since 2016, having previously served as a member of parliament at Westminster. He was elected Leader of Plaid Cymru in 2018 and is now leading the party’s campaign for the 2021 Welsh parliament election.
#IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Mar 2021 13:39:45 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In Conversation with Adam Price MS, Leader of Plaid Cymru</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>84</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Adam Price MS&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;as part of our series of events with leading politicians from across the UK in the run up to the devolved and local elections of May 2021.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The leader of Plaid Cymru – the party of Wales – discussed the state of the Union, the upcoming election, and how devolution might evolve over the coming years.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;He was in conversation with&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Bronwen Maddox&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of the Institute for Government.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Adam Price has been the Member of the Welsh parliament for Carmarthen East and Dinefwr since 2016, having previously served as a member of parliament at Westminster. He was elected Leader of Plaid Cymru in 2018 and is now leading the party’s campaign for the 2021 Welsh parliament election.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGdevo?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGDevo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Adam Price MS as part of our series of events with leading politicians from across the UK in the run up to the devolved and local elections of May 2021.
The leader of Plaid Cymru – the party of Wales – discussed the state of the Union, the upcoming election, and how devolution might evolve over the coming years.
He was in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government. 
Adam Price has been the Member of the Welsh parliament for Carmarthen East and Dinefwr since 2016, having previously served as a member of parliament at Westminster. He was elected Leader of Plaid Cymru in 2018 and is now leading the party’s campaign for the 2021 Welsh parliament election.
#IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>Adam Price MS</strong> as part of our series of events with leading politicians from across the UK in the run up to the devolved and local elections of May 2021.</p><p>The leader of Plaid Cymru – the party of Wales – discussed the state of the Union, the upcoming election, and how devolution might evolve over the coming years.</p><p>He was in conversation with <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government. </p><p><em>Adam Price has been the Member of the Welsh parliament for Carmarthen East and Dinefwr since 2016, having previously served as a member of parliament at Westminster. He was elected Leader of Plaid Cymru in 2018 and is now leading the party’s campaign for the 2021 Welsh parliament election.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGdevo?src=hashtag_click">#IfGDevo</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3044</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6040e322b891ea5a1565956a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1866884941.mp3?updated=1634823178" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Budget 2021: When should Rishi Sunak balance the books?</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>In 2020 the Chancellor told the Conservative Party Conference  that “this Conservative government will always balance the books”. But the economic fallout of the Coronavirus crisis has led to record borrowing, an increasing debt and a depressed outlook for the economy – and likely tax revenues – in the medium term.
As the pandemic continues, so will the government’s role in supporting the economy – and the cost of servicing its debt is currently at record lows. So does the government need to embark on a programme of fiscal consolidation? And if so, when?
Whether or not Sunak intends to balance the books in this budget, what balance should he strike between tax and spending measures? In the week before the Chancellor’s second budget, the Institute for Government brings together an expert panel to discuss these questions.
Our panel:


Sir Robert Chote, former Chairman of the Office of Budget Responsibility, 2010–20


Simon Wren-Lewis, Emeritus Professor of Economics at the University of Oxford


Sarah Carlson, Senior Vice President, Sovereign Risk Group at Moody’s Investor Service


Timothy Pitt, Partner at Flint Global and former special adviser

The event is  chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government. #IfGBudget2021
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Feb 2021 20:07:50 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Budget 2021: When should Rishi Sunak balance the books?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>83</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>A pre-Budget special</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In 2020 the Chancellor told the Conservative Party Conference  that “this Conservative government will always balance the books”. But the economic fallout of the Coronavirus crisis has led to record borrowing, an increasing debt and a depressed outlook for the economy – and likely tax revenues – in the medium term.
As the pandemic continues, so will the government’s role in supporting the economy – and the cost of servicing its debt is currently at record lows. So does the government need to embark on a programme of fiscal consolidation? And if so, when?
Whether or not Sunak intends to balance the books in this budget, what balance should he strike between tax and spending measures? In the week before the Chancellor’s second budget, the Institute for Government brings together an expert panel to discuss these questions.
Our panel:


Sir Robert Chote, former Chairman of the Office of Budget Responsibility, 2010–20


Simon Wren-Lewis, Emeritus Professor of Economics at the University of Oxford


Sarah Carlson, Senior Vice President, Sovereign Risk Group at Moody’s Investor Service


Timothy Pitt, Partner at Flint Global and former special adviser

The event is  chaired by Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government. #IfGBudget2021
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In 2020 the Chancellor told the Conservative Party Conference  that “this Conservative government will always balance the books”. But the economic fallout of the Coronavirus crisis has led to record borrowing, an increasing debt and a depressed outlook for the economy – and likely tax revenues – in the medium term.</p><p>As the pandemic continues, so will the government’s role in supporting the economy – and the cost of servicing its debt is currently at record lows. So does the government need to embark on a programme of fiscal consolidation? And if so, when?</p><p>Whether or not Sunak intends to balance the books in this budget, what balance should he strike between tax and spending measures? In the week before the Chancellor’s second budget, the Institute for Government brings together an expert panel to discuss these questions.</p><p>Our panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sir Robert Chote</strong>, former Chairman of the Office of Budget Responsibility, 2010–20</li>
<li>
<strong>Simon Wren-Lewis</strong>, Emeritus Professor of Economics at the University of Oxford</li>
<li>
<strong>Sarah Carlson</strong>, Senior Vice President, Sovereign Risk Group at Moody’s Investor Service</li>
<li>
<strong>Timothy Pitt</strong>, Partner at Flint Global and former special adviser</li>
</ul><p>The event is  chaired by <strong>Dr</strong> <strong>Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government. <a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgbudget2021&amp;src=typed_query">#IfGBudget2021</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3893</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60380396c9d24e3602728609]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8115218640.mp3?updated=1634823178" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Integrated Review Review</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/the-integrated-review-review</link>
      <description>The government is set to publish its Integrated Review of Security, Defence, Development and Foreign Policy. Its conclusions will shape the UK’s approach to national security and determine how the government sees the UK’s place in the world but the review's impact goes beyond foreign policy.
This Institute for Government event discussed how the review will shape the government’s domestic agenda, what it means for the UK’s economic prosperity and stability, and the UK’s readiness to meet security threats to the international order such as climate change, cyber attacks, and pandemics.
On the panel were:


Rt Hon Tobias Ellwood MP, Chair of the House of Commons Defence Select Committee


Shashank Joshi, Defence Editor at The Economist



Ciaran Martin, former Chief Executive of the National Cyber Security Centre; now Professor of Practice in the Management of Public Organisations at Blavatnik School of Government, Oxford University


Cate Pye, Partner, Cyber Security and Public Sector at PA Consulting

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
We were grateful for the support of PA Consulting in staging this event.
#IfGIntReview
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 04:00:08 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Integrated Review Review</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>82</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Developments in Security, Defence, Development and Foreign Policy</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The government is set to publish its Integrated Review of Security, Defence, Development and Foreign Policy. Its conclusions will shape the UK’s approach to national security and determine how the government sees the UK’s place in the world but the review's impact goes beyond foreign policy.
This Institute for Government event discussed how the review will shape the government’s domestic agenda, what it means for the UK’s economic prosperity and stability, and the UK’s readiness to meet security threats to the international order such as climate change, cyber attacks, and pandemics.
On the panel were:


Rt Hon Tobias Ellwood MP, Chair of the House of Commons Defence Select Committee


Shashank Joshi, Defence Editor at The Economist



Ciaran Martin, former Chief Executive of the National Cyber Security Centre; now Professor of Practice in the Management of Public Organisations at Blavatnik School of Government, Oxford University


Cate Pye, Partner, Cyber Security and Public Sector at PA Consulting

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government
We were grateful for the support of PA Consulting in staging this event.
#IfGIntReview
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The government is set to publish its Integrated Review of Security, Defence, Development and Foreign Policy. Its conclusions will shape the UK’s approach to national security and determine how the government sees the UK’s place in the world but the review's impact goes beyond foreign policy.</p><p>This Institute for Government event discussed how the review will shape the government’s domestic agenda, what it means for the UK’s economic prosperity and stability, and the UK’s readiness to meet security threats to the international order such as climate change, cyber attacks, and pandemics.</p><p>On the panel were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Tobias Ellwood MP</strong>, Chair of the House of Commons Defence Select Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Shashank Joshi</strong>, Defence Editor at <em>The Economist</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Ciaran Martin</strong>, former Chief Executive of the National Cyber Security Centre; now Professor of Practice in the Management of Public Organisations at Blavatnik School of Government, Oxford University</li>
<li>
<strong>Cate Pye</strong>, Partner, Cyber Security and Public Sector at PA Consulting</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</p><p><em>We were grateful for the support of PA Consulting in staging this event.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgintreview&amp;src=typed_query">#IfGIntReview</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3653</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60343bac0206866557128008]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3042818864.mp3?updated=1634823178" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Douglas Ross MP</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/in-conversation-with-douglas-ross-mp</link>
      <description>In the first of a series of events with leading UK politicians in the run-up to May’s devolved and local elections, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Douglas Ross MP.
The leader of the Scottish Conservative and Unionist party discussed the state of the Union, the 2021 election, how devolution might evolve over the coming years, and what he would seek to change in how Scotland is governed.
Douglas Ross was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Douglas Ross has been the MP for Moray since 2017, having previously served as a Member of the Scottish Parliament. He was elected Leader of the Scottish Conservative party in August 2020 and is now leading the party’s campaign for the 2021 Scottish Parliament election.
#IfGDevo

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 04:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Douglas Ross MP</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>81</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>The IFG speaks to the Conservative and Unionist leader in Scotland</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In the first of a series of events with leading UK politicians in the run-up to May’s devolved and local elections, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome Douglas Ross MP.
The leader of the Scottish Conservative and Unionist party discussed the state of the Union, the 2021 election, how devolution might evolve over the coming years, and what he would seek to change in how Scotland is governed.
Douglas Ross was in conversation with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
Douglas Ross has been the MP for Moray since 2017, having previously served as a Member of the Scottish Parliament. He was elected Leader of the Scottish Conservative party in August 2020 and is now leading the party’s campaign for the 2021 Scottish Parliament election.
#IfGDevo

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the first of a series of events with leading UK politicians in the run-up to May’s devolved and local elections, the Institute for Government was delighted to welcome <strong>Douglas Ross MP</strong>.</p><p>The leader of the Scottish Conservative and Unionist party discussed the state of the Union, the 2021 election, how devolution might evolve over the coming years, and what he would seek to change in how Scotland is governed.</p><p>Douglas Ross was in conversation with <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><em>Douglas Ross has been the MP for Moray since 2017, having previously served as a Member of the Scottish Parliament. He was elected Leader of the Scottish Conservative party in August 2020 and is now leading the party’s campaign for the 2021 Scottish Parliament election.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGdevo?src=hashtag_click">#IfGDevo</a></p><br><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3327</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6034393db400831bfc4487f9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2082300235.mp3?updated=1634823178" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What next for the Northern Ireland protocol?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/what-next-for-the-ni-protocol</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
It has been a rocky first six weeks for the Northern Ireland protocol, which came into force on 31 December last year.
Since the UK left the Brexit transition period, Northern Ireland has seen empty supermarket shelves, cancelled deliveries, and retailers temporarily pulling some products. Then came the UK’s vaccines row with the EU, and the EU’s threat to take unilateral action to disregard aspects of the protocol. While that decision was swiftly reversed after strong condemnation from politicians in Northern Ireland, the Republic of Ireland and the UK, but it has been followed by increasingly vocal calls from Unionist parties to do away with the protocol entirely.
This event looked at how the protocol is operating, what solutions might be found to fix its early problems, and what opportunities the protocol presents for Northern Ireland. 
Speakers


Aodhán Connolly, Director of the Northern Ireland Retail Consortium


Professor Katy Hayward, Professor of Political Sociology at Queen’s University Belfast and Senior Fellow at UK in a Changing Europe


Neale Richmond TD, Fine Gael spokesperson on European Affairs


Simon Hoare MP, Chair of the House of Commons Northern Ireland Affairs Committee

The event was chaired by Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Feb 2021 18:05:21 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What next for the Northern Ireland protocol?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>80</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;It has been a rocky first six weeks for the Northern Ireland protocol, which came into force on 31 December last year.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Since the UK left the Brexit transition period, Northern Ireland has seen empty supermarket shelves, cancelled deliveries, and retailers temporarily pulling some products. Then came the UK’s vaccines row with the EU, and the EU’s threat to take unilateral action to disregard aspects of the protocol. While that decision was swiftly reversed after strong condemnation from politicians in Northern Ireland, the Republic of Ireland and the UK, but it has been followed by increasingly vocal calls from Unionist parties to do away with the protocol entirely.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This event looked at how the protocol is operating, what solutions might be found to fix its early problems, and what opportunities the protocol presents for Northern Ireland.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Speakers&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aodhán Connolly&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of the Northern Ireland Retail Consortium&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Professor Katy Hayward&lt;/strong&gt;, Professor of Political Sociology at Queen’s University Belfast and Senior Fellow at UK in a Changing Europe&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Neale Richmond TD&lt;/strong&gt;, Fine Gael spokesperson on European Affairs&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Simon Hoare MP&lt;/strong&gt;, Chair of the House of Commons Northern Ireland Affairs Committee&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was&amp;nbsp;chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Jess Sargeant&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGBrexit&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
It has been a rocky first six weeks for the Northern Ireland protocol, which came into force on 31 December last year.
Since the UK left the Brexit transition period, Northern Ireland has seen empty supermarket shelves, cancelled deliveries, and retailers temporarily pulling some products. Then came the UK’s vaccines row with the EU, and the EU’s threat to take unilateral action to disregard aspects of the protocol. While that decision was swiftly reversed after strong condemnation from politicians in Northern Ireland, the Republic of Ireland and the UK, but it has been followed by increasingly vocal calls from Unionist parties to do away with the protocol entirely.
This event looked at how the protocol is operating, what solutions might be found to fix its early problems, and what opportunities the protocol presents for Northern Ireland. 
Speakers


Aodhán Connolly, Director of the Northern Ireland Retail Consortium


Professor Katy Hayward, Professor of Political Sociology at Queen’s University Belfast and Senior Fellow at UK in a Changing Europe


Neale Richmond TD, Fine Gael spokesperson on European Affairs


Simon Hoare MP, Chair of the House of Commons Northern Ireland Affairs Committee

The event was chaired by Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p> </p><p>It has been a rocky first six weeks for the Northern Ireland protocol, which came into force on 31 December last year.</p><p>Since the UK left the Brexit transition period, Northern Ireland has seen empty supermarket shelves, cancelled deliveries, and retailers temporarily pulling some products. Then came the UK’s vaccines row with the EU, and the EU’s threat to take unilateral action to disregard aspects of the protocol. While that decision was swiftly reversed after strong condemnation from politicians in Northern Ireland, the Republic of Ireland and the UK, but it has been followed by increasingly vocal calls from Unionist parties to do away with the protocol entirely.</p><p>This event looked at how the protocol is operating, what solutions might be found to fix its early problems, and what opportunities the protocol presents for Northern Ireland. </p><p>Speakers</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Aodhán Connolly</strong>, Director of the Northern Ireland Retail Consortium</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Katy Hayward</strong>, Professor of Political Sociology at Queen’s University Belfast and Senior Fellow at UK in a Changing Europe</li>
<li>
<strong>Neale Richmond TD</strong>, Fine Gael spokesperson on European Affairs</li>
<li>
<strong>Simon Hoare MP</strong>, Chair of the House of Commons Northern Ireland Affairs Committee</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Jess Sargeant</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click">#IfGBrexit</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3651</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[602ffde2db65b65b6faeeaa9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2974259217.mp3?updated=1634823178" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Rt Hon Greg Clark MP</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/in-conversation-with-rt-hon-greg-clark-mp</link>
      <description>The Rt Hon Greg Clark MP, chairman of the House of Commons Science and Technology Select Committee, joined IfG director Bronwen Maddox for an in-conversation event to discuss the government’s use of science advice to shape the UK’s response to the Covid-19 pandemic.
Throughout the conversation they discussed:
How does science advice feed into government decisions? Have ministers understood how best to use SAGE? What lessons should be learned from the coronavirus crisis?
The Rt Hon Greg Clark was Secretary of State for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy from July 2016 to July 2019. He was elected Conservative MP for Royal Tunbridge Wells in 2005.
#IfGScience
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Feb 2021 17:44:53 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Rt Hon Greg Clark MP</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>79</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Discussing government use of science advice in the Covid crisis</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Rt Hon Greg Clark MP, chairman of the House of Commons Science and Technology Select Committee, joined IfG director Bronwen Maddox for an in-conversation event to discuss the government’s use of science advice to shape the UK’s response to the Covid-19 pandemic.
Throughout the conversation they discussed:
How does science advice feed into government decisions? Have ministers understood how best to use SAGE? What lessons should be learned from the coronavirus crisis?
The Rt Hon Greg Clark was Secretary of State for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy from July 2016 to July 2019. He was elected Conservative MP for Royal Tunbridge Wells in 2005.
#IfGScience
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <strong>Rt Hon<em> </em>Greg Clark MP</strong>, chairman of the House of Commons Science and Technology Select Committee, joined IfG director <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong> for an in-conversation event to discuss the government’s use of science advice to shape the UK’s response to the Covid-19 pandemic.</p><p>Throughout the conversation they discussed:</p><p>How does science advice feed into government decisions? Have ministers understood how best to use SAGE? What lessons should be learned from the coronavirus crisis?</p><p><em>The Rt Hon Greg Clark was Secretary of State for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy from July 2016 to July 2019. He was elected Conservative MP for Royal Tunbridge Wells in 2005.</em></p><p><a href="https://cp403.infusion-links.com/api/v1/click/5804474549010432/5826565388632064">#IfGScience</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3726</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60256d17ba971347e5705b0e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5850145236.mp3?updated=1634823178" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Making the right energy policy decisions</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/making-the-right-energy-policy-decisions</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
The UK’s energy policy is at a critical turning point, with the government facing several key decisions as it tries to meet the UK’s ambitious 2050 net zero target. The energy white paper, published in December 2020, was an important step, but there are big questions over the future of nuclear power, how to support technologies like carbon capture and storage, and what industry needs to do to prepare for electrification.
At this event, experts discussed whether the UK government and the civil service are equipped to meet these energy policy challenges, how decisions should be made, and what the government’s priorities should be in the years ahead.
The panel also discussed the IfG’s recent report, Evidence in energy policy making: what the UK can learn from overseas.
On our panel to discuss these questions were:


Baroness Brown of Cambridge (Professor Dame Julia King), Deputy Chair of the Climate Change Committee and Chair of the Carbon Trust


Guy Newey, Strategy and Performance Director at the Energy Systems Catapult and former special adviser at DECC and BEIS


Emma Pinchbeck, Chief Executive of Energy UK


Will McDowall, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGenergy
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 07 Feb 2021 04:00:10 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Making the right energy policy decisions</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>78</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The UK’s energy policy is at a critical turning point, with the government facing several key decisions as it tries to meet the UK’s ambitious 2050 net zero target. The energy white paper, published in December 2020, was an important step, but there are big questions over the future of nuclear power, how to support technologies like carbon capture and storage, and what industry needs to do to prepare for electrification.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;At this event, experts discussed whether the UK government and the civil service are equipped to meet these energy policy challenges, how decisions should be made, and what the government’s priorities should be in the years ahead.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The panel also discussed the IfG’s recent report,&lt;em&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/energy-policy-making" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Evidence in energy policy making: what the UK can learn from overseas&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On our panel to discuss these questions were:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Baroness Brown of Cambridge (Professor Dame Julia King)&lt;/strong&gt;, Deputy Chair of the Climate Change Committee and Chair of the Carbon Trust&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Guy Newey&lt;/strong&gt;, Strategy and Performance Director at the Energy Systems Catapult and former special adviser at DECC and BEIS&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Emma Pinchbeck&lt;/strong&gt;, Chief Executive of Energy UK&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Will McDowall&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Alex Thomas&lt;/strong&gt;, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgenergy&amp;amp;src=typed_query" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGenergy&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
The UK’s energy policy is at a critical turning point, with the government facing several key decisions as it tries to meet the UK’s ambitious 2050 net zero target. The energy white paper, published in December 2020, was an important step, but there are big questions over the future of nuclear power, how to support technologies like carbon capture and storage, and what industry needs to do to prepare for electrification.
At this event, experts discussed whether the UK government and the civil service are equipped to meet these energy policy challenges, how decisions should be made, and what the government’s priorities should be in the years ahead.
The panel also discussed the IfG’s recent report, Evidence in energy policy making: what the UK can learn from overseas.
On our panel to discuss these questions were:


Baroness Brown of Cambridge (Professor Dame Julia King), Deputy Chair of the Climate Change Committee and Chair of the Carbon Trust


Guy Newey, Strategy and Performance Director at the Energy Systems Catapult and former special adviser at DECC and BEIS


Emma Pinchbeck, Chief Executive of Energy UK


Will McDowall, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGenergy
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p>The UK’s energy policy is at a critical turning point, with the government facing several key decisions as it tries to meet the UK’s ambitious 2050 net zero target. The energy white paper, published in December 2020, was an important step, but there are big questions over the future of nuclear power, how to support technologies like carbon capture and storage, and what industry needs to do to prepare for electrification.</p><p>At this event, experts discussed whether the UK government and the civil service are equipped to meet these energy policy challenges, how decisions should be made, and what the government’s priorities should be in the years ahead.</p><p>The panel also discussed the IfG’s recent report,<em> </em><a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/energy-policy-making"><em>Evidence in energy policy making: what the UK can learn from overseas</em></a>.</p><p>On our panel to discuss these questions were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Baroness Brown of Cambridge (Professor Dame Julia King)</strong>, Deputy Chair of the Climate Change Committee and Chair of the Carbon Trust</li>
<li>
<strong>Guy Newey</strong>, Strategy and Performance Director at the Energy Systems Catapult and former special adviser at DECC and BEIS</li>
<li>
<strong>Emma Pinchbeck</strong>, Chief Executive of Energy UK</li>
<li>
<strong>Will McDowall</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgenergy&amp;src=typed_query">#IfGenergy</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3817</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[601d7d69dda0764097ff5596]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9310039560.mp3?updated=1634823179" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What next for the House of Commons?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/what-next-for-the-house-of-commons</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome the Rt Hon Andrea Leadsom MP, former Leader of the House of Commons, for an in conversation event to discuss the following:

How has parliament adapted to the pandemic and does it have the requirement to embrace technology accelerated reform?

Is it time to reform the House of Commons Commission, which is responsible for the administration and services of the House of Commons, 40 years after it was first established?

Where next for the ongoing debate over restoration and renewal of the Palace of Westminster?

The event was chaired by Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
The Rt Hon Andrea Leadsom MP enjoyed a 25-year career in finance where she founded and chaired a number of parent infant charities. She has been the Conservative member of parliament for South Northamptonshire since 2010 and served as City Minister (2014–15) and Energy Minister (2015–16) before becoming Secretary of State for Food, Environment and Rural Affairs from 2016–17. Andrea became the leader of the House of Commons in June 2017, serving until 2019. She served as secretary of state for business, energy and industrial strategy from 2019–20. She is currently the government’s early years adviser and is chairing the Early Years Healthy Development Review which will report in early 2021.
#IfGLeadsom
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 06 Feb 2021 04:00:09 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What next for the House of Commons?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>77</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>In conversation with Rt Hon Andrea Leadsom MP</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome the Rt Hon Andrea Leadsom MP, former Leader of the House of Commons, for an in conversation event to discuss the following:

How has parliament adapted to the pandemic and does it have the requirement to embrace technology accelerated reform?

Is it time to reform the House of Commons Commission, which is responsible for the administration and services of the House of Commons, 40 years after it was first established?

Where next for the ongoing debate over restoration and renewal of the Palace of Westminster?

The event was chaired by Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
The Rt Hon Andrea Leadsom MP enjoyed a 25-year career in finance where she founded and chaired a number of parent infant charities. She has been the Conservative member of parliament for South Northamptonshire since 2010 and served as City Minister (2014–15) and Energy Minister (2015–16) before becoming Secretary of State for Food, Environment and Rural Affairs from 2016–17. Andrea became the leader of the House of Commons in June 2017, serving until 2019. She served as secretary of state for business, energy and industrial strategy from 2019–20. She is currently the government’s early years adviser and is chairing the Early Years Healthy Development Review which will report in early 2021.
#IfGLeadsom
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p> </p><p>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome the <strong>Rt Hon Andrea Leadsom MP</strong>, former Leader of the House of Commons, for an in conversation event to discuss the following:</p><ul>
<li>How has parliament adapted to the pandemic and does it have the requirement to embrace technology accelerated reform?</li>
<li>Is it time to reform the House of Commons Commission, which is responsible for the administration and services of the House of Commons, 40 years after it was first established?</li>
<li>Where next for the ongoing debate over restoration and renewal of the Palace of Westminster?</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Catherine Haddon</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><em>The Rt Hon Andrea Leadsom MP enjoyed a 25-year career in finance where she founded and chaired a number of parent infant charities. She has been the Conservative member of parliament for South Northamptonshire since 2010 and served as City Minister (2014–15) and Energy Minister (2015–16) before becoming Secretary of State for Food, Environment and Rural Affairs from 2016–17. Andrea became the leader of the House of Commons in June 2017, serving until 2019. She served as secretary of state for business, energy and industrial strategy from 2019–20. She is currently the government’s early years adviser and is chairing the Early Years Healthy Development Review which will report in early 2021.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGLeadsom?f=live">#IfGLeadsom</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3595</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[601d7d596b73d93f23f34769]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9163611198.mp3?updated=1634823179" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Whitehall Monitor 2021</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/whitehall-monitor-2021</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
The Institute for Government was delighted to launch the 2021 edition of Whitehall Monitor. This is our flagship annual report which provides a data-driven analysis of the size, shape and performance of government.
The 2021 edition looks in depth at how the Covid-19 pandemic and the preparations for the end of the Brexit transition period have changed the way in which government operates. It also looks ahead to some of the key challenges that the government will face in the coming year, and its readiness to meet them.
Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, presented key findings from the report and was joined on the panel by:


Meg Hillier MP, Chair of the House of Commons Public Accounts Committee


Lewis Goodall, Policy Editor for BBC Newsnight


Dame Sue Owen, former Permanent Secretary at the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport

The event was chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Feb 2021 17:14:24 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Whitehall Monitor 2021</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>76</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Annual launch of the IFG's flagship report</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
The Institute for Government was delighted to launch the 2021 edition of Whitehall Monitor. This is our flagship annual report which provides a data-driven analysis of the size, shape and performance of government.
The 2021 edition looks in depth at how the Covid-19 pandemic and the preparations for the end of the Brexit transition period have changed the way in which government operates. It also looks ahead to some of the key challenges that the government will face in the coming year, and its readiness to meet them.
Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, presented key findings from the report and was joined on the panel by:


Meg Hillier MP, Chair of the House of Commons Public Accounts Committee


Lewis Goodall, Policy Editor for BBC Newsnight


Dame Sue Owen, former Permanent Secretary at the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport

The event was chaired by Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p>The Institute for Government was delighted to launch the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/whitehall-monitor-2021">2021 edition of <em>Whitehall Monitor</em></a>. This is our flagship annual report which provides a data-driven analysis of the size, shape and performance of government.</p><p>The 2021 edition looks in depth at how the Covid-19 pandemic and the preparations for the end of the Brexit transition period have changed the way in which government operates. It also looks ahead to some of the key challenges that the government will face in the coming year, and its readiness to meet them.</p><p><strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, presented key findings from the report and was joined on the panel by:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Meg Hillier MP</strong>, Chair of the House of Commons Public Accounts Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Lewis Goodall</strong>, Policy Editor for BBC Newsnight</li>
<li>
<strong>Dame Sue Owen</strong>, former Permanent Secretary at the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3736</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[601d7cf3cab3945dead4f0cd]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2039852710.mp3?updated=1634823179" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Director’s Annual Lecture 2021</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/directors-annual-lecture-2021</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
The Institute for Government hosted the annual lecture by Bronwen Maddox, its director.
In her speech, Bronwen looked at the government’s performance in the extraordinary circumstances of 2020 and what 2021 might bring.
Her discussion was followed by a response from Professor David Runciman and the event was chaired by Sir Richard Lambert.
#IfGDirector
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jan 2021 04:00:52 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Director’s Annual Lecture 2021</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>75</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Institute for Government hosted&amp;nbsp;the annual lecture by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Bronwen Maddox&lt;/strong&gt;, its director.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In her speech, Bronwen looked at the government’s performance in the extraordinary circumstances of 2020 and what 2021 might bring.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Her discussion was followed by a response from&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Professor David Runciman&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;and the event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Sir Richard Lambert&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGDirector?f=live" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGDirector&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
The Institute for Government hosted the annual lecture by Bronwen Maddox, its director.
In her speech, Bronwen looked at the government’s performance in the extraordinary circumstances of 2020 and what 2021 might bring.
Her discussion was followed by a response from Professor David Runciman and the event was chaired by Sir Richard Lambert.
#IfGDirector
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p>The Institute for Government hosted the annual lecture by <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, its director.</p><p>In her speech, Bronwen looked at the government’s performance in the extraordinary circumstances of 2020 and what 2021 might bring.</p><p>Her discussion was followed by a response from <strong>Professor David Runciman</strong> and the event was chaired by <strong>Sir Richard Lambert</strong>.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGDirector?f=live">#IfGDirector</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4485</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60120ce449b16371b13e89ac]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4095287540.mp3?updated=1634823179" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How should parliament scrutinise the post-Brexit UK–EU relationship?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/how-should-parliament-scrutinise-the-post-brexit-ukeu-relati</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
On 31 December 2020 at 11pm the UK entered a new relationship with the EU – ushering in huge changes for businesses, individuals and government. The Northern Ireland protocol also took effect, introducing new customs and regulatory barriers between Great Britain and Northern Ireland. 
Formal negotiations are now done, but there is much still to do as the UK and EU settle outstanding issues and move to implement the agreements reached. But so far there is little indication of how the government envisages involving parliament.
This event explored how both the Commons and the Lords should hold the government to account, and whether parliament has the committee structures and resources necessary to do this effectively.  
We were joined by a panel of parliamentarians and academics:  


Rt Hon Hilary Benn MP, Former Chair of the Exiting the EU and Future Relationship with the EU Committees


Brigid Fowler, Senior Researcher at the Hansard Society

​Rt Hon David Jones MP, Member of the European Scrutiny and Public Administration and Constitutional Affairs Committees


Lord Kinnoull, Chair of the House of Lords EU Committee

The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White OBE, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.  
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jan 2021 19:14:32 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How should parliament scrutinise the post-Brexit UK–EU relationship?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>74</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On 31 December 2020 at 11pm&amp;nbsp;the UK entered a new relationship with the EU – ushering in huge changes for businesses, individuals and government. The Northern Ireland protocol also took effect, introducing new customs and regulatory barriers between Great Britain and Northern Ireland.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Formal negotiations are now done, but there is much still to do as the UK and EU settle outstanding issues and move to implement the agreements reached. But so far there is little indication of how the government envisages involving parliament.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This event explored how both the Commons and the Lords should hold the government to account, and whether parliament has the committee structures and resources necessary to do this effectively.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We were joined by a panel of parliamentarians and academics:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rt Hon Hilary Benn MP&lt;/strong&gt;, Former Chair of the Exiting the EU and Future Relationship with the EU Committees&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Brigid Fowler&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Researcher at the Hansard Society&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;​&lt;strong&gt;Rt Hon David Jones MP&lt;/strong&gt;, Member of the European Scrutiny and Public Administration and Constitutional Affairs Committees&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lord Kinnoull&lt;/strong&gt;, Chair of the House of Lords EU Committee&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Dr&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Hannah White OBE&lt;/strong&gt;, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGBrexit?f=live" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGBrexit&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
On 31 December 2020 at 11pm the UK entered a new relationship with the EU – ushering in huge changes for businesses, individuals and government. The Northern Ireland protocol also took effect, introducing new customs and regulatory barriers between Great Britain and Northern Ireland. 
Formal negotiations are now done, but there is much still to do as the UK and EU settle outstanding issues and move to implement the agreements reached. But so far there is little indication of how the government envisages involving parliament.
This event explored how both the Commons and the Lords should hold the government to account, and whether parliament has the committee structures and resources necessary to do this effectively.  
We were joined by a panel of parliamentarians and academics:  


Rt Hon Hilary Benn MP, Former Chair of the Exiting the EU and Future Relationship with the EU Committees


Brigid Fowler, Senior Researcher at the Hansard Society

​Rt Hon David Jones MP, Member of the European Scrutiny and Public Administration and Constitutional Affairs Committees


Lord Kinnoull, Chair of the House of Lords EU Committee

The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White OBE, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.  
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p>On 31 December 2020 at 11pm the UK entered a new relationship with the EU – ushering in huge changes for businesses, individuals and government. The Northern Ireland protocol also took effect, introducing new customs and regulatory barriers between Great Britain and Northern Ireland. </p><p>Formal negotiations are now done, but there is much still to do as the UK and EU settle outstanding issues and move to implement the agreements reached. But so far there is little indication of how the government envisages involving parliament.</p><p>This event explored how both the Commons and the Lords should hold the government to account, and whether parliament has the committee structures and resources necessary to do this effectively.  </p><p>We were joined by a panel of parliamentarians and academics:  </p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Hilary Benn MP</strong>, Former Chair of the Exiting the EU and Future Relationship with the EU Committees</li>
<li>
<strong>Brigid Fowler</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Hansard Society</li>
<li>​<strong>Rt Hon David Jones MP</strong>, Member of the European Scrutiny and Public Administration and Constitutional Affairs Committees</li>
<li>
<strong>Lord Kinnoull</strong>, Chair of the House of Lords EU Committee</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr</strong> <strong>Hannah White OBE</strong>, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.  </p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGBrexit?f=live">#IfGBrexit</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3631</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[600b2419f219de50e3c6e39d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4611844305.mp3?updated=1634823179" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brexit: what next? </title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/brexit-what-next</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
The UK left the transition period at 11pm 31 December 2020. The new EU–UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement now governs the UK’s trading and security relationship with the EU. But Brexit is still not done.
 
As businesses adjust to new arrangements and the government grapples with the implications of the Christmas Eve deal, the Institute for Government Brexit team was joined by Professor Anand Menon to discuss the impact of the changing trading relationship already being felt on the ground, where gaps remain, what more the government needs to do to help businesses and individuals, and how the UK–EU relationship may change in the months ahead.
 
Panellists:
 
Professor Anand Menon, Director of UK in a Changing Europe
Joe Marshall, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
 
The event was chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
 
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jan 2021 16:33:15 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Brexit: what next? </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>73</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>What 2021 means for the UK and the EU</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
The UK left the transition period at 11pm 31 December 2020. The new EU–UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement now governs the UK’s trading and security relationship with the EU. But Brexit is still not done.
 
As businesses adjust to new arrangements and the government grapples with the implications of the Christmas Eve deal, the Institute for Government Brexit team was joined by Professor Anand Menon to discuss the impact of the changing trading relationship already being felt on the ground, where gaps remain, what more the government needs to do to help businesses and individuals, and how the UK–EU relationship may change in the months ahead.
 
Panellists:
 
Professor Anand Menon, Director of UK in a Changing Europe
Joe Marshall, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
 
The event was chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.
 
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p> </p><p>The UK left the transition period at 11pm 31 December 2020. The new EU–UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement now governs the UK’s trading and security relationship with the EU. But Brexit is still not done.</p><p> </p><p>As businesses adjust to new arrangements and the government grapples with the implications of the Christmas Eve deal, the Institute for Government Brexit team was joined by Professor Anand Menon to discuss the impact of the changing trading relationship already being felt on the ground, where gaps remain, what more the government needs to do to help businesses and individuals, and how the UK–EU relationship may change in the months ahead.</p><p> </p><p>Panellists:</p><p> </p><p>Professor Anand Menon, Director of UK in a Changing Europe</p><p>Joe Marshall, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p>Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Associate Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/ifgbrexit?f=live">#IfGBrexit</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3594</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60085b4ca8fbd65760a99aae]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9153944614.mp3?updated=1634823179" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What does the Brexit deal mean for business?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/what-does-the-brexit-deal-mean-for-business</link>
      <description>As the 31 December deadline approaches, and with the text of the EU/UK deal made available just days before the UK leaves the transition period, this episode of IfG LIVE brings together a panel of business and Brexit experts to discuss what will change on 1 January 2021, how businesses are preparing, and what more the government should do to provide support.
 
Panellists:
 

Dr Anna Jerzewska, independent customs and trade advisor

Sally Jones, Trade Strategy and Brexit Lead at EY

Allie Renison, Head of EU and Trade Policy at the Institute of Directors

Maddy Thimont Jack, associate direction at the Institute for Government

 
The discussion was chaired by Jill Rutter, senior fellow at the Institute for Government
Audio production by Candice McKenzie
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2020 13:47:31 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What does the Brexit deal mean for business?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>72</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;As the 31 December deadline approaches, and with the text of the EU/UK deal made available just days before the UK leaves the transition period, this episode of IfG LIVE brings together a panel of business and Brexit experts to discuss what will change on 1 January 2021, how businesses are preparing, and what more the government should do to provide support.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Panellists:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Dr Anna Jerzewska, independent customs and trade advisor&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Sally Jones, Trade Strategy and Brexit Lead at EY&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Allie Renison, Head of EU and Trade Policy at the Institute of Directors&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Maddy Thimont Jack, associate direction at the Institute for Government&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The discussion was chaired by Jill Rutter, senior fellow at the Institute for Government&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;p&gt;Audio production by Candice McKenzie&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;#IfGBrexit&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As the 31 December deadline approaches, and with the text of the EU/UK deal made available just days before the UK leaves the transition period, this episode of IfG LIVE brings together a panel of business and Brexit experts to discuss what will change on 1 January 2021, how businesses are preparing, and what more the government should do to provide support.
 
Panellists:
 

Dr Anna Jerzewska, independent customs and trade advisor

Sally Jones, Trade Strategy and Brexit Lead at EY

Allie Renison, Head of EU and Trade Policy at the Institute of Directors

Maddy Thimont Jack, associate direction at the Institute for Government

 
The discussion was chaired by Jill Rutter, senior fellow at the Institute for Government
Audio production by Candice McKenzie
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As the 31 December deadline approaches, and with the text of the EU/UK deal made available just days before the UK leaves the transition period, this episode of IfG LIVE brings together a panel of business and Brexit experts to discuss what will change on 1 January 2021, how businesses are preparing, and what more the government should do to provide support.</p><p> </p><p>Panellists:</p><p> </p><ul>
<li>Dr Anna Jerzewska, independent customs and trade advisor</li>
<li>Sally Jones, Trade Strategy and Brexit Lead at EY</li>
<li>Allie Renison, Head of EU and Trade Policy at the Institute of Directors</li>
<li>Maddy Thimont Jack, associate direction at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>The discussion was chaired by Jill Rutter, senior fellow at the Institute for Government</p><br><p>Audio production by Candice McKenzie</p><p>#IfGBrexit</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3405</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5feb3373ea868b031d7a2a05]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6807028889.mp3?updated=1634823180" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Brexit deal: An IfG briefing</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/the-brexit-deal-an-ifg-briefing</link>
      <description>The UK-EU Trade and Cooperation Agreement was published on Christmas Eve, just a week before the transition period was due to end.
 
So what does the deal mean for the UK – and for its relationship with the EU? What will change for businesses? How will data be shared? Will the EU and the UK continue to work closely on security issues? How was the contentious issue of fishing finally sorted? And what does ‘taking back control’ really mean in practice?
 
The Institute for Government Brexit team assembled for a special Brexit deal podcast to make sense of what has been agreed and what will happen on January 1. 
 
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, in conversation with Maddy Thimont Jack (Associate Director), James Kane (Associate), Georgina Wright (Associate), and Joe Marshall (Senior Researcher). Audio production by Candice McKenzie.
 
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Dec 2020 11:59:41 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Brexit deal: An IfG briefing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>71</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The UK-EU Trade and Cooperation Agreement was published on Christmas Eve, just a week before the transition period was due to end.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;So what does the deal mean for the UK – and for its relationship with the EU? What will change for businesses? How will data be shared? Will the EU and the UK continue to work closely on security issues? How was the contentious issue of fishing finally sorted? And what does ‘taking back control’ really mean in practice?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Institute for Government Brexit team assembled for a special Brexit deal podcast to make sense of what has been agreed and what will happen on January 1. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, in conversation with Maddy Thimont Jack (Associate Director), James Kane (Associate), Georgina Wright (Associate), and Joe Marshall (Senior Researcher). Audio production by Candice McKenzie.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;#IfGBrexit&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The UK-EU Trade and Cooperation Agreement was published on Christmas Eve, just a week before the transition period was due to end.
 
So what does the deal mean for the UK – and for its relationship with the EU? What will change for businesses? How will data be shared? Will the EU and the UK continue to work closely on security issues? How was the contentious issue of fishing finally sorted? And what does ‘taking back control’ really mean in practice?
 
The Institute for Government Brexit team assembled for a special Brexit deal podcast to make sense of what has been agreed and what will happen on January 1. 
 
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, in conversation with Maddy Thimont Jack (Associate Director), James Kane (Associate), Georgina Wright (Associate), and Joe Marshall (Senior Researcher). Audio production by Candice McKenzie.
 
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The UK-EU Trade and Cooperation Agreement was published on Christmas Eve, just a week before the transition period was due to end.</p><p> </p><p>So what does the deal mean for the UK – and for its relationship with the EU? What will change for businesses? How will data be shared? Will the EU and the UK continue to work closely on security issues? How was the contentious issue of fishing finally sorted? And what does ‘taking back control’ really mean in practice?</p><p> </p><p>The Institute for Government Brexit team assembled for a special Brexit deal podcast to make sense of what has been agreed and what will happen on January 1. </p><p> </p><p>Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, in conversation with Maddy Thimont Jack (Associate Director), James Kane (Associate), Georgina Wright (Associate), and Joe Marshall (Senior Researcher). Audio production by Candice McKenzie.</p><p> </p><p>#IfGBrexit</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4826</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fe9c8ad6616ff4405b044da]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1640353129.mp3?updated=1634823180" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why is Civil Service reform so difficult?</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>The Institute for Government is delighted to welcome Sir John Kingman to share his thoughts on the need for reform in the Civil Service and how to do it. He is in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
Sir John Kingman has been the Chairman of UKRI (UK Research and Innovation) since 2016. He is a former Second Permanent Secretary at HM Treasury. He is also Chairman of Legal &amp; General and Tesco Bank.
#IfGcivilservice
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 18:35:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why is Civil Service reform so difficult?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>70</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Sir John Kingman in conversation with Bronwen Maddox</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government is delighted to welcome Sir John Kingman to share his thoughts on the need for reform in the Civil Service and how to do it. He is in conversation with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
Sir John Kingman has been the Chairman of UKRI (UK Research and Innovation) since 2016. He is a former Second Permanent Secretary at HM Treasury. He is also Chairman of Legal &amp; General and Tesco Bank.
#IfGcivilservice
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government is delighted to welcome <strong>Sir John Kingman</strong> to share his thoughts on the need for reform in the Civil Service and how to do it. He is in conversation with <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><em>Sir John Kingman has been the Chairman of UKRI (UK Research and Innovation) since 2016. He is a former Second Permanent Secretary at HM Treasury. He is also Chairman of Legal &amp; General and Tesco Bank.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGcivilservice?src=hashtag_click">#IfGcivilservice</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3685</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fe23c544c8d9d5a5c782baf]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1544251970.mp3?updated=1634823180" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Global Britain: Science and health research after Brexit</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. The new year will be pivotal  for British diplomacy, with the UK hosting the G7 presidency and co-chairing the COP26 conference in 2021. Both will be opportunities to introduce Global Britain to the world stage and take place in the context of the Covid-19 pandemic which has shown the potential benefits of deepening international research collaboration.
Our panel explores what Global Britain means for the UK’s research agenda. How can the UK best combine its scientific knowledge with diplomatic strength to maximise its impact on the international stage? And how could the UK use its global influence, to achieve this?
On our panel to discuss these questions are:


Rt Hon Lord Johnson of Marylebone, former Minister of State for Universities, Science, Research and Innovation


Pascal Lamy, former Director General of the World Trade Organization


Dr Beth Thompson, Head of Policy and Advocacy – UK and EU at Wellcome Trust


Dr Richard Torbett, Chief Executive of the Association of the British Pharmaceutical Industry

The event is chaired by Dr Hannah White, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
#IfGresearch
We would like to thank Wellcome Trust for their support in staging this event.

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Dec 2020 12:00:54 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Global Britain: Science and health research after Brexit</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>69</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>What will Britain’s new role outside the EU be?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. The new year will be pivotal  for British diplomacy, with the UK hosting the G7 presidency and co-chairing the COP26 conference in 2021. Both will be opportunities to introduce Global Britain to the world stage and take place in the context of the Covid-19 pandemic which has shown the potential benefits of deepening international research collaboration.
Our panel explores what Global Britain means for the UK’s research agenda. How can the UK best combine its scientific knowledge with diplomatic strength to maximise its impact on the international stage? And how could the UK use its global influence, to achieve this?
On our panel to discuss these questions are:


Rt Hon Lord Johnson of Marylebone, former Minister of State for Universities, Science, Research and Innovation


Pascal Lamy, former Director General of the World Trade Organization


Dr Beth Thompson, Head of Policy and Advocacy – UK and EU at Wellcome Trust


Dr Richard Torbett, Chief Executive of the Association of the British Pharmaceutical Industry

The event is chaired by Dr Hannah White, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
#IfGresearch
We would like to thank Wellcome Trust for their support in staging this event.

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em>The new year will be pivotal  for British diplomacy, with the UK hosting the G7 presidency and co-chairing the COP26 conference in 2021. Both will be opportunities to introduce Global Britain to the world stage and take place in the context of the Covid-19 pandemic which has shown the potential benefits of deepening international research collaboration.</p><p>Our panel explores what Global Britain means for the UK’s research agenda. How can the UK best combine its scientific knowledge with diplomatic strength to maximise its impact on the international stage? And how could the UK use its global influence, to achieve this?</p><p>On our panel to discuss these questions are:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Lord Johnson of Marylebone</strong>, former Minister of State for Universities, Science, Research and Innovation</li>
<li>
<strong>Pascal Lamy</strong>, former Director General of the World Trade Organization</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Beth Thompson, </strong>Head of Policy and Advocacy – UK and EU at Wellcome Trust</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Richard Torbett,</strong> Chief Executive of the Association of the British Pharmaceutical Industry</li>
</ul><p>The event is chaired by <strong>Dr Hannah White</strong>, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgresearch&amp;src=typed_query"><strong>#IfGresearch</strong></a></p><p><em>We would like to thank Wellcome Trust for their support in staging this event.</em></p><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3718</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fd3b0f90648b37a4c0df5a2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8397995987.mp3?updated=1634823180" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Three weeks to final Brexit: Is business ready?</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. There are just three weeks to go until the end of the Brexit transition period when, deal or no deal, there will be sweeping changes to how businesses trade with the EU.
As preparations enter their final stages, experts from different sectors discuss how ready businesses are for the changes ahead, what more needs to be done and what the government can do to support businesses to make the most of opportunities after Brexit.
To discuss these issues, we are joined by:


Sally Jones, Trade Strategy and Brexit lead at EY


Adam Marshall, Director General of the British Chambers of Commerce


Adam Prince, Vice President for Product Management, Compliance, Brexit and Migration at Sage


Joe Marshall, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

The event is chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Associate Director at the Institute for Government

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Dec 2020 17:43:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Three weeks to final Brexit: Is business ready?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Deal or No Deal, big change is coming</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. There are just three weeks to go until the end of the Brexit transition period when, deal or no deal, there will be sweeping changes to how businesses trade with the EU.
As preparations enter their final stages, experts from different sectors discuss how ready businesses are for the changes ahead, what more needs to be done and what the government can do to support businesses to make the most of opportunities after Brexit.
To discuss these issues, we are joined by:


Sally Jones, Trade Strategy and Brexit lead at EY


Adam Marshall, Director General of the British Chambers of Commerce


Adam Prince, Vice President for Product Management, Compliance, Brexit and Migration at Sage


Joe Marshall, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

The event is chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Associate Director at the Institute for Government

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em>There are just three weeks to go until the end of the Brexit transition period when, deal or no deal, there will be sweeping changes to how businesses trade with the EU.</p><p>As preparations enter their final stages, experts from different sectors discuss how ready businesses are for the changes ahead, what more needs to be done and what the government can do to support businesses to make the most of opportunities after Brexit.</p><p>To discuss these issues, we are joined by:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sally Jones</strong>, Trade Strategy and Brexit lead at EY</li>
<li>
<strong>Adam Marshall</strong>, Director General of the British Chambers of Commerce</li>
<li>
<strong>Adam Prince</strong>, Vice President for Product Management, Compliance, Brexit and Migration at Sage</li>
<li>
<strong>Joe Marshall</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p>The event is chaired by <strong>Maddy Thimont Jack</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government</p><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3922</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fd3afa4a637315a6b41b93b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9999296350.mp3?updated=1634823180" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Data after Brexit</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/data-after-brexit</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
Data is increasingly fundamental to modern life, with the free flow of information around the EU enabling businesses to provide services, law enforcement agencies to collaborate, and more.
 
The UK will lose easy access to this data after Brexit, resulting in enormous disruption – unless it can secure an 'adequacy' decision, where the European Commission recognises the UK's data protection regime as comparable to the EU's own.
 
This event assessed the chances of getting an adequacy decision with just weeks to go, the implications of failing to secure one, and the scope for the UK to develop its own, distinct regulatory approach on data either way.
 
Panellists:
 

J. Scott Marcus, Senior Fellow at Bruegel

Jeni Tennison, Vice President and Chief Strategy Adviser at the Open Data Institute

Antony Walker, Deputy CEO at techUK

 
The event was chaired by Gavin Freeguard, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
 
This event was kindly supported by techUK.
 
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Dec 2020 04:28:49 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Data after Brexit</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>67</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Data is increasingly fundamental to modern life, with the free flow of information around the EU enabling businesses to provide services, law enforcement agencies to collaborate, and more.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The UK will lose easy access to this data after Brexit, resulting in enormous disruption – unless it can secure an 'adequacy' decision, where the European Commission recognises the UK's data protection regime as comparable to the EU's own.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This event assessed the chances of getting an adequacy decision with just weeks to go, the implications of failing to secure one, and the scope for the UK to develop its own, distinct regulatory approach on data either way.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Panellists:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;J. Scott Marcus, Senior Fellow at Bruegel&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Jeni Tennison, Vice President and Chief Strategy Adviser at the Open Data Institute&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Antony Walker, Deputy CEO at techUK&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by Gavin Freeguard, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This event was kindly supported by techUK.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGBrexit&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
Data is increasingly fundamental to modern life, with the free flow of information around the EU enabling businesses to provide services, law enforcement agencies to collaborate, and more.
 
The UK will lose easy access to this data after Brexit, resulting in enormous disruption – unless it can secure an 'adequacy' decision, where the European Commission recognises the UK's data protection regime as comparable to the EU's own.
 
This event assessed the chances of getting an adequacy decision with just weeks to go, the implications of failing to secure one, and the scope for the UK to develop its own, distinct regulatory approach on data either way.
 
Panellists:
 

J. Scott Marcus, Senior Fellow at Bruegel

Jeni Tennison, Vice President and Chief Strategy Adviser at the Open Data Institute

Antony Walker, Deputy CEO at techUK

 
The event was chaired by Gavin Freeguard, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
 
This event was kindly supported by techUK.
 
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p> </p><p>Data is increasingly fundamental to modern life, with the free flow of information around the EU enabling businesses to provide services, law enforcement agencies to collaborate, and more.</p><p> </p><p>The UK will lose easy access to this data after Brexit, resulting in enormous disruption – unless it can secure an 'adequacy' decision, where the European Commission recognises the UK's data protection regime as comparable to the EU's own.</p><p> </p><p>This event assessed the chances of getting an adequacy decision with just weeks to go, the implications of failing to secure one, and the scope for the UK to develop its own, distinct regulatory approach on data either way.</p><p> </p><p>Panellists:</p><p> </p><ul>
<li>J. Scott Marcus, Senior Fellow at Bruegel</li>
<li>Jeni Tennison, Vice President and Chief Strategy Adviser at the Open Data Institute</li>
<li>Antony Walker, Deputy CEO at techUK</li>
</ul><p> </p><p>The event was chaired by Gavin Freeguard, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>This event was kindly supported by techUK.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click">#IfGBrexit</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3629</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fc8f6a9b142586fc4a20386]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1652523327.mp3?updated=1634823180" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Where next for special advisers?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/where-next-for-special-advisers</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
Dominic Cummings’s departure from Downing Street gives the government an opportunity to reassess how it uses special advisers. Will this crucial role change now that the prime minister’s chief adviser has left No.10? Should No.10 continue to have direct oversight of SpAds, or should the government return to a system of SpAds reporting directly to their secretary of state? And what else should be done to support – and scrutinise – the work of special advisers?
We were joined by an expert panel to discuss the questions:


Peter Cardwell, former special adviser to four Conservative cabinet ministers and author of The Secret Life of Special Advisers



Salma Shah, former special adviser to Sajid Javid (2014-2019)


John McTernan, former political secretary to Tony Blair


Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGspads
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 05 Dec 2020 04:55:23 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Where next for special advisers?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>66</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dominic Cummings’s departure from Downing Street gives the government an opportunity to&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/special-advisers" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;reassess how it uses special advisers&lt;/a&gt;.&amp;nbsp;Will this crucial role change now that the prime minister’s chief adviser has left No.10? Should No.10 continue to have direct oversight of SpAds, or should the government return to&amp;nbsp;a&amp;nbsp;system of SpAds reporting directly to their secretary of state? And what else should be done to support – and scrutinise – the work of special advisers?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We were joined by an expert panel to discuss the questions:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Peter Cardwell&lt;/strong&gt;, former special adviser to four Conservative cabinet ministers and author of&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;The Secret Life of Special Advisers&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Salma Shah&lt;/strong&gt;, former special adviser to Sajid Javid (2014-2019)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;John McTernan&lt;/strong&gt;, former political secretary to Tony Blair&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tim Durrant&lt;/strong&gt;, Associate Director at the Institute for Government&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Alex Thomas&lt;/strong&gt;, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://twitter.com/search?q=%23IFGSpAds&amp;amp;src=typed_query&amp;amp;f=live" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGspads&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
Dominic Cummings’s departure from Downing Street gives the government an opportunity to reassess how it uses special advisers. Will this crucial role change now that the prime minister’s chief adviser has left No.10? Should No.10 continue to have direct oversight of SpAds, or should the government return to a system of SpAds reporting directly to their secretary of state? And what else should be done to support – and scrutinise – the work of special advisers?
We were joined by an expert panel to discuss the questions:


Peter Cardwell, former special adviser to four Conservative cabinet ministers and author of The Secret Life of Special Advisers



Salma Shah, former special adviser to Sajid Javid (2014-2019)


John McTernan, former political secretary to Tony Blair


Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGspads
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p><em> </em></p><p>Dominic Cummings’s departure from Downing Street gives the government an opportunity to <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/special-advisers">reassess how it uses special advisers</a>. Will this crucial role change now that the prime minister’s chief adviser has left No.10? Should No.10 continue to have direct oversight of SpAds, or should the government return to a system of SpAds reporting directly to their secretary of state? And what else should be done to support – and scrutinise – the work of special advisers?</p><p>We were joined by an expert panel to discuss the questions:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Peter Cardwell</strong>, former special adviser to four Conservative cabinet ministers and author of <em>The Secret Life of Special Advisers</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Salma Shah</strong>, former special adviser to Sajid Javid (2014-2019)</li>
<li>
<strong>John McTernan</strong>, former political secretary to Tony Blair</li>
<li>
<strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="http://twitter.com/search?q=%23IFGSpAds&amp;src=typed_query&amp;f=live">#IfGspads</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3808</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fc8ef4a0dbde111d80265e3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2799994474.mp3?updated=1634823181" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What next for Scotland?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/what-next-for-scotland</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
Support for Scottish independence is rising, with opinion polls showing a clear majority of Scots wanting Scotland to leave the UK.
However, Boris Johnson’s government is committed to holding the union together and does not want to agree to a second independence referendum, although the SNP will try to use the results of the 2021 Scottish parliamentary election to ramp up pressure.
What are the reasons for the growing support for Scottish independence? What would need to happen for a legal, fair and decisive referendum to take place? And what can the UK government do to keep the UK together?
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Sir John Curtice, Professor of Politics at Strathclyde University and Senior Research Fellow at NatCen


Professor Sionaidh Douglas-Scott, Anniversary Chair in Law at Queen Mary University of London and Law and Public Affairs Fellow at Princeton University; and former special legal adviser for the Scottish Parliament European and External Relations Committee


Andrew Wilson, former Member of the Scottish Parliament and Chair of the Sustainable Growth Commission


Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGDevo.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Nov 2020 11:47:49 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What next for Scotland?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>65</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>The independence question and the future of the UK</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
Support for Scottish independence is rising, with opinion polls showing a clear majority of Scots wanting Scotland to leave the UK.
However, Boris Johnson’s government is committed to holding the union together and does not want to agree to a second independence referendum, although the SNP will try to use the results of the 2021 Scottish parliamentary election to ramp up pressure.
What are the reasons for the growing support for Scottish independence? What would need to happen for a legal, fair and decisive referendum to take place? And what can the UK government do to keep the UK together?
On our panel to discuss these issues were:


Sir John Curtice, Professor of Politics at Strathclyde University and Senior Research Fellow at NatCen


Professor Sionaidh Douglas-Scott, Anniversary Chair in Law at Queen Mary University of London and Law and Public Affairs Fellow at Princeton University; and former special legal adviser for the Scottish Parliament European and External Relations Committee


Andrew Wilson, former Member of the Scottish Parliament and Chair of the Sustainable Growth Commission


Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGDevo.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br></p><p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p> </p><p>Support for Scottish independence is rising, with opinion polls showing a clear majority of Scots wanting Scotland to leave the UK.</p><p>However, Boris Johnson’s government is committed to holding the union together and does not want to agree to a <a href="http://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/second-referendum-scottish-independence">second independence referendum</a>, although the SNP will try to use the results of the 2021 Scottish parliamentary election to ramp up pressure.</p><p>What are the reasons for the growing support for Scottish independence? What would need to happen for a legal, fair and decisive referendum to take place? And what can the UK government do to keep the UK together?</p><p>On our panel to discuss these issues were:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sir John Curtice</strong>, Professor of Politics at Strathclyde University and Senior Research Fellow at NatCen</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Sionaidh Douglas-Scott</strong>, Anniversary Chair in Law at Queen Mary University of London and Law and Public Affairs Fellow at Princeton University; and former special legal adviser for the Scottish Parliament European and External Relations Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Andrew Wilson</strong>, former Member of the Scottish Parliament and Chair of the Sustainable Growth Commission</li>
<li>
<strong>Jess Sargeant</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGdevo?src=hashtag_click">#IfGDevo</a>.</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3638</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fc0e76c8085f43ce2f65620]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6424474323.mp3?updated=1634823181" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lockdown compliance and pandemic fatigue</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/lockdown-compliance-and-pandemic-fatigue</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
A rise in Covid-19 cases has forced the government to put England into a second national lockdown. But, in contrast with the spring, some experts think people are less likely to follow the rules this time around. Is this due to growing confusion, a loss of faith in what the rules are trying to achieve, or are people simply growing tired of the restrictions on their lives? How should the government respond to any drop in adherence – and where does the balance lie between helping individuals to comply or punishing them when they don’t?
To discuss these issues, we were delighted to welcome:


Chris Cook, Contributing Editor at Tortoise


Ann John, Professor in Public Health and Psychiatry at Swansea University and Chair of the National Advisory Group to the Welsh government


Stephen Reicher, Professor of Social Psychology at the University of St Andrews and member of SPI-B


Anthony Yates, former Professor of Economics at the University of Birmingham

The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Director of Research at the Institute for Government.
#IfGcorona
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Nov 2020 11:35:06 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Lockdown compliance and pandemic fatigue</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>64</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A rise in Covid-19 cases has forced the government to put England into a second national lockdown. But, in contrast with the spring, some experts think people are less likely to follow the rules this time around. Is this due to growing confusion, a loss of faith in what the rules are trying to achieve, or are people simply growing tired of the restrictions on their lives? How should the government respond to any drop in adherence – and where does the balance lie between helping individuals to comply or punishing them when they don’t?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To discuss these issues, we were delighted to welcome:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Chris Cook&lt;/strong&gt;, Contributing Editor at Tortoise&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ann John&lt;/strong&gt;, Professor in Public Health and Psychiatry at Swansea University and Chair of the National Advisory Group to the Welsh government&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stephen Reicher&lt;/strong&gt;, Professor of Social Psychology at the University of St Andrews and member of SPI-B&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Anthony Yates&lt;/strong&gt;, former Professor of Economics at the University of Birmingham&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was&amp;nbsp;chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Emma Norris&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of Research at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/ifgcorona?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGcorona&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
A rise in Covid-19 cases has forced the government to put England into a second national lockdown. But, in contrast with the spring, some experts think people are less likely to follow the rules this time around. Is this due to growing confusion, a loss of faith in what the rules are trying to achieve, or are people simply growing tired of the restrictions on their lives? How should the government respond to any drop in adherence – and where does the balance lie between helping individuals to comply or punishing them when they don’t?
To discuss these issues, we were delighted to welcome:


Chris Cook, Contributing Editor at Tortoise


Ann John, Professor in Public Health and Psychiatry at Swansea University and Chair of the National Advisory Group to the Welsh government


Stephen Reicher, Professor of Social Psychology at the University of St Andrews and member of SPI-B


Anthony Yates, former Professor of Economics at the University of Birmingham

The event was chaired by Emma Norris, Director of Research at the Institute for Government.
#IfGcorona
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p> </p><p>A rise in Covid-19 cases has forced the government to put England into a second national lockdown. But, in contrast with the spring, some experts think people are less likely to follow the rules this time around. Is this due to growing confusion, a loss of faith in what the rules are trying to achieve, or are people simply growing tired of the restrictions on their lives? How should the government respond to any drop in adherence – and where does the balance lie between helping individuals to comply or punishing them when they don’t?</p><p>To discuss these issues, we were delighted to welcome:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Chris Cook</strong>, Contributing Editor at Tortoise</li>
<li>
<strong>Ann John</strong>, Professor in Public Health and Psychiatry at Swansea University and Chair of the National Advisory Group to the Welsh government</li>
<li>
<strong>Stephen Reicher</strong>, Professor of Social Psychology at the University of St Andrews and member of SPI-B</li>
<li>
<strong>Anthony Yates</strong>, former Professor of Economics at the University of Birmingham</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Emma Norris</strong>, Director of Research at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/ifgcorona?src=hashtag_click"><strong>#IfGcorona</strong></a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3646</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fbb9e802173c051c04a9422]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8730109297.mp3?updated=1634823181" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brexit: The final countdown</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/brexit-the-final-countdown</link>
      <description>As the UK-EU negotiations on the future relationship approach the endgame, the Institute for Government Brexit team discuss the latest on the talks, what will change for the UK on 1 January 2021, whether a deal actually makes a difference, and just how ready the UK is for a deal or no deal outcome.
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, in conversation with Maddy Thimont Jack (Associate Director), Jess Sargeant (Senior Researcher), and Joe Marshall (Senior Researcher). Audio production by Candice McKenzie.
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2020 04:20:25 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Brexit: The final countdown</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>63</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;As the UK-EU negotiations on the future relationship approach the endgame, the Institute for Government Brexit team discuss the latest on the talks, what will change for the UK on 1 January 2021, whether a deal actually makes a difference, and just how ready the UK is for a deal or no deal outcome.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, in conversation with&amp;nbsp;Maddy Thimont Jack (Associate Director),&amp;nbsp;Jess Sargeant (Senior Researcher),&amp;nbsp;and&amp;nbsp;Joe Marshall (Senior Researcher).&amp;nbsp;Audio production by Candice McKenzie.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGBrexit&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As the UK-EU negotiations on the future relationship approach the endgame, the Institute for Government Brexit team discuss the latest on the talks, what will change for the UK on 1 January 2021, whether a deal actually makes a difference, and just how ready the UK is for a deal or no deal outcome.
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, in conversation with Maddy Thimont Jack (Associate Director), Jess Sargeant (Senior Researcher), and Joe Marshall (Senior Researcher). Audio production by Candice McKenzie.
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As the UK-EU negotiations on the future relationship approach the endgame, the Institute for Government Brexit team discuss the latest on the talks, what will change for the UK on 1 January 2021, whether a deal actually makes a difference, and just how ready the UK is for a deal or no deal outcome.</p><p>Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, in conversation with Maddy Thimont Jack (Associate Director), Jess Sargeant (Senior Researcher), and Joe Marshall (Senior Researcher). Audio production by Candice McKenzie.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click">#IfGBrexit</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3461</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fb51145311e753b77e6139b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6160885477.mp3?updated=1634823181" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lord Maude in conversation with Bronwen Maddox</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/lord-maude-in-conversation-with-bronwen-maddox</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome the Rt Hon Lord Maude, former Minister of State for Trade and Investment and former Minister for the Cabinet Office.
A long-standing advocate for civil service reform, Francis Maude has been asked by the government to undertake a short review into the performance of the Cabinet Office. This event explored the focus of Lord Maude’s review, what the government’s handling of the coronavirus crisis has revealed about the role of the Cabinet Office, and wider questions of civil service reform.
Lord Maude has had a distinguished career in government, serving as Margaret Thatcher's Minister for Europe and Hong Kong and Financial Secretary to the Treasury. He was also the Global Head of Privatisation at Morgan Stanley. As UK Minister for the Cabinet Office from 2010–15, he led an efficiency and reform programme that delivered cumulative savings from the operating costs of government of more than £52 billion. He and his team developed the "functional model" of government to break down the separate silos that in many governments stand in the way of efficient and effective delivery of services.
Lord Maude has recently undertaken a pro bono review of spend controls and the functional model for the British government. He is the Chairman and co-founder of FMA.
#IfGcivilservice
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Nov 2020 17:32:15 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Lord Maude in conversation with Bronwen Maddox</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>62</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Reform at the centre of government</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome the Rt Hon Lord Maude, former Minister of State for Trade and Investment and former Minister for the Cabinet Office.
A long-standing advocate for civil service reform, Francis Maude has been asked by the government to undertake a short review into the performance of the Cabinet Office. This event explored the focus of Lord Maude’s review, what the government’s handling of the coronavirus crisis has revealed about the role of the Cabinet Office, and wider questions of civil service reform.
Lord Maude has had a distinguished career in government, serving as Margaret Thatcher's Minister for Europe and Hong Kong and Financial Secretary to the Treasury. He was also the Global Head of Privatisation at Morgan Stanley. As UK Minister for the Cabinet Office from 2010–15, he led an efficiency and reform programme that delivered cumulative savings from the operating costs of government of more than £52 billion. He and his team developed the "functional model" of government to break down the separate silos that in many governments stand in the way of efficient and effective delivery of services.
Lord Maude has recently undertaken a pro bono review of spend controls and the functional model for the British government. He is the Chairman and co-founder of FMA.
#IfGcivilservice
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p> </p><p>The Institute for Government was delighted to welcome the <strong>Rt Hon Lord Maude</strong>, former Minister of State for Trade and Investment and former Minister for the Cabinet Office.</p><p>A long-standing advocate for civil service reform, Francis Maude has been asked by the government to undertake a short review into the performance of the Cabinet Office. This event explored the focus of Lord Maude’s review, what the government’s handling of the coronavirus crisis has revealed about the role of the Cabinet Office, and wider questions of civil service reform.</p><p><em>Lord Maude has had a distinguished career in government, serving as Margaret Thatcher's Minister for Europe and Hong Kong and Financial Secretary to the Treasury. He was also the Global Head of Privatisation at Morgan Stanley. As UK Minister for the Cabinet Office from 2010</em>–<em>15, he led an efficiency and reform programme that delivered cumulative savings from the operating costs of government of more than £52 billion. He and his team developed the "functional model" of government to break down the separate silos that in many governments stand in the way of efficient and effective delivery of services.</em></p><p><em>Lord Maude has recently undertaken a pro bono review of spend controls and the functional model for the British government. He is the Chairman and co-founder of FMA.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGcivilservice?src=hashtag_click">#IfGcivilservice</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3650</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fad71c83358b91656f55d43]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO7722626544.mp3?updated=1634823181" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When mega-projects become mega-disasters</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/when-mega-projects-become-mega-disasters</link>
      <description>In his new book, Imperialism and Development – the East African groundnut scheme and its legacy, Dr Nicholas Westcott, Director of the Royal African Society, explores one of the most expensive and disastrous development schemes ever undertaken by a British government. What lessons can be learned, more than 70 years on, from the ill-fated launch of a scheme to grow peanuts in Tanganyika (now Tanzania)? How are major decisions on major projects made today? Who is held accountable if they go wrong? How do civil servants and ministers work together to ensure money isn’t wasted on major projects? What has actually changed, since the groundnut scheme was abandoned in 1951, to ensure mega projects don’t become mega disasters?
 
Bronwen Maddox, Director at the Institute for Government is in conversation with Dr Nicholas Westcott, Director of the Royal African Society, Rt Hon Baroness Amos, former UN Under-Secretary General for Humanitarian Affairs and former Secretary of State for International Development, Professor John Kay, economist and former Financial Times columnist, Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government. Audio production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2020 15:52:29 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>When mega-projects become mega-disasters</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;In his new book,&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Imperialism and Development – the East African groundnut scheme and its legacy&lt;/em&gt;,&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Dr Nicholas Westcott&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of the Royal African Society, explores one of the most expensive and disastrous development schemes ever undertaken by a British government. What lessons can be learned, more than 70 years on, from the ill-fated launch of a scheme to grow peanuts in Tanganyika (now Tanzania)? How are major decisions on major projects made today? Who is held accountable if they go wrong? How do civil servants and ministers work together to ensure money isn’t wasted on major projects? What has&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;actually&lt;/em&gt;&amp;nbsp;changed, since the groundnut scheme was abandoned in 1951, to ensure mega projects don’t become mega disasters?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Bronwen Maddox, Director at the Institute for Government is in conversation with&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Dr Nicholas Westcott,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;Director of the Royal African Society,&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Rt Hon Baroness Amos&lt;/strong&gt;, former UN Under-Secretary General for Humanitarian Affairs and former Secretary of State for International Development,&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Professor John Kay&lt;/strong&gt;, economist and former&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Financial Times&lt;/em&gt;&amp;nbsp;columnist,&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Giles Wilkes&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.&amp;nbsp;Audio production by Candice McKenzie&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In his new book, Imperialism and Development – the East African groundnut scheme and its legacy, Dr Nicholas Westcott, Director of the Royal African Society, explores one of the most expensive and disastrous development schemes ever undertaken by a British government. What lessons can be learned, more than 70 years on, from the ill-fated launch of a scheme to grow peanuts in Tanganyika (now Tanzania)? How are major decisions on major projects made today? Who is held accountable if they go wrong? How do civil servants and ministers work together to ensure money isn’t wasted on major projects? What has actually changed, since the groundnut scheme was abandoned in 1951, to ensure mega projects don’t become mega disasters?
 
Bronwen Maddox, Director at the Institute for Government is in conversation with Dr Nicholas Westcott, Director of the Royal African Society, Rt Hon Baroness Amos, former UN Under-Secretary General for Humanitarian Affairs and former Secretary of State for International Development, Professor John Kay, economist and former Financial Times columnist, Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government. Audio production by Candice McKenzie
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In his new book, <em>Imperialism and Development – the East African groundnut scheme and its legacy</em>, <strong>Dr Nicholas Westcott</strong>, Director of the Royal African Society, explores one of the most expensive and disastrous development schemes ever undertaken by a British government. What lessons can be learned, more than 70 years on, from the ill-fated launch of a scheme to grow peanuts in Tanganyika (now Tanzania)? How are major decisions on major projects made today? Who is held accountable if they go wrong? How do civil servants and ministers work together to ensure money isn’t wasted on major projects? What has <em>actually</em> changed, since the groundnut scheme was abandoned in 1951, to ensure mega projects don’t become mega disasters?</p><p> </p><p>Bronwen Maddox, Director at the Institute for Government is in conversation with <strong>Dr Nicholas Westcott, </strong>Director of the Royal African Society, <strong>Rt Hon Baroness Amos</strong>, former UN Under-Secretary General for Humanitarian Affairs and former Secretary of State for International Development, <strong>Professor John Kay</strong>, economist and former <em>Financial Times</em> columnist, <strong>Giles Wilkes</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government. Audio production by Candice McKenzie</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3585</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fac08bdb86ffd5d2f412234]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5732961317.mp3?updated=1634823182" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> Communicating Brexit</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/communicating-brexit</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
The end of the Brexit transition period means big changes are inevitable at the end of the year. But despite a £70 million communications campaign many businesses and individuals are still unaware of what they need to do prepare, let alone ready.
As the coronavirus crisis continues to dominate the public’s attention and Brexit fatigue persists, the government’s communications campaign has failed to cut through. Meanwhile recent polls suggest increasing numbers of people may be becoming more sceptical about Brexit itself. 
This event explored the challenges facing the government in getting its message across to business and the public: how to persuade business to prepare and how to communicate the outcome of the Brexit negotiations, deal or no deal.
Panellists: 


Paul Harrison, Senior Counsel at Lexington Communications and former No.10 press secretary


James Johnson, Founding Partner of J.L Partners and former No.10 political adviser and pollster


Joe Marshall, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government 


Lisa O’Carroll, Brexit Correspondent at The Guardian 


This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government. 
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Nov 2020 18:34:33 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title> Communicating Brexit</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>How can the government persuade the public to prepare?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
The end of the Brexit transition period means big changes are inevitable at the end of the year. But despite a £70 million communications campaign many businesses and individuals are still unaware of what they need to do prepare, let alone ready.
As the coronavirus crisis continues to dominate the public’s attention and Brexit fatigue persists, the government’s communications campaign has failed to cut through. Meanwhile recent polls suggest increasing numbers of people may be becoming more sceptical about Brexit itself. 
This event explored the challenges facing the government in getting its message across to business and the public: how to persuade business to prepare and how to communicate the outcome of the Brexit negotiations, deal or no deal.
Panellists: 


Paul Harrison, Senior Counsel at Lexington Communications and former No.10 press secretary


James Johnson, Founding Partner of J.L Partners and former No.10 political adviser and pollster


Joe Marshall, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government 


Lisa O’Carroll, Brexit Correspondent at The Guardian 


This event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government. 
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p>The end of the Brexit transition period means big changes are inevitable at the end of the year. But despite a £70 million communications campaign many businesses and individuals are still unaware of what they need to do prepare, let alone ready.</p><p>As the coronavirus crisis continues to dominate the public’s attention and Brexit fatigue persists, the government’s communications campaign has failed to cut through. Meanwhile recent polls suggest increasing numbers of people may be becoming more sceptical about Brexit itself. </p><p>This event explored the challenges facing the government in getting its message across to business and the public: how to persuade business to prepare and how to communicate the outcome of the Brexit negotiations, deal or no deal.</p><p>Panellists: </p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Paul Harrison,</strong> Senior Counsel at Lexington Communications and former No.10 press secretary</li>
<li>
<strong>James Johnson</strong>, Founding Partner of J.L Partners and former No.10 political adviser and pollster</li>
<li>
<strong>Joe Marshall, </strong>Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government </li>
<li>
<strong>Lisa O’Carroll,</strong> Brexit Correspondent at <em>The Guardian </em>
</li>
</ul><p>This event was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutter,</strong> Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government. </p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/ifgbrexit">#IfGBrexit</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3666</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fa5974a7abc342f261540c2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8867153176.mp3?updated=1634823182" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How public services have coped with coronavirus</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/how-public-services-have-coped-with-coronavirus</link>
      <description>The coronavirus crisis has placed unprecedented pressure on public services, which have had to cope with increased costs, large workforce absences and the difficulties of providing services while maintaining social distancing. In response to the pandemic, the government has pledged £68.7bn since March in support, and suspended governance and regulatory requirements. At the same time services have made greater use of technology, and organisations developed new ways of working.
How successful have these changes been in maintaining the availability of public services? Which changes should continue beyond the crisis? What does the government need to do to make that possible?
This event launched the fifth edition of Performance Tracker, an analysis of the performance of five key public services during the pandemic: hospitals, general practice, adult social care, schools and criminal courts.
Graham Atkins, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, presented the key findings.
To discuss, our panel included:


Sarah Neville, Global Pharmaceuticals Editor at the Financial Times



Professor Andrew Hardy, CEO of University Hospitals Coventry and Warwickshire NHS Trust and President of CIPFA

This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Performance Tracker is produced in partnership with Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA).
#PerformanceTracker
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Nov 2020 12:33:17 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How public services have coped with coronavirus</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The coronavirus crisis has placed unprecedented pressure on public services, which have had to cope with increased costs, large workforce absences and the difficulties of providing services while maintaining social distancing. In response to the pandemic, the government has pledged £68.7bn since March in support, and suspended governance and regulatory requirements. At the same time services have made greater use of technology, and organisations developed new ways of working.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;How successful have these changes been in maintaining the availability of public services? Which changes should continue beyond the crisis? What does the government need to do to make that possible?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This event launched the fifth edition of&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/our-work/performance-tracker" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Performance Tracker&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, an analysis of the performance of five key public services during the pandemic: hospitals, general practice, adult social care, schools and criminal courts.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Graham Atkins&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, presented the key findings.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To discuss, our panel included:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sarah Neville&lt;/strong&gt;, Global Pharmaceuticals Editor at the&lt;em&gt;&amp;nbsp;Financial Times&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Professor Andrew Hardy&lt;/strong&gt;, CEO of University Hospitals Coventry and Warwickshire NHS Trust and President of CIPFA&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;This event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Nick Davies&lt;/strong&gt;, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Performance Tracker is produced in partnership with Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA).&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/PerformanceTracker?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#PerformanceTracker&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The coronavirus crisis has placed unprecedented pressure on public services, which have had to cope with increased costs, large workforce absences and the difficulties of providing services while maintaining social distancing. In response to the pandemic, the government has pledged £68.7bn since March in support, and suspended governance and regulatory requirements. At the same time services have made greater use of technology, and organisations developed new ways of working.
How successful have these changes been in maintaining the availability of public services? Which changes should continue beyond the crisis? What does the government need to do to make that possible?
This event launched the fifth edition of Performance Tracker, an analysis of the performance of five key public services during the pandemic: hospitals, general practice, adult social care, schools and criminal courts.
Graham Atkins, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, presented the key findings.
To discuss, our panel included:


Sarah Neville, Global Pharmaceuticals Editor at the Financial Times



Professor Andrew Hardy, CEO of University Hospitals Coventry and Warwickshire NHS Trust and President of CIPFA

This event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Performance Tracker is produced in partnership with Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA).
#PerformanceTracker
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The coronavirus crisis has placed unprecedented pressure on public services, which have had to cope with increased costs, large workforce absences and the difficulties of providing services while maintaining social distancing. In response to the pandemic, the government has pledged £68.7bn since March in support, and suspended governance and regulatory requirements. At the same time services have made greater use of technology, and organisations developed new ways of working.</p><p>How successful have these changes been in maintaining the availability of public services? Which changes should continue beyond the crisis? What does the government need to do to make that possible?</p><p>This event launched the fifth edition of <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/our-work/performance-tracker"><em>Performance Tracker</em></a>, an analysis of the performance of five key public services during the pandemic: hospitals, general practice, adult social care, schools and criminal courts.</p><p><strong>Graham Atkins</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, presented the key findings.</p><p>To discuss, our panel included:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sarah Neville</strong>, Global Pharmaceuticals Editor at the<em> Financial Times</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Andrew Hardy</strong>, CEO of University Hospitals Coventry and Warwickshire NHS Trust and President of CIPFA</li>
</ul><p>This event was chaired by <strong>Nick Davies</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><em>Performance Tracker is produced in partnership with Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA).</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/PerformanceTracker?src=hashtag_click">#PerformanceTracker</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3577</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fa29faea8a74001d6be6f1d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3604347726.mp3?updated=1634823182" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The implications of the US election for the UK</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/the-implications-of-the-us-election-for-the-uk</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
On 3 November 2020, US citizens will elect their next president. The result will have bearings not only on the US, but also on the rest of the world. This event explored what the US election will mean for the UK–US special relationship, the prospects for a future trade deal and joint action on the global stage.
Panellists:


Rt Hon Tobias Ellwood MP, Chair of the Defence Select Committee


Sophia Gaston, Director of the British Foreign Policy Group


Dr Leslie Vinjamuri, Director, US and Americas Programme and Dean, Queen Elizabeth II Academy at Chatham House


Sir Peter Westmacott, Senior Adviser at Chatham House and former British Ambassador to the US (2012–16)

The event was chaired by Georgina Wright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
#IfGPOTUS2020
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2020 15:45:44 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The implications of the US election for the UK</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>58</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On 3 November 2020, US citizens will elect their next president. The result will have bearings not only on the US, but also on the rest of the world. This event explored what the US election will mean for the UK–US special relationship, the prospects for a future trade deal and joint action on the global stage.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Panellists:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rt Hon Tobias Ellwood MP&lt;/strong&gt;, Chair of the Defence Select Committee&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sophia Gaston&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of the British Foreign Policy Group&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dr Leslie Vinjamuri&lt;/strong&gt;, Director, US and Americas Programme and Dean, Queen Elizabeth II Academy at Chatham House&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sir Peter Westmacott&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Adviser at Chatham House and former British Ambassador to the US (2012–16)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Georgina Wright&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGPOTUS2020?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGPOTUS2020&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
On 3 November 2020, US citizens will elect their next president. The result will have bearings not only on the US, but also on the rest of the world. This event explored what the US election will mean for the UK–US special relationship, the prospects for a future trade deal and joint action on the global stage.
Panellists:


Rt Hon Tobias Ellwood MP, Chair of the Defence Select Committee


Sophia Gaston, Director of the British Foreign Policy Group


Dr Leslie Vinjamuri, Director, US and Americas Programme and Dean, Queen Elizabeth II Academy at Chatham House


Sir Peter Westmacott, Senior Adviser at Chatham House and former British Ambassador to the US (2012–16)

The event was chaired by Georgina Wright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
#IfGPOTUS2020
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p>On 3 November 2020, US citizens will elect their next president. The result will have bearings not only on the US, but also on the rest of the world. This event explored what the US election will mean for the UK–US special relationship, the prospects for a future trade deal and joint action on the global stage.</p><p>Panellists:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Tobias Ellwood MP</strong>, Chair of the Defence Select Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Sophia Gaston</strong>, Director of the British Foreign Policy Group</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Leslie Vinjamuri</strong>, Director, US and Americas Programme and Dean, Queen Elizabeth II Academy at Chatham House</li>
<li>
<strong>Sir Peter Westmacott</strong>, Senior Adviser at Chatham House and former British Ambassador to the US (2012–16)</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Georgina Wright</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGPOTUS2020?src=hashtag_click">#IfGPOTUS2020</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3763</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f9c352678e8481f506051de]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2571710711.mp3?updated=1634823182" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The UK Internal Market Bill in the House of Lords</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/the-uk-internal-market-bill-in-the-house-of-lords</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
The UK Internal Market Bill has sparked controversy on multiple fronts. It has wide-ranging implications for devolution, placing constraints on the exercise of devolved policy powers. The UK government argues it is simply replacing frameworks that existed in EU law, while the Scottish and Welsh government have argued that the bill is a “power grab” by Westminster. And by the government’s own admission, some provisions, if triggered, would empower ministers to break international law and override elements of the Northern Ireland protocol.
As the bill enters the Lords, peers look poised to make amendments. This event explored issues in the bill, the likely amendments and what this will all mean for the Union.
Panellists:


Rt Hon the Baroness Smith of Basildon, Shadow Leader of the House of Lords


Rt Hon the Lord Bruce of Bennachie, Liberal Democrat Lords Spokesperson on Scotland


Rt Hon the Lord Dunlop, former Minister for Scotland and Northern Ireland


Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2020 10:34:49 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The UK Internal Market Bill in the House of Lords</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/internal-market-bill" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;UK Internal Market Bill&lt;/a&gt;&amp;nbsp;has sparked controversy on multiple fronts. It has wide-ranging implications for devolution, placing constraints on the exercise of devolved policy powers. The UK government argues it is simply replacing frameworks that existed in EU law, while the Scottish and Welsh government have argued that the bill is a “power grab” by Westminster. And by the government’s own admission, some provisions, if triggered, would empower ministers to break international law and override elements of the Northern Ireland protocol.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;As the bill enters the Lords, peers look poised to make amendments. This event explored issues in the bill, the likely amendments and what this will all mean for the Union.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Panellists:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rt Hon the Baroness Smith of Basildon&lt;/strong&gt;, Shadow Leader of the House of Lords&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rt Hon the Lord Bruce of Bennachie&lt;/strong&gt;, Liberal Democrat Lords Spokesperson on Scotland&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rt Hon the Lord Dunlop&lt;/strong&gt;, former Minister for Scotland and Northern Ireland&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Jess Sargeant&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Maddy Thimont Jack&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
The UK Internal Market Bill has sparked controversy on multiple fronts. It has wide-ranging implications for devolution, placing constraints on the exercise of devolved policy powers. The UK government argues it is simply replacing frameworks that existed in EU law, while the Scottish and Welsh government have argued that the bill is a “power grab” by Westminster. And by the government’s own admission, some provisions, if triggered, would empower ministers to break international law and override elements of the Northern Ireland protocol.
As the bill enters the Lords, peers look poised to make amendments. This event explored issues in the bill, the likely amendments and what this will all mean for the Union.
Panellists:


Rt Hon the Baroness Smith of Basildon, Shadow Leader of the House of Lords


Rt Hon the Lord Bruce of Bennachie, Liberal Democrat Lords Spokesperson on Scotland


Rt Hon the Lord Dunlop, former Minister for Scotland and Northern Ireland


Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government

The event was chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p><em> </em></p><p>The <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/internal-market-bill">UK Internal Market Bill</a> has sparked controversy on multiple fronts. It has wide-ranging implications for devolution, placing constraints on the exercise of devolved policy powers. The UK government argues it is simply replacing frameworks that existed in EU law, while the Scottish and Welsh government have argued that the bill is a “power grab” by Westminster. And by the government’s own admission, some provisions, if triggered, would empower ministers to break international law and override elements of the Northern Ireland protocol.</p><p>As the bill enters the Lords, peers look poised to make amendments. This event explored issues in the bill, the likely amendments and what this will all mean for the Union.</p><p>Panellists:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon the Baroness Smith of Basildon</strong>, Shadow Leader of the House of Lords</li>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon the Lord Bruce of Bennachie</strong>, Liberal Democrat Lords Spokesperson on Scotland</li>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon the Lord Dunlop</strong>, former Minister for Scotland and Northern Ireland</li>
<li>
<strong>Jess Sargeant</strong>, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Maddy Thimont Jack</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government.</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3773</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f9949492fa00532a5929a05]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8194216612.mp3?updated=1634823182" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The future of UK-EU security cooperation</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/the-future-of-uk-eu-security-cooperation</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
The UK’s policing and intelligence communities cooperate closely with their EU counterparts, sharing intelligence and collaborating on cross border investigations to fight crime and tackle terrorism.
This event considered the implications of Brexit for this cooperation, including the impact on data-sharing and the UK’s use of the European Arrest Warrant..
Panellists


Patrick Calvar, Special Advisor, Institut Montaigne; Director-General, French Interior Security (2012-2017)


Sir Julian King, Visiting Policy Fellow, Oxford Internet Institute; European Commissioner for the Security Union (2016-2019)


Naomi Long MLA, Minister of Justice, Northern Ireland Executive


Sir Robert Wainwright, Partner, Deloitte; Director, Europol (2009-2018)

The event was chaired by Georgina Wright, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Oct 2020 16:48:21 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The future of UK-EU security cooperation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The UK’s policing and intelligence communities cooperate closely with their EU counterparts, sharing intelligence and collaborating on cross border investigations to fight crime and tackle terrorism.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This event considered the implications of Brexit for this cooperation, including the impact on data-sharing and the UK’s use of the European Arrest Warrant..&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Panellists&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Patrick Calvar&lt;/strong&gt;, Special Advisor, Institut Montaigne; Director-General, French Interior Security (2012-2017)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sir Julian King&lt;/strong&gt;, Visiting Policy Fellow, Oxford Internet Institute; European Commissioner for the Security Union (2016-2019)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Naomi Long MLA&lt;/strong&gt;, Minister of Justice, Northern Ireland Executive&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sir Robert Wainwright&lt;/strong&gt;, Partner, Deloitte; Director, Europol (2009-2018)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Georgina Wright&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGBrexit&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
The UK’s policing and intelligence communities cooperate closely with their EU counterparts, sharing intelligence and collaborating on cross border investigations to fight crime and tackle terrorism.
This event considered the implications of Brexit for this cooperation, including the impact on data-sharing and the UK’s use of the European Arrest Warrant..
Panellists


Patrick Calvar, Special Advisor, Institut Montaigne; Director-General, French Interior Security (2012-2017)


Sir Julian King, Visiting Policy Fellow, Oxford Internet Institute; European Commissioner for the Security Union (2016-2019)


Naomi Long MLA, Minister of Justice, Northern Ireland Executive


Sir Robert Wainwright, Partner, Deloitte; Director, Europol (2009-2018)

The event was chaired by Georgina Wright, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government
#IfGBrexit
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p><em> </em></p><p>The UK’s policing and intelligence communities cooperate closely with their EU counterparts, sharing intelligence and collaborating on cross border investigations to fight crime and tackle terrorism.</p><p>This event considered the implications of Brexit for this cooperation, including the impact on data-sharing and the UK’s use of the European Arrest Warrant..</p><p>Panellists</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Patrick Calvar</strong>, Special Advisor, Institut Montaigne; Director-General, French Interior Security (2012-2017)</li>
<li>
<strong>Sir Julian King</strong>, Visiting Policy Fellow, Oxford Internet Institute; European Commissioner for the Security Union (2016-2019)</li>
<li>
<strong>Naomi Long MLA</strong>, Minister of Justice, Northern Ireland Executive</li>
<li>
<strong>Sir Robert Wainwright</strong>, Partner, Deloitte; Director, Europol (2009-2018)</li>
</ul><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Georgina Wright</strong>, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click">#IfGBrexit</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3649</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f80946134d1d23c363b5dc7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1120622806.mp3?updated=1634823182" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>State aid: a dealbreaker for the UK?</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/state-aid-a-dealbreaker-for-the-uk</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
As the deadline for reaching a deal with the EU approaches, state aid remains a major obstacle to any future partnership. A recent IfG paper, Beyond State Aid, set out why the UK should adopt a domestic subsidy control regime, deal or no deal. But the government has so far been unwilling to commit to a domestic regime, or to any further commitments on subsidies that could secure a deal with the EU. And the government is legislating to override the state aid provisions of the Northern Ireland protocol agreed with the EU last year through its controversial UK Internal Market Bill.
Both sides are now making positive noises about the prospect of a deal, but on state aid their public positions remain very far apart and both will need to move if a deal is to be reached.
The event asks:

Why is state aid an issue in the negotiations?

Is a compromise possible with the EU?

With the end of the Brexit implementation period looming, should and can the UK plot a new course on state aid rules?

How can the state aid provisions in the Northern Ireland protocol be addressed?

Panellists


George Peretz QC, Barrister at Monckton Chambers


Allie Renison, Head of EU and Trade Policy at the Institute of Directors


James Webber, Partner at Shearman &amp; Sterling

This event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Senior Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGstateaid
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Oct 2020 16:22:58 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>State aid: a dealbreaker for the UK?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;As the deadline for reaching a deal with the EU approaches, state aid remains a major obstacle to any future partnership. A recent IfG paper,&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/state-aid?inf_contact_key=9106aff7c66d481b2ef51568e7e19e9b" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Beyond State Aid&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, set out why the UK should adopt a domestic subsidy control regime, deal or no deal. But the government has so far been unwilling to commit to a domestic regime, or to any further commitments on subsidies that could secure a deal with the EU. And the government is legislating to override the state aid provisions of the Northern Ireland protocol agreed with the EU last year through its controversial UK Internal Market Bill.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Both sides are now making positive noises about the prospect of a deal, but on state aid their public positions remain very far apart and both will need to move if a deal is to be reached.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event asks:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Why is state aid an issue in the negotiations?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Is a compromise possible with the EU?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;With the end of the Brexit implementation period looming, should and can the UK plot a new course on state aid rules?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;How can the state aid provisions in the Northern Ireland protocol be addressed?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;Panellists&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;George Peretz QC,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;Barrister at&amp;nbsp;Monckton Chambers&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Allie Renison,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;Head of EU and Trade Policy at the Institute of Directors&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;James Webber,&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;Partner at Shearman &amp;amp; Sterling&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;This event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Thomas Pope&lt;/strong&gt;, Senior Economist at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGStateAid" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGstateaid&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
As the deadline for reaching a deal with the EU approaches, state aid remains a major obstacle to any future partnership. A recent IfG paper, Beyond State Aid, set out why the UK should adopt a domestic subsidy control regime, deal or no deal. But the government has so far been unwilling to commit to a domestic regime, or to any further commitments on subsidies that could secure a deal with the EU. And the government is legislating to override the state aid provisions of the Northern Ireland protocol agreed with the EU last year through its controversial UK Internal Market Bill.
Both sides are now making positive noises about the prospect of a deal, but on state aid their public positions remain very far apart and both will need to move if a deal is to be reached.
The event asks:

Why is state aid an issue in the negotiations?

Is a compromise possible with the EU?

With the end of the Brexit implementation period looming, should and can the UK plot a new course on state aid rules?

How can the state aid provisions in the Northern Ireland protocol be addressed?

Panellists


George Peretz QC, Barrister at Monckton Chambers


Allie Renison, Head of EU and Trade Policy at the Institute of Directors


James Webber, Partner at Shearman &amp; Sterling

This event was chaired by Thomas Pope, Senior Economist at the Institute for Government.
#IfGstateaid
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p><em> </em></p><p>As the deadline for reaching a deal with the EU approaches, state aid remains a major obstacle to any future partnership. A recent IfG paper, <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/state-aid?inf_contact_key=9106aff7c66d481b2ef51568e7e19e9b"><em>Beyond State Aid</em></a>, set out why the UK should adopt a domestic subsidy control regime, deal or no deal. But the government has so far been unwilling to commit to a domestic regime, or to any further commitments on subsidies that could secure a deal with the EU. And the government is legislating to override the state aid provisions of the Northern Ireland protocol agreed with the EU last year through its controversial UK Internal Market Bill.</p><p>Both sides are now making positive noises about the prospect of a deal, but on state aid their public positions remain very far apart and both will need to move if a deal is to be reached.</p><p>The event asks:</p><ul>
<li>Why is state aid an issue in the negotiations?</li>
<li>Is a compromise possible with the EU?</li>
<li>With the end of the Brexit implementation period looming, should and can the UK plot a new course on state aid rules?</li>
<li>How can the state aid provisions in the Northern Ireland protocol be addressed?</li>
</ul><p>Panellists</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>George Peretz QC, </strong>Barrister at Monckton Chambers</li>
<li>
<strong>Allie Renison, </strong>Head of EU and Trade Policy at the Institute of Directors</li>
<li>
<strong>James Webber, </strong>Partner at Shearman &amp; Sterling</li>
</ul><p>This event was chaired by <strong>Thomas Pope</strong>, Senior Economist at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGStateAid">#IfGstateaid</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3547</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f808e6a8f63d8116d2b8103]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5655808682.mp3?updated=1634823182" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The UK internal market after Brexit </title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/the-uk-internal-market-after-brexit</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
Leaving the EU means the governments of the UK have new freedoms to set standards in areas which have been subject to European rules, including the environment. Such freedom could enable the UK to meet its goal of delivering global leadership on the environment and improve standards (as several governments in the UK have expressed their intention to do) but does not prevent a move toward deregulation or the lowering of standards in pursuits of other policy goals.
The UK government introduced the UK Internal Market Bill to manage trade between the four countries of the UK from the end of transition which has sparked controversy for a number of reasons. The bill has sparked controversy for a number of reasons, including concerns from the devolved governments that the proposals will infringe on existing devolution settlements and threaten to stall - or even undermine - their development of ambitious standards and regulation.
How can the integrity of the UK internal market be balanced with the governments’ environmental objectives? What would a regime that promotes a race to the top look like? How would that be reconciled with the UK government’s ambitions to do trade deals around the world?
To discuss the role of the environment in the internal market, our panel included:


Martin Harper, Director of Global Conservation at the RSPB


Dr Viviane Gravey, Lecturer at Queen’s University Belfast


Dr Emily Lydgate, Senior Lecturer in environmental law at the University of Sussex


Gail Soutar, Chief Adviser on EU Exit and International Trade at the National Farmers' Union


The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrexit
 
This event was kindly supported by Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB)
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2020 09:49:13 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The UK internal market after Brexit </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Ensuring a ‘race to the top’ for the environment?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
Leaving the EU means the governments of the UK have new freedoms to set standards in areas which have been subject to European rules, including the environment. Such freedom could enable the UK to meet its goal of delivering global leadership on the environment and improve standards (as several governments in the UK have expressed their intention to do) but does not prevent a move toward deregulation or the lowering of standards in pursuits of other policy goals.
The UK government introduced the UK Internal Market Bill to manage trade between the four countries of the UK from the end of transition which has sparked controversy for a number of reasons. The bill has sparked controversy for a number of reasons, including concerns from the devolved governments that the proposals will infringe on existing devolution settlements and threaten to stall - or even undermine - their development of ambitious standards and regulation.
How can the integrity of the UK internal market be balanced with the governments’ environmental objectives? What would a regime that promotes a race to the top look like? How would that be reconciled with the UK government’s ambitions to do trade deals around the world?
To discuss the role of the environment in the internal market, our panel included:


Martin Harper, Director of Global Conservation at the RSPB


Dr Viviane Gravey, Lecturer at Queen’s University Belfast


Dr Emily Lydgate, Senior Lecturer in environmental law at the University of Sussex


Gail Soutar, Chief Adviser on EU Exit and International Trade at the National Farmers' Union


The event was chaired by Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.
#IfGBrexit
 
This event was kindly supported by Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB)
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p> </p><p>Leaving the EU means the governments of the UK have new freedoms to set standards in areas which have been subject to European rules, including the environment. Such freedom could enable the UK to meet its goal of delivering global leadership on the environment and improve standards (as several governments in the UK have expressed their intention to do) but does not prevent a move toward deregulation or the lowering of standards in pursuits of other policy goals.</p><br><p>The UK government introduced the UK Internal Market Bill to manage trade between the four countries of the UK from the end of transition which has sparked controversy for a number of reasons. The bill has sparked controversy for a number of reasons, including concerns from the devolved governments that the proposals will infringe on existing devolution settlements and threaten to stall - or even undermine - their development of ambitious standards and regulation.</p><br><p>How can the integrity of the UK internal market be balanced with the governments’ environmental objectives? What would a regime that promotes a race to the top look like? How would that be reconciled with the UK government’s ambitions to do trade deals around the world?</p><br><p>To discuss the role of the environment in the internal market, our panel included:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Martin Harper</strong>, Director of Global Conservation at the RSPB</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Viviane Gravey</strong>, Lecturer at Queen’s University Belfast</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Emily Lydgate</strong>, Senior Lecturer in environmental law at the University of Sussex</li>
<li>
<strong>Gail Soutar</strong>, Chief Adviser on EU Exit and International Trade at the National Farmers' Union</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGBrexit">#IfGBrexit</a></p><p> </p><p><em>This event was kindly supported by Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB)</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3594</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f7aec2800a2f50fb240affe]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4624183157.mp3?updated=1634823183" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Children's social care and the spending review</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/childrens-social-care-and-the-spending-review</link>
      <description>The coronavirus crisis has hit children’s social care. The disruption caused by the lockdown and continuing restrictions has forced social workers to conduct visits with children remotely, local authorities to take a less rigid approach to procurement, and the government to temporarily remove some statutory protections for vulnerable children.
The crisis followed a decade of big increases in spending on child protection, but severe cuts to universal services such as children’s centres. Local authorities have persistently overspent on these services but the increase in spending has not kept pace with demand.
Ahead of the spending review, this event looked at what level of funding is needed for children's social care, what the right balance is between early intervention and crisis support and which of the changes made in response to the crisis should be kept.
Our panel included:



David Simmonds MP, member of the Commons Education Select Committee


Jenny Coles, Director of Children’s Services at Hertfordshire County Council and President of the Association of Directors of Children’s Services


Kathy Evans, Chief Executive of Children England


Rob Whiteman, Chief Executive of CIPFA


The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGpublicservices
We would like to thank the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) for supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2020 09:41:38 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Children's social care and the spending review</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;The coronavirus crisis has hit children’s social care. The disruption caused by the lockdown and continuing restrictions has forced social workers to conduct visits with children remotely, local authorities to take a less rigid approach to procurement, and the government to temporarily remove some statutory protections for vulnerable children.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The crisis followed a decade of big increases in spending on child protection, but severe cuts to universal services such as children’s centres. Local authorities have persistently overspent on these services but the increase in spending has not kept pace with demand.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ahead of the spending review, this event looked at what level of funding is needed for children's social care, what the right balance is between early intervention and crisis support and which of the changes made in response to the crisis should be kept.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Our panel included:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;David Simmonds MP&lt;/strong&gt;, member of the Commons Education Select Committee&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Jenny Coles&lt;/strong&gt;, Director of Children’s Services at Hertfordshire County Council and President of the Association of Directors of Children’s Services&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Kathy Evans&lt;/strong&gt;, Chief Executive of Children England&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rob Whiteman&lt;/strong&gt;, Chief Executive of CIPFA&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The event was chaired by&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Nick Davies&lt;/strong&gt;, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGpublicservices?src=hashtag_click" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;#IfGpublicservices&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;We would like to thank the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) for supporting this event.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The coronavirus crisis has hit children’s social care. The disruption caused by the lockdown and continuing restrictions has forced social workers to conduct visits with children remotely, local authorities to take a less rigid approach to procurement, and the government to temporarily remove some statutory protections for vulnerable children.
The crisis followed a decade of big increases in spending on child protection, but severe cuts to universal services such as children’s centres. Local authorities have persistently overspent on these services but the increase in spending has not kept pace with demand.
Ahead of the spending review, this event looked at what level of funding is needed for children's social care, what the right balance is between early intervention and crisis support and which of the changes made in response to the crisis should be kept.
Our panel included:



David Simmonds MP, member of the Commons Education Select Committee


Jenny Coles, Director of Children’s Services at Hertfordshire County Council and President of the Association of Directors of Children’s Services


Kathy Evans, Chief Executive of Children England


Rob Whiteman, Chief Executive of CIPFA


The event was chaired by Nick Davies, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
#IfGpublicservices
We would like to thank the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) for supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The coronavirus crisis has hit children’s social care. The disruption caused by the lockdown and continuing restrictions has forced social workers to conduct visits with children remotely, local authorities to take a less rigid approach to procurement, and the government to temporarily remove some statutory protections for vulnerable children.</p><p>The crisis followed a decade of big increases in spending on child protection, but severe cuts to universal services such as children’s centres. Local authorities have persistently overspent on these services but the increase in spending has not kept pace with demand.</p><p>Ahead of the spending review, this event looked at what level of funding is needed for children's social care, what the right balance is between early intervention and crisis support and which of the changes made in response to the crisis should be kept.</p><p>Our panel included:</p><p><br></p><ul>
<li>
<strong>David Simmonds MP</strong>, member of the Commons Education Select Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Jenny Coles</strong>, Director of Children’s Services at Hertfordshire County Council and President of the Association of Directors of Children’s Services</li>
<li>
<strong>Kathy Evans</strong>, Chief Executive of Children England</li>
<li>
<strong>Rob Whiteman</strong>, Chief Executive of CIPFA</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Nick Davies</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGpublicservices?src=hashtag_click">#IfGpublicservices</a></p><br><p><em>We would like to thank the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) for supporting this event.</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3523</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f7aea5f8dc6061037425760]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9712722985.mp3?updated=1634823183" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Legislating by consent</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/legislating-by-consent</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
The Institute for Government has launched a new report on the status of the Sewel convention which sets out eight proposals for how to reform and strengthen the legislative consent process.
Under the Sewel convention, the UK parliament does not normally pass legislation on devolved matters without the consent of the institutions in Edinburgh, Cardiff and Belfast. Since 1999, consent has been given in this way for over 200 Acts of Parliament.
But Brexit has undermined the convention and exposed its limitations as a guarantee of devolved autonomy. Two key pieces of Brexit legislation have been passed without devolved consent, and a battle now looms over the UK Internal Market Bill.
On the panel to discuss these issues were:



Rt Hon Karen Bradley MP, Chair of the House of Commons Procedure Committee


Mick Antoniw MS, Chair of the Welsh Parliament Legislation, Constitution and Justice Committee


Pete Wishart MP, Chair of the House of Commons Scottish Affairs Committee and SNP Shadow Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster


Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2020 12:59:09 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Legislating by consent</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>How to revive the Sewel convention   </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
The Institute for Government has launched a new report on the status of the Sewel convention which sets out eight proposals for how to reform and strengthen the legislative consent process.
Under the Sewel convention, the UK parliament does not normally pass legislation on devolved matters without the consent of the institutions in Edinburgh, Cardiff and Belfast. Since 1999, consent has been given in this way for over 200 Acts of Parliament.
But Brexit has undermined the convention and exposed its limitations as a guarantee of devolved autonomy. Two key pieces of Brexit legislation have been passed without devolved consent, and a battle now looms over the UK Internal Market Bill.
On the panel to discuss these issues were:



Rt Hon Karen Bradley MP, Chair of the House of Commons Procedure Committee


Mick Antoniw MS, Chair of the Welsh Parliament Legislation, Constitution and Justice Committee


Pete Wishart MP, Chair of the House of Commons Scottish Affairs Committee and SNP Shadow Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster


Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


The event was chaired by Dr Hannah White, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p><em> </em></p><p>The Institute for Government has launched a new report on the status of the Sewel convention which sets out eight proposals for how to reform and strengthen the legislative consent process.</p><br><p>Under the <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainers/sewel-convention">Sewel convention</a>, the UK parliament does not normally pass legislation on devolved matters without the consent of the institutions in Edinburgh, Cardiff and Belfast. Since 1999, consent has been given in this way for over 200 Acts of Parliament.</p><p>But Brexit has undermined the convention and exposed its limitations as a guarantee of devolved autonomy. Two key pieces of Brexit legislation have been passed without devolved consent, and a <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/blog/uk-government-should-be-prepared-compromise-uk-internal-market">battle now looms over the UK Internal Market Bill</a>.</p><p>On the panel to discuss these issues were:</p><p><br></p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Karen Bradley MP</strong>, Chair of the House of Commons Procedure Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Mick Antoniw MS</strong>, Chair of the Welsh Parliament Legislation, Constitution and Justice Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Pete Wishart MP, </strong>Chair of the House of Commons Scottish Affairs Committee and SNP Shadow Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster</li>
<li>
<strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>The event was chaired by <strong>Dr Hannah White</strong>, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3622</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f75d1dae2824f6eb7d3ced5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2366439407.mp3?updated=1634823183" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The UK border after Brexit</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/the-uk-border-after-brexit</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
At the end of the year the UK will leave the single market and customs union: goods crossing the border between Great Britain and the EU will be subject to customs formalities for the first time in nearly 30 years, as well as new regulatory checks. The Northern Ireland protocol also means that there will be new rules for goods moving from Great Britain into Northern Ireland.
With just months to go, new IT systems and infrastructure still need to be put in place, additional staff need to be recruited, and businesses will need to be ready to comply with these new trading requirements. But there is still some uncertainty about how some aspects of the border, particularly in the Irish Sea, will work in practice.
To discuss these issues, we were joined by a panel of experts, including those representing sectors that will play a critical role in ensuring the UK border works effectively from the end of the year.
Panellists:


Baroness Verma, Conservative Peer and Chair of the Lords EU Goods Sub-Committee

William Bain, Policy Adviser to the British Retail Consortium

Richard Ballantyne, Chief Executive of the British Ports Association

Alex Veitch, Head of Public Policy at Logistics UK (formerly the Freight Transport Association)


This event was chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
#IfGBrexit

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 16:37:49 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The UK border after Brexit</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;At the end of the year the UK will leave the single market and customs union: goods crossing the border between Great Britain and the EU will be subject to customs formalities for the first time in nearly 30 years, as well as new regulatory checks. The Northern Ireland protocol also means that there will be new rules for goods moving from Great Britain into Northern Ireland.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;p&gt;With just months to go, new IT systems and infrastructure still need to be put in place, additional staff need to be recruited, and businesses will need to be ready to comply with these new trading requirements. But there is still some uncertainty about how some aspects of the border, particularly in the Irish Sea, will work in practice.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;p&gt;To discuss these issues, we were joined by a panel of experts, including those representing sectors that will play a critical role in ensuring the UK border works effectively from the end of the year.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;p&gt;Panellists:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Baroness Verma, Conservative Peer and Chair of the Lords EU Goods Sub-Committee&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;William Bain, Policy Adviser to the British Retail Consortium&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Richard Ballantyne, Chief Executive of the British Ports Association&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Alex Veitch, Head of Public Policy at Logistics UK (formerly the Freight Transport Association)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This event was chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#IfGBrexit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;p style='color:grey; font-size:0.75em;'&gt; See &lt;a style='color:grey;' target='_blank' rel='noopener noreferrer' href='https://acast.com/privacy'&gt;acast.com/privacy&lt;/a&gt; for privacy and opt-out information.&lt;/p&gt;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event
 
At the end of the year the UK will leave the single market and customs union: goods crossing the border between Great Britain and the EU will be subject to customs formalities for the first time in nearly 30 years, as well as new regulatory checks. The Northern Ireland protocol also means that there will be new rules for goods moving from Great Britain into Northern Ireland.
With just months to go, new IT systems and infrastructure still need to be put in place, additional staff need to be recruited, and businesses will need to be ready to comply with these new trading requirements. But there is still some uncertainty about how some aspects of the border, particularly in the Irish Sea, will work in practice.
To discuss these issues, we were joined by a panel of experts, including those representing sectors that will play a critical role in ensuring the UK border works effectively from the end of the year.
Panellists:


Baroness Verma, Conservative Peer and Chair of the Lords EU Goods Sub-Committee

William Bain, Policy Adviser to the British Retail Consortium

Richard Ballantyne, Chief Executive of the British Ports Association

Alex Veitch, Head of Public Policy at Logistics UK (formerly the Freight Transport Association)


This event was chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government
#IfGBrexit

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event</em></p><p><em> </em></p><p>At the end of the year the UK will leave the single market and customs union: goods crossing the border between Great Britain and the EU will be subject to customs formalities for the first time in nearly 30 years, as well as new regulatory checks. The Northern Ireland protocol also means that there will be new rules for goods moving from Great Britain into Northern Ireland.</p><br><p>With just months to go, new IT systems and infrastructure still need to be put in place, additional staff need to be recruited, and businesses will need to be ready to comply with these new trading requirements. But there is still some uncertainty about how some aspects of the border, particularly in the Irish Sea, will work in practice.</p><br><p>To discuss these issues, we were joined by a panel of experts, including those representing sectors that will play a critical role in ensuring the UK border works effectively from the end of the year.</p><br><p>Panellists:</p><p><br></p><ul>
<li>Baroness Verma, Conservative Peer and Chair of the Lords EU Goods Sub-Committee</li>
<li>William Bain, Policy Adviser to the British Retail Consortium</li>
<li>Richard Ballantyne, Chief Executive of the British Ports Association</li>
<li>Alex Veitch, Head of Public Policy at Logistics UK (formerly the Freight Transport Association)</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>This event was chaired by Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government</p><p><strong>#IfGBrexit</strong></p><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3669</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f7362dd79d71f32c69010e3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3728410479.mp3?updated=1634823183" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to deal with a second wave and lockdown</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/how-to-deal-with-a-second-wave-and-lockdown</link>
      <description>Cities around the world are seeing a resurgence in coronavirus cases. Some have had to re-impose lockdowns, including in the UK.
This panel event will explore how other countries – and cities in the UK – are dealing with new localised lockdowns, and ask what the UK government can learn from them.
Georgina Wright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, is in conversation with:



Sir Peter Soulsby, Mayor of Leicester


Nicolas Bauquet, Research Director at the Institut Montaigne


Danielle Wood, CEO of Grattan Institute.


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2020 14:32:45 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to deal with a second wave and lockdown</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>50</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle> Views from the UK and overseas</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Cities around the world are seeing a resurgence in coronavirus cases. Some have had to re-impose lockdowns, including in the UK.
This panel event will explore how other countries – and cities in the UK – are dealing with new localised lockdowns, and ask what the UK government can learn from them.
Georgina Wright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, is in conversation with:



Sir Peter Soulsby, Mayor of Leicester


Nicolas Bauquet, Research Director at the Institut Montaigne


Danielle Wood, CEO of Grattan Institute.


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Cities around the world are seeing a resurgence in coronavirus cases. Some have had to re-impose lockdowns, including in the UK.</p><p>This panel event will explore how other countries – and cities in the UK – are dealing with new localised lockdowns, and ask what the UK government can learn from them.</p><br><p><strong>Georgina Wright,</strong> Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, is in conversation with:</p><p><br></p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sir Peter Soulsby</strong>, Mayor of Leicester</li>
<li>
<strong>Nicolas Bauquet</strong>, Research Director at the Institut Montaigne</li>
<li>
<strong>Danielle Wood, </strong>CEO of Grattan Institute.</li>
</ul><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2103</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f6dffac3dc8425e7d0a4960]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9971735805.mp3?updated=1634823183" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Decision making in the COVID crisis</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>The Government has endured wide-ranging criticism of its Coronavirus response: from the timing of lockdown and its initial testing capacity to U-turns on quarantine and A-level results, through an ill-fated contact tracing app. How far are these failures explained by the difficulty of making decisions under enormous pressure? Or are they symptoms of deeper, enduring problems with the government machine?
Drawing in particular on three case studies examined in a new IfG report – COVID testing capacity, lockdown and the Government’s economic support measures – our panel looks at why different aspects of the Government’s pandemic response did or did not work as hoped, and the lessons the Government can learn.
Alex Thomas, programme director at the Institute for Government is in conversation with:


David Gauke, former Secretary of State for Justice


Tom McTague, staff writer at The Atlantic


Una O’Brien, former permanent secretary at the Department of Health


Sarah Nickson, researcher at the Institute for Government


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Sep 2020 08:39:37 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Decision making in the COVID crisis</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>49</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With guests David Gauke, Una O’Brien and Tom McTague</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Government has endured wide-ranging criticism of its Coronavirus response: from the timing of lockdown and its initial testing capacity to U-turns on quarantine and A-level results, through an ill-fated contact tracing app. How far are these failures explained by the difficulty of making decisions under enormous pressure? Or are they symptoms of deeper, enduring problems with the government machine?
Drawing in particular on three case studies examined in a new IfG report – COVID testing capacity, lockdown and the Government’s economic support measures – our panel looks at why different aspects of the Government’s pandemic response did or did not work as hoped, and the lessons the Government can learn.
Alex Thomas, programme director at the Institute for Government is in conversation with:


David Gauke, former Secretary of State for Justice


Tom McTague, staff writer at The Atlantic


Una O’Brien, former permanent secretary at the Department of Health


Sarah Nickson, researcher at the Institute for Government


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Government has endured wide-ranging criticism of its Coronavirus response: from the timing of lockdown and its initial testing capacity to U-turns on quarantine and A-level results, through an ill-fated contact tracing app. How far are these failures explained by the difficulty of <strong>making decisions under enormous pressure</strong>? Or are they symptoms of deeper, enduring problems with the government machine?</p><p>Drawing in particular on three case studies examined in a new IfG report – COVID testing capacity, lockdown and the Government’s economic support measures – our panel looks at why different aspects of the Government’s pandemic response did or did not work as hoped, and the lessons the Government can learn.</p><p><strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, programme director at the Institute for Government is in conversation with:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>David Gauke</strong>, former Secretary of State for Justice</li>
<li>
<strong>Tom McTague</strong>, staff writer at The Atlantic</li>
<li>
<strong>Una O’Brien</strong>, former permanent secretary at the Department of Health</li>
<li>
<strong>Sarah Nickson</strong>, researcher at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2916</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f5f2c49bb7fa0515c315780]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6504804042.mp3?updated=1634823184" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The UK Internal Market Bill explained</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk</link>
      <description>The Government has sparked controversy by introducing the UK Internal Market Bill, which would give ministers the power to break international law in their application of the Northern Ireland protocol, and also has significant implications for devolution and intra-UK trade.
What does the Bill do, why does the government think it’s necessary, and how is the EU  likely to respond? Why it has upset the devolved administrations, and what challenges might it face in its passage through Parliamen?
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, talks to the IfG Brexit Team:


Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government


Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government


James Kane, Associate, Institute for Government


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Sep 2020 13:07:21 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The UK Internal Market Bill explained</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>48</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>The IfG Brexit team on the Government's most controversial move</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Government has sparked controversy by introducing the UK Internal Market Bill, which would give ministers the power to break international law in their application of the Northern Ireland protocol, and also has significant implications for devolution and intra-UK trade.
What does the Bill do, why does the government think it’s necessary, and how is the EU  likely to respond? Why it has upset the devolved administrations, and what challenges might it face in its passage through Parliamen?
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, talks to the IfG Brexit Team:


Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government


Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government


James Kane, Associate, Institute for Government


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Government has sparked controversy by introducing the UK Internal Market Bill, which would give ministers the power to break international law in their application of the Northern Ireland protocol, and also has significant implications for devolution and intra-UK trade.</p><p>What does the Bill do, why does the government think it’s necessary, and how is the EU  likely to respond? Why it has upset the devolved administrations, and what challenges might it face in its passage through Parliamen?</p><br><p><strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, talks to the IfG Brexit Team:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Maddy Thimont Jack</strong>, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Jess Sargeant</strong>, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>James Kane</strong>, Associate, Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3543</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f5b76897260264ea0ab319c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1913257779.mp3?updated=1634823184" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Netting Zero</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk</link>
      <description>The Government says the UK will reach net zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050. But what does it need to do to meet its target? What would a serious net zero plan look like? How does government need to change to implement one? And, in the week the Climate Assembly launches its findings, how should the public be involved in decisions? 
 
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the institute for Government is in conversation with:



Chris Stark, Chief Executive – Committee on Climate Change


Rebecca Willis, Professor in Practice - Lancaster University &amp; Expert Lead at Climate Assembly UK


Emma Norris, Director of Research – Institute for Government


Tom Sasse, Senior Researcher – Institute for Government


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2020 12:44:16 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Netting Zero</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>What would a serious Carbon Net Zero plan look like?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Government says the UK will reach net zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050. But what does it need to do to meet its target? What would a serious net zero plan look like? How does government need to change to implement one? And, in the week the Climate Assembly launches its findings, how should the public be involved in decisions? 
 
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the institute for Government is in conversation with:



Chris Stark, Chief Executive – Committee on Climate Change


Rebecca Willis, Professor in Practice - Lancaster University &amp; Expert Lead at Climate Assembly UK


Emma Norris, Director of Research – Institute for Government


Tom Sasse, Senior Researcher – Institute for Government


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Government says the UK will reach net zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050. But what does it need to do to meet its target? What would a serious net zero plan look like? How does government need to change to implement one? And, in the week the Climate Assembly launches its findings, how should the public be involved in decisions? </p><p> </p><p><strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the institute for Government is in conversation with:</p><p><br></p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Chris Stark</strong>, Chief Executive – Committee on Climate Change</li>
<li>
<strong>Rebecca Willis</strong>, Professor in Practice - Lancaster University &amp; Expert Lead at Climate Assembly UK</li>
<li>
<strong>Emma Norris</strong>, Director of Research – Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Tom Sasse</strong>, Senior Researcher – Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3750</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f5a1fa1d5f70a0590040a4a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3863284263.mp3?updated=1634823184" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The new Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office: making a success of the merger</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. The merger of DfID and the FCO into the new Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office (FCDO) is one of the biggest shake-ups in UK foreign policy in decades. How will it affect future foreign and development policy, particularly in the world of Coronavirus? What are its implications for the aid budget? And how can the new organisation preserve the strengths of both its predecessor departments?
 Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, welcomes:


Sarah Champion MP, Chair of the International Development Select Committee


James Cowan, CEO of the HALO Trust


Lord Kerr, former Permanent Under Secretary of State of FCO and British Ambassador to the US

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2020 12:08:33 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The new Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office: making a success of the merger</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With guests Sarah Champion MP, Lord Kerr and James Cowan </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. The merger of DfID and the FCO into the new Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office (FCDO) is one of the biggest shake-ups in UK foreign policy in decades. How will it affect future foreign and development policy, particularly in the world of Coronavirus? What are its implications for the aid budget? And how can the new organisation preserve the strengths of both its predecessor departments?
 Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, welcomes:


Sarah Champion MP, Chair of the International Development Select Committee


James Cowan, CEO of the HALO Trust


Lord Kerr, former Permanent Under Secretary of State of FCO and British Ambassador to the US

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em>The <strong>merger of DfID and the FCO</strong> into the new Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office (FCDO) is one of the biggest shake-ups in UK foreign policy in decades. How will it affect future foreign and development policy, particularly in the world of Coronavirus? What are its implications for the aid budget? And how can the new organisation preserve the strengths of both its predecessor departments?</p><p> <strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, welcomes:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sarah Champion MP</strong>, Chair of the International Development Select Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>James Cowan</strong>, CEO of the HALO Trust</li>
<li>
<strong>Lord Kerr</strong>, former Permanent Under Secretary of State of FCO and British Ambassador to the US</li>
</ul><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3525</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f2409c11b8e5f056b0bdd08]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9924110835.mp3?updated=1634823184" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Media: Covering the Corona Crisis </title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. How have journalists approached reporting on the Government’s response to Coronavirus? Where does the balance lie between reporting the Government’s message and identifying its failings, potentially undermining its effectiveness? How have journalists coped with the logistics of reporting under lockdown? And what is changing now we are in phase two, with more complicated Government messaging, no routine press conference and the action moving to local rather than national lockdowns?
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, welcomes:


Evan Davis, presenter of PM, BBC Radio 4


Kate McCann, Political Correspondent at Sky News


Tom Newton Dunn, presenter and Chief Political Commentator at Times Radio and former Political Editor at The Sun



Jennifer Williams, Politics and Investigations Editor at Manchester Evening News


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2020 17:36:53 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Media: Covering the Corona Crisis </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Evan Davis, Kate McCann, Tom Newton Dunn and Jennifer Williams in conversation</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. How have journalists approached reporting on the Government’s response to Coronavirus? Where does the balance lie between reporting the Government’s message and identifying its failings, potentially undermining its effectiveness? How have journalists coped with the logistics of reporting under lockdown? And what is changing now we are in phase two, with more complicated Government messaging, no routine press conference and the action moving to local rather than national lockdowns?
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, welcomes:


Evan Davis, presenter of PM, BBC Radio 4


Kate McCann, Political Correspondent at Sky News


Tom Newton Dunn, presenter and Chief Political Commentator at Times Radio and former Political Editor at The Sun



Jennifer Williams, Politics and Investigations Editor at Manchester Evening News


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em><strong>How have journalists approached reporting on the Government’s response to Coronavirus?</strong> Where does the balance lie between reporting the Government’s message and identifying its failings, potentially undermining its effectiveness? How have journalists coped with the logistics of reporting under lockdown? And what is changing now we are in phase two, with more complicated Government messaging, no routine press conference and the action moving to local rather than national lockdowns?</p><br><p><strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, welcomes:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Evan Davis</strong>, presenter of PM, BBC Radio 4</li>
<li>
<strong>Kate McCann,</strong> Political Correspondent at Sky News</li>
<li>
<strong>Tom Newton Dunn,</strong> presenter and Chief Political Commentator at Times Radio and former Political Editor at <em>The Sun</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Jennifer Williams, </strong>Politics and Investigations Editor at <em>Manchester Evening News</em>
</li>
</ul><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3782</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f2305354bcaf07a0783aa12]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9730536511.mp3?updated=1634823184" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Future UK–EU relationship: What do Parliamentarians want?</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Negotiations with the EU are far from over. The UK and the EU may or may not reach a deal by the end of the year, and key issues on state aid and fisheries are yet to be resolved.
 
Both sides also need to implement the Withdrawal Agreement in full. During the Article 50 negotiations, Parliament played a prominent role in debating – and voting on – the shape of the UK’s exit from the EU. But MPs have largely been cut off from the future relationship negotiations.
 
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, welcomes a distinguished panel to talk about how MPs have tried to influence negotiations on the future relationship – and what they hope to see in the final settlement: 
 


Paul Blomfield MP, Labour Shadow Minister for Brexit and EU


Lord Lilley, Conservative Peer and member of the Lords EU Goods Sub-committee


Lord Ricketts, Chair of the Lords EU Security and Justice Sub-committee


Dr Philippa Whitford, SNP spokesperson for Europe

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2020 04:00:30 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Future UK–EU relationship: What do Parliamentarians want?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>What do MPs and Lords hope to see from the final settlement?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Negotiations with the EU are far from over. The UK and the EU may or may not reach a deal by the end of the year, and key issues on state aid and fisheries are yet to be resolved.
 
Both sides also need to implement the Withdrawal Agreement in full. During the Article 50 negotiations, Parliament played a prominent role in debating – and voting on – the shape of the UK’s exit from the EU. But MPs have largely been cut off from the future relationship negotiations.
 
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, welcomes a distinguished panel to talk about how MPs have tried to influence negotiations on the future relationship – and what they hope to see in the final settlement: 
 


Paul Blomfield MP, Labour Shadow Minister for Brexit and EU


Lord Lilley, Conservative Peer and member of the Lords EU Goods Sub-committee


Lord Ricketts, Chair of the Lords EU Security and Justice Sub-committee


Dr Philippa Whitford, SNP spokesperson for Europe

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em><strong>Negotiations with the EU are far from over.</strong> The UK and the EU may or may not reach a deal by the end of the year, and key issues on state aid and fisheries are yet to be resolved.</p><p> </p><p>Both sides also need to implement the Withdrawal Agreement in full. During the Article 50 negotiations, Parliament played a prominent role in debating – and voting on – the shape of the UK’s exit from the EU. But MPs have largely been cut off from the future relationship negotiations.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, welcomes a distinguished panel to talk about how MPs have tried to influence negotiations on the future relationship – and what they hope to see in the final settlement: </p><p> </p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Paul Blomfield MP</strong>, Labour Shadow Minister for Brexit and EU</li>
<li>
<strong>Lord Lilley</strong>, Conservative Peer and member of the Lords EU Goods Sub-committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Lord Ricketts</strong>, Chair of the Lords EU Security and Justice Sub-committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Philippa Whitford</strong>, SNP spokesperson for Europe</li>
</ul><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3635</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f1dbe77c2031b2ee5e74bff]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6450647811.mp3?updated=1634823185" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Civil Service reform: Getting out of London</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Michael Gove has called for Government decision-makers to be spread across the country, from Mansfield to Middlesbrough to Merthyr Tydfil. He won’t be the first to have tried to move policy makers out of London. So why have past efforts not worked as hoped? What can the Government do differently this time? And will shifting Civil Servants around the country really change decision making? Or is more radical devolution of power required?
 
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, chairs a panel including:


Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester


Philip Rycroft, former Permanent Secretary in the Department for Exiting the EU


Lesley-Ann Nash, former Senior Civil Servant at the Cabinet Office


Paul Swinney, Director of Policy and Research at the Centre for Cities


We would like to thank Oracle for kindly sponsoring this event.
#IfGcivilservice

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Jul 2020 10:47:38 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Civil Service reform: Getting out of London</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Why should policy be made only in the Capital?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Michael Gove has called for Government decision-makers to be spread across the country, from Mansfield to Middlesbrough to Merthyr Tydfil. He won’t be the first to have tried to move policy makers out of London. So why have past efforts not worked as hoped? What can the Government do differently this time? And will shifting Civil Servants around the country really change decision making? Or is more radical devolution of power required?
 
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, chairs a panel including:


Andy Burnham, Mayor of Greater Manchester


Philip Rycroft, former Permanent Secretary in the Department for Exiting the EU


Lesley-Ann Nash, former Senior Civil Servant at the Cabinet Office


Paul Swinney, Director of Policy and Research at the Centre for Cities


We would like to thank Oracle for kindly sponsoring this event.
#IfGcivilservice

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em>Michael Gove has called for Government decision-makers to be spread across the country, from Mansfield to Middlesbrough to Merthyr Tydfil. He won’t be the first to have tried to <strong>move policy makers out of London</strong>. So why have past efforts not worked as hoped? What can the Government do differently this time? And will shifting Civil Servants around the country really change decision making? Or is more radical devolution of power required?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, chairs a panel including:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Andy Burnham</strong>, Mayor of Greater Manchester</li>
<li>
<strong>Philip Rycroft</strong>, former Permanent Secretary in the Department for Exiting the EU</li>
<li>
<strong>Lesley-Ann Nash</strong>, former Senior Civil Servant at the Cabinet Office</li>
<li>
<strong>Paul Swinney</strong>, Director of Policy and Research at the Centre for Cities</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p><em>We would like to thank </em><a href="https://www.oracle.com/uk/industries/public-sector/?source=:ex:sn::::RC_WWMK200524P00064:ReformCivilService&amp;SC=:ex:sn::::RC_WWMK200524P00064:ReformCivilService&amp;pcode=WWMK200524P00064"><em>Oracle</em></a><em> for kindly sponsoring this event.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGcivilservice?src=hashtag_click">#IfGcivilservice</a></p><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3656</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f1c0dca7984fb5c98b67860]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9602762269.mp3?updated=1634823185" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Civil Service reform: Jonathan Slater in conversation</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Jonathan Slater, Permanent Secretary at the Department for Education and Head of the Policy Profession, talks to Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
We would like to thank Oracle for kindly sponsoring this event.
#IfGcivilservice
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Jul 2020 11:05:39 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Civil Service reform: Jonathan Slater in conversation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Permanent Secretary at the Department for Education talks to Bronwen Maddox</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Jonathan Slater, Permanent Secretary at the Department for Education and Head of the Policy Profession, talks to Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
We would like to thank Oracle for kindly sponsoring this event.
#IfGcivilservice
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em><strong>Jonathan Slater</strong>, Permanent Secretary at the Department for Education and Head of the Policy Profession, talks to <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><em>We would like to thank </em><a href="https://www.oracle.com/uk/industries/public-sector/?source=:ex:sn::::RC_WWMK200524P00064:ReformCivilService&amp;SC=:ex:sn::::RC_WWMK200524P00064:ReformCivilService&amp;pcode=WWMK200524P00064"><em>Oracle</em></a><em> for kindly sponsoring this event.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGcivilservice?src=hashtag_click">#IfGcivilservice</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3685</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f1ac0839df5b43c7cb6a7b5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6595597598.mp3?updated=1634823185" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Civil Service reform: How to measure success</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. How should the Civil Service measure performance – of individuals and of work programmes? What is the role of the Treasury and how can it get better at it? What data does should government be collecting and how can it best use it? Does the Civil Service need to get better at evaluation?
 
Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, welcomes our panel:


Lord Macpherson, former Permanent Secretary at HM Treasury


Aaron Maniam, Deputy Secretary, Industry and Information at the Ministry of Communications and Information, Singapore


Professor Ngaire Woods, founding Dean of the Blavatnik School of Government


Simon Parker, Director of Strategy for the London Borough of Redbridge

 
We would like to thank Oracle for kindly sponsoring this event.
#IfGcivilservice
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2020 18:11:58 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Civil Service reform: How to measure success</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>An expert panel from across government, academia and local administration</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. How should the Civil Service measure performance – of individuals and of work programmes? What is the role of the Treasury and how can it get better at it? What data does should government be collecting and how can it best use it? Does the Civil Service need to get better at evaluation?
 
Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, welcomes our panel:


Lord Macpherson, former Permanent Secretary at HM Treasury


Aaron Maniam, Deputy Secretary, Industry and Information at the Ministry of Communications and Information, Singapore


Professor Ngaire Woods, founding Dean of the Blavatnik School of Government


Simon Parker, Director of Strategy for the London Borough of Redbridge

 
We would like to thank Oracle for kindly sponsoring this event.
#IfGcivilservice
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em><strong>How should the Civil Service measure performance</strong> – of individuals and of work programmes? What is the role of the Treasury and how can it get better at it? What data does should government be collecting and how can it best use it? Does the Civil Service need to get better at evaluation?</p><p> </p><p>Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, welcomes our panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Lord Macpherson</strong>, former Permanent Secretary at HM Treasury</li>
<li>
<strong>Aaron Maniam</strong>, Deputy Secretary, Industry and Information at the Ministry of Communications and Information, Singapore</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Ngaire Woods</strong>, founding Dean of the Blavatnik School of Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Simon Parker</strong>, Director of Strategy for the London Borough of Redbridge</li>
</ul><p> </p><p><em>We would like to thank </em><a href="https://www.oracle.com/uk/industries/public-sector/?source=:ex:sn::::RC_WWMK200524P00064:ReformCivilService&amp;SC=:ex:sn::::RC_WWMK200524P00064:ReformCivilService&amp;pcode=WWMK200524P00064"><em>Oracle</em></a><em> for kindly sponsoring this event.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGcivilservice?src=hashtag_click">#IfGcivilservice</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3696</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f19d2ee4969887e9dfa516d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO7962911066.mp3?updated=1634823185" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Civil Service reform: Finding and keeping the right people</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. How can the Civil Service recruit, retain and reward the right people? What needs to change on pay and opportunities for promotion to reduce staff turnover? What skills and expertise do civil servants need? What type of quantitative skills should the Civil Service develop and where do they need to be deployed? What are the barriers to recruiting and retaining engineers, mathematicians and economists? How do different professions fit in? And what difference would an improvement in recruitment and retention make to the quality of policy advice?
Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, joins a panel including:


Catherine Baxendale, author of How To Best Attract, Induct And Retain Talent Recruited Into The Senior Civil Service



Edwina Dunn, CEO of Starcount and Commissioner at the Geospatial Commission


Dr Louisa Nolan, Head of Data Science Projects at the Office for National Statistics


Matthew Trimming, Senior Adviser at PUBLIC


Max Tse, Executive Director at the National Audit Office


We would like to thank Oracle for kindly sponsoring this event.
#IfGcivilservice

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2020 11:50:14 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Civil Service reform: Finding and keeping the right people</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Will improving recruitment and retention produce better policy advice?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. How can the Civil Service recruit, retain and reward the right people? What needs to change on pay and opportunities for promotion to reduce staff turnover? What skills and expertise do civil servants need? What type of quantitative skills should the Civil Service develop and where do they need to be deployed? What are the barriers to recruiting and retaining engineers, mathematicians and economists? How do different professions fit in? And what difference would an improvement in recruitment and retention make to the quality of policy advice?
Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, joins a panel including:


Catherine Baxendale, author of How To Best Attract, Induct And Retain Talent Recruited Into The Senior Civil Service



Edwina Dunn, CEO of Starcount and Commissioner at the Geospatial Commission


Dr Louisa Nolan, Head of Data Science Projects at the Office for National Statistics


Matthew Trimming, Senior Adviser at PUBLIC


Max Tse, Executive Director at the National Audit Office


We would like to thank Oracle for kindly sponsoring this event.
#IfGcivilservice

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em><strong>How can the Civil Service recruit, retain and reward the right people</strong>? What needs to change on pay and opportunities for promotion to reduce staff turnover? What skills and expertise do civil servants need? What type of quantitative skills should the Civil Service develop and where do they need to be deployed? What are the barriers to recruiting and retaining engineers, mathematicians and economists? How do different professions fit in? And what difference would an improvement in recruitment and retention make to the quality of policy advice?</p><p><strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, joins a panel including:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Catherine Baxendale</strong>, author of <em>How To Best Attract, Induct And Retain Talent Recruited Into The Senior Civil Service</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Edwina Dunn</strong>, CEO of Starcount and Commissioner at the Geospatial Commission</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Louisa Nolan</strong>, Head of Data Science Projects at the Office for National Statistics</li>
<li>
<strong>Matthew Trimming</strong>, Senior Adviser at PUBLIC</li>
<li>
<strong>Max Tse</strong>, Executive Director at the National Audit Office</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p><em>We would like to thank </em><a href="https://www.oracle.com/uk/industries/public-sector/?source=:ex:sn::::RC_WWMK200524P00064:ReformCivilService&amp;SC=:ex:sn::::RC_WWMK200524P00064:ReformCivilService&amp;pcode=WWMK200524P00064"><em>Oracle</em></a><em> for kindly sponsoring this event.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGcivilservice?src=hashtag_click">#IfGcivilservice</a></p><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3836</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f196d2a4a28a42e491e844d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3123663145.mp3?updated=1634823185" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Civil Service reform: This time is different</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. What makes this round of Civil Service reform different from efforts that have gone before? What’s missing from the plans and where is this government getting it wrong? The Government’s targets aren’t new, so why do the same issues keep coming up? How do you actually get the Civil Service to change? And what can government learn from past rounds of Civil Service reform?
Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government, welcomes our expert panel:


Baroness Simone Finn, former Special Adviser, and Non-Executive Director at the Cabinet Office


Ravi Gurumurthy, Chief Executive of Nesta


Jane Dudman, Public Leadership Editor for the Guardian



Dame Sue Owen, former Permanent Secretary at the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport

We would like to thank Oracle for kindly sponsoring this event.
#IfGcivilservice

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2020 10:20:29 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Civil Service reform: This time is different</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>We ask our panel: How do you get the Civil Service to change?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. What makes this round of Civil Service reform different from efforts that have gone before? What’s missing from the plans and where is this government getting it wrong? The Government’s targets aren’t new, so why do the same issues keep coming up? How do you actually get the Civil Service to change? And what can government learn from past rounds of Civil Service reform?
Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government, welcomes our expert panel:


Baroness Simone Finn, former Special Adviser, and Non-Executive Director at the Cabinet Office


Ravi Gurumurthy, Chief Executive of Nesta


Jane Dudman, Public Leadership Editor for the Guardian



Dame Sue Owen, former Permanent Secretary at the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport

We would like to thank Oracle for kindly sponsoring this event.
#IfGcivilservice

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em>What makes this round of <strong>Civil Service reform</strong> different from efforts that have gone before? What’s missing from the plans and where is this government getting it wrong? The Government’s targets aren’t new, so why do the same issues keep coming up? How do you actually get the Civil Service to change? And what can government learn from past rounds of Civil Service reform?</p><p><strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government, welcomes our expert panel:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Baroness Simone Finn, </strong>former Special Adviser, and Non-Executive Director at the Cabinet Office</li>
<li>
<strong>Ravi Gurumurthy</strong>, Chief Executive of Nesta</li>
<li>
<strong>Jane Dudman</strong>, Public Leadership Editor for the <em>Guardian</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Dame Sue Owen</strong>, former Permanent Secretary at the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport</li>
</ul><p><em>We would like to thank </em><a href="https://www.oracle.com/uk/industries/public-sector/?source=:ex:sn::::RC_WWMK200524P00064:ReformCivilService&amp;SC=:ex:sn::::RC_WWMK200524P00064:ReformCivilService&amp;pcode=WWMK200524P00064"><em>Oracle</em></a><em> for kindly sponsoring this event.</em></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IfGcivilservice?src=hashtag_click">#IfGcivilservice</a></p><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3676</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f19646d9e3f5b18f7427ca9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5612425982.mp3?updated=1634823185" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jeremy Hunt MP in conversation</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Former Health and Foreign Secretary JEREMY HUNT talks to Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government. From the earliest stages of the Coronavirus pandemic Jeremy Hunt, Chair of the Health and Social Care Select Committee, has raised concerns about the Government’s response. What are the global consequences of Coronavirus, what lessons can be learned from other countries, and how they can work together in their response to the pandemic?
Mr Hunt, the UK’s longest-serving Health Secretary and a former Foreign Secretary, sets out the lessons that both Government and the NHS needs to learn, what can be done to prepare for a second wave of COVID-19, and the decision to fold the Department for International Development into the Foreign and Commonwealth Office.
 

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 17:01:26 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Jeremy Hunt MP in conversation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>The former Health and Foreign Secretary talks to Bronwen Maddox</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Former Health and Foreign Secretary JEREMY HUNT talks to Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government. From the earliest stages of the Coronavirus pandemic Jeremy Hunt, Chair of the Health and Social Care Select Committee, has raised concerns about the Government’s response. What are the global consequences of Coronavirus, what lessons can be learned from other countries, and how they can work together in their response to the pandemic?
Mr Hunt, the UK’s longest-serving Health Secretary and a former Foreign Secretary, sets out the lessons that both Government and the NHS needs to learn, what can be done to prepare for a second wave of COVID-19, and the decision to fold the Department for International Development into the Foreign and Commonwealth Office.
 

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em>Former Health and Foreign Secretary <strong>JEREMY HUNT</strong> talks to <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government. From the earliest stages of the Coronavirus pandemic Jeremy Hunt, Chair of the Health and Social Care Select Committee, has raised concerns about the Government’s response. What are the global consequences of Coronavirus, what lessons can be learned from other countries, and how they can work together in their response to the pandemic?</p><p>Mr Hunt, the UK’s longest-serving Health Secretary and a former Foreign Secretary, sets out the lessons that both Government and the NHS needs to learn, what can be done to prepare for a second wave of COVID-19, and the decision to fold the Department for International Development into the Foreign and Commonwealth Office.</p><p> </p><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3300</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f15cde6604e134e4e30f517]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4442935196.mp3?updated=1634823186" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scrutinising Special Advisors</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Special advisers play an essential role throughout government, but is their role about to change? With the government altering the way that “SPADs” are employed and organised, and the extent to which they report to Number 10, special advisers could find themselves under increased scrutiny.
Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, welcomes a panel of guests to look at the influence special advisers have over public policy; how their work is scrutinised; and what role their minister plays in holding them to account. The event is part of our wider work looking into the role of special advisers, and evaluating current changes the government is making to their work.
On our panel to discuss these issues are:


Gavin Barwell, former Downing Street Chief of Staff


Rt Hon David Lidington, former Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster


Polly Mackenzie, Chief Executive of Demos and former Director of Policy to the Deputy Prime Minister


Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

#IfGspads
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 13:53:09 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Scrutinising Special Advisors</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Examining their role as major change looms</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Special advisers play an essential role throughout government, but is their role about to change? With the government altering the way that “SPADs” are employed and organised, and the extent to which they report to Number 10, special advisers could find themselves under increased scrutiny.
Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, welcomes a panel of guests to look at the influence special advisers have over public policy; how their work is scrutinised; and what role their minister plays in holding them to account. The event is part of our wider work looking into the role of special advisers, and evaluating current changes the government is making to their work.
On our panel to discuss these issues are:


Gavin Barwell, former Downing Street Chief of Staff


Rt Hon David Lidington, former Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster


Polly Mackenzie, Chief Executive of Demos and former Director of Policy to the Deputy Prime Minister


Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government

#IfGspads
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em><strong>Special advisers</strong> play an essential role throughout government, but is their role about to change? With the government altering the way that “SPADs” are employed and organised, and the extent to which they report to Number 10, special advisers could find themselves under increased scrutiny.</p><p><strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, welcomes a panel of guests to look at the influence special advisers have over public policy; how their work is scrutinised; and what role their minister plays in holding them to account. The event is part of our wider work looking into the role of special advisers, and evaluating current changes the government is making to their work.</p><p>On our panel to discuss these issues are:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Gavin Barwell</strong>, former Downing Street Chief of Staff</li>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon David Lidington</strong>, former Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster</li>
<li>
<strong>Polly Mackenzie</strong>, Chief Executive of Demos and former Director of Policy to the Deputy Prime Minister</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Catherine Haddon</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p><a href="http://twitter.com/search?q=%23IFGSpAds&amp;src=typed_query&amp;f=live">#IfGspads</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3718</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f15a1c6ef847d1dd84be911]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2588507379.mp3?updated=1634823186" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shadow Chancellor ANNELIESE DODDS MP in conversation</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer ANNELIESE DODDS MP joins IfG Director Bronwen Maddox to discuss the government’s economic response to Coronavirus, the implications of Rishi Sunak’s emergency fiscal measures, and what should be done to help businesses and individuals as the furlough scheme and lockdown come to an end. Plus, how have Labour’s economic policies and priorities  developed since she succeeded John McDonnell as Shadow Chancellor?
 
Annelise Dodds has been MP for Oxford East since 2017. Before becoming Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer in April 2020, she was Shadow Financial Secretary to the Treasury from July 2017 – April 2020. Before this she served for three years as a Member of the European Parliament for South East England.
 
#IfGDodds

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2020 09:47:30 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Shadow Chancellor ANNELIESE DODDS MP in conversation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Key Labour frontbencher talks to IfG Director Bronwen Maddox</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer ANNELIESE DODDS MP joins IfG Director Bronwen Maddox to discuss the government’s economic response to Coronavirus, the implications of Rishi Sunak’s emergency fiscal measures, and what should be done to help businesses and individuals as the furlough scheme and lockdown come to an end. Plus, how have Labour’s economic policies and priorities  developed since she succeeded John McDonnell as Shadow Chancellor?
 
Annelise Dodds has been MP for Oxford East since 2017. Before becoming Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer in April 2020, she was Shadow Financial Secretary to the Treasury from July 2017 – April 2020. Before this she served for three years as a Member of the European Parliament for South East England.
 
#IfGDodds

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em>Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer <strong>ANNELIESE DODDS MP</strong> joins IfG Director <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong> to discuss the government’s economic response to Coronavirus, the implications of Rishi Sunak’s emergency fiscal measures, and what should be done to help businesses and individuals as the furlough scheme and lockdown come to an end. Plus, how have Labour’s economic policies and priorities  developed since she succeeded John McDonnell as Shadow Chancellor?</p><p> </p><p><em>Annelise Dodds has been MP for Oxford East since 2017. Before becoming Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer in April 2020, she was Shadow Financial Secretary to the Treasury from July 2017 – April 2020. Before this she served for three years as a Member of the European Parliament for South East England.</em></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23ifgdodds&amp;src=typed_query">#IfGDodds</a></p><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3401</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f1173b2604e134e4e30f3e5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6622375530.mp3?updated=1634823187" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is business ready for Brexit?</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. With the Government adamant that the UK will not seek to extend transition from EU trading arrangements, it is more important than ever that businesses are prepared for a dramatic change in trading conditions. However with many firms reeling from the economic effects of lockdown, preparing for the end of the year will be a tall order. Ongoing uncertainty about the shape of the UK’s future relationship with the EU only makes the task more difficult.
How ready are businesses, what still needs to be done and how can Government help? Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, welcomes a panel of experts from businesses of different sizes and across a range of sectors to talk over these pressing issues. 
Panellists:


Sonali Parekh, Head of Policy at the Federation of Small Businesses


Ian Wright, Chief Executive of the Food and Drink Federation


George Riddell, Director of Trade Strategy at EY


Lloyd Mulkerrins, Policy Manager at the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2020 16:16:41 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Is business ready for Brexit?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Business leaders on preparing for Brexit amid uncertainty</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. With the Government adamant that the UK will not seek to extend transition from EU trading arrangements, it is more important than ever that businesses are prepared for a dramatic change in trading conditions. However with many firms reeling from the economic effects of lockdown, preparing for the end of the year will be a tall order. Ongoing uncertainty about the shape of the UK’s future relationship with the EU only makes the task more difficult.
How ready are businesses, what still needs to be done and how can Government help? Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, welcomes a panel of experts from businesses of different sizes and across a range of sectors to talk over these pressing issues. 
Panellists:


Sonali Parekh, Head of Policy at the Federation of Small Businesses


Ian Wright, Chief Executive of the Food and Drink Federation


George Riddell, Director of Trade Strategy at EY


Lloyd Mulkerrins, Policy Manager at the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em>With the Government adamant that the UK will not seek to extend transition from EU trading arrangements, it is more important than ever that businesses are prepared for a dramatic change in trading conditions. However with many firms reeling from the economic effects of lockdown, preparing for the end of the year will be a tall order. Ongoing uncertainty about the shape of the UK’s future relationship with the EU only makes the task more difficult.</p><p>How ready are businesses, what still needs to be done and how can Government help? <strong>Maddy Thimont Jack</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, welcomes a panel of experts from businesses of different sizes and across a range of sectors to talk over these pressing issues. </p><p><strong>Panellists:</strong></p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Sonali Parekh, </strong>Head of Policy at the Federation of Small Businesses</li>
<li>
<strong>Ian Wright, </strong>Chief Executive of the Food and Drink Federation</li>
<li>
<strong>George Riddell, </strong>Director of Trade Strategy at EY</li>
<li>
<strong>Lloyd Mulkerrins, </strong>Policy Manager at the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders</li>
</ul><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3868</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f0f2beaf04b8f474fda3917]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1146691707.mp3?updated=1634823187" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Governing Northern Ireland: Six months of power-sharing</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Ministers returned to Stormont in January 2020 after three years during which the Northern Ireland assembly did not sit, there was no executive and the NI Civil Service ran Northern Ireland while policy problems piled up. The new power-sharing executive has had to confront those problems, implement the findings of the inquiry into the Renewable Heat Incentive scandal, prepare for the implementation of the NI protocol, and now marshal Northern Ireland’s response to the Covid-19 crisis.
How have the first six months of the new power-sharing arrangements worked? How is the executive performing? How can it meet the twin challenges of the end of Brexit transition and the COVID-19? And what can be done to improve governance in Northern Ireland and deal with the weaknesses revealed in the RHI report?
To discuss these issues, Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, welcomes:


Rt Hon Julian Smith MP, former Secretary of State for Northern Ireland


Sam McBride, Political Editor of News Letter and Northern Ireland Political Editor of inews



Professor Duncan Morrow, Professor in Politics at Ulster University


Ann Watt, Director of Pivotal, Northern Ireland’s public policy think tank


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jul 2020 10:31:38 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Governing Northern Ireland: Six months of power-sharing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With Julian Smith MP, Sam McBride, Prof Duncan Morrow and Ann Watt</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ministers returned to Stormont in January 2020 after three years during which the Northern Ireland assembly did not sit, there was no executive and the NI Civil Service ran Northern Ireland while policy problems piled up. The new power-sharing executive has had to confront those problems, implement the findings of the inquiry into the Renewable Heat Incentive scandal, prepare for the implementation of the NI protocol, and now marshal Northern Ireland’s response to the Covid-19 crisis.
How have the first six months of the new power-sharing arrangements worked? How is the executive performing? How can it meet the twin challenges of the end of Brexit transition and the COVID-19? And what can be done to improve governance in Northern Ireland and deal with the weaknesses revealed in the RHI report?
To discuss these issues, Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, welcomes:


Rt Hon Julian Smith MP, former Secretary of State for Northern Ireland


Sam McBride, Political Editor of News Letter and Northern Ireland Political Editor of inews



Professor Duncan Morrow, Professor in Politics at Ulster University


Ann Watt, Director of Pivotal, Northern Ireland’s public policy think tank


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ministers returned to Stormont in January 2020 after three years during which the Northern Ireland assembly did not sit, there was no executive and the NI Civil Service ran Northern Ireland while policy problems piled up. The new power-sharing executive has had to confront those problems, implement the findings of the inquiry into the Renewable Heat Incentive scandal, prepare for the implementation of the NI protocol, and now marshal Northern Ireland’s response to the Covid-19 crisis.</p><p>How have the first six months of the new power-sharing arrangements worked? How is the executive performing? How can it meet the twin challenges of the end of Brexit transition and the COVID-19? And what can be done to improve governance in Northern Ireland and deal with the weaknesses revealed in the RHI report?</p><br><p>To discuss these issues, <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, welcomes:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Julian Smith MP</strong>, former Secretary of State for Northern Ireland</li>
<li>
<strong>Sam McBride</strong>, Political Editor of <em>News Letter</em> and Northern Ireland Political Editor of <em>inews</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Duncan Morrow</strong>, Professor in Politics at Ulster University</li>
<li>
<strong>Ann Watt, </strong>Director of Pivotal, Northern Ireland’s public policy think tank</li>
</ul><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3984</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f08438a70e6ca0d1365c085]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2612622565.mp3?updated=1634823187" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rory Stewart on the Govt's COVID policy, DfID and more</title>
      <link>https://shows.acast.com/ifg-live-discussions-with-the-institute-for-government/episodes/rory-stewart-on-the-govts-covid-policy-dfid-and-more</link>
      <description>Former International Development Secretary and Conservative MP for Penrith and The Borders (2010-19) Rory Stewart was standing as an independent candidate for Mayor of London when early cases of Coronavirus appeared in the UK. He was one of the earliest public figures to call for a lockdown to combat the pandemic in Britain. Here he talks to Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government, about the Government’s handling of COVID-19, the decision to merge the Department for International Development with the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, and the UK’s place in the world after Brexit.
Rory Stewart was MP for Penrith and The Border from 2010–19. He served in the Theresa May government as Secretary of State for International Development and as Minister of State for Prisons. He is a former diplomat and author of several books recounting his long-distance walks in Afghanistan, Iraq and the Scottish Borders. He stood as an independent candidate for London Mayor but ended his campaign when the election was postponed due to Covid-19.

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jul 2020 14:58:06 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Rory Stewart on the Govt's COVID policy, DfID and more</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>The former International Development Secretary in conversation with Bronwen Maddox</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Former International Development Secretary and Conservative MP for Penrith and The Borders (2010-19) Rory Stewart was standing as an independent candidate for Mayor of London when early cases of Coronavirus appeared in the UK. He was one of the earliest public figures to call for a lockdown to combat the pandemic in Britain. Here he talks to Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government, about the Government’s handling of COVID-19, the decision to merge the Department for International Development with the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, and the UK’s place in the world after Brexit.
Rory Stewart was MP for Penrith and The Border from 2010–19. He served in the Theresa May government as Secretary of State for International Development and as Minister of State for Prisons. He is a former diplomat and author of several books recounting his long-distance walks in Afghanistan, Iraq and the Scottish Borders. He stood as an independent candidate for London Mayor but ended his campaign when the election was postponed due to Covid-19.

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Former International Development Secretary and Conservative MP for Penrith and The Borders (2010-19) <strong>Rory Stewart </strong>was standing as an independent candidate for Mayor of London when early cases of Coronavirus appeared in the UK. He was one of the earliest public figures to call for a lockdown to combat the pandemic in Britain. Here he talks to <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government, about the Government’s handling of COVID-19, the decision to merge the Department for International Development with the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, and the UK’s place in the world after Brexit.</p><br><p><em>Rory Stewart was MP for Penrith and The Border from 2010–19. He served in the Theresa May government as Secretary of State for International Development and as Minister of State for Prisons. He is a former diplomat and author of several books recounting his long-distance walks in Afghanistan, Iraq and the Scottish Borders. He stood as an independent candidate for London Mayor but ended his campaign when the election was postponed due to Covid-19.</em></p><br><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2699</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f07307ed8242d654313be14]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4369543692.mp3?updated=1634823187" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David McAllister MEP on the European Parliament and Brexit talks</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Like member states, the European Parliament will play a key role in deciding the outcome of UK-EU negotiations. Last week, it published a draft resolution highlighting its priorities for the future relationship – and warned that MEPs would not be drawn into negotiating a last-minute deal with the UK.
 
David McAllister, the Chair of the European Parliament’s UK Coordination Group and close ally of Angela Merkel, talks to Georgina Wright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, about how the negotiations have unfolded so far – and what we might expect over the coming months and years.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 11:07:37 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>David McAllister MEP on the European Parliament and Brexit talks</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Chair of the European Parliament’s UK Coordination Group in conversation</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Like member states, the European Parliament will play a key role in deciding the outcome of UK-EU negotiations. Last week, it published a draft resolution highlighting its priorities for the future relationship – and warned that MEPs would not be drawn into negotiating a last-minute deal with the UK.
 
David McAllister, the Chair of the European Parliament’s UK Coordination Group and close ally of Angela Merkel, talks to Georgina Wright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, about how the negotiations have unfolded so far – and what we might expect over the coming months and years.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Like member states, the European Parliament will play a key role in deciding the outcome of UK-EU negotiations. Last week, it published a draft resolution highlighting its priorities for the future relationship – and warned that MEPs would not be drawn into negotiating a last-minute deal with the UK.</p><p> </p><p><strong>David McAllister</strong>, the Chair of the European Parliament’s UK Coordination Group and close ally of Angela Merkel, talks to Georgina Wright, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, about how the negotiations have unfolded so far – and what we might expect over the coming months and years.</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1871</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f0457797c23364553d53d6e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9826581943.mp3?updated=1634823187" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Andreas Michaelis, Germany’s Ambassador to the UK, in conversation</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. On 1 July Germany took over the rotating six-month presidency of the Council of the EU, the grouping of the 27 EU governments. During this time, it will need to help broker an agreement on the multiannual EU budget and the proposed €750 billion Coronavirus recovery fund, as well as forging a new relationship with the UK. Germany has also promised to strengthen EU discussions on climate change and foreign policy, in particular with China.
HE Andreas Michaelis, Germany’s new ambassador to the UK and former permanent secretary to the German Foreign Office, discusses Germany’s presidency of the EU with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
#IFGEurope
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 2020 13:23:05 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Andreas Michaelis, Germany’s Ambassador to the UK, in conversation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Inside Germany's new presidency of the EU</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. On 1 July Germany took over the rotating six-month presidency of the Council of the EU, the grouping of the 27 EU governments. During this time, it will need to help broker an agreement on the multiannual EU budget and the proposed €750 billion Coronavirus recovery fund, as well as forging a new relationship with the UK. Germany has also promised to strengthen EU discussions on climate change and foreign policy, in particular with China.
HE Andreas Michaelis, Germany’s new ambassador to the UK and former permanent secretary to the German Foreign Office, discusses Germany’s presidency of the EU with Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
#IFGEurope
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em>On 1 July Germany took over the rotating six-month presidency of the Council of the EU, the grouping of the 27 EU governments. During this time, it will need to help broker an agreement on the multiannual EU budget and the proposed €750 billion Coronavirus recovery fund, as well as forging a new relationship with the UK. Germany has also promised to strengthen EU discussions on climate change and foreign policy, in particular with China.</p><p><strong>HE Andreas Michaelis</strong>, Germany’s new ambassador to the UK and former permanent secretary to the German Foreign Office, discusses Germany’s presidency of the EU with <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/search?q=%23IFGEurope&amp;src=typed_query"><strong>#IFGEurope</strong></a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3546</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5efc8e39ca5de234c7d19dbd]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4487297356.mp3?updated=1634823188" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>COVID-19, wage subsidies and unemployment</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Governments across the world have invested huge sums to prop up incomes during the COVID shutdown. But as a new IfG paper shows, some countries including the UK have relied more heavily on in-work wage subsidies while others like the US, Canada and Ireland have increased support to those who have lost their jobs. What will these Coronavirus-related labour market policies have on businesses, employment and the workforce? How will the policies need to adapt to encourage a return to work? And what can the UK government can learn from experience elsewhere? 
Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, talks it over with:


Antoine Bozio, Director of the Institut des Politiques Publiques in Paris


Karen Dynan, Professor of the Practice of Economics at Harvard University


Barra Roantree, Economist at the Economic and Social Research Institute in Dublin


Martin Sandbu, European Economics Commentator for the Financial Times



 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 2020 10:42:36 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>COVID-19, wage subsidies and unemployment</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With guest economists from France, Ireland and the USA</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Governments across the world have invested huge sums to prop up incomes during the COVID shutdown. But as a new IfG paper shows, some countries including the UK have relied more heavily on in-work wage subsidies while others like the US, Canada and Ireland have increased support to those who have lost their jobs. What will these Coronavirus-related labour market policies have on businesses, employment and the workforce? How will the policies need to adapt to encourage a return to work? And what can the UK government can learn from experience elsewhere? 
Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, talks it over with:


Antoine Bozio, Director of the Institut des Politiques Publiques in Paris


Karen Dynan, Professor of the Practice of Economics at Harvard University


Barra Roantree, Economist at the Economic and Social Research Institute in Dublin


Martin Sandbu, European Economics Commentator for the Financial Times



 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Governments across the world have invested huge sums to prop up incomes during the COVID shutdown. But as a new <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/coronavirus-unemployment-five-nation-comparison">IfG paper</a> shows, some countries including the UK have relied more heavily on in-work wage subsidies while others like the US, Canada and Ireland have increased support to those who have lost their jobs. What will these Coronavirus-related labour market policies have on businesses, employment and the workforce? How will the policies need to adapt to encourage a return to work? And what can the UK government can learn from experience elsewhere? </p><br><p><strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government, talks it over with:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Antoine Bozio</strong>, Director of the Institut des Politiques Publiques in Paris</li>
<li>
<strong>Karen Dynan</strong>, Professor of the Practice of Economics at Harvard University</li>
<li>
<strong>Barra Roantree</strong>, Economist at the Economic and Social Research Institute in Dublin</li>
<li>
<strong>Martin Sandbu</strong>, European Economics Commentator for the <em>Financial Times</em>
</li>
</ul><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4070</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5efc689d35db1f07eaddf343]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO7473143772.mp3?updated=1634823188" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Prof Joseph E. Stiglitz on COVID-19 and economic recovery</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Economist and Nobel Prize Winner Professor Joseph E. Stiglitz joins IfG Director Bronwen Maddox to discuss how the Coronavirus pandemic will change the shape of economies around the world. See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2020 13:40:49 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Prof Joseph E. Stiglitz on COVID-19 and economic recovery</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Nobel laureate economist in conversation with Bronwen Maddox</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Economist and Nobel Prize Winner Professor Joseph E. Stiglitz joins IfG Director Bronwen Maddox to discuss how the Coronavirus pandemic will change the shape of economies around the world. See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Economist and Nobel Prize Winner <a href="https://twitter.com/JosephEStiglitz"><strong>Professor Joseph E. Stiglitz</strong></a> joins IfG Director <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong> to discuss how the Coronavirus pandemic will change the shape of economies around the world.<br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1848</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ef4a961e498ba75dc68b8bb]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8348204650.mp3?updated=1634823188" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mark Drakeford, First Minister of Wales talks to Bronwen Maddox</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>The Coronavirus pandemic has put the relationship between Westminster and the devolved bodies to the test. After close coordination in the early phase of the crisis, devolved administrations increasingly formed their own plans for leaving the lockdown. First Minister of Wales, the Rt Hon MARK DRAKEFORD MS has argued that Boris Johnson has not consulted devolved governments enough over his exit strategy from lockdown and other announcements. In recent weeks, the Welsh government has taken a different path for easing the lockdown.
 
Mark Drakeford joins Bronwen Maddox, director of the Institute for Government, to discuss the relationship between Westminster and Cardiff, the room for divergence, and the rebuilding of the UK’s economy.
Mark Drakeford was appointed First Minister of Wales in December 2018. He previously served as Cabinet Secretary for Finance, Brexit Minister and Health Minister. He has been a Member of the Welsh Parliament, representing Cardiff West, since 201
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jun 2020 07:58:05 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Mark Drakeford, First Minister of Wales talks to Bronwen Maddox</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>What COVID has meant for devolved government</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Coronavirus pandemic has put the relationship between Westminster and the devolved bodies to the test. After close coordination in the early phase of the crisis, devolved administrations increasingly formed their own plans for leaving the lockdown. First Minister of Wales, the Rt Hon MARK DRAKEFORD MS has argued that Boris Johnson has not consulted devolved governments enough over his exit strategy from lockdown and other announcements. In recent weeks, the Welsh government has taken a different path for easing the lockdown.
 
Mark Drakeford joins Bronwen Maddox, director of the Institute for Government, to discuss the relationship between Westminster and Cardiff, the room for divergence, and the rebuilding of the UK’s economy.
Mark Drakeford was appointed First Minister of Wales in December 2018. He previously served as Cabinet Secretary for Finance, Brexit Minister and Health Minister. He has been a Member of the Welsh Parliament, representing Cardiff West, since 201
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Coronavirus pandemic has put the relationship between Westminster and the devolved bodies to the test. After close coordination in the early phase of the crisis, devolved administrations increasingly formed their own plans for leaving the lockdown. First Minister of Wales, the <strong>Rt Hon MARK DRAKEFORD MS</strong> has argued that Boris Johnson has not consulted devolved governments enough over his exit strategy from lockdown and other announcements. In recent weeks, the Welsh government has taken a different path for easing the lockdown.</p><p> </p><p>Mark Drakeford joins <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, director of the Institute for Government, to discuss the relationship between Westminster and Cardiff, the room for divergence, and the rebuilding of the UK’s economy.</p><br><p><em>Mark Drakeford was appointed First Minister of Wales in December 2018. He previously served as Cabinet Secretary for Finance, Brexit Minister and Health Minister. He has been a Member of the Welsh Parliament, representing Cardiff West, since 201</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2093</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ef3078d318c097f30e24385]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2972025555.mp3?updated=1634823188" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Devolution and the future UK–EU relationship</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. With UK-EU negotiations intensifying, the Scottish, Welsh and Northern Irish administrations have a strong interest in any future agreement – particularly in contentious areas like fisheries. Implementing parts of the deal or preparing for no deal in devolved areas will be their responsibility. And in Northern Ireland, any UK–EU agreement will have implications for how goods are checked at the Irish Sea border too.
Our panel, chaired by Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, looks at how the UK government has engaged  devolved administrations in its talks with the EU, and how the interests of Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland can best be represented in any free trade agreement.
Joining us are:


Jenny Gilruth MSP, Minister for Europe and International Development, Scottish government


Jeremy Miles MS, Counsel General and Minister for European Transition, Welsh government


David Phinnemore, Professor of European Politics, Queen’s University Belfast


Maddy Thimont-Jack, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2020 17:10:35 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Devolution and the future UK–EU relationship</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With guests Jenny Gilruth, Jeremy Miles and David Phinnemore</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. With UK-EU negotiations intensifying, the Scottish, Welsh and Northern Irish administrations have a strong interest in any future agreement – particularly in contentious areas like fisheries. Implementing parts of the deal or preparing for no deal in devolved areas will be their responsibility. And in Northern Ireland, any UK–EU agreement will have implications for how goods are checked at the Irish Sea border too.
Our panel, chaired by Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, looks at how the UK government has engaged  devolved administrations in its talks with the EU, and how the interests of Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland can best be represented in any free trade agreement.
Joining us are:


Jenny Gilruth MSP, Minister for Europe and International Development, Scottish government


Jeremy Miles MS, Counsel General and Minister for European Transition, Welsh government


David Phinnemore, Professor of European Politics, Queen’s University Belfast


Maddy Thimont-Jack, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em>With UK-EU negotiations intensifying, the Scottish, Welsh and Northern Irish administrations have a strong interest in any future agreement – particularly in contentious areas like fisheries. Implementing parts of the deal or preparing for no deal in devolved areas will be their responsibility. And in Northern Ireland, any UK–EU agreement will have implications for how goods are checked at the Irish Sea border too.</p><p>Our panel, chaired by <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, looks at how the UK government has engaged  devolved administrations in its talks with the EU, and how the interests of Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland can best be represented in any free trade agreement.</p><p>Joining us are:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Jenny Gilruth MSP</strong>, Minister for Europe and International Development, Scottish government</li>
<li>
<strong>Jeremy Miles MS</strong>, Counsel General and Minister for European Transition, Welsh government</li>
<li>
<strong>David Phinnemore</strong>, Professor of European Politics, Queen’s University Belfast</li>
<li>
<strong>Maddy Thimont-Jack</strong>, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government</li>
</ul><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3501</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ef0e60be485a31e610acd19]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO7994761102.mp3?updated=1634823189" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brexit: where next?</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>With six months to go until the end of the transition period there’s still no sign of a UK–EU deal. Following the high-level conference between the Prime Minister and the Presidents of the European institutions (the Commission, the Council and the Parliament) on 15 June 2020, Boris Johnson says his ambition is to agree a deal by the end of July.
IfG Senior Fellow Jill Rutter convenes the Institute for Government Brexit team to discuss the PM’s ambitious timetable, the prospects of a deal, and what governments and businesses will need to do prepare for the end of transition on 31 December 2020. Our panelists are…



Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government


Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government


Georgina Wright, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government


James Kane, Associate, Institute for Government

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2020 15:00:07 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Brexit: where next?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Deal or No Deal with the IfG’s Brexit team</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>With six months to go until the end of the transition period there’s still no sign of a UK–EU deal. Following the high-level conference between the Prime Minister and the Presidents of the European institutions (the Commission, the Council and the Parliament) on 15 June 2020, Boris Johnson says his ambition is to agree a deal by the end of July.
IfG Senior Fellow Jill Rutter convenes the Institute for Government Brexit team to discuss the PM’s ambitious timetable, the prospects of a deal, and what governments and businesses will need to do prepare for the end of transition on 31 December 2020. Our panelists are…



Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government


Jess Sargeant, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government


Georgina Wright, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government


James Kane, Associate, Institute for Government

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>With six months to go until the end of the transition period there’s still no sign of a UK–EU deal. Following the high-level conference between the Prime Minister and the Presidents of the European institutions (the Commission, the Council and the Parliament) on 15 June 2020, Boris Johnson says his ambition is to agree a deal by the end of July.</p><p>IfG Senior Fellow <strong>Jill Rutter</strong> convenes the Institute for Government Brexit team to discuss the PM’s ambitious timetable, the prospects of a deal, and what governments and businesses will need to do prepare for the end of transition on 31 December 2020. Our panelists are…</p><p><br></p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Maddy Thimont Jack</strong>, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Jess Sargeant</strong>, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Georgina Wright</strong>, Senior Researcher, Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>James Kane</strong>, Associate, Institute for Government</li>
</ul><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3719</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5eecaca0e67be20c978e2200]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9114356100.mp3?updated=1634823189" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Science and Politics: how expert advice shapes decisions in government</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Throughout the Coronavirus outbreak, the Government has said that it will be “led by the science”. But who decides the agreed scientific view, and what happens when it changes? How does expert scientific advice shape political decision making? And what happens when Government ministers decide to ignore, or overrule, scientific advice?
To discuss these issues Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, is joined by:


Tracey Brown, Director of Sense about Science


Professor Sir Robert Watson, former Chief Scientific Adviser in the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs


Tom Whipple, Science Editor at The Times



Professor James Wilsdon, Director of Research on Research Institute and Vice-Chair of the International Network for Government Science Advice (INGSA)


Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2020 16:50:48 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Science and Politics: how expert advice shapes decisions in government</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With special guests Tracey Brown, Prof Sir Robert Watson, Tom Whipple and Prof James Wilsdon</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Throughout the Coronavirus outbreak, the Government has said that it will be “led by the science”. But who decides the agreed scientific view, and what happens when it changes? How does expert scientific advice shape political decision making? And what happens when Government ministers decide to ignore, or overrule, scientific advice?
To discuss these issues Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, is joined by:


Tracey Brown, Director of Sense about Science


Professor Sir Robert Watson, former Chief Scientific Adviser in the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs


Tom Whipple, Science Editor at The Times



Professor James Wilsdon, Director of Research on Research Institute and Vice-Chair of the International Network for Government Science Advice (INGSA)


Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Throughout the Coronavirus outbreak, the Government has said that it will be “led by the science”. But who decides the agreed scientific view, and what happens when it changes? How does expert scientific advice shape political decision making? And what happens when Government ministers decide to ignore, or overrule, scientific advice?</p><br><p>To discuss these issues <strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, is joined by:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Tracey Brown</strong>, Director of Sense about Science</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Sir Robert Watson</strong>, former Chief Scientific Adviser in the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs</li>
<li>
<strong>Tom Whipple</strong>, Science Editor at <em>The Times</em>
</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor James Wilsdon</strong>, Director of Research on Research Institute and Vice-Chair of the International Network for Government Science Advice (INGSA)</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p><strong><em>Audio production by Alex Rees</em></strong></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3804</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5eea49e822c05e06fdb38e46]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO5895898662.mp3?updated=1634823189" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading in an emergency: Cabinet Secretaries and crises</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Crises such as war, terrorist attacks, floods and pandemics place huge tests on government. Vital decisions must be made fast under intense pressure – and the wrong decisions can have grave consequences. The Cabinet Secretary, the UK’s most senior civil servant, plays a vital role in coordinating the machinery of government, advising the Prime Minister and ensuring that the Civil Service delivers.
Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, talks to three former Cabinet Secretaries about the demands of the job. What kinds of crises did they face? What pressures – political and personal – did they deal with? How well did officials and politicians cope? What did they get wrong? What needed to change once the crisis was over? And as this Government responds to the Coronavirus crisis, what lessons can it learn?
Our panel is:


Lord Butler, Cabinet Secretary from 1988–98


Lord Wilson, Cabinet Secretary from 1998–2002


Lord O’Donnell, Cabinet Secretary from 2005–11


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2020 16:00:36 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Leading in an emergency: Cabinet Secretaries and crises</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With former Cabinet Secretaries Lords Butler, Wilson and O’Donnell</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Crises such as war, terrorist attacks, floods and pandemics place huge tests on government. Vital decisions must be made fast under intense pressure – and the wrong decisions can have grave consequences. The Cabinet Secretary, the UK’s most senior civil servant, plays a vital role in coordinating the machinery of government, advising the Prime Minister and ensuring that the Civil Service delivers.
Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, talks to three former Cabinet Secretaries about the demands of the job. What kinds of crises did they face? What pressures – political and personal – did they deal with? How well did officials and politicians cope? What did they get wrong? What needed to change once the crisis was over? And as this Government responds to the Coronavirus crisis, what lessons can it learn?
Our panel is:


Lord Butler, Cabinet Secretary from 1988–98


Lord Wilson, Cabinet Secretary from 1998–2002


Lord O’Donnell, Cabinet Secretary from 2005–11


 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Crises such as war, terrorist attacks, floods and pandemics place huge tests on government. Vital decisions must be made fast under intense pressure – and the wrong decisions can have grave consequences. The <strong>Cabinet Secretary</strong>, the UK’s most senior civil servant, plays a vital role in coordinating the machinery of government, advising the Prime Minister and ensuring that the Civil Service delivers.</p><p><strong>Dr Catherine Haddon</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, talks to three former Cabinet Secretaries about the demands of the job. What kinds of crises did they face? What pressures – political and personal – did they deal with? How well did officials and politicians cope? What did they get wrong? What needed to change once the crisis was over? And as this Government responds to the Coronavirus crisis, what lessons can it learn?</p><p>Our panel is:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Lord Butler</strong>, Cabinet Secretary from 1988–98</li>
<li>
<strong>Lord Wilson</strong>, Cabinet Secretary from 1998–2002</li>
<li>
<strong>Lord O’Donnell</strong>, Cabinet Secretary from 2005–11</li>
</ul><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ee2225638f29761cd59dbb8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4895912357.mp3?updated=1634823189" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fisheries after Brexit</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event: Fisheries has been a major area of contention between the UK and EU during the Brexit process. Both parties are under pressure to reconcile their divergent positions and reach a fisheries agreement by July – but both admit that an agreement is unlikely. How important are fisheries to negotiations? What are the UK and EU positions? Can a deal can be struck? Wwhat are the UK’s priorities as an independent coastal state and how might thus vary across the nations of the UK?
Talking to Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, are:


Theresa Villiers MP, Former Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs


Deidre Brock MP, SNP spokesperson for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs


Barrie Deas, Chief Executive of the National Federation of Fishermen’s Organisations


James Kane, Associate at the Institute for Government

#IfGBrexit

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2020 09:02:12 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Fisheries after Brexit</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With guests Theresa Villiers MP, Deidre Brock MP and Barrie Deas of the National Federation of Fishermen’s Organisations</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event: Fisheries has been a major area of contention between the UK and EU during the Brexit process. Both parties are under pressure to reconcile their divergent positions and reach a fisheries agreement by July – but both admit that an agreement is unlikely. How important are fisheries to negotiations? What are the UK and EU positions? Can a deal can be struck? Wwhat are the UK’s priorities as an independent coastal state and how might thus vary across the nations of the UK?
Talking to Maddy Thimont Jack, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, are:


Theresa Villiers MP, Former Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs


Deidre Brock MP, SNP spokesperson for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs


Barrie Deas, Chief Executive of the National Federation of Fishermen’s Organisations


James Kane, Associate at the Institute for Government

#IfGBrexit

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event: </em><strong>Fisheries</strong> has been a major area of contention between the UK and EU during the Brexit process. Both parties are under pressure to reconcile their divergent positions and reach a fisheries agreement by July – but both admit that an agreement is unlikely. How important are fisheries to negotiations? What are the UK and EU positions? Can a deal can be struck? Wwhat are the UK’s priorities as an independent coastal state and how might thus vary across the nations of the UK?</p><p>Talking to <strong>Maddy Thimont Jack</strong>, Senior Researcher at the Institute for Government, are:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Theresa Villiers MP</strong>, Former Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs</li>
<li>
<strong>Deidre Brock MP</strong>, SNP spokesperson for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs</li>
<li>
<strong>Barrie Deas</strong>, Chief Executive of the National Federation of Fishermen’s Organisations</li>
<li>
<strong>James Kane</strong>, Associate at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p><a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGBrexit?src=hashtag_click">#IfGBrexit</a></p><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3456</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ee1f314af31c62e3a74b94e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6002395101.mp3?updated=1634823189" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Taiwan became a Coronavirus success story</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. While the UK Government’s response to Coronavirus has been widely-criticised, Taiwan has seen fewer than 500 cases of COVID-19 and only seven deaths. For this special IfG Live event, the Taiwanese Digital Minister Audrey Tang explains how the country contained the virus so successfully without a nationwide lockdown.
How did Taiwan's strength in digital government and experience of the SARS outbreak in 2003 enable it to respond rapidly, co-ordinate work across government, draw on innovation in the private sector and civil society, and counter disinformation to keep the public well-informed? Audrey Tang is in conversation with Gavin Freeguard, Programme Director and Head of Data and Transparency at the Institute for Government. #IfGDigital
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 10:52:58 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Taiwan became a Coronavirus success story</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With Taiwanese Digital Minister Audrey Tang</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. While the UK Government’s response to Coronavirus has been widely-criticised, Taiwan has seen fewer than 500 cases of COVID-19 and only seven deaths. For this special IfG Live event, the Taiwanese Digital Minister Audrey Tang explains how the country contained the virus so successfully without a nationwide lockdown.
How did Taiwan's strength in digital government and experience of the SARS outbreak in 2003 enable it to respond rapidly, co-ordinate work across government, draw on innovation in the private sector and civil society, and counter disinformation to keep the public well-informed? Audrey Tang is in conversation with Gavin Freeguard, Programme Director and Head of Data and Transparency at the Institute for Government. #IfGDigital
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em>While the UK Government’s response to Coronavirus has been widely-criticised, Taiwan has seen fewer than 500 cases of COVID-19 and only seven deaths. For this special IfG Live event, the Taiwanese Digital Minister <strong>Audrey Tang </strong>explains how the country contained the virus so successfully without a nationwide lockdown.</p><p>How did Taiwan's strength in digital government and experience of the SARS outbreak in 2003 enable it to respond rapidly, co-ordinate work across government, draw on innovation in the private sector and civil society, and counter disinformation to keep the public well-informed? Audrey Tang is in conversation with <strong>Gavin Freeguard</strong>, Programme Director and Head of Data and Transparency at the Institute for Government. <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/IFGDigital?src=hashtag_click">#IfGDigital</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3605</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5edf6a0a91c4e017e4159689]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2855116805.mp3?updated=1634823190" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>COVID support for business from Government: Revising, rethinking and responding at speed</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. The speed and scale of the Government’s COVID support for business was unprecedented in peacetime. How effective has the design and implementation of these measures been? How has government worked with the private sector to understand what was needed and refine the policies? What new difficulties arise as the government tries to lift restrictions? And how should government work with businesses to adapt policy to deliver for the public interest?
Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, chairs an expert panel to discuss these issues. Joining us are:


Baroness Morgan of Cotes, former Treasury minister and former chair of the Treasury Select Committee


Martin McTague, National Vice Chair Policy and Advocacy at the Federation of Small Businesses


Josh Hardie, Deputy Director-General, Policy and Campaigns at the Confederation of British Industry


We would like to thank the Federation of Small Businesses for supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 14:40:32 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>COVID support for business from Government: Revising, rethinking and responding at speed</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>An expert panel including Baroness Morgan of Cotes, Martin McTague and Josh Hardie</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. The speed and scale of the Government’s COVID support for business was unprecedented in peacetime. How effective has the design and implementation of these measures been? How has government worked with the private sector to understand what was needed and refine the policies? What new difficulties arise as the government tries to lift restrictions? And how should government work with businesses to adapt policy to deliver for the public interest?
Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, chairs an expert panel to discuss these issues. Joining us are:


Baroness Morgan of Cotes, former Treasury minister and former chair of the Treasury Select Committee


Martin McTague, National Vice Chair Policy and Advocacy at the Federation of Small Businesses


Josh Hardie, Deputy Director-General, Policy and Campaigns at the Confederation of British Industry


We would like to thank the Federation of Small Businesses for supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em>The speed and scale of the Government’s COVID support for business was unprecedented in peacetime. How effective has the design and implementation of these measures been? How has government worked with the private sector to understand what was needed and refine the policies? What new difficulties arise as the government tries to lift restrictions? And how should government work with businesses to adapt policy to deliver for the public interest?</p><br><p><strong>Giles Wilkes</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, chairs an expert panel to discuss these issues. Joining us are:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Baroness Morgan of Cotes</strong>, former Treasury minister and former chair of the Treasury Select Committee</li>
<li>
<strong>Martin McTague</strong>, National Vice Chair Policy and Advocacy at the Federation of Small Businesses</li>
<li>
<strong>Josh Hardie</strong>, Deputy Director-General, Policy and Campaigns at the Confederation of British Industry</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p><em>We would like to thank the Federation of Small Businesses for supporting this event.</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3456</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ed516b40a0b0e3a7b8f39a1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3650128993.mp3?updated=1634823190" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In conversation with Stefaan de Rynck</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. The UK and EU are in the middle of their toughest negotiation yet – agreeing their future relationship. With the clock ticking, we talk to Stefaan de Rynck, Senior Adviser to Michel Barnier and Head of Task Force for Relations with the UK, about the EU’s ambitions for future relations with the UK, and some of the challenges and opportunities that lie ahead. He spoke to Joe Owen, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Audio production by Alex Rees.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jun 2020 14:39:02 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>In conversation with Stefaan de Rynck</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Michel Barnier’s senior advisor talks to the IFG's Joe Owen</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. The UK and EU are in the middle of their toughest negotiation yet – agreeing their future relationship. With the clock ticking, we talk to Stefaan de Rynck, Senior Adviser to Michel Barnier and Head of Task Force for Relations with the UK, about the EU’s ambitions for future relations with the UK, and some of the challenges and opportunities that lie ahead. He spoke to Joe Owen, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.
Audio production by Alex Rees.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em>The UK and EU are in the middle of their toughest negotiation yet – agreeing their future relationship. With the clock ticking, we talk to <strong>Stefaan de Rynck</strong>, Senior Adviser to Michel Barnier and Head of Task Force for Relations with the UK, about the EU’s ambitions for future relations with the UK, and some of the challenges and opportunities that lie ahead. He spoke to <strong>Joe Owen</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government.</p><br><p><strong><em>Audio production by Alex Rees.</em></strong></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3682</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ed51306b3614d2f0865b6a1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO4609852867.mp3?updated=1634823190" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The future of UK trade policy after Coronavirus</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. It was always a challenge for the UK to create a post-Brexit trade strategy that takes down  barriers with the wider world while putting up new ones between the UK and its biggest trade partner. Coronavirus has made this more complex. 
As countries espouse the virtues of shorter and more local supply chains, the UK’s strategy of distancing itself from its neighbours in favour of distant partners looks ever more anomalous. How will Coronavirus shape the future of international trade, and how can ‘Global Britain’ adapt to a world facing de-globalisation?
To discuss these questions, we’re joined by:



Hosuk Lee-Makiyama, Director of the European Centre for International Political Economy


Klemens Kober, Director Trade Policy at the Association of German Chambers of Industry and Commerce (DIHK) and former TTIP negotiator


Meredith Crowley, International Trade Economist at the University of Cambridge and senior fellow at UK in a Changing Europe


Pauline Bastidon, former Head of Global and EU Policy at the Freight Transport Association.


This event is chaired by Joe Owen, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2020 12:32:11 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The future of UK trade policy after Coronavirus</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>How can ‘Global Britain’ adapt to a world facing de-globalisation?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. It was always a challenge for the UK to create a post-Brexit trade strategy that takes down  barriers with the wider world while putting up new ones between the UK and its biggest trade partner. Coronavirus has made this more complex. 
As countries espouse the virtues of shorter and more local supply chains, the UK’s strategy of distancing itself from its neighbours in favour of distant partners looks ever more anomalous. How will Coronavirus shape the future of international trade, and how can ‘Global Britain’ adapt to a world facing de-globalisation?
To discuss these questions, we’re joined by:



Hosuk Lee-Makiyama, Director of the European Centre for International Political Economy


Klemens Kober, Director Trade Policy at the Association of German Chambers of Industry and Commerce (DIHK) and former TTIP negotiator


Meredith Crowley, International Trade Economist at the University of Cambridge and senior fellow at UK in a Changing Europe


Pauline Bastidon, former Head of Global and EU Policy at the Freight Transport Association.


This event is chaired by Joe Owen, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 

 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event.</em> It was always a challenge for the UK to create a post-Brexit trade strategy that takes down  barriers with the wider world while putting up new ones between the UK and its biggest trade partner. Coronavirus has made this more complex. </p><br><p>As countries espouse the virtues of shorter and more local supply chains, the UK’s strategy of distancing itself from its neighbours in favour of distant partners looks ever more anomalous. How will Coronavirus shape the future of international trade, and how can ‘Global Britain’ adapt to a world facing de-globalisation?</p><br><p>To discuss these questions, we’re joined by:</p><p><br></p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Hosuk Lee-Makiyama, </strong>Director of the European Centre for International Political Economy</li>
<li>
<strong>Klemens Kober, </strong>Director Trade Policy at the Association of German Chambers of Industry and Commerce (DIHK) and former TTIP negotiator</li>
<li>
<strong>Meredith Crowley</strong>, International Trade Economist at the University of Cambridge and senior fellow at UK in a Changing Europe</li>
<li>
<strong>Pauline Bastidon</strong>, former Head of Global and EU Policy at the Freight Transport Association.</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>This event is chaired by <strong>Joe Owen</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. </p><p><br></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3905</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ec7c64b142b6038899f61a9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1308513701.mp3?updated=1634823190" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shaping the state after Coronavirus</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Coronavirus has transformed the activity of government, but the immediate crisis won’t last forever. Big choices for citizens and government lie on the horizon. How have citizens’ expectations of public services changed? Will they have more or less trust in government, and what might that mean for the size of the state and any digital legacy? Will the public demand better evidence-based policy-making, or have they still had ‘enough of experts’? Will government need to re-write its relationship with business and workers? And what changes will be required of the civil service to fit the post-Corona landscape?
On the panel to discuss these issues are:


Rt Hon Lord O'Donnell, former Cabinet Secretary and Head of the Civil Service


Ben Page, CEO of Ipsos MORI


Vicky Pryce, Chief Economic Adviser at the Centre for Economics and Business Research and former joint head of the Government Economic Service.


The discussion is chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by Panos Kakoullis, CEO-Elect at PA Consulting. Watch video of the conversation here. 
We would like to thank PA Consulting for kindly supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2020 12:54:44 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Shaping the state after Coronavirus</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With guests Lord O’Donnell, Vicky Price and Ben Page</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Coronavirus has transformed the activity of government, but the immediate crisis won’t last forever. Big choices for citizens and government lie on the horizon. How have citizens’ expectations of public services changed? Will they have more or less trust in government, and what might that mean for the size of the state and any digital legacy? Will the public demand better evidence-based policy-making, or have they still had ‘enough of experts’? Will government need to re-write its relationship with business and workers? And what changes will be required of the civil service to fit the post-Corona landscape?
On the panel to discuss these issues are:


Rt Hon Lord O'Donnell, former Cabinet Secretary and Head of the Civil Service


Ben Page, CEO of Ipsos MORI


Vicky Pryce, Chief Economic Adviser at the Centre for Economics and Business Research and former joint head of the Government Economic Service.


The discussion is chaired by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by Panos Kakoullis, CEO-Elect at PA Consulting. Watch video of the conversation here. 
We would like to thank PA Consulting for kindly supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Coronavirus has transformed the activity of government, but the immediate crisis won’t last forever. <strong>Big choices for citizens and government lie on the horizon.</strong> How have citizens’ expectations of public services changed? Will they have more or less trust in government, and what might that mean for the size of the state and any digital legacy? Will the public demand better evidence-based policy-making, or have they still had ‘enough of experts’? Will government need to re-write its relationship with business and workers? And what changes will be required of the civil service to fit the post-Corona landscape?</p><br><p>On the panel to discuss these issues are:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Lord O'Donnell</strong>, former Cabinet Secretary and Head of the Civil Service</li>
<li>
<strong>Ben Page</strong>, CEO of Ipsos MORI</li>
<li>
<strong>Vicky Pryce</strong>, Chief Economic Adviser at the Centre for Economics and Business Research and former joint head of the Government Economic Service.</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>The discussion is chaired by <strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, with an introduction by <strong>Panos Kakoullis</strong>, CEO-Elect at PA Consulting. <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events/shaping-state-after-coronavirus">Watch video of the conversation here</a>. </p><br><p><strong><em>We would like to thank PA Consulting for kindly supporting this event.</em></strong></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3603</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ec5289476d06d6d28b420c5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3840222581.mp3?updated=1634823190" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Government Comms in the COVID Crisis</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>With the Government’s Coronavirus communications strategy under heavy criticism, we ask an expert panel, including two former No.10 Directors of Communications, what it is getting wrong and what it needs to do to get things right. How successful are the daily press conferences? Has the Government shown a willingness to engage with the media? And is it right to rebut critical press reports so strenuously? 
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, chairs an expert panel including:


Alastair Campbell, Director of Communications and Strategy to Tony Blair


Sir Craig Oliver, Director of Politics and Communications to David Cameron


Camilla Tominey, Associate Editor, the Daily Telegraph


 
Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 05:00:44 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Government Comms in the COVID Crisis</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With guests Alastair Campbell, Sir Craig Oliver and Camilla Tominey</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>With the Government’s Coronavirus communications strategy under heavy criticism, we ask an expert panel, including two former No.10 Directors of Communications, what it is getting wrong and what it needs to do to get things right. How successful are the daily press conferences? Has the Government shown a willingness to engage with the media? And is it right to rebut critical press reports so strenuously? 
Jill Rutter, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, chairs an expert panel including:


Alastair Campbell, Director of Communications and Strategy to Tony Blair


Sir Craig Oliver, Director of Politics and Communications to David Cameron


Camilla Tominey, Associate Editor, the Daily Telegraph


 
Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>With the Government’s Coronavirus communications strategy under heavy criticism, we ask an expert panel, including two former No.10 Directors of Communications, what it is getting wrong and what it needs to do to get things right. How successful are the daily press conferences? Has the Government shown a willingness to engage with the media? And is it right to rebut critical press reports so strenuously? </p><br><p><strong>Jill Rutter</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, chairs an expert panel including:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Alastair Campbell,</strong> Director of Communications and Strategy to Tony Blair</li>
<li>
<strong>Sir Craig Oliver</strong>, Director of Politics and Communications to David Cameron</li>
<li>
<strong>Camilla Tominey</strong>, Associate Editor, the <em>Daily Telegraph</em>
</li>
</ul><p> </p><p><em>Audio production by Alex Rees</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3457</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ec30cb47ab19c2016edd63c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3578346933.mp3?updated=1634823191" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Data Bites #10: Getting things done with data in government</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Better use of data is key to more effective government. Across government, teams are doing fascinating work with data. But those projects don’t get the attention they deserve. At this event, our speakers presented their data projects in an exciting, quickfire format. Each speaker had eight minutes, followed by eight minutes of questions from the audience.
Gavin Freeguard, Programme Director and Head of Data and Transparency at the Institute for Government, chairs this event with our speakers:


Tom MacInnes, Chief Analyst at Citizens Advice, on what traffic to their website tells us about what the population were worried about in the first phase of the COVID-19 crisis.


Eleanor Stewart, Head of Transparency at the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, on data as diplomacy.


Glen Robinson, National Technology Officer for Microsoft UK, on keeping data safe and the benefits of scale.


Terence Eden, Head of Open Technology at NHSX, on why making things open makes them better.


We would like to thank Microsoft for supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2020 12:49:39 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Data Bites #10: Getting things done with data in government</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Another IfG Live event</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. Better use of data is key to more effective government. Across government, teams are doing fascinating work with data. But those projects don’t get the attention they deserve. At this event, our speakers presented their data projects in an exciting, quickfire format. Each speaker had eight minutes, followed by eight minutes of questions from the audience.
Gavin Freeguard, Programme Director and Head of Data and Transparency at the Institute for Government, chairs this event with our speakers:


Tom MacInnes, Chief Analyst at Citizens Advice, on what traffic to their website tells us about what the population were worried about in the first phase of the COVID-19 crisis.


Eleanor Stewart, Head of Transparency at the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, on data as diplomacy.


Glen Robinson, National Technology Officer for Microsoft UK, on keeping data safe and the benefits of scale.


Terence Eden, Head of Open Technology at NHSX, on why making things open makes them better.


We would like to thank Microsoft for supporting this event.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>This is an audio recording of an IfG Live Event. </em><strong>Better use of data</strong> is key to more effective government. Across government, teams are doing fascinating work with data. But those projects don’t get the attention they deserve. At this event, our speakers presented their data projects in an exciting, quickfire format. Each speaker had eight minutes, followed by eight minutes of questions from the audience.</p><br><p><strong>Gavin Freeguard</strong>, Programme Director and Head of Data and Transparency at the Institute for Government, chairs this event with our speakers:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Tom MacInnes</strong>, Chief Analyst at Citizens Advice, on what traffic to their website tells us about what the population were worried about in the first phase of the COVID-19 crisis.</li>
<li>
<strong>Eleanor Stewart</strong>, Head of Transparency at the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, on data as diplomacy.</li>
<li>
<strong>Glen Robinson</strong>, National Technology Officer for Microsoft UK, on keeping data safe and the benefits of scale.</li>
<li>
<strong>Terence Eden</strong>, Head of Open Technology at NHSX, on why making things open makes them better.</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p><em>We would like to thank Microsoft for supporting this event.</em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4649</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ebd3e6303020124f1940f88]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8363124088.mp3?updated=1634823191" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coronavirus and the Devolved Nations</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>How well is the intense cooperation over COVID-19 between Westminster and the devolved administrations in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland working? Is Coronavirus demonstrating the strength of devolution, or does it highlight the need for central government to take a strong lead? What can we learn from cooperation in past crises? And what does all this mean for the Union and the debates around Scottish independence and Irish reunification?
Debating this with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, this are:


Rt Hon Carwyn Jones AM, former First Minister of Wales


Dr Katy Hayward, Reader in Sociology at Queen’s University Belfast


Rt Hon Lord Dunlop, former Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for Scotland and Northern Ireland


Professor Nicola McEwen, professor of Territorial Politics, University of Edinburgh


@ifgevents #IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2020 15:45:39 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Coronavirus and the Devolved Nations</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>What does COVID co-operation mean for relations inside the Union?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>How well is the intense cooperation over COVID-19 between Westminster and the devolved administrations in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland working? Is Coronavirus demonstrating the strength of devolution, or does it highlight the need for central government to take a strong lead? What can we learn from cooperation in past crises? And what does all this mean for the Union and the debates around Scottish independence and Irish reunification?
Debating this with Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, this are:


Rt Hon Carwyn Jones AM, former First Minister of Wales


Dr Katy Hayward, Reader in Sociology at Queen’s University Belfast


Rt Hon Lord Dunlop, former Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for Scotland and Northern Ireland


Professor Nicola McEwen, professor of Territorial Politics, University of Edinburgh


@ifgevents #IfGDevo
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How well is the intense cooperation over COVID-19 between Westminster and the devolved administrations in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland working? Is Coronavirus demonstrating the strength of devolution, or does it highlight the need for central government to take a strong lead? What can we learn from cooperation in past crises? And what does all this mean for the Union and the debates around Scottish independence and Irish reunification?</p><br><p>Debating this with <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, this are:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Carwyn Jones AM</strong>, former First Minister of Wales</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Katy Hayward</strong>, Reader in Sociology at Queen’s University Belfast</li>
<li>
<strong>Rt Hon Lord Dunlop,</strong> former Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for Scotland and Northern Ireland</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Nicola McEwen</strong>, professor of Territorial Politics, University of Edinburgh</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p><a href="https://cp403.infusion-links.com/api/v1/click/4530353220616192/6631609466355712">@ifgevents</a> <a href="https://cp403.infusion-links.com/api/v1/click/5638871327703040/6631609466355712">#IfGDevo</a></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3494</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ebc162403020124f1940e01]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO1142317263.mp3?updated=1634823191" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coronavirus and English devolution</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>In the week that local and mayoral elections were due to take place across England, before being postponed due to the Coronavirus pandemic, we discuss the state of English devolution. What have metro mayors and combined authorities achieved? What should happen next with the devolution process? How has the Covid-19 crisis has affected the debate, and what role have the devolved bodies played in responding to the current health and economic crisis?
Joining Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, are:


Julia Goldsworthy, Director of Strategy at the West Midland Combined Authority


Professor Alan Harding, Chief Economic Adviser to the Mayor of Greater Manchester


Dr Nicola Headlam, former Head of Northern Powerhouse, Cities and Local Growth Unit, UK Government


Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2020 15:41:49 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Coronavirus and English devolution</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>with guests Julia Goldsworthy, Alan Harding and Nicola Headlam</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In the week that local and mayoral elections were due to take place across England, before being postponed due to the Coronavirus pandemic, we discuss the state of English devolution. What have metro mayors and combined authorities achieved? What should happen next with the devolution process? How has the Covid-19 crisis has affected the debate, and what role have the devolved bodies played in responding to the current health and economic crisis?
Joining Akash Paun, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, are:


Julia Goldsworthy, Director of Strategy at the West Midland Combined Authority


Professor Alan Harding, Chief Economic Adviser to the Mayor of Greater Manchester


Dr Nicola Headlam, former Head of Northern Powerhouse, Cities and Local Growth Unit, UK Government


Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the week that local and mayoral elections were due to take place across England, before being postponed due to the Coronavirus pandemic, we discuss the state of English devolution. What have metro mayors and combined authorities achieved? What should happen next with the devolution process? How has the Covid-19 crisis has affected the debate, and what role have the devolved bodies played in responding to the current health and economic crisis?</p><br><p>Joining <strong>Akash Paun</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government, are:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Julia Goldsworthy</strong>, Director of Strategy at the West Midland Combined Authority</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Alan Harding</strong>, Chief Economic Adviser to the Mayor of Greater Manchester</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Nicola Headlam</strong>, former Head of Northern Powerhouse, Cities and Local Growth Unit, UK Government</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p><strong><em>Audio production by Alex Rees</em></strong></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3425</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5eb42c3e8bfeaf9d259eaf90]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO9465283865.mp3?updated=1634823192" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lifting lockdown: How to approach a Coronavirus exit strategy</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>How will the government ease the lockdown restrictions? What choices and trade-offs will ministers need to make in order to get the country moving again? How can it communicate these complicated messages while also retaining public support?
We explore these questions – perhaps the hardest to face any peacetime prime minister – at a live online event with panel of IfG experts:



Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government


Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government


Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


In the chair is Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
 
Read the new IfG report Lifting lockdown: how to approach a coronavirus exit strategy which calls on the government to be straight with the public that there can be no single grand exit plan to release the Coronavirus lockdown. The report also warns that the government’s five tests for starting to lift the lockdown are not a good enough guide to the longer-term exit strategy
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2020 10:42:35 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Lifting lockdown: How to approach a Coronavirus exit strategy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>A special panel event with IfG experts</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>How will the government ease the lockdown restrictions? What choices and trade-offs will ministers need to make in order to get the country moving again? How can it communicate these complicated messages while also retaining public support?
We explore these questions – perhaps the hardest to face any peacetime prime minister – at a live online event with panel of IfG experts:



Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government


Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government


Dr Catherine Haddon, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


Giles Wilkes, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government


In the chair is Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government.
 
Read the new IfG report Lifting lockdown: how to approach a coronavirus exit strategy which calls on the government to be straight with the public that there can be no single grand exit plan to release the Coronavirus lockdown. The report also warns that the government’s five tests for starting to lift the lockdown are not a good enough guide to the longer-term exit strategy
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How will the government ease the lockdown restrictions? What choices and trade-offs will ministers need to make in order to get the country moving again? How can it communicate these complicated messages while also retaining public support?</p><br><p>We explore these questions – perhaps the hardest to face any peacetime prime minister – at a live online event with panel of IfG experts:</p><p><br></p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow</strong>, Chief Economist at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Dr Catherine Haddon</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
<li>
<strong>Giles Wilkes</strong>, Senior Fellow at the Institute for Government</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>In the chair is <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government.</p><p> </p><p>Read the new IfG report <a href="https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/publications/lifting-lockdown-coronavirus-exit-strategy">Lifting lockdown: how to approach a coronavirus exit strategy</a> which calls on the government to be straight with the public that there can be no single grand exit plan to release the Coronavirus lockdown. The report also warns that the government’s five tests for starting to lift the lockdown are not a good enough guide to the longer-term exit strategy</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3472</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5eb3e61b63abb3750d37b94a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8900258097.mp3?updated=1634823192" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Windrush in focus with Wendy Williams</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>HM Inspector of Constabulary Wendy Williams led the Independent Review into the Windrush Scandal, which concluded that “hundreds, and possibly thousands of people” in the Windrush Generation suffered because of failures in every element of modern government. The review further exposed fundamental issues within the UK’s immigration system and wider failures of policy making, bureaucracy, law and political leadership.
Wendy Williams discusses what went wrong, what needs to change and what lessons the UK government has learned with Joe Owen, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 
Interview recorded and edited by Candice McKenzie. Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 May 2020 10:54:09 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Windrush in focus with Wendy Williams</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Windrush Inquiry’s leader speaks to Joe Owen</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>HM Inspector of Constabulary Wendy Williams led the Independent Review into the Windrush Scandal, which concluded that “hundreds, and possibly thousands of people” in the Windrush Generation suffered because of failures in every element of modern government. The review further exposed fundamental issues within the UK’s immigration system and wider failures of policy making, bureaucracy, law and political leadership.
Wendy Williams discusses what went wrong, what needs to change and what lessons the UK government has learned with Joe Owen, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. 
Interview recorded and edited by Candice McKenzie. Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>HM Inspector of Constabulary <strong>Wendy Williams </strong>led the Independent Review into the Windrush Scandal, which concluded that “hundreds, and possibly thousands of people” in the Windrush Generation suffered because of failures in every element of modern government. The review further exposed fundamental issues within the UK’s immigration system and wider failures of policy making, bureaucracy, law and political leadership.</p><br><p>Wendy Williams discusses what went wrong, what needs to change and what lessons the UK government has learned with <strong>Joe Owen</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. </p><br><p><strong><em>Interview recorded and edited by Candice McKenzie. Audio production by Alex Rees</em></strong></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3277</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5eabffd1a859e36e0a421401]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO7300219315.mp3?updated=1634823192" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Parliament and Coronavirus: democracy in the age of social distancing</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>As the UK parliament begins its unexpected experiment with digital democracy, the IfG is delighted to convene an expert panel to discuss democracy in the age of coronavirus. From online select committee hearings to parliamentary questions by Zoom, we explore how Westminster is adapting to the need for social distancing, the risks and benefits of the two Houses’ chosen approaches, and what the long-term consequences of this period of enforced innovation may be.
Karen Bradley MP, Chair of the Commons Procedure Committee, will be joined by Sir David Natzler, former Clerk of the House of Commons, and Esther Webber of The Times. In the chair is Dr Hannah White, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
Audio production by Alex Rees. 
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2020 13:22:12 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Parliament and Coronavirus: democracy in the age of social distancing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With Karen Bradley MP, Sir David Natzler and Esther Webber of The Times</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As the UK parliament begins its unexpected experiment with digital democracy, the IfG is delighted to convene an expert panel to discuss democracy in the age of coronavirus. From online select committee hearings to parliamentary questions by Zoom, we explore how Westminster is adapting to the need for social distancing, the risks and benefits of the two Houses’ chosen approaches, and what the long-term consequences of this period of enforced innovation may be.
Karen Bradley MP, Chair of the Commons Procedure Committee, will be joined by Sir David Natzler, former Clerk of the House of Commons, and Esther Webber of The Times. In the chair is Dr Hannah White, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.
Audio production by Alex Rees. 
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As the UK parliament begins its unexpected experiment with digital democracy, the IfG is delighted to convene an expert panel to discuss democracy in the age of coronavirus. From online select committee hearings to parliamentary questions by Zoom, we explore how Westminster is adapting to the need for social distancing, the risks and benefits of the two Houses’ chosen approaches, and what the long-term consequences of this period of enforced innovation may be.</p><br><p><strong>Karen Bradley MP</strong>, Chair of the Commons Procedure Committee, will be joined by <strong>Sir David Natzler</strong>, former Clerk of the House of Commons, and <strong>Esther Webber</strong> of <em>The Times</em>. In the chair is <strong>Dr Hannah White</strong>, Deputy Director of the Institute for Government.</p><br><p>Audio production by Alex Rees. </p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2856</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ea2e80453776d195ebfcebc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2666170215.mp3?updated=1634823192" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coronavirus and the UK economy: Andy Haldane</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>The COVID crisis is affecting every aspect of the economy, and, uniquely, it’s hitting every country in the world hard at the same time. What can government do in a crisis without a rulebook? Andy Haldane, chief economist at the Bank of England, joins Bronwen Maddox to discuss the impact of COVID-19 on the UK economy.
Is the authorities’ economic response sufficient to support businesses during the lockdown? What role should the Bank of England play in this process? What changes might COVID-19 make to the future of the economy and financial system? And are we in for a V-shaped downtown, an L or a Nike Swoosh? 
“This is a simultaneous and enormous shock to every country on the planet.” – Andy Haldane
Presented by Bronwen Maddox. Audio production by Alex Rees. 
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 11:51:42 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Coronavirus and the UK economy: Andy Haldane</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Andy Haldane is Chief Economist at the Bank of England</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The COVID crisis is affecting every aspect of the economy, and, uniquely, it’s hitting every country in the world hard at the same time. What can government do in a crisis without a rulebook? Andy Haldane, chief economist at the Bank of England, joins Bronwen Maddox to discuss the impact of COVID-19 on the UK economy.
Is the authorities’ economic response sufficient to support businesses during the lockdown? What role should the Bank of England play in this process? What changes might COVID-19 make to the future of the economy and financial system? And are we in for a V-shaped downtown, an L or a Nike Swoosh? 
“This is a simultaneous and enormous shock to every country on the planet.” – Andy Haldane
Presented by Bronwen Maddox. Audio production by Alex Rees. 
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The COVID crisis is affecting every aspect of the economy, and, uniquely, it’s hitting every country in the world hard at the same time. What can government do in a crisis without a rulebook? <strong>Andy Haldane</strong>, chief economist at the Bank of England, joins Bronwen Maddox to discuss the impact of COVID-19 on the UK economy.</p><br><p>Is the authorities’ economic response sufficient to support businesses during the lockdown? What role should the Bank of England play in this process? What changes might COVID-19 make to the future of the economy and financial system? And are we in for a V-shaped downtown, an L or a Nike Swoosh? </p><br><p><em>“This is a simultaneous and enormous shock to every country on the planet.”</em> – Andy Haldane</p><br><p><strong>Presented by Bronwen Maddox. Audio production by Alex Rees. </strong></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2697</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5e9ede4e9e4a377376f628e4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3601582190.mp3?updated=1634823192" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Extending the Brexit transition?</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Can the UK and EU reach a deal by the current deadline of 31 December 2020 now that COVID-19 has set many governments’ plans into disarray? Lead negotiators Michel Barnier and David Frost are both currently self-isolating and they have yet to set a date for the next round of talks. The clock is ticking. 
The UK and EU have until the 1 July 2020 to decide whether to extend the transition period, and on what terms. How likely is that? And could an extension be agreed at a later date? Joining Joe Owen, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, to explore this complex issue are:



Allie Renison, Head of EU and Trade Policy at the Institute of Directors


Shanker Singham, CEO of Competere


Fabian Zuleeg, Chief Executive and Chief Economist at the European Policy Centre


Professor Catherine Barnard, Professor of EU Law and Employment Law, University of Cambridge; Senior Fellow, UK in a Changing Europe


Audio production by Alex Rees. 
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Apr 2020 17:31:19 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Extending the Brexit transition?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With guests Allie Renison, Shanker Singham, Fabian Zuleeg and Professor Catherine Barnard</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Can the UK and EU reach a deal by the current deadline of 31 December 2020 now that COVID-19 has set many governments’ plans into disarray? Lead negotiators Michel Barnier and David Frost are both currently self-isolating and they have yet to set a date for the next round of talks. The clock is ticking. 
The UK and EU have until the 1 July 2020 to decide whether to extend the transition period, and on what terms. How likely is that? And could an extension be agreed at a later date? Joining Joe Owen, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, to explore this complex issue are:



Allie Renison, Head of EU and Trade Policy at the Institute of Directors


Shanker Singham, CEO of Competere


Fabian Zuleeg, Chief Executive and Chief Economist at the European Policy Centre


Professor Catherine Barnard, Professor of EU Law and Employment Law, University of Cambridge; Senior Fellow, UK in a Changing Europe


Audio production by Alex Rees. 
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Can the UK and EU reach a deal by the current deadline of 31 December 2020 now that COVID-19 has set many governments’ plans into disarray? Lead negotiators Michel Barnier and David Frost are both currently self-isolating and they have yet to set a date for the next round of talks. The clock is ticking. </p><br><p>The UK and EU have until the 1 July 2020 to decide whether to extend the transition period, and on what terms. How likely is that? And could an extension be agreed at a later date? Joining <strong>Joe Owen</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government, to explore this complex issue are:</p><p><br></p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Allie Renison</strong>, Head of EU and Trade Policy at the Institute of Directors</li>
<li>
<strong>Shanker Singham</strong>, CEO of Competere</li>
<li>
<strong>Fabian Zuleeg</strong>, Chief Executive and Chief Economist at the European Policy Centre</li>
<li>
<strong>Professor Catherine Barnard</strong>, Professor of EU Law and Employment Law, University of Cambridge; Senior Fellow, UK in a Changing Europe</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>Audio production by Alex Rees. </p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3651</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5e8f5be75ad07f054d238891]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6060203422.mp3?updated=1634823193" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shaking up the Mandarins? Civil Service reform and Corona</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/ifg-live</link>
      <description>Major reform for the Civil Service was one of the new government’s major priorities… and then the Coronavirus happened. What will bring about more change: the Government’s own plans, or the unprecedented exigencies of this health emergency? Can any Civil Service really be ready for an event like this? The enormity of Corona aside, which innovations might help the Civil Service respond better in “normal” circumstances? And what could be the long-term consequences of reform for its structures and processes? 
Our Programme Director Alex Thomas welcomes a stellar panel to discuss the future of the Civil Service:



Ben Gummer, former Minister for the Cabinet Office


Una O’Brien, former Permanent Secretary at the Department of Health


Sam Freedman, CEO, Education Partnerships Group and former senior policy adviser to then Secretary of State for Education, Michael Gove


Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Apr 2020 17:04:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Shaking up the Mandarins? Civil Service reform and Corona</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With guests Ben Gummer, Una O'Brien and Sam Freedman</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Major reform for the Civil Service was one of the new government’s major priorities… and then the Coronavirus happened. What will bring about more change: the Government’s own plans, or the unprecedented exigencies of this health emergency? Can any Civil Service really be ready for an event like this? The enormity of Corona aside, which innovations might help the Civil Service respond better in “normal” circumstances? And what could be the long-term consequences of reform for its structures and processes? 
Our Programme Director Alex Thomas welcomes a stellar panel to discuss the future of the Civil Service:



Ben Gummer, former Minister for the Cabinet Office


Una O’Brien, former Permanent Secretary at the Department of Health


Sam Freedman, CEO, Education Partnerships Group and former senior policy adviser to then Secretary of State for Education, Michael Gove


Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Major reform for the Civil Service was one of the new government’s major priorities… and then the Coronavirus happened. What will bring about more change: the Government’s own plans, or the unprecedented exigencies of this health emergency? Can any Civil Service really be ready for an event like this? The enormity of Corona aside, which innovations might help the Civil Service respond better in “normal” circumstances? And what could be the long-term consequences of reform for its structures and processes? </p><br><p>Our Programme Director <strong>Alex Thomas</strong> welcomes a stellar panel to discuss the future of the Civil Service:</p><p><br></p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Ben Gummer</strong>, former Minister for the Cabinet Office</li>
<li>
<strong>Una O’Brien</strong>, former Permanent Secretary at the Department of Health</li>
<li>
<strong>Sam Freedman</strong>, CEO, Education Partnerships Group and former senior policy adviser to then Secretary of State for Education, Michael Gove</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p><strong>Audio production by Alex Rees</strong></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3243</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5e876c8071c279a424a3d47b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO2198801042.mp3?updated=1634823193" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Good, the SpAd and the ugly: Special advisers in government</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Special Advisers or SpAds play a key role in government, giving ministers political advice and working as all-purpose fixers. In the latest of the IfG’s virtual live events, we ask how they fit into the new administration’s vision of how government should work. Should we accept that we need more, not fewer temporary political appointees to oil the wheels of government? How can ministers get the best out of their SpAds? Do ministers need training in how to manage them – and do SpAds need protection? Plus the threat of what guest John McTernan calls “drastic SpAdflation”. 
Discussing the changing role of SpAds with Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, are:



Baroness Simone Finn, former adviser to Francis Maude


John McTernan, former adviser to Tony Blair


Salma Shah, former adviser to Sajid Javid


“Some ministers do appoint comfort blankets rather than special advisors… Bad SpAds are their own punishment.” – John McTernan
Presented by Tim Durrant. Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2020 16:38:38 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Good, the SpAd and the ugly: Special advisers in government</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With guest experts Baroness Simone Finn, John McTernan and Salma Shah</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Special Advisers or SpAds play a key role in government, giving ministers political advice and working as all-purpose fixers. In the latest of the IfG’s virtual live events, we ask how they fit into the new administration’s vision of how government should work. Should we accept that we need more, not fewer temporary political appointees to oil the wheels of government? How can ministers get the best out of their SpAds? Do ministers need training in how to manage them – and do SpAds need protection? Plus the threat of what guest John McTernan calls “drastic SpAdflation”. 
Discussing the changing role of SpAds with Tim Durrant, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, are:



Baroness Simone Finn, former adviser to Francis Maude


John McTernan, former adviser to Tony Blair


Salma Shah, former adviser to Sajid Javid


“Some ministers do appoint comfort blankets rather than special advisors… Bad SpAds are their own punishment.” – John McTernan
Presented by Tim Durrant. Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Special Advisers or SpAds</strong> play a key role in government, giving ministers political advice and working as all-purpose fixers. In the latest of the IfG’s virtual live events, we ask how they fit into the new administration’s vision of how government should work. Should we accept that we need more, not fewer temporary political appointees to oil the wheels of government? How can ministers get the best out of their SpAds? Do ministers need training in how to manage them – and do SpAds need protection? Plus the threat of what guest John McTernan calls “drastic SpAdflation”. </p><br><p>Discussing the changing role of SpAds with <strong>Tim Durrant</strong>, Associate Director at the Institute for Government, are:</p><p><br></p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Baroness Simone Finn, </strong>former adviser to Francis Maude</li>
<li>
<strong>John McTernan, </strong>former adviser to Tony Blair</li>
<li>
<strong>Salma Shah, </strong>former adviser to Sajid Javid</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p><em>“Some ministers do appoint comfort blankets rather than special advisors… Bad SpAds are their own punishment.”</em> – John McTernan</p><br><p>Presented by Tim Durrant. Audio production by Alex Rees</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3168</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5e82208e5f4eebb565a587e6]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO3140238315.mp3?updated=1634823193" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inside the emergency CORONA BILL with Shami Chakrabarti, Shadow Attorney General</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/</link>
      <description>The emergency Corona Virus Bill contains the most sweeping executive powers we’ve ever seen in Britain – yet the situation is so dire that it has cross-party support. How did we get here? What safeguards does the Bill contain and does the Government have the balance right between emergency provisions and fundamental rights? How does it fit with the Government’s previous views on the Human Rights Act and judicial review? Shadow Attorney General Baroness Shami Chakrabarti and IfG Director Bronwen Maddox discuss the enormity of this unprecedented Bill. 
“This is an extraordinary piece of legislation for an extraordinary moment.” – Shami Chakrabarti
Presented by Bronwen Maddox. Audio production by Alex Rees. Because of isolation protocols this podcast was recorded via Skype. Please excuse the sound quality in this instance. 
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2020 14:07:23 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Inside the emergency CORONA BILL with Shami Chakrabarti, Shadow Attorney General</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Baroness Chakrabarti in conversation with Bronwen Maddox</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The emergency Corona Virus Bill contains the most sweeping executive powers we’ve ever seen in Britain – yet the situation is so dire that it has cross-party support. How did we get here? What safeguards does the Bill contain and does the Government have the balance right between emergency provisions and fundamental rights? How does it fit with the Government’s previous views on the Human Rights Act and judicial review? Shadow Attorney General Baroness Shami Chakrabarti and IfG Director Bronwen Maddox discuss the enormity of this unprecedented Bill. 
“This is an extraordinary piece of legislation for an extraordinary moment.” – Shami Chakrabarti
Presented by Bronwen Maddox. Audio production by Alex Rees. Because of isolation protocols this podcast was recorded via Skype. Please excuse the sound quality in this instance. 
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The emergency Corona Virus Bill contains the most sweeping executive powers we’ve ever seen in Britain – yet the situation is so dire that it has cross-party support. How did we get here? What safeguards does the Bill contain and does the Government have the balance right between emergency provisions and fundamental rights? How does it fit with the Government’s previous views on the Human Rights Act and judicial review? Shadow Attorney General <strong>Baroness Shami Chakrabarti</strong> and IfG Director <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong> discuss the enormity of this unprecedented Bill. </p><br><p><em>“This is an extraordinary piece of legislation for an extraordinary moment.”</em> – Shami Chakrabarti</p><br><p>Presented by Bronwen Maddox. Audio production by Alex Rees. <em>Because of isolation protocols this podcast was recorded via Skype. Please excuse the sound quality in this instance. </em></p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1905</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5e7b659bf04cd1c268e0ca2b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO6115820493.mp3?updated=1634823193" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Johnson Government: The first hundred days </title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events</link>
      <description>Boris Johnson’s government has just passed the 100 day mark since the 2019 General Election, a traditional moment to assess how a new administration is doing so far. But the entire political and economic environment has changed beyond imagination in just a week. 
Is the Johnson Government back to square one? How are his pledges faring up against the reality of Britain’s greatest challenge since 1939? How can Britain reflate a collapsed economy while trying to keep people out of the shops? Will any of its emergency renationalisations end up permanent? And is there any bandwidth left for Brexit?
Joining Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government, to discuss the most seismic week in British politics in 80 years are the following experts from the IfG:



Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist


Joe Owen, Programme Director, Brexit


Nick Davies, Programme Director, Public Services


Alex Thomas, Programme Director, Civil Service


Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2020 17:10:53 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Johnson Government: The first hundred days </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Can Johnson deliver his pledges in a world defined by Corona?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Boris Johnson’s government has just passed the 100 day mark since the 2019 General Election, a traditional moment to assess how a new administration is doing so far. But the entire political and economic environment has changed beyond imagination in just a week. 
Is the Johnson Government back to square one? How are his pledges faring up against the reality of Britain’s greatest challenge since 1939? How can Britain reflate a collapsed economy while trying to keep people out of the shops? Will any of its emergency renationalisations end up permanent? And is there any bandwidth left for Brexit?
Joining Bronwen Maddox, Director of the Institute for Government, to discuss the most seismic week in British politics in 80 years are the following experts from the IfG:



Dr Gemma Tetlow, Chief Economist


Joe Owen, Programme Director, Brexit


Nick Davies, Programme Director, Public Services


Alex Thomas, Programme Director, Civil Service


Audio production by Alex Rees
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Boris Johnson’s government has just passed the 100 day mark since the 2019 General Election, a traditional moment to assess how a new administration is doing so far. But the entire political and economic environment has changed beyond imagination in just a week. </p><br><p>Is the Johnson Government back to square one? How are his pledges faring up against the reality of Britain’s greatest challenge since 1939? How can Britain reflate a collapsed economy while trying to keep people out of the shops? Will any of its emergency renationalisations end up permanent? And is there any bandwidth left for Brexit?</p><br><p>Joining <strong>Bronwen Maddox</strong>, Director of the Institute for Government, to discuss the most seismic week in British politics in 80 years are the following experts from the IfG:</p><p><br></p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Dr Gemma Tetlow, </strong>Chief Economist</li>
<li>
<strong>Joe Owen, </strong>Programme Director, Brexit</li>
<li>
<strong>Nick Davies, </strong>Programme Director, Public Services</li>
<li>
<strong>Alex Thomas, </strong>Programme Director, Civil Service</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>Audio production by Alex Rees</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2156</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5e78ed9d021dab677b96cb9a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8190195357.mp3?updated=1634823194" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Prime Minister and Chancellor: Decoding the titans at the top</title>
      <link>https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/events/search</link>
      <description>The Institute for Government’s renowned debates will take place online for the duration of the Corona Emergency. Our first podcast panel discusses the fascinating relationship between the two most most powerful politicians in the country, the PM and the Chancellor. What can make it work and what makes it break down? What might Boris Johnson’s and Rishi Sunak’s relationship mean for the effectiveness of this government? And are they equal to the enormity of the Coronavirus challenge?
Our panel includes:


Baroness Kate Fall, Senior Adviser at Brunswick and Former Adviser to David Cameron


Torsten Bell, Chief Executive at Resolution Foundation and former adviser to Alistair Darling


Robert Shrimsley, Chief Political Commentator at the Financial Times



Hosted by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. Audio production by Alex Rees at Podmasters.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2020 15:26:58 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Prime Minister and Chancellor: Decoding the titans at the top</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Institute for Government</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>With guests Baroness Kate Fall, Torsten Bell and Robert Shrimsley of the FT</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Institute for Government’s renowned debates will take place online for the duration of the Corona Emergency. Our first podcast panel discusses the fascinating relationship between the two most most powerful politicians in the country, the PM and the Chancellor. What can make it work and what makes it break down? What might Boris Johnson’s and Rishi Sunak’s relationship mean for the effectiveness of this government? And are they equal to the enormity of the Coronavirus challenge?
Our panel includes:


Baroness Kate Fall, Senior Adviser at Brunswick and Former Adviser to David Cameron


Torsten Bell, Chief Executive at Resolution Foundation and former adviser to Alistair Darling


Robert Shrimsley, Chief Political Commentator at the Financial Times



Hosted by Alex Thomas, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. Audio production by Alex Rees at Podmasters.
 See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Institute for Government’s renowned debates will take place online for the duration of the Corona Emergency. Our first podcast panel discusses the fascinating relationship between the two most most powerful politicians in the country, <strong>the PM and the Chancellor</strong>. What can make it work and what makes it break down? What might Boris Johnson’s and Rishi Sunak’s relationship mean for the effectiveness of this government? And are they equal to the enormity of the Coronavirus challenge?</p><br><p>Our panel includes:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Baroness Kate Fall</strong>, Senior Adviser at Brunswick and Former Adviser to David Cameron</li>
<li>
<strong>Torsten Bell</strong>, Chief Executive at Resolution Foundation and former adviser to Alistair Darling</li>
<li>
<strong>Robert Shrimsley</strong>, Chief Political Commentator at the <em>Financial Times</em>
</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>Hosted by <strong>Alex Thomas</strong>, Programme Director at the Institute for Government. Audio production by Alex Rees at Podmasters.</p><br><p> See <a href="https://acast.com/privacy">acast.com/privacy</a> for privacy and opt-out information.</p><p> </p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://podcastchoices.com/adchoices">podcastchoices.com/adchoices</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2642</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5e738f42d7a602777545106c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/PMO8040237184.mp3?updated=1634823194" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
